101190 Catalog

101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 786564 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 786776 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 786776 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2014-09-05

: Pdf 101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 786564 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 724 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Wiremold®
WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT
2013
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Legrand AVIP Device Plates
p.2
Wiremold® A/V
Quick Selection Guide
p.6
Quick Selection Guide
p.23
One-Piece Raceways
500® & 700® Series Raceway
p.24
Two-Piece Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
2000® Series Raceway
p.34
2400 Series™ Raceway
p.38
2400D Series™ Raceway
p.44
3000® Series Raceway
p.50
4000® Designer Series
Raceway
DS4000® Raceway
p.56
Two-Piece Large Multiple
Channel Raceways
4000® Series Raceway
p.61
4047 Series™ Device Plates
p.67
S4000® Series Raceway
p.72
6000® Series Raceway
p.79
Multi-Compartment
Surface Metal Raceway
AnySize™ Raceway
p.84
Using The Wiremold Catalog
After Table of Contents
Sustainability
After Table of Contents
New Products
After Table of Contents
Index
p.693
Warranty Information
Inside Back Cover
Trademarks
Inside Back Cover
Ortronics® Connectivity
p.16
Wiremold Open System
Connectivity
p.16
CM Series™
Communication Modules
p.17
STEEL SURFACE
RACEWAY SYSTEMS
21
15
COMMUNICATIONS
CONNECTIVITY
AUDIO/VIDEO
COMPATIBILITY
1
REFERENCE
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
107
NONMETALLIC
SURFACE RACEWAY
SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
p.160
Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
AL2000 Series™ Raceway
p.162
AL2400 Series™ Raceway
p.166
AL3300 Series™ Raceway
p.169
4000® Designer
Series Raceway
ALDS4000™ Raceway
p.173
Large Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway
p.177
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway
p.181
AL5200 Series™ Raceway
p.185
Quick Selection Guide
p.109
Low Voltage
Single-Channel Raceways
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, & 2900
Series Raceways
p.111
Power-Rated Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, & PN05
Series Raceways
p.119
400, 800, 2300/2300D Series™
Raceways
p.124
Large Capacity
Multiple-Channel Raceways
Access® 5000 Raceway
p.133
CableSmart® 40N Series
Raceway
p.139
5400 Series™ Raceway
p.142
5500 Series™ Raceway
p.149
5507 Series™ Faceplates
p.154
Hide Cord Raceway
300 Series™ Duct
p.157
159
ALUMINUM
SURFACE RACEWAY
SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
p.93
Multiple-Channel
Overfloor Raceway
OFR Series™ Overfloor
Raceway
p.94
Overfloor Raceway
1500 Series™ Raceway
p.98
2600 Series™ Raceway
p.102
Nonmetallic Pancake
Overfloor Raceway
1200/1400/1600 Series™
Raceway
p.105
91
OVERFLOOR
RACEWAY
SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Why Prewired
p.194
Single Channel,
Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
AL3000 Series™ Raceway
p.202
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway
p.203
Single/Dual Channel,
Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
AL3300 Series™ Raceway
p.205
AL4000 Series™ Raceway
p.207
AL4400 Series™ Raceway
p.209
AL4750 Series™ Raceway
p.211
Dual Channel, Dual Cover
Aluminum Raceway
Systems
AL4320 Series™ Raceway
p.213
AL4520 Series™ Raceway
p.215
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway
p.217
ALDS4000 Series™ Raceway
p.219
PREWIRED
RACEWAY
SYSTEMS 191
Three Channel, Dual Cover
Aluminum Raceway
Systems
AL7320 Series™ Raceway
p.221
AL7450 Series™ Raceway
p.223
Prewired Steel
Raceway Systems
3000® Series™, 4000® Series,
DS4000® & 6000® Series
Raceways
p.225
Prewired Nonmetallic
Raceway Systems
CableSmart™ 40N2 Series,
5400 Series™ & 5500
Series™ Raceways
p.227
Prewired Select
Series™ Raceways
p.229
Quick Selection Guide
p.232
SpecMate Wireway &
Enclosures
p.233
WallSource™ Multiple
Service Box
p.250
PLUGMOLD®
MULTIOUTLET
SYSTEMS 253
SPECIALTY
RACEWAYS &
ACCESSORIES
231
Plugmold® Steel
Multioutlet Systems
2000 Series™
Multioutlet System
p.256
2400 Series™
Multioutlet System
p.262
Plugmold® Plus
Nonmetallic
Multioutlet Systems
NM2000 Series™
Multioutlet System
p.267
Plugmold® Aluminum
Multioutlet Systems
AL2000 Series™
Multioutlet System
p.272
Plugmold® Tamper-
Resistant Multioutlet
Systems
2000TR Series™
Multioutlet System
p.276
adorne™ Under-Cabinet
Lighting System
p.279
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Quick Selection Guide
p.287
Recessed Style
Poke-Thru Devices
Evolution™ 6AT Series
Poke-Thru Devices
p.291
Evolution™ 8AT Series
Poke-Thru Devices
p.299
Surface Style
Poke-Thru Devices
RC7 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.306
RC9 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.308
RC9AMD Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.310
AMD8 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.312
AV3 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.314
RC4 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.316
RC3 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.318
285
POKETHRU
DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
p.338
Evolution™ Series
Floor Boxes
p.344
Fire Classified Floor Boxes
p.360
FloorPort™ Series Cover
Assemblies
p.371, 397
Ratchet-Pro™ Series Round
Floor Boxes
p.380
Modulink™ 880MP Series
Floor Boxes
p.387
Resource RFB® Series
Floor Boxes
p.394
Omnibox™ Series
Floor Boxes
p.420
880 Series™ Floor Boxes
p.432
800 Series™ Floor Boxes
p.436
800W Series™ Floor Boxes
p.438
861 Series™ Floor Boxes
p.446
862 Series™ Floor Boxes
p.449
863 Series™ Floor Boxes
p.451
WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes
p.453
FloorSource™ Raised
Floor Boxes
AF Series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.456
AC Series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.463
CRFB Series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.468
CCFB Series™
Convention Center
Series™ Products
p.473
CCBB Series Ballroom
Floor Boxes
p.477
Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Devices
4FFATC Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.320
RC7AFFTC Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.322
RC9AFFTC Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.324
RC9AM2TC Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.326
Pedestal Style
Poke-Thru Devices
Fit Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.328
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC
Series™ Poke-Thru Devices
p.331
335
FLOOR BOX
SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
483
SERVICE FITTINGS
& ACTIVATION
ACCESSORIES
Quick Selection Guide
p.485
525 Series™ Service Fittings
p.486
1200 Series™ Service
Fittings
p.489
Multiplex™ Service Fittings
p.490
525 & Multiplex Series™
Activation Accessories
p.492
Source 1® Series
Service Fittings
p.494
FloorPort™ Series
Cover Assemblies
p.498
Walkerduct® Flush Poke-
Thru Style Service Fittings
PSRC9 Series™ Service
Fittings
p.501
Walkerduct® Pro Series
Service Fittings
p.503
MODULAR WIRING
SOLUTIONS 557
Quick Selection Guide
p.513
Walkerduct® Underfloor
Duct Systems
p.516
Walkerduct® Carpet/Tile
Holders
p.528
Flushduct Infloor
Duct Systems
p.531
Wallduct Raceway Systems
p.536
Trenchduct Feeder Systems
p.543
Walkercell® Cellular
Raceway Systems
p.547
511
INFLOOR DUCT
SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular
Wiring System
p.558
575
VERTICAL
SOLUTIONS
Quick Selection Guide
p.577
Vista™ Architectural
Columns
p.579
Vista CP™ Consolidation
Point
p.586
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
613
POWER DISTRIBUTION
& SURGE PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
p.607
Power Distribution Units
for Data Centers
Power Commander®
IQ Units
p.616
Power Commander®
Plus Units
p.619
Power Commander® Series
High Amperage Units
p.622
Meter Reader™ Series
Current Monitoring Devices
p.624
Cabinet Power Solutions
CabinetMATE® Series
Surge Protected
p.625
643
MEETING ROOM
SOLUTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vista Point5™
Architectural Columns
p.593
Tele-Power® Poles
p.599
Vertical Drop Poles
p.607
Custom Tele-Power® Poles
p.610
CabinetMATE® Series
Power Only
p.627
Rack Mounted Power
Solutions
Surge Protected Products
p.628
Power Only Products 15
Amp, 20 Amp
p.629
Workstation Power
Solutions
Surge Protected Plug-In
Outlet Center® Units
p.631
Power Only Plug-In Outlet
Center® Units
p.633
Hard Wired Surge
Protection
ZoneMaster®/ZoneSentinel®
Series
p.638
ZoneDefender Pro Series
p.640
PA/PB™ Series
p.641
Quick Selection Guide
p.645
Under Table
Cable Management
p.646
Meeting Room
Transition Channel
p.647
Work Surface
Modular Power
p.648
Evolution™ Series
Work Surface Portals
p.652
deQuorum™ Recessed
Work Surface Portals
p.655
deQuorum™ Flip-Up
Work Surface Portals
p.658
TableSource™ Work Surface
Portals
p.660
Lab Bench Work Surface
Portals
p.663
Desktop Power Center
Work Surface Portals
p.666
Desk Module
Work Surface Portal
p.667
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
673
WIRELESS &
ZONE CABLING
SOLUTIONS
Wireless Enclosures
VLWAP Vista™ Wireless
Access Point Enclosure
p.675
WAPE Series Wireless
Access Point Ceiling
Enclosures
p.676
WAPENCL Series Wireless
Access Point Ceiling
Enclosures
p.678
NME1250AP Wall-Mounted
Nonmetallic Wireless
Access Point Enclosure
p.679
WAPBRKT Wireless Access
Point Mounting Bracket for
Overhead Applications
p.680
Zone Cabling Enclosures
CZE Series Zone Cabling
Enclosures
p.681
RFE Series Zone Cabling
Enclosures
p.682
683
TECHNICAL
SELECTION
Raceway Cross-Sectional
Areas/Wire & Cable
Cross-Sectional Areas
p.684
Raceway Wire & Cable
Dimensions
p.685
Device Box Cubic Inch
Capacities
p.686
Calculating Wire & Cable
Capacities
p.687
Master Format 2004
Design Checklist
p.688
Conductor Derating
(Lighting & Power Circuits)
National Electrical Code
Articles
p.689
Mounting Methods for
Wiremold Raceways
p.690
Electrical Symbols in
Accordance with ANSI
Y32.9-1972
p.691
Steel Raceway
Color Specifications
p.692
TABLE OF CONTENTS
669
FIRE STOP
SOLUTIONS
FlameStopper™ Series
Thru-Wall &Thru-Floor
Fittings
p.671
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Color Coding:
Color coding has been used throughout the Catalog including
in the Table of Contents and on the outside edge of the pages
of each section to help you quickly access the products or
information you need. A color key to the sections can also be
found on the right side of this page.
Organization:
Sections of this catalog have been reorganized to give you
faster access to key information about our products. System
layouts, wire fill capacity charts and UL Code Reference
information is located on the beginning pages of each
product section.
New Products:
The newest Wiremold product innovations are featured in the
New Products section. You’ll find color photos and information
on where these products are located in the Catalog.
Product Guide Available Online:
The Wiremold Catalog is also available online. With all the
same information as the print version, the online Catalog is
fully searchable and easy to use. You can access the online
catalog at: www.legrand.us/wiremold and then click on the
link for the Online Catalog.
Color Information:
Color swatches (see sample below) for each product line
are shown at the beginning of the product section. Each part
number listing also shows all the available color versions for
that part. Information on how the color values were developed
can be found in the Technical Section.
WELCOME
OvErFLOOr rACEWAy SySTEMS
NONMETALLiC SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
ALuMiNuM SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
PrEWirEd rACEWAy SySTEMS
PLugMOLd® MuLTiOuTLET SySTEMS
SPECiALTy rACEWAyS & ACCESSOriES
FLOOr BOx SySTEMS
vErTiCAL SOLuTiONS
SErviCE FiTTiNgS & ACTivATiON ACCESSOriES
iNFLOOr duCT SySTEMS
POkE-Thru dEviCES
MOduLAr WiriNg SOLuTiONS
POWEr diSTriBuTiON & SurgE PrOTECTivE dEviCES
WOrk SurFACE SOLuTiONS
FirE STOP SOLuTiONS
WirELESS & ZONE CABLiNg SOLuTiONS
AudiO/vidEO COMPATiBiLiTy
Product Sections are identified throughout the Catalog
with the following color coding:
COMMuNiCATiONS CONNECTiviTy
STEEL SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
TEChNiCAL iNFOrMATiON
CODE REFERENCE
cTUVus Listed:
File 30783215.002 EN60950-1
Code Reference Information:
UL Code Reference information
for each product line is indicated
at the beginning of the product
section (see example on right).
COLOR OPTIONS
500 and 700 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish.
Using the Wiremold Catalog
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Legrand has made a commitment to the path of sustainability. As such we are making an ongoing effort to understand
and responsibly address the intersection of social, environmental and economic issues in the course of conducting
our business. Sustainability serves as a new lens through which we are assessing the impact of our operations, the
expectations of our customers, employees and other key stakeholders, and the role of our products and solutions.
Like many companies we see sustainability as a journey of discovery and innovation. We are sharing our learning and
experience as we progress on this path. Visit www.legrand.us/sustainability to access useful tools to fulfill your own
sustainability journey.
Legrand North America is part of the Legrand Group, a global
organization that operates in over 170 countries. The Legrand
Group has developed an overall framework to sustainability
that is organized into three key areas - social responsibility,
environment and governance, which are defined below. The
approach to sustainability in North America is aligned with this
global framework – and adapted as appropriate and relevant to the
context of the local culture and economy.
These three “pillars” serve as the organizing principle for our
actions. They express our intention toward continuous improvement
in our approach to sustainability. We have initiatives underway in
each area and are actively exploring others. We are working to
ensure that our sustainability commitment translates into greater
benefits and tangible value for our customers, business partners,
employees and the broader communities in which we operate.
LEgrANd SuSTAiNABiLiTy
Promote the welfare and
development of our employees
and communities in which we
operate and serve, and apply our
technology and products to meet
social needs.
Social
Advance environmental stewardship
at every stage of business from
product design, manufacturing,
distribution, marketing and delivery
of products that promote clean and
efficient energy.
Environment
Ensure Legrand employees all
over the world adhere to our stated
principles, values and standards;
seek out and work with suppliers
who operate in a manner consistent
with these commitments.
Governance
A Global Sustainable Development Framework
The FSC certified paper used to print this catalog is Consoweb® Gloss, which is made from 10% post-consumer recycled paper.
Over 246,000 pounds of paper were used to produce this catalog, and by substituting Consoweb Gloss for standard gloss paper,
the following savings were realized:
• WoodUse–Postconsumercontentmeansasavingsofmorethan72tonsofwood.
• GreenhouseGases–Eliminatedmorethan850poundsofgreenhousegasesvs.conventionalpaperproduction.
• Water–Savedmorethan200,000gallonsofwastewatervs.waterusedtoproduceconventionalpaper.
• SolidWaste–3000poundslesssolidwastewasgeneratedduringpapermakingthatwon’tneedtobelandfilled.*
Achieving these savings was a team effort:
Lindenmeyr Munroe – a leading paper broker.
NewPage Corporation – Manufacturer of Consoweb Gloss and other quality printing papers with certified and recycled options.
Quad/Graphics – Catalog printer, reduced the environmental impact by using a 27.3% renewable content (soy) ink.
The result is a catalog that significantly reduces environmental impacts without compromising quality. It’s the way Legrand
approaches sustainability across the entire company and its many products.
*Source:EnvironmentalPaperNetworkOnlinePaperCalculator.FSC
®
is not responsible for the savings calculations by using this paper.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
Wiremold® New Products are the results of years of engineering, design, innovation,
listening to our customers, and our constant focus on improving or developing the best
wire and cable management solutions available. These products provide users and
installers with enhanced ease of use, respond to the constantly changing needs of the
marketplace…both today and tomorrow, reduce installation times while providing more
features, functionality, and capacity, with the reliability and durability you’ve come to
expect from Wiremold products.
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System Page 279
adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully
customizable and modular solution for eliminating kitchen
clutter. It is compatible with any kitchen layout, such as
a galley, L-shaped, or U-shaped, as well as with any home
wiring.
The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System brings an array of
modular components that swap out so easily, you’ll want to
reconfigure whenever the mood strikes. From speakers and
smart phone docks to lighting and outlets, there’s a world
of possibilities to choose from with these high-tech, highly
convenient building blocks.
Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the Under-Cabinet
System Planning and Configuration Tool
Modular Track – in multiple lengths
Interchangeable Modules
Power Control Boxes
LED Linear Lighting
LED Puck Lighting
Digital Music Kit with
Bluetooth® connectivity
Meeting Room Transition Channel Page 647
Wiremold® Meeting Room Transition Channel (MRTC) is an
integral component in a “last meter” solution for bringing
power and technology closer to the user’s work area.
• Easytoorder.Kit consists of aluminum center spine with
steel mounting plate and four (4) screws, black aluminum
side channels, black nonmetallic bottom boot and two (2)
black nonmetallic transition covers.
• Easytoinstall.Telesscoping design accommodates
installations between 26" and 30" in height to fit most
standard table configurations.
• Flexiblefeedoptions.Boot allows for easy access to
floor connections from floor boxes, poke-thru devices,
overfloor raceway or other wiring sources.
• Transitioncoversallowforseamlessintegration
with Wiremold Under Table Cable Management solution.
• Multiplechannels. Allow separate channels to feed
power, communication or A/V services to the work surface.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
WorkSurfaceModularPower Page648
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
Wiremold® Work Surface Modular Power Kits make
rearranging meeting rooms fast, easy, and safe.
• EaseofInstallation. Standard kits for both 5’ and 6’ long
tables contain everything needed for installation.
• Flexibledesign. Rearranging a room layout is as easy
as unplugging tables, re-positioning and then plugging
tables back together.
• PowerCapacity. Two circuit wiring means that a total
of 10 enhanced portals can be fed from each feed source
(5 per circuit), or 20 standard portals (10 per circuit).
• Multi–serviceintegratedsolution. In addition to
power, work surface portals have openings for RJ45
network connections.
• Ultimateflexibility. Non-sequential system allows
moving tables around without the need to conform to a
color code or numbering sequence.
• Adaptstoavarietyofpopularcablemanagement
systems. Quick disconnect inserts allow system feed
from OFR Series Overfloor Raceway, 2400 Series Raceway,
WallSource Multiple Service Boxes, 8" Evolution Series
Poke-Thru Devices, Floor Boxes or existing wall outlets.
• ULListed. System is listed to CSA and UL183,
Manufactured Wiring Systems.
Under Table Cable Management Page 646
Wiremold® Under Table Cable management (UTCM)
organizes and retains cables, while allowing ready
access to these services without the cords and cables
getting in the way.
• Easytoorder.Offered in convenient kits with everything
you need to complete your install. UTCM kits include: 5’ of
base, 5’ of mounting hinge rail and four (4) latching clips.
• Easytoinstall.Adapts to underside of table and requires
no special tools.
• Easytomaintain.Future technology upgrades or room
reconfigurations are completed with the least disruptions
using tray that opens with the push of a clip and manages
cables with designed-in cable retaining dividers.
• Addstooverallroomaesthetics.Keeps meeting rooms
free from tangled cords and cables.
• Fieldmodifiable. Tray is simple to cut to length to
accommodate table length.
UsewiththeMeetingRoomTransitionChannelforan
integrated cable management solution.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
Medical Grade Plug-In Outlet Center Units Page 637
Wiremold® ULM Series Medical Grade Plug-in Outlet Centers
(PIOCs) offer medical professionals quick and flexible power
delivery solutions for demanding patient care environments.
• SafetyCertifiedbyTUVRheinlandasMedical
Electrical Devices. For use in patient care areas in
compliance with Article 517 of the National Electrical Code
(NEC)1. Allows maximum flexibility when powering patient
care equipment.
• Redundantbonding.Assures an ultra reliable grounding
path is provided. Proper grounding of medical equipment is
essential for patient wellbeing.
• Ruggedaluminumhousing.Durable housing withstands
the rigors of the healthcare environment assuring long
service life.
• Pass&Seymour® Hospital Grade Receptacles.
Superior quality Pass & Seymour receptacles ensure
reliable connections and long life.
• Availableinboth15A&20Aconfigurations.20A
configuration meets the ever increasing power demands of
medical equipment. Expand your capabilities without having
to expand your infrastructure.
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
Desk Module Page 667
Wiremold® Desk Module upgrades workstations to well
connected spaces so users can focus on the business at hand.
• Easytoinstall.Designed to fit into existing 2 3/8" –
3 1/8" core hole in desktop with clip system that secures
unit to the work surface.
• Multipleconnectionoptions.Two models provide
desktop access to power, USB connectivity and charging,
and RJ45 connectivity.
• Convenientcablemanagement. RJ45 and USB retractor
options provide cable management under the work surface
for connecting cables.
1AswithallMedicalElectricalDevices,WiremoldULMSeriesofPIOCs
shouldonlybeusedunderthedirectionandsupervisionofyourlocal
Health&SafetyOfficer.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
Ratchet-Pro™SeriesFloorBoxes Page380
Wiremold®Ratchet-Pro™SeriesFloorBoxes now are
available in nonmetallic and steel versions that provide
single- and dual-service capability in a variety of easy-to-
install round floor boxes. These designs allow the flexibility
for providing power, A/V or communication services to open-
space areas in an aesthetic solution. Ratchet-Pro™ Series
Floor Boxes are cULus Listed for use in both on grade and
above grade concrete construction.
• Slab-on-gradeversions.Boxes offered in PVC and steel
with a special fusion bonded epoxy corrosion resistant
paint, enables the boxes to be installed in on-grade
applications without the need for additional vapor barriers.
• Ratchetadjustingring.Allows for quick and easy
installation without gluing, as well as removal of cover to
activate at a future date for dual service. 10˚ of flexible
adjustment allows cover to conform to the surface of the
concrete pour, which significantly reduces labor costs.
• Multiplesizeconduitfeeds.Conduit feed ranging from
2" to 3/4" trade size openings allow for more flexibility
and capacity.
• Individualconduitreducers&plugs.Reduction in labor
savings by providing a direct reduction to support smaller
conduit feeds.
Evolution™SeriesFloorBoxes Page344
Wiremold®Evolution™SeriesFloorBoxes.The most
innovative and versatile floor boxes in the industry, has just
been upgraded giving more flexibility and configurable options.
• 2"conduitknockoutonthebottomoftheEFB6S-OG
box – for increased capacity and flexibility.
• EFB6S-2HUB–2" conduit hub that can be used to deliver
services to the 6-gang floor box, while maintaining a 4"
deep concrete pour.
• Moldedmountingbracket–mounting brackets are now
manufactured out of a durable nonmetallic material that
will allow for a more consistent and reliable assembly.
• Installationandinformationalvideos–We have
developed a series of videos that explain the various
features of these boxes and the installation process.
These videos can be found on the Legrand website and
also on Youtube.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
NEW PRODUCTS
OFRSeriesOverfloorRaceway Page94
Wiremold®OFRSeriesOverfloorRacewaySystem
provides four-channels of capacity and access to a wide range
of power, communications, and A/V connectivity options in the
smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile available in
overfloor raceway systems.
• Lowestprofileoverfloorracewayavailable.
Smaller, narrower, lower raceway profile reduces potential
trip hazards while also being installer friendly to speed
installations.
• Multiplechannelbase.Four-channel raceway provides
space for multiple combinations of power, communication
and A/V to be provided through a single raceway
installation.
• MultipleoptionsforcommunicationandA/V
connectivity. OFR Series Raceway accepts Wiremold
Open System device plates that provide connectivity to a
wide range of devices from leading communication and A/V
providers.
• MeetsADAAccessibilityGuidelines.Low profile,
unobtrusive design meets the ADA Accessibility Guidelines
that pertain to ADA Standard 4.5 which addresses changes
in floor and ground surface levels.
• cETLusListed.
NEW PRODUCTS
Wire & Cable Management
OFR6 OFR10W
OFR15 OFR17
NEW COMPONENTS:
OFR89-VFL
880MP2NonmetallicFloorBoxesPage 387
Wiremold®Modulink™880SeriesNonmetallicFloor
Boxes provide power and communication services directly to
the workstation or to any open space location. The Modulink
Floor Box is a gangable box that allow a one-gang floor box
to easily be turned into a two-or three-gang box simply by
ganging together individual boxes.
• Multipleservicecapability.Eliminates the cost
of a separate floor box and cover to accommodate
communication service.
• 2"[51mm]conduitopenings. Provides the largest
conduit feed in the industry. Meets customer requirements
for greater communication cable capacity .
• Ratchetadjustingring.Allows connection of cover
flange without glue or mechanical fasteners. Reduces
installation time and cost by providing 10° of post-pour
adjustment of the cover flange.
• Conduitreducersandplugsprovided.Allows direct
reduction from 2" to 1/2" [51mm to 12.7mm] conduit and
all sizes in between. Reduces installation time by providing
direct reduction and separate plugs by eliminating the
need to cut out plugs to form reducers.
• cULusListed.Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
to their standard UL514A, 514C, 514D, and Canadian
standard C22.2.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
1
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
AVIP Series Device
Plates – Video 3
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the remodeling and
construction of buildings, leaving integrators with the challenge of creating
work-around solutions. Today, through Wiremold® Pathways, we are
changing the way integrators work, by incorporating A/V compatibility into
our broad product line from the start. Wiremold gives you
• Over100yearsofexperienceinpathwaysolutions.
• Themarketleaderincablemanagement.
• Thebroadestproductlineintheindustry.
• Cross-tradeexperienceassuresproperintegrationofpower,
communication, and A/V into our products.
AVIP Series Device
Plates – A/V 5
TableofContents
Wiremold® A/V Quick Selection Guide
AVIP Series Device Plates
6
2
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
2
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
Legrand audio/video interface plates (AVIP) allow for A/V connectivity in all of
Wiremold’s A/V compatible pathways. AVIP Series Device Plates are metal,
screwed-down connectors which ensure a secure connection that will resist
being pulled out or broken while in use.
From data to audio to video, Legrand AVIP device plates help you stay connected
in your meetings and training rooms, collaboration spaces or work areas.
Wherever your connectivity needs are, we have the device plates and pathways
to get you there.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
LegrandAVIPConnectivity
CODE REFERENCE
Please visit the individual
product sections located
throughout this Product Guide
forspecificproductCode
Reference information.
OneUSBAFemaleto
USBAFemaleAdapter,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"x0.7"x10"[53.89mm
x17.78mmx254mm].
One9PinHDFemale
to Female, single plate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
0.7"[53.89mmx17.78mm
x17.78mm].
AVIP Series Device Plates – Computer
One15PinHDFemale
to Female, single plate.
Dimensions:2.2”x0.7”x0.7”
[53.89mmx17.78mmx
17.78mm].
One15PinHDFemaletoFive
BNCon4"Pigtails,single
plate.Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"
x7.25"[53.89mmx17.78mm
x184.15mm].
AV1002BK AV4005BK
AV1000BK AV4000BK
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
3
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
AVIPConnectivityOrderingInformation
AV1002BK
AVIP Series Device Plates – Video
OneRCAFemaletoBNC
Female Adapter, single
plate. Dimensions: 2.2”
x0.7”x1.3”[53.89mmx
17.78mmx33.02mm].
TwoRCAFemaletoBNC
Female Adapters, single
plate.Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"
x1.3"[53.89mmx17.78mm
x33.02mm].
OneHDMIFemaletoOne
HMDIFemaleon10"pigtail,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"x0.7"x10"[53.89mmx
17.78mmx254mm].
OneBNCFemaletoFemale
Barrel,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
1.3"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
33.02mm].
TwoBNCFemaletoFemale
Barrels,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
1.3"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
33.02mm].
ThreeBNCFemaletoBNC
FemaleBarrels,double
plates. Dimensions: 2.2"
x1.4"x1.3"[53.89mmx
35.56mmx33.02mm].
One Display Port Female to
One Display Port Female
on10"Pigtail,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
10"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
254mm].
OneF-ConnectorFemaleto
FemaleBarrel,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
0.7"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
17.78mm].
AV2002BK
AV3000BK
AV5000BK
AV5001BK
AV2003BK
AV5002BK
AV5004BK
AV9010BK
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
4
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
LegrandAVIPConnectivityOrderingInformation
AV1002BK
TwoRCAFemaleto
SolderCups,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
0.9"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
33.86mm].
OneXLR3-pinMaleto
SolderCups,doubleplates.
Dimensions:2.2"x1.4"x
1.1"[53.89mmx35.56mmx
27.94mm].
One1/4"StereoPhone
Female to Solder Tabs,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"x0.7"x1.4"[53.89mmx
17.78mmx35.56mm].
One3.5mmStereoMiniJack
to Solder Tabs, single plate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
0.75"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
19.04mm].
OneMiniXLR3-pinMaleto
SolderCups,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x
0.7"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
17.78mm].
One3.5mmStereoMini
JacktoCaptiveScrewTerm,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"x0.7"x1.2"[53.89mmx
35.56mmx30.48mm].
One XLR Pane Mount Plate
(acceptsD-SizeConnectors),
double plates. Dimensions:
2.2"x1.4"[53.89mmx
35.56mm].
AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio
AV6001BK
AV7000BK
AV7004BK
AV7005BK
AV8008BK
OneXLR3-pinFemaleto
SolderCups,doubleplates.
Dimensions:2.2"x1.4"x
1.6"[53.89mmx35.56mmx
40.64mm].
AV8009BK
AV8010BK
AV9016BK
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
5
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
LegrandAVIPConnectivityOrderingInformation
OneKeystoneJackPlate,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"x0.7"[53.89mmx
17.78mm].
OneKeystoneCAT6
JackPlate,singleplate.
Dimensions:2.2"x1.7"x
1.2"[53.89mmx17.78mmx
30.48mm].
AVIP Series Device Plates – Data
AVIP Series Device Plates – Accessories
BlankPlate-Single,single
plate.Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"
[53.89mmx17.78mm].
CableKit,4Openings(2
small & 2 large), triple
plates. Dimensions:
2.2"x2.1"[53.89mmx
53.34mm].
BlankPlate-Double,double
plates.Dimensions:2.2"x
1.4"[53.89mmx35.56mm].
CableKit,8Openings
(4small&4large),
quintuple plates.
Dimensions:2.2"x3.5"
[53.89mmx88.90mm].
OneRCAFemaletoBNC
Female Adapter, one
3.5mmStereoMiniJackto
Solder Tabs, single plate.
Dimensions:2.2"x0.7"x1.3"
[53.89mmx17.78mmx
33.02mm].
One DVI Female to one DVI
Femaleon10"[254mm]
pigtail,with3.5mmStereo
to Solder Tabs, triple plates.
Dimensions:2.2"x2.1"x10"
[53.89mmx53.34mmx
254mm].
AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio/Video
AV5005BKAV2004BK
AV9008BK AV9015BK
AV9003BK
AV9004BK
AV9012BK
AV9014BK
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
6
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
EFB10-AAP
Device Plate holds 2
Extron® Electronics AAP
devices.
Resource RFB® Series
EFB8S Series EFB-AAP
DevicePlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP opening.
EFB-MAAP
DevicePlatewithGFCIor
decorator style opening for
open A/V devices such as
LegrandAVIPorExtron®
Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
EFB6S Series EFB-AAP
DevicePlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP opening.
EFB-MAAP
DevicePlatewithGFCIor
decorator style opening for
open A/V devices such as
LegrandAVIPorExtron®
Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
EFB10S Series EFB10-DEC
For use with decorator
styleGFCIandA/V
devices.
EFB10-MAAP
DevicePlateholds4
LegrandAVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
devices.
RFB2 Series RFB2-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
RFB2RT
Device Plate
with bracket that
accepts Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
RFB4 Series
RFB-GFI-SS
Shallow Device
PlatewithGFCI
or decorator style
opening for open
A/V devices such as
Extron® Electronics,
Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
WTB-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
RFB2EXT
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
RFB2GFI
Device Plate with
GFCIordecorator
style opening for
open A/V devices
suchasExtron®
Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
RFB4-GFI-4DB
Device Plate with
GFCIordecorator
style opening for
open A/V devices such
asExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
RFB4-SS-MAAP
Shallow Device Plate
with Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
RFB4-SS-AAP
Shallow Device
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
WTB-MAAP
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
Evolution™ Series
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
7
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
RFB4E Series RFB6EXT
Device Plate
acceptsthree(3)
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP Devices.
RFB6RT
Device Plate with
adapter to accept
two (2) Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
FLOOR BOXES
RFB6, RFB6E Series RFB6EXT
Device Plate
accepts three
(3)Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
Devices.
RFB6RT
Device Plate with
adapter to accept
two (2) Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
RFB9 & RFB11 Series RFB119-SGFI
DevicePlatewithGFCIor
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such
asExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex®
Intera.
RFB119-SXLR
Device Plate with two
(2) openings to accept
microphone devices.
RFB6-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
RFB6GFI
Device Plate with
GFCIordecorator
style opening for
open A/V devices
suchasExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
RFB6-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
RFB6GFI
Device Plate with
GFCIordecorator
style opening for
open A/V devices
suchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron®
andAtinex® Intera.
RFB119-3GFI
Device Plate with
three(3)GFCIor
decorator style
openings for
open A/V devices
suchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron®
andAtinex® Intera.
RFB119-GFI
DevicePlatewithGFCI
or decorator style
opening for open A/V
devicessuchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron®
andAtinex® Intera.
RFB119-XLR
Device Plate with two
(2) openings to accept
microphone devices.
OmniBox™ Series
Resource RFB® Series
828-MAAP
Device Plate for mounting Legrand
AVIPorExtron® Electronics MAAP
Devicesusing828GFICovers.For
usewith828GFITCor828GFITCAL
CoverPlates(soldseparately).
880W Series™
828-MAAP
Device Plate for mounting Legrand
AVIPorExtron® Electronics MAAP
Devicesusing828GFICovers.For
usewith828GFITCor828GFITCAL
CoverPlates(soldseparately).
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth
behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
8
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
FloorSource AF Series™
RAISED FLOOR BOXES
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
FloorSource AF Series™
FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
Ratchet-Pro™ Series
881AV3CTCGY
881AV3CTCBK
881AV3CTCAL
881AV3CTCBS
FloorBoxCoverKitwith
LegrandAVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP and
Ortronics® Series II Adapters.
881AMD8CTCGY
881AMD8CTCBK
881AMD8CTCAL
881AMD8CTCBS
FloorBoxCoverKit
with Ortronics® Series II
Adapters.
AF-1, AF-3 SGT-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
DGT-MAAP
Device Plate with
LegrandAVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
DGT-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
SGT-3S2
Device Plate accepts three
(3)Ortronics® Series II
Devices.
SGB-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
DGT-RT
Device Plate includes one
(1) Ortronics® Series II
Adapter.
SGB-3S2
Device Plate accepts
three(3)Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
SGC2-MAAP
Device Plate accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP
orExtron® Electronics
MAAP Devices.
SAF SGC2-RT
Device Plate with
Adapter that
accepts one (1)
Ortronics® Series II
Device.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
9
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
RAISED FLOOR BOXES
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
FloorSource AC Series™
C8005P-MAAP-6A
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
C8005P-AAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
C8004P-2RT
Device Plate
with Adapters for
two (2) Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
C10105P-AAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.
C8005P-RT
C8005P-2RT
C8005P-3RT
Device Plate with
Adapters for one (1),
two(2),orthree(3)
Ortronics® Series II
Devices.
C10105P-MAAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
C10105P-3RT
Device Plate with
Adapters for three
(3)Ortronics®
Series II Devices.
CRFB-MAAP-4
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
CRFB-GFI-1
Device Plate
with standard
GFCIordecoratorstyle
opening for open A/V devices such as
Extron®Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
CRFB-GFI-2
Device Plate with
standardGFCIor
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
CRFB-GFI-3
Device Plate with
standardGFCIor
decorator style
opening for open A/V devices such as
Extron®Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
CRFB-BEZ-6A-4
Device Plate
with Adapter for
one (1)
Ortronics®
Series II Device.
CRFB-CGFI-4
Device Plate with
standardGFCI
or decorator style
opening for open A/V
devicessuchasExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
FloorSource CFRB Series™
Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices
POKETHRU DEVICES
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
6AT Series 6MAAP
Device Plate
acceptssix(6)
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Devices.
6SER
Device Plate
accepts up to
four(4)
Ortronics® Series II modular inserts.
6AAP
Device Plate
accepts two
(2)Extron®
Electronics AAP
Devices.
6MAAP-2A
Device Plate
acceptsthree(3)
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP Devices and up to two (2) ports
for communication devices.
6DEC
Device Plate
accepts standard
GFCIordecorator
style opening for open A/V devices
suchasExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
68MAAP
Device Plate
accepts up to
two (2) Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP Devices.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
10
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices
POKETHRU DEVICES
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
8AAP
Device Plate
acceptsfour(4)
Extron® Electronics
AAP Devices.
68MAAP
Device Plate
accepts up to
two (2) Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP Devices.
8AT Series 8CREST
Device Plate accepts
Crestron®&Extron®
Electronics double
gang decorator style
devices.
8CREST3G
3gangdevice
plate accepts
Crestron®
&Extron®
Electronics triple
gang decorator
style devices.
8MAAP
Device Plate
acceptsfour(4)
Legrand AVIP
orExtron®
Electronics MAAP
Devices.
8DEC
Device Plate with
standardGFCIor
decorator style
opening for open
A/VdevicessuchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron® andAtinex®
Intera.
8SER
Device Plate
accepts up to
three(3)
Ortronics® Series II
modular inserts.
AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices
AV3ATCGY
AV3ATCBK
AV3ATCAL
AV3ATCAA
AV3ATCBS
AV3ATCAB
AV3ATCVY
Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accepts
one Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP device or one
Ortronics® Series II
insert.
AV3CTCGY
AV3CTCBK
AV3CTCAL
AV3CTCAA
AV3CTCBS
AV3CTCAB
AV3CTCVY
Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept one
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP device or one
Ortronics® Series II
insert.
AMD8ATCGY
AMD8ATCBK
AMD8ATCAL
AMD8ATCAA
AMD8ATCBS
AMD8ATCAB
AMD8ATCVY
Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept four
(4)Ortronics® Series II
inserts.
AMD8™ Series Poke-Thru Devices
RC9AMDTCGY
RC9AMDTCBK
RC9AMDTCAL
RC9AMDTCBS
RC9AMDTCAB
RC9AMDTCVY
RC9AMDTCAA
Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept two
(2) Ortronics® Series II
inserts.
RC9AMD Series™ Poke-Thru Devices
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
11
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
V24DWNU
24DWNU-FW
Downward-Facing
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
V24DWNS
24DWNS-FW
Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Ortronics® Series II
opening.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
KA305
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
Opening.
KA302
Device Plate
holds cables
captive for easy
access when
active jacks are
not needed.
6"[152mm]Field-WiredorCord-EndedWorkSurface
Portalsthatcanacceptuptofive(5)LegrandAVIPor
Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.
Field-Wired Field-Wired
WSF6FNK, WSF6FBS,
WSF6FGY, WSF6FBK,
WSF6FBZ,
WSF6SNK, WSF6SBS,
WSF6SGY, WSF6SBK,
WSF6SBZ
Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals
WSF6 Series Cord-Ended
WS6FNK, WS6FBS,
WS6FGY, WS6FBK,
WS6FBZ,
WS6SNK, WS6SBS,
WS6SGY, WS6SBK,
WS6SBZ
dequorum™ Work Surface Portals
WORK SURFACE SOLUTIONS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
KA305-AAP
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics
AAP Opening.
Cord-Ended
WSF8 Series
8"[203mm]Field-WiredorCord-EndedWorkSurface
Portalsthatcanacceptuptoten(10)LegrandAVIPor
Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.
Field-Wired
WSF8FNK, WSF8FBS,
WSF8FGY, WSF8FBK,
WSF8FBZ,
WSF8SNK, WSF8SBS,
WSF8SGY, WSF8SBK,
WSF8SBZ
Cord-Ended
WS8FNK, WS8FBS,
WS8FGY, WS8FBK,
WS8FBZ,
WS8SNK, WS8SBS,
WS8SGY, WS8SBK,
WS8SBZ
V3046V
G3046V
Bump-UpDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
V3046S
G3046S
Bump-UpDevice
Plate with
Ortronics® Series
II opening.
3000 Series™ Raceway
2400 Series™ Raceway
STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
V3046U
G3046U
Bump-UpDevice
Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
12
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those
represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth
behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design
and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-G
5507SeriesDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
4000 Series™ Raceway
5507AAP
5507AAP-G
5507SeriesDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
DSDWNS-BK
DSDWNS-BZ
DSDWNS-DG
DSDWNS-DV
Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Ortronics® Series II
opening.
DSDWNU-BK
DSDWNU-BZ
DSDWNU-DG
DSDWNU-DV
Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
DSDWNR-BK
DSDWNR-BZ
DSDWNR-DG
DSDWNR-DV
Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open
A/V devices such as
Extron® Electronics,
Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
DS4000® Series Raceway
5507AAP
5507AAP-G
5507SeriesDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
6000® Series Raceway
V4047UX
G4047UX
Bump-UpDevice
Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
V4047UX
G4047UX
Bump-UpDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
V4047VX
G4046VX
Bump-UpDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
5507R
5507R-G
5507Series
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open A/V
devicessuchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-G
5507SeriesDevice
Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.
5507R,
5507R-G
5507Series
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open A/V
devicessuchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
V4047VX
G4047VX
Bump-Up
Device Plate
withExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
OFR Series™ Overflow Raceway
OFR47-R
For covering
rectangular
decorator style
devices.
OFR47-V
Accepts two (2)
Extron® Electronics
AAP single
space modules.
OFR47-U
Accepts up to four
(4)LegrandAVIPor
Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates.
OFR47-U2A
Accepts up to two
(2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
13
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes Raceway
IN WALL SYSTEMS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions.
Those represented here have been designed/modified to
provide the depth behind the plate required for most A/V
devices. For additional design and installation considerations,
please contact the factory.
STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlate
with decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
5400 Series™ Raceway
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlate
with Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlate
with decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®Electronics,Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.
5500 Series™ Raceway
5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507SeriesDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening.
5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507SeriesDevice
PlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP opening.
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507SeriesDevice
Plate with Legrand AVIP
orExtron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlatewith
Extron® Electronics AAP opening.
5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlate
with decorator style opening for
openA/VdevicessuchasExtron®
Electronics,Crestron®andAtinex®
Intera.
VSEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for Small
VistaColumns.
Vista™ Architectural Columns
VLEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for Large
VistaColumns.
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507SeriesDevicePlatewith
LegrandAVIPorExtron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
VSCR
Crestron®&Extron®
Electronics Double-
Gang Decorator Style
Device Plate for Small
VistaColumns.
VSEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
SmallVistaColumns.
VLCR
Crestron®&Extron®
Electronics Double-
Gang Decorator Style
Device Plate for
LargeVistaColumns.
VLEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
LargeVistaColumns.
VLRT
Device Plate with
opening for three
(3)Ortronics®
Series II devices
for Large Vista
Columns.
VSRT
Device Plate with
opening for one (1)
Ortronics® Series II
device for Small
VistaColumns.
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
14
WIREMOLD
AUDIO/VIDEOCOMPATIBILITY
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Quick Selection Guide
Vista™ Point5 Architectural Columns
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
30TP-AAP
DevicePlatewithGFCIor
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such
asExtron® Electronics,
Crestron®andAtinex® Intera.
Tele-Power® Poles
30TP-L
DevicePlatewithExtron®
Electronics AAP opening.
30TP-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
VSCR
Crestron®&Extron®
Electronics Double-
Gang Decorator Style
Device Plate for Small
VistaColumns.
VSEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for
SmallVistaColumns.
VSEAP5
Device Plate with
two(2)duplex
receptacles and
Extron® Electronics
AAP openings for
smallPoint5Vista.
VSEMP5
Device Plate with two
(2)duplexreceptacles
and Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP openings for
smallPoint5Vista.
VL2A
Device plate for
WiremoldCMSeries
Open System for
Ortronics Series II
andTracJackdevices
forlargePoint5Vista.
VLCR
Crestron® &
Extron® Electronics
Double-Gang
Decorator Style
Device Plate
for Large Vista
Columns.
VSEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
SmallVistaColumns.
VLEA
Device Plate
withExtron®
Electronics AAP
opening for Large
VistaColumns.
VLEM
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening
for Large Vista
Columns.
VLEAP5
Device Plate with
two(2)duplex
receptacles and
Extron® Electronics
AAP openings for
largePoint5Vista.
VLEMP5
Device Plate with
two(2)duplex
receptacles and
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP openings for
largePoint5Vista.
3"
[76mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
1-GANG 2-GANG
500-MAAP
525SeriesDevice
Plate with Legrand
AVIPorExtron®
Electronics
MAAP opening.
500RT
525SeriesDevice
Plate with opening for
one (1) Ortronics®
Series II Device.
LTF48-MAAP
MultiplexSeries
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.
Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings
525 Series™ Service Fittings – For use with Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems
INFLOOR SYSTEMS
NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.
Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates
CM Series™
Communication
Modules
17
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
Wiremold® pathways and cable management systems offer a
wide range of options for providing datacom connectivity.
Ortronics® Connectivity
16
Wiremold® Open System Connectivity
16
Wiremold® CM Series™ Communication Modules
17
Table of Contents
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
15
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
TracJack Individual Jack System
• Front-loading,snap-indesignsupportsfuturemovesaddsandchanges
• Insertsforvoice,data,audio,andvideo
• AvailableCategory3,5e,6,USOC6-position,andothermedia
• Flatorangled45°exitconfigurations
• Choiceof13colorsandcolormatchedtoWiremoldsystems
• UniversalT568A/Bwiringformat
Series II Front-Loading, Module System
• Moduledesignfeatureseasysnap-infront-loadingdesign
• Linear110punchdownformatforeasytermination
• Insertsforvoice,data,audio,andvideo
• AvailableCategory3,5e,6,USOC6-position,andothermedia
• Availableinflatorangled45°exitconfigurations
• ColormatchedtoWiremoldSystems
FordetailedproductselectionrefertotheOrtronicsCatalogorvisitwww.ortronics.com.
Wiremold Open System Communications Modules
• Accommodateawiderangeofmanufacturers’communicationsoutletsincludingkeystonejacks,
 aswellasproprietarysolutionsfromSystimax(Avaya)andNORDX
• ModulesfitintoawiderangeofWiremoldSystems
• Pre-punchedfaceplatesacceptcommoncommunicationdevices
FormoreinformationonintegratingconnectivityintoWiremoldCableManagementSystems,contactthe
WiremoldApplicationsEngineeringTeamoryourlocalWiremoldSalesRepresentative.
1. Bringallstationcablesthroughtheopeninginthedevicemountingbracket.
2. Mountcommunicationdevicesinunloadedinsertsandterminateorattach
cablepermanufacturersinstructions.
3. Reversethemoduleandsnapintothedevicebracket.Entirefaceplatemust
befilledwithinsertsorblanks.
Typical Mounting Brackets (4050, 5450, 5550, 40N2, 2344SD-2A, 2444D-2A and WSA07A Device Mounting Plates))
Typical Installation for Cable Management Applications
CM-EPLA
Typical
raceway device
bracket holecut
Ortronics® Connectivity
Wiremold® Open Connectivity Solutions
1. InsertCM-EPLAendplateintothebracketopening.
2. Slideendplatetoengagehooksintolockingslots.(Besureendplateedgeis
seatedagainstedgeoftrimplateopening.)Twoendplatesarerequiredasshown.
3. Afterendplatesareinplace,installmodulesbyaligningoverspacebetweenendplatesand
pushinginwarduntilsnapsengage.6Aconfiguringoptionsapplytoopening.
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
16
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
Acceptskeystonejackswithalatching
areaof0.58”x0.76”[14.7mmx
19.3mm].Also available in white
(CM2-U1KEYA-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U1KEYA-GY),black(CM2-U1KEYA-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U1KEYA-G).
CM2-U1KEYA 2A Single Flushmount Unloaded
Keystone Module
AcceptsbothM-seriesjacksandLC
fiber adapters. Also available in white
(CM2-U2ATT-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U2ATT-GY),black(CM2-U2ATT-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U2ATT-G).
CM2-U2ATT 2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded
Module
Acceptskeystonejackswithalatching
areaof0.58”x0.76”[14.7mmx
19.3mm].Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM2-U2KEYA-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U2KEYA-GY),black(CM2-U2KEYA-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U2KEYA-G).
CM2-U2KEYA 2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded
Keystone Module
AcceptsbothM-seriesjacksandLC
fiber adapters. Also available in white
(CM2-U1ATT-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U1ATT-GY),black(CM2-U1ATT-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U1ATT-G).
CM2-U1ATT 2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded
Module
CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information
Wiremold® CM Series™CommunicationModulesprovideavarietyofunloaded
modulestoacceptdevicesfromothermanufacturers.Theseopensystemmodules
provideaflexibleandaestheticallypleasingwaytoconnectcommunicationcabling
atthepoint-of-use.
CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication
Circuit Accessories:
FileE145222GuideDUXR.
MeetsArticle800ofNEC.
MeetsArticle60-308ofCEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
CM Series™CommunicationModulesstandardcolorisivory.Forother
colors,addoneofthefollowingsuffixes:“-WH”forwhite,“-GY”forlight
gray(matchesaluminumandnonmetallicproducts),“-BK”forblack,or
“-G”forgray(matchesWiremoldgraysteelproducts).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
17
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
Ordering Information
Accepts 2 ST adapters. Also available
inwhite(CM2-U2ST-WH),lightgrey
(CM2-U2ST-GY),black(CM2-U2ST-
BK)andgrey(CM2-U2ST-G).
CM2-U2ST 2A Dual Unloaded ST Adapter Module
Accepts one SC adapter. Also
availableinwhite(CM2-U2SC-WH),
lightgrey(CM2-U2SC-GY),black
(CM2-U2SC-BK)andgrey
(CM2-U2SC-G).
CM2-U2SC 2A Unloaded Duplex SC Adapter Module
FormountingtwoAMPNetconnect
SL Series devices. Also available
inwhite(CM2-U2AMP-WH),light
grey(CM2-U2AMP-GY),black
(CM2-U2AMP-BK)andgrey(CM2-
U2AMP-G).
CM2-U2AMP 2A Unloaded Single AMP Netconnect
Module
FormountingtwoOrtronics®
TracJackdevices.Alsoavailablein
white(CM2-U2TJ-WH),lightgrey
(CM2-U2TJ-GY),black(CCM2-U2TJ-
BK)andgrey(CM2-U2TJ-G).
CM2-U2TJ 2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded
Ortronics® TracJack Module
Requiredtofillunusedopenings.
Alsoavailableinwhite(CM2-BL-WH),
lightgrey(CM2-BL-GY),black(CM2-
BL-BK)andgrey(CM2-BL-G).
CM2-BL 2A Blank Module
Accepts one SVGA connector. Also
availableinwhite(CM2-U2SVGA-WH),
lightgrey(CM2-U2SVGA-GY),black
(CM2-U2SVGA-BK)andgrey(CM2-
U2SVGA-G).
CM2-U2SVGA 2A SVGA Module
CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information (cont.)
AcceptsMDVOFlexjacksandfiber
modules.Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM2-U1NOR-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U1NOR-GY),black(CM2-U1NOR-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U1NOR-G).
CM2-U1NOR 2A Single Flushmount NordX/CDT
Unloaded Module
AcceptsMDVOFlexjacksandfiber
modules.Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM2-U2NOR-WH),lightgrey(CM2-
U2NOR-GY),black(CM2-U2NOR-BK)
andgrey(CM2-U2NOR-G).
CM2-U2NOR 2A Dual Flushmount NordX/CDT
Unloaded Module
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
18
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
EndplateswithtwooutletIDlabels
with clear covers and two matching
screwcovers.Requiredwhen
mountingmodulesinto4050,5450,
5550,andWSA07-4Adevicemounting
brackets,andtheV2444D-2Aand
2344SD-2A2-gangdividedraceway
box.Alsoavailableinwhite(CM-EPLA-
WH),fogwhite(CM-EPLA-FW),and
grey(CM-EPLA-G).
CM-EPLA End Plate
CM Series Communication Modules Speciaty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information
Accepts one CM2 Series
communicationmoduleoronePass
&Seymour2AActivateSeriesinsert.
Alsoavailableinwhite(CM-2AB-
WH),lightgrey(CM-2AB-GY),black
(CM-2AB-BK)andgrey(CM-2AB-G).
CM-2AB CM2/Activate 2A Mini Mounting Adapter
Accepts two Ortronics®TracJack
Inserts. Also available in white
(AB2TJ-WH),lightgrey(AB2TJ-GY),
black(AB2TJ-BK)andgrey(AB2TJ-G).
AB2TJ Ortronics® TracJack 2A Mini Mounting Adapter
Accepts one Ortronics®SeriesII1-unit
insert. Alsoavailableinwhite(CABS2-
WH),lightgrey(ABS2-GY),black
(ABS2-BK)andgrey(ABS2-G).
ABS2 Ortronics® Series II 2A Mini Mounting Adapter
Forusewithmulti-channelraceway
devicebracketsandWallSource
devicemountingbrackets.Angledexit
providesadditionalmountingdepth
requiredforaudio/visualconnections
aswellasensuringtherequiredbend
radiusforUTPandfiberopticcabling.
HoldstwoCM2Seriesmodulesortwo
2Ainserts.Fits5507SeriesFaceplate
opening.Also available in white
(CM-ARA-WH),lightgrey(CM-ARA-
GY),black(CM-ARA-BK)andgrey
(CM-ARA-G).
CM-ARA Angled Raceway Adapter
6Aopening.Mustbepurchased
separatelyformounting
communicationmodulesinservice
fittings where it is indicated they are
notincluded.Also available in light
grey(CM-MAB-GY),black(CM-MAB-
BK)andfogwhite(CM-MAB-FW).
CM-MAB 6A Mini Mounting Adapter
AcceptssixOrtronics®TracJack
inserts. Also available in white
(MAB6TJ-WH),lightgrey(MAB6TJ-
GY),black(MAB6TJ-BK)andgrey
(MAB6TJ-G).
MAB6TJ Ortronics® TracJack 6A Mounting Adapter
Accepts three Ortronics® Series II
1-unitinserts.Also available in light
grey(MAB3S2-GY),black(MAB3S2-
BK)andgrey(MAB3S2-G).
MAB3S2 Ortronics® Series II 6A Mounting Adapter
CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
19
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
Forusewithmulti-channelraceway
devicebracketsandWallSource
devicemountingbrackets.Angledexit
providesadditionalmountingdepth
requiredforA/Vconnectionsaswell
asensuringtherequiredbendradius
forUTPandfiberopticcabling.Holds
two Ortronics®SeriesIImodules.Fits
5507SeriesFaceplateopening.Also
availableinwhite(ARA-S2-WH),light
grey(ARA-S2-GY),black(ARA-S2-BK)
andgrey(ARA-S2-G).
ARA-S2 Angled Raceway Adapter
FormountingtwoCM2Seriesmodules
orPass&SeymourActivateSeries
devicemodules.Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM-SAP-WH),lightgrey(CM-SAP-
GY),black(CM-SAP-BK)andgrey
(CM-SAP-G).
CM-SAP Single-Gang Angled Faceplate
CM Series Communication Modules Speciaty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information (cont.)
FormountingfourCM2Series
modulesorPass&SeymourActivate
Seriesdevicemodules.Alsoavailable
inwhite(CM-DAP-WH),lightgrey
(CM-DAP-GY),black(CM-DAP-BK)and
grey(CM-DAP-G).
CM-DAP Double-Gang Angled Faceplate
FormountingsixCM2Seriesmodulesor
Pass&SeymourActivateSeriesdevice
modules.Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM-DFP-WH),lightgrey(CM-DFP-
GY),black(CCM-DFP-BK)andgrey
(CM-DFP-G).
CM-DFP Double-Gang Faceplate
FormountingthreeCM2Seriesmodules
orPass&SeymourActivateSeries
devicemodules.Alsoavailableinwhite
(CM-SFP-WH),lightgrey(CM-SFP-GY),
black(CM-SFP-BK)andgrey(CM-SFP-G).
CM-SFP Single-Gang Faceplate
CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
20
COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
21
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
DS4000® Designer
Series Raceway 56
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Wiremold® Steel Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders in
quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types
of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Steel Surface Raceway Systems
have provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers,
building owners, and designers.
With the introduction of DS4000® Series Raceway, we’re again pushing the
envelope by expanding the capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface
raceway systems.
500® & 700® Series
Raceway 24
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
22
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
67
4047 Series™
Device Plates
61
4000® Series
Raceway
56
DS4000® Series
Raceway
50
3000® Series
Raceway
84
AnySize™ Series Raceway
One-Piece Steel Raceway Systems
Two-Piece Steel Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceway Systems
4000 Designer Series Raceway
Two-Piece Steel Large
Multiple-Channel Raceway Systems
Multi-Compartment Surface
Metal Raceway Systems
24
500® Series
Raceway
24
700® Series
Raceway
34
2000® Series
Raceway
38
2400™ Series
Raceway
44
2400D Series™
Raceway
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
79
6000® Series
Raceway
72
S4000® Series
Stainless Steel
Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
23
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
500® Series Raceway 700® Series Raceway
Type: One-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.19 in2 [123mm2]
Colors: Ivory
17/32"
[13.5mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.26 in2 [168mm2]
Colors: Ivory, White
21/32"
[16.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 9/32"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.80 in2 [516mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 1.39in2 [897mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Fog White
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1/3 2/3
Type: Two-Piece, Dual-Channel
Capacity: 1/3 Comp.: 0.374in2 [241mm2]; 2/3 Comp.: 0.865in2 [558mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Fog White
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 17/32"
[39mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel
Capacity: 3.70in2 [2340mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray
2 1/8"
[54mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
Type: Three-Piece, Dual-Channel
Capacity: Each Compartment: 5.01in2 [3235mm2]
Colors: Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Matte Black
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel
Capacity: Divided: 3.10in2 [2000mm2], Undivided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray, Stainless
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]
Type: Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel
Capacity: Divided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2], Undivided: 16.00in2 [10320mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray
2000® Series Raceway 2400™ Series Raceway
2400D Series™ Raceway 3000® Series Raceway
DS4000® Series Raceway 4000® Series Raceway
6000® Series Raceway AnySize™ Series Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
24
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4 11/16" [119mm]
Utility Box
A
B
B
C
E
F
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
NO
PQ
RS
U
V
Plugmold
W
Y
D
T
Z
X
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
One-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations. Provides low profile
appearance that blends with any decor.
V. 5785 Combination Connector
W. V5786 Adjustable Offset
Connector
X. 5724O Single Pole Switch
and Box
Y. 57242 Utility Box
Z. 57243G Duplex Receptacle
and Box
COLOR OPTIONS
500® and 700® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.
Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a white finish. Some Device Boxes used in
safety applications are also available with a red painted finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
System Layout
KEY
A. 2089E Reducing Fitting
B. 504 Mounting Strap
C. 506 Cover Clip
D. 511 Flat Elbow
E. 517 Internal Elbow
F. 518 External Elbow
G. 5703 Supporting Clip
H. 5715 Tee
I. 5719 Corner Box
J. 5734A Utility Box
K. 5738 Fixture Box Solid Base
L. V 5739 Fixture Box Solid Base
M. 5744 Extra Deep Device Box
N. 5747-2 Two-Gang Shallow
Device Box
O. 5748S Shallow Device Box
P. 5748-2 Two-Gang Device Box
Q. 5748-3 Three-Gang Device Box
R. 5752 Alarm Device Box
S. 5753 Extra Deep Alarm
Device Box
T. 5781 Box Connector
U. 5782
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Connector
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
25
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings
requiring screws except V504. With V504,
use #8 panhead screws.
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.40%
FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 2
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 2
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 1
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 0
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 2
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1
500 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications
WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 3
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
500 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
V500 One-Piece Raceway
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish. Available
in 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.
One (1) 5701 Coupling furnished with each
length.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
17/32"
[13.5mm]
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into
open end of 500 Series Raceway.
502 Bushing
1/2"
[12.7mm]
(One- or Two-Hole) – Converts to one-hole
by breaking off at score. Lanced tab holds
strap in place while fastening to surface.
V504 Mounting Strap
1 13/16"
[46mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
V506 Connection Cover
Covers seam where two lengths of 500
Series Raceway come together.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
V511 Flat Elbow
Right angle turns on the same surface.
2"
[51mm]
Case hard steel replacement blades for 605 Raceway Cutter.
605K Replacement Blades
Single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.
605 500 Series Raceway Cutter
Same as V500 Raceway except in 5' [1.5m]
lengths, 50' [15m] per carton. One (1) 5701
Coupling furnished with each 5' [1.5m]
length.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
17/32"
[13.5mm]
V500-5 One-Piece Raceway
Inside right angle turns.
2 3/4"
[70mm]
V517 Internal Elbow
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.
V512 45° Flat Elbow
500 Series Raceway Ordering Information
For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to
step ladder and holds raceway channel
securely for accurate cuts.
5700CG Cutting Guide
For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to
outlet box base and raceway fittings for
perfect alignment of runs of raceway.
5700LL Laser Level
Outside right angle turns.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
V518 Outside Elbow
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
26
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Covers seam where two lengths of 700
Series Raceway come together.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
(One- or Two-Hole) Converts to one-hole
by breaking off at score. Lanced tab holds
strap in place while fastening to surface.
1 13/16"
[46mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.
Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701
Coupling furnished with each length.
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into
open end of 700 Series Raceway.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
21/32"
[16.7mm]
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 10
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
700 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power700 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.40%
FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 2
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 1
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 3
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2
Single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.
607 700 Series Raceway Cutter
V700, 700WH One-Piece Raceway 702 Bushing
Case hard steel replacement blades for 607 Raceway Cutter.
607K Replacement Blades V706, 706WH Connection Cover
V704, 704WH Mounting Strap
700 Series Raceways Ordering Information
NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws except V704.
With V704, use #8 panhead screws.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
27
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
Connects branches of 700 Series
Raceway at right angles. When used
with 700 Series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in cover.
For feeding raceway from
ceiling or floor. Allows for
ample splice room. Base has
1/2" trade size KO.
1 5/16"
[33mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
For installing raceway around offsets,
side bends, twisted turns, and curved
surfaces. Wire fill capacity is the same
as 500 & 700 Series Raceways. Consult
factory for custom lengths. Maximum
painted length 3' [915mm].
18" [457mm]
Overall
Joins and supports lengths of 500 or
700 Series Raceway. One coupling
included with each length of raceway.
2"
[51mm]
Supports lengths of 500 and 700 Series
Raceway.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Provides additional grounding for 500
or 700 Series Raceway or to ground
remotely located devices. Insert clamp
into raceway before installing. Attach
ground wire to screw as required by
National Electrical Code.
2"
[51mm]
Provides grounding means for 1/2"
trade size conduit using lock nut.
1"
[25mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2 1/2"
[64
mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
5711RHA
90° twist with a 90° turn. For double
turn at right angles from one surface to
another. For transitions from a sidewall
to ceiling or edge of door or window
trim. Twistout in cover adapts for use
with 700 Series Raceway. Available in
ivory (5711LHA, 5711RHA) and white
(5711LHAWH, 5711RHAWH).
5711LHA, 5711RHA Internal Twist Elbows
V5719, 5719WH Corner Box
V5715, 5715WH Tee
5709GC Grounding Connector
5709 Ground Clamp
V5703, 5703WH Supporting Clip
5701 Coupling
V5700F Flexible Section
Right angle turns on the same surface.
2"
[51mm]
V711, 711WH Flat Elbow
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.
Inside right angle turns.
2 3/4"
[70mm]
Outside right angle turns.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
V718, 718WH Outside Elbow
V717, 717WH Internal Elbow
V712, 712WH 45° Flat Elbow
500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
28
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
V5784 Elbow Box Connector
2 1/8"
[54mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Connects raceway at right angles to
1/2" trade size conduit or armored
cable connectors. When used with
700 Series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in cover.
Connects raceway at right angles
to conduit boxes or panel boxes
that have 1/2" trade size conduit
KOs. When used with 700 Series
Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in cover.
1 1/4"
[32mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
V5783 Elbow Box Connector
For hanging either 3/8" [9.5mm] or 1/2"
[12.7mm] fixtures to Wiremold fittings
with 1/2" trade size KOs. Has female
3/8" [9.5mm] pipe thread inside and
male 1/2" [12.7mm] pipe thread outside.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Male connector for connecting raceway
to conduit boxes or panel boxes that have
KOs for conduit. Can also be used with
conduit type fittings. When used with
700 Series Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in connector. 5781 has 1/2"
trade size conduit opening and 5781A
has 3/4" trade size conduit opening.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
5780 Special Nipple (Galvanized)
5781, 5781A Box Connector (Galvanized)
Interior threaded female connector for
connecting raceway to conduit. When
used with 700 Series Raceway, break
out crescent twistout in connector.
5782 has 1/2" trade size conduit
opening and 5782A has 3/4" trade
size conduit opening.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
5782, 5782A Conduit Connector (Galvanized)
CONNECTION REQUIRED
USE CATALO G NUMBER
FROM TO
500 Series, 700 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 1517B
500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089
500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E
Existing Outlet 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5751
Panel Box 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5786
1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782, V5784
3/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782A
Boxes with 1/2" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781, V5785
Boxes with 3/4" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781A
3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5737, V5737A, V5739
Single-Gang
Outlet Box
Two-Gang
Surface Box
V5735, V5744-2, V5744S-2,
V5747-2, V5748-2
14/2, 14/3, 12/2, 12/3 Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5790B
1/2" trade size EMT 5700 Series Boxes 5791
500 & 700 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings
Extension for existing flush switch
and receptacle boxes to blank original
outlet. Closed base version available as
a special order.
4 5/8"
[118mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
V5760 Blank Extension Box
500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
29
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information
V5786, 5786WH Adjustable Offset Connector
5791 EMT Connector
5790B Armored Cable Connector (Galvanized)
Connects 14/2, 14/3, 12/2, and 12/3 “MC”
and armored cable to Wiremold fittings.
A short piece of 500 or 700 Series
Raceway (1 5/8" [41mm] min.) must be
used between connector and Wiremold
fittings. Not for use with 1/2” [12.7mm]
flex conduit.
1"
[25mm]
2"
[51mm]
Eliminates need to offset raceway
when connecting to surface type
panel boxes. Adjustment from
surface to center of bushings is
5/8" [15.9mm] minimum to 1 3/8"
[35mm] maximum. When used
as adjustable offset connector,
break out metal between the two
holes. When used with 700 Series
Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in cover. 1/2" trade
size chase nipple and locknut
furnished.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 3/8"
[61mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
Connects 1/2" trade size EMT to 5700
Series rectangular and round device
boxes (except 5733). Derates the fill
capacity of the EMT.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
V5731 Blank Cover
2 3/8" [61mm] Dia.
1/4"
[6.4mm] Use with 5733 Outlet Box to convert box
into pull or junction box. Has 1/2" trade
size KO in center.
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
V5736, 5736WH Blank Cover
4 3/4" sq.
[121mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
3" Dia.
[76mm]
1/2" trade size KO in center. For
use with 5735, 5737, 5737A, 5738,
5738AF, 5739, 5739A or 2135 Device
Boxes. Converts these boxes into
pull or junction boxes or for hanging
lightweight pendant fixtures with 1/2"
trade size pipe stems.
7/16"
[11.1mm]
4 3/16"
[106mm]
For devices with mounting screw
centers of 1 15/32", 1 5/8", 1 11/16",
or 1 27/32" [37mm, 41mm, 44mm, or
46mm]. Will accept any device that
mounts on “G” or “H” type conduit
fittings.
V5733 Outlet Box
Twistouts permit use of three parallel
raceway runs on each side. Base
has 1/2" and 1" concentric trade size
KOs and a 1 13/16" [46mm] x 2 7/8"
[73mm] rectangular KO to mount on
a one-gang in-wall outlet box. Cover
accepts devices with mounting screw
centers of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm or
103mm], and canopy fixtures no larger than 4 5/8" [117mm]
in diameter. With 5736 Blank Cover, this fitting can be used
as junction box, pull box, etc.
V5735 Distribution Box
Connects raceway, without off-
setting, to any surface-mounted
3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or 102mm]
outlet box with 1/2" trade size
conduit KOs. Base has two 1/2"
trade size KOs, one on end and
one on bottom. Included spring
steel bushing eliminates need
for conduit nipple and locknut for end connection to box.
When used with 700 Series Raceway, break off cover
extension.
1 5/16"
[33mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
3"
[76mm]
V5785, 5785WH Combination Connector
500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
30
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
V5741, 5741WH Switch & Receptacle Box
2"
[51mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm] 1 3/8"
[35mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
L
W
2 3/4"
[70mm]
CAT. NO. L W GANGS
V5744,
5744-WH
4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1
V5744-2,
5744-2WH
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2
V5744-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3
NOTE : One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang
standard faceplates.
NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
For deep devices such as
momentary contact, remote control
switches, and hospital signaling
system devices. Base has 1/2"
trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes
available by special order.
Accommodates 15A (NEMA 5-15R)
or 20A (NEMA 5-20R) duplex
devices in place of duplex grounding
receptacle included. Cover has
twistouts for 500 and 700 Series
Raceway on each end and sides.
Twistouts on ends of box permit
running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2” trade size KOs.
For shallow type switches (three-
way, single, and double pole) and
receptacles, including three-wire
locking receptacles and single-gang
combination devices. Base has 1/2"
trade size KO. Position of twistouts
on ends permits running raceways
close to interior trim.
V57243G 15A, 125V
Duplex Grounding Receptacle (NEMA 5-15R) & Box
5744, 5744-2, 5744-3
Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
5737, 5739 Open Base Extension Box
A
1"
[25mm]
Mounts on 3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or
102mm] conduit boxes or other re-
cessed outlets. Cover accepts devices
with mounting screw centers of 2
3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm,
or 103mm]. Can be used with 5736
Blank Cover as a pull or junction box.
CAT. NO. DIA. A.
V5737, 5737WH 4 3/4" [121mm]
V5737A, 5737AWH 5 1/2" [140mm]
V5739A 6 3/8" [162mm]
V57240 15A, 125V Single Pole Switch & Box
V5738AF, 5738AFWH
Solid Base Fan Box
V57242 Utility Box
A
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
CAT. NO. DIA. A.
V5738, 5738WH 4 3/4" [121mm]
5738A, 5738AWH 5 1/2" [140mm]
5739, 5739WH 6 3/8" [162mm]
Single pole switch included.
Accepts standard single-gang
switches including three-way. Cover
has twistouts for 500 or 700 Series
Raceway on each end and sides.
Twistouts on ends of box permit
running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.
2"
[51mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm] Can be used as tee, cross, pull box,
junction box, or blank box. Cover
has 1/2" trade size KO and twistouts
for 500, and 700 Series Raceway on
each end and sides. Twistouts on
ends of box permit running raceway
close to interior trim. Base has 1/2"
trade size KOs.
Used to hang fixtures. Cover accepts
devices with mounting screw centers
of 2 3/4", 3 1/2", and 4 1/16" [70mm,
89mm, and103mm]. Base has four
holes for fixture studs, four 1/2"
trade size KOs, and raised section for
no-bolt fixture-stud. Use as a junction
or pull box with 5736 Blank Cover.
5738, 5738A, 5739
Solid Base Fixture Box
Cover accepts fan bracket with
mounting centers of 3 3/16"
[81mm]. Base has six mounting
holes and 4 1/2" trade size KOs.
#10 mounting studs provided.
Rated for fans and fixtures up to
50 lbs.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
31
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
L
W
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
L
1 3/8"
[35mm]
W
CAT. NO. L W GANGS
V5744S, 5744SWH 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1
V5744S-2, 5744S-2WH 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2
V5744S-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3
Designed especially for use in the
instal la tion of signal system and alarm
wiring. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.
Larger gang boxes are available by
special order.
Connects to surface runs of 1/2" trade
size conduit. Cover has 1/2” trade
size KO and two raceway twistouts on
one end and three raceway twistouts
on opposite end, two 1/2" KOs and a
raceway twistout on each side. Base has
two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang
boxes are available by special order.
V5745 , 5745WH
Combination Switch & Receptacle Box
CAT. NO. L W GANGS
V5747,
5747WH
4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1
V5747-2,
5747-2WH
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2
V5747-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3
For standard shallow switches and
receptacles including single-gang
combination devices. Base has two
1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes
available by special order.
5744S, 5744S-2, 5744S-3
Deep Switch & Receptacle Box
5747, 5747-2, 5747-3
Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box
L
W
1 3/4"
[44mm]
CAT. NO. L W GANGS
V5748, V5748WH
4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]
1
V5748-2, V5748-2WH
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
2
V5748-3, V5748-3WH
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]
3
V5748-4
4 5/8" [117mm] 8 11/32" [212mm]
4
V5748-5
4 5/8" [117mm] 10 5/32" [258mm]
5
V5748-6
4 5/8" [117mm] 11 31/32" [304mm]
6
For deep switches and receptacles. Base
has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang
boxes available by special order.
5748, 5748-2, 5748-3, 5748-4,
5748-5, 5748-6 Switch & Receptacle Box
4 5/8"
[117mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
L
W
For extensions from existing flush
switch and receptacle boxes.
Larger gang boxes available by
special order.
CAT. NO. L W GANGS
V5751,
5751WH 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1
V5751-2,
5751-2WH 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2
V5751-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3
For shallow type switch and duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" trade
size KOs.
V5748S, 5748SWH
Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box
5751, 5751-2, 5751-3
Flush Type Extension Adapter
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
32
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm] Accepts one CM2 Wiremold Open
System Communications Module
or one Pass & Seymour® Activate
Series Insert. Compatible with
500 and 700 Series Raceway.
ivory finish.
1 3/8"
[35mm]
4 11/16"
[120mm]
4 11/16"
[120mm]
4 11/16"
[120mm]
4 11/16"
[120mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
For surface mounting of alarm
devices and safety signals
designed to fit into 4" [102mm]
square back boxes. Cover has
three raceway twistouts on
each side. Base has 1/2" and 1"
concentric and single-gang box
KOs. R5752 has red finish.
For surface mounting of alarm
devices and safety signals
designed to fit into 4" [102mm]
square back boxes. R5753 has
red finish. Cover is 2 3/4" [70mm]
deep and has three twistouts
for raceways on each side. Base
has 1/2" and 1" concentric and
single-gang box KOs.
NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard faceplates.
Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang standard
faceplates.
CM-MMB-571 One Insert Multimedia Box
V5753, R5753 Two-Gang Extra Deep
Alarm Device Box
V5752, R5752 Two-Gang Alarm Device Box
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
600B Wiremold Bender
IWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
500 & 700 Series Raceways Tools
For making smooth, accurate bends,
saddles and offsets in Wiremold 500 and
700 Series Raceways. Two-piece handle
fits in tool box.
For fishing wires around inside corners
of 500 or 700 Series Raceway. When
conductors are through the run, detach
pulley and snap on appropriate internal
elbow cover.
One 616 Fish Tape Leader included.
For pulling conductors through 500 or
700 Series Raceways. Holes provided for
up to eight conductors.
Used for touching up large areas. Contains
12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.
Used for touching up small areas. Contains
0.3 oz. of paint.
IWE-S Spray Paint
615 Wire Pulley
616 Fish Tape Leader
4 5/8"
[117mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm] For deep extensions from existing
wall boxes.
V5751A, 5751AWH
Deep Flush Type Extension Adapter
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
33
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details
1. Each length of Wiremold raceway is
furnished with a coupling. Push coupling
out to expose clearance hole (5701).
4. For added support or to secure raceway
prior to installing straps, fasten
coupling to surface through clearance
holes (5701).
5. Slide adjoining section of raceway
onto coupling (5701).
NOTE: If raceway has been field cut,
it must be deburred prior to coupling.
2. Fasten support clips (V5703) to
surface at approximately 32"
[816mm] intervals. See the Technical
Information Section for surface
mounting methods. After support clips
are installed, snap raceway into clips.
Support Clip
Raceway
3. As an alternate method of mounting
(especially if the surface is uneven),
504 or 704 straps can be used. Hold
raceway in position and fasten strap
to surface. Straps should be spaced
no greater than 32" [816mm] O.C.
Strap
Raceway
Strap
6. If ends of adjoining raceways are
not square, use 506 or 706 Cover
Connection to fill gap.
Abutting Raceways
Snap Over Cover
10. Pull wiring in. (Use 502 or 702
Bushing to protect wires from
abrasion.)
12. Install fitting cover(s) over raceway(s)
and fasten to fitting base with screws
provided.
7. Couple raceway to fitting base by
slipping tongue of fitting under
the base of raceway. (Use 502 or
702 Bushing to protect wires from
abrasion.) Do not mount more than one
fitting base at a time. Sequence should
be base, raceway, base, raceway, etc.
Fitting Base
9. Determine desired location
of next fitting. Measure
and cut raceway as shown.
Install fitting base and
raceway as in steps 1
and 2.
Raceway
Length
5/8"
[15.9mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
Distance
Between
Bases
11. Remove proper twistouts in fitting
cover(s) with pliers. Twist
inward as shown.
Fitting Cover
8. Fasten base of fitting to surface using proper
flat head fastener: #8 with V500 and V700
Series. See Technical Information Section for
surface mounting methods.
500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
34
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
KEY
A. 500 Series Raceway
B. 518 External Elbow Fitting
C. 2006 Cover Clip
D. 2010A3 Entrance End Fitting
E. 2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
F. 2010B Blank End Fitting
G. 2051H Flush Plate Adapter
H. 2011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting
I. 2015 Tee Fitting
J. 2017TC Internal Corner Coupling
K. 2018C External Elbow Cover
L. 2048 Single-Gang Device Box
M. 2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
N. 20GB506 Plugmold Strip
O. 2089A Flush Plate Adapter
P. 2089E End-Reducing Connector
Q. 5748 Single-Gang Device Box
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal
for basic power or communication/low voltage installations
COLOR OPTIONS
2000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.
Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers without a
prefix or suffix have a protective zinc finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
System Layout
F
M
I
K
L
H
N
D
Q
P
B
A
A
E
O
R
L
G
C
J
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
35
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 11
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 9
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 3
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 11
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 11
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 6
WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
THHN/THWN Inches [mm] WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLE
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7 5
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 5
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
Packed ten (10) 5' [1.5m] lengths per
carton.
1 9/32"
[33mm]
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
(20) 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
10' [3m] lengths (V2000B-10,
G2000B-10) are also available.
Packed 100’ [30.5m] per carton.
1 9/32"
[33mm]
.025" [.8mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Shipped
without receptacle hole cuts.
1 5/16"
[33mm] W30 – Common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors.
W30G – Connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Additional support for conductors.
2"
[51mm]
Connects lengths of 2000B
Raceway Base.
2"
[51mm]
Supports lengths of 2000 Series
Raceway at any point desired.
Mounts to surface with No. 6
flathead screw. 2003 support
clip has plated finish. V2003 has
ivory finish.
W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
V2000B-5, G2000B-5, V2000B-10,
G2000B-10 Raceway Base
Portable cutter for both 2000 Series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides
clean and easy square cuts every
time.
620 2000 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter
V2000BC, G2000BC Raceway Base & Cover
V2000BC, G2000BC Raceway Base & Cover
V2003, 2003 Supporting Clip
2001 Coupling (Galvanized)
2000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 620
Cutter.
620BCK Replacement Blade Kit
2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
NOTE: Not for use with aluminum conductors.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
36
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3"
[76mm]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Connects 2000 Series Raceway to
1/2" trade size conduit or armored
cable connectors. 1/2" trade size
KOs located on end, sides, and
bottom of fitting. Includes ground
screw. If more capacity is required,
use 2010A3.
2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 29/32"
[47mm]
2 7/64"
[53mm] 1/2" trade size KOs located on end,
sides, and bottom of fitting. 3/4"
KOs on bottom and rear. Includes
ground screw.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Closes off the open end of 2000
Series Raceway.
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBER
FROM TO
500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089, V2048, V2048-2
500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E, V2048, V2048-2
Existing Outlet 2000 Series Raceway V2051H
1/2" trade size
Conduit or
Armored Cable
2000 Series Raceway V2010A2, V2010A3
2000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Each Leg
For right angle turns on same
surface. Cover stop permits
neat butting of 2000C Cover. Two
couplings included.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
4"
[102mm]
6"
[152mm] For branching raceway at
right angles. Three couplings
included.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2017TC used as a
corner coupling.
2017TC
2000B
2017TC used as a corner
coupling and a straight-
through fitting.
2017TC
2000B
Can be used as inside corner coupling
or as coupling and straight thru fitting.
Furnished with one fiber bushing.
2017TC Internal Corner Coupling
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Corner gap filler snapped
into place in 2018C
Covers gap when external corner is made
by notching and bending 2000B Base.
Continues raceway runs around outside
corners.
V2018C, G2018C External Elbow Cover
V2010B, G2010B Blank End Fitting
V2010A3, G2010A3 Entrance End Fitting
V2010A2, G2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
V2011, G2011 Flat Elbow Fitting
V2015, G2015 Tee Fitting
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Covers seam where two lengths
of 2000 Series Raceway come
together.
V2006, G2006 Cover Clip
How 2009 is used.
Connects equipment grounding
conductor. Provides an additional
ground for raceway.
1 13/64"
[30mm]
2009 Ground Clamp
2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
37
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz. of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.
IWE-P, GWE-S Touch-Up Paint Pen
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500,
and 700 Series Raceways. Base has
1/2" trade size KO and rectangular
KO for extension to wall box. Base
has #10 threaded hole for ground
connection.
V2048, G2048 Single-Gang Device Box
Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500, and 700 Series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension to
wall box. Base has #10 threaded
hole for ground connection.
V2048-2, G2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
IWE-S, GWE-S Spray Paint
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2051H fastened to
horizontally mounted
wall box.
2051H fastened to
vertically mounted
wall box.
2000 Raceway extended
from wall outlet using 2051H.
Feeds 2000 Series Raceway from an existing
wall outlet. Equipped with 1/2" trade size
threaded stud, toothed lock washer for
grounding, and conduit bushing.
V2051H, G2051H Flush Plate Adapter
6"
[152mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm] Connects 2000 Series Raceway with
500 Series Raceway through theside
of 2000 Series Raceway.
V2089 Side Reducing Connector
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Connects 2000 Series Raceway with
500 Series Raceway through the end
of 2000 Series Raceway.
V2089E End Reducing Connector
2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
38
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Power
C
D
CC
R
Z
X
BB
L
N
U
K
AA
E
2407 Series
106 Frame
DD
O
Q
A
KEY
A. 500 Series Raceway
B. 1500/2600 Raceway Feed
C. 2400 Series Raceway
D. 2406 Cover Clip
E. 2410C Entrance End Fitting
F. 2411M Flat Elbow Fitting
G. 2415M Tee Fitting
H. 2417M Internal Elbow Fitting
I. 2426 Lamp Holder
J. 2686FO Transition Fitting
K. 4089 Reducing Connector
L. 2448 One-Gang Device Box
M. 2418M External Elbow Fitting
N. 2451H Back Feed Fitting
O. 2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box
P. 2475D Bridge Fitting
Q. 2489 Reducing Adapter
R. 24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket
24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket
S. 24S7218GBX99IV 2400 Series Plugmold Strip
U. U4000 Series Raceway
V. 5747 Shallow Switch Box
W. 2400BC 2400 Series Raceway
X. 2411FO Radiused Flat Elbow
Y. 2415H Back Feed Fitting
Z. 2415FO Radiused Tee Fitting
AA. 2417FO Radiused Internal Elbow
BB. 2418FO Radiused External Elbow
CC. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
DD. 5744 Extra Deep Device Box
J
D
L
I
G
V
A
NR
OH
Q
E
M
C
S
F
K
U
B
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Single Channel Raceway . Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic power or communication/low voltage installations in
classrooms, hotels, and anywhere a low profile raceway
solution is needed.
2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Communications
2400 Series™ Raceway
Part Numbers with a
“V” prefix have an ivory
finish. Part Numbers with
a “-FW” suffix have a fog
white finish.
COLOR OPTIONS
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.
NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
39
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS 40%
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH 2427
RECEPTACLE
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 57 12
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 41 9
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 26 0
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernetmax allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.40%
FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 19
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 16
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 11
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 5
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 4
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 20
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 20
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 10
2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications 2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power
1"
[25mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
1 29/32"
[48mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
.040" [1.0mm] steel, 5' [1.5m] lengths.
Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per
carton (V2400B, 2400B-FW) or ten 10'
[3m] lengths per carton (V2400B-10,
2400B-10FW).
V2400B, V2400B-10, 2400B-FW,
2400B-10FW Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten
5' [1.5m] lengths of base and cover
per carton.
V2400BC, 2400BC-FW Raceway Base & Cover
Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a
clean and easy square cut every time.
624 2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
624 Cutter.
624BCK Replacement Blade Kit
2400 Series Raceways Ordering Information Additional support for conductors.
(Nonmetallic)
2400WC Wire Clip
Joins lengths of 2400B Base together.
2401 Coupling
2"
[51mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
Connects 2400 Series
Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored
cable.
V2410A, 2410A-FW Entrance End Fitting
Covers seams where two lengths of
2400 Series Raceway come together
(nonmetallic).
V2406, 2406-FW Cover Clip
Connects equipment grounding conductor
to provide ground to 2400 Series Raceway.
No. 10 ground screw provided.
2409 Ground Clamp
1/2"
[2.7mm]
.040” [1.0mm] steel; packed twenty 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.
V2400C, 2400C-FW Raceway Cover
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
40
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
1 3/4"
[45mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
10"
[254mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8"
[203mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4"
[102mm]
4"
[102mm]
Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series
Raceway. Has 1/2", 3/4",
and 1" trade size KOs on
back and end. Removable
divider and radiused insert
included.
V2410DFO, 2410DFO-FW
Divided Entrance End Fitting
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]
Feeds 2400 Series
Raceway. Has 3/4" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs
located on each side.
V2410FC, 2410FC-FW
Full Capacity Entrance End Fitting
90° flat corner elbow
provides 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius control for
fiber optic and UTP/STP
cable installations. Ideal
for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Couplings
included.
V2411FO, 2411FO-FW Radiused Flat Elbow
Right angle turns on same
surface.
V2411M, 2411M-FW Flat Elbow
For branching raceway at right
angles. Two couplings included.
V2415M, 2415M-FW Tee
For branches at right
angles. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Couplings
included.
V2415FO, 2415FO-FW Radiused Tee
90° internal corner elbow
provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber optic and
UTP/STP cable installations. Two
couplings included.
V2417FO, 2417FO-FW
Radiused Internal Elbow
Inside 90° angle turns.
V2417M, 2417M-FW Internal Elbow
1 3/16"
[30mm]
Closes off open end of 2400 Series Raceway.
V2410B, 2410B-FW Blank End Fitting
2 11/16"
[68mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Feeds 2400 Series
Raceway. Includes 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size KOs on
end and bottom. Additional
1/2" trade size KOs on
each side.
V2410C, 2410C-FW Entrance End Fitting
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
41
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
5"
[127mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
5"
[127mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
90° external elbow provides
2” [51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and UTP/
STP cable installations. Two
couplings included.
V2418FO, 2418FO-FW
Radiused External Elbow
90° external corners.
V2418M, 2418M-FW External Elbow
Medium base lamp holder
660W, 250V. Black general
purpose phenolic.
V2426, 2426-FW Lamp Holder
Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device bracket. Accepts 15A or
20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame.
V24DWND, 24DWND-FW
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device bracket. Accepts 15A
or 20A decorator receptacles,
GFCI receptacle, or 106 style
data frame.
V24DWNR, 24DWNR-FW
Downward Decorator Device Bracket
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single
space modules.
V24DWNU, 24DWNU-FW
Downward Extron® MAAP Device Plate
Accepts one Ortronics® Series
II module.
V24DWNS, 24DWNS-FW
Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang
standard faceplates.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to deNOTE the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.
One-gang device box with extra
depth to allow installation of
cabling that requires greater bend
radius and storage. Cover has one
twistout for 2400 Series Raceway
on each side and one twistout for
500 and 700 Series Raceway on the
top and bottom. Accepts industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication devices.
4 5/8"
[117mm] 2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
V2444, 2444-FW Extra Deep Device Box
2 3/4"
[70mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
One-gang labor saving, over-the-
raceway device box. Cover has
twistout on each side for 2400
Series Raceway. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for electrical
and communication devices.
V2444D, 2444D-FW Device Box
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
42
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm] 2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
5 9/16"
[140mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
Two-gang labor saving, over-the-
raceway device box. Cover has
twistout on all four side for 2400
Series Raceway. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for electrical
and communication devices.
Feeds 2400 Series Raceway
from an existing outlet box.
Includes 1/2" trade size male
bushing and lock nut washer
for grounding.
V2451H, 2451H-FW Back Feed Fitting
Allows 2400 Series Raceway
runs to bridge over existing
installations of 2400, 500, and
700 Series Raceways.
V2475D, 2475D-FW Bridge Fitting
2"
[51mm] Connects 2400 Series Raceway
with 500 Series Raceway.
V2489 Side Reducing Connector
4 5/8"
[117mm]
2 7/8"
[173mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2100
2400
Connects existing installations
of 2100 Series Raceway to 2400
Series Raceway.
V2489TB Transition Box
2 1/2"
[63mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
Eliminates need to offset
2400 Series Raceway when
connecting with surface
panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs with
1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to
center of bushing is 1" [25mm]
minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]
maximum. Has twistouts
for transition to 1500 and 2600 Series Pancake Raceways.
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
V2444-2, 2444-2FW
Extra Deep Device Box
Two-gang device box. Cover has
twistouts on all four sides for
2400 Series Raceway. Base has
knockout to enable extension
from existing single-gang, flush
wall box and 1/2" trade size
KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.
V2448-2, 2448-2FW Device Box
V2444-2LS, 2444-2LSFW Device Box
One-gang device box. Cover has
twistout for 2400 Series Raceway
on each side and one twistout
for 500 and 700 Series Raceway
on the top and bottom. Base has
knockout to enable extension from
existing single-gang, flush wall
box and 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and communication devices.
V2448, 2448-FW Device Box
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
Two-gang device box with extra
depth to allow installation of
cabling that requires greater
bend radius and storage. Cover
has twistout on all four sides for
2400 Series Raceway. Base has
knockout to enable extension from
existing single-gang flush wall box and 1/2" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and communication devices.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
43
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
2"
[51mm]
Connects 4000 Series Raceway
to 2400 Series Raceway.
V4089 Reducing Connector
2 1/16"
[52mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2 1/16"
[52mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 1/16"
[52mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 1/16"
[52mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 1/16"
[52mm]
6"
[152mm]
For installing two network
wiring keystone device modules
in 2400 Series Raceway. Does
not accept Quad 106 Frame.
V2407-2CM, 2407-2CMFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame
2 1/16"
[52mm]
6"
[152mm]
For installing two Ortronics®
TracJack device modules in
2400 Series Raceway. Does not
accept Quad 106 Frame.
V2407-2TJ, 2407-2TJFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame
2 1/16"
[52mm]
6"
[152mm]
For installing three Ortronics®
TracJack device modules in
2400 Series Raceway. Does not
accept Quad 106 Frame.
V2407-3TJ, 2407-3TJFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and
inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(2427GT-FW).
V2427GT 20A Duplex Receptacle
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and
inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(2427GA-FW).
V2427GA 15A Duplex Receptacle
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R
orange receptacle. Includes
10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(IG2427GT-FW).
IG2427GT 20A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R
orange receptacle. Includes
10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(IG2427GA-FW).
IG2427GA 15A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IWE-S) and fog white (DVWE-S).
NOTE:
Can only be shipped via ground transportation
IWE-S, DVWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IWE-P) and fog white (DVWE-P).
IWE-P, DVWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
44
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400D® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Dual channel version of 2400 Series Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power and communication/low voltage installations in classrooms, hotels, and
anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.
COLOR OPTIONS
2400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog white
finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
F
A
D
J
K
BG
I
A
L
E
C
H
2400D Series Raceway System Layout for Power & Data
NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. 2400D 2400 Series Divided Raceway
B. 2411DFO Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
C. 2410DFO Divided Entrance End Fitting
D. 2415DFO Radiused Divided Tee
E. 2417DFO Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
F. 2418DFO Divided External Elbow
G. 2444 One-Gang Extra Deep Device Box
H. 2444D One-Gang Device Box
I. 2444D-2A Two-Gang Divided Device Box
J. 24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket
24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket
K. 4089 Reducing Connector
L. U4000 Series Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
45
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/
WIRE SIZE
O.D.
APPROX. DIA.1/3 COMP
40% FILL
2/3 COMP
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG,
Cat 3
0.190 [4.8] 5 12
4-pair, 24 AWG,
Cat 5e
0.210 [5.3] 4 9
4-pair,24 AWG,
Cat 6
0.250 [6.3] 3 7
4-pair, 24 AWG,
Cat 6a*
0.354 [9.0] 1 3
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 1 2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2 6
Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 5 12
Round 4 Strand
Fiber
0.187 [4.8] 5 12
Round 6 Strand
Fiber
0.256 [6.5] 2 6
WIRE SIZE O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
40%
THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 1/3 COMP 2/3 COMP
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 11 26
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 9 19
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 6 11
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1"
[25mm]
2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Divided into two
compartments (1/3 and 2/3 capacity).
Packed ten 10' [3.0m] lengths per
carton.
V2400BD, 2400BD-FW Divided Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.
V2400C, 2400C-FW Raceway Cover
Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D
Series Raceway Base and Cover.
Provides a clean and easy, square cut
every time.
624 2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 624
Cutter.
624BCK Replacement Blade Kit
2400D Series Raceway Ordering Information
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information
Additional support for conductors
(nonmetallic).
2400WC Wire Clip
2"
[51mm] Joins lengths of 2400BD
Divided Base.
2401D Divided Coupling
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IWE-S) and fog white
(DVWE-S).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation
IWE-S, DVWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IWE-P) and fog white
(DVWE-P).
IWE-P, DVWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
46
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
3 15/16"
[100mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
1 3/4"
[45mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]
Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series
Raceway. Includes 1/2",
3/4", and 1" trade size
KOs on back and end.
Removable/ adjustable
divider and radiused
insert included
V2410DFO, 2410DFO-FW
Divided Entrance End Fitting
Right angle turns on the
same surface.
V2411D, 2411D-FW Divided Flat Elbow
90° flat elbow with integral
dividers. Provides 2" [51mm]
full capacity cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Two couplings included.
V2411DFO, 2411DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
6 1/2"
[165mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
10"
[254mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8"
[203mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
For branching raceway at
right angles. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and
UTP/STP cable installations.
Couplings included.
V2415DFO, 2415DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Tee
Internal 90° corners.
V2417D, 2417D-FW Divided Internal Elbow
4"
[102mm] 90° internal corner provides
2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Two couplings
included.
V2417DFO, 2417DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
5"
[127mm] 90° external elbow provides
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and
UTP/STP cable installations.
Two couplings included.
V2418DFO, 2418DFO-FW
Radiused Divided External Elbow
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
Covers seam where two
lengths of 2400D Series
Raceway come together
(nonmetallic).
V2406, 2406-FW Cover Clip
Closes off open end of 2400D
Series Raceway.
V2410BD, 2410BD-FW
Divided Blank End Fitting
2 5/8"
[67mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Feeds 2400D Series
Raceway. Back has two 1/2"
trade size KOs and two
rectangular KOs for
communication cabling.
Additional 1" and 3/4"
concen tric trade size KO on
each side.
V2410D, 2410D-FW
Divided Entrance End Fitting
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
47
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
4 3/4"
[120mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 5/8"
[118mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
4 5/8"
[118mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444” or
“C2444-FW”.
Labor saving, over-the-
raceway device bracket.
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data
frame.
V24DWND, 24DWND-FW
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
Labor saving, over-the-
raceway device bracket.
Accepts 15A or 20A decorator
receptacles, GFCI receptacle,
or 106 style data frame.
V24DWNR, 24DWNR-FW
Downward Decorator Device Bracket
Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space
modules.
V24DWNU, 24DWNU-FW
Downward Device Plate
Accepts one Ortronics® Series
II module.
V24DWNS, 24DWNS-FW
Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
Divided, two-gang, labor saving
over-the-raceway device box.
Allows both power and low
voltage at a single point-of-use.
Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & Series
II Modules (requires S2-EPL
Plate), Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate),
and Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules
(requires CM-EPLA Plate).
Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device box. Divided, two-gang
box allows both power and low
voltage at a single point-of-use.
For use with commercially
available faceplates.
For use with 2444D-2N. Allows
both power and low voltage at
a single point-of-use. Accepts
5507 Series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & Series
II Modules (requires S2-EPL
Plate), Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate),
and Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules
(requires CM-EPLA Plate).
V2450, 2450-FW Device Bracket
One-gang labor saving,
over-the-raceway box. Cover
has two twistouts for 2400
Series Raceway. Accepts
industry standard faceplates
for electrical and
communication devices
V2444D, 2444D-FW Device Box
V2444D-2A, 2444D-2AFW
Divided Device Box
V2444D-2N, 2444D-2NFW
Divided Device Box
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
48
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
Covers Activate modular furniture
adapter and other modular
furniture adapters. Not for use
with decorator (rectangular) style
devices.
5507AD, 5507AD-FW
Modular Furniture Adapter
Covers unused compartments in
the device bracket.
5507B, 5507B-FW Blank Faceplate
Covers duplex style devices
including 106 Frame.
5507D, 5507D-FW Duplex Faceplate
Covers rectangular decorator style
devices.
5507R, 5507R-FW Rectangular Faceplate
Covers standard toggle switches.
5507SW, 5507SW-FW Switch Faceplate
Covers single receptacles 1.59"
[40.4mm] diameter.
5507T1, 5507T1-FW
Single Receptacle Faceplate
5 9/16"
[140mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 7/8"
[74mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
2"
[51mm]
Allows 2400D Series Raceway
runs to bridge over existing
installations of 2400, 2400D, 500,
and 700 Series Raceways.
V2475D, 2475D-FW Bridge Fitting
Connects 4000 Series Raceway to
2400D Series Raceway.
V4089 Reducing Connector
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IWE-S) and fog white
(DVWE-S).
NOTE:
Can only be shipped via ground
transportation
IWE-S, DVWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint. Available
in ivory (IWE-P) and fog white
(DVWE-P).
IWE-P, DVWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
49
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: All 5507 Series Faceplates have
standard dimensions of 4 1/4" x 1 7/8"
[108mm x 34mm].
Covers single receptacles 1.41"
[35.8mm] diameter.
5507T2, 5507T2-FW
Single Receptacle Faceplate
Accepts one or two keystone device
modules. Has one keystone opening
and a KO for the other.
5507RJ, 5507RJ-FW
Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate
Accepts one or two keystone device
modules, recessed to provide a flush
installation. Has one keystone opening
and a KO for the other.
5507FRJ, 5507FRJ-FW
Flush Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate
Accepts four Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.
5507-4TJ, 5507-4TJFW Ortronics® Faceplate
Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.
5507-6TJ, 5507-6TJFW Ortronics® Faceplate
5507AAP Extron® AAP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with two
Extron® Electronics AAP single space
modules. Also available in white (WH),
gray (G), black (BK) and fog white
(FW).
5507MAAP Extron® MAAP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with four
Extron® Electronics MAAP single
space modules. Also available in
white (WH), gray (G), black (BK) and
fog white (FW).
Mounts Pass & Seymour® Activate
and Wiremold Open System
communication modules into
5507 opening. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.
CM-EPLA, CM-EPLA-FW End Plates
Mounts Ortronics® Series II modules
into 5507 opening. Includes two
outlet identification labels with clear
covers and two matching screw
covers.
S2-EPL, S2-EPL-FW End Plates
5507AVIP Legrand AAVIP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with four
Legrand AVIP Interface Plates. Also
available in white (WH), gray (G),
black (BK) and fog white (FW).
5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)
2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
50
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3000® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Single-Channel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations. Well-
suited for labs, hospitals, or anywhere that requires the
capacity of a medium size raceway.
COLOR OPTIONS
3000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
KEY
A. 3010B Blank End Fitting
B. 3011E 90° Flat Elbow
C. 3015E Tee Fitting
D. 3017TCE Internal Corner
Coupling
E. 3018AE External Corner
Coupling
F. 3027AE Single Receptacle
Cover
G. 3033JE Single Receptacle
Cover
H. 3036HE Blank Cover
I. 3043GE Duplex Grounding
Receptacle & Cover
J. 3044-2 Extra Deep Switch &
Receptacle Box
K. 3046KD Circuit Breaker
Housing
L. 3082 Conduit Connector
M. 4074A Take Off Connector –
4000 to 3000 Series Raceway
N. 4000 Series Raceway
O. CONDUIT 1/2" [12.7mm]
Flexible Metal Conduit
K
BE
J
I
F
G
H0
D
A
N
M
L
C
O
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
System Layout
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
51
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
1 15/32"
[37mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.40%
FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 52
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 42
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 30
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 15
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 11
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 25
Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 53
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 53
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 28
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
WITH SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLES
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 152 70 40 28
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 111 51 29 21
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 70 32 18 13
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 40 18 10 7
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 29 13 7 5
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI
TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
.040" [1.0mm] steel, Packed in
ten 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m]
per carton. Base sections have
predrilled 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size entrance KOs and 9/32"
[7.1mm] diameter mounting
screw KOs on approx. 9 3/8"
[238mm] centers.
V3000B, G3000B Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed in
twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton.
V3000CE, G3000CE Raceway Cover
For mounting devices 12"
[305mm] on center using
3027AE,3033JE, 3036HE,
3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R, and
3051LE Series Device Plates.
V3000C075, G3000C075
7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover
For mounting devices 24" [610mm]
on center using 3027AE,3033JE,
3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,
and 3051LE Series Device Plates.
V3000C195, G3000C195
19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Portable cutter for 3000 Series
Raceway Base. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.
630B Raceway Base Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
630B Cutter.
630BDK Replacement Blade Kit
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
52
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
1"
[25mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
630C Cutter.
630CDK Replacement Blade Kit
Holds conductors in place.
G3000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)
Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway.
G3001 Coupling (Galvanized)
6"
[152mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm] 2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
2"
[51mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm] 1 1/16"
[27mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway
in installations where added rigidity
is required, such as when raceway is
suspended overhead.
G3001A Rigid Inside Coupling (Galvanized)
Connects 3000 Series
Raceway to 1/2" trade
size conduit and armored
cable connectors. 1/2"
trade size KOs on end and
each side of fitting. Can
be connected to conduit
boxes by using 1/2"
chase nipple.
V3010AE, G3010AE Entrance End Fitting
Supports lengths of 3000 Series
Raceway at any point along length.
Mounts with #8 flat head fasteners.
Includes set screw for locking to
raceway.
V3003, G3003 Supporting Clip
Covers seam where two pieces of
3000 Series Raceway Cover come
together.
V3006E, G3006E Cover Clip
3 9/32"
[83mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
Mounts standard after-market devices
into 3000 Series Raceway. Accepts
single-gang devices with 3.281"
[95mm] mounting centers. Use with
commercially available flush plates
(not included).
G3007C Device Bracket
4 1/8"
[105mm]
5 5/16"
[135mm]
G3008C C-Hanger can
be mounted back-to-
back for double run of
3000 Series Raceway.
G3008C
G3008C
3000 Series
Raceway
Suspends 3000 Series Raceway from
structural ceilings. Designed for
use with 3/8" [9.5mm] threaded rod.
Hangers should be installed no more
than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.
G3008C C-Hanger
Closes off open end of
3000 Series Raceway. Has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.
V3010B, G3010B Blank End Fitting
Connects 3000 Series
Raceway to rigid or flexible
conduit. Concentric 1/2",
3/4" and 1" trade size KOs
on end and each side.
V3010C, G3010C Entrance End Fitting
Portable cutter for 3000 Series
Raceway Cover. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.
630C Raceway Cover Cutter
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
53
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
6" [152mm]
Each Leg
4" [102mm]
Each Leg
8"
[203mm]
10 1/4"
[260mm]
8"
[203mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
Right angle turns on the same
surface.
V3011E, G3011E Flat Elbow Fitting
Connects 3000 Series Raceway
from flushed-in wall box.
V3014C, G3014C Wall Box Connector
For branching raceway at right
angles. Three couplings included.
V3015E, G3015E Tee Fitting
3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
2 3/4"
[70mm] G3017TCE
G3017TCE used as a
straight-through fitting.
For surfaces at right angles, or for
use as a straight-through fitting.
Solid leg of base has concentric
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs.
V3017TCE, G3017TCE
Internal Corner Coupling
#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG
THHN, THWN 13 18 24 55 75
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1.41"
[36mm]
Dia.
6 3/8" [162mm] Sq.
1 7/8"
[47mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1.58"
[40mm]
Dia.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4"
[102mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Use with G3017TCE to offset around columns
etc. (minimum 4" [102mm] offset).
Right angle turns around external
corners.
V3018AE, G3018AE External Corner Coupling
Used as a tee, cross, junction box, or
for branch circuit extensions in 3000
Series Raceway. Cover has raceway
twistouts on all sides. Base has five
1/2” trade size KOs and four fixture
mounting holes.
V3028, G3028 Utility Box
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote
the Canadian versions.
Use as a blank cover or tap off KO
in center of plate for 1/2" trade size
conduit. G3007C Device Bracket
included.
V3036HE, G3036HE Blank Cover
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm] into 3000
Series Race way. G3007C Device
Bracket included.
V3027AE, G3027AE
Single Receptacle Cover
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
1.56" -1.57" (approxi mately [40mm])
into 3000 Series Raceway. G3007C
Device Bracket included.
V3033JE, G3033JE
Single Receptacle Cover
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IWE-S) and gray (GWE-S).
NOTE:
Can only be shipped via ground
transportation
IWE-S, GWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IWE-P) and gray (GWE-P).
IWE-P, GWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
54
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
5 3/8"
[137mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Installs commercially available 15A
and 20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame into 3000 Series
Raceway.
V3046BE, G3046BE Duplex Receptacle Cover
For feeding out of the bottom of
raceway. Has concentric 1/2" and
3/4" trade size KOs and twistout for
communication cables. Grommet
furnished for telephone KO.
V3046H-2, G3046H-2 Tap-Off Fitting
6"
[152mm] 1 15/16"
[49mm]
Two-pole circuit
breaker being mounted
on base of G3046KD.
Single-pole circuit
breaker being mounted
on base of G3046KD.
For use with the following
breakers rated 50A maximum.
General Electric: THQC, THHQC
Westinghouse: Quicklag C, QCH.
Cover used as is with single-pole breaker.
KO is removed for two-pole. For two-
pole circuit breakers where the toggle is
center located, web is snipped or cut out.
V3046KD, G3046KD Circuit Breaker Housing
7 3/8"
[188mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm] Mounts Square D™ Quik-Gard QOB
bolt-on circuit breakers into 3000
Series Raceway. Rated up to 50A
maximum capacity. Includes Square
D QON3B Compact Base for single- to
three-pole circuit breakers. For GFI
breakers, use Square D QOB-GFI
Series.
V3046KTSQ, G3046KTSQ
Circuit Breaker Housing
7 3/8"
[187mm] 1 13/16"
46mm]
#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG
THHN, THWN 6 8 10 18 26
Mounts Square D Type QOU one-,
two-, or three-pole breakers, rated up
to 50A maximum capacity, into 3000
Series Raceway.
Wire capacity of 3000 Series Raceway with
G3046KD, KTSQO, QOU circuit breaker housings.
V3046QOU, G3046QOU
Circuit Breaker Housing
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the “V” color
prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
Accepts shallow-type 30A and
50A devices and flush plates.
Also Fustat devices SRU,
SSU, SRW, SOU and SOW, or
equivalent. Deeper devices can be
accommodated with a combination
of G3051LE and any of the V5700
Series single-gang, open base
boxes. G3007C Device Bracket
included.
V3051LE, G3051LE Extension Cover
4 1/2"
[115mm]
2 7/8"
[67mm]
2"
[51mm]
Installs commercially available
15A and 20A rectangular
receptacles into 3000 Series
Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket
included.
V3048R, G3048R
Rectangular Decorator Receptacle Cover
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 3/4"
[121mm]
Installs commercially available single-
pole, two-pole, three-way or four-way
switches into 3000 Series Raceway.
G3007C Device Bracket included.
V3040CE, G3040CE Switch Cover
Installs commercially available 15A
and 20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame into 3000 Series
Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket
included.
V3043BE, G3043BE
Duplex Receptacle Cover
Installs commercially available
15A-125V (NEMA-15R) grounding
receptacles into 3000 Series Raceway.
Grounding receptacle included.
V3043GE, G3043GE
Duplex Grounding Receptacle Cover
Two-gang. For standard 30A, 50A, and
60A receptacles. Four sides of cover
have one set of combination twistouts
for 3000 Series Raceway. Hole cut in
cover: 3 3/4" x 2 7/8" [95mm x 73mm].
Base has five 1/2" trade size KOs.
V3044-2, G3044-2
Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
55
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
7 15/16"
[185mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
Device plate for use with
four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space
modules.
V3046U, G3046U Bump-Up Extron® MAAP Plate
2 11/16"
[68mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
7 15/16"
[185mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
7 15/16"
[185mm]
2 13/16"
[72mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
Device plate for use with
two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.
V3046V, G3046V Bump-Up Extron® AAP Plate
Device plate for use with
three Ortronics® Series
II modules. 6 TracJacks,
or Wiremold CM Series
inserts.
V3046S, G3046S
Bump-Up Ortronics® Series II Plate
Connects end of 3000 Series Raceway
to 1 1/2" trade size conduit or
armored cable.
G3082 Conduit Connector
3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
Specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle with color
matched nylon faceplate. Receptacle
has nylon face and thermoplastic
base. One-piece brass triple-wipe
line contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around
steel yoke. Break off tab for two
circuit wiring. 2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm
x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. Spec.
#WC596F.
DRP20A-V
Colormatch Ivory Duplex Receptacle & Plate
Specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Receptacle
has nylon face and thermoplastic
base. One-piece brass triple-wipe
line contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around
steel yoke. Break off tab for two
circuit wiring. 2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm
x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. Spec.
#WC596F.
DR20A-V, DR20A-G
Colormatch Gray or Ivory Receptacle
3000 Series Raceway Installation Details
1. Determine the method of feeding
raceway using an entrance end
fitting or through 1/2" or 3/4"
trade size KO in raceway
base (shown). Conduit
Connector
3000 Series Raceway Base
2. To mount 3000 Base on surface:
Remove mounting screw KOs
(approx. 9 3/8" [238mm] O.C.
along base) as required.
Mount base with No. 8
flathead fasteners.
Mounting Screw KOs
Feed KOs
9 3/8" [238mm] Approx.
3000 Series
Raceway Base
3. For coupling lengths of 3000B,
insert either the G3001 or G3001A
(shown) into one base section
centered on joint. Slide other length
of base onto coupling. Tighten
locking screws.
Base Sections
3001A
4. To install devices: Install device
bracket in 3000 Base. Wire device
and assemble on bracket. Install
cover over 3000 Base and device
(if device has plaster ears,
break off before mounting
on device bracket).
3000 Base
Device
Bracket
Break Off
Device Cover
5. Cut sections of 3000 Cover to
fit between device plates. Snap
cover sections in place along
entire run as shown.
Snap Cover
Onto Base
Engage One Side
Of Cover On Base
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
56
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Dual-channel raceway with increased capacity due to its unique
profile, integral divider and downward facing activations. Ideal
for any application that requires a high capacity metal raceway.
KEY
A. DS4010A Entrance End Fitting
B. DS4010B Blank End Fitting
C. DS4011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting
D. DS4015 Divided Tee Fitting
E. DS4017 Internal Elbow Fitting
F. DS4018 External Elbow Fitting
G. DS4047C Single-Channel
NEMA Device Plate
H. DS4047D Single-Channel
Duplex Device Plate
I. DS4047MAB Single-Channel
MAB Device Plate
J. DS4047R Single-Channel
Decorator Device Plate
K. DS4075 Small Obstacle
Transition Fitting
L. DS4075A Offset Fitting
M. DSDWND Downward Duplex
Device Plate
DSDWNR Downward
Decorator Device Plate
System Layout
DS4000® Raceway Part Numbers with a “DV” suffix have a fog white finish. Part
Numbers with a “DG” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix have
an black finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
A
IF
E
G
K
DLB
CJH
M
Obstacle Avoidance Fitting
bypasses existing conduits
and small raceways mounted
on supporting wall.
Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings
Allows up to 4" [102mm] of
lateral adjustment of Raceway
Base to minimize cutting.
2 1/4"
[57mm]
> 4" [102mm]
Bend Radius
Universal Downward Facing Device
Bracket accommodates industry
standard power and data devices
while allowing the industry’s largest
termination radius.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
57
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% PER COMPARTMENT
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
WITH SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
WITH LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLES
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
40% FILL
WITH DOWNWARD
ACTIVATION/CROSSOVERInches [mm}
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 206 141 111 83 46
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 150 103 81 60 33
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 95 64 51 38 21
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 54 37 29 22 12
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 39 27 21 15 8
DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.
40% FILL EACH
COMPARTMENT
40% FILL
WITH DOWNWARD
ACTIVATION/
CROSSOVERInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 70 28
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 57 23
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40 16
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 20 8
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 15 6
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 35 14
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 72 29
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 73 29
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38 15
NOTE : For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented [6a] cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda
No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
DS4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities
WIRE SIZE/THHN
O.D. APPROX. DIA. DS4010A* DS4011 DS4015 DS4017** DS4018** DS4075 DS4075A**
Inches [mm] 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
THHN 14 0.111 [2.8] 125 187 171 256 62 93 160 238 142 213 106 160 142 213
12 0.130 [3.3] 91 137 125 187 45 68 116 175 104 156 78 116 104 156
10 0.164 [4.2] 57 86 78 118 28 43 73 110 65 98 49 73 65 98
8 0.216 [5.5] 33 50 45 68 16 25 42 63 38 57 28 42 38 57
6 0.254 [6.5] 24 36 33 49 12 18 31 46 27 41 20 31 27 41
UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 68 103 94 140 49 74 87 131 78 117 58 87 78 117
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 43 64 58 87 31 46 55 82 49 73 36 55 49 73
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 35 52 48 72 25 38 45 67 40 60 30 45 40 60
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 25 37 34 51 18 27 32 47 28 42 21 32 28 42
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 12 18 17 25 9 13 16 24 14 21 10 16 14 21
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 12 18 16 24 9 13 15 23 14 20 10 15 14 20
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 32 29 43 15 23 27 41 24 36 18 27 24 36
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 44 65 59 89 31 47 56 83 50 74 37 56 50 74
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 66 60 90 32 48 56 85 50 75 38 56 50 75
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 24 35 32 48 17 26 30 45 27 40 20 30 27 40
* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill
from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.
** Calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed in order to obtain full raceway capacity if radius control is
not required.
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40%
FILLInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 31
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 23
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 14
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 8
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 6
NOTE: Prewired downward facing covers are
punched in line for a sleek flush look.
Power conductors are provided in the
lower channel. Additional wires can be
added and should not exceed totals above.
Communications are to be installed in the
top channel refer to standard cable fill
chart for capacities.
Prewired DS4000 Raceway Cover Wire
Fill Capacities with Downward Facing
Power & Communication Devices
DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
58
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]
7"
[178mm]
7"
[178mm]
10"
[254mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm] 8 15/16"
[227mm]
1"
[25mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
3"
[76mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Each base section has mounting
holes, two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter,
located every 4" [102mm] and
pass through KOs located every 8"
[203mm] along the entire length.
Packed four 10' [3.05m] sections
of base per carton. Two DS4001
Couplings included with each
10' section.
DS4000B Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. Four 5' [1.5m] cover
sections required for each 10'
[3.05m] section of base. Available
in fog white (DS4000C-DV), black
(DS4000C-BK) and gray (DS4000C-
DG).
DS4000C Raceway Cover
Holds conductors in place.
DS4000WC Wire Clip
Joins lengths of DS4000B together.
Sold in pairs.
DS4001 Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling
Covers seam where two sections
of DS4000C come together.
Available in fog white (DS4006-
DV), black (DS4006-BK) and gray
(DS4006-DG).
DS4006 Seam Clip
Covers seams where two sections
of DS4000C Cover come together.
Can also be used as a blank
faceplate. Available in fog white
(DS4006B-DV), black (DS4006B-
BK) and gray (DS4006B-DG).
DS4006B Half Seam Clip/Blank Faceplate
Full-capacity end fitting. Includes
four 3/4" and 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KOs and four 2 1/8"
large capacity KOs. Available
in fog white (DS4010A-DV),
black (DS4010A-BK) and gray
(DS4010A-DG).
DS4010A Entrance End Fitting
Closes off open end of DS4000B
Raceway Base Has two 3/4"
and 1" trade size KOs. Available
in fog white (DS4010B-DV),
black (DS4010B-BK) and gray
(DS4010B-DG).
DS4010B Blank End Fitting
90° flat corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
One pair of DS4001 Couplings
included. Available in fog white
(DS4011-DV), black (DS4011-DV)
and gray (DS4011-DG).
DS4011 Flat Elbow
Extra long coupling allows
attachment to a wall box or
to back feed DS4000 Series
Raceway from 1" or 1 1/4" trade
size conduit.
DS4014A Backfeed Coupling
For new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Two pair of DS4001
Couplings included. Two pair
of DS4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (DS4015-
DV), black (DS4015-BK) and gray
(DS4015-DG).
DS4015 Divided Tee
DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
59
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 3/4"
[146mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
90° Full capacity divided internal
elbow that provides a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for fiber optic/
UTP/STP installations. One pair
of DS4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (DS4017-
DV), black (DS4017-BK) and
gray (DS4017-DG).
DS4017 Internal Elbow
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
90° full capacity divided external
elbow provides a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for fiber optic/
UTP/STP installations. One pair
of DS4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (DS4018-
DV), black (DS4018-BK) and gray
(DS4018-DG).
DS4018 External Elbow
DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
Installs 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data
frames into DS4000 Series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(DS4047-DV), black (DS4047-BK)
and gray (DS4047-DG).
DS4047D Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6" [152mm] lead
wires pre-installed on a bracket
into DS4000 Series Raceway. Also
available in fog white (DS4047DQ-
DV), black (DS4047DQ-BK) and
gray (DS4047DQ-DG).
DS4047DQ Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate
with One Duplex Installed
6"
[152mm]
Installs 15A or 20A decorator
style receptacles, GFCI and
surge devices into DS4000 Series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(DS4047R-DV), black (DS4047R-
BK) and gray (DS4047R-DG).
DS4047R Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
Installs communication devices into
DS4000 Series Raceway. Includes
CM-MAB Adapter for Wiremold Open
System connectivity modules and
Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
Also includes MAB2S2 Adapter for
Ortronics® Series II inserts and
MAB6TJ Adapter for Ortronics®
TracJack connectors. Also available
in fog white (DS4047MAB-DV),
black (DS4047MAB-BK) and gray
(DS4047MAB-DG).
DS4047MAB Single-Channel MAB Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
Installs 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data frames
into DS4000 Series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.
Also available in fog white (DSDWND-
DV), black (DSDWND-BK) and gray
(DSDWND-DG).
DSDWND Downward Duplex Device Plate
Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6” [152mm] lead wires
pre-installed on a bracket into DS4000
Series Raceway in a downward facing,
protected position. Also available
in fog white (DSDWNDQ-DV),
black (DSDWNDQ-BK) and gray
(DSDWNDQ-DG).
DSDWNDQ Downward Duplex
Device Plate with One Duplex installed
Installs 15A and 20A decorator style
recep tacles, GFCI and Surge devices
into DS4000 Series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.
Available in fog white (DSDWNR-
DV), black (DSDWNR-BK) and gray
(DSDWNR-DG).
DSDWNR Downward Decorator Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
DS4047C Single-Channel NEMA Device Plate
For Turnlok® and most straight blade
devices up to 50 Amps. Use with
commercially available flush plates.
Available in fog white (DS4047C-
DV), black (DS4047C-BK) and gray
(DS4047C-DG).
DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
60
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
Ordering Information
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.
Available in fog white (DSDWNU-
DV), black (DSDWNU-BK) and
gray (DSDWNU-DG).
DSDWNU Downward Device Plate
11 1/2"
[292mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
Mounts DS4000 Series Raceway
around wall offsets and columns
with maximum offset depth of
9" [229mm]. Minimum Offset: 3"
[76mm]. Maximum Offset: 9 3/4"
[235mm]. Available in fog white
(DS4075A-DV), black (DS4075A-
BK) and gray (DS4075A-DG).
DS4075A Offset Fitting
Kit includes 25 screws and special bit to secure covers for
fittings and raceway to DS4000B Raceway Base.
DSTRK Tamper-Resistant Kit
Portable cutter provides clean
square cuts for DS4000C
Raceway Cover.
640DS DS4000 Series Raceway Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 640DS
Cutter.
640DSBDK Replacement Blade Kit
Easy removal of installed DS4000
Series raceway and fittings’ covers
without scratching or damaging
their finish.
650RT Fitting Cover Removal Tool
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (DVIWE-S), gray (DGWE-S)
or black (BKWE-S).
NOTE:
Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.
DVWE-S, DGWE-S, BKWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (DIWE-P), gray (DGWE-P) or
black (BKWE-P).
DVWE-P, BKWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
In-line transition from DS4000
Series Raceway to 4000 Series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(DS4089-DV), black (DS4089-BK)
and gray (DS4089-DG).
DS4089 Adapter to 4000 Series Raceway
13 7/8"
[352mm]
Provides shielding when using
downward-facing activations.
Includes enclosures for power or
data crossover.
DSDWNX Crossover Kit
Passes DS4000 Series Raceway
over previously installed conduit or
raceways as large as 2400 Series
Raceway. Also creates transition to
500, 700 or 2400D Series Raceway
from DS4000 Series Raceway.
Available in fog white (DS4075-
DV), black (DS4075-BK) and gray
(DS4075-DG).
DS4075 Small Obstacle/Transition Fitting
Accepts one Ortronics® Series
II module, 2 TracJacks or 1 CM
Series insert. Also available
in fog white (DSDWNS-DV),
black (DSDWNS-BK) and gray
(DSDWNS-DG).
DSDWNS
Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
61
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
B
C
I
E
K
J
Q
O
G
H
M
D
LR
P
A
F
N
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Single- and Dual-Channel, Steel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic power or communication/low voltage installations.
KEY
A. 4010B Blank End Fitting
B. 4010DFO Entrance End Fitting
C. 4011 Flat Elbow
D. 4015D Divided Tee
E. 4017 Internal Elbow
F. 4017FO Radiused Full
Capacity Internal Elbow
G. 4018 External Elbow
H. 4018FO Radiused Full
Capacity External Elbow
I. 4047BX Duplex Receptacle
Device Plate
J. 4047JX Single Receptacle &
Device Plate
K. 4047RF Rectangular
Receptacles and Modular
Furniture Device Plate
L. 4047RH Device Plate for
Rectangular Receptacle and
Mousehole
M. 4050 Device Mounting Plate
with 5507 Series Faceplates
N. 4075DA Bridge Fitting
O. 500 Series Raceway
P. 5507D Duplex Faceplate
Q. 5785 Combination Connector
R. 5507RJ Device Plate with two
RJ ports
System Layout
COLOR OPTIONS
4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
62
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.DIVIDED
40% FILL
UNDIVIDED
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 40 83
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 28 58
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 14 29
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 10 21
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 50 103
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55
4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities When using 4000 Radius Inserts
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D.
4011 FLAT ELBOW
40% FILL
4017 & 4018 ELBOWS
40% FILL
4015D & 4015 TEE FITTING
40% FILL
Inches [mm]
4011DRI
DIV.
4011/15RI
UNDIV.
4017/18RI
DIV.
4017/18RI
UNDIV.
4015DRI
DIV.
4011/15RI
UNDIV.
POWER
WIRING
THHN/THWN
2 0.384 [9.8] 11 21 6 11 6 16
4 0.324 [8.2] 15 30 8 15 9 23
6 0.254 [6.5] 24 48 13 25 14 37
8 0.216 [5.5] 34 67 18 35 20 51
10 0.164 [4.2] 68 136 36 71 40 104
12 0.130 [3.3] 107 214 56 112 63 163
14 0.111 [2.8] 145 288 75 151 85 220
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
Cat. 3 UTP 0.190 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67
Cat 5e UTP 0.210 [5.3] 36 72 19 38 21 55
Cat 6 UTP 0.250 [6.3] 23 47 12 24 13 36
Cat 6a UTP 0.354 [9.0] 16 31 9 15 10 24
25-pair 0.410 [10.4] 9 19 5 10 6 14
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 44 22 23 13 33
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 132 263 69 137 78 201
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 36 72 19 38 21 55
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernetmax allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
WITH SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLES
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}
Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 9 9 3
4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 0 0 0 0 0 0
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
63
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 17/32"
[39mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
.054" [13.7mm] galvanized steel.
Packed five 10' [3m] lengths
per carton. Base has two 9/32"
[7.1mm] diameter KOs every 18"
[457mm] throughout length. No
KOs 1 1/4" [32mm] from each
end.
V4000B-10, G4000B-10 Raceway Base
Mounts devices spaced 12"
[305mm] on center using 4047
Series device plates.
V4000C075, G4000C075
7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. 4000C Cover is also
compatible with 6000B, 6000
Series Raceway Base.
V4000C, G4000C Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 18"
[457mm] on center using 4047
Series device plates.
V4000C135, G4000C135
13.5" [343 mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 24"
[610mm] on center using 4047
Series device plates.
V4000C195, G4000C195
19.5" [495 mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 36"
[915mm] on center using 4047
Series device plates.
V4000C315, G4000C315
31.5" [800 mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Painted on one side only to provide
compartment identification. Packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.2m]) per
carton.
NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.
G4000D Divider
Portable cutter for 4000 Series
Raceway
Base. Provides clean and square end
cuts.
NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.
640B Base Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blade and die
set for 640B Cutter
640BDK Replacement Blade Kit
Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000
Series Raceway Cover. Provides clean
and square end cuts.
NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.
640C Cover Cutter
Case hard steel replacement blade and die
set for 640C Cutter.
640CDK Replacement Blade Kit
Holds conductors in place.
G4000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)
Joins lengths of 4000B Raceway
Base. Sold in pairs.
4001A Coupling (Galvanized)
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
64
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
Full capacity entrance end fitting.
Has concentric 3/4", 1", and 1
1/4" trade size KOs on end and
bottom for feeding 4000 Series
Raceway. Includes removable
divider and 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius control insert for
UTP/STP and fiber optic cable
installations.
V4010DFO, G4010DFO Entrance End Fitting
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
12"
[305mm]
Direct feeding. Feeding from
wall box.
Direct feeding
with divider.
10"
[254mm]
12"
[305mm]
10"
[254mm]
12"
[305mm]
Right angle turns on the same
surface.
V4011, G4011 Flat Elbow
Full capacity 90° flat corner
used in divided or undivided
applications. 2" [51mm] bend
radius control for UTP, STP and
fiber optic installations. Ideal
for new installations when the
cable is lay-in or pull-through.
V4011FO, G4011FO
Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
Assembled as an
internal elbow.
Assembled as an
external elbow.
Internal or external 45° turns in a
run of 4000 Series Raceway. Can
also be assembled as an inverted
45° elbow.
V4012TX, G4012TX
Internal or External 45° Elbow
Base has two concentric 1",
3/4", and 1/2" trade size KOs,
two concentric 1 1/4", and 1"
KOs (undivided only), and two
rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16"
KOs.
V4014A, G4014A Wall Box Connector
For branching raceway at right
angles. Use with undivided
raceway only. Join to raceway
run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).
V4015, G4015 Tee
For branching raceway at
right angles. Use with divided
raceway only. Join to raceway
run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).
V4015D, G4015D Divided Tee
1"
[25mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Required for holding G4000D
Divider in place. Use one every 2
1/2' [.762m].
4001DA Divider Clip (Galvanized)
Covers seams where two
sections of 4000 Series Raceway
covers come together.
V4006, G4006 Seam Clip
Closes off open end of 4000
Series Raceway. Has two 1/2”
trade size KOs to facilitate end
feeding.
V4010B, G4010B Blank End Fitting
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
65
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Full capacity, divided internal
elbow. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for UTP, STP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable
is lay-in or pull-through.
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
2 3/4"
[70mm] 1 1/2"
[38mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
Makes an internal corner while
continuing original run in a
straight line. May be used with
or without divider. Fiber bushing
included.
G4017TCA
Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)
4 1/8"
[105mm]
4 11/16"
[119mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
Two required for
use with 4015.
90° external corners.
V4018, G4018 External Elbow
Full capacity 90° external
corner. Used in both divided and
undivided applications. Provides
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for UTP, STP and fiber
optic installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.
V4018FO, G4018FO
Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow
Radiused insert for 4011 Flat Elbow and for
4015 Undivided Tee. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control for UTP, STP and
fiber optic cable installations. Ideal for new
and retrofit applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.
4011/15RI Radiused Corner Insert
12 3/4"
[324mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
12 3/4"
[324mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
4 21/32"
[118mm] 4000 Base
4017N
Full capacity, undivided tee
fitting. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for UTP, STP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable
is lay-in or pull-through.
V4015FO, G4015FO Radiused Full Capacity Tee
Full capacity, divided tee fitting.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for UTP, STP and
fiber optic installations. Ideal
for new installations whether
the cable is lay-in or pull-
through.
V4015DFO, G4015DFO
Radiused Full Capacity Divided Tee
90° internal corners. Fiber
bushing included.
V4017, G4017 Internal Elbow
V4017FO, G4017FO
Internal Full Capacity Elbow
Connects a vertical run of 4000 Series
Raceway with a horizontal overhead
run with its cover facing up.
V4017N, G4017N Inverted Internal Elbow
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
66
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
8 1/8"
[206mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]
8 1/8"
[206mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]
9 1/2"
[242mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
7/32"
[5.6mm] 1 1/2"
[38mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]
5"
[127mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.
Radiused insert for 4017
Internal Elbow and 4018
External Elbow in divided
or undivided applications.
Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for UTP, STP and fiber
optic cable installations.
Ideal for new and retrofit
applications whether the
cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.
4017/18RI
Radiused Insert for Internal/External Elbow
Bend radius control insert
for 4011 Divided Flat Elbow.
Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for UTP, STP and fiber optic
cable installations. Ideal for
new or retrofit applications
where cable installation is
lay-in or pull-through.
4011DRI Radiused Insert for Divided Flat Elbow
Radiused insert for 4015D
Divided Tee. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
control for UTP/STP or fiber
optic installations. Ideal for
new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation
is lay-in or pull-through.
4015DRI Radiused Insert for Divided Tee
Allows 4000 Series
Raceway to cross over
existing installations of
4000 Series Raceway.
V4075D, G4075D Bridge Fitting
Allows 4000 Series
Raceway to cross over
existing installations of
2400, 700, or 500 Series
Raceway.
V4075DA, G4075DA Bridge Fitting
90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 4000
Series Raceway.
V4074A, G4074A
Take-Off Connector (4000 to 3000 Series Raceway)
Connects 4000 Series
Raceway to surface type
panel boxes. Maintains
maximum wire capacity
of 4000 Series Raceway.
Separate C-shaped flange
fits around raceway to hide
irregularities made during
cutting into box.
V4086A, G4086A Panel Connector
Reduces 4000 Series
Raceway to either 2400 or
2400BD Series Raceway.
V4089 Reducing Connector
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
67
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.
4 11/16"
[116mm] 6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
High impact plastic mounting
bracket and trim plate. Overlaps
raceway cover for a seamless
transition with cover fittings.
Accepts 5507 Faceplates, as
well as, Wiremold Open System
communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and Series
II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts.
For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™
Faceplates.
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 17/32"
[115mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
Used for touching up large
areas. Contains 12 oz. of paint.
Available in ivory (IWE-S) and
gray (GWE-S).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.
IWE-S, GWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint. Available in ivory
(IWEP-) and gray (GWE-P).
IWE-P, GWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information
Four concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.
V4046H-2, G4046H-2 Tap-Off Fitting
V4050, G4050
Device Mounting Bracket
Accepts straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38" to 1.39"
[35mm to 36mm].
V4047AX, G4047AX
Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames when used for
communications outlets.
V4047BX, G4047BX
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle
Accepts15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and106 style
frames.
V4047BB, G4047BB
Two-Gang Cover Two Duplex Receptacles
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
68
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).
V4047C-1, G4047C-1
One-Gang Device Plate
Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).
V4047C-2, G4047C-2
Two-Gang Device Plate
Accepts straight blade and
single locking receptacles with
face diameters of 1.56" - 1.58"
[39mm - 40mm].
V4047JX, G4047JX
Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Accepts rectangular GFCI,
Surge and Decorator Style
devices. Does not accept 5507
Series Faceplates.
V4047RX, G4047RX
Two-Gang Cover with One Rectangular Opening
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Includes
combination twistout that can
accept either one Modular
Furniture adapter, 106 style
frame, or two Keystone RJ45s.
Accepts15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept Activate
Series inserts and Wiremold
Open System communication
modules.
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept one Ortronics®
Series II insert.
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.
V4047BF, G4047BF
Two-Gang Cover Duplex & Modular Furniture
V4047BM, G4047BM
Two-Gang Cover & Pass & Seymour®
Activate 2A Mini Adapter
V4047BS, G4047BS
Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics® Series II Mini Adapter
V4047BT, G4047BT
Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics® TracJack Mini Adapter
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
69
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.
Accepts rectangular GFCI,
Surge and Decorator Style
devices, modular furniture
adapters and RJ45s. Does not
accept 5507 Series Faceplates.
V4047RF, G4047RF
Two-Gang Cover Rectangular Opening
& Modular Furniture
Includes one Pass & Seymour®
Duplex Receptacle with 12”
wire leads installed on bracket.
V4047WX, G4047WX
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed
Includes one Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12” wire leads installed on
bracket. Has combination
twistout that can accept either
one Modular Furniture adapter
or two Keystone RJ45s.
V4047WF, G4047WF
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle
Installed & One Modular Furniture Opening
Includes one Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts and Wiremold
Open System communication
modules.
V4047WM, G4047WM
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed &
Activate Mini Adapter
Includes one Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept one Ortronics®
Series II insert.
V4047WS, G4047WS
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed &
Series II Mini Adapter
Includes one Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12” wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.
V4047WT, G4047WT
Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle
Installed & TracJack Mini Adapter
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames.
V4047-2BBBB, G4047-2BBBB
Four-Gang Cover Four Duplex Openings
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
70
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style frame.
Includes combination twistouts
for either modular furniture
adapter or two keystone RJ45s.
V4047-2BBFF, G4047-2BBFF
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two Modular Furniture Openings
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts, or Wiremold
Open System communication
modules.
V4047-2BBMM, G4047-2BBMM
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex & Two Mini Adapters
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts one Ortronics®
Series II insert.
V4047-2BBSS, G4047-2BBSS
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two Series II Mini Adapters
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.
V4047-2BBTT, G4047-2BBTT
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two TracJack Mini Adapters
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames.
V4047-2BBXX, G4047-2BBXX
Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex Openings
Accepts rectangular, GFCI,
Surge, and decorator style
devices. Does not accept 5507
Series Faceplates.
V4047-2RRXX, G4047-2RRXX
Four-Gang Cover with Two Rectangular Openings
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.
Includes two Pass &
Seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12” wire
leads installed on bracket.
Two combination twistouts
accept either modular
furniture adapters or
Keystone RJ45s.
V4047-2WWFF, G4047-2WWFF
Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex &
Two Modular Furniture Openings
Includes two Pass &
Seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12" wire
leads installed on bracket.
Includes Mini adapter that
accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts & Wiremold
Open System communication
modules.
V4047-2WWMM, G4047-2WWMM
Four-Gang Cover with Two Activate Mini Adapters
Includes two Pass &
Seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12” wire
leads installed on bracket.
Includes Mini adapter that
accepts one Ortronics® Series
II insert.
V4047-2WWSS, G4047-2WWSS
Four-Gang Cover with Two Series II Mini Adapters
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
71
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
7 5/16"
[185mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
7 5/16"
[185mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian
Safety Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these
products, change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color
prefix to “CG” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm]
of overlap on each side of plate.
Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.
V4047UX, G4047UX Bump-Up Device Plate
Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP
single space modules.
V4047VX, G4047VX
Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBER
FROM TO
4000 Series Raceway DS4000 Series Raceway DS4089
4000 Series Raceway 3000 (Tee Connection) G4074A
4000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 4015/4015FO
4000 Series Raceway
w/Divider
4000 w/Divider
(Tee Connection)
4015D
4000 Series Raceway 500 Series Raceway V5785
6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 6074A
1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Cover of 4000 Series
Raceway
4064H-2
1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable
End of 4000 Series
Raceway
4010B
3/4", 1", or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Back, Side or End of
4000 Series Raceway
4010DFO
1" or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Back or End of
4000 Series Raceway
4010DFC
1/2", 3/4", 1", or 1 1/4"
trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable
Back of 4000 Series
Raceway
4014A
Flush Mounted
Wall Box
Back of 4000 Series
Raceway
4014A
4000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
2. Choose a Plate Configuration:
1. For “X”, Choose one of the following options:
4. Finished Part Number:
V
Ivory & UL Listed
CV
Ivory & cULus Listed (Canada only)
G
Gray & UL Listed
CG
Gray & cULus Listed (Canada only)
3.
For “Y”, Choose any combination of configurations from the options listed below:
Two-Gang Plate:
4047
XYY
12
1
2
Four-Gang Plate:
4047-2
XYYYY
1 2 3 4
1 2
34
1.41" [35.8mm] Diameter,
Single Round Receptacle
Duplex Receptacle Opening
Combination Modular Furniture &
2 Keystone Twist Out
Mouse Hole Twist Out & Grommet
Ortronics TracJack 2A Mini Adapter
Opening with Adapter
Blank
A.
B.
F.
H.
T.
X.
1.59" [40mm] Diameter,
Single Round Receptacle
Pass & Seymour Activate 2A Mini
Adapter Opening with Adapter
Rectangular Receptacle
Ortronics® Series II 2A Mini Adapter
Opening with Adapter
P&S Light Almond 20 Amp Receptacle
pre-pigtailed with 12" wire leads
installed on Bracket
3 Keystone Twist Out
J.
M.
R.
S.
W.
Z.
4047 4047-2
NOTE: JJ combination not available.
For additional colors or configurations, call 1-800-621-0049, option 2.
4047 Configurable Cover Plates Number Logic
4000® SERIES RACEWAY
Includes two Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacles with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.
V4047-2WWTT, G4047-2WWTT
Four-Gang Cover with Two TracJack Mini Adapters
Includes two Pass & Seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacles with 12"
wire leads installed on bracket.
V4047-2WWXX, G4047-2WWXX
Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex
Receptacles Installed
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
72
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
E
F
J
H
L
K
I
M
GB
A
C
D
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Easy-to-install and ideal for specialized power or
communication/low voltage installations.
KEY
A. G4017TC Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)
B. S4007C-1R Single Device Fitting
C. S4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate with
Wallplates
D. S4010B2 Blank End Fitting
E. S4010D Entrance End Fitting
F. S4011 Flat Elbow Fitting
G. S4015D Divided Tee Fitting
H. S4017 Internal Elbow Fitting
I. S4018 External Elbow Fitting
J. S4048B Duplex Receptacle Device Plate
K. S4048J Single Twistlock Receptacle Cover
L. S4048RF Rectangular Receptacles & AMP
Flexmode or ACO
M. V4050 Device Mounting Plate (Inserts
included)
System Layout
COLOR OPTIONS
S4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers are available with a
brushed stainless steel finish unless otherwise indicated in the
part number description.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
73
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.DIVIDED
40% FILL
UNDIVIDED
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 40 83
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 28 58
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 14 29
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 10 21
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 50 103
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
WITH SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLES
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}
Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 9 9 3
4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 0 0 0 0 0 0
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000B Raceway Base
.050" [1.3mm] stainless steel.
Base has two 9/32" [7.1mm]
diameter KOs 1 1/4" [32mm]
from each end and every 18"
[457mm] on center throughout.
S4000B is available in 10'
[3m] lengths. Also available
in lengths precut to customer
specifications.
S4000C-5 Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
S4000C-5 is available in 5' [1.5m]
lengths, packed ten 5' [1.5m]
lengths per carton. Also available
in lengths precut to customer
specifications. Max. 5' [1.5m)
length.
S4000C075 7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting
4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on
12" [305mm] centers.
S4000C090 9" [229mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting
9" [229mm] device plates on
18" [457mm] centers.
S4000C135 13.5" [343mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting
4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on
18" [457mm] centers.
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
74
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000C150 15" [381mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting
9" [229mm] device plates on
24" [610mm] centers.
S4000C195 19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on
24" [610mm] centers.
S4000C270 27" [686mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-
on cover for mounting 9" [229mm]
device plates on 36" [915mm]
centers.
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 17/32"
[39mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
[25mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
S4000C315 31.5" [800mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on 36"
[915mm] centers.
S4000C390 39" [990mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-
on cover for mounting 9" [229mm]
device plates on 48” [1220mm]
centers.
S4000C435 43.5" [1105mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
Snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on
48" [1220mm] centers.
G4000D Divider
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
ten 5’ [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.20m])
per carton. Painted buff on one side
to provide compartment identification.
4001DA Divider Clips (not included) are
required to hold divider in place.
4001DA Divider Clip (Galvanized)
Required for holding G4000D
Divider in place. Use one every
2 1/2' [.762m].
S6008A C-Hanger
Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000
Series Raceway from a structural
ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"
[9.5mm] rod. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5' [1.5m]
apart along raceway run. Can
be bolted back-to-back for dual
runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series
Raceway.
S4010B0 Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of S4000
Base. Use when no end feeding is
required. Includes two No. 10-32
ground terminals.
S4010B1 Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of S4000 Base.
Use when one end feed is required
in an undivided installation.
Includes one 1/2" - 3/4" trade
size KO and two No. 10-32 ground
terminals.
S4010B2 Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of S4000 Base.
Use when end feeds are required
for an installation. Includes two
1/2" - 3/4" trade size KOs and two
No. 10-32 ground terminals.
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
75
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
14"
[356mm]
Direct feeding. Feeding from
wall box.
Direct feeding
with divider.
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
S4010D Entrance End Fitting
Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs on end, sides,
and bottom for feeding S4000
Series Raceway. Use punch
kit to increase KO size up to 1
1/4". Removable divider and
two No. 10-32 ground terminals
included.
S4011 Flat Elbow
Right angle turns on the same
surface. No couplings required.
S4014A Wall Box Connector
S4015 Tee
Divides S4000 Series Raceway
at right angles. Only for use
with undivided raceway. Use
two pair of G4001 Couplings
to attach to raceway (not
included).
S4015D Divided Tee
Divides S4000 Series Raceway
at right angles. Only for use
with divided raceway. Use
two pair of G4001 Couplings
to attach to raceway (not
included).
S4017 Internal Elbow
90° internal corners. No
couplings required.
7 7/8"
[200mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 9/16"
[39mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
G4017TCA Internal Corner Coupling
Creates internal corner while
continuing original run in
a straight line. Galvanized
finish. Use with or without
divider. Fiber bushing
included. 4010B Blank
End Fitting required for
installation (not included).
S4018 External Elbow
90° external corners.
Connect to raceway with
G4001 Couplings (not
included).
S6008A C-Hanger (Galvanized)
Suspends S4000, 4000 or
6000 Series Raceway from a
structural ceiling. Designed
for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]
rod. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5'
[1.5m] apart along raceway
run. Can be bolted back-to-
back for dual runs of 3000,
4000 or 6000 Series Raceway.
S4007C-1 One-Gang Device Plate
For horizontal mounting of
standard single-gang devices.
Accepts industry standard
single-gang faceplates for
electrical and communication
devices.
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)
Base has two concentric 3/4",
and 1/2" trade size KOs, two
concentric 1 1/4" and 1" trade
size KOs (undivided only), and
two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1
11/16" [65mm x 43mm] KOs.
Includes cover and two No.
10-32 ground terminals.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
76
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
3"
[76mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1"
[25mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 9/16"
[39mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
9"
[229mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1.4"
[36mm]
Dia.
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
S4007C-1R Single Device Plate
For horizontal mounting
of surge suppression
receptacles in S4000 Divided
or Undivided Raceway. Also
accepts most manufacturers’
GFCI, large twistlock, and
rectangular faced single-gang
wiring devices and two-port
ACO. Use with commercially
available flush plate (not
furnished).
S4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate
For horizontal mounting of
two devices. Accepts industry
standard double-gang
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.
S4046DRJ Combination Device Cover
For installation of one duplex
receptacle and two RJ11/45
type modular connectors.
Complete with necessary
bridges.
S4046RRJ Combination Device Cover
For installation of one
rectangular style device and
two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.
S4046B-2 Double Duplex Device Cover
For installation of two duplex
style receptacles. Complete
with necessary bridges.
S4046DRJ-2 Double In-Line Device Cover
For installation of two
duplex style receptacles and
four RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.
S4046ARJ Combination Device Cover
For installation of straight blade
and single locking receptacles
and two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.
1.6"
[41mm]
Dia.
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
S4046JRJ Combination Device Cover
For installation of one twistlock
receptacle and two RJ11/45
type telephone connectors.
Complete with necessary
bridges.
S4048B Duplex Receptacle Device Cover
For installation of one duplex
receptacle cover. Complete with
necessary bridges.
S4048J TwistLock Receptacle Device Cover
For installation of one twistlock
receptacle.
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
77
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm] 7/32"
[5.6mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]
S4048R Rectangular Receptacle Device Cover
For installation of one
rectangular receptacle.
Complete with necessary
bridges.
For installing a duplex style
device and one modular
furniture adapter for
communications.
S4048BF Duplex Receptacle Cover with Modular
Furniture Opening S4086A Panel Connector
To connect S4000 Series
Raceway with surface type panel
boxes.
Accommodates
maximum
wire capacity of S4000 Series
Raceway. Separate C-shaped
flange fits around raceway,
covering any irregularities from
cutting into box. Cut 4 3/4" x
1 3/4" [121mm x 44mm] hole in
panel box.
For installing a rectangular style
device and a modular furniture
adapter for communications.
S4048RF Rectangular Receptacle Cover with
Modular Furniture Opening
S4000 Series Raceway Made-to-Order Stainless Steel Device Plates
To keep pace with changing power and communication technology, Wiremold offers a variety of openings available on a made-to-order basis.
Choose from the assortment of openings shown below to design your own device plates. Consult the factory if a special opening is desired.
To make ordering easier, a catalog number suffix has been included beside the description. Please send a sketch with your order
indicating the letter of the desired opening.
Cat. No.
Suffix Description of Device Opening
D Standard Duplex Receptacle
R Decorator Style Duplex Receptacle
RJ Two RJ11/45 Modular Connectors
A Single Receptacle
(1.4" [35.6mm] Dia.)
J Single Receptacle
(1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.)
K One 1/2-3/4" [12.7-19.1mm] KO
with 1/2" [12.7mm] I.D. Grommet
M One IBM style connector
MFB One Modular Furniture Adapter
2A One 2A Mini Adapter
NOTE: Necessary device brackets are supplied with all device plates.
1
Qty.
____ S4048 _____
____ S4048 _____
____ S4048 _____
____ S4048 _____
1
Qty.
____ S4046 ____ _____
____ S4046 ____ _____
____ S4046 ____ _____
____ S4046 ____ _____
1
2
4 1/2" [115mm] Device PlatesExample: S4046RRJ
R RJ
1 2
1 2 1 2
3 4
9" [229mm] Device Plates
Qty.
____ S4048 ____ _____
____ S4048 ____ _____
____ S4048 ____ _____
____ S4048 ____ _____
1 2
Qty.
____ S4046 _____ _____ ____ ____
____ S4046 _____ _____ ____ ____
____ S4046 _____ _____ ____ ____
____ S4046 _____ _____ ____ ____
1 2
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
78
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
For divided installations, place
divider into the strut on the
4001DA and snap into raceway.
Clips must be used every 30"
[762mm].
S4000B Sections
Divider Clips
Determine method of feeding
raceway: S4014A for back feed,
S4010D, S4010BO, S4010B1 or
S4010B2 for end feed.
S4010B
S4000 Base
1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible
Metal Conduit
To mount S4000B Base to surface,
remove mounting screw KOs (approx.
18" [457mm] centers along base) as
required. Mount base with No. 8 flat
head fasteners.
1 3/4" [44mm]
18"
[457mm]
Approx.
Cut S4000C Cover to fit
between device plates. Snap
in place as shown. Continue
along entire run.
Snap Cover
Onto Base
Engage One Leg
of Cover on Base
To install device covers,
snap device straps into
base as shown. Wire
device and assemble to
straps. Snap device plate
over base and device. Bottom Inserts
First
Device
Mounting Straps S4046B
To join lengths of S4000B, insert the
pair of 4001A Couplings into one side
of each base. Slide bases together
and tighten locking screws.
S4000B Sections
4001A Couplings
S4000 Series Raceway Installation Details
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
79
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
F
K
I
H
D
J
E
GA
C
B
6000® SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
6000 Series Raceway is ideal for all applications requiring
high cable capacity.
KEY
A. 4050 Device Mounting Plate
Inserts included
B. 5507D Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
C. 5507SW Switch Faceplate
D. 6007C-1 Single-Gang Device Plate
E. 6007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate
F. 6010B Blank End Fitting
G. 6011TX Combination Flat Elbow
H. 6014A Connector Fitting
I. 6017TX Combination Internal External
Elbow
J. 6017TX Inverted to External Elbow
K. 6046KD Circuit Breaker Housing
System Layout
COLOR OPTIONS
6000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have an gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
80
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 9/16"
[90mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
6000® SERIES RACEWAY
V6000C, G6000C Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed four 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. 4000 Series Raceway
Cover is also compatible with
6000 Series Raceway Base.
.054" [1.4mm] galvanized steel.
Base has two 9/32" dia. trade
size KOs, 1 1/4" [32mm] from
each end and on centers of
approximately 18" [457mm]
throughout. Packed 20' [6.1m]
per carton. 6000B-10 packed two
10' [3m] lengths.
V6000B-10, G6000B-10 Raceway Base G6000DA Raceway Divider
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. One
side painted buff primer to provide
identification of compartments. Packed
four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
660B Raceway Base Cutter
Portable cutter for 6000 Series Raceway
Base. Provides clean and easy square
cuts.
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.DIVIDED
40% FILL
UNDIVIDED
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 101 225
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 83 184
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 58 130
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 29 65
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 21 48
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 50 111
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 103 230
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 104 233
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 55 124
6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
WITH SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLES
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}
Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 659 296 528 231 470 202 412 173
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 481 216 395 168 342 147 300 126
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 303 136 243 106 216 92 189 79
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 174 78 140 61 124 53 109 45
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 126 56 101 44 89 38 78 33
4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 77 34 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 65 29 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 55 24 0 0 0 0 0 0
1AWG 0.446 [11.3] 40 18 0 0 0 0 0 0
1/0 AWG 0.496 [12.3] 34 15 0 0 0 0 0 0
2/0 AWG 0.532 (13.5) 28 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
81
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
660BDK Replacement Blade Kit
Replacement blades and die set for 660B Cutter.
V6011TX, G6011TX Combination Flat Elbow
For use as a flat elbow. Can also be
used as a tee or cross (one G6001TX
required for tee; two for cross; not
included).
6000® SERIES RACEWAY
640C Raceway Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000
Series Raceway Cover. Provides
clean and easy square cuts.
640CDK Replacement Blade Kit
Replacement blades and die set for 640C Cutter.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
G6000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)
For holding conductors in place.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
6001A Coupling (Galvanized)
For joining lengths of 6000B.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
4 5/16"
[110mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Shown 6011TX with
6001TX to make tee.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
G6001DA Divider Clip
Use for holding G6000DA Divider
in place to divide raceway into
1/3, 1/2, or 2/3 compartments.
NOTE: 6000 Series Raceway divided into
1/3 compartments will not accept
devices.
3"
[76mm]
G6001TX Converter Coupling
Use this coupling to convert
G6011TX or G6017TX into a tee or
cross. For tee, one required; for
cross, two required.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
[25mm]
V6006, G6006 Connection Cover
Use where two sections
of 4000C or 6000C Cover,
not squarely cut, come
together.
V6007C-1, G6007C-1
Single-Gang Device Plate
For vertical mounting of single-
gang devices. Use with industry
standard faceplates for electrical and
communication devices. Can also be
used with 4000B Base.
V6007C-2, G6007C-2
Two-Gang Device Plate
For installation of two-gang devices
or two vertically mounted single-
gang devices on undivided raceway.
Use with industry standard double-
gang faceplates for electrical and
communication devices. Can also be
used with 4000B Base.
G6008A C-Hanger (Galvanized)
For suspending 6000 or 4000 Series
Raceway from structural ceiling.
Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]
rod. Hangers should be installed
no more than 5' [1.5m] apart along
raceway run. Can be bolted back-to-
back for dual runs of 4000, 6000 or
3008C or for combined runs with 3000
Series Raceway.
V6010B, G6010B Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of 6000
Series Raceway.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
82
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
6000® SERIES RACEWAY
2 1/2"
[64mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]
4 9/16"
[116mm]
7 5/16"
[185mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
7 5/16"
[185mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
MANUFACTURER SERIES
General Electric THQC, THHQC
Westinghouse Quicklag, C, QCH
V6012TX, G6012TX Internal or External Elbow
For making internal or external
45° turns in a run of 6000 Series
Raceway. Can also be assembled
as an inverted 45° elbow.
V6014A, G6014A Connector Fitting
Has 1 1/4", 1 1/2" and 2" trade
size KOs in back and on each
side.
For use as internal or external
elbow, straight-through fitting,
tee, or cross (one G6001TX
required for tee or straight
through fitting; two for cross;
not included).
V6017TX, G6017TX
Combination Internal/External Elbow
V6046KD, G6046KD Circuit Breaker Housing
KOs in cover can be removed for
installation of three single-pole
breakers. For use with the following
breakers rated 100A maximum.
V4047UX, G4047UX Bump-Up Device Plate
Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.
V4047VX, G4047VX
Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate
IWE-S, GWE-S Spray Paint
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IWE-S) and gray (GWE-S).
NOTE:
Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.
IWE-P, GWE-P Touch-Up Paint Pen
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IWE-P) and gray (GWE-P).
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
NOTE: When ordering to use with 6000 Series Raceway in Canada specify
CV6050 (ivory) or CG6050 (gray) as the grounding bracket provided is
larger than the one provided when using with 4000 Series Raceway.
CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.
3 9/16"
[90mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm]
G6074
6000 Base
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
V4050, G4050 Device Mounting Bracket
High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate. Trim plate overlaps
raceway cover providing a seamless
transition between cover fittings. Utilizes
5507 Faceplates, as well as Wiremold
Open System communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and Series II inserts,
and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507
Series Faceplates.
V6074, G6074 Take-Off Connector (6000-6000)
For 90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 6000 Series
Raceway.
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
83
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
6000® SERIES RACEWAY
3 9/16"
[90mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
9 1/2"
[241mm] 5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
V6086, G6086 Panel Connector Fitting
For connecting 6000 Series
Raceway with surface type
panel boxes. Accommodates
maximum wire capacity of 6000
system. Separate C-flange fits
around raceway, covering any
irregularities made when cutting
into box. Cut 4 3/4" x 3 9/16"
[121mm x 90mm] hole in panel
box.
For 90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 6000 Series
Raceway.
V6074A, G6074A Take-Off Connector (6000-4000)
6000 Series Raceway Installation Details
5. To install G6007C-1 or
G6007C-2 Device
Plates: Snap into base
and tighten clamps as
shown. Wire device and
assemble to bracket. Install flush plate (not furnished).
6086 6086 C-Flange
6000 Base
1. Determine method of
feeding raceway: 6014A for
backfeed, 6086 (shown) for
panel feed.
2. To mount 6000 Base to
surface: Remove mounting
screw KOs (approx. 18"
[457mm] O.C. along base) as
required. Mount base with
No. 8 flathead fasteners.
Mounting Screw KO
3 9/16"
[40mm]
18" [457mm]
Approx.
3. To join lengths of 6000B,
insert the pair of 6001A
Couplings into one side
of each base. Slide bases
together and tighten locking
screws.
6000B Sections
6001A Couplings
G6000DA
G6001DA
4. For divided installations:
Install G6001DA Divider Clips
at 30" [762mm] intervals. Snap
G6000DA Divider into place.
Clamp G6007C-1
Engage One
Leg of Cover
on Base
Snap Cover
onto Base
6. Cut 6000C Cover to fit between
device brackets. Snap in place as
shown. Continue along entire run.
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBER
FROM TO
6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) G6074A
6000 Series Raceway 6000 (Tee Connection) G6074
1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Cover of 6000 G4046H-2
1 1/4", 1 1/2", or 2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Back and/or Side of 6000 G6014A
6000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
84
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
AnySize™ Raceway is the ideal solution for applications
that require a specific size raceway. Available in a variety of
compartment sizes and finishes.
Where special lengths are required, provide a detailed bill of material, indicating the
various quantities, lengths and type of covers. Raceway must have a width greater than its
depth.
AnySize Base
EXAMPLE 1: N1 834 212 3 2 WI
This is a 8 3/4" [222mm] wide by 2
1/2" [63mm] deep raceway, with three
compartments and two covers, painted
“Weathered Iron.”
EXAMPLE 2: N1 612 300 2 2 IV
This is a 6 1/2" [165mm] wide by 3" [76mm]
deep raceway, with two compartments and
two covers, painted ivory.
COVER
NE1C = Standard Cover
NE1CW = Cover for use when wire clips are used. Wire clips are spaced 30" [762mm] on center only.
NE1CT* = Tamper-Resistant Cover
NE1CTW* = Tamper-Resistant Cover for use when wire clips are used.
Wire clips are spaced 30" [76mm] on center only.
*Supplied with one tamper-resistant bracket.
N
WIDTH
2 1/2" [63mm] = 212
2 5/8" [66mm] = 258
2 3/4" [69mm] = 234
2 7/8" [73mm] = 278
3" [76mm] = 300
10" [254mm] = 999
MATERIAL
1 Painted Steel
2 Unpainted
Satin Coat
3 Unpainted
Galv (G90)
4 Stainless Steel
5 Anodized Alum
6 Painted Alum
Color Code**
BK Gloss Black (RAL 9005)
WH White (RAL 9003)
GY Gray (Wiremold Gray)
IV Ivory (Wiremold Ivory)
WI Weathered Iron
WB Weathered Bronze
CC Custom Color
(Provide paint chip
or number)
DEPTH
1" [25mm] = 100
1 1/8" [29mm] = 118
1 1/4" [32mm] = 114
1 3/8" [35mm] = 138
1 1/2" [38mm] = 112
5" [127mm] = 500
# of
Compartments
MAX 4
# of Covers
MAX
** All colors are gloss finish
unless otherwise specified.
AnySize Series Raceway Base Specifier
COLOR OPTIONS
AnySize Raceway and components are available in a wide
range of sizes, colors and options.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
85
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
2"
[51mm]
Wire Fill Calculation: “Depth” and “Width” refer to the measurements
of the compartment with the cover on and are measured from the
outside of the material. All measurements are in inches. Due to
loading issues, use maximum wire fill of 4" [102mm] deep raceway
for all raceways greater than 4" [102mm] deep.
1. Determine useable area of compartment.
Useable area in square inches with no devices =
[Width x (Depth -0.2)] - 0.6
Useable area in square inches with standard 15A/20A devices =
[Width x (Depth -0.7)] - 0.3
2. Determine wire fill for compartment.
Multiply the compartment area (from Step 1) by the number of
wires per square inch, from the chart above Wire Fill = Area (sq.
in.) x No. Wires per sq. in. (Chart above)
3. Reduce fill by 20% if 2" [51mm] radiused fittings are not being
used. Wire Fill for standard fittings = .8 x wire fill from Step 2
4. Calculate fill for multi-compartment tees.
a) Standard Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / 2
Standard Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or
3) x 0.75
b) Radiused 2" Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of
compartments) Radiused 2" Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = 1.5 x
(Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of compartments)
Sample Wire Fill Calculation: Determine the number of Cat. 6
cables that will fit in a 2" [51mm] deep by 2.75" [70mm] wide
compartment for 40% fill. Fittings in the system have a 2" [51mm]
radius.
1 Useful area = 2.75 x (2.0 - 0.2) -0.6 = 4.35 in2
2 Wire Fill = 4.35 in2 x 8.15 cables / in2 (from chart) = 35 Cat.
6 cables
All Wiremold electrical products, unless specifically NOTEd, are
listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to U.S.
Federal Specification W-C-582. They comply with the National
Electrical Code. Products designed primarily for use in telephone
or communications wiring and tools normally do not require UL
or cUL Listing. Most products are cUL Listed in compliance with
the Canadian Electrical Code. All products must be installed in
a manner consistent with applicable electrical codes. Wiremold
Surface Raceway is UL and cUL Listed by Underwriters
Laboratories Inc. (File #E4376 [Raceway] & #E41751 [Fittings]). This
product is in compliance with the National Electrical Code and the
Canadian Electrical Code.
WIRE SIZE O.D.
40% FILLTHHN/THWN Inches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 41.24
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 30.08
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 18.96
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 10.93
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 7.89
AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 14.11
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 11.55
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 8.15
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 4.06
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 3.03
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6.98
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 14.38
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 14.57
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 7.77
AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
NE1000TB Tamper-Resistant Retaining Bracket
For retaining cover in enhanced tamper-
resistant systems. Order additional brackets
if field cutting cover for enhanced tamper-
resistant system.
NE1000WC Wire Clip
For holding conductors in place.
NE1000GC Ground Clamp
For connection of equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional ground
to raceway.
NE1001 Coupling
For joining lengths of AnySize Raceway.
(Unpainted galvanized steel).
NOTE: Values are per square inch of inside area. See
above to determine useful area of compartment.
Capacity range is calculated at 20% to 40% of
raceway area as stated in a proposed revision
to the Commercial Building Standard for
Telecommunications Pathways & Spaces, TIA/
EIA-569.
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
86
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Has concentric conduit trade size KOs on
sides, end and bottom for feeding raceway.
Useful where large conduits feed the
raceway. Size of knockouts to be specified
by end user.
NE1010DFO, NE1010DFOT
Radiused Large Capacity Entrance End Fitting
NE1008A C-Hanger
For supporting raceway from structural
ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"
[9.5mm] threaded rod. Hangers should
be installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart
along raceway run.
NE1008AW Wall Bracket Hanger
For supporting raceway from structural
wall. Use hardware capable of supporting
loaded raceway. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart
along raceway run.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.
NE1010B, NE1010BK Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of AnySize Base.
NE1010BK has knockouts available for
connection to adjacent wiring systems.
Size and quantity of knockouts to be
specified by end user.
NE1010D, NE1010DT Entrance End Fitting
Has concentric conduit trade size KOs
on sides, ends and bottom for feeding
raceway. Size of knockouts to be specified
by end user.
NE1011, NE1011T Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on the same
surface.
Used in divided and undivided applications
to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for new lay-in or pull-through
installations.
NE1011FO, NE1011FOT
Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
Same as NE1011FO but outside corner is
curved to a 2" [51mm] radius.
NE1011RFO, NE1011RFOT
Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
NE1014, NE1014T Wall Box Connector
Base is provided with ground terminal
for 10-32 screw and user specified
conduit knockouts and/or wall box
rectangular knockouts (2 9/16” x 1
11/16” [65mm x 43mm]).
Provides a 2” [51mm] cable bend radius
for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Dual cover version not
available. Single cover can be used in
all applications. Capacity is reduced in
multi-compartment applications.
NE1015FO, NE1015FOT
Radiused Full Capacity Tee
NE1015, NE1015T Tee
For branches at right angles. Dual cover
version not available. Single cover can
be used in all applications. Capacity
is reduced in multi-compartment
applications.
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
87
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Provides a 2” [51mm] cable
bend radius new lay-in or pull-
through installations. Deeper
fitting provides 50% more fill
than the standard tee fitting.
Useful for multi-compartment
installations. Supplied with
special couplings. Dual cover
version not available. Single
cover can be used in all
applications.
NE1015LFO, NE1015LFOT
Radiused Large Capacity Tee
Provides a 2” [51mm] cable
bend radius for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.
NE1017FO, NE1017FOT
Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
NE1015L, NE1015LT Large Capacity Tee
For branches at right angles.
Deeper fitting provides 50%
more fill than the standard
tee fitting. Useful for multi-
compartment installations.
Supplied with special couplings.
Dual cover version not
available. Single cover can be
used in all applications.
NE1017, NE1017T Internal Elbow
For 90° internal corners.
NE1046H, NE1046HT Custom Tap-Off Fitting
Provided with user-specified
trade size KOs. Supplied with
appropriate brackets.
NE1017P, NE1017PT Compact Internal Elbow
For 90° internal corners.
Compact size is useful when
going around columns.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.
A full capacity 90° external elbow
to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Supplied with special
couplings.
NE1018FO, NE1018FOT
Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow
NE1018, NE1018T External Elbow
For 90° external corners.
Variable length from 6" to 60"
[152mm to 1.5m] long. Specify
cutout type and location.
Eliminates frequent seams when devices are located close
together along the raceway. Supplied with appropriate
brackets.
NE1047, NE1047WC, NE1047T,
NE1047WCT Device Cover
NE1407, NE1407T Deep Device Plate
Used to minimize or eliminate
fill reduction at activations.
Mounts on top of raceway and
helps maintain recommended
bend radii at activation. Specify
depth required between 5/8"
[15.9mm] and 3" [76mm].
Supplied with appropriate
brackets.
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
88
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4 11/16"
[116mm]
6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NE1046AP Tamper–Resistant Access Plate
Required on an entrance point to
allow cover removal on tamper-
resistant systems. One plate is
required on every run between
opposing walls. Provides 1/4"
[6.4mm] overlap flange for improved
aesthetics at cover edge. Supplied
with appropriate brackets.
NE1046APN Tamper–Resistant Access Plate
Required on an entrance point to
allow cover removal on tamper-
resistant systems. One plate is
required on every run between
opposing walls. NE1046APN does
not have a flange to overlap adjacent
covers. Use for access at end of run.
V4050, G4050 Device Mounting Bracket
High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate which overlap raceway
cover providing a seamless transition
between cover fittings. For use with:
5507 Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack and Series II modules,
Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts, and Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4" [121mm] wide
raceway.
Three Compartment Plate Shown.
Two Compartment Plate Shown.
NE1086A Panel Connector
To connect AnySize Raceway
with surface type panel boxes.
Accommodates maximum wire
capacity of AnySize system used.
Separate C-shaped flange fits around
raceway, covering any irregularities
made when cutting into box.
NE610 Tamper-Resistant Notch Tool
Required to create tamper-resistant
notches in raceway covers that are
field cut during installation.
NE610C Raceway Cover Cutter
Portable Cutter for AnySize Raceway
Covers for clean and easy square
cuts every time.
Allows high density activations.
Provides 1/4" [6.4mm] overlap
flange for improved aesthetics
at cover edge. Supplied with
appropriate brackets.
NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide raceway.
NE1046-2, NE1046-2T
12" [305mm] Device Plate
NE1046, NE1046T 6' [152mm] Device Plate
Provides 1/4” [6mm] overlap flange
for improved aesthetics at cover
edge. Supplied with appropriate
brackets.
NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4” [121mm] wide
raceway.
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
89
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
The following represent various cutouts available for AnySize Raceway.
The corresponding letter designations used to create the device plate part number are also shown.
To specify type of device plate, and cutout locations:
1) Specify device plate type above.
2) Add the suffix(es) (in parentheses above) that corresponds to the cutout type
required, beginning from the top compartment. For 12" [305mm] device plates,
indicate if the second column of cutouts is the same as the first. If it is not, please
send sketch. For NE1047 Covers sketch to indicate quantity and spacing of devices.
For other special cutouts, contact factory.
1
2
3
4
Device Plate Design and Part Numbers
Standard Duplex
(D) Decorator Duplex
(R) 1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.
Single (J) 4007C-1 Cutout *
(C1)
2 RJ11/45
(RJ)
4007C-1R Cutout *
(CIR)
Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
TracJack & Series II (LV2)
1.4" [35.5mm] Dia.
Single (A)
Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
TracJack & Series II (LV6)
Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications (MFB)
AMP Flex/single
ACO (F) 1/2" – 3/4"
[12.7mm – 19.1mm]
KO & Grommet (K)
Sample Plate: NE1046DJLV2
Sample Part Number:
NE1046 D J LV2 ______ N/A
123 4
Prefix
2nd. col.
(yes/no or N/A)
* These openings also require the use of commercially available faceplates.
AnySize Series Raceway Device Plate Configurator
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
90
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
See the typical basic system (illustrated below) for installation details.
In general, the following procedure for installing AnySize Raceway is recommended.
1. Starting at feed connection,
install base sections over
entire run. Butt ends of
sections and install couplings
as shown below. Cut base
sections to length as required
for connection of bases
of fittings. Determine the
method of feeding raceway:
raceway
base or wall box connector for back feed, end blanks
(shown), entrance end fittings, or panel connector for
end feed.
End Blank
Conduit
Base
3. Install wiring in base and wire
devices. To couple lengths of base
or fittings, butt the adjacent base
sections together and insert one
coupling centered over the splice.
Tighten the set screws. Repeat the
process on the other side of the
base.
2. To mount base to surface:
Remove mounting knockouts as
required. Mount base with No. 8
flathead fasteners.
Depth
24" [610mm]
(approx.)
4. Assemble devices and
device covers in base.
To install device plates,
snap device straps in
base as shown. Wire
device and assemble
to straps. Snap device
plate over base and
device. For deep device
plates or offset
device plates fasten to raceway
base by screwing into device
brackets in raceway base. Device Mounting Straps
Bottom
Inserts
First
5. Cut cover sections to length as
necessary and snap onto base.
It is recommended that covers
overlap base joint. Use pre-cut
cover, or cut cover to fit between
device plates. Snap in place as
shown. Continue along entire run.
Snap Cover onto Base
Engage One Leg of
Cover on Base
ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Raceway Installation Details
A. Complete instructions 1 to 3.
B. Add covers progressively from
access point to other end, utilizing
instructions 4 and 5 as needed. See
Illustrations below.
C. Repeat (ii) and (iii) as required.
D. Any cut covers will require
replacement of the tamper-resistant
notch using NE610 tool.
E. Tighten all screws securely.
NE1407 Deep Device
Plate Installation
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
AnySize Raceway – Typical Tamper-Resistant Installation
OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway
94
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Wiremold® Overfloor Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to solve
specific installation issues when access to floors and ceilings is not an option
for installers, building owners, and designers.
105
1200/1400/1600
Series Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
91
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
102
2600 Series™
Raceway
98
1500 Series™
Raceway
105
1200/1400/1600
Series™ Raceways
94
OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway
System
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
92
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]
3"
[76mm]
26/32"
[20.1mm]
20/32"
[16.5mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]
1 1/32"
[26mm]
3 11/32"
[85mm]
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway Device Boxes Transition Fittings
6 7/8"
[175mm] 1/2"
[12.7mm]
Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
OFRB-8 & OFRC-8 OFR48-4 OFR89-DS4000
11/32"
[8.8mm]
1 9/16"
39mm]
23/32"
[18.3mm]
2 7/32"
[56.6mm]
1500 Series™ Raceway
Two-Piece Steel Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
2600 Series™ Raceway
1200 Series™ Raceway
One-Piece Nonmetallic Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
1400 Series™ Raceway
1600 Series™ Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
93
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway
System is cETLus Listed.
Wiremold® OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels
of capacity and access to a wide range of data and A/V connectivity
options in the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile
available in over floor raceway systems.
COLOR OPTIONS
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System is available with a
black powder coat finish that is also paintable.
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System Layout
G
A
E
D
B
C
F
H
KEY
A. OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover
B. OFR11 90° Flat Elbow
C. OFR48-2 Two-Gang Device Box
D. OFR48-4 Four-Gang Device Box
E. OFR89-2400 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
F. OFR89-4000 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
G. 2400D Series Divided Raceway
H. 4000 Series Raceway
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
94
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
OFRB-8 Overfloor Raceway Base
OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.
Base: 0.080” [2.0mm] aluminum.
Divided into four channels.
Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m] lengths
per carton.
6"
[152mm] 7/16"
[11.1mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm] 1/2"
[12.7mm]
NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.
Cover: 0.040” [1.0mm] steel.
Durable black powder coat
finish. Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m]
lengths of cover per carton.
OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
WIRE
CROSS-SECTIONAL
AREA
# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)
# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
w/OFR1 (40% FILL)
# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
w/OFR9 (40% FILL)
# OF WIRES PER
INNER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)Inches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 0.010 18 13 10 19
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 0.013 13 10 7 14
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0.021 8 3 2 9
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 0.037 4 4 3 5
OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D.
APPROX. DIA.
WIRE
CROSS-
SECTIONAL
AREA
# OF WIRES
PER OUTER
CHANNEL
(40% FILL)
# OF WIRES
PER OUTER
CHANNEL
with OFR1
(40% FILL)
# OF WIRES
PER OUTER
CHANNEL
with OFR9
(40% FILL)
# OF WIRES
PER INNER
CHANNEL
(40% FILL)Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
0.028
0.035
0.049
0.098
6
5
3
1
4
3
2
1
3
2
2
1
6
5
3
2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0.057 3 2 1 3
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
0.025
0.027
0.051
7
6
3
5
4
2
3
3
1
7
6
3
OFRC-8 Overfloor Raceway Cover
NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.
Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel.
Base: 0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum.
Durable black powder coat
finish. Divided into four
channels. Packed one (1) 8'
[2.4m] length of base and cover
per carton.
OFR6 Overfloor Raceway Seam Clip
Covers seam where two sections
of OFR Series Overfloor Raceway
cover come together.
6 7/8"
[175mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover
7 5/32"
[182mm]
19/32"
[15.1mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
95
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
1 13/32"
[36mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
7"
[178mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
13"
[330mm]
4"
[102mm]
2 9/16"
[65mm]
7 3/16"
[183mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
Divided two-gang device box.
Allows multiple services (power,
data, A/V) at a single point-of-
use. Side facing device mounting
provides low profile, with space
for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device plates.
Removable divider can be aligned
with any of the raceway channels.
For holding conductors in place.
Packed twelve (12) per pack.
OFRWC Overfloor Raceway Wire Clips
Divided four-gang device box.
Allows multiple services (power,
data, A/V) at a single point-of-
use. Side facing device mounting
provides low profile, with space
for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device
plates. Removable divider can be
aligned with any of the raceway
channels.
7"
[178mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
18"
[457mm]
Allows access to power and
data on both sides of OFR48-4
4-Gang Device Box.
12 1/2"
[318mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
OFR48-4 Overfloor Raceway 4-Gang Box
OFR48-4GX OFR Crossover Kit
OFR48-2 Overfloor Raceway 2-Gang Box
For connecting vertical runs of
2400 & 2400D Series Raceway
with OFR Series Raceway.
Includes removable divider than
can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel.
OFR89-2400 OFR 2400 Raceway Transition
OFR10IW OFR In-Wall Entrance End Fitting
Feeds OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway
from behind wall.
Configurable to provide
one or two channels
of power. Has 1/2"
trade size KO for single
channel and 3/4" trade
KO for two channel.
OFR10A Overfloor Raceway Entrance End Fitting
Feeds OFR Series Raceway,
Has two (2) concentric 1/2” and
1 1/4” trade size KOs on end.
Includes removable divider that
can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel. Can be used
to feed raceway from wall or
into furniture.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
9 15/32"
[241mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
7 23/32"
[196mm]
5/32"
[4mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
5 7/16"
[138mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
2 9/16"
[65mm]
7 3/16"
[183mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]
1/4"
[6.4mm]
7 9/16"
[192mm]
For connecting OFR Series
Raceway to Vista Point5
Architectural Columns.
OFR89-VIS Overfloor Vista Point5 Transition
For connecting vertical runs of
DS4000 Series Raceway with
OFR Series Raceway. Includes
removable divider than can be
positioned to feed any raceway
channel
OFR89-DS4000 OFR DS4000 Raceway Transition
4 7/8"
[124mm]
2 9/16"
[65mm]
7 3/16"
[183mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]
For connecting vertical runs
of 4000 Series Raceway with
OFR Series Raceway. Includes
removable divider than can be
positioned to feed any raceway
channel.
OFR89-4000 OFR 4000 Raceway Transition
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
96
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
2 1/2"
[64mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
OFR47-U
OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up
to four (4) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
For covering unused
compartments in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes.
OFR47-B OFR Duplex Device Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2"
[51mm]
For covering duplex style
devices in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes. Accepts
106 Frame.
OFR47-D OFR Duplex Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
four (4) ports of communications
devices. Includes adapters for
Ortronics® TracJack, Series II,
Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts
and Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
OFR47-2A OFR Communications Device Plate
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide ground to
OFR Series Raceway. No. 10
ground screw provided.
OFR9 OFR Grounding Clip
Joins lengths of OFRB-8 OFR
Series Raceway Base together.
Sold in pairs.
OFR1 OFR Coupling
Device plate that will accept two
(2) Extron® Electronics AAP single
space modules.
OFR47-V OFR Extron® AAP Device Plate
For covering rectangular
decorator style devices in
OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device
Boxes.
OFR47-R OFR Decorator Device Plate
Combination device plate that
will accept up to two (2) Extron®
Electronics MAAP style plates
and up to two (2) ports of
communications devices. Includes
adapters for Ortronics® TracJack,
Series II, Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts and Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
OFR47-U2A
OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Combo Device Plate
8 1/16"
[205mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
8 11/16"
[221mm]
8 11/16"
[221mm]
8 1/16"
[205mm]
For making right angle turns on
the same surface.
OFR11 OFR Flat Elbow
9 3/16"
[233mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]
1/4"
[6.4mm]
7 9/16"
[192mm]
For connecting OFR Series
Raceway to Vista Architectural
Columns.
OFR89-VFL Overfloor Large Vista Transition
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
97
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
A
N
M
DBE
C
O
F
G
H
J
L
K
I
N
N
N
1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Wiremold® 1500 Series™ Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent
protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.
KEY
A. V1517B Adapter Fitting
B. 1528 Utility Box
C. 1585 Combination Connector
D. 1546A Single Receptacle Box
E. 1546B Duplex Receptacle Box
F. 1511 90° Flat Elbow
G. 1517 Internal Elbow
H. 1518 External Elbow
I. 2642D Junction Box
J. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
K. 2600 Series Pancake Overfloor
Steel Raceway
L. 2400 Series Raceway
M. V500 500/700 Series Raceway
N. 1500 Raceway Base & Cover
O. 1/2” Conduit or Armored Cable
COLOR OPTIONS
1500 Series™ Raceway components are available in
galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated in the part
number description.
1500 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
98
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
3/8"
[9.5mm]
.040” [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed ten 10’ [3m] lengths per
carton. Base has 9/32” [7.1mm]
diameter mounting holes on
centers of approximately 8”
[203mm].
11/32"
[8.8mm]
1 9/16"
39mm]
8 1/4"
209mm]
1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILLInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 9
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 6
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4
1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. dia.)
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
3
2
1
0
0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
3
3
1
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
1500-10 Raceway Base & Cover
Protects wires from abrasion.
Slips into open end of 1500
Series Raceway where it enters
a fitting.
1502 Fiber Bushing
For holding conductors in place.
Not UL Listed.
1500WC Wire Clip
For removing cover of 1500
and 2600 Series Overfloor
Raceways.
656 Cover Removal Tool
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm] 2 11/16"
[68mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
For external 90° corners.
1518 External Elbow
To feed to or from 500 or
700 Series Raceway on wall
to 1500 Series Raceway on
floor. Ivory finish.
V1517B Adapter Fitting
For internal 90° corners.
1517 Internal Elbow
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2 5/8"
[6.7mm]
Ea. Leg
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Ea. Leg
For right angle turns on the
same surface.
1511 90° Flat Elbow
Two-hole strap. Use to fasten
1500 Series Raceway to
surfaces at any point desired.
1504 Strap
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
99
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
4"
[102mm]
Dia.
23/32"
[18.3mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
1.405"
[36mm]
Dia.
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1 21/32"
[42mm] 3 1/4"
[83mm] 27/32"
[21.4mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
May be used as a cross, tee or
elbow. Cover has 1/2” trade
size KO. Base has 1/2” and 3/4”
concentric trade size KOs to
enable connection to floor outlet
boxes or underfloor duct systems
(use Chase nipple – not included).
Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.
1542D Junction Box
Cover has twistouts for 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway on all four
sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size concentric KOs. Two
1500WC Wire Clips included.
Gray finish.
1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V
NEMA 5-15R & Cover
Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]
rubber stem. Designed to accept
modular connecting blocks
within the fitting. Nonmetallic
cover has 1500 and 2600 Series
Raceway twistouts on both ends
and both sides. Two 1500WC Wire
Clips included. Not UL Listed.
Gray finish.
1546T Telephone Outlet Box
For connecting 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored
cable to 1500 Series
Raceway.
1585 Combination Connector
5/8"
[15.9mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 21/32"
[42mm] Base and cover each
have 1/2” trade size KO.
May be used as a cross,
tee, straight through
or to terminate run.
Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included.
1528 Utility Box
Will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38-1.40"
[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500WC
Wire Clips included. Gray finish.
1546A Single Receptacle Box
NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured
finish.
Will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500WC
Wire Clips included. Side wiring
recommended. Gray finish.
1546B Duplex Receptacle Box
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
100
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details
2600 or 1500 Base
1. Determine method of feeding raceway
with 1517B, 1585 (shown), 2186 or
through a junction box or receptacle
box (i.e., 1542, 1546B).
2. Determine length of raceway base
to first fitting location. Cut base to
desired length.
4. Slip fitting tongue over raceway
base and fasten fitting base to
surface. Repeat steps 2-4 until
fitting and raceway bases are
installed along entire run.
5. Lay conductors in raceway base
using 1500WC or 2600WC Wire
Clips to hold conductors in place.
Wire and install devices along run.
3. Mount raceway base to surface using
No. 8 flathead fasteners through all
mounting holes provided.
6. Cut lengths of cover to fit between
fittings. (Cover must be shorter than
mating base: 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter
for 1500, 9/16" [14.3mm] shorter for
2600.) Snap covers onto base, latching
one side under the base bead and
striking cover with a rubber mallet.
7. When raceway bases are butted,
cover must be installed so that it
overlaps joint.
8. Remove proper twistouts in fitting
cover making sure that mounting
holes line up with fitting base.
Install cover with screws furnished.
2602 or 1502 Bushing
Wire clip
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
101
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
A
A
H
GK
D
B
CE
F
L
J
I
I
2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
2600 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference, Color Options, System Layout,
Wire Fill Capacity Charts, Ordering Information, Installation Details and
Interconnectivity Options.
KEY
A. 2642D Junction Box
B. 1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle & Cover
C. 1546A Single Receptacle Box
D. 2611 90° Flat Elbow
E. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
F. 2400 Wiremold 2400 Series Raceway
G. 1500 Wiremold 1500 Series Raceway
H. V1517B Adapter Fitting
I. 2600 Wiremold 2600 Series Overfloor Steel Raceway
J. 500 Wiremold 200, 500 or 700 Series Raceway
K. Conduit 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible Conduit
L. Conduit 1/2" or 3/4" Conduit to Underfloor Duct
System
COLOR OPTIONS
2600 Series™ Raceway components are available in galvanized
steel unless otherwise indicated in the part number
description.
2600 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
102
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Cover: .050" galvanized steel.
Base: .040" [1.0mm] galvanized
steel. Packed five 10' [3m]
lengths per carton. Base
has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter
mounting holes on centers of
approximately 8" [203mm].
23/32"
[18.3mm] 2 7/32"
[56.6mm]
8 1/4"
209mm]
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. dia.)
40% FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
10
8
5
2
2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
10
10
5
2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILLInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 29
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 21
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 13
For holding conductors in place.
2600WC Wire Clip
For removing cover of 1500 and
2600 Series Overfloor Raceways.
656 Cover Removal Tool
2600-10 Raceway Base & Cover
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e. “C1546A”.
NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray
textured finish.
3 5/8"
[92mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Eliminates offsetting 2400 Series
Raceway in connecting with
surface panel boxes. Has 3/4"
and 1" concentric trade size KOs
with 1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to center
of bushing is 1" [25mm] to 1 5/8"
[41mm] maximum. Has twistouts
for transition to 1500 and 2600
Series Raceway.
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
4"
[102mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
2602 Fiber Bushing
Protects wires from abrasion.
Slips into open end of 2600
Series Raceway where it enters
a fitting.
For right angle turns on the
same surface.
2611 90° Flat Elbow
1"
[25mm]
5"
[127mm]
Dia. NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL
Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured
finish.
May be used with 1500 and/or 2600
Series Raceway as a cross, tee,
or elbow. Cover has 1/2" trade
size KO. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"
concentric KO to enable connection
to floor, outlet boxes or under floor
duct systems (use Chase nipple –
not included). Two 2600WC Wire
Clips included.
2642D Junction Box
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
103
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information
Will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500WC
Wire Clips included. Side wiring
recommended. Gray finish.
CONNECTION REQUIRED
USE CATALOG NUMBER
FROM TO
2600 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 2642D, 1543GL, 1546A,
1546B, 1546T
2600 Series Raceway 2400 Series Raceway 2686FO
1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable
End of 1500 Series Raceway 1585
1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable
Bottom of 1500 Series
Raceway
1528
1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Bottom of 1500 or 2600
Series Raceway
2642D
1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Bottom of 1500 Series
Raceway
1542D
2600 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
1 5/16"
[33mm]
1.405"
[36mm]
Dia.
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
Will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38-1.40"
[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts on
all four sides. Two 1500WC Wire
Clips included. Gray finish.
1546A Single Receptacle Box
Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]
rubber stem. Designed to accept
modular connecting blocks
within the fitting. Nonmetallic
cover has 1500 and 2600 Series
Raceway twistouts on both ends
and both sides. Two 1500WC
Wire Clips included. Not UL
Listed. Gray finish.
1546T Telephone Outlet Box
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
Cover has twistouts for 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway on all four
sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size concentric KOs. Two 1500WC
Wire Clips included. Gray finish.
1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V
NEMA 5-15R & Cover
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.
1546B Duplex Receptacle Box
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
104
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS
CODE REFERENCE
1200, 1400, and 1600 Series
Raceway is not UL Listed
and is designed for use in
protecting wiring and cabling.
Wiremold® 1200/1400/1600 Series Overfloor Raceway Systems
provide permanent or temporary protection for overfloor cabling
in high traffic areas.
COLOR OPTIONS
1200/1400/1600 Series Raceways are available in gray, black,
beige, brown and high visibility yellow.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
1200 Series — Channel Capacity Up to 5/16" [7.9mm] Cable Diameter
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]
CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH
BE1200-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]
BE1200-5R Beige 5' [1.5m]
BE1200-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]
BE1200-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]
BK1200-5 Black 5' [1.5m]
BK1200-10 Black 10' [3.0m]
BK1200-50 Black 50' [15.2m]
BR1200-5R Brown 5' [1.5m]
BR1200-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]
BR1200-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]
BR1200-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]
GR1200-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]
GR1200-5R Gray 5' [1.5m]
GR1200-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]
GR1200-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]
YL1200-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
105
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3"
[76mm]
26/32"
[20.1mm]
20/32"
[16.5mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]
1 1/32"
[26mm]
3 11/32"
[85mm]
DST2 DOUBLESIDED TAPE
For long term installation.
2" wide x 17 yds.
1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS
Ordering Information
1400 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 1/2" [12.7mm] Cable Diameter
CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH
BE1400-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]
BE1400-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]
BE1400-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]
BK1400-5 Black 5' [1.5m]
BK1400-10 Black 10' [3.0m]
BK1400-50 Black 50' [15.2m]
BR1400-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]
BR1400-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]
BR1400-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]
GR1400-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]
GR1400-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]
GR1400-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]
YL1400-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]
1600 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 3/4" [19.1mm] Cable Diameter
CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH
BE1600-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]
BE1600-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]
BE1600-25 Beige 25' [7.6m]
BK1600-5 Black 5' [1.5m]
BK1600-10 Black 10' [3.0m]
BK1600-25 Black 25' [7.6m]
BR1600-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]
BR1600-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]
BR1600-25 Brown 25' [7.6m]
GR1600-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]
GR1600-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]
GR1600-25 Gray 25' [7.6m]
YL1600-25 High Visibility Yellow 25' [7.6m]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
106
OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
107
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CableSmart™ 40N2
Series Raceway
139
NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS
Wiremold® Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders in
quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types
of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Nonmetallic Surface Raceway
Systems have provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for
installers, building owners, and designers.
Eclipse™ Series
Raceway 119
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
108
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways
Hide Cord Raceway
133
Access® 5000
Series Raceway
149
5500 Series™
Raceway
139
CableSmart™ 40N2
Series Raceway
154
5507 Series™
Faceplates
142
5400 Series™
Raceway
157
300 Series™ Duct
Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways
Power-Rated Single- and Dual-Channel Raceways
111
Uniduct® 2700,
2800, 2900 Series
Raceway
119
Eclipse™ PN03,
PN05, PN10
Series Raceway
124
400, 800,
2300/2300D
Series™ Raceway
NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS
Table of Contents
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
109
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS
Quick Selection Guide
Uniduct® Raceway
Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceway Profiles
Uniduct 2700 Raceway
Eclipse™ Series Raceway*
Power-Rated Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles
2700 Series
Capacity: 0.163 in.2 [105mm2]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
PN05L08 Raceway
2800 Series
Capacity: 0.337 in.2 [217mm2]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
1"
[25mm]
2900 Series
Capacity: 0.869 in.2 [530mm2]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
400BAC Raceway
Capacity: 0.130 in.2 [83.9mm2]
800BAC Raceway
Capacity: 0.272 in.2 [175mm2]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Eclipse PN05*
Capacity: 0.538 in.2 [347mm2]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
Eclipse PN10*
Capacity: 0.99 in.2 [638.7mm2]
1 11/16"
[43mm]
13/16"
[20.6mm]
Eclipse PN03*
Capacity: 0.285 in.2 [184mm2]
13/16"
[20.6mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
* UL Listed for up to 600V.
400 Series™ Raceway* 800 Series™ Raceway*
2300BAC Raceway
Capacity: 0.852 in.2 [550mm2]
2300BACD Raceway
Capacity: 0.426 in.2 [275mm2]
Each Compartment
2300 Series™ Raceway* 2300D Series™ Raceway*
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
110
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 3/4"
[44mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
5400 Series™ Raceway
5400TB Raceway
Capacity: Each Compartment:
3.72 in.2 [2400mm2]
Access® 5000 Series Raceway
High Capacity Multiple Channel Raceway Profiles
NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS
Quick Selection Guide
1"
[25mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
A B
1 3/4"
[44mm]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
5000B Raceway Base
Capacity: Compartment A: 1.39 in.2 [849mm2]
Compartment B: 1.94 in.2 [1250mm2]
5500 Series™ Raceway
5500BD3 Raceway
Capacity: Each Compartment:
2.64 in.2 [67mm2]
300 Series™ Duct
Hide Cord Raceway Profiles
12/32"
[8.9mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
300 Duct
Capacity: .900 in.2 [581mm2]
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway
2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]
40N2B08 Raceway Base
Capacity: Each Compartment:
3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
111
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
G
D
A
B
F
D
I
C
E
J
H
uNiDuct® SerieS racewayS
Single-Channel
CODE REFERENCE
Uniduct Series Raceway is not UL
Listed and is only designed for use
in protecting electrical cords, low
voltage wiring and cabling.
One-piece, latching single-channel raceway available in three profiles.
Easy-to-install and ideal for basic communication installations.
COLOR OPTIONS
Uniduct® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog
white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.
Uniduct Raceway can also be painted using latex paint.
Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.
KEY
A. 2706, 2806, 2906 Cover Clip
B. 2710B, 2810B, 2910B Blank End Fitting
C. 2711, 2811, 2911 Flat Elbow
D. 2715, 2815, 2915 Tee Fitting
E. 2717, 2817, 2917 Internal Elbow
F. 2718, 2818, 2918 External Elbow
G. 2786, 2886, 2986 Drop Ceiling
Connector
H. CM2, Series II, TracJack
Communication Devices
I. CM-MMB-293 Multimedia Box
J. NM2048 Device Box
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
112
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Co-extruded design, smooth
plastic 2700L8 finish with adhesive
backing. Available in [1.8m] length,
packed 120' [36.6m] per carton.
2700L8 available in 8' [2.44m]
length, packed 160' [48.8m] per
carton. Also available in white
(2700-WH, 2700L8-WH).
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.
Covers seam where two pieces of
2700 Series Raceway Cover come
together. Also available in white
(2706-WH).
Uniduct® 2700 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%
FILLInches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
2
1
1
0
0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
2
2
1
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
1"
[25mm]
For branching of raceway running at
right angles. Also available in white
(2715-WH).
11/16"
[17.5mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
uNiDuct® 2700 SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
1"
[25mm] Closes off open end of 2700 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2710B-WH).
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each Leg
Makes right angle turns in 2700 Series
Raceway on same surface. Also available
in white (2711-WH).
Conceals cables dropped from
ceiling into the 2700 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2786-WH).
1 7/16"
[37mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.
Makes right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2717-WH).
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Each Leg
Makes right angle turns around
external corners. Also available in
white (2718-WH).
1"
[25mm]
Each Leg
2700, 2700L8 One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
2706 Cover Clip
2710B Blank End Fitting
2700, 2700L8 One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover
2715 Tee
2717 Internal Elbow
2718 External Elbow
2786 Drop Ceiling Connector
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
113
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
uNiDuct® 2800 SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
1"
[25mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Co-extruded design, smooth
ivory plastic finish with adhesive
backing. 2800 available in 6'
[1.8m] lengths, packed 120'
[36.6m] per carton. 2800L8
available in 8' [2.44m] length,
packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.
Also available in white (2800-
WH, 2800L8-WH).
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for
use with small nonmetallic
raceways.
Covers seam where two pieces
of 2800 Series Raceway Cover
come together. Also available in
white (2806-WH).
1 3/8"
[35mm] Closes off end of 2800 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2810B-WH).
2"
[51mm]
Each leg
Makes right angle turns in 2800
Series Raceway on same surface.
Also available in white (2811-WH).
3"
[76mm]
(Each leg)
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Makes right angle turns in 2800
Series Raceway on same surface.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius when installing UTP and
fiber optic cable. Also available in
white (2811FO-WH).
Uniduct® 2800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
(Each leg)
Makes right angle turns around
internal corners of 2800 Series
Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when installing
UTP and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2817FO-WH).
7/8"
[22.2mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
For branching of 2800 Series
Raceway running at right angles.
Also available in white (2815-
WH).
5"
[127mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
For branching of 2800
Series Raceway running
at right angles. Maintains
1 1/4" [32mm] cable bend
radius when installing UTP
and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2815FO-
WH).
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each leg
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2817-WH).
NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.
2800, 2800L8 One-Piece Latching Raceway
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
2806 Cover Clip
2810B Blank End Fitting
2811 Flat Elbow
2811FO Radiused Flat Elbow
2815 Tee
2815FO Radiused Tee
2817 Internal Elbow
2817FO Radiused Internal Elbow
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%
FILLInches [ ]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
4
3
2
1
1
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
4
4
2
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
114
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.
uNiDuct® 2800 & 2900 SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
1 1/8"
[29mm]
Each Leg
Makes right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (2818-WH).
Makes right angle turns around
external corners of 2800 Series
Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4"
[32mm] cable bend radius when
installing UTP and fiber optic
cable. Also available in white
(2818FO-WH).
3"
[76mm]
(Each leg)
3 3/4"
[95mm]
Conceals dropped cables
from ceiling into 2800 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2886-WH).
1 9/16"
[40mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]
For transitioning from 2800
Series Raceway to 2700 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2889-WH).
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
Each Leg
For closing open end of 2900 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2910B-WH).
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(2911-WH).
Co-extruded design, smooth
plastic finish with adhesive
backing. Available in 6' [1.8m]
length, packed 120' [36.6m]
per carton. 2900L8 available
in 8' [2.44m] length, packed
160' [48.8m] per carton. Also
available in white (2900-WH,
2900L8-WH). For covering joint where two
pieces of 2900 Series Raceway
Cover come together. Also
available in white (2906-WH).
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for
use with small nonmetallic
raceways.
Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Ordering Information
2818 External Elbow
2818FO Radiused External Elbow
2900, 2900L8 One-Piece Latching Raceway
2886 Drop Ceiling Connector
2889 Reducing Connector (2800 – 2700)
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
2906 Cover Clip
2910B Blank End Fitting
2911 Flat Elbow
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%
FILLInches [ ]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]
12
10
7
3
2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
12
12
6
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
115
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 1/2"
[89mm] (Each
leg)
2 3/4"
[70mm] 2 1/4"
[57mm]
uNiDuct® 2900 SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
For right angle turns on same
surface. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when installing
UTP and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2911FO-WH).
3"
[76mm]
(Each Leg)
3 3/4"
[95mm]
2"
[51mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
4"
[102mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Each Leg
2 1/2"
[64mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
(Each leg)
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Each Leg
15/16"
[24mm]
15/16"
[24mm]
For right angle turns around
external corners. Maintains
1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius
when installing UTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available in
white (2918FO-WH).
For dropping cables from
ceiling into the raceway. Also
available in white (2986-WH).
For transitioning from 2900
Series Raceway to 2800 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2989-WH).
For transitioning from 2900
Series Raceway to 2700 Series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2989A-WH).
For branching of 2900 Series
Raceway running at right angles.
Also available in white (2915-
WH).
For branching of raceway
running at right angles.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when
installing UTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available
in white (2915FO-WH).
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2917-WH).
For right angle turns
around internal corners.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when
installing UTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available
in white (2917FO-WH).
For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (2918-WH).
2911FO Radiused Flat Elbow
2915 Tee
2915FO Radiused Tee
2917 Internal Elbow
2917FO Radiused Internal Elbow
2918 External Elbow
2918FO Radiused External Elbow
2986 Drop Ceiling Connector
2989 Reducing Connector
2989A Reducing Connector
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
116
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NM2044 Extra Deep Device Box
NM2044-2 Two-Gang Extra Deep Device Box
NM2048 Deep Device Box
CONNECTION REQUIRED
USE CATALOG NUMBER
FROM TO
Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2889
Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2989A
Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2989
Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2786
Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2886
Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway 2986
NM2000 Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series Raceway NM2044, NM2044-2, NM2048, NM2048-2
Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3"
[76mm]
uNiDuct® SerieS raceway
Device Box Ordering Information
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
For mounting multiple voice
data devices. Has combination
twistouts for Uniduct 2700,
2800, 2900, and NM2000 Series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM2048-
2WH).
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Accepts one 2A size Wiremold
Open System Communication
Module or Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series Insert.
Compatible with Uniduct 2700
and 2800 Series Raceways. Also
available in white (CM-MMB-
291-WH).
5 3/16"
[132mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Fiber storage loop. Accepts two
2A size Wiremold® Open System
Communication Modules or Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series
Inserts. Compatible with Uniduct
2700, 2800, and 2900 Series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-292-WH).
For mounting voice/data
devices when additional depth
is required. Has combination
twistouts for Uniduct 2700, 2800,
2900 and NM2000 Series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM2044-WH).
For mounting multiple voice/
data devices when additional
depth is required. Has
combination twistouts for
Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 and
NM2000 Series Raceways.
Accepts industry standard NEMA
faceplates. Also available in
white (NM2044-2WH).
For mounting deep voice/
data devices. Has combination
twistouts for Uniduct 2700,
2800, 2900,and NM2000 Series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM2048-WH).
5 3/16"
[132mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm] Fiber storage loop. Accepts
three 2A size Wiremold® Open
System Communication Modules
or Pass & Seymour® Activate
Series Inserts. Compatible with
Uniduct 2700, 2800, and 2900
Series Raceways. Also available
in white (CM-MMB-293-WH).
NM2048-2 Two-Gang Deep Device Box
CM-MMB-291 One Insert Multimedia Box
CM-MMB-292 Two Insert Multimedia Box
CM-MMB-293 Three Insert Multimedia Box
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
117
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1. Cover Clip: 2706/2806/2906
To join two pieces of Uniduct Raceway
in line. Install the Uniduct Raceway
butted as shown. Snap the cover clip
(2706/2806/2906) onto the Uniduct
Raceway, leaving no gap.
2. Blank End Fitting: 2710B/2810B/2910B
To cover the open end of Uniduct
Raceway. Snap the blank end fitting
(2710B/2810B/2910B) onto the open
end of 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series
Uniduct Raceway.
4. Bend Radius 90° Flat Elbow:
2811FO/2911FO
To make right angle turn on same
surface and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius. Mount the fitting base
to the wall by using screws or the
adhesive strip supplied. Butt the
Uniduct Raceway as shown and snap
the fitting cover over the base after
the cabling has been completed.
5. Tee: 2715/2815/2915
For branching at right angles.
Install the Uniduct Raceway butted
as shown. Snap tee (2715/2815/2915)
onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving
no gap.
6. Bend Radius Tee: 2815FO/2915FO
To branch at right angles and
maintain a 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.
3. 90° Flat Elbow: 2711/2811/2911
To make right angle turn on same
surface. Install the Uniduct Raceway
butted as shown. Snap 90° flat elbow
(2711/2811/2911) onto the Uniduct
Raceway, leaving no gap.
7. Internal Elbow: 2717/2817/2917
To go around internal corner. Install
Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series
Raceway butted as shown. Snap
internal elbow (2717/2817/2917) onto
the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.
8. Bend Radius Internal Elbow:
2817FO/2917FO
To make internal corner connection
and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.
9. External Elbow: 2718/2818/2918
To go around external corner. Install
Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series
Raceway butted as shown. Snap
external elbow (2718/2818/2918)
onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving
no gap.
10. Bend Radius External Elbow:
2818FO/2918FO
To make external corner connection
and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.
10. Drop Ceiling Connector:
2786/2886/2986
For bringing cables from ceiling to
raceway. Cut a hole in the ceiling tile
right next to metal grid. Drop the
cables from the ceiling into the Uniduct
Raceway. Push the drop ceiling
connector (2786/2886/2986) through
the hole so that the notch in the large
end of the connector butts with the
metal grid. Snap the drop ceiling
connector onto the Uniduct Raceway.
2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Installation Details
uNiDuct® 2700, 2800, 2900 SerieS racewayS
Installation Details
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
118
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
uNiDuct® 2700, 2800, 2900 SerieS racewayS
Installation Details
NM2048 Cover
Faceplate
NM2048 Base
2700, 2800, 2900
Uniduct Raceway
2700
2800
2900
Base Front View
Cover Side View
1. Remove proper tongue on the
device box (NM2048) base.
2. Notch proper knockout in cover
using knife. Use pliers to remove
knockout inward for cleaner edge.
(Trimming may be necessary.)
4. Mount raceway to box.
Install cables. 5. Snap device box cover onto base.
3 . Fasten device box base to wall
using screws (not provided).
2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Device Box Installation Details
6. Mount device and faceplate.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
119
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
I
N
H
M
E
E
D
K
GO
L
F
J
B
A
C
eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS
Single Channel
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of
UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
One-piece, latching, single-channel raceway available in three profiles.
Easy-to-install and ideal for demanding communication designs.
Accommodates communication or power wiring.
COLOR OPTIONS
Eclipse™ Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a
fog white finish. Part Numbers with a “-V” suffix have an ivory
finish. Eclipse Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.
Eclipse Series PN03, PN05, PN10 Raceways System Layout KEY
A. PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08, PN05L10,
PN10L08, PN10L10 Latching Raceway
B. PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06 Cover Clip
C. PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11
90° Flat Elbow Fitting
D. PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15 Tee Fitting
E. PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17
Internal Elbow Fitting
F. PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18
External Elbow Fitting
G. PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19
Bend Radius External Elbow Fitting
H. PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20
Blank End Fitting
I. PN10F21 Entrance End Fitting
J. PN05F86, PN10F86 Drop Ceiling Connector
K. PN153R Reducer Adapter
L. PSB1 One-Gang Device Box
M. PSB2 Two-Gang Device Box
N. PSB3 Three-Gang Device Box
O. PBB2S2, PBB4TJ, PDB1CM, PDB1S2,
PDB2CM, PDB2S2, PDB4TJ
Communication Box
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
120
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06 Cover Clip
eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
One-piece latching raceway with
co-extruded hinge and adhesive
backing. Available in 8' [2.44m]
and 10' [3.0m] lengths.
For covering joint where two
pieces of Eclipse PN03, PN05,
or PN10 Series Raceway Cover
come together. Available in fog
white (PN03F06-FW, PN05F06-FW,
PN10F06-FW), white (PN03F06-
WH, PN05F06-WH, PN10F06-WH),
and ivory (PN03F06-V, PN05F06-V,
PN10F06-V).
A
B
1"
[12.7mm]
CAT. NO. A B
PN03L08-FW, -V, -WH
1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]
PN03L10-FW, -V, -WH
1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]
PN05L08-FW, -V, -WH
5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]
PN05L10-FW, -V, -WH
5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]
PN10L08-FW, -V, -WH
3/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]
PN10L10-FW, -V, -WH
3/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]
A
CAT. NO. A
PN03F11FW, -V, -WH
2 11/16" [68mm]
PN05F11FW, -V, -WH
2 15/16" [75mm]
PN10F11FW, -V, -WH
3 11/16" [94mm]
For right angle turns on the same
surface. 1" [25mm] bend radius.
PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08, PN05L10, PN10L08, PN10L10 Latching Raceway
PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11 Flat Elbow
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. APPROX. DIA.40% FILL
Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3 5 13
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 2 5 11
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 1 3 8
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 0 1 4
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0 1 3
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1 3 6
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3 6 14
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3 6 14
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1 3 7
Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 8 16 15
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 14 20
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0 0 19
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
121
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19
Radiused Extruded Elbow
PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15 Tee PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20
Blank End Fitting
For branches of raceway running
at right angles. 1" [25mm] bend
radius.
B
A
For right angle turns around
external corners. Available in fog
white (PN03F18-FW, PN05F18-FW,
PN10F18-FW), white (PN03F18-
WH, PN05F18-WH, PN10F18-WH),
and ivory (PN03F18-V, PN05F18-V,
PN10F18-V).
1 5/8"
[41mm]
Each Leg
For right angle turns around
internal corners. 1" [25mm] bend
radius. Available in fog white
(PN03F17-FW, PN05F17-FW,
PN10F17-FW), white (PN03F17-
WH, PN05F17-WH, PN10F17-WH),
and ivory (PN03F17-V, PN05F17-V,
PN10F17-V).
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Each Leg
11/16"
[17.5mm
11/16"
[17.5mm
For right angle turns around
external corners. 1" [25mm] bend
radius.
B
Each Leg
A
For closing open end of Eclipse
PN03, PN05, or PN10 Series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(PN03F20-FW, PN05F20-FW,
PN10F20-FW), white (PN03F20-
WH, PN05F20-WH, PN10F20-WH),
and ivory (PN03F20-V, PN05F20-V,
PN10F20-V).
For adapting PN03 or PN05 Series
Raceway to a PN10 Series Raceway
trunking through the PN10F15
Tee Fitting. Available in fog white
(PN153R-FW), white (PN153R-WH),
and ivory (PN153R-V).
CAT. NO. A B
PN03F15-FW, -WH, -V
2 11/16" [68mm] 4 5/16" [110mm]
PN05F15-FW, -WH, -V 2 1
5/16" [75mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
PN10F15-FW, -WH, -V 3
11/16" [94mm] 5 5/16" [135mm]
CAT. NO. A B
PN03F19-FW, -WH, -V
15/16" [23.8mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]
PN05F19-FW, -WH, -V 1 3
/16" [30mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]
PN10F19-FW, -WH, -V 1
3/16" [30mm] 3 3/8" [116mm]
eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18
External Elbow
PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17
Internal Elbow
B
A
CAT. NO. A B
PN05F86-FW, -WH, -V
1 5/16" [33mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]
PN10F86-FW, -WH, -V 2 1
/2" [64mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]
For dropping cables from ceiling
into the raceway. Has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Includes PN153R Reducer Adapter
for use with PN03 Series Raceway.
PN153R
Reducer Adapter Fitting
PN05F86, PN10F86
Drop Ceiling Connector
3 7/8"
[98mm]
7/8"
[22mm]
For feeding raceway with 1/2" and
3/4" trade size conduit or armored
cable. Has 1/2 and 3/4" concentric
trade size KOs. Includes PN153R
Reducer Adapter for use with
PN03 and PN05 Series Raceway.
Available in fog white (PN10F21-
FW), white (PN10F21-WH), and
ivory (PN10F21-V).
PN10F21
Entrance End Fitting
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
122
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts one
front-loaded downward facing
Ortronics® Series II insert.
Available in fog white (PDB1S2-
FW), white (PDB1S2-WH), and
ivory (PDB1S2-V).
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has one 1/2" trade
size KO. Accepts one front-
loaded downward facing Pass &
Seymour® Activate or Wiremold®
Open System communication
module. Available in fog white
(PDB1CM-FW), white (PDB1CM-
WH), and ivory (PDB1CM-V).
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2"
trade size KOs. Accepts two
front-loaded downward facing
Ortronics® Series II inserts.
Available in fog white (PDB2S2-
FW), white (PDB2S2-WH), and
ivory (PDB2S2-V).
5"
[127mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2" trade
size KOs. Accepts two front-
loaded downward-facing Pass &
Seymour® Activate or Wiremold®
Open System communication
modules. Available in fog white
(PDB2CM-FW), white (PDB2CM-
WH), and ivory (PDB2CM-V).
5"
[127mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
PDB1S2 Series II Data Box
PDB1CM CM Data Box
PDB2S2 Series II Data Box
PDB2CM
CM Data Box
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has one 1/2" trade
size KO. Accepts two front-loaded
downward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PDB2TJ-FW),
white (PDB2TJ-WH), and ivory
(PDB2TJ-V).
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 11/16"
[94mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
PDB2TJ TracJack Data Box
PSB3 Three-Gang Device Box
Accepts all standard three-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four
sides for PN03, PN05, and PN10
Series Raceways. Has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Designed for use with Ortronics®
WiJack™ Wireless Access Point.
Available in fog white (PSB3-
FW), white (PSB3-WH), and ivory
(PSB3-V).
7"
[178mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Accepts all standard single-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four sides
for PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series
Raceways. Designed for use with
Ortronics® WiJack™ Wireless
Access Point. Available in fog
white (PSB1-FW), white (PSB1-
WH), and ivory (PSB1-V).
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
PSB1 One-Gang Device Box
Accepts all standard two-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four sides
for PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series
Raceways. Has 1/2" and 3/4"
concentric trade size KOs, as
well as rectangular KO for wall
box mounting. Designed for use
with Ortronics® WiJack™ Wireless
Access Point. Available in fog
white (PSB2-FW), white (PSB2-
WH), and ivory (PSB2-V).
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
PSB2 Two-Gang Device Box
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
123
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts two front-
loaded outward facing Ortronics®
Series II inserts. Available
in fog white (PBB2S2-FW),
white (PBB2S2-WH), and ivory
(PBB2S2-V).
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
PBB2S2 Bezel Box
eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS
Ordering Information
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2" trade
size KOs. Accepts four front-
loaded downward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PDB4TJ-FW),
white (PDB4TJ-WH), and ivory
(PDB4TJ-V).
5"
[127mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]
Surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts four front-
loaded outward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PBB4TJ-FW),
white (PBB4TJ-WH), and ivory
(PBB4TJ-V).
3"
[76mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
PBB4TJ Bezel BoxPDB4TJ TracJack Data Box
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
124
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Two-Piece, Single- and Dual-Channel, Low Profile
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Two-piece, single- and dual-channel, low profile raceway. Easy-to-
install and ideal for power or communication installations.
COLOR OPTIONS
400, 800, 2300 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.
400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series Raceways System Layout
CAF
E
E
D
G
B
H
KEY
A. 406, 806, 2306 Cover Clip
B. 411, 811, 2311, 2311DFO Flat Elbow Fitting
C. 810A2, 2310A, 2310DFO Entrance End Fitting
D. 415, 815, 2315 Tee
E. 417, 817, 2317, 2317DFO Internal Elbow
F. 418, 818, 2318, 2318DFO External Elbow
G. 2337A, 2338A Round Device Boxes
H. 2344, 2347, 2348 Sure-Snap Device Boxes
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
125
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'
[30.5m] per carton. Supplied
with wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (400BAC-WH).
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.
For covering joint where two
pieces of 400BAC Series Raceway
Cover come together. Also
available in white (406-WH).
400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.)
40% FILL Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
1
1
1
0
0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
1
1
1
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. NO. OF
CONDUCTORSInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 5
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 3
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0
7/8"
[22.2mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
For holding conductors in place.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
13/16"
[20.6mm]
For closing open end of
400BAC Series Raceway. Also
available in white (410B-WH).
13/16"
[20.6mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(411-WH).
2 1/16"
[52mm] Ea.
Leg
1 3/8"
[35mm]
Ea. Leg
406 Cover Clip
400BAC Raceway Base and Cover 410B Blank End Fitting
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
411 Flat Elbow
400WC Wire Clip
For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (415-WH).
3 3/16"
[81mm]
2"
[51mm]
415 Tee
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (417-WH).
417 Internal Elbow
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
126
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg
418 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (418-WH)
NOTE: Device Boxes for 400 Series Raceway can be found on pages located
at the end of this product section.
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information (continued)
For connecting 400 or 800
Series Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable.
1/2" trade size KO on end and
bottom. Also available in white
(810A2-WH).
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'
[3.05m] per carton. Supplied with
wide adhesive tape along its entire
length. Also available in white
(800BAC-WH).
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.
For holding conductors in place.
For covering joint where
two pieces of 800BAC Series
Raceway Cover come together.
Also available in white
(806-WH).
For connecting 400 or 800
Series Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable.
1/2" trade size KO on end and
bottom. Also available in white
(810A2-WH).
For closing open end of
800BAC Series Raceway.
Also available in white
(810B-WH).
7/16"
[11.1mm] 1 5/16"
[33mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
810A2 Entrance End Fitting
800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.)
40% FILL Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
3
3
2
1
0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
3
3
2
800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. NO. OF
CONDUCTORSInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 6
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4
806 Cover Clip800BAC Raceway Base & Cover
810A2 Entrance End Fitting
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
810B Blank End Fitting
800WC Wire Clip
NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
127
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
2 1/2"
[64mm]
(Each leg)
4 1/8"
[105mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg
2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages located
at the end of this product section.
811 Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(811-WH).
815 Tee
For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (815-WH).
817 Internal Elbow
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (817-WH)
818 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (818-WH).
889A Reducing Connector
For transitioning from 800 Series
Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.
Also available in white (889A-
WH).
2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical
Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet –
max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/
EIA 568-B.2.
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.)
40% FILL Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
11
9
6
3
2
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
12
12
6
2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D.
NO. OF CONDUCTORSInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 15
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 12
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12
2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL
(Ea. Comp.) Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
5
4
3
1
1
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
6
6
3
2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
(Each Compartment)Inches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 12
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 8
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 5
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
128
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
2300BAC Raceway Base and Cover
Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 50'
[15.2m] per carton. Supplied
with wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (2300BAC-WH).
2300/2300D Series Raceway Ordering Information
2 1/4"
[57mm]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
1"
[25mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 3/16"
[106mm]
Ea. Leg
1"
[25mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
27/32"
[21mm]
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
2300BACD Divided Raceway Base and Cover
Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in 5'
[1.52m] lengths. Supplied with
wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (2300BACD-WH).
PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.
6"
[152mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
2 1/2" [64mm]
Ea. Leg
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg
3"
[76mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found on
the next page of this product section.
2300WC Wire Clip
For holding conductors in place.
2306 Cover Clip
For covering joint where
two pieces of 2300BAC and
2300BACD Series Raceway Cover
come together. Also available in
white (2306-WH).
2310A Entrance End Fitting
For connecting 2300 Series
Raceway with 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
trade size conduit or armored
cable. 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KO on end, 1/2" , 3/4", and 1"
trade size KOs on bottom. Also
available in white (23120A-WH).
2310B Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of
2300BAC and 2300BACD Series
Raceways. Also available in
white (2310B-WH).
2311 Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(2311-WH).
2315 Tee
For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (2315-WH).
2317 Internal Elbow
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (2317-WH).
2318 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Also
available in white (2318-WH).
2389 Reducing Connector
For transitioning from 2300
Series Raceway to 800 Series
Raceway. Also available in
white (2389-WH).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
129
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
3"
[76mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
•
•
6.5"
[165mm]
4.0"
[102mm]
2.2"
[56mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
Ea. Leg
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
Ea. Leg
5"
[127mm]
2389A Reducing Connector
For transitioning from 2300
Series Raceway to 400 Series
Raceway. Also available in
white (2389A-WH).
2310DFO Radiused Divided Entrance End Fitting
Divided fitting to feed 2300 and
2300 Divided Series Raceway.
Includes 1/2", 3/4", and 1"
trade size KOs on back and
top. Also available in white
(2310DFO-WH).
2311DFO Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
A 90° flat corner with integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and
fiber optic installations. Also
available in white (2311DFO-
WH).
2317DFO Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
A 90° internal corner with
integral dividers provide 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic installations.
Also available in white
(2317DFO-WH).
2318DFO Radiused Divided External Elbow
A 90° external corner with
integral dividers provide 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic installations.
Also available in white
(2318DFO-WH).
5 1/2"
[140mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
3 1/4
[83mm]
400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information
4 1/2"
[114mm]
Dia.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Dia.
1"
[25mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Dia.
1" [25mm]
L
2 3/4"
[70mm]
W
CAT. NO. L W GANG
2344
2344-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]
1
1
2344-2
2344-2-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
4 7/8" [124mm]
4 7/8” [124mm]
2
2
2336 Blank Cover
Use with any nonmetallic round device
box to convert into a junction box. Also
available in white (2336-WH).
2337A Round Box Extension
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire alarms
and other security devices with 3 1/2"
[89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm] mounting
centers. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter with
open base. Not for use with fans. Also
available in white (2337A-WH).
2338A Fixture Box
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire
alarms and other security devices
with 3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16"
[103mm] mounting centers. Has
1/2" trade size KO. Not for use
with fans. Also available in white
(2338A-WH).
2344, 2344-2 Extra Deep Device Box
2344 one-gang, 2344-2 two-gang.
Two-gang base has rectangular
KO to enable extension from
existing single-gang flush
wallbox and 1/2" and 1" trade size
concentric KOs. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for switch and
communication devices.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
130
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information
1 3/4"
[44mm]
L
W
1"
[25mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.
2348, 2348-2, 2348-3 Deep Device Box
2348 one-gang, 2348-2 two-gang,
2348-3 three-gang. For deeper
switches and devices. 2348 Base has
rectangular KO. 2348-2 and 2348-3
Bases have rectangular KO to enable
extension from existing flush wall
box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.
Accepts industry standard faceplates
for switch and communication devices.
CAT. NO. L W GANG
2348
2348-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]
1
1
2348-2
2348-2-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
4 7/8" [124mm]
4 7/8” [124mm]
2
2
2348-3
2348-3-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
7" [178mm]
7” [178mm]
3
3
2348S/51 Shallow Device Box/Extension Box
For shallow switches and
receptacles. Base has
rectangular KO. Also available
in white (2348S/51-WH).
2348AMP Magnetic Deep Device Box (with Grommet)
For deeper switches and devices,
and has magnetic backing. Base
has rectangular KO. Also available
in white (2348AMP-WH).
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
2348D Device Box
For use with 2300D Series
Divided Raceway. For mounting
standard switches, receptacles,
and industry standard faceplates
for communication devices. Also
available in white (2348D-WH).
2344D Extra Deep Device Box
For use with 2300D Series
Divided Raceway when additional
depth is required. For mounting
standard switches, receptacles
and industry standard faceplates
for communication devices. Also
available in white (2344D-WH).
2344SD-2A Two-Gang Deep Divided Device Box
Divided two-gang box for use with
2300D Series Divided Raceway.
Provides the ability to have both
power and low voltage at a single
point of use. Utilizes 5507 Series™
faceplates, as well as Wiremold
Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack,
Series II, and Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts. For
faceplate options, see 5507 Series™
Faceplates. Also available in white
(2344SD-2A-WH).
1 3/8"
[35mm]
L
W
2347, 2347-2 Device Box
2347 one-gang, 2347-2 two-gang. For
standard switches and devices. 2347
Base has rectangular KO. 2347-2
Base has rectangular KO to enable
extension from existing flush wall
box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.
Accepts industry standard faceplates
for switch and communication devices.
CAT. NO. L W GANG
2347
2347-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]
1
1
2347-2
2347-2-WH
4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]
4 7/8 [124mm]
4 7/8 [124mm]
2
2
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
131
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
CM-MMB-231 One Insert Multimedia Box
Accepts one CM2 size
Wiremold Open System
communication module or
Pass & Seymour® Activate
Series insert. Compatible with
Wiremold 400 and 800 Series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-231-WH).
CM-MMB-233 Three Insert Multimedia Box
Fiber storage loop.
Accepts three CM2 size
Wiremold Open System
communication modules or
Pass & Seymour® Activate
Series inserts. Compatible
with Wiremold 400, 800, and
2300 Series Raceways. Also
available in white (CM-MMB-
233-WH)
CM-MMB-232 Two Insert Multimedia Box
Fiber storage loop. Accepts
two CM2 size Wiremold
Open System communication
modules or Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts.
Compatible with Wiremold
400, 800, and 2300 Series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-232-WH)
5 3/16"
[132mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBER
FROM TO
800 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 889A
2300 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 2389A
2300 Series Raceway 800 Series Raceway 2389
Existing Outlet 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2348S/51
1/2" Trade Size Conduit 400, 800 Series Raceways 810A2
1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size Conduit 2300 Series Raceway 2310A
3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2337A
400/800/2300 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
400/800/2300 Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
132
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Raceway
Cover
1/2" & 3/4"
trade size KOs
Fitting
Cover Use Washer for
1/2" trade size KO
Bottom Side Only
Conduit
Attachment
Tap Fitting
Base
Raceway Base
1. Bring in and
connect feed
wires using
approved
connection
method.
Assemble
raceway cover
to butt against
the fitting base. Snap fitting cover onto base.
Install Base:
400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC
The adhesive on the 400BAC, 800BAC,
2300BAC and 2300BACD is intended to be
used as an installation aid for positioning the
product. Applications with power wire, screw fasteners
must be used in addition to the adhesive. Applications
with communication cable only, screw fasteners are
recommended in addition to the adhesive.
For low-voltage applications – 400BAC can be mounted
with adhesive only (screw fasteners may be required
depending on the cable quantity and size); 800BAC and
2300BAC require screw fasteners at 18" [457mm] intervals
in addition to the adhesive.
Peel release paper from adhesive strip and mount
immediately to surface. Adhesive-backed raceway should
be mounted to a clean, dry, grease-free, smooth surface.
Apply pressure along entire raceway base to insure proper
adhesion.
2. To install runs of raceway cover:
Measure distance from
fitting to fitting. Cut
required length of cover.
When two raceway sections
butt together, cover sections
should span base joints for maximum rigidity. When two
raceway cover sections butt together, use cover clip as
shown (406/806/2306).
3. Notching for Tee:
A. Make two cuts on side of base to be notched. Notch to
equal width of base. Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 415 Tee. Screw
tee fitting base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8"
[95mm] shorter than base. Snap on 415 Tee.
4. Notching for External Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be
notched.
B. Break clean with pliers.
Raceway Cover
Cover
Clip
Base
3/8"
[9.5mm]
415 Tee Cover
B.A. (800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]
815 Tee
2315 Tee
418/818/2318
External Elbow Cover
(400) 7/8" [22.2mm]
(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]
5. Notching for Flat Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched. Notch to equal width of
base. Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC
Raceway
Base to base
of 411 Flat
Elbow. Screw
flat elbow
base to wall.
Cut 400BAC
Raceway
Cover 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter than base. Snap on 411 Flat
Elbow Cover.
811/2311
Flat Elbow
Cover
A. (800) 1 1/16" [27mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]
411
90º Flat
Elbow Cover
B. 3/4" [19.1mm]
Base
6. Notching for Internal Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched.
B. Break clean with pliers.
817/2317 Internal Elbow Cover
Butt or
Notch
(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 3/8" [35mm]
417 Internal Elbow Cover
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Butt or Notch
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways Installation Details
7. All Sure-Snap® device
boxes are packaged
unassembled for easy
installation. During
shipment the base and
cover pieces may snap
together. To unsnap the cover from
base, place the blade of a screwdriver into the locking tab
(Figure 1). Push downward and gently pry the cover from
the base. Repeat at each corner if necessary.
8. Mount the cover to the base by
aligning key on the inside of the cover
with one of the grooves on the base.
Assemble with four screws. (Tap
screws to seat.)
9. Pull wiring through the center
knockout and attach the base
directly to in-ceiling box.
2338A Round
Device Box
2337A Round
Device Box
Figure 1
Sure-Snap Device Boxes
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Installation Details
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
133
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Baseboard Molding
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Attractive baseboard molding that organizes and conceals electrical
wiring and communications cabling.
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix are available with
a white PVC finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix are available with a black PVC
finish. Part Numbers with a “GY” suffix are available with a gray PVC finish. Part
Numbers with a “W” suffix are available in a real maple veneer finish. Part Numbers
with a “OA” suffix are available with a real oak veneer finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
Access 5000 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. 5007C-1A Device Bracket
B. 5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
Deep Device Bracket
C. 5010A Entrance End Feed
D. 5010L Left End Cap
E. 5010R Right End Cap
F. 5017B Internal Base Elbow
G. 5017C Internal Cover Elbow
H. 5018B External Base Elbow
I. 5018C External Cover Elbow
J. CM2, Series II, TracJack
Communication Devices
K. Back Feed Position
COLOR OPTIONS
C
K
F, G
A
E
D
B
J
H, I
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
134
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Ordering Information
5"
[127mm]
7/8"
[22mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
4 9/16"
[116mm]
5 13/32"
[137mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
23/32"
[18.3mm]
4 19/32"
[117mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Overall Assembled Depth is 1 15/16" [49mm].
3 9/16"
[90mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
5 29/32"
[150mm]
5/16"
[7.9mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
15/16"
[24mm]
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) TOP
COMP.
40% FILL
BOTTOM
COMP.
40% FILL
Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
27
22
15
7
5
19
16
11
5
4
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 13 9
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
27
28
15
20
20
10
Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS
TOP COMPARTMENTInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 24
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 20
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12
5000B Raceway Base
5000B Base has an integral divider
forming two channels for power and
low-voltage separation. Base supplied
in 8' [2.44m] lengths, packed 80'
[24.4m] per carton. (Base is not visible
in a typical finished installation.)
5000C Raceway Cover
5000C Cover is available standard in
white (5000CWH), black (5000CBK),
or gray (5000CGY) PVC or maple
(5000CW) and oak (5000COA) veneer
finishes. Covers supplied in 8' [2.44m]
lengths.
5000T Quarter-Round Trim
Trim Cover available in white
(5000TWH), black (5000TBK), or gray
(5000TGY) PVC or maple (5000TW) and
oak (5000TOA) veneer finishes. Trim
covers supplied in 8' [2.44m] lengths.
5001 Base Coupling
Use for aligning base sections.
5006 Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of Access 5000 Series
Raceway Cover come together.
Available in white (5006WH),
black (5006BK), or gray (5006GY)
PVC finishes.
5006A Internal Wire Guard
Use inside the base. Protects
inside wires and cables from gap
behind butted cover sections.
Installed when the 5006 Cover
Clips are not used.
5010A Entrance End Fitting
Used to connect Access 5000
to 1/2" or 3/4" trade size
conduit. Has one 1/2" or 3/4"
concentric KO for both channels
in end only. Available in white
(5010AWH), black (5010ABK), or
gray (5010AGY) PVC finishes.
5010R Right End Cap
For closing right end of Access
5000 Series Raceway Base.
Available in white (5010RWH),
black (5010RBK), or gray
(5010RGY) PVC finishes.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
135
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Ordering Information
1 5/16"
[33mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
2 21/32"
[67mm]
5 5/16"
[135mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1"
[25mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm] 5/16"
[7.9mm]
5 29/32"
[150mm]
9/16"
[14.3mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
4 3/16"
[106mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
5010L Left End Cap
For closing left end of Access 5000
Series Raceway Base. Available in
white (5010LWH), black (5010LBK),
or gray (5010LGY) PVC finishes.
5017B Internal Elbow Base
For mounting base at 90° internal
corners.
5017C Internal Elbow Cover
For mounting cover and trim cover
at 90° internal corners. Available in
white (5017CWH), black (5017CBK),
or gray (5017CGY) PVC finishes.
5017WG Internal Elbow Wire Guard
Protects wiring at mitered internal
cover; snaps into 5017B Base Elbow.
Not needed when 5017C Internal
Cover Elbow is used.
5018B External Base Elbow
For mounting base at 90° external
corners.
5018C External Cover Elbow
For mounting cover and trim cover
at 90° external corners. Available in
white (5018CWH), black (5018CBK),
or gray (5018CGY) PVC finishes.
5018WG External Elbow Wire Guard
Installs at a mitered external elbow
joint behind the covers to protect
sharp objects from being inserted.
Not needed when the external cover
elbow is used.
5007C-1A Device Plate
5007C-2AB Deep Device Plate
External device cover; for
mounting one standard device
and up to two communication
connections. Available in
white (5007C-1AWH), black
(5007C-1ABK), or gray
(5007C-1AGY) PVC finishes.
For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates. (For power side only.)
For mounting deeper devices such
as TVSS receptacles, GFCI devices,
and Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™
Faceplates, 2A size Activate inserts,
and Open System communication
modules. Bezels included.
Available in white (5007C-2ABWH),
black (5007C-2ABBK), or gray
(5007C-2ABGY) PVC finishes.
For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
136
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Ordering Information
5007C-2RT Deep Device Plate
For mounting deeper devices
such as TVSS receptacles, GFCI
devices, and Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts. Accepts 5507
Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack, and Series II Inserts.
Bezels included. Available
in white (5007C-2RTWH),
black (5007C-2RTBK), or gray
(5007C-2RTGY) PVC finishes.
For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™
Faceplates.
5004 Blank/Coax Adapter
For use as a blank; has KO
to accept an “F” type coax
connector. Snaps into low-
voltage slots on device plates.
For use with 5007C-1AXX
only. Available in white
(5004WH), black (5004BK) and
gray (5004GY) PVC or maple
(5004W) or oak (5004OA)
veneer finishes.
15/16"
[23.8mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
3 11/16"
[94mm] 2"
[51mm]
5007C Electrical Device Bracket
For mounting standard devices.
Snaps into top section of base
wherever an outlet is needed.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
4 7/32"
[107mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
21/32"
[16.7mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
W
5005 Low-Voltage Blank Plate
Blanks entire low-voltage recess
in device plate. For use with
5007C-1AXX only. Available in
white (5005WH), black (5005BK),
or gray (5005GY) PVC finishes.
2700WC, 2800WC, 2900WC Wire Clip
Holds and secures wiring and cabling
inside raceway. Mounts with adhesive
backing. 2700WC is used for small
bundles. 2800WC is used for bigger
bundles. 2900WC is used for larger
bundles in the top section only.
WIDTH
CAT. NO. Inches mm
2700WC 3/4" 19.1
2800WC 1" 25
2900WC 1 1/2" 38
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
137
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:
Corners must be 90° to ensure
proper installation. The 5017B
Internal Base Elbow is
installed as shown, using
a spacing shim to allow
for the finished floor. The
5000B Base butts up to
the 5017B Base Elbow at
shoulder before mounting.
The 5000T Trim Cover is
installed first, then the 5000C
Cover is snapped in place aligning
both with the 5017B Base Elbow. The
5017C Internal Elbow Cover Trim is snapped in place, overlapping
the 5000T Trim Cover pieces. The 5017C Internal Elbow Cover is
then snapped onto the 5017B Base Elbow, overlapping the 5000C
Cover pieces. The locking tab on the 5017C Cover Elbow will snap
into slots in the back of the 5017B Base Elbow.
Internal Cover
Elbow 5017C*
Snap-on
Cover
Locking
Tab
Internal Elbow
Cover 5017C*
Spacing
Shim
Cover
5000C
Base
5000B
Trim Cover
5000T*
Fitting
Shoulder Internal Elbow
Base 5017B
Trim Cover
5000T
1. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:
Corners must be 90 degrees to
ensure proper installation. The
5018B External Base Elbow
and 5018C External Cover
Elbow are installed as
shown. Butt the 5000B
Base against the 5018B
Fitting Shoulder before
mounting. The 5000T Trim
Cover is installed first, then
the 5000C is snapped in place,
aligning both with the 5018B fitting shoulder. The 5018C External
Cover Elbow is installed by engaging the right-hand side of the
cover with the 5018B Base and sliding until the left side top and
bottom snap in. The 5018C External Cover Elbow is then snapped
in place overlapping the 5000T Trim Covers and interlocking
under the 5018C External Cover.
Trim Cover
5018C*
Fitting
Shoulder
Snap-on
Cover
External Elbow
Base 5018B
External Cover
Elbow 5018C*
Cover
5000C
Base
5000B
Mounting
Grooves
Trim
Cover
5000T*
Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details
2. For Mitered Corners:
The 5018WG External
Elbow Wire Guard is
installed as shown
inside the 5018B
External Base Elbow
when the covers are
mitered instead of
using the 5018C
External Cover Elbow.
It is recommended
that the covers be mitered
first and fitted before cutting to proper length to minimize waste.
For ease of installation, the covers should be installed starting at
the mitered corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T
Trim Cover first, then snap the 5000C Covers in place.
Base 5000B
External
Base Elbow
5018B
Mitered Trim
Cover 5000T
Snap-on
Cover
Mitered Cover
5000C
External Elbow Wire Guard
5018WG (Slide Wire Guard into
Cover/Base Assembly)
Mitered
Cover 5000C
3. This illustration shows
an example of a back
feed using a nonmetallic
sheathed cable. Punch
or drill up to 3/4" trade
size hole in the top
compartment for feeding
power or communication
wiring. Make sure to allow
space between the bottom
of the 5000B Base if on a
subfloor to allow for the
finished floor or carpeting.
5000B Base
Strain Relief
Fitting
(Strip Sheathed Cable
Back to Connector)
Spaced for
Carpeting
NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T), cover
(5000C) should be mitered.
4. The 5006 Cover Clip is
installed between two
covers to hide an uneven
joint. Snap one cover onto
the Base, slide the 5006
Cover Clip over the end
of the other cover, butt
up against the installed
cover and snap into place.
The 5006A Internal Wire Guard is
used behind the covers as shown where
two pieces of cover butt together instead
of using the 5006 Cover Clip. This option is primarily used when a
wood veneer finish is used and the look of an exposed cover clip is
not wanted.
A 5010L or 5010R Left or Right End Cap is installed as shown at
the end of a base run before mounting. The 5000T Trim Cover and
the 5000C Cover are installed by partially snapping them in place
onto the 5000B Base, installing the 5000T first, and sliding them
to the end of the end caps. The rest of the cover is then snapped
progressively onto the base.
An optional 5001 Base Coupling can be installed as shown to assist
alignment when butting two 5000B Bases together.
Slide Cover
into End
Cap
Left
End Cap
5010L
Base
5000B
Base Coupling
5001
Internal Wire
Guard 5006A
Cover Clip
5006
Cover
5000C
Cover
5000C
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Installation Details
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
138
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
acceSS® 5000 raceway
Installation Details
Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details (continued)
6. For Mitered
Corners:
The 5017WG
Internal Elbow Wire
Guard is snapped
into the 5017B Base
Elbow when the
covers are mitered
instead of using the
5017C Cover Elbow.
It is recommended that the covers be mitered and fitted first
before cutting to proper length to minimize waste. For ease of
installation the covers should be installed starting at the mitered
corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T Trim
Covers first and then snap the 5000C Covers in place.
NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T),
cover (5000C) should be mitered and assembled as shown.
7.
The illustration
shows a typical
installation of a
duplex outlet in the
top compartment
and a telephone
and coax
connection in the
lower compartment.
To install an outlet in the top
compartment, a 5007C Device Bracket
must be installed. The raceway will
accommodate a device up to 1 1/16" [27mm] in depth. A 5507R
Rectangular Faceplate can be used instead of the 5507D Faceplate to
accommodate decorative type devices.
The 2900WC, 2800WC, and 2700WC Wire Clips are used to hold wires
and cables within the raceway. Remove the adhesive and mount to the
5000B Base. Suggested spacing between wire clips is 48" [14.6m].
The 5000C Cover is to butt up against the tabs on the 5007C Device
Brackets as shown.
The 5007C-1A Device Plate accommodates up to two RJ11 or RJ45
voice or data connectors in the lower compartment. The 5004 Blank/
Coax Adapter is used as a blank when only one opening is needed
or to adapt an “F” type coax connector. This is done by knocking out
the center of the adapter which accepts the “F” connector. The wires
are then connected to the 5007C-1A assembly. If no low-voltage
connections are needed, the 5005 Blank Plate is used to cover the
openings. The 5007C-1A assembly is then mounted to the 5000B
Base.
Fitting
Shoulder
Internal Elbow
Base 5017B
Mitered Trim
Cover 5000T
Snap-on
Mitered
Cover
Snap-on Internal
Wire Guard
5017WG
Mitered
Cover
5000C
Base
5000B
Mitered Trim
Cover 5000T
Trim Cover 5000T
Baseboard Cover 5000C
Duplex
Faceplate
5507D
Telephone/Data
Connections
Blank
Plate
5005
Coax
Adapter
5004
Device Plate
5007C-1A
Baseboard Base
5000B
2900WC
2800WC
Wire Clips
8. The 5007C Device Bracket is installed
as shown. Insert the bracket in the
top compartment, place the blade
of a screwdriver on the left bottom
tab of the bracket and strike with a
hammer. Repeat on the right side.
5007C Device Brackets are mounted
anywhere a device is needed, in upper
compartment only.
9. The 5007C-1A Device Plate assembles by engaging the hooks
on back side of device plate to the bottom lip on the 5000B
Base and rotating toward wall. Secure to base using 5507D
or 5507R Faceplate. This illustration shows the procedure for
installing the 5000T Trim Cover. For deep devices such as GFCI
and surge receptacles, or the use of Wiremold Open System
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts, the 5007C-2A should be used. For Ortronics® Series II or
Ortronics® TracJack inserts, the 5507C-2R7 should be used.
10. Use 5007C-2AB/5007C-
2RT for deep devices
such as Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupters,
Surge Protection Outlets
and/or communication
devices, and may be
utilized in the Wiremold
Access 5000 Raceway
System using this
5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
Deep Device Plate.
Twist off the two spacers attached to the 5007C Device Bracket.
Snap the 5007C Device Bracket into the base channel provided.
Assemble the device to the device bracket, utilizing the spacers.
Assemble the deep device plate to the raceway base. Engage the
hooks, located next to the double window opening, to the lower
(large) lip of the raceway base. Rotate the device plate toward the
wall snapping it into place. Assemble the desired 5507 Faceplate
with Wiremold Open System communication modules, Ortronics®
TracJack and Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour® Activate
Series inserts.
11. The 5010A Entrance End Feed
provides an end feed to Access
5000 Raceway with 1/2" or 3/4"
trade size conduit. Install with
side walls of the fitting base
and raceway base aligned.
Access 5000 Raceway
installed at baseboard
level should be spaced a
minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm]
above the floor level.
This will facilitate the
assembly/disassembly of
the end fitting cover.
Trim Cover,
Rotate into
Position
Device
Plate
Device Plate –
Hook to Lip
of Base
Base 5000B Device Bracket
5007C
Raceway
Base
Raceway Cover
Entrance End
Feed (Cover)
5010A
Entrance End
Feed (Base)
5010A
5007C-1A
5507D
5507R
5000T
5007C
5000C
Spacer
5007C-2AB
5507R
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
139
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway
Two-Piece, Dual-Channel, Large
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Two-piece, dual-channel, large raceway. Lightweight and easy-to-install.
Ideal for both power and communication installations.
CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. 40N2B08 Raceway Base
B. 40N2C08 Raceway Cover
C. 40N2F05 Base Clip
D. 40N2F06 Cover Clip
E. 40N2F11 Bend Radius Flat Elbow
F. 40N2F15 Bend Radius Tee
G. 40N2F17 Bend Radius Internal Elbow
H. 40N2F19 Bend Radius External Elbow
I. 40N2F20 Blank End Fitting
J. 40N2F21 Divided Entrance End Fitting
K. 40N2F31 Twin Cover Device Bracket
L. 40N2F74 Divided Transition Fitting
M. PSB1 One-Gang Device Box
Cablesmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” suffix are available in an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a white finish. 40N2 Series Raceway
is paintable using latex paint or stain.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
M
A
K
I
H
B
G
C
K
L
D
J
FE
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
140
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]
8'
[2.45m]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
8'
[2.45m]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
Section A
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]
Section B
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2 ]
Section C
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]
Section D
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2 ]
4.0"
[102mm]
2.0"
[51mm]
40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* 40% fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on TIA/EIA 569-A.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION C
40% FILL
SECTION D
40% FILL
Inches [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a**
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
45
37
26
13
9
24
19
13
6
5
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 11
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
103
46
25
55
24
13
40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. Dia.)
NUMBER OF
COMPARTMENTS MAX NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
BOTH COMPARTMENTSInches [ ] COMP. A COMP. B
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 20 20 28
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 18 18 36
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 17 17 24
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 5 15 20
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 5 5 10
40N2B08 Two-Compartment Raceway Base
Two equal compartments. Use with
40N2 Cover only. Available in 8'
[2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in ivory
(40N2B08V) or white (40N2B08WH).
40N2F05 Base Clip
Covers seams between sections of
40N2B08 Raceway Base. Available
in ivory (40N2F05V) or white
(40N2F05WH).
40N2C08 Full Width Raceway Cover
Use with 40N2B08 Base. Available
in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed 48'
[14.6m] per carton. Available in ivory
(40N2C08V) or white (40N2C08WH).
40N2FWC Wire Clip
Used to retain cables in raceway
during installation.
40N2F06 Cover Clip
Covers seams between sections of
40N2C08 Raceway Cover. Available
in ivory (40N2F06V) or white
(40N2F06WH).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
141
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Used for power or communica-
tions devices in a single
compartment. Accepts 5507
Series™ Faceplates. For use
with Ortronics® TracJack
Individual Jack System,
Ortronics® Series II Front-
Loading, Module System
Wiremold Open System Communication Modules. Available
in ivory (40N2F31V) or white (40N2F31WH).
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® inserts. S2-EPL
End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.
cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
6 5/8"
[168mm]
(Each leg)
40N2F11 Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
A 90° flat corner with integral
dividers to provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP
and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in
ivory (40N2F11V) or white
(40N2F11WH).
12 15/16"
[329mm]
8 9/16"
[217mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
(Each leg)
2 11/16"
[68mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)
6"
[152mm]
7 5/16"
[186mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
2 15/16"
[74mm]
6 1/8"
[156mm]
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBERFROM TO
1/2" or 3/4" trade size Conduit 40N2 Series
Raceway
40N2F20
3/4", 1", 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable
40N2 Series
Raceway
40N2F21
40N2 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10
Series Raceways
40N2F74
Cablesmart 40N2 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
40N2F15 Radiused Full Capacity Tee
For branches at right angles.
A full capacity tee fitting
that provides separation of
services and 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber
optic installations. Available
in ivory (40N2F15V) or white
(40N2F15WH).
40N2F17 Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
A 90° internal corner with
integral dividers to provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (40N2F17V) or
white (40N2F17WH).
40N2F19 Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow
A 90° external corner with
integral dividers to provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (40N2F19V) or
white (40N2F19WH).
11/16"
[17.5mm]
40N2F20 Blank End Fitting
Closes off raceway end runs. Can
be used to feed raceway using
1/2" or 3/4" trade size conduit.
Holes for conduit must be drilled.
Use a step drill or other means.
Available in ivory (40N2F20V) or
white (40N2F20WH).
40N2F21 Divided Entrance End Fitting
FiberReady divided fitting to
feed 40N2 Series Raceway.
Includes 3/4", 1", 1 1/4",
and 1 1/2" trade size KOs
on back and top. Available
in ivory (40N2F21V) or white
(40N2F21WH).
40N2F31 Twin Cover Device Bracket
40N2F55 High Capacity Device Box
Required for mounting power
or datacom devices into a
divided raceway application.
One used per device location.
40N2F74 Divided Transition Fitting
Makes transition from 40N2
Series Raceway to PN03,
PN05, and PN10 Series
Raceways. Available in
ivory (40N2F74V) or white
(40N2F74WH).
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
142
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
H
F
P
CK
DL
M
QJ
A
R
O
G
B
I
E
N
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Large Capacity, Multiple Channel
CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and
easy-to-cut. Ideal for power or communication installations that
require multiple services.
5400 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. 5400C Raceway Cover
B. 5400TWC Twin Cover Wire Clip
C. 5400TB Two Compartment Base
D . 5400TC Twin Snap Cover
E. 5406A Cover Clip
F. 5406T Twin Cover Seam Clip
G. 5410 Entrance End Fitting
H. 5410DFO Entrance End Feed
I. 5411FO Flat Elbow
J. 5415 Tee
K. 5417FO Radiused Internal Elbow
L. 5418 Standard External Elbow
M. 5418FO Radiused External Elbow
N. 5450 In-Line Device Bracket
O. 5450A3 Multiple Device Bracket
P. 5450T Twin Snap Device Bracket
Q. 5474 Transition Fitting
R. Communication Device
5400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5400 Series Raceway is
paintable using latex paint or stain.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
143
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 1/4"
[133mm]
3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]
3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Total Raceway Capacity:
7.44 sq. in. [4800mm2]
1 11/16"
[43mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
5"
[127mm]
2 9/16"
[116mm]
Each
2 5/8"
[67mm]
1"
[25mm]
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum
permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION
EACH COMPARTMENT
40% FILL*
Inches [ ]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
52
42
30
15
11
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 26
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
53
54
28
5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. Dia.)
NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
EACH COMPARTMENTInches [ ]
POWER
WIRING
WITHOUT
DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19
POWER
WIRING
WITH
DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19
* Total raceway capacity not to exceed capacity specified in Compartment.
5400TB Two-Compartment Raceway Base
Two equal compartments – Base
accepts single or Twin Snap Cover.
5400 Series raceway is available in
8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in standard
ivory (5400TB) and white
(5400TB-WH).
5400C Full-Width Raceway Cover
Use with 5400 Series Raceway.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths,
packed 48' [14.6m] per carton.
Available in standard ivory (5400C)
and white (5400C-WH).
5400TC Twin Snap Raceway Cover
Use with 5400 Series Raceway
in Twin Snap applications. Order
cover for each compartment.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths.
Available in standard ivory
(5400TC) and white (5400TC-WH).
2 5/8"
[67mm]
2"
[51mm]
5400TWC Twin Snap Cover Wire Clip
Retains wires in raceway.
5 3/32"
[129mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
5406A Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400C Raceway Cover
come together. Available in
standard ivory (5406A) and
white (5406A-WH).
5406T Twin Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400TC Cover come
together. Available in standard
ivory (5406T) and white
(5406T-WH).
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
144
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 3/4"
[44mm]
7/8"
[22mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]
5 15/32"
[139mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
7 3/16"
[183mm]
7 25/32"
[198mm]
(Each leg)
4 27/32"
[123mm]
6 9/16"
[167mm]
14 1/4"
[362mm]
9 7/8"
[251mm]
9 1/8"
[232mm]
13"
[330mm]
4"
[102mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)
5 9/32"
[134mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
(Each leg)
10"
[254mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
10"
[254mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
5406TB Base Seam Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400TB Base come
together. One clip per package.
Available in standard ivory
(5406TB) and white (5406TB-WH).
5408L Transition Fitting
For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal run of
5400TB Series Raceway to the left.
Available in standard ivory (5408L)
and white (5408L-WH).
5408R Transition Fitting
For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal run
of 5400TB Series Raceway to the
right. Available in standard ivory
(5408R) and white (5408R-WH).
5410 Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of 5400
Series Raceway. Has four 1/2"
trade size KOs for end feed.
Available in standard ivory (5410)
and white (5410-WH).
5410DFO Radiused Divided Entrance End Cap
FiberReady divided fitting to feed
5400 Series Raceway. Includes 1",
1 1/4", 1 1/2", and 2" trade size
KOs on back and top. Available
in standard ivory (5410DFO) and
white (5410DFO-WH).
5411FO Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on the same
surface. Integral dividers provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in standard
ivory (5411FO) and white
(5411FO-WH).
5415 Tee
For branching raceway at right
angles. Available in standard ivory
(5415) and white (5415-WH).
5415FO Radiused Full Capacity Tee
A full capacity tee fitting for
branching raceway at right angles.
Provides separation of services
and 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Available in standard
ivory (5415FO) and white
(5415FO-WH).
5417FO Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Integral dividers
provide 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in standard ivory
(5417FO) and white (5417FO-WH).
5418 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
145
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5 5/32"
[131mm]
6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]
4"
[102mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
(Each leg)
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
5418FO Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and
fiber optic installations. Use
the 5418FO for a alternative to
5418. Available in standard
ivory (5418FO) and white
(5418FO-WH).
5450 Device Bracket
For mounting power and
communication devices in-line
with 5400 Series Raceway.
Utilizes 5507 Series™
Faceplates, as well as Wiremold
Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and Series II inserts, and Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. For faceplate options,
see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.
Available in standard ivory
(5450) and white (5450-WH).
7 9/16"
[192mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using
Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ
or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.
7 19/32"
[193mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
7 5/16"
[185mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ
Faceplates.
5450T Twin Snap Device Bracket
For power or communication
devices in a single
compartment. For use with
5507 Series™ Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & Series
II Modules, Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series Inserts, and
Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules.
Available in standard ivory
(5450T) and white (5450T-WH).
5450A3 Three Device Mounting Bracket
For mounting up to three power
or communication devices at
one location inline and offset
from 5400 Series Raceway.
For use with 5507 Series™
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& Series II Modules, Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series
Inserts, and Wiremold Open
System Communication Modules.
Available in standard ivory
(5450A3) and white (5450A3-WH).
5450-ORAP Wireless Bracket
Used to mount Ortronics®
Wi-Jack™ Wireless Access
Points to 5400 Series Raceway.
5474 Transition Fitting
Makes transition from
5400 Series Raceway to the
400/800/2300, or PN03, PN05,
and PN10 Series Latching
Raceways. Available in standard
ivory (5474) and white (5474-WH).
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
146
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per
addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
MXN Series RACEWAY Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION
EACH COMPARTMENT
40% FILL*
Inches [ ]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]
19
16
11
5
4
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
20
20
10
MXN Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. Dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS
EACH COMPARTMENTInches [ ]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21
6 1/8"
[156mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
2"
[51mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
MXN2A08 Corner Drop Raceway Base and Cover
Used as a vertical corner feed drop
to horizontal runs of 5400 Series
Raceway. Two compartments.
Packaged with base and cover.
MXN2A08 available in 8' [2.44m]
lengths. Available in standard ivory
(MXN2A08) and white (MXN2A08-
WH). Use 5408L or 5408R to
transition to 5400 Series Raceway.
MXN2F21 Entrance End Fitting
For feeding corner drop raceway
from large conduits. Has concentric
3/4", 1", and 1 1/2" trade size
KOs. Available in standard ivory
(MXN2F21) and white (MXN2F21-
WH).
MXN2FWC Wire Clip
Retains wires in MXN2A08 Corner
Drop Raceway.
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
147
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details
1. Mount raceway base to wall by
using appropriate screws. Use
two screws every 18" [457mm]
using the ribs on the outermost
compartments of the raceway as
guides.
2. Place the 5400TWC Wire Clips
in base as shown to contain the
wires in place while installing.
3. Slide the 5406A and 5406T Seam
Covers on the uninstalled section
of raceway cover as shown; snap
cover to the base overlapping
the seam cover over the
installed section. 5406TB
Base Seam Clip used for
base seams.
5400TWC
5406A
5400C
5406TB
5406T
5400TC
5450T
5450T
7. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the
end-of-run, or to feed wires
from a 1/2" trade size pipe;
punch out the proper KO. Mount
endcap to raceway base
using appropriate screws.
NOTE: The 5400TB Base can
be rotated 90° to allow
feed from back instead
of side.
8. Feeding raceway from conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the
tongues as guides.
2. Fasten the base of the fitting
to the wall using screws.
3. Remove the proper KO.
4. Attach conduit using proper
fitting.
5. Feed the necessary cables.
6. Slide the dividers (two provided)
into the mounting guides if
needed.
7. Snap the raceway cover on
the base.
8. Snap fitting cover onto the
base using guiding keyslots
in base.
5410
9. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble
raceway covers first, then elbow cover.
5411FO
Access 5400 Series Raceways Installation Details
6. Snap 5450T Bracket to raceway
base, engage sidewall first then
divider side. Install Wiremold
Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
or Series II inserts, or Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series
inserts, or 5507 Faceplates.
Snap raceway cover to base
and finish with 5450T Trim
Plate (engaging raceway
sidewall first then
divider side).
4. Sequence for installing devices:
1. Snap bracket in raceway base.
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
Communication devices snap
onto bracket.
3. Snap raceway covers to
base, butting against
bracket.
4. Assemble trim ring.
5. Insert CM-EPLA or
S2-EPL, if required.
6. Install Wiremold
Open System communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack or Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts required.
7. Or install 5507 Faceplates, if required.
5. Install bracket to raceway base first,
mount to the wall with screws,
and mount device. After
installing raceway cover,
snap box cover to bracket
and assemble faceplates.
Install Wiremold Open
System Communication
Modules, Ortronics® TracJack
or Series II inserts, or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts, or 5507 Faceplates. Use
5407A3 with 5400TB to install three devices at one location.
5450A3
5450
NOTE: Use blank plates to cover
any unused slots in bracket.
18"
[457mm]
5400TB
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
148
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5400 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details
5400 Series Raceways Installation Details
5474
10. Punch out appropriate hole in
the tee fitting base and snap to
raceway base; screw down to
wall. Assemble raceway covers
to base and then snap tee cover,
overlapping raceway covers.
5417FO
5418 or 5418FO
11. Install one corner base first,
then measure to other corner
(measure from edges of fittings).
Mount raceway base and
cover; assemble fitting
cover last.
12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base and snap to the
raceway base; screw down to the wall. Remove proper twistout
from the insert by first scoring with a knife. Slide the insert onto
fitting cover. Assemble raceway covers to base and then snap
fitting cover, overlapping raceway covers.
5415
CONNECTION REQUIRED
USE CATALOG NUMBERFROM TO
5400 Series Raceway 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 5474
5400 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways 5474
5400 Series Raceway MXN2A08 5408L/5408R
1/2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Side of 5400 Series Raceway 5410 or 5410DFO
3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Back or Side of 5400TB 5410DFO
5400 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
149
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
B
C
D
E
F
GH
I
J
K
L
A
M
N
5500 SerieS™ raceway
Large Capacity, Multiple Channel
CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and easy to cut.
Ideal for power or communication installations where flexibility for future
moves and changes is important.
5500 Series Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. 5510 End Cap/Entrance End Fitting
B. 5510D Entrance End Fitting
C. 5506 Cover Clip
D. 5550 In-Line Device Bracket
E. 5518 External Elbow
F. 5514A Back Connector Feed
G. 5517FO Radiused Full Capacity
Internal Elbow
H. 5515 Tee Fitting/Take-Off Connector
I. 5550A4 Multiple Device Bracket
J. 5574 or 5574A Inline Transition Fitting
K. 5500WCA Wire Clip
L. 5511FO Radiused Full Capacity
Flat Elbow
M. 5518FO Radiused Full Capacity
External Elbow
N. Communication Devices
5500 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5500 Series Raceway is
paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
150
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
5500 Series Raceway Ordering Information
8.14 Sq. In.
[5252mm2]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
A
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]
5.29 Sq. In.
[3413mm2]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
B C
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]
2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]
2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
B B B
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 11/16"
[43mm]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
2"
[51mm]
6 1/16"
[154mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum
permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION 40% FILL*
Inches [ ] A B C
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a**
25-pair, 24 AWG
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]
114
94
66
33
24
37
30
21
10
8
71
58
41
20
15
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9]
56
18 35
FIBER ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256
[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]
117
118
63
37
38
20
72
73
39
5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
O.D. Approx. Dia.) NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
Inches [ ] COMP A COMP B COMP C
POWER
WIRING
WITHOUT
DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 41 50
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 46 70
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 18 40
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 15 34
POWER
WIRING WITH
DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 35 50
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 16 70
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 8 36
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 5 25
5500BD3 Divided Raceway Base
Three equal compartments –
use for separate services in one
raceway. Breakaway dividers enable
compartment configurations.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths.
Packed 48' [14.6m] per carton.
Available in ivory (5500BD3) and
white (5500BD3-WH).
5500C Raceway Cover
Use with 5500BD3. Available in 8'
[2.4m] lengths. Packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in ivory (5500C)
and white (5500C-WH).
5500WCA Wire Clip
Retains wires in raceway.
5506 Cover Clip
For covering seam where two
pieces of 5500C Cover come
together. Available in ivory (5506)
and white (5506-WH).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
151
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
1 3/4"
[44mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
3/8"
[9.5mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
5 13/16"
[148mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
Each Leg
8 9/16"
[217mm]
6 7/8"
[175mm]
8"
[203mm]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
9 1/8"
[232mm]
8 3/16"
[208mm]
4"
[102mm]
Each Leg
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm] 6 7/8"
[175mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg
6 7/8"
[175mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg
6 7/8"
[175mm]
4"
[102mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]
9"
[229mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
5506B Base Seam Clip
For covering seam where two
pieces of 5500BD3 Base come
together. Available in ivory (5506B)
and white (5506B-WH)
5510 Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of 5500BD3
Raceway. Three 1/2" trade size
KOs for end feed. Available in ivory
(5510) and white (5510-WH).
5510D Entrance End Fitting
For feeding raceway from larger
conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1",
1 1/2", and 2" trade size KOs on end
and back. Two removable dividers
are included. Available in ivory
(5510D) and white (5510D-WH).
5511FO Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
90° flat corner with integral
dividers that provides a 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (5510D)
and white (5510D-WH).
5514A Backfeed Connector
Use when a is needed. Has
three rectangular KOs for use
with existing wall box and three
1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade size KOs.
Available in ivory (5514A) and white
(5514A-WH).
5515 Tee/Take-Off Connector
For branching raceway at right
angles. Available in ivory (5515)
and white (5515-WH).
5517FO Bend Radius Full Capacity Internal Elbow
90° internal corner with integral
dividers that provides a 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in ivory
(5517FO) and white (5517FO-WH).
5518 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Available in ivory
(5518) and white (5518-WH).
5518FO Bend Radius Full Capacity External Elbow
90° external corner with integral
dividers that provide a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and
fiber optic installations. Use the
5518FO for a alternative to the
5518. Available in ivory (5518FO)
and white (5518FO-WH).
5574 Transition Fitting
Makes transition from 5500 Series
Raceway to the 400, 800, 2300,
PN03, PN05 and PN10 Latching
Series Raceways. Available in
ivory (5574) and white (5574-WH).
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
152
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
6 9/16"
[167mm]
9 1/8"
[231mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ
Faceplates.
9 5/8"
[244mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
7 5/16"
[186mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
6 5/8"
[168mm]
5"
[127mm]
2 7/8" x 1 3/4"
[73mm x 44mm]
cutout
6"
[152mm] 7/16"
[11.1mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or
5507-6TJ Faceplates.
5550 Device Inline Bracket
For mounting up to three
power and communication
devices with the 5500 Series
Raceway. Utilizes 5507 Series™
Faceplates, Wiremold Open
System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and Series II inserts, and Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. For faceplate options,
see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.
Available in ivory (5550) and
white (5550-WH).
5550A4 Offset Mounting Device Bracket
For mounting up to four power
and communication devices
at one location. Utilizes 5507
Series™ Faceplates, Wiremold
Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and Series II inserts, and Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates. Available in
ivory (5550A4) and white (5550A4-
WH).
5574A Transition Fitting
Makes transition from 5500 Series
Raceway to 5400 Series Raceway.
Available in ivory (5574A) and white
(5574A-WH).
2"
[51mm]
4 5/16"
[110mm]
ARA-S2 Angled Raceway Adapter
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
WallSource Device Brackets. Angled
exit provides additional mounting depth
required for A/V connections as well as
ensuring the required bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two
Ortronics® Series II modules. Fits 5507
Series Faceplate opening.
CM-ARA Angled Raceway Adapter
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31
and WallSource Device Brackets. No
CM-EPLA End Plates required. Accepts
two CM2 Series Wiremold Open System
communication modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG
NUMBERFROM TO
5500BD3 Series Raceway 400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC 5574
5500BD3 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway 5574
5500BD3 Series Raceway 5400TB Series Raceway 5574A
Existing Outlet 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A
1/2", 3/4", & 1" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Back of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A or 5510D
1/2" Trade Size Conduit or
Armored Cable
Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5510 or 5510D
3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable
Back or Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5510D
5500 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
153
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4. Sequence for installing devices:
1. Snap bracket in raceway base.
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
Communication devices snap
onto bracket (see Communication
Connectivity Section).
3. Snap raceway covers to base,
butting against bracket.
4. Assemble trim ring.
5. Insert CM-EPLA or S2-EPL,
if required.
6. Install Wiremold Open System
communication modules, Ortronics® TracJack or Series II
inserts, or Pass & Seymour® Activate Series inserts required.
7. Or install 5507 faceplates, if required.
5500 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details
1.
Integral dividers of the 5500BD3 may
be removed by tearing off at the score
mark. Mount raceway base to wall by
using appropriate screws. Use two
screws every 18" [457mm], using the
ribs on the outermost compartments of
the raceway as guides.
2. Place the 5500WCA Wire Clips in base
as shown to contain the wires in place
while installing.
3. Slide the 5506 Cover Clip on the
uninstalled section of raceway cover as
shown; snap cover to the base overlapping
the seam cover over the installed section.
5500C
5500BD3
5500WCA
5506
5550
Note: Use blank plates to cover
any unused slots in bracket.
5500 Series Raceway Installation Details
5550A4
5.
Install bracket to raceway base first,
mount to the wall with screws,
and mount device. After installing
raceway cover, snap box cover
to bracket and
assemble
device plate.
6. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the end-
of-run, or to feed wires from a
1/2" trade size pipe (punch out
the proper KO). Mount endcap to
raceway base using appropriate
screws. Slide raceway cover
under the upper lip of the end
cap as shown, before snapping
to base.
5510
Screw
Locations
5510D
10. Punch out appropriate hole in the
tee fitting base, and snap to raceway
base; screw down to wall. Assemble
raceway covers to base and then
snap to tee cover overlapping
raceway covers.
5511FO
5515
12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base
and snap to the raceway base; screw down
to the wall. Remove proper twistout from
the insert by first scoring with a knife and
then twisting. Slide the insert onto fitting
cover. Assemble raceway covers to base
and then snap fitting cover, overlapping
raceway covers.
5574
5518 or
5518FO
5517FO
5514A
7. Feed raceway from larger conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the tongues
as guides.
2. Fasten the base of the fitting to
the wall using screws.
3. Remove the proper KO.
4. Attach conduit using proper fitting.
5. Feed the necessary cables.
6. Slide the dividers (two provided)
into the mounting guides if needed.
7. Snap the raceway cover on the base.
8. Snap fitting cover onto the base
using guiding keyslots in base.
8. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble
raceway covers first, then elbow cover.
9. Use this fitting to back
feed from existing wall
box, or to feed from 1/2",
3/4" and 1" trade size
conduit: score KO with
knife, then punch out.
11. Install one corner base first, then
measure to other corner (measure
from edges of fittings). Mount
raceway base, and cover;
assemble fitting
cover last.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
154
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information
CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.
5507 Series™ Faceplates accept a wide assortment of power, A/V
and datacom devices from leading manufacturers. Faceplates can
be used in nonmetallic device brackets for 2300BACD, 400BAC, 5000,
5400TB, 5500BD3, 40N2 Series Raceways, 4050 Device Bracket for Steel
Raceways, and WallSource™ Boxes.
NOTE: All 5507 Series™ Faceplates have a standard measurement of
4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].
COLOR OPTIONS
5507 Series™ faceplate Part Numbers without a suffix are available in an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers with a “-G” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “-BK”
suffix have a black finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog
white finish. Part numbers with a “-GY” suffix have a light gray finish.
5507AD Modular Furniture Adapter
For mounting Activate and other
modular furniture bezels and other
modular furniture adapters. Not for
use with rectangular (decorator) style
devices. Available in ivory (5507AD),
white (5507AD-WH), gray (5507AD-G)
and fog white (5507AD-FW).
5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information
5507B Blank Faceplate
For covering unused compartments in
the device bracket. Available in ivory
(5507B), white (5507B-WH), gray (5507B-
G), light gray (5507B-GY) and fog white
(5507B-FW).
5507D Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
For covering duplex style devices.
Accepts 106 Frame. Available in ivory
(5507D), white (5507D-WH), gray
(5507D-G), black (5507D-BK), light gray
(5507D-GY) and fog white (5507D-FW).
5507FRJ Flush Dual RJ Connector Faceplate
For mounting one or two keystone
device modules, recessed to provide a
flush installation. Has one opening and
one KO. Available in ivory (5507FRJ),
white (5507FRJ-WH), gray (5507FRJ-G),
light gray (5507FRJ-GY) and fog white
(5507FRJ-FW).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
155
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
5507R Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate
For covering rectangular decorator style
devices. Available in ivory (5507R), white
(5507R-WH), gray (5507R-G) and fog
white (5507R-FW).
5507RJ Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate
For mounting one or two keystone device
modules. Has one opening and one
KO. Available in ivory (5507RJ), white
(5507RJ-WH), gray (5507RJ-G), light gray
(5507RJ-GY) and fog white (5507RJ-FW).
5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information
5507S Rectangular Spacer
For mounting commercial device plates.
Installs between the device bracket and
a device. Available in ivory (5507S), white
(5507S-WH), black (5507S-BK), fog white
(5507S-FW), light gray (5507S-GY) and
gray (5507S-G).
5507MAAP Extron® MAAP Faceplate
Accepts four AVIP and Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space
modules. Available in ivory (5507MAAP),
white (5507MAAP-WH), gray
(5507MAAP-G), black (5507MAAP-BK),
light gray (5507MAAP-GY) and fog white
(5507MAAP-FW).
5507SW Switch Faceplate
For covering standard toggle switches.
Available in ivory (5507SW), white
(5507SW-WH), gray (5507SW-G) and
fog white (5507SW-FW).
5507T1 Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles 1.59"
[40mm] diameter. Available in ivory
(5507T1), white (5507T1-WH), gray
(5507T1-G) and fog white (5507T1-FW).
5507T2 Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles 1.41"
[36mm] diameter. Available in ivory
(5507T2), white (5507T2-WH), gray
(5507T2-G) and fog white (5507T1-FW).
5507-4TJ Ortronics® Faceplate
For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts four TracJack devices.
Available in ivory (5507-4TJ), white
(5507-4TJ-WH), gray (5507-4TJ-G) and
fog white (5507-4TJ-FW).
5507-6TJ Ortronics® Faceplate
For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts six TracJack devices.
Available in ivory (5507-6TJ), white
(5507-6TJ-WH), gray (5507-6TJ-G) and
fog white (5507-6TJ-FW).
5507AAP Extron® AAP Faceplate
Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP
single space modules. Available in
ivory (5507AAP), white (5507AAP-WH),
gray (5507AAP-G), black (5507AAP-BK),
light gray (5507AAP-GY) and fog white
(5507AAP-FW).
ARA-S2 Angled Raceway Adapter
Provides angled exit in multi-channel raceway
systems. Snaps into standard 4050, 5450,
5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and WallSource Device
Brackets. Angled exit provides additional
mounting depth required for A/V connections
as well as ensuring the required bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two
Ortronics® Series II modules.Fits 5507 Series
Faceplate opening. Available in ivory
(ARA-S2-IV), fog white (ARA-S2-FW), black
(ARA-S2 -BK), gray (ARA-S2-G), light gray
(ARA-S2-GY) and white (ARA-S2-WH).
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
156
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
S2-EPL End Plate
For mounting Ortronics® Series II modules into
5507 opening. Includes two outlet identification
labels with clear covers and two matching
screw covers. Available in ivory (S2-EPL), white
(S2-EPL-WH), gray (S2-EPL-G) and fog white
(S2-EPL-FW).
5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information
CM-EPLA End Plate
For mounting Pass & Seymour®
Activate and Wiremold Open System
communication modules into 5507
openings. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.
Available in ivory (CM-EPLA), white
(CM-EPLA-WH), gray (CM-EPLA-G) and
fog white (CM-EPLA-FW).
CM-ARA Angled Raceway Adapter
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31
and WallSource Device Brackets.
No CM-EPLA End Plates required.
Accepts two CM2 Series Wiremold
Open System communication modules
or Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. Available in ivory (CM-ARA),
white (CM-ARA-WH), gray (CM-ARA-G),
light gray (CM-ARA-GY) and fog white
(CM-ARA-FW).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
157
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
300 Duct
300 Series Faceplates Ordering Information
317 Internal Elbow
For right angle turns around
internal corners.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
12/32"
[8.9mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
300 SerieS™ Duct
CODE REFERENCE
300 Series Duct is not UL Listed
and is designed only for use in
protecting electrical cords, low
voltage wiring and cabling.
300 Series™ Duct conceals electrical cords and low voltage wiring. With a
full complement of fittings and adhesive backing, 300 Series Duct is easy-
to-install and paintable so that it blends with any decor.
300 Series™ Duct is available in an ivory finish and is
paintable using latex paint.
COLOR OPTIONS
One-piece latching duct. 5' [1.5m]
strip extruded from rigid natural
PVC. Adhesive back. Smooth
texture ivory.
306 Coupling
For joining strips of 300 Series
duct.
311 Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on the same
surface.
318 External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners.
PVC-1 Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
158
NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
159
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Wiremold® Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for
providing pathway solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems have
provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building owners, and designers.
With the introduction of ALDS4000 Series Raceway System, we’re again pushing the envelope and expanding the
capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface raceway systems.
Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS
Table of Contents
ALDS4000 Series
Raceway 173
Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
ALDS400 Series Raceway
Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
AL2000 Series
162
173
ALA3800 Series
177
ALA4800 Series
181
AL5200 Series
185
AL2400 Series
166
AL3300 Series
169
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
160
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS
Quick Selection Guide
Two-Piece Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles
Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles
1 1/8"
[29mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
AL2000 Series™ Raceway
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway
AL3300 Series™ Raceway
AL2400 Series™ Raceway
AL2000B & AL2000C CAPACITY: 1.1 in.2 [710mm2]AL2400B & AL2400C CAPACITY: 1.7 in.2 [1097mm2]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
2"
[51mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Capacity with Offset Divider –
1.35 sq. in. [871mm2]
Capacity with 1/2 Divider –
2.2 sq. in. [1419mm2]
Capacity Undivided –
4.4 sq. in. [2839mm2]
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]
AL3300 w/Offset Divider
1.35 in2
[871mm2]
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]
AL3300 w/Half Divider
AL3300 with Offset Divider
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 7/16"
[36.5mm]
AL3300B & AL3300C CAPACITY: 4.40 in.2 [2389mm2]
ALA3800B & ALA3800C
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
CAPACITY: 5.96 in.2 [3842mm2]
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway
ALA4800B & ALA4800C CAPACITY:
Each Compartment
5.93 in.2 [3826mm2]
6"
[152mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Capacity as Shown –
3.90 sq. in./4.5 sq. in.
[2526mm2/2903mm2]
Capacity Three Compartments –
2.85 sq. in./2.40 sq. in./2.85 sq. in.
[1839mm2/1548mm2/1839mm2]
Capacity Undivided –
8.5 sq. in. [5484mm2]
NOTE: See the AL5200
Series Raceway
section for additional
raceway compartment
configurations.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
161
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
AL5200 Series™ Raceway
AL5200B & AL5200C CAPACITY:
Each Compartment: 8.5 in.2 [5484mm2]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
2"
[51mm]
5"
[127mm]
Large Dual-Channel Raceway Profile
ALDS4000® Series Raceway
ALDS4000B & ALDS4000C
5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS
Quick Selection Guide
CAPACITY:
Each Compartment - 4.85 in2 (3192 mm2)
Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
162
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Al2000
™
SerieS rAcewAy
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
C
A
B
D
E
G
F
KEY
A. Supply conductors may be fed
from 1/2" trade size KO in base,
or through AL2010A Feed End
Fitting. This system is designed
with capacity for additional feed or
circuitry conductors.
B. Attach base section to mounting
surface with AL2003 Spring
Mounting Clips, or by drilling 9/32"
[7.1mm] holes in the base and use
#8 flathead screws.
C. Connect circuit wires with
connectors.
D. Additional multiple outlet sections
or AL2000 Raceway sections may
be attached at ends with AL2001
Coupling.
E. Close ends with blank end fitting
(AL2010B), or with feed end fittings
(AL2010A).
F. Snap in cover section.
G. In-line receptacle AL2043.
AL2000 Series Raceway System Layout
COLOR OPTIONS
AL2000 Series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
163
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
AL2000 Series Raceway Wire
Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx Dia.)
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 1
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 17
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths (AL2000B-5) or six 10’
[3m] lengths (AL2000B10) per carton.
AL2000B-5, AL2000B-10 Raceway Base
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.
AL2000C-5 Raceway Cover
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm] W30 – For common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors. Packed 24 pieces
per carton (16 W30 and 8 W30G).
W30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4
solid conductors No. 14 or No. 12
AWG. 300V maximum; 20A 105° C
maximum.
Joins lengths of AL2000B Base.
Supports lengths of AL2000
Raceway at any point desired.
Mount to surface with No. 8
flathead screw.
Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base come together.
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.
W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
AL2000WC Wire Retainer (Plastic)
AL2001 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
AL2003 Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)
AL2006 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
NOTE:
Not for use with
aluminum conductors.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1"
[25mm]
AL2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 51 8
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 38 6
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 3
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 12
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 8
O.D.
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
164
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
Designed for use in hanging
fixtures. Cover takes any device
with mounting screw centers
of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16"
[70mm, 89mm, 103mm]. Base has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs.
Single-pole 120V switch. Two
couplings furnished.
Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory
wired receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.
Two 15A, 120V factory wired,
isolated ground, orange
receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.
End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm] hub
adapter.
Closes off end of raceway.
Right angle turn on same surface.
Two AL2001 Couplings included.
Branch connection of two runs of
AL2000 Series Raceway. Three
AL2001 Couplings included
AL2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
AL2038 Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)
AL2040A In-Line Single Pole Switch
AL2043 In-Line Receptacle
AL2043IG In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle
AL2010A Feed Fitting
AL2010B Blank End Fitting
AL2011 Flat Elbow
AL2015 Tee
Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
1 1/6"
[27mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
4"
[102mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
Makes 90° internal corners. Two
AL2001 Couplings included
AL2017 Internal Elbow
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
Makes 90° external corners. Two
AL2001 Couplings included
AL2018 External Elbow
1 7/8"
[48mm]
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
165
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
For larger receptacles and deep
devices such as those of signal
and alarm systems. Base has
open back plate for mounting to
existing wall box and solid back
plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs to close opening.
Accepts industry standard
faceplates for communication
devices.
Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening.
AL2044, AL2044-2 Deep Device Box
AL2047, AL2047-2
Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box
WL
D
CAT NO. L W D GANG
AL2044
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1
AL2044-2
4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm] 2
CAT NO. L W D GANG
AL2047
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 1
AL2047-2
4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 2
Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
L
W
D
Used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box.
AL2051H Box Adapter
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
166
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Al2400™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL2400 Series Raceway Wire
Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 23
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 19
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 13
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 6
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 5
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 11
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 24
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 24
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 13
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
COLOR OPTIONS
AL2400 Series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.
AL2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 78 16
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 58 12
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 37 8
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 18 4
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 13 3
O.D.
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
167
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths (AL2400B-5) or six
10’ [3m] lengths (AL2400B10) per
carton.
Closes off open end of raceway.
End fitting with plastic 1/2" trade
size KO.
Right angle turn on same
surface. Two AL2401 Couplings
included.
Branch connection of two runs of
AL2400 Series Raceway. Three
AL2401 Couplings included.
Cross connection of two runs of
AL2400 Series Raceway. Four
AL2401 Couplings included.
Makes 90° internal corners. Two
AL2401 Couplings included.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.
Joins lengths of AL2400B Base.
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
AL2400B-5, AL2400B-10 Raceway Base AL2410B Blank End Fitting
AL2410B2 Feed Fitting
AL2411 Flat Elbow
AL2415 Tee
AL2416 Cross Fitting
AL2417 Internal Elbow
AL2400C Raceway Cover
AL2400WC Wire Retainer (Plastic)
AL2401 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
AL2406 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
AL2409 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
Al2400 SerieS™ rAcewAy
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1"
[25mm]
#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
4"
[102mm]
4"
[102mm]
2"
[51mm]
6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm]
2"
[51mm]
6"
[152mm] 6"
[152mm]
2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]
4"
[102mm]
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
168
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Makes 90° external corners. Two
AL2401 Couplings included.
For in-line mounting of
commercially available duplex
receptacle.
AL2418 External Elbow
AL2446P-D Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
Al2400™ SerieS rAcewAy
3"
[76mm]
5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]
6"
[152mm]
Feeds raceway from existing wall
outlet box.
AL2451H Box Adapter
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
AL2400 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
169
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CAPACITY OF CROSS SECTIONAL AREA
WITH DUPLEX DEVICE WITHOUT DEVICE
O.D.
WITH OFFSET
DIVIDER
WITHOUT
DIVIDER
WITH HALF
DIVIDER
WITH OFFSET
DIVIDER
WITHOUT
DIVIDER
WITH HALF
DIVIDER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
1.35 in2
[871mm2]
4.40 in2
[2839mm2]
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]
1.35 in2
[871mm2]
4.40 in2
[2839mm2]
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 59 136 39 59 193 96
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 40 93 27 40 132 66
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 25 58 17 25 83 41
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 33 9 14 48 24
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 24 7 10 34 17
COLOR OPTIONS
AL3300 Series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
170
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
O.D. WITHOUT DIVIDER WITH OFFSET DIVIDER WITH HALF DIVIDER
(Approx. Dia.) 1.35in2 [871mm2]4.40 in2 [2839mm2]2.20 in2 [1419mm2]
CABLE TYPE CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 20% FILL 40% FILL 20% FILL 40% FILL 20% FILL 40% FILL
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 30 61 9 19 15 30
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 25 50 7 15 12 35
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 17 35 5 10 8 17
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 8 17 2 5 4 8
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 6 13 2 4 3 6
COAXIAL RG6/U 20 Gage 0.270 [6.9] 15 30 4 9 7 15
FIBER 2 Stranded ZipCord 0.118 x
0.236
[3 x 6] 31 63 9 19 15 31
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 32 64 9 19 16 32
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 17 34 5 10 8 17
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].
Packed four 10’ [3m] lengths
per carton.
Holds wires and cables in
raceway base. Use with
undivided raceway, snaps into
grooves in base.
Set screw coupling used for
attaching in-line raceway
sections.
Required for holding AL3300D5
Divider in place. Use one every
30" [762mm].
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to raceway.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].
Packed eight 5’ [1.5m] lengths
per carton.
Divider is 0.040" [1.0mm]
galvanized steel. Packed eight
5’ [1.5m] lengths per carton.
AL3301D Divider Clip sold
separately.
AL3300B10 Raceway Base AL3300WC Wire Clip (Spring Steel)
AL3301 Base Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
AL3301D Divider Clip (Galvanized Steel)
AL3309 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
AL3300C5 Raceway Cover
AL3300D5 Divider
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
Section A-A Section B-B Section C-C
A
A
B
B
C
C
Device Plate
Optional
Divider
2 3/4"
[70mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer
AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
171
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
Closes off open end of AL3300
Series Raceway.
End feeds raceway with 1/2"
or 3/4" trade size conduit or
armored cable.
Right angle turns on same
surface. Two AL3301Couplings
included.
90° tee connection of two runs
of AL3300 Series Raceway.
Three AL3301Couplings
included.
90° cross-through connection
of two runs of raceway. Four
AL3301Couplings included.
For making 90° internal
corners. Two AL3301 Couplings
included.
For making external corners.
Two AL3301 Couplings
included.
Mounts standard duplex
devices to cover. Can also be
used with 106 communication
frames.
Installs duplex devices in
divided aluminum raceway.
6" [152mm] offset divider
included. Can also be used with
106 communication frames.
Provided with offset divider.
Installs straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38"-1.39"
[35mm-36mm].
Installs rectangular devices
including surge receptacles,
GFCI, and other rectangular
faced single-gang wiring
devices. Can also be used with
106 communication frames.
AL3310B Blank End Fitting
AL3310B1 End Fitting
AL3311 90° Flat Elbow
AL3315 Tee
AL3316 Cross Fitting
AL3317 Internal Elbow
AL3318 External Elbow
AL3346D Duplex Receptacle Cover
AL3346DO Offset Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
(For Divided Raceway)
AL3346E Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" diameter)
AL3346G Rectangular Device Cover Plate
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
9"
[229mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
9"
[229mm] 9"
[229mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
172
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
Installs communication
connectivity devices. Includes
cover and low profile adapter
cover (6A opening).
Installs communication
connectivity devices utilizing
the industry standard single-
gang faceplates. Hole cut is
2" x 2 7/8" [51mm x 73mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.
Installs a single 2A size
communication connectivity
device (2A opening). Includes
cover and 2A mini adapter.
Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts. Supplied with
both adapters to accommodate
two TracJack™ devices or one
Series II device.
For exiting of communication
cable. Grommet furnished.
Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts, three Series
II devices. Low profile adapter
included.
Installs rectangular devices
including surge receptacles,
GFCI and other rectangular
faced single-gang wiring
devices in divided aluminum
raceway. 6" [152mm] offset
divider included. Can also be
used with 106 communication
frames. Provided with
offset divider.
AL3356-ACTLPB
Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
AL3356R Cover Plate (with 2" x 2 7/8"
[51mm x 73mm] Hole cut)
AL33562A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
AL3356ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL3356Z Grommeted Cover Plate
AL3356-LPB3S2
Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
AL3346GO Offset GFCI Receptacle Cover Plate
(For Divided Raceway)
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
6"
[152mm]
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for
information on CM2 Series modules.
AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
173
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
B
CE
G
HJKL
ADF
I
M
Dual-channel raceway. Provides 1/3 more capacity in sleek, innovative design.
Meets or exceeds industry standards. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. ALDS4011 Flat Elbow
B. ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting
C. ALDS4047E 1.41 Dia. Device Plate
D. ALDS4047-2A Mini adapter Device Plate
E. ALDS4047F 1.59 Dia. Device Plate
F. ALDS4018 External Elbow
G. ALDS4017 Internal Elbow
H. ALDS4047D Duplex Device Plate
I. ALDS4047MAB MAB Device Plate
J. ALDS4047R Decorator Device Plate
K. ALDS4015 Tee
L. ALDS4047C One-Gang Device Plate
M. ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting
ALDS4000 Raceway System Layout
COLOR OPTIONS
ALDS4000® Series Raceway is available
with a satin anodized finish.
NOTE: Downward activations only available prewired.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
174
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ALDS4000 Designer Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities
ALDS4011 ALDS4015 ALDS4017 ALDS4018
Inches (mm)
40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
THHN 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 122 182 49 73 75 112 133 199
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 89 133 35 53 54 82 97 145
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 56 84 22 34 34 51 61 92
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 32 48 13 19 20 30 35 53
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 23 35 9 14 14 21 25 38
UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 67 100 27 40 41 61 73 109
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 42 62 17 25 25 38 45 68
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 34 51 14 20 21 31 37 56
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 24 36 10 14 15 22 26 39
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 13 20 6 8 8 12 15 22
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 12 17 6 7 7 11 13 19
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 31 8 12 13 19 22 34
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 42 64 17 25 26 39 46 69
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 43 64 17 26 26 40 47 70
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 23 34 9 14 14 21 25 38
NOTE: 40% and 60% Wire fill capacities are calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed
if not required to obtain full raceway capacity.
* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain
maximum raceway fill from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.
AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
O.D. (Approx Dia.) 40% FILL
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 1/2 COMPARTMENT
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 68
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 56
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 22
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 19
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 34
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 70
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 71
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per
addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
NO. OF
CONDUCTORS
40%
W/DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES
W/SURGE
GFCI DEVICES
LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLE
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 200 134 105 76
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 146 98 77 56
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 92 62 48 35
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 53 36 28 20
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 38 26 20 158
O.D.
WIRE SIZE/THWN
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
ALDS4000 Designer Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
175
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
.060" [1.52mm] satin anodized
finish. Packed four 10’ [3.05m]
lengths per carton.
Closes off open end of
ALDS4000B Base.
Flat corner for new lay-in or
pull-through applications.
Includes one pair of DS4001
Couplings.
Extra long coupling allows
attachment to wall box or back
fed to 1" or 1 1/4" trade size
conduit.
Divided Tee fitting. For new lay-
in or pull-through installations.
Includes two pairs of DS4001
Couplings.
Internal corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Includes one pair of DS4001
Couplings.
External corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Includes one pair of DS4001
Couplings.
.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized
finish. Packed eight 5’ [1.5m]
lengths per carton. Two covers
per base.
Holds conductors in place.
Joins lengths of ALDS4000B
together. Sold in pairs.
Covers seam where two
sections of ALDS4000C come
together.
Full capacity End Fitting. Has
two 1/2" & 3/4" concentric
trade size KOs.
ALDS4000B Raceway Base ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting
ALDS4011 Flat Elbow
DS4014A Backfeed Coupling
ALDS4015 Divided Tee
ALDS4017 Internal Elbow
ALDS4018 External Elbow
ALDS4000C Raceway Cover
DS4000WC Wire Clip
DS4001 Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling
ALDS4006 Seam Clip
ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting
5 1/2"
[140mm]
2 1/16"
[52mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
6"
[152mm]
1"
[25mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm] 8 1/4"
[210mm]
10"
[254mm]
10 3/4"
[273mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
6"
[152mm] 6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
176
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
Use with commercially-available
single-gang flush plate.
For 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles, or 106 style data
frames.
For straight blade and locking
receptacles.
For straight blade and locking
receptacles.
ALDS4047C
Single-Channel One-Gang Device Plate
ALDS4047D
Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate
ALDS4047E
Single-Channel 1.41" Diameter Device Plate
ALDS4047F
Single-Channel 1.59" Diameter Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
For 15A and 20A decorator
receptacles.
ALDS4047R
Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
2A opening. Includes adapters
for Ortronics TracJack, Series
II, Wiremold CM2 Series inserts,
Pass & Seymour Activate and
other manufacturers.
ALDS4047-2A*
Single-Channel 2A Mini Adapter Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
For installing Wiremold CM2
Series inserts and Activate
connectivity inserts. Provides
flush installation. Includes 6A
CM-MAB adapter and Ortronics®
MAB3S2 and MAB6TJ adapters.
ALDS4047MAB*
Single-Channel MAB Device Plate
6"
[152mm]
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
177
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial
offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
COLOR OPTIONS
AL3800 Series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.
AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86
4 -pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
O.D. (Approx Dia.)
AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
POWER WIRING
WITHOUT
DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 214
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 156
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 98
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 56
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 41
POWER WIRING
WITH DEVICES
2.04 Sq. In.
[51.82mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 159
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 116
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 73
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 42
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 30
O.D.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
178
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
Satin Anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].
Packed four 10’ [3m] lengths per
carton.
Satin Anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].
Packed eight 5’ [1.50m] lengths
per carton. ALAC-5 is compatible
with ALA3800 and ALA4800
Series Raceways.
Covers seam where lengths of
raceway come together.
For making a 90° flat turn in a
raceway run. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.
For branch connections of two
runs of ALA3800 Series Raceway.
Includes three ALA01 Couplings.
For making a 90° internal turn
in a raceway run. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.
For connecting a vertical run of
ALA3800 Series Raceway with
a horizontal run with its cover
facing up. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.
For making a 90° external turn
in a raceway run. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.
Holds conductors in place in long
raceway runs. Snaps into grooves
on base.
Joins lengths of inline
ALA3800B-10 Raceway Base
together.
Closes off open end of raceway.
For feeding raceway, has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size knockouts.
ALA3800B-10
Single Compartment Raceway Base
ALAC-5 Raceway Cover
ALA3806 Cover Clip
ALA3811 Flat Elbow
ALA3815 Tee
ALA3817 Internal Elbow
ALA3817N Inverted Internal Elbow
ALA3818 External Elbow
ALAWC Wire Clip
ALA01 Couplings
ALA3810B Blank End Fitting
ALA3810B1 Entrance End Fitting
3"
[76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
1"
[25mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
4"
[102mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] 6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] 6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
179
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
Mounts standard duplex device
to the cover.
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking
single receptacle with face
diameters of 1.38"-1.39"
[36mm-37mm].
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking
single receptacle with face
diameters of 1.56"-1.58"
[38mm-39mm].
Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacles.
Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking
single receptacles with face
diameters of 2.13" [52mm].
ALA-DR Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
Accepts three (3) Wiremold
CM2 Series communication
connectivity inserts. Provides
a flush installation. Includes
cover and 6A mini adapter,
(6A-opening).
ALA-MAB* 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
ALA-E Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" [35.40mm])
ALA-F Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.59" [38.90mm])
ALA-G GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate
ALA-J Single Receptacle Cover Plate
NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Mounts toggle switch in line.
ALA-N Toggle Switch Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts three (3) Wiremold
CM2 Series communication
connectivity inserts. Includes
cover and low profile adapter,
(6A-opening).
ALA-LPB* Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts three Ortronics® Series
II datacom inserts. Low profile
adapter included.
ALA-LPB3S2
Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts six Ortronics®
TracJack or three Series II
datacom inserts. Both adapters
included.
ALA-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
180
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.
ALA-SG Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
device. Includes cover and 2A mini
adapter, (2A-opening).
ALA-2A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.
ALA-Z
3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
181
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Dual-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial
offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway is available with
a satin anodized finish.
AL4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43
FIBER
(Each
Compartment)
ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
40%
FILL
POWER WIRING
WITHOUT DEVICES
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 214
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 156
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 98
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 56
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 41
POWER WIRING
WITH DEVICES
(2.04 Sq. In.
[51.82mm])
(Each
Compartment)
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 159
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 116
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 73
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 42
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 30
O.D. (Approx Dia.) O.D.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
182
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .078"
[1.98mm] wall thickness. Base
has integral divider for separation
of service. Packed 40' [12m] per
carton.
For covering ends of raceway.
For feeding raceway, has two
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KOs.
Makes 90° flat turn in a raceway
run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.
For branch connections of two
runs of ALA4800 Series Raceway.
Includes six ALA01 Couplings.
To make an internal turn in a
raceway run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.
For butting two raceway sections
to form an internal 90° turn in a
raceway run.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .078"
[1.98mm] wall thickness. Two
covers per base. Allows only one
compartment to be accessed
at a time. Packed 40' [12m] per
carton. ALAC-5 is compatible with
ALA4800 Series and ALA3800
Series Raceways.
For holding conductors in place
in long raceway runs. Snaps into
grooves in base.
Joins lengths of inline
ALA4800B-10 Raceway Base
together. Two required per
section of base.
Stainless steel clip to cover
joint where lengths of cover or
base come together.
For connection of equipment
grounding conductor to provide
additional ground to raceway.
ALA4800B-10 Dual Compartment Raceway Base ALA4810B Blank End Fitting
ALA4810B2 Entrance End Fitting
ALA4811 Flat Elbow
ALA4815 Tee
ALA4817 Internal Elbow
ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling
ALAC-5 Raceway Cover
ALAWC Wire Clip
ALA01 Couplings
ALA4806 Cover Clip
ALA09 Grounding Adapter
2 1/4"
[57mm]
6"
[152mm]
3"
[76mm]
1"
[25mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
4"
[102mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer
2 3/16"
[56mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
6"
[152mm]
9"
[229mm] 9"
[229mm]
9"
[229mm]
9"
[229mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm]
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
183
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
For making a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.
For connecting a vertical run of
ALA4800 Series Raceway with a
horizontal run with its cover facing
up. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.
ALA4818 External Elbow
ALA4817N Inverted Internal Elbow
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
For two Ortronics® TracJack or
one Series II datacom insert. Both
adapters included.
ALA-ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
To cover a 12" [305mm] section of
raceway.
ALA-BL Blank Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Mounts standard duplex device to
the cover.
ALA-DR Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters of
1.56"-1.58" [38mm-39mm].
ALA-F Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.59" [38.90mm])
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters of
1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].
ALA-E Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" [35.40mm])
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Mounts commercially available GFCI
or surge suppression receptacles.
ALA-G GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
2.13" [52mm].
ALA-J Single Receptacle Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Mounts toggle switch in line.
ALA-N Toggle Switch Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
184
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
inserts. Includes cover and low profile
adapter, (6A-opening).
ALA-LPB* Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts three Ortronics® datacom
inserts for three Series II devices.
Low profile adapter included.
ALA-LPB3S2
Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
inserts. Provides a flush installation.
Includes cover and 6A mini adapter,
(6A-opening).
ALA-MAB* 6A Mini adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack or
three Series II datacom inserts. Both
adapters included.
ALA-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.
ALA-SG Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity devices.
Includes cover and 2A mini adapter,
(2A-opening).
ALA-2A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.
ALA-Z
3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]
12"
[305mm]
A radiused insert for the ALA3811 and
ALA4811 flat elbow to provide a bend
radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/
Category 5e installations. The insert is
ideal for new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.
ALA11RI Radiused Insert
A radiused insert for ALA3817, ALA4817,
ALA3817N, ALA4817N, ALA3818, and
ALA4818 fittings to provide a bend
radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/
Category 5e installations. The insert is
ideal for new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.
ALA17/18RI Radiused Insert
NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
185
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Two-piece raceway. Field-installed divider provides for numerous raceway channel
configurations. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial offices,
laboratories, and health care facilities.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
AL5200 Series™ Raceway is available
with a satin anodized finish.
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
KEY
A Provide electrical feed
through 1/2" or 3/4"
[12.7mm or 19.1mm] KOs
in AL5210B2 End Cap.
B Attach base section to
mounting surface by drilling
9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the
base, and using #8 flathead
screws.
C Secure conductors in place
with AL5200WC Wire Clip.
D Join additional raceway
sections with two AL5201
Couplings.
E Close ends with AL5210B2
Blank End Fittings.
F Snap cover into base to
complete installation.
AL5200 Raceway System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
C
B
A
F
E
D
Snap-in Divider
(Optional)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
186
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL
WITHOUT DEVICES
Inches [mm]
2.40in.2
[1550mm2]
2.85in2
1840[mm2]
3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]
3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]
4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]
4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]
5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]
8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 98 117 144 160 185 197 226 350
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 72 85 105 117 135 144 165 255
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 45 54 66 73 85 90 104 161
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 26 31 38 42 49 52 60 92
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 35 37 43 67
WITH DUPLEX RECTANGULAR DEVICES
1.59IN.2 1025MM2
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN Inches [mm]
2.85in2
1840[mm2]
3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]
3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]
4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]
4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]
5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]
8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 54 78 95 120 132 161 284
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 39 57 69 87 96 117 207
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 36 43 55 60 74 130
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 20 25 31 35 42 75
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 15 18 22 25 30 54
AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
40% FILL CAPACITY CROSS SECTIONAL AREA
CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]
2.40in.2
[1550mm2]
2.85in2
1840[mm2]
3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]
3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]
4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]
4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]
5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]
8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 33 40 49 55 63 67 77 119
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 27 32 40 45 51 55 63 98
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 19 23 28 31 36 39 44 69
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 9 11 14 15 18 19 22 34
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 7 8 10 11 13 14 16 25
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 16 19 24 27 31 33 38 59
FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 34 41 50 56 64 69 79 122
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 34 41 51 56 65 69 80 123
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 34 37 42 66
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
O.D
O.D
O.D
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
187
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .080" [2.03mm]
wall thickness. Base has four ribs
for snap-in divider. AL5200B-5 is
packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and
AL5200B-10 is packed four 10' [3m]
lengths per carton.
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .075" [1.9mm] wall
thickness. AL5200C-5 is packed eight
5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200C-10
is packed four 10' [3m] lengths per
carton.
Extruded .050" [1.8mm] thick
aluminum. AL5200D-5 is packed
eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and
AL5200D-10 is packed four 10' [3m]
lengths per carton.
For holding conductors in place
in long raceway runs. Snaps into
grooves in raceway. AL5200WC Full,
AL5200WC2 3/4, and AL5200WC3 1/2.
Set screw couplings. Use two for
attaching in-line raceway sections.
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
Closes off open ends of raceway.
AL5200B-5, AL5200B-10 Raceway Base
AL5200C-5, AL5200C-10 Raceway Cover
AL5200D-5, AL5200D-10 Divider
AL5200WC, AL5200WC2, AL5200WC3
Wire Clip
AL5201 Coupling
AL5206 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
AL5209 Grounding Adapter
AL5210B Blank End Fitting
5"
[127mm]
2"
[51mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Raceway may be configured in single or multiple channels
in several versatile ways to accommodate power or
communications wiring.
5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]
2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]
1 5/8"
[42mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]
4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]
2"
[51mm]
5"
[127mm]
8.5 in.2
[5840mm2]
NOTE: Cross-sectional
area of each
compartment
indicated.
3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]
4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]
2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]
2.40 in.2
[1550mm2]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm] 3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
#10 Ground
Stud with Cup
Washer
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 9/16"
[49mm]
5"
[127mm]
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
188
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
With single or multiple concentric
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs for
conduit connections. (AL5210B1
and AL5210B3, not shown,have
one and three double KOs
respectively.)
Makes a 90° flat turn in a raceway
run. Includes two pairs of AL5201
Couplings.
Connects two raceway sections
to form an internal 90° turn in a
raceway run.
Connects a vertical run of
AL5200 Series Raceway with a
horizontal overhead run with its
cover facing up.
Makes a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes two pair of
AL5201 Couplings.
Covers a 12" [305mm] section of
raceway.
Mounts standard duplex devices
to cover.
Installs I5A and 2OA duplex
receptacles or duplex style
communication devices.
Feeds raceway from a wall-
mounted outlet box. Rectangular
hole cut or concentric 1/2" and
3/4" trade size KOs. Couplings
included.
Branch connection of two runs of
AL5200 Series Raceway. Includes
three pairs of AL5201 Couplings.
Cross through connection in a
raceway run. Includes four pairs of
AL5201 Couplings.
AL5210B1, AL5210B2, AL5210B3
Entrance End Fitting
AL5211 Flat Elbow
AL5217A Internal Corner Coupling
AL5217N Inverted Internal Elbow
AL5218 External Elbow
AL5246-B Blank Cover
AL5246-D Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
AL5246-DD Double Duplex Cover Plate
AL5214 Wall Box Connector
AL5215 Tee
AL5216 Cross Fitting
1 9/16"
[49mm]
5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]
10"
[254mm]
10"
[254mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 3/8"
[86mm]
9"
[229mm]
10"
[254mm]
2"
[51mm]
15"
[381mm]
9"
[229mm]
2"
[51mm]
Makes 90° internal corner in a
raceway run. Includes two pairs of
AL5201 Couplings.
AL5217 Internal Elbow
7"
[178mm]
7"
[178mm]
5"
[127mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm] 4 13/16"
[122mm]
3"
[76mm]
5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]
8"
[203mm]
8"
[203mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
189
WIREMOLD
ALuMInuM SuRfAcE RAcEWAy SyStEMS
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters
of 1.56"-1.58" [39.2mm-39.3mm].
Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacles.
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and low profile
adapter (6A-opening).
For installation requiring a 15A
or 20A duplex receptacle and
accepts three (3) Wiremold
CM2 Series communication
connectivity devices. Cover
includes 6A mini adapter
(6A-opening).
For installation requiring a
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacle and accepts three
(3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity
devices. Cover includes 6A mini
adapter (6A-opening).
Duplex receptacle cover
accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2
Series and 2A mini adapter (2A
opening).
Grommeted cable access at
duplex receptacle location (2A
opening).
Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts. Supplied with
both adapters to accommodate
two TracJack devices or one
Series II device.
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and two low
profile adapters (6A-openings).
Installs communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and 6A mini
adapter (6A-opening).
AL5246-F Single Receptacle Device Cover Plate
AL5246-G GFCI Device Cover Plate
AL5256-ACTLPB*
Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-DACT*
Duplex & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-GACT*
GFCI & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-D2A*
Duplex Receptacle & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-DZ
Duplex Receptacle & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
AL5256-ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL5256-ACT2LP*
Device Cover Plate with Two Low Profile Adapters
AL5256-ACTMAB
Device Cover Plate with 6A Mini Adapter
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
190
WIREMOLD
ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both
adapters to accommodate two
TracJack devices or one Series II
device.
GFCI sized hole cut accepts one (1)
Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini
adapter (2A opening).
Grommeted cable opening at GFCI
receptacle location.
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both
adapters to accommodate two
TracJack devices or one Series II
device.
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate six TracJack devices
or three Series II devices.
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts three Series II devices. Low
profile adapter included.
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts six Series II devices. Two
low profile adapters included.
Accepts one (1) Wiremold
CM2 Series 2A communication
connectivity device. Includes cover
and 2A mini adapter (2A opening).
Facilitates exit of voice or data
communication cabling. Grommet
furnished.
Used to allow device offsets and
to extend over ribs in the raceway
base. Snap fits into base.
Accepts Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both
adapters to accommodate six
TracJack devices or three Series II
devices.
Accepts Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both
adapters to accommodate six
TracJack devices or three Series
II devices.
AL5256-DABRT
Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL5256-G2A*
GFCI & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-GZ GFCI & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
AL5256-GABRT GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL5256-GMABRT
GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL5256-LPB3S2
Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-2LPB3S2
Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-2A* 2A Mini adapter Cover Plate
AL5256-Z Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
AL5260 Offset Divider
AL5256-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate
AL5256-DMABRT
Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
12"
[305mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm] Dia.
9 9/16"
[243mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for
information on CM2 Series modules.
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
191
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
When time is an issue, Wiremold® Prewired Raceway gives you the option of
letting our experts do the work for you. Wiring is labeled, wrapped and ready for
termination at the job site. All you need to do is mount the raceway on the wall
and connect the feed wires. Use our new Prewired Connectors, and you’ll get off
the job even faster. Save installation time, labor and money with raceway that’s
ready for work before it even gets on the job.
AL4000 Series™
Raceway
207
ALDS4000 Series
Raceway
219 229
Prewired Select
Series™
Raceways
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
192
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
Why Prewired?
194
Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
202
AL3000 Series
Raceway
203
ALA3800 Series
Raceway
205
AL3300 Series
Raceway
AL4750 Series
Raceway
207
AL4000 Series
Raceway
209
211
AL4400 Series
Raceway
213
AL4320 Series
Raceway
XX
ALDS4000 Series
Raceway
215
AL4520 Series
Raceway
217
ALA4800 Series
Raceway
219
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Table of Contents
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
193
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
Prewired Steel Raceway Systems
Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems
227
5400 Series™,
5500 Series™
& CableSmart™
40N2 Series Raceways
Prewired Select Series™ Teacher Drops
229
Prewired Select
Series™ Raceways
221
AL7320 Series
Raceway
223
AL7450 Series
Raceway
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Table of Contents
3000® Series,
4000® Series,
DS4000® & 6000®
Series Raceways
225
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
194
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
At Wiremold®, our goal for Prewired Raceway is to enhance
the value to the end user and installer by providing
value-added services to their projects, i.e. specific wiring
configurations, labeling and special services.
Wiremold® has been setting the standard in the engineering
and manufacturing of Prewired Raceway solutions over
the last 20 years. Wiremold has the knowledgeable sales,
project management and engineering resources to provide
you with assistance in:
• Definingbillsofmaterialandprojectquotes.
• Interpretingprojectspecifications,electricaldrawings
and elevation plans to produce detailed submittal and
installation drawings.
• Coordinatingproduction,packagingandshipping
schedulestomeetyourjobsiterequirements.
As a leader in the electrical industry Wiremold continues to
look for new and innovative ways to simplify the installation
of our Prewired Raceway systems. Over the last 5 years
Wiremold has:
• Redesignedoursubmittalandinstallationdocumentation
to more clearly depict design intent and ease installation.
• IntroducedWiremold“PrewiredConnectors”.The
only UL and cUL listed modular connector for Prewired
Racewaysystemsavailableonthemarket.“Prewired
Connectors”havebeenshowntodecreaseinstallation
time and eliminate miswiring in the field that can lead to
costly callbacks.
• IntroducedULandcULlistedCommercialOutletCenters
(Cord-Ended) that are optimal for mounting to semi-
permanent structures such as shelving and rack displays
found in many Lab applications.
When deadlines are looming and skilled labor is in short
supplyWiremoldhastheexpertiseandqualitysolutionsto
help you complete your project on time. Wiremold Prewired
Raceway solutions will:
• Saveupto67%oftheinstallationtimeneededforfield
install of component raceway parts.
• Providemaximumflexibilityforaddingorrelocating
powerandcommunicationrequirementsduring
renovationsorequipmentchanges.
• Provideyouwithanestablishedprojectteamwhohasthe
knowledge and experience from successfully completing
work on thousands of projects for the educational,
pharmaceutical, hospital, retail and military markets.
Detailed Submittal
The detailed submittal shows exactly how each raceway run will be built (lengths, number and type of receptacles,
wiring schematics, circuiting information, etc.). The contractor and/or distributor must review and correct any
information not clearly indicated on the drawings or specs, approve and return before production can be scheduled.
Submittal Free
The Prewired Express Building Plan Checklist is filled out by the contractor or distributor and sent along with plans,
casework,andspecs.Nosubmittalisrequiredandtheprojectisscheduledforproductionuponreceiptofall
information.
Ordering Process for Prewired Applications
Prewired Raceway gets
installers off the job in 1/3
less time than conventional
raceway installations.
Wiremold Prewired Raceway
is available in a wide range
of capacity and configuration
options.
PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PHASE 3
•Placecontractor
order with
authorized Prewired
Distributor.
•Allbidandorder
documents to
Wiremold Project
Services.
•Wiremold
Project Manager
assigned and PO
acknowledged.
•Documents
reviewed for
completeness.
Within 24 Hours Within 2 Weeks
Purchase Order Project Launch
•IncludesMaterial
Product Sheets,
material list,
Engineered
raceway details,
product placement
drawings and
release forms.
Submittals
Within 2-4 Weeks
•Returnapproved
submittal package
withrequired
revisions and
requestedon
site date.
•Drawingsrevised.
Approval & Release
•Material
packaged &
marked per
area, and
shipped with
“asbuilt”
drawings and
documents.
Shipment
Commercial Outlet Centers
(Cord-Ended) that are
optimal for mounting to
semi-permanent structures
such as shelving and rack
displays found in many Lab
applications.
Prewired Connectors provide
contractors with peace-
of-mind. Connectors are
factory wired and tested so
errors, backtracking and
troubleshooting are virtually
eliminated.
•ElectricalPlans
•DataPlans
•Legends&
Schedules
•Specifications
•Take-Off
Completed
•QuoteDelivered
Within 48 Hours*
Documents to Rep Quote
*Based on Complexity
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
195
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Supportsfollowing NEMA NEMA configurations:
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Prewired Connectors
Introducing Faster, More Reliable Connections for
Prewired Raceway Systems
New Wiremold Prewired Connectors offer the fastest, most reliable
connectivity solution available for prewired raceway system
installations. Independent testing has shown that when using new
Prewired Connectors in prewired raceway installations, installers
can get off the job up to eighteen times faster than when using
conventional installation methods… while virtually eliminating any
callbacks for wiring errors.
Prewired Connectors provide fast and
reliable connectivity and are available
in 3-, 6- and 8-wire configurations.
Prewired Connector Applications:
Current Rating: 30A maximum
Voltage Rating: 250V maximum
Wire Gauge: 10AWG maximum
Wire Type: Stranded Copper
Specification Guidelines:
• Maximumofone(1)deviceperfootofraceway.
• Harnessesfrommultiplefeedsmaynotcrossinduct
when feeding from different directions.
• Maximumbasesegmentlengthoften(10)feet.
• NodownstreamprotectiononGFCIorSurgedevices.
3-Wire 6-Wire 8-Wire
The Process
1. Raceway is wired and assembled per customer
specifications.
2 Finishedracewayisqualitytestedtoinsure
performance and accuracy of wiring
3. Raceway is labelled and packed per job and job
siterequirements.
4. Detailed project drawings are included with
every project.
5. Raceway is shipped to arrive at job site per
production schedule and project specifications.
For the Contractor:
Getting a complete
package of detailed
drawings helps my
guys know where
every carton and piece
of raceway go.
For the Lab:
Cord-ended Prewired
gives me the flexibility
I need to reconfigure
my lab.
For the Contractor:
Prewired Connectors
increase my productivity.
Installs are ultra fast and
there are no miswiring or
troubleshooting issues.
Prewired Testimonials
5-15R
5-20R
5-30R
L5-15R
L5-20R
L5-30R
6-15R
6-20R
6-30R
L6-15R
L6-20R
L6-30R
NOTE: Consult factory for other configurations.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
196
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Aluminum
Isoduct® Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are manufactured to specific job
lengths, completely assembled and shipped to the jobsite ready to install.
COLOR OPTIONS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
FileE15191GuidePVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
FileE4376GuideRJBT.
Fittings: FileE41751GuideRJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are available with an
anodized aluminum finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Features
FEATURES STANDARD OPTIONS
Communication Devices Ortronics & Activate Connectivity System
Devices
Other manufacturers
Electrical Devices Pass & Seymour Other manufacturers
Cover Length 12" [305mm] or 18" [457mm] 24" [610mm], 36" [914mm], custom or continuous
Body Length Longest = 10' [3.05m], shortest = 1' [305mm]
Installation Surface mounted Flushmounted(recessed)
Finish Architectural Class II Clear Anodized Custom colors available, consult factory.*
Fittings Mitered Butt joints or custom
Wire Type THHNStranded Options per specification
Wiring Splices Insulation displacement connectors Continuous wiring or twist-on wire connector
Grounding Conductors Wire gauge per National Electrical Oversized and/or separate grounding wires
Code (NEC) and shared grounding wires
Device Identification Gray self-adhesive polyester label
with black letters
Engraved covers, self-adhesive engraved
nameplate, screw mounted engraved nameplate
Neutrals Shared neutral Oversized and/or separate neutral wires
Pigtails 12" [305mm] feeds and receptacle leads Per specification
ConduitFeeds Raceway drilled at job site with hole saw Entrance end cap
Device Mounting Mounted to cover with 2 counter-sunk #6-32
screws
Device mounting brackets
Record Drawings 3 sets and 2 copies of marked-up blueprints Perjobrequirements
Submittal Services Detailed Submittal ExpressSubmittalorSubmittalFree
* Paint chip required for custom colors.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
197
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
QuickSelectionGuide
1 3/4"
[44mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
Single Channel - Single Cover Raceway Profiles
Capacity: 1.1 in2 [710mm2]
Cover Options: AL3000C
Capacity: 6.10 in2 [3963mm2]
Cover Options: ALA-C
ALA3000 Series Raceway ALA3800 Series Raceway
NOTE: These profiles are available as either a single channel raceway or as a divided dual channel raceway.
Single/Dual Channel - Single Cover Raceway Systems
1 7/8"
[36mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Barrier
Available with Barrier removed.
Capacity:
1/2 Divided: 2.20 in2 [1419mm2]
Offset Divided: 1.35 in2 [871mm2]
Undivided: 4.40 in2 [2389mm2]
Cover Options: AL3300C
AL3300 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Divided: 3.10 in2 [2000mm2]
Undivided: 7.20 in2
[4645mm2]
Cover Options: AL4000C
AL4000 Series Raceway
2 1/4"
[57mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Barrier
Available with Barrier removed.
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.72 in2 [3045mm2]
Cover Options: AL4000C
AL4400 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Small: 2.22 in2 [1536mm2]
Large: 3.75 in2 [2950mm2]
Cover Options: AL4750C
AL4750 Series Raceway
Dual Channel - Dual Cover Raceway Systems
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.45 in2 [2970mm2]
Cover Options: AL3000C
AL3320 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
5.90 in2 [3818mm2]
Cover Options: AL3000C
AL4520 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
5.93 in2 [3026mm2]
Cover Options: ALA-C
ALA4800 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.85 in2 [3129mm2]
Cover
Options: ALDS4000C
ALDS4000 Series Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
198
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
QuickSelectionGuide
Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.31 in2 [2797mm2]
Cover Options:
AL3000C, AL4000C
AL7320 Series Raceway
Capacity:
Single: 5.02 in2
[3239mm2]
Dual: 4.72 in2
[3045mm2]
Cover Options:
AL3000C, AL4000C
AL7450 Series Raceway
Three Channel - Dual Cover Raceway Systems
1 3/4"
[44mm]
7 3/8"
[187mm]
Barrier
Available with Barrier removed.
7 3/8"
[187mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Barrier
Available with Barrier removed.
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
** Each compartment.
Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications
AL3000 AL4000 AL4320** AL7320 ALDS4000
O.D. No Barrier Single
CABLE/WIRE TYPE Inches [mm] 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40%
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 53 48 53 81 43 68
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 43 39 43 66 35 56
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 31 28 31 47 25 40
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 15 14 15 23 12 20
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.360 [9.1] 15 13 15 23 12 19
COAXIAL RG6/U
0.270 [6.9] 26 24 26 40 21 34
FIBEROPTIC ZipCord
0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 54 48 54 83 44 70
Round4StrandFiber 0.187 [4.7] 55 49 55 84 44 71
Round6StrandFiber 0.256 [6.5] 29 26 29 45 24 38
Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications (continued)
AL4400 AL4520** ALA4750 ALA3800 ALA4800** AL7450
O.D Top Bottom
CABLE/WIRE TYPE Inches [mm] 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40%
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 66 84 69 86 86 71 66
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 55 69 57 70 70 58 55
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 38 48 40 50 50 41 38
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 19 24 20 25 25 20 19
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.360 [9.1] 19 23 19 24 24 20 19
COAXIAL RG6/U
0.270 [6.9] 33 41 34 43 43 35 33
FIBEROPTIC Zi
pCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 68 85 70 88 88 72 68
Round4StrandFiber 0.187 [4.7] 69 87 71 89 89 73 69
Round6StrandFiber 0.256 [6.5] 37 46 38 47 47 39 37
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
199
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor)
THHN/THWN
STRANDED
AL7320
AL3000 AL4000* AL4320* Single Dual* ALDS4000*
POWER WIRING
WITHOUTDEVICES
6 AWG 30 27 30 31 56 –
8 AWG 41 37 42 42 78 53
10 AWG 72 64 73 74 135 92
12 AWG 114 102 115 117 214 146
14 AWG 156 140 158 161 294 200
POWER WIRING
WITHGFCI
DEVICES
(2.04SQ.IN.)
6 AWG 14 10 14 14 40 –
8 AWG 19 15 19 20 55 27
10 AWG 33 25 34 35 96 47
12 AWG 53 41 54 56 153 75
14 AWG 72 56 74 77 210 102
Prewired raceway SyStemS
QuickSelectionGuide
Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor) (continued)
THHN/THWN
STRANDED
AL7450
ALA3800* AL4400* AL4520* AL4750* Single Dual* ALA4800
POWER WIRING
WITHOUTDEVICES
8 AWG 41 50 54 35 53 49 41
10 AWG 56 87 110 61 108 101 56
12 AWG 98 139 172 97 170 159 98
14 AWG 156 190 232 133 229 215 156
POWER WIRING
WITHGFCI
DEVICES
(2.04SQ.IN.)
8 AWG 30 28 32 13 31 27 30
10 AWG 42 49 65 22 64 57 42
12 AWG 73 77 102 35 100 89 73
14 AWG 116 106 137 49 135 121 116
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
200
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
QuickSelectionGuide
5-30R
5-50R
6-30R
6-50R
7-30R
7-50R
10-30R
10-50R
1.3"
[33mm]
2.62"
[64mm]
2.13" [52mm]
5-15R
5-20R
6-15R
6-20R
L5-15R
L6-15R
L7-15R
NOTE: Custom openings are also available –
consult factory for more information.
30A and 50A Straight Blade
Rectangular Openings DecoratorStyle,RectangularGFCIs,
and Rectangular Surge Protection
Receptacles
Duplex
Single-Gang Switch
* Racewayprofilerequiresinstallationofanadapter
box to accommodate device.
**Racewayprofilerequiresremovalofbarrierand
installation of an adapter box to accommodate
device.
* Raceway profile will accommodate opening and
device when undivided.
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Device Opening
Opening Device Compatibility Raceway Profile Compatibility
1.40"
[35.6mm]
5-15R
5-20R
6-15R
6-20R
10-20R
14-20R
AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000
Single Receptacle 15A and 20A Straight Blade and Locking
15-20R
18-20R
L5-15R
L6-15R
L7-15R
AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520
ALA4800
ALDS4000
AL7320
AL7450
1.59"
[40mm]
Single Receptacle NEMA Locking Devices.
Accommodates all NEMA
Locking Devices except
L5-15R, L6-15R and L7-15R.
* Raceway profile will accommodate opening and
device when undivided.
AL4400
AL4750*
AL4320
AL4520
ALA4800
ALDS4000
AL7320
AL7450
AL3000
AL3300*
ALA3800
AL4000
Single Receptacle AL4400*
AL4750**
AL4320*
AL4520*
ALA4800
ALDS4000*
AL7320*
AL7450*
AL3000*
AL3300**
ALA3800
AL4000*
AL4400
AL4750*
AL4320
AL4520
ALA4800
ALDS4000
AL7320
AL7450
AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000
AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520
ALA4800
ALDS4000
AL7320
AL7450
AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000
AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520
ALA4800
ALDS4000
AL7320
AL7450
AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
201
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Duplex for Data Accommodates
Standard Duplex 106
StyleFrames.
1.3"
[33mm]
2.62"
[64mm]
Rectangular Openings Accommodates
Standard Decorator
StyleFrames.
Prewired raceway SyStemS
QuickSelectionGuide
1/4" [6.4mm] Inner Diameter
1/2" [12.7mm] Inner Diameter
3/4" [19.1mm] Inner Diameter
Standard
1" [25mm] Inner Diameter
1.98"
[50mm]
1.18"
[30mm]
3 3/8"
[86mm]
1 13/16"
[46mm]
CM-2AB – Accepts
One Series II Module
ABS2 – Accepts Two
TracJackModules
LPB – Accepts 3 Pass & Seymour Activate Inserts
LPB3S2 – Accepts 3 Ortronics Series II Inserts
AB2TJ–AcceptsOne
Activate 2A Module
MAB3S2 MAB6TJMAB
NOTE: Custom openings are also
available – consult factory
for more information.
AB Adapter Openings Accommodates 2A size Activate and Ortronics® Bezels.
Low or High Profile Adapter
Openings
Modular Adapter Opening
Accommodates Activate and Ortronics® Low Profile Adapters.
Low Profile Adapter (LPB)
Grommet Openings
Accommodates MAB Activate and Ortronics® Adapters.
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Data/Communications Opening
Wallplate Openings Accommodates a wide
range of standard
size commercially
available wall plates.
6-32
Tapped Hole
1.75"
[44mm]
2.75"
[70mm]
Opening Device Compatibility Opening Device Compatibility
Opening Device Compatibility Opening Device Compatibility
Opening Device Compatibility
Accommodates
commercially available
Grommets
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
202
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL3000 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
90°
5 5/8""
[143mm]
5 5/8""
[143mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL3000 Series Raceway is a single-channel, single-cover raceway that is a cost
effective, highly aesthetic solution to provide access to communication cabling
or electrical wiring systems. The raceway is designed to meet most installation
requirementsforUTP,fiberopticandelectricalwiring.
2 5/8"
[67mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]
4 19/32 sq. in.
[289 sq. cm]
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thic ess: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL3010B
Blank End Cap
AL3011
90° Flat Elbow
AL3017
Internal Elbow with Coupling
AL3010B1
Entrance End Cap
AL3012B
45° External Elbow with Coupling
AL3001
Slide Coupling
AL3015
Flat Tee
AL3012A
45° Internal Elbow with Coupling
For3/4"[19.1mm]
conduit connector
AL3018
External Elbow with Coupling
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
203
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLa3800 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
ALA3800 Series Aluminum Raceway System meets the demands of commercial
spaces,directingpowerorcommunicationsserviceswhererequired.Thelow-
profile surface mounted raceway is easy to install and because of its two-piece
design, wiring is always accessible.
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
CAPACIT Y:
5.96 i n.2 [3842mm2] Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
ALAWC Wire Clip
ALA01 Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
ALA3800 Series Raceway base.
ALA09 Grounding Adapter
Connectsequipmentgrounding
conductor to ALA3800 Series Raceway.
ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling
Formsaninternal90°turninarunof
ALA3800 Series Raceway.
ALA3806 Cover Clip
2 1/4"
[57mm]
ALA3810B Entrance End Cap
Closes off open ends of ALA3800 Series
Raceway
Holdsconductorsinplaceinlongruns
of ALA3800 Series Raceway. Snaps into
grooves on base.
Covers seams where sections of ALAC-5
Cover come together.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
204
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLa3800 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
Makes90°turnsinrunsofALA3800
Series Raceway. Includes two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.
ALA3811 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] Makes branch connections of two
runs of ALA3800 Series Raceway.
Includes three (3) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA3815 Flat Tee with Coupling
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] Makes90°internalturnsinrunsof
ALA3800 Series Raceway. Includes
two (2) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA3817 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]
Connects vertical runs with horizontal
runs of ALA3800 Series Raceway
with its cover facing up. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.
ALA3817N Inverted Internal Elbow
6"
[152mm] Makes90°externalturnsinrunsof
ALA3800 Series Raceway. Includes
two (2) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA3818 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Installs in ALA3811FlatElbow.For
new and retrofit applications whether
the cable installation is lay-in or pull-
through.
ALA11R1
2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert for Flat Elbow
Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,
and ALA3818fittings.Fornewand
retrofit applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.
ALA17/18R1 2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control
Insert for Internal and External Elbows
Forfeedingraceway,hasconcentric
1/2" and 3/4" knockouts.
ALA3810B1 Entrance End Cap
2 1/4"
[57mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
205
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL3300 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL3300 Series Raceway’s low profile, divided aluminum raceway meets the
demands of today's laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office
locations, providing a compact and effective method of consolidating power and
communication cabling.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 7/8"
[36mm]
AL3301 Coupling
2 3/4"
[70mm]
3"
[76mm]
Set screw coupling used for
attaching in-line raceway sections.
AL3300WC Wire Clip
AL3301D Divider Clip
1 1/2"
[38mm]
3"
[76mm]
RequiredforholdingAL3300D5
divider in place. Use one every 30"
[76.2m].
AL3309 Ground Clamp
2 3/4"
[70mm]
AL3310B Blank End
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
ForclosingopenendofAL3300
Series Raceway.
AL3310B1 End
3"
[76mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Forendfeedingracewaywith1/2"
[12.7mm] or 3/4" [19.1mm] trade
size conduit or armored cable.
Forholdingwiresandcablesin
raceway base. Use with undivided
raceway, snap into grooves of
base.
Forconnectionofequipment
grounding conductor to provide
additional ground to raceway.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
206
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL3300 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL3311 90° Flat Elbow
Forrightangleturnsonsame
surface. Two (2) couplings
included.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
AL3315 Tee
For90°teeconnectionoftwo
runs of AL3300 Series Raceway.
Three (3) couplings included.
9"
[229mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL3316 Cross
For90°cross-throughconnection
of two runs of raceway. Couplings
included.
3"
[76mm]
9"
[229mm]
9"
[229mm]
AL3317 Internal Elbow
Formaking90°internalcorners.
Couplings included.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL3318 External Elbow
Formakingexternalcorners.
Couplings included.
4 7/8"
[124mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
207
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4000 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information
AL4000 Series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover,
highly aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide
access to communication cabling and electrical wiring
systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3.61 sq. in
[2330mm2]
3.61 sq. in
[2330mm2]
AL4010B Blank End Cap
1 3/4"
[44mm] Closes off open end of raceway.
AL4010B2
Entrance End Cap with two 1 1/16" Provisions
1 3/4"
[44mm] End Cap with two connections for
3/4" conduit.
AL4001 Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4000 Series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings
AL4011
90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
7 3/4"
[197mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm] Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL4000 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.
AL4012A
45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] Makes45°internalturnsin
runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.
AL4012B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] Makes45°externalturnsin
runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
208
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4000 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4015 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch connections of two
runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.
Includes three (3) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
AL4017 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsinrunsof
AL4000 Series Raceway. Includes
two (2) sets of two (2) AL4001
Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL4018 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsin
runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
209
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4400 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4400 Series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover, cost
effective solution for providing access to communication
cabling and electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL4410B Blank End Cap AL4411 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
2 1/4"
[57mm]
AL4410B2
Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
2 1/4"
[57mm]
End Cap with two
connections for 3/4" conduit.
AL4401 Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections
of AL4400 Series Raceway
base. Includes two (2)
couplings.
90°
7 3/4"
[197mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
AL4012A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°internalturns
in runs of AL4400 Series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) AL4401 Couplings.
135°
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
4.75 in.2
[3061mm2]
4.75 in.2
[3061mm2]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Closes off open end of
raceway.
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL4400 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4401 Couplings.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
210
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4400 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4412B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of AL4400 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4401
Couplings.
AL4415 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch
connections of two runs of
AL4400 Series Raceway.
Includes three (3) sets of
two (2) AL4401 Couplings.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 7 3/4"
[197mm]
AL4417 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsin
runs of AL4400 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4401 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
90°
AL4418 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsin
runs of AL4400 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4401 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
135°
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
211
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4750 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4750 Series Raceway is a cost effective, highly aesthetic
two-channel, single cover raceway solution to provide access
for communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL4710B Blank End Cap
Closes off open end of raceway.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
AL4710B2 Entrance End Cap
End Cap with two connections
for 1/2" conduit.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
AL4701 Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4750 Series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) Couplings.
AL4711 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL4750 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4701 Couplings.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]
90°
AL4712A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°internalturns
in runs of AL4750 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.
135°
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
15.36 sq. cm
2.22 sq. in. 24.5 sq. cm
3.75 sq. in.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
212
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4750 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4712B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of AL4750 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.
AL4715 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4750 Series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.
AL4717 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsin
runs of AL4750 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4701 Couplings.
AL4718 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsin
runs of AL4750 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4701 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
213
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4320 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4320 Series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly
aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to
communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]
AL4310B Blank End Cap
Closes off open end of AL4320
Series Raceway.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
AL4310B2
Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
End Cap with two connections
for 3/4" conduit.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
AL4301 Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4320 Series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings.
AL4311 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL4320 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4301 Couplings.
90°
8 1/4"
[210mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]
AL4312A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°internalturns
in runs of AL4320 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4301
Couplings.
135°
6"
[152mm] 6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
214
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4320 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4312B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturnsin
runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.
AL4315 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4320 Series
Raceway. Includes three (3) sets
of two (2) AL4301 Couplings.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]
AL4317 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsin
runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
90°
6"
[152mm]
AL4318 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsin
runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
135°
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
215
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL4520 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL4520 Series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly
aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to
communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL4510B Blank End Cap AL4511 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL4501 Slide Coupling
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL4520 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4501 Couplings.
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4320 Series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings
5 1/4"
[135mm]
2 1/4"
[58mm]
5.25 in.2
[3888mm2]
5.25 in.2
[3888mm2]
2 1/4"
[58mm]
AL4510B2
Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
End Cap with two connections
for 3/4" conduit.
2 1/4"
[58mm]
AL4512A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°internalturns
in runs of AL4520 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings
135°
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
Closes off open end of AL4520
Series Raceway.
90°
8 1/4"
[210mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
216
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AL4512B
45° EXternal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of AL4520 Series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings.
AL4515 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4520 Series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings.
8 1/4"
[211mm]
8 1/4"
[211mm]
AL4517 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsin
runs of AL4520 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4501 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
AL4518 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsin
runs of AL4520 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4501 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
aL4520 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
Why Wiremold…
It took planning and coordination to fit out new lab
space with flexible power and data for the University
HealthNetworkinToronto.What'smore,everyone
was under a tight timetable. That's why the team
specified Wiremold Prewired Aluminum Raceway.
Prewired raceway is manufactured to exact job
specifications with all circuits and devices exactly
as shown on the drawings. Numerous projects have
shown that prewired raceway installs significantly
faster and saves cost.
6"
[152mm]
135°
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
217
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLa4800 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
ALA4800 Series Aluminum Raceway’s two-channel,
dual-cover aluminum raceway meets the demands of
laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office
locations by providing an effective method of consolidating
power and communications cabling.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
ALA01 Slide Coupling
ALA09 Grounding Adapter
ALA4806 Cover Clip
ALA4810B Blank End Cap
Connects adjoining sections of
ALA4800 Series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings.
Connectstoequipment
grounding conductor.
Covers seam where two
sections of ALAC-5 Cover come
together.
Closes off open end of ALA4800
Series Raceway.
6.04in2
[3895mm2]
6.04in2
[3895mm2]
6"
[152mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
ALAWC Wire Clip
Holdsconductorsinplace
along raceway. Snaps into
grooves on base.
2 1/4"
[57mm]
ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling
Makesinternal90°turnina
raceway run.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
218
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLa4800 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
ALA4810B2 Entrance End Cap
Forfeedingraceway.Has
two concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
knockouts.
2 1/4"
[57mm]
ALA4811 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
ALA4800 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.
9"
[229mm]
9"
[229mm]
ALA4812A
45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°internalturnsin
runs of ALA4800 Series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
135°
ALA4812B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of ALA4800 Series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA4815 Flat Tee with Coupling
Makes branch connections of
two runs of ALA4800 Series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) ALA01
Couplings.
9"
[229mm]
9"
[229mm]
ALA4817 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°internalturnsinruns
of ALA4800 Series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
ALA4817N
Inverted Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Forconnectingaverticalrunof
ALA4800 Series Raceway with a
horizontal run of ALA4800 Series
Raceway with its cover facing up.
Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA4818 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°externalturnsinruns
of ALA4800 Series Raceway.
Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.
ALA11R
12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert for Flat Elbow
InstallsinALA3811FlatElbow.
Fornewandretrofitapplications
whether the cable installation is
lay-in or pull-through.
ALA17/18R 12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control
Insert for Internal & External Elbows
Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,
and ALA3818fittings.Fornewand
retrofit applications whether the
cable installation is lay-in or pull-
through.
6"
[152mm]
135°
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
90°
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
219
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLdS4000 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
ALDS4000 Series Raceway offers a variety of innovative features and
fittings that save installation time, cost less to specify, and provide 1/3
more wiring capacity than conventional box-style raceway profiles.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
DS4000WC Wire Clip ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting
ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting
ALDS4011 Flat Elbow
DS4001 Adjust-to-fit™ Coupling
ALDS4006 Seam Clip
Forholdingconductorsinplace. Full-capacityendfitting.
Includes two 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.
Forclosingopenendof
ALDS4000B Raceway Base.
90°flatcornerfornewlay-inor
pull-through installations.
ForjoininglengthsofALDS4000B
together. Sold in pairs.
Forcoveringseamswheretwo
sections of ALDS4000C come
together.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4.85"
[3129mm2]
4.85"
[3129mm2]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
6"
[152mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm] 8 1/4"
[210mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
220
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aLdS4000 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
DS4014A Backfeed Fitting
Extra long coupling allows
attachment to wall box or
back fed 1" or 1 1/4" trade size
conduit.
10"
[254mm]
ALDS4015 Divided Tee Fitting
Fornewlay-inorpull-through
installations.
10 3/4"
[273mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
ALDS4018 90° External Elbow
External corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.
6"
[152mm]
ALDS4017 90° Internal Elbow
Internal corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
221
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL7320 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL7320 Series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover
profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution to
provide access to your communication cabling and
electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL7301 Slide Coupling
AL7312A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7310B Blank End Cap
AL7310B3
Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
45°internalturnsinruns
of AL7320 Series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7301
Couplings.
Closes off open end of
AL7320 Series Raceway.
End Cap with three
connections for 3/4"
conduit.
7 3/8"
[187mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3.67 in.2
[2370mm2]
3.61 in.2
[2330mm2]
3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
AL7311 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL7320 Series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7301
Couplings.
10 3/8"
[266mm]
10 3/8"
[266mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
Connects adjoining
sections of AL7320 Series
Raceway base. Includes
three (3) couplings.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
222
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL7320 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL7312B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7315 Flat Tee with Coupling
AL7317 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7318 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of AL7320 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.
Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL7320 Series
Raceway. Includes nine (9)
AL7301 Couplings.
Makes90°internalturns
in runs of AL7320 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.
Makes90°externalturns
in runs of AL7320 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
10 3/8"
[266mm]
10 3/8"
[266mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
223
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL7450 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL7450 Series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover
profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution
for providing access to communication cabling and
electrical wiring systems.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]
AL7401 Slide Coupling
AL7410B Blank End Cap
AL7411 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7412A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7410B3
Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
Connects adjoining sections of
AL7450 Series Raceway base.
Includes three (3) couplings.
Closes off open end of AL7450
Series Raceway.
Makes90°turnsinrunsof
AL7450 Series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7401
Couplings.
Makes45°internalturns
in runs of AL7450 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.
End Cap with three
connections for 3/4" conduit.
7 3/8"
[187mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
5.25 in2
[3388m2]
4.83 in2
[3114m2]
4.75 in2
[3061m2]
10 3/8"
[263.5mm]
10 3/8"
[263.5mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
224
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
aL7450 SerieS raceway
Ordering Information
AL7412B
45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7415 Flat Tee with Coupling
AL7417 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling
AL7418 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling
Makes45°externalturns
in runs of AL7450 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.
Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL7450 Series
Raceway. Includes nine (9)
AL7401 Couplings.
Makes90°internalturns
in runs of AL7450 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.
Makes90°externalturns
in runs of AL7450 Series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
225
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Steel
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
FileE15191GuidePVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
FileE4376GuideRJBT.
Fittings: FileE41751GuideRJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Steel Prewired Raceway Systems offer the lowest installed cost for
communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely
assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.
COLOR OPTIONS
Steel Prewired Raceways are available with an ivory ScuffCoat™ finish or a gray enamel finish.
DS4000® Series Raceway available in Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Designer Black, and Designer Bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
• Prewired raceway offers the lowest
installed cost. Manufactured to specified
job site lengths, electrically prewired and
assembled – ready to install. Reduces
on-siteinstallationtimeandcosts.For
lowest installed cost, specify factory
mounted and labeled comunication
connectivity devices.
• Accommodates high-density
communication cabling for networks and
phone systems. Featurescommunication
connectivity devices. Raceway is
compatible with other manufacturers’
activation devices. Blank openings also
available.
• Accommodates most electrical wiring
devices or communication faceplates
including single outlets, duplex outlets,
NEMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and
surge protected outlets. (Refer to the
raceway device compatibility chart in the
3000, 4000, and 4000 Designer Series
Raceway sections of this catalog.)
Broad range of standard fittings available
Accommodates every possible site
situation, from internal and external
elbows to flat tees. All fittings are
made from galvanized steel to ensure
continuity.
• Removable cover. Provides maximum
flexibility for adding or relocating
circuits, data openings or electrical
devices.
• Ivory ScuffCoat™ finish and gray baked
enamel finish. Assures durability. Can be
overpainted to complement decor.
• Communication and electrical device
identification with self-adhesive
polyester or self-adhesive phenolic
labels are available as options. No
guesswork or time-consuming tracing
of circuits. Speeds circuit additions and
renovations.
• Jobs can be packaged by room, area,
floor or building, and shipped per your
job site requirements.
• Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts
industry standard and proprietary devices
from a wide range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and aesthetically
pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,
and video applications at the point of use.
• UL Listed commercial outlet centers.
FileE317375Multioutletassemblies
rated to 20A maximum can be provided
with listed cord and plug assemblies.
These assemblies are optimal for
mounting to semi-permanent structures
such as shelving and rack displays found
in many lab applications.
Steel Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
226
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
SteeL Prewired raceway SyStemS
Ordering Information
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 17/32"
[31mm]
ConsultyourlocalWiremoldrepresentativeforprice,quotationanddeliveryinformation.
Steel Prewired Raceway Profiles
3.51sq.in.
[89.15mm2]
3000 Series Raceway
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Divided:
3.7sq.in.[93.98mm2]
Undivided:
7.5sq.in.[190.5mm2]
4000 Series Raceway
2 1/8"
[54mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm] Each Compartment –
5.01 in.2 [3235mm2]
DS4000® Series Raceway
3 9/16"
[90mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Divided:
7.20 in.2 [4645mm2]
Undivided:
16.00 in.2 [10320mm2]
6000® Series Raceway
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
227
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
FileE15191GuidePVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
FileE4376GuideRJBT.
Fittings: FileE41751GuideRJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Systems offer the lowest installed cost for
communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely
assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.
• Prewired raceway offers the lowest
installed cost. Manufactured to specified
job site lengths, electrically prewired and
assembled – ready to install. Reduces
on-siteinstallationtimeandcosts.For
lowest installed cost, specify factory
mounted and labeled communication
connectivity devices.
• Accommodates high-density
communication cabling for networks and
phone systems.Featurescommunication
connectivity devices. Raceway is
compatible with other manufacturers’
activation devices. Blank openings also
available.
• Accommodates most electrical wiring
devices or communication faceplates
including single outlets, duplex outlets,
NEMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and
surge protected outlets. (Refer to the
raceway device compatibility chart in the
5400 and 5500 Series Raceway sections
of this catalog.)
• Broad range of standard fittings
available. Accommodates every possible
site situation, from internal and external
elbows to flat tees. All fittings are
made from galvanized steel to ensure
continuity.
• Removable cover. Provides maximum
flexibility for adding or relocating
circuits, data openings or electrical
devices.
• Communication and electrical device
identification with self-adhesive
polyester or self-adhesive phenolic
labels are available as options. No
guesswork or time-consuming tracing
of circuits. Speeds circuit additions and
renovations.
• Jobs can be packaged by room, area,
floor or building, and shipped per your
job site requirements.
• Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts
industry standard and proprietary devices
from a wide range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and aesthetically
pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,
and video applications at the point of use.
COLOR OPTIONS
Nonmetallic Prewired Raceways are available with an ivory
finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
Prewired raceway SyStemS
Nonmetallic
Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
228
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Each Compartment:
3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]
Each Compartment:
3.72sq.in.[2400mm2]
Full:
7.31sq.in.[4716mm2]
Each
Compartment:
2.64sq.in.
[1703mm2]
CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway
5400 Series Raceway
5500 Series Raceway
2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
6 11/16"
[170mm]
Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Profiles
NoNmetaLLic Prewired raceway SyStemS
Ordering Information
ConsultyourlocalWiremoldrepresentativeforprice,quotationanddeliveryinformation.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
229
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
FileE15191GuidePVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
FileE4376GuideRJBT.
Fittings: FileE41751GuideRJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.
Prewired Select™ Raceway Systems are designed to be installed in classrooms
to facilitate power and low voltage needs for teacher workstations.
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. Supplied with bezels to accommodate Ortronics®
TracJackandSeriesIIdevices.For information on fittings, see the latest
version of ED799 Product Specification.
ALA48TD8RT ALA4800 Teacher Drop
8'
[2.4m]
18"
[456mm]
6"
[152mm]
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. Supplied with bezels to accommodate Pass &
Seymour® Activate Inserts and Wiremold® Open System Communication
Modules. For information on fittings, see the latest version of ED799
Product Specification.
ALA48TD8CM ALA4800 Teacher Drop
8'
[2.4m]
18"
[456mm]
6"
[152mm]
Prewired 4000 Series Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate
neutral and 24" [610mm] leads. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®TracJack
and Series II Devices, Pass & Seymour® Activate Inserts, and Wiremold®
Open System Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see the
latest version of ED531 Product Specification.
V4000TD8 V4000 Teacher Drop
8'
[2.4m]
18"
[456mm]
6"
[152mm]
COLOR OPTIONS
Prewired Select™ Series Raceways are available in steel with an ivory enamel finish,
in aluminum with a satin anodized finish, and in nonmetallic with an ivory-colored finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
Prewired SeLect SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
230
WIREMOLD
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Prewired 5400 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®TracJack
and Series II Devices, Pass & Seymour® Activate Inserts, and Wiremold®
Open System Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see
the latest version of ED467 Product Specification.
5400TD8 V5400 Teacher Drop
8'
[2.4m]
24"
[610mm]
12"
[305mm]
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C.
Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm]
leads on both ends. Supplied with bezels to accommodate Ortronics®
TracJackandSeriesIIdevices.For information on 4800 fittings, see the
Aluminum Raceway section of this catalog.
ALA48HR1024RT ALA4800 Horizontal Run
10'
[3m]
18"
[456mm]
6"
[456mm]
24"
[610mm]
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C.
Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads
on both ends. Supplied with bezels to accommodate Pass & Seymour®
Activate Inserts and Wiremold® Open System Communication Modules.
For information on 4800 fittings, see the Aluminum Raceway section of
this catalog.
ALA48HR1024CM ALA4800 Horizontal Run
10'
[3m]
18"
[456mm]
6"
[456mm]
24"
[610mm]
Prewired V4000 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C. Two-
circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads on
both ends. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®TracJackandSeriesII
Devices, Pass & Seymour® Activate Inserts and Wiremold® Open System
Communication Modules. For information on 4000 fittings, see the
Steel Raceway section of this catalog.
V4000HR1024 V4000 Horizontal Run
10'
[3m]
12"
[304mm]
12"
[304mm]
24"
[610mm]
Prewired 5400 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C. Two-
circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads on
both ends. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®TracJackandSeries
II Devices, Pass & Seymour® Activate Inserts and Wiremold® Open
System Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see the
Nonmetallic Raceway section of this catalog.
5400HR824 5400 Horizontal Run
8'
[2.4m]
12"
[304mm]
12"
[304mm]
24"
[610mm]
Prewired SeLect SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
231
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Specialty RacewayS & acceSSoRieS
Wiremold® Specialty Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to solve specific
installation issues or provide special capabilities for installers, building owners,
and designers.
SpecMate™ Wireway & Enclosures
233
WallSource Multiple Service Box
250
WallSource™
Multiple Service
Boxes
250
SpecMate™
Wireway 233
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
232
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Specialty RacewayS & acceSSoRieS
Quick Selection Guide
Type 1 Wireway
SpecMate™ Type 1 Wireway & Enclosures
Wallsource™ Multiple Service Box
9 3/16"
[233mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
5" [127mm]
C1402 Shown
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
233
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Wiremold® Specmate™ Type 1 Wireway and Enclosures are available in a broad
range of enclosure and trough sizes to accommodate specific wire fill and bend radii
requirements.
COLOR OPTIONS
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &
Associated Fittings:
File E137690 Guide ZDYX.
Meets Article 376 of NEC.
CSA File: 59760.
Meets Section 12-2200 of CEC.
SpecMate™ Wireway is available with a gray baked enamel finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product
applications only.
AD
B
E
C
F
G
H
JI
L
K
Key
A. C14R25 Reducer
B. C14E 90º Flat Elbow
C. C14X Cross
D. C14EVI 90º Inside Elbow
E. C14E45VO 45º Outside Elbow
F. C14E45VI 45º Inside Elbow
G. C14T Tee
H. C14H Hanger
I. C14BH Bracket Hanger
J. C14EB End Blank
K. SPMJP-8-8-6 Hinged Cover Junction Box
L. SPMJ-8-8-6 Screw Cover Junction Box
Specmate Type 1 Wireway System Layout
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
234
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Wireway Capacity
The following charts show the wireway size and number of conductors allowed.
To apply these numbers correctly to your application, observe the rules outlined below, which are taken from the applicable Electrical
Code or UL/CSA standard.
National Electrical Code (NEC):
Article 376-22 of the NEC (2002) states that “The sum of cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross section of the
wireway shall not exceed 20 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway”.
Further to this “The derating factors in 310.15(B)(2)(a) shall be applied only when the number of current carrying conductors, including
neutral conductors classified as current-carrying under the provisions of 310.15(B)(4), exceeds 30.”
Where the conductors enter the wireway through the bottom or the sides, the maximum conductor size is limited due to the need to
control the bend radius of the conductor. Please see Article 376 of the NEC (2002) for more details.
Canadian Electrical Code (CEC):
The rules in CEC 12-2104 regarding conductors in wireways are as follows:
(1) Conductors used in wireways shall be the insulated types indicated in Table 19 (CEC) as being suitable for use in raceways.
(2) Except as permitted in Subrule (4) wireways shall contain not more than 200 conductors and the aggregate cross-sectional area of
the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 20% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.
(3) No conductor larger than 500 kcmil (MCM) copper of 750 kcmil (MCM) aluminum shall be installed in any wireway.
(4) Wireways containing only signal and control conductors may contain any number of conductors but the aggregate cross-sectional
area of the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 40% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.
(5) The cross-sectional area for conductors in Subrules (2) and (4) shall be determined in accordance with Rule 12-1014(4).
NOTE: See Section 12-2100 of the CEC for more details if required. For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C1800D). Consult
factory to order unequal compartments.
Specmate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data
Specmate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications
Wire Fill Calculation:
1. Determine useable area
of compartment. Useable
area in square inches =
[Width x Depth].
2. Determine wire fill for
compartment. Multiply the
compartment area (from
Step 1) by the number of
wires per square inch, from
the chart above. Wire Fill
= Area (sq. in.) x No. Wires
per sq. in. (Chart above).
3. Calculate fill for multi-
compartment tees or
crosses. Wire Fill = (Wire
Fill from Step 2) / No. of
compartments.)
Sample Wire Fill Calculation:
Determine the number
of 12 gauge wires that
will fit in a 4" [102mm]
deep by 4" [102mm] wide
compartment.
1) Useful area =
4" x 4"=16 in2
2) Wire Fill = 16" x 17.11"
wires/in2 (from chart) =
273 #12 THHN wires
CABLE/WIRE TYPE CATEGORY/WIRE SIZE
O.D 20% FILL 40% FILL
Inches [mm] (per sq. inch of area) (per sq. inch of area)
POWER WIRING
(THHN/THWN)
6 AWG 0.257 [6.5] 3.35 -
6 AWG 0.218 [5.5] 5.36 -
6 AWG 0.153 [3.9] 10.88 -
6 AWG 0.122 [3.1] 17.11 -
6 AWG 0.105 [2.7] 23.09 -
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat. 5 UTP 0.220 [5.6] 5.26 10.52
4-pair, 24 AWG Cat. 3 UTP 0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.11
TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.5] 12.99 25.98
3-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [3.8] 11.32 22.64
4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.1
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.3] 1.51 3.03
COAXIAL CABLES RG58/U 0.195 [4.7] 6.70 13.39
RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 4.35 8.70
RG62/U 0.242 [6.1] 4.35 8.70
RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] 3.49 6.99
TWINAXIAL 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 2.34 4.68
SHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
TYPE 1 0.390 [9.6] 1.67 3.35
TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] 1.18 2.36
TYPE 3 0.275 [6.9] 4.24 8.48
FIBER OPTIC Two Strand [Duplex]
Multimode 62.5/125m
0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.11
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
235
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
* Dimensions of RHH and RHW without outer covering are the same as THW No. 18 through No. 10, solid, as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded.
** Dimensions of THW in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THW and larger are the same dimensions as TW.
† No. 14 through No. 2.
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data
CONDUCTOR SIZE
A
RFH-2, RH, RHH, RHW*, SF-2*
B
TF, TH, THW, TW**
C
TFN, THHN, T90, THWN
D
XHHW, ZW†
AWG-MCM [mm2]sq. inch [mm2]sq. inch [mm2]sq. inch [mm2]sq. inch [mm2]
18 [0.8] .0167 [11] .0088 [6] .0062 [4] – –
16 [1.3] .0196 [13] .0109 [7] .0079 [5] – –
14 [2.1] .0230 [15] .0135 [9] .0087 [6] – –
14 [2.1] .0327* – – – – – – –
14 [2.1] – – .0206†[13] – – .0131 [8]
12 [3.3] .0278 [18] .0172 [11] .0117 [8] – –
12 [3.3] .0384* – – – – – – –
12 [3.3] – – .0252†[16] – – .0167 [11]
10 [5.3] .0460 [30] .0222 [14] .0184 [12] – –
10 [5.3] – – .0311 [20] – – .0216 [14]
8 [8.4] .0845 [55] .0471 [30] .0373 [24] – –
8 [8.4] – – .0598†[39] – – .0456 [29]
6 [13.3] .1238 [80] .0819 [53] .0519 [33] .0625 [40]
4 [21.2] .1605 [104] .1087 [70] .0845 [55] .0845 [55]
3 [26.7] .1817 [117] .1263 [81] .0995 [64] .0995 [64]
2 [33.6] .2067 [133] .1473 [95] .1182 [76] .1182 [76]
1 [42.4] .2715 [175] .2027 [131] .1590 [103] .1590 [103]
1/0 [53.5] .3107 [200] .2367 [153] .1893 [122] .1893 [122]
2/0 [67.4] .3578 [231] .2781 [179] .2265 [146] .2265 [146]
3/0 [85.1] .4151 [268] .3288 [212] .2715 [175] .2715 [175]
4/0 [107.2] .4840 [312] .3904 [252] .3278 [211] .3278 [211]
250 [127.0] .5917 [382] .4877 [315] .4026 [260] .4026 [260]
300 [152.0] .6837 [441] .5581 [360] .4669 [301] .4669 [301]
350 [177.0] .7620 [492] .6291 [406] .5307 [342] .5307 [342]
400 [203.0] .8365 [540] .6969 [450] .5931 [383] .5931 [383]
500 [253.0] .9834 [634] .8316 [537] .7163 [462] .7163 [462]
600 [304.0] 1.1940 [770] 1.0261 [662] .8791 [567] .9043 [583]
700 [355.0] 1.3355 [862] 1.1575 [747] 1.0011 [646] 1.0297 [664]
750 [380.0] 1.4082 [909] 1.2252 [790] 1.0623 [685] 1.0936 [706]
800 [405.0] 1.4784 [954] 1.2908 [833] 1.1234 [725] 1.1499 [742]
900 [456.0] 1.6173 [1043] 1.4208 [917] 1.2449 [803] 1.2668 [817]
1000 [507.0] 1.7530 [1131] 1.5482 [999] 1.3623 [879] 1.3893 [896]
1250 [633.0] 2.2062 [1423] 1.9532 [1260] – – 1.7671 [1140]
1500 [760.0] 2.5475 [1644] 2.2751 [1468] – – 2.0612 [1330]
1750 [887.0] 2.8832 [1860] 2.5930 [1673] – – 2.3779 [1534]
2000 [1013.0] 3.2079 [2070] 2.9013 [1872] – – 2.6590 [1715]
Area of Conductor (Sq. In.)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
236
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
CONDUCTOR SIZE
2.5" x 2.5" [64mm x 64mm]
(1.25 sq. inch [808mm2 ])
4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
(3.20 sq. inch [2068mm2])
6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
(7.20 sq. inch [4652mm2])
8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
(12.80 sq. inch [8271mm2])
AWG-MCM [mm2] A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
18 [0.8] 74 142 201 – 191 363 516 – 431 818 1161 – 766 1454 2064 –
16 [1.3] 63 114 158 – 163 293 405 – 367 660 911 – 653 1174 1620 –
14 [2.1] 54 92 143 – 139 237 367 – 313 533 827 – 556 948 1471 –
14 [2.1] 38 – – – 97 – – – 220 – – – 391 – –
14 [2.1] – 60 – 95 – 155 – 244 – 349 – 549 – 621 – 977
12 [3.3] 44 72 106 – 115 186 273 – 258 418 615 – 460 744 1094 –
12 [3.3] 32 – – – 83 – – – 187 – – – 333 – – –
12 [3.3] – 49 – 74 – 126 – 191 – 285 – 431 – 507 – 766
10 [5.3] 27 56 67 – 69 144 173 – 156 324 391 – 278 576 695 –
10 [5.3] – 40 – 57 – 102 – 148 – 231 – 333 – 411 – 592
8 [8.4] 14 26 33 – 37 67 85 – 85 152 193 – 151 271 343 –
8 [8.4] – 20 – 27 – 53 – 70 – 120 – 157 – 214 – 280
6 [13.3] 10 15 24 20 25 39 61 51 58 87 138 115 103 156 246 204
4 [21.2] 7 11 14 14 19 29 37 37 44 66 85 85 79 117 151 151
3 [26.7] 6 9 12 12 17 25 32 32 39 57 72 72 70 101 128 128
2 [33.6] 6 8 10 10 15 21 27 27 34 48 60 60 61 86 108 108
1 [42.4] 4 6 7 7 11 15 20 20 26 35 45 45 47 63 80 80
1/0 [53.5] 4 5 6 6 10 13 16 16 23 30 38 38 41 54 67 67
2/0 [67.4] 3 4 5 5 8 11 14 14 20 25 31 31 35 46 56 56
3/0 [85.1] 3 3 4 4 7 9 11 11 17 21 26 26 30 38 47 47
4/0 [107.2] 2 3 3 3 6 8 9 9 14 18 21 21 26 32 39 39
250 [127.0] 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 7 12 14 17 17 21 26 31 31
300 [152.0] 1 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 10 12 15 15 18 22 27 27
350 [177.0] 1 1 2 2 4 5 6 6 9 11 13 13 16 20 24 24
400 [203.0] 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 8 10 12 12 15 18 21 21
500 [253.0] 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 4 7 8 10 10 13 15 17 17
600 [304.0] 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 6 7 8 7 10 12 14 14
700 [355.0] – 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 6 9 11 12 12
750 [380.0] – 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 5 5 6 6 9 10 12 11
800 [405.0] – – 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 8 9 11 11
900 [456.0] – – 1 – 1 2 2 2 4 5 5 5 7 9 10 10
1000 [507.0]––––122244557899
1250 [633.0]––––11–133–456–7
1500 [760.0]––––11–123–355–6
1750 [887.0]––––11–122–344–5
2000 [1013.0] – – – – – 1 – 1 2 2 – 2 3 4 – 4
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data (continued)
SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart
SpecMate Wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full
interior cross sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when
this is not the case, use the “Conductor Size Based on Bending Space” chart.
NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
237
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
CONDUCTOR SIZE
12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
(28.80 sq. inch [18609mm2])
10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
(8.00 sq. inch [5169mm2])
AWG-MCM [mm2] A B C D A B C D
18 [0.8] 1724 3272 4645 – 479 909 1290 –
16 [1.3] 1469 2642 3645 – 408 773 1012 –
14 [2.1] 1252 2133 3310 – 347 592 919 –
14 [2.1] 880 – – – 244 – – –
14 [2.1] – 1398 – 2198 – 388 – 610
12 [3.3] 1035 1674 2461 – 287 465 683 –
12 [3.3] 750 – – – 208 – – –
12 [3.3] – 1142 – 1724 – 317 – 479
10 [5.3] 626 1297 1565 – 173 360 434 –
10 [5.3] – 926 – 1333 – 257 – 370
8 [8.4] 340 611 772 – 94 169 214 –
8 [8.4] – 481 – 631 – 133 – 175
6 [13.3] 232 351 554 460 64 97 154 128
4 [21.2] 179 264 340 340 49 73 94 94
3 [26.7] 158 228 289 289 44 63 80 80
2 [33.6] 139 195 243 243 38 54 67 67
1 [42.4] 106 142 181 181 29 39 50 50
1/0 [53.5] 92 121 152 152 25 33 42 42
2/0 [67.4] 80 103 127 127 22 28 35 35
3/0 [85.1] 69 87 106 106 19 24 29 29
4/0 [107.2] 59 73 87 87 16 20 24 24
250 [127.0] 48 59 71 71 13 16 19 19
300 [152.0] 42 51 61 61 11 14 17 17
350 [177.0] 37 45 54 54 10 12 15 15
400 [203.0] 34 41 48 48 9 11 13 13
500 [253.0] 29 34 40 40 8 9 11 11
600 [304.0] 24 28 32 31 6 7 9 8
700 [355.0] 21 24 28 27 5 6 7 7
750 [380.0] 20 23 27 26 5 6 7 7
800 [405.0] 19 22 25 25 5 6 7 6
900 [456.0] 17 20 23 22 4 5 6 6
1000 [507.0] 16 18 21 20 4 5 5 5
1250 [633.0] 13 14 – 16 3 4 – 4
1500 [760.0] 11 12 – 13 3 3 – 3
1750 [887.0] 9 11 – 12 2 3 – 3
2000 [1013.0] 8 9 – 10 2 2 – 3
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data (continued)
SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)
NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area
of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.
SpecMate Type 1 Wireway offers custom and
configurable options to meet wide range of
installation requirements.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
238
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
SMALLER INSIDE
DIMENSION OF WIREWAY
MAXIMUM
CONDUCTOR SIZE
In. [mm2] AWG-MCM [mm2]
1 1/4 [32] 6 AWG [13]
2 [51] 3 AWG [27]
2 1/2 [64] 2 AWG [34]
3 [75] 1 AWG [42]
3 1/2 [89] 2/0 AWG [67]
4 [102] 4/0 AWG [107]
4 1/2 [114] 250 MCM [127]
5 [127] 350 MCM [177]
6 [152] 500 MCM [253]
8 [203] 900 MCM [456]
10 [254] 1250 MCM [633]
12 [305] 2000 MCM [1013]
Wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full interior cross
sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when this is not the
case, use the “Conductor Size Based on Bending Space” chart.
NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor
Chart found earlier in this section.
NOTE: The above chart limits the maximum
conductor size when conductors are entering
through the side.
SpecMate Type 1 Wireway is also available in a
wide range of color and finish options. Consult
the factory for more information.
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data (continued)
SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)
CONDUCTOR SIZE
12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
(14.4 sq. inch [9305mm2
])
18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
(21.6 sq. inch [13957mm2])
24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
(28.8 sq. inch [18609mm2])
AWG-MCM [mm2] A B C D A B C D A B C D
18 [0.8]
862 1636 2322 – 1293 2454 3483 – 1724 3272 4645 –
16 [1.3]
734 1321 1822 – 1102 1981 2734 – 1469 2642 3645 –
14 [2.1]
626 1066 1655 – 939 1600 2482 – 1252 2133 3310 –
14 [2.1]
440 – –
–
660 – – – 880 – – –
14 [2.1]
– 699 – 1099 – 1048 – 1648 – 1398 – 2198
12 [3.3]
517 837 1230 – 776 1255 1846 – 1035 1674 2461 –
12 [3.3]
375 – – – 562 – – – 750 – – –
12 [3.3]
– 571 – 862 – 857 – 1293 – 1142 – 1724
10 [5.3]
313 648 782 – 469 972 1173 – 626 1297 1565 –
10 [5.3]
– 463 – 666 – 694 – 1000 – 926 – 1330
8 [8.4]
170 305 386 – 255 458 579 – 340 611 772 –
8 [8.4]
– 240 – 315 – 361 – 473 – 481 – 631
6 [13.3]
116 175 277 230 174 263 416 345 232 351 554 460
4 [21.2]
89 132 170 170 134 198 255 255 179 264 340 340
3 [26.7]
79 114 144 144 118 171 217 217 158 228 289 289
2 [33.6]
69 97 121 121 104 146 182 182 139 195 243 243
1 [42.4]
53 71 90 90 79 106 135 135 106 142 181 181
1/0 [53.5]
46 60 76 76 69 91 114 114 92 121 152 152
2/0 [67.4]
40 51 63 63 60 77 95 95 80 103 127 127
3/0 [85.1]
34 43 53 53 52 65 79 79 69 87 106 106
4/0 [107.2]
29 36 43 43 44 55 65 65 59 73 87 87
250 [127.0]
24 29 35 35 36 44 53 53 48 59 71 71
300 [152.0]
21 25 30 30 31 38 46 46 42 51 61 61
350 [177.0]
18 22 27 27 28 34 40 40 37 45 54 54
400 [203.0]
17 20 24 24 25 30 36 36 34 41 48 48
500 [253.0]
14 17 20 20 21 25 30 30 29 34 40 40
600 [304.0]
12 14 16 15 18 21 24 23 24 28 32 31
700 [355.0]
10 12 14 13 16 18 21 20 21 24 28 27
750 [380.0]
10 11 13 13 15 17 20 19 20 23 27 26
800 [405.0]
9 11 12 12 14 16 19 18 19 22 25 25
900 [456.0]
8 10 11 11 13 15 17 17 17 20 23 22
1000 [507.0]
8 9 10 10 12 13 15 15 16 18 21 20
1250 [633.0]
6 7 – 8 9 11 – 12 13 14 – 16
1500 [760.0]
5 6 – 6 8 9 – 10 11 12 – 13
1750 [887.0]
4 5 – 6 7 8 – 9 9 11 – 12
2000 [1013.0]
4 4 – 5 6 7 – 8 8 9 – 10
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
239
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Technical Data (continued)
SpecMate Wireway Dimension Reference Chart
SIZE: 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 4 x 4 6 x 6 8 x 8 12 x 12
DIMENSION: Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm]
A x B 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 [64 x 64] 4 x 4 [102 x 102] 6 x 6 [152 x 152] 8 x 8 [203 x 203] 12 x 12 [305 x 305]
C2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51]
D1 2 7/16 [62] 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 7 15/16 [201] 11 15/16 [303]
D2 2 7/16 [62] 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 7 15/16 [201] 11 15/16 [303]
E4 5/8 [118] 6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 10 1/8 [257] 14 1/8 [359]
F4 5/8 [118] 6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 10 1/8 [257] 14 1/8 [359]
H1 3 1/16 [78] 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 5 3/8 [137] 7 [178]
H2 3 1/16 [78] 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 5 3/8 [137] 7 [178]
J2 1/2 [64] 2 7/8 [73] 3 5/16 [84] 3 11/16 [94] 4 1/2 [114]
K3 5/16 [84] 4 1/16 [103] 5 1/16 [128] 6 1/16 [154] 8 1/16 [205]
L3 1/4 [83] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [153] 8 [204]
M3 1/8 [79] 4 5/8 [118] 6 5/8 [168] 8 5/8 [219] 12 5/8 [321]
N 7 [177] 10 [254] 14 [356] 18 [457] 26 [660]
P2 5/16 [59] 3 13/16 [97] 5 3/4 [146] 7 3/4 [197] 11 3/4 [298]
R1 5/8 [41] 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 6 5/8 [168] 10 5/8 [270]
S3 5/16 [84] 4 1/16 [103] 5 1/16 [129] 6 1/16 [154] 8 1/16 [205]
T4 1/8 [105] 5 5/8 [143] 7 5/8 [194] 9 5/8 [245] 13 5/8 [346]
U3 1/8 [79] 4 5/8 [118] 6 5/8 [168] 8 5/8 [219] 12 5/8 [321]
V8 1/2 [216] 10 [254] 12 [305] 14 [356] 18 [457]
W1 5/8 [41] 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 6 1/2 [165] 9 1/2 [241]
SIZE: 10 x 4 12 x 6 18 x 6 24 x 6
DIMENSION: Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm]
A x B 10 x 4 [254 x 102] 12 x 6 [305 x 152] 18 x 6 [457 x 152] 24 x 6 [610 x 152]
C2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51]
D1 9 15/16 [252] 11 15/16 [303] 17 15/16 [455] 23 15/16 [608]
D2 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 5 15/16 [150] 5 15/16 [150]
E12 1/8 [308] 14 1/8 [359] 20 1/8 [511] 26 1/8 [664]
F6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 8 1/8 [206] 8 1/8 [206]
H1 6 3/16 [157] 7 [178] 9 1/2 [241] 12 [305]
H2 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 4 9/16 [116] 4 9/16 [116]
J4 3/32 [104] 4 1/2 [114] 5 3/4 [146] 7 [178]
K7 1/16 [179] 8 1/16 [205] 11 1/16 [281] 14 1/16 [357]
L 7 [178] 8 [204] 11 [280] 14 [356]
M10 5/8 [270] 12 5/8 [321] N/A N/A N/A N/A
N 16 [406] 20 [506] N/A N/A N/A N/A
P9 3/4 [248] 11 3/4 [298] 17 3/4 [451] 23 3/4 [603]
R3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114]
S7 1/16 [179] 8 1/16 [205] 11 1/16 [281] 14 1/16 [357]
T11 5/8 [295] 13 5/8 [346] 19 5/8 [498] 25 5/8 [651]
U10 5/8 [270] 12 5/8 [321] 18 5/8 [473] 24 5/8 [626]
V 16 [406] 18 [457] 24 [610] 30 [762]
W3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
240
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “-D”, i.e.: C1250-D. Wireway
can also be provided with divider(s) in specified locations. Consult factory to order.
Steel finished in ANSI61 gray powder coat paint.
One coupling required with each length of duct.
1/2" [12.7mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] concentric trade size KOs 24" [610mm] on centers.
UL Listed and CSA Certified for support on 5' [1.5m] centers. (2 1/2", 4", and 6" [64mm,
102mm, 152mm] square profiles also UL Listed on 10' [3m] centers). Special sizes,
lengths, and colors available.
C1402
(shown)
C14E
(Shown)
E
E
A
B
C
One coupling required with each fitting.
C14E45
(Shown)
B
C
J
H1
H1
J
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information
Specmate Wireway Type 1
STANDARD SIZES GAUGE 10' LENGTH
[3m]
5' LENGTH
[1.5m]
2' LENGTH
[.61m]
1' LENGTH
[.30m]
Inches [mm]
2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64 x 64] 16 C1250 C1255 C1252 C1251
4" x 4" [102 x 102] 16 C1400 C1405 C1402 C1401
6" x 6" [152 x 152] 16 C1600 C1605 C1602 C1601
8" x 8" [203 x 203] 16 C1800 C1805 C1802 C1801
12" x 12" [305 x 305] 16 C11200 C11205 C11202 C11201
10" x 4" [254 x 102] 16 C110-40 C110-45 C110-42 C110-41
12" x 6" [305 x 152] 16 C112-60 C112-65 C112-62 C112-61
18" x 6" [457 x 152] 14 – C118-65 C118-62 C118-61
24" x 6" [610 x 152] 12 – C124-65 C124-62 C124-61
Ordering Data
90° Flat Elbow 45° Flat Elbow
C125E 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14E 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16E 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18E 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112E 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4E 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6E 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6E 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6E 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125E45 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14E45 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16E45 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18E45 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112E45 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4E45 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6E45 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6E45 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6E45 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
One coupling required with each fitting.
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
241
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
C14EVI
(Shown)
A
B
C
F
F
C14EVO
(Shown)
A
B
C
F
F
NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).
Consult factory to order unequal compartments.
C14E45VI
(Shown)
A
B
C
H2
H2
C14E45VO
(Shown)
A
B
C
H2
H2
90° Vertical Inside Elbow
90° Vertical Outside Elbow
45° Vertical Inside Elbow
45° Vertical Outside Elbow
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
C125EVI 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14EVI 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16EVI 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18EVI 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112EVI 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4EVI 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6EVI 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6EVI 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6EVI 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
One coupling required with each fitting.
C125E45VI 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14E45VI 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16E45VI 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18E45VI 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112E45VI 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4E45VI 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6E45VI 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6E45VI 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6E45VI 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
One coupling required with each fitting.
C125E45VO 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14E45VO 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16E45VO 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18E45VO 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112E45VO 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4E45VO 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6E45VO 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6E45VO 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6E45VO 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125EVO 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14EVO 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16EVO 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18EVO 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112EVO 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4EVO 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6EVO 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6EVO 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6EVO 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
One coupling required with each fitting. One coupling required with each fitting.
C14EB
(Shown)
D2
D1
C14C
(Shown)
3"
W
A
End Blank Coupling
C125EB 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14EB 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16EB 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18EB 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112EB 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4EB 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6EB 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6EB 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6EB 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125C 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14C 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16C 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18C 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112C 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4C 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6C 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6C 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6C 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
242
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
C14T
(Shown)
B
L
K
K
C112TH
(Shown)
V
NOTE: Hanger recommended for use with
wireways more than 12 inches [305mm] wide.
Also available for smaller wireways.
U
T
C112BH
(Shown)
NOTE: Gusset appears only on hangers for 12"
[305mm] wide or larger wireway.
Tee Trapeze Hanger
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
Two coupling required with each Tee.
C125T 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14T 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16T 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18T 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112T 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4T 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6T 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6T 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6T 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125TH 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14TH 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16TH 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18TH 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112TH 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4TH 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6TH 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6TH 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6TH 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
Bracket Hanger
C14X
(Shown)
A
B
2"
[51mm]
S
S
S
S
Cross
Two coupling required with each Cross.
C125X 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14X 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16X 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18X 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112X 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4X 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6X 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6X 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6X 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125BH 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14BH 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16BH 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18BH 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112BH 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4BH 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6BH 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6BH 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6BH 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
A2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]
A
B
B
C14R25
(Shown)
C14F
(Shown)
P
R
Reducer
Panel Flange
C14R25 4" x 4" –2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [102mm x 102mm – 64mm x 64mm]
C16R4 6" x 6" – 4" x 4" [152mm x 152mm – 102mm x 102mm]
C18R6 8" x 8" – 6" x 6" [203mm x 203mm – 152mm x 152mm]
C112R8 12" x 12" – 8" x 8" [305mm x 305mm – 203mm x 203mm]
C112-6R6 12" x 6" – 6" x 6" [305mm x 152mm – 152mm x 152mm]
C118-6R12-6 18" x 6" – 12" x 6" [457mm x 152mm – 305mm x 152mm]
C124-6R18-6 24" x 6" – 18" x 6" [610mm x 152mm – 457mm x 152mm]
C118-6EB 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6EB 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125F 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14F 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16F 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18F 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112F 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4F 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6F 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6F 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6F 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
One coupling required with each fitting.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
243
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Typical Installation: The wireway should be installed as a complete system incorporating all fittings necessary to provide for directional
changes. All connections should be fastened securely with the fasteners provided by the manufacturer in order to ensure compliance with
UL and CSA bonding requirements. Conductors of appropriate types as outlined by the applicable Electrical Code may be used in wireway
following installation. Specific installation instructions are given below.
Installation:
For C-Hangers and Trapeze hangers, threaded rod should be cut to the appropriate length, and fastened to a structural member. The
hanger should then be bolted to the threaded rod through the holes provided, level and in line with the other hangers. Wall mounted
hangers should be fastened to structural members in the wall in a manner ensuring sufficient support strength. Once the wireway is in
place, it must be fastened to the hanger by any structurally sound method. Most installations use 1/4" [6.4mm] nuts and bolts fastened
through holes drilled in the wireway base. No sharp edges should be allowed in the wireway as a result of fastening. Fastening hardware
for hangers is not provided. UL Listed wireway with square cross sections of 2.5", 4", and 6" [64mm, 102mm, and 152mm] may be
supported on maximum spans of 10' [3m]. All other wireway shall be supported on spans of 5' [1.5m] or less.
C-Hanger: For widths
up to 12" [305mm].*
Trapeze Hanger: For
any size of wireway.*
Wall Bracket: For installations
along walls. For any size of
wireway.
Couplings are provided with necessary
hardware. Slide the coupling into the end
of the wireway and tighten the fasteners
with a wrench, ensuring they are secure.
Slide the end of the next length of wireway
over the other half of the coupling
and attach the fasteners. Repeat until
complete. Couplings are best located
at one-quarter of the distance between
supports (hangers).
Three styles of hangers may be
purchased with wireway.
Hanging Method
Installation of Couplings:
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details
End Blanks provided with necessary
hardware. Slide the end blank into the end of
the wireway and tighten the fasteners with a
wrench, ensuring they are secure.
Installation of End Blanks
M
N
C110 -4H
(Shown)
C14FB-10
(Shown)
B
10'
Changer Barrier – Field Installed
C125H 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]
C14H 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
C16H 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
C18H 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
C112H 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
C110-4H 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6H 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6T 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6T 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
C125FB 2 1/2" x 120" [64mm x 3m]
C14FB 4" x 120" [102mm x 3m]
C16FB 6" x 120" [152mm x 3m]
C18FB 8" x 120" [203mm x 3m]
C112FB 12" x 120" [305mm x 3m]
C110-4TH 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
C112-6TH 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]
C118-6TH 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]
C124-6TH 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).
Consult factory to order unequal compartments.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
244
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
1. Locate the Pole Adapter on the wireway.
Drill holes in the appropriate locations to
match the holes in the Pole Adapter. Cut
and grommet hole to match pole adapter
entrance feed.
2. Bolt the Pole Adapter to the underside
of the wireway. No sharp edges should
remain in the wireway. (Bolts not
furnished.)
3. Insert the Wiremold NP600 Series Tele-
Power Pole into the underside of the
Pole Adapter. Tighten the two set screws
(furnished) onto the pole.
Installation of Tele-Power Pole Adapter:
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details (continued)
“Type 1 Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the
enclosed equipment and wiring.” – NEMA Standard / No. 250-1991
Standard Knockout Configuration
The knockout configuration shown below is referred to for each standard catalog number.
The following chart indicates the standard knockout pattern that can be accommodated according to the dimension
specified when custom sizes are ordered.
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Enclosures Technical Data
Length of Side (L) Standard KO Configuration
4" [102mm] to less than 6" [152mm] B–C
6" [152mm] to less than 8" [203mm] B–C–D
8" [203mm] to less than 10" [254mm] F–G–H–I
10" [254mm] to less than 15" [381mm] C–D–E–F–G
15" [381mm] to less than 18" [457mm] B–C–D–E–F–G–H
18" [457mm] and up A–B–C–D–E–F–G–H–I
Standard Knockout Configuration for Custom Sizes
Metric Conversion
In. [mm]
4 [102]
6 [152]
8 [203]
10 [254]
12 [305]
15 [381]
18 [457]
20 [508]
24 [610]
30 [762]
36 [914]
48 [1220]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
245
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
W
H
D
Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a
padlock hasp provide easy opening and secure closing.
Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided.
Standard boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without
knockouts are available on request. ANSI / ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information
Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp
CATALOG NUMBER
BOX DIMENSIONS KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL
CU. IN.
(APPROX.)
STANDARD
HINGE TYPE
HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTHIn. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]
SPMJL-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 Formed
SPMJL-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 Formed
SPMJL-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [459] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 Formed
SPMJL-24-12-6 24 [610] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1666 Butt
SPMJL-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 Butt
SPMJL-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 Butt
SPMJL-20-20-10 20 [508] 20 [508] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3901 Butt
SPMJL-30-30-10 30 [762] 30 [762] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 8814 Butt
SPMJL-36-24-10 36 [914] 24 [610] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 8458 Continuous
Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp - Painted Steel
NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
246
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a
“D” ring style handle provide easy opening and secure closing. Internal mounting holes and
a ground terminal with ground screw provided. Standard boxes are provided with concentric
knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without knockouts are available on request.
ANSI/ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.
W
H
D
Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring
CATALOG NUMBER
BOX DIMENSIONS KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL
CU. IN.
(APPROX.)
STANDARD
HINGE TYPE
HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTHIn. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]
SPMJP-6-4-4 6 [152] 4 [102] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C 88 Formed
SPMJP-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134 Formed
SPMJP-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179 Formed
SPMJP-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240 Formed
SPMJP-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378 Formed
SPMJP-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546 Formed
SPMJP-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823 Formed
SPMJP-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272 Formed
SPMJP-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364 Formed
SPMJP-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573 Formed
SPMJP-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 Formed
SPMJP-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 Formed
SPMJP-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 Formed
SPMJP-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 Butt
SPMJP-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 Butt
SPMJP-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190 Butt
SPMJP-18-12-8 18 [457] 12 [305] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1672 Formed
SPMJP-18-18-8 18 [457] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2516 Formed
SPMJP-24-18-8 24 [610] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3361 Butt
SPMJP-30-24-8 30 [762] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 5617 Butt
SPMJP-36-24-8 36 [914] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 6745 Continuous
SPMJP-36-24-12 36 [914] 24 [610] 12 [305] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 10171 Continuous
Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring – Painted Steel
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
247
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Screw-on cover wiring troughs are used as junction boxes or pull boxes for
surface mounting. Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground
screw provided. Custom configurations of troughs up to 120" [3m] in length are
available with or without knockouts. ANSI/ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.
Clusters of 1/2" [12.7mm] – 3/4" [19.1mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] – 1" [25mm] trade size knockouts are
spaced on 9" [229mm] centers along the trough. Other knockout sizes and spacings are available on
request.
H
D
W1 5/8"
[41mm]
9"
[229mm]
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
Wiring Troughs
CATALOG NUMBER
BOX DIMENSIONS INTERNAL
CU. IN.
(APPROX.)
HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]
SPMJW-12-4-4 12 [305] 4 [102] 4 [102] 178
SPMJW-24-4-4 24 [610] 4 [102] 4 [102] 358
SPMJW-36-4-4 36 [914] 4 [102] 4 [102] 539
SPMJW-48-4-4 48 [1220] 4 [102] 4 [102] 719
SPMJW-60-4-4 60 [1525] 4 [102] 4 [102] 899
SPMJW-72-4-4 72 [1830] 4 [102] 4 [102] 1079
SPMJW-12-6-6 12 [305] 6 [152] 6 [152] 410
SPMJW-24-6-6 24 [610] 6 [152] 6 [152] 824
SPMJW-36-6-6 36 [914] 6 [152] 6 [152] 1238
SPMJW-48-6-6 48 [1220] 6 [152] 6 [152] 1652
SPMJW-60-6-6 60 [1525] 6 [152] 6 [152] 2067
SPMJW-72-6-6 72 [1830] 6 [152] 6 [152] 2481
SPMJW-18-8-8 12 [305] 8 [203] 8 [203] 736
SPMJW-24-8-8 24 [610] 8 [203] 8 [203] 1481
SPMJW-36-8-8 36 [914] 8 [203] 8 [203] 2225
SPMJW-48-8-8 48 [1220] 8 [203] 8 [203] 2969
SPMJW-60-8-8 60 [1525] 8 [203] 8 [203] 3713
SPMJW-72-8-8 72 [1830] 8 [203] 8 [203] 4457
Wiring Throughs - Painted Steel
NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
248
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Screw-on cover junction boxes for surface or flush mounting. Internal
mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided.Standard
boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and
boxes without knockouts are available on request. ANSI / ASA 61 Gray finish
inside and out.
Surface Mount
W
H
D
Flush Mount
W
H
D
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)
Surface Mount & Flush Mount Screw Cover Junction Boxes
CATALOG NUMBER
BOX DIMENSIONS
KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION INTERNAL
CU. IN.
(APPROX.)
HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm] HEIGHT FACE WIDTH
SPMJ-6-4-4 6 [152] 4 [102] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C- 88
SPMJ-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134
SPMJ-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179
SPMJ-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240
SPMJ-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378
SPMJ-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546
SPMJ-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823
SPMJ-18-18-4 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1250
SPMJ-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272
SPMJ-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364
SPMJ-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573
SPMJ-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828
SPMJ-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247
SPMJ-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877
SPMJ-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507
SPMJ-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349
SPMJ-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190
SPMJ-18-12-8 18 [457] 12 [305] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1672
SPMJ-18-18-8 18 [457] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2516
SPMJ-24-18-8 24 [610] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3361
SPMJ-30-24-8 30 [762] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 5617
SPMJ-36-24-8 36 [914] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 6745
SPMJ-36-24-12 36 [914] 24 [610] 12 [305] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 10171
Screw Cover Junction Boxes – Surface Mount – Painted Steel
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
249
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
CATALOG
NUMBER
BOX DIMENSIONS
KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL
CU. IN.
(APPROX.)
COVER DIMENSION
HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT WIDTH
In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm] FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTH In. [mm] In. [mm]
SPMJF-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134 7.5 [191] 7.5 [191]
SPMJF-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179 9.5 [242] 7.5 [191]
SPMJF-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240 9.5 [242] 9.5 [242]
SPMJF-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378 11.5 [292] 11.5 [292]
SPMJF-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546 13.5 [343] 13.5 [343]
SPMJF-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823 19.5 [534] 13.5 [343]
SPMJF-18-18-4 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1250 19.5 [534] 19.5 [534]
SPMJF-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272 9.5 [242] 7.5 [191]
SPMJF-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364 9.5 [242] 9.5 [242]
SPMJF-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573 11.5 [292] 11.5 [252]
SPMJF-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 13.5 [343] 13.5 [343]
SPMJF-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 19.5 [534] 13.5 [343]
SPMJF-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 19.5 [534] 19.5 [534]
SPMJF-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 25.5 [649] 19.5 [534]
SPMJF-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 25.5 [649] 25.5 [648]
SPMJF-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190 31.5 [775] 25.5 [648]
SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Screw Cover Junction Boxes - Flush Mount - Painted Steel
NOTE: Add “C” prefix to denote Canadian version — Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
250
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7.
1. 2.
A four-gang WallSource Box (WSA42-4) installed during
construction can easily accommodates the wire and cabling
required to feed a divided surface raceway system.
1.
wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS
Wiremold® WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes are six-gang boxes that can
accommodate multiple services including power and communications eliminating
multiple drops and uneven wall faceplates.
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &
Associated Fittings:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Wallsource Multiple Service Boxes and components are available in
ivory, black, gray, light gray or white as indicated in the part number
descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
WSA42-4 Box Installation Shown
WallSource Box Installation Details
Installing WSA00-4 on WSA42-4
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
251
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
L
D
W
M
L
D
W
L
W
L
W
wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS
WSB42-2
WallSource Box, Divider & Mounting Bracket
WSA07-4A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring
Slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.
ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO. L W D Gang Trade Size KOs
WSB42-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 2 1/2", 3/4", 1"
ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO. L W Gang
WSA07-4A 11 1/4" [286mm] 7" [177mm] 4
Self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
holecut to give the box a finished
look. For use with: 5507 Series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& Series II Modules, Pass &
Seymour Activate Series Inserts
and Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules. Available
in white (WSA07-4AWH), black (WSA07-4ABK), gray
(WSA07-4AG), and gray (WSA07-4AGY).
WSA42-4
Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets
WSC07-6A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring
Slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.
ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO. L W D Gang Trade Size KOs
WSA42-4 9 3/16" [233mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 4 1/2", 3/4",
1", 1 1/2"
ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO. L W Gang
WSC07-6A 15 13/16" [402mm] 7" [177mm] 6
Self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
holecut to give the box a finished
look. For use with: 5507 Series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& Series II Modules, Pass &
Seymour Activate Series Inserts
and Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules. Available
in white (WSC07-6AWH), black
(WSC07-6ABK), gray (WSC07-6AG),
and gray (WSC07-6AGY).
WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information
Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part
number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
252
WIREMOLD
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES
Self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
holecut to give the box a finished
look. For use with: 5507 Series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& Series II Modules, Pass &
Seymour Activate Series Inserts
and Wiremold Open System Communication Modules.
Available in white (WSB07-2AWH), black (WSB07-2ABK),
gray (WSB07-2AG), and gray (WSB07-2AGY).
2.5/8"
[67mm]
1"
[25mm]
FSS-18 Fiber Storage Loop
S2-EPL End Plates
Use this loop to store 18"
[457mm] of cable with a
controlled 1" [25mm] bend
radius.
Includes two outlet identification
labels with clear covers and
two matching screw covers.
Required for mounting
Ortronics® Series II modules
into the WSX07-X Series device
brackets.
CM-EPLA End Plates
Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear
covers and two matching screw
covers. Required for mounting
Pass & Seymour Activate™
and Wiremold Open System
communication modules into
theWSX07-X Series device
brackets.
11 1/4"
[286mm]
7"
[177mm]
L
D
W
L
W
WSC42-6
Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets
WSA86 Backfeed Kit
Slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.
ORDERING DATA
CAt. No.
L W D Gang Trade Size KOs
WSA42-6 13 3/4" [350mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 6 1/2", 3/4",
1", 1 1/2"
For backfeeding 4000, 6000,
5400, 5500 and ALA4800
Series Raceways. Use included
templates to easily cut entrances
into raceway. Use the dividers
for UL Listed separation. Use
the backfeed plate with 4000
and 6000 Series Raceway to
completely cover wall hole cut.
Includes ivory and gray pieces.
wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS
WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information
WSB07-2A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring
WSA00-4
Open Architecture Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring
ORDERING DATA
CAt. No. L W GANG
WSB07-2A 6 13/16" [173mm] 7" [177mm] 2
Self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety
of electrical and communications
devices. This bracket
accommodates a standard single-
and dual-gang faceplate. The
trim ring hides the holecut to give
the box a finished look. Standard
color is Ivory, for other colors
add one of the following: white (WSA00-4WH), black
(WSA00-4BK) and gray (WSA00-4GY).
Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part
number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.
253
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS
Wiremold® Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems are an excellent choice
for applications where space is minimal but multiple outlets for
power are required.
adorne™ Under-Cabinet
Lighting System
279
Tamper-Resistant
Plugmold®
276
254
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® Steel Multioutlet Systems
Plugmold® Plus Nonmetallic Multioutlet Systems
Plugmold® Aluminum Multioutlet Systems
Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems
adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System
2000 Series™
NM2000 Series™
AL2000 Series™
2000TR Series™
2400 Series™
256
267
272
276
279
262
Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS
Table of Contents
255
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold Multioutlet Systems and Raceways
SERIES MATERIAL AMPERAGE
PROFILE DIMENSIONS RECEPTACLE
TYPEInches [mm]
2000 Steel 15 Amp 3/4" x 1 9/32" [19.1mm x 33mm] Simplex
2000TR Steel 15 Amp 3/4" x 1 9/32" [19.1mm x 33mm] Simplex
V2400 Steel 20 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] Simplex
24R Steel 15 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] TR Duplex
24S Steel 20 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] Duplex
NM2000 Nonmetallic 15 Amp 1" x 1 3/4" [25mm x 44mm] Duplex
AL2000 Aluminum 15 Amp 1 1/8" x 1 7/16" [29mm x 37mm] Simplex
AL2000TR Aluminum 15 Amp 1 1/8" x 1 7/16" [29mm x 37mm] Simplex
NOTE: All systems can be custom configured to suit specific job requirements.
Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS
Quick Selection Guide
Plugmold® 2400, 24S, 24R™ Series
1 29/32"
[48mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
CAPACITY: 1.39 in.2 [897mm2]
Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems – Steel Profiles
Plugmold® 2000 Series™
1 9/32"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
CAPACITY: 0.80 in.2 [516mm2]
Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™
Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems – Nonmetallic Profiles
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
[25mm]
CAPACITY: 0.114 in.2 [735mm2]
Plugmold® AL2000 Series™
Plugmold®Multioutlet Systems – Aluminum Profiles
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
CAPACITY: 1.10 in.2 [710mm2]
256
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover& Plugmold Series
with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
Plugmold® 2000 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part
Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “S” prefix have a
stainless finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” prefix have a white finish. Part Numbers
with a “BK” prefix have a black finish. Part Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized
steel finish unless otherwise specified.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
AF
E
G
H
I
JO
L
Q
P
M
M
N
K
BC
D
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A. V2010B Blank End Fitting
B. V2051H Flush Plate Adapter
C. V2006 Cover Clip
D. 2017TC Internal Corner Coupling
E. V2015 Tee Fitting
F. V2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
G. V2018C Extern Elbow Cover
H. V2048 Single-Gang Device Box
I. V2011 90° Flat Elbow
J. V20GB506 Plugmold Strip
K. V2089 Side-Reducing Fitting
L. V5748 Single-Gang Device Box
M. V500 500 Series Raceway
N. V2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
O. V2010A3 Entrance End Fitting
P. V518 External Elbow
Q. V2089E End-Reducing Connector
Plugmold 2000 Series System Layout
Two-piece, low profile multiple outlet raceway. Low profile requires
minimal space.
257
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
O.D. WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLESInches [mm]
12 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7 5
14 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 5
Plugmold 2000 Series Product Configuration Matrix
CAT. NO FINISH
LENGTH WIRING
CONFIG.
OUTLETS (15A 125V NEMA 5-15R)
CENTER DISTANCE OUTLET
Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.
20GB206 S 2 [610mm] GB 6 [152mm] 4 Single
20GB306 V, G, BK, WH, S 3 [915mm] GB 6 [152mm] 6 Single
20IG306 V, G 3 [915mm] IG 6 [152mm] 6 Single
20GB506 V, G, BK, WH, S 5 [1.5m] GB 6 [152mm] 10 Single
20GB512 V, G, BK, WH, S 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305mm] 5 Single
20GBA512 V, G 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305mm] 5 Single
20IG512 V, G 5 [1.5m] IG 12 [305mm] 5 Single
20GB606 V, G, BK, WH, S 6 [1.8m] GB 6 [152mm] 12 Single
20GB609 V, G 6 [1.8m] GB 9 [229mm] 8 Single
20GB612 V, G, BK, WH, S 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305mm] 6 Single
20GB618 V, G 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457mm] 4 Single
20GBA609 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 9 [229mm] 8 Single
20GBA612 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305mm] 6 Single
20GBA618 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457mm] 4 Single
20IG606 V, G 6 [1.8m] IG 6 [152mm] 12 Single
NOTE: Ivory, gray, white, and black Plugmold Series in GB and GBA wiring have matching color receptacles.
Stainless steel Plugmold Series has black receptacles and Plugmold Series with IG wiring has orange
receptacles.
Plugmold 2000 Series 48' and 50' [14.6m & 15.2m] Lengths – Ivory, Gray Finish
CAT. NO
LENGTH WIRING
CONFIG.
OUTLETS 15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R)
CENTER DISTANCE
2000B AND 2000C
HOLE CUT COVER
LENGTH
Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY. QTY. Feet [mm]
20GB12 48 [14.6] GB 12 [305] 48 Single 8 6 [1.830]
20GB18 48 [14.6] GB 18 [457] 32 Single 8 6 [1.830]
20GB30 50 [15.2] GB 30 [760] 20 Single 10 5 [1.525]
20GBA12 48 [14.6] GBA 12 [305] 48 Single 8 6 [1.830]
V20GB306
V20GB612
V20GB12
NOTE:
Snapicoil Reels on custom order. Snapicoil
Harness is available on reels if lengths
greater than 50’ are needed, or if multiple
lengths are required for production-type
jobs. The maximum length per reel is 240’
for Snapicoil Harness with outlets 12” and
18” on centers; 500’ with outlets 30” on
center. Packaging includes the necessary
number of lengths of base, holecut cover,
wire clips, and couplings for complete
installation. Price and delivery information
should be obtained prior to specifying or
ordering. To specify or order, add R to the
Snapicoil Harness number. Ex: V20GB12R.
Other outlet spacings available on custom
order.
Receptacles are made from high impact
thermoplastic. Plugmold 2000 Series is
supplied with two (2) 2010B Blank End
Fittings and (1) 2001 Base Coupling.
GB SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 1-circuit;
has insulated grounding conductor.
GBA SERIES:
4-wire #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 2-circuits;
outlets wired alternately; has
insulated grounding conductor.
IG SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 1 circuit;
has insulated-isolated grounding
conductor, orange receptacle.
GB SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid (1
hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1-circuit; has insulated
grounding conductor.
GBA SERIES:
4-wire #12 THHN solid (2
hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
2-circuits; outlets wired
alternately; has insulated
grounding conductor.
WITH SNAPICOIL HARNESS
Plugmold 2000 Series Wiring Configuration
258
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
2000BC Base and Cover
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
2000B Base: .040" [1.0mm] steel;
2000C Cover: .025" [.6mm] steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each
per carton. Available in ivory (V2000BC),
gray (G2000BC), black (BK2000BC),
white (WH2000BC) and stainless
steel (S2000BC).
620BCK Replacement Blade Kit
Replacement blades and die set for 620 Cutter.
2000B-5 Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Available
in ivory (V2000B-5), gray (G2000B-5),
black (BK2000B-5), white (WH2000B-5)
and stainless steel (S2000B-5).
1 9/32"
[33mm]
2000B-10 Raceway Base
1 9/32"
[33mm]
2000C Raceway Base
1 9/32"
[33mm]
620 Raceway Base and Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for both 2000 Base and
Cover.
W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
1 5/16"
[33mm] W30 – For common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors.
W30G – For connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.
2000WC Wire Clip (Plated)
Use when conductors bypass
receptacles. Not UL Listed.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2001 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
Joins lengths of 2000 Series Raceway
Base.
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
2003 Supporting Clip
Temporary support, while positioning
lengths of raceway base. Use with 2000
Series Raceway. V2003 has ivory finish;
2003 has plated finish.
1. 2003 mounted on
surface with No. 6
flathead screw.
2. Plugmold 2000 or
2100 snaps into 2003
Supporting Clip.
1
2
2006 Cover Clip
Covers seam where lengths of cover or
base meet. Available in ivory (V2006),
gray (G2006), black (BK2006), white
(WH2006) and stainless steel (S2006).
3/4"
[19.1mm]
NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum
conductors.
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten 10'
[3.05m] lengths per carton. Available in
ivory (V2000B-10), gray (G2000B-10),
black (BK2000B-10), white (WH2000B-10)
and stainless steel (S2000B-10).
.025" [.6mm] steel. Packed twenty 5'
[1.5m] lengths per carton. Has no
receptacle hole cuts. Available in
ivory (V2000C), gray (G2000C), black
(BK2000C), white (WH2000C) and
stainless steel (S2000C).
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information
259
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanzied)
2010A3 Entrance End Fitting
2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
2010B Blank End
2011 90° Flat Elbow
2015 Tee
2017TC Internal Corner Coupling
2018C External Elbow Cover
2048 Single-Gang Device Box
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide an
additional ground to raceway.
Offers larger capacity than
V2010A2. 1/2" trade size KOs on
end, each side and bottom. 3/4"
trade size KOs on bottom and
rear. Includes ground screw.
Available in ivory (V2010A3),
gray (G2010A3), black
(BK2010A3) and white
(WH2010A3).
Connects 2000 Series Raceway
with 1/2" trade size conduit
and armored cable connectors.
1/2" trade size KOs on end,
each side and bottom. Includes
ground screw. Available in ivory
V2010A2),gray (G2010A2), black
(BK2010A2),white (WH2010A2)
and stainlesssteel (S2010A2).
Closes off open end of 2000
Series Raceway. Available in
ivory (V2010B), gray (G2010B),
black (BK2010B), white
(WH2010B)and stainless steel
(S2010B).
Right angle turns on same
surface. Cover stop permits neat
butting of 2000C Cover. Two
couplings furnished. Available
in ivory (V20111), gray (G2011),
black (BK2011), white (WH2011)
and stainless steel (S2011).
Branches raceway at right
angles. Couplings furnished.
Available in ivory (V2015), gray
(G2015), black (BK2015) and
white (WH2015).
Furnished with one fiber
bushing.
Continues raceway runs
around outside corner.
Fills the gap when external
corner is made by notching
and bending the 2000 Base.
Available in ivory (V2018C),
gray (G2018C), black (BK2018C),
white (WH2018C) and stainless
steel (S2018C).
Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500 and 700 Series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size
KO and rectangular KO for
extension to wall box. Base
has No. 10 threaded hole for
ground connection. Available
in ivory (V2048), gray (G2048),
black (BK2048), white (WH2048)
and stainless steel (S2048).
1 13/64"
[30mm]
How 2009 is used.
2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 11/16"
[67mm]
2 7/64"
[53mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Each Leg
1 1/2"
[38mm]
4"
[102mm]
6"
[152mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1. 2017TC used as a
corner coupling.
2. 2017TC used
as a corner
coupling and
a straight-
through fitting.
2017TC
2000B
2017TC
2000B
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Corner Gap
Filler snapped
into place in
2018C.
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 5/8"
[118mm]
Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)
260
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
2051H Flush Plate Adapter
V2089 Side Reducing Connector
V2089E End Reducing Connector
PIP36 Plugin Plugmold
Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500 and 700 Series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension
to wall box. Base has No.10
threaded hole for ground
connection. Available in ivory
(V2048-2), gray (G2048-2), black
(BK2048-2), white (WH2048-2)
and stainless steel (S2048-2).
(S204822).
Feeds 2000 Series Plugmold from
an existing wall outlet. Equipped
with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
stud, toothed lock washer for
grounding, threaded hole for and
conduit bushing. Available in ivory
(V2051H), gray (G2051H), black
(BK2051H), white (WH2051H)
and stainless steel (S2051H).
Connects 2000 Series Plugmold
with 500 Series Raceway
through the side of 2000 Series
Plugmold.
Connects 2000 Series
Plugmold with 500 Series
Raceway through the end of
2000 Series Plugmold.
Available in 3' [915mm] with six single receptacles and two
(2) mounting clips. Available in black (PIP36BK), white
(PIP36WH) and ivory (PIP36V).
4 3/4"
[121mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
Plugmold 2000
extended from wall
outlet using 2051H.
2051H fastened to
horizontally mounted
wall box.
2051H fastened to
vertically mounted
wall box.
6"
[152mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Plugmold 2000® SerieS™
2000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQUIRED
USE CATALOG NUMBERFROM TO
500 Series Raceway Side of Plugmold 2000 Series V2089, V2048, V2048-2
500 Series Raceway End of Plugmold 2000 Series V2089E, V2048, V2048-2
Existing Outlet Plugmold 2000 Series V2051H
1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable End of Plugmold 2000 Series V2010A2, V2010A3
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)
261
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
1. Determine the method of feeding and bring feed
conductors into base section.
2. Install 2000B Base on surface, starting with feed section.
Mount base section with No. 8 flathead screws, through
mounting screw knockouts and piercings, or mount with
2003 Support Clips. Random piercing and knockout pattern
does not start and end at same point on bases of Plugmold.
Attaching Lock Nut
Lock nut run onto
Connector as spacer.
CAUTION: Be sure
lock nut and feed
do not fall behind
receptacle.
V2010A2 Entrance
End Fitting (typical)
end feeding from
conduit or armored
cable.
Back feeding from
wall box.
V2051H
Flush
Plate
Adapter
V500
2089E
End feeding
from 500 Series
Raceway.
V2089
for
V500
V500
Side-feeding from
500 Series Raceway.
Mounting
Screw KO
2000B Base
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
8"
[203mm]
Approx.
Approx.
Mounting
Screw
Piercing
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Feed KO
3. Connect feed to prewired cover section. Use approved
connection method for ground conductor. Use only
W30G (green) wire connectors on equipment grounding
conductors, not W30.
W30 and W30G CONNECTORS
W30 – Common connection of 2, 3 or 4 solid conductors
No.14 or No.12 AWG.
W30G – For connection of equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4
solid conductors No.14 or No.12 AWG.
Rating – 300 volts maximum, 20 AMP. 105° C maximum.
Note: W30 Connector has a white finish, W30G Connector has a
green finish.
A. Strip wire ends to width of
product (1/2" [12.7mm]).
B. Insert wire ends the
full stripped distance.
4. Engage lower bead of cover in base. Starting at one end, snap
in top bead. Be careful not to pinch wires.
To snap cover in, work from one
end to the other, striking sharply
with heel of hand.
Plugmold Multioutlet Systems Installation Details
4. Lay out Snapicoil Harness along entire run of base so that
receptacles are not located over feed or in corners. Connect
harness to feed. Use approved connection method for ground
conductor.
6. Engage lower bead of cover
in base and starting at
one end, snap in top bead.
be careful not to pinch
wires. Continue snapping
receptacles into covers,
and covers into base along
entire run.
1. Determine method of feeding. Bring feed
conductors into base.
A. Stub-in feed at beginning of run,
half the distance or less from first
receptacle. Cut off base so 1/2"
[12.7mm] entrance KO aligns with
feed (also provides for cover to
overlap base joint). Save base section
cut-off for opposite end of run.
B. Remove appropriate entrance KO and
install 1/2" [12.7mm] connector as
shown.
Feed Stubbed In
CAUTION: Be sure lock
nut and feed do not fall
behind receptacle.
3. Snap in 2001 Coupling
where base sections abut.
Base Joint No. 8
Flathead
Screw
5. Starting at feed, snap
receptacles completely into
first cover section.
2000B Base
Snap in
Upper Bead
of Cover
Lower Bead
Engaged
W30 Connector on
Black Hot Wire
W30 Connector on
White Neutral Wire
W30G Connector on
Green Ground Wire
2. Install 2000B Raceway Base on surface, starting with feed
section. Mount entire run with No. 8 flat head screws,
through mounting screw knockouts and piercings. Cut base
to length at corners and end of run. Random piercing and
knockout pattern does not start and end at same point on
bases of Plugmold.
Mounting
Screw KO
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
8" [203mm]
approx.
approx.
Mounting Screw
Piercing 2000B Base
1/2" [12.7mm]
Feed KO
Snapicoil Harness Installation Details
2001 Coupling
262
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
KEY
A V2410A Entrance End Fitting
B V2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box
C V2417 Internal Elbow
D V2418 External Elbow
E V2448 Single-Gang Device Box
F 24S7218GBX99IV Plugmold
Multi-outlet System
G V2489 Side Reducing Connector
H V2410B Blank End Fitting
I 500 500 Series Raceway
J V5747 Single-Gang Device Box
K V2411 Flat Elbow
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base and Blank Cover:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold
Series with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
Two-piece, single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication installations
Plugmold® 2400 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part
Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized steel finish unless otherwise specified.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
A
B
C
K
E
F
G
I
J
C
H
D
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
COLOR OPTIONS
Plugmold 2400 Series System Layout
E
I
263
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
O.D. WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLESInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 57 12
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 41 9
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 26 0
Plugmold 2400 Series Product Configuration Matrix
CAT NO. LENGTH WIRING
CONFIG.
OUTLETS 20A 125V NEMA 520R
CENTER
DIS
TANCE OUTLET
QTY.Feet [mm] Inches [mm]
V24GB306 3 [915mm] GB 6 [152] 6 Single
V24GB506 5 [1.5m] GB 6 [152] 10 Single
V24GB512 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305] 5 Single
V24GBA512 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Single
V24GB606 6 [1.8m] GB 6 [152] 12 Single
V24GB612 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305] 6 Single
V24GB618 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457] 4 Single
V24GBA612 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Single
V24GBA618 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457] 4 Single
24S3612GBX99IV 3 [915mm] GB 12 [305] 3 Duplex
24S3612GBA99IV 3 [915mm] GBA 12 [305] 3 Duplex
24S6012GBX99IV 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305] 5 Duplex
24S6012IGX99IV 5 [1.5m] IG 12 [305] 5 Duplex
24S6012GBA99IV 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Duplex
24S7212GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305] 6 Duplex
24S7224GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 24 [608] 3 Duplex
24S7218GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457] 4 Duplex
24S7224GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 24 [608] 3 Duplex
24S7218IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 18 [457] 4 Duplex
24S7212IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 12 [305] 6 Duplex
24S7224IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 24 [608] 3 Duplex
24S7212GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305] 6 Duplex
24S7218GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457] 4 Duplex
NOTE: One Coupling and two End Clips included.
GB SERIES:
3 wire, #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral and 1
ground) 1 circuit; has grounding conductor.
Wiring Configuration
GBA SERIES:
4-wire, #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1
ground) 2 circuits; outlets wired alternately; has
grounding conductor.
Cross Section
Cover
Receptacle
Base
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
V24GB506
264
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
V2400BC Base and Cover V2406 Cover Clip
2409 Ground Clamp
V2410A Entrance End Fitting
V2410B Blank End Fitting
V2410C Entrance End Fitting
V2400C Raceway Cover
PM48T Multiple Outlet Strip (Diamond Plate Finish)
2400WC Wire Clip
V2400B Raceway Base
V2400B Base: .040" [1.0mm] steel;
V2400C Cover: .025" [.6mm] steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of
each per carton.
Covers seam where lengths
of cover or base meet. Use
with Plugmold® 2400 Series.
(Nonmetallic.)
No. 10 ground screw provided.
Use with Plugmold® 2400
Series.
Connects Plugmold® 2400
Series with 1/2" trade size
conduit and armored cable.
Closes off open end of
Plugmold® 2400 Series.
Has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs on end and bottom.
Additional 1/2" trade size KO
on sides.
.040" [1.0mm] steel 5' [1.5m]
lengths. Packed (20) 5' [1.5m]
lengths per carton. V2400C Cover
has no receptacle hole cuts.
Diamond plate finish base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Cover
.040" [1.0mm] steel. 48" [1.2m]
length. Provides five duplex 15A
receptacles. Packed three per carton. PM48T Merchandiser
available – 10 cartons of PM48T packed in a merchandising
display.Order as PM48T-DISP.
Holds conductors in place in
raceway.
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
7/8"
[22.2mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
1"
[25mm]
2401 Coupling
Joins lengths of raceway. Use with
Plugmold® 2400 Series.
2" [51mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 3/16"
[46mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
2 11/16"
[68mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information
265
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension to
wall box. Has #10 threaded hole
for ground connection. V2448
Cover has two twistouts for
500 and 700 Series Raceway,
and two twistouts for 2400
Series Raceway. V2448-2 Cover has four 2400 Series
Raceway twistouts.
V2411M Flat Elbow
Right angle turns on the same
surface.
3 15/16"
[100mm]
Each Leg
1 29/32"
[49mm]
V2417M Internal Elbow
Makes internal 90° corners.
All steel construction.
1 3/4"
[45mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
V2418M External Elbow
Covers outside corners.
(Nonmetallic Cover.)
3"
[76mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
V2451H Back Feed Fitting
Feeds Plugmold 2400 Series
Raceway from an existing
outlet box. Equipped with 1/2"
trade size male bushing and
locknut washer for grounding.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
624BCK Replacement Blade Kit
Replacement blades and die set for 624 Cutter.
V2489 Side Reducing Connector
Connects Plugmold 2400
Series with 500 Series
Raceway.
V2444, V2444-2 Extra Deep Device Box
Base has rectangular knockout
to enable extension from existing
single-gang flush wall box and
1/2" and 1" concentric KOs. V2444
Cover has two twistouts for 500
and 700 Series Raceway, and
two twistouts for 2400 Series
Raceway. V2444-2 Cover has four 2400 Series Raceway
Series twistouts.
D
LW
CAT NO. L W D GANG
V2444 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 2 3/4" [44mm] 1
V2444-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2 3/4" [44mm] 2
W
L
D
V2448, V2448-2 Device Box
CAT NO. L W D GANG
V2448 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 1
V2448-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 2
624 2400 and 2400D Raceway Base and Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 2400B and
2400BD Series Raceway.
V2427GA Duplex Receptacle
3-wire, 15A, 125V, NEMA 5-15R.
Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]
pigtails and inline splice
connectors. Ivory receptacle
with ivory trim plate.
Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)
266
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
V2427GT Duplex Receptacle
3-wire, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R.
Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]
pigtails and inline splice
connectors. Ivory receptacle
with ivory trim plate.
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
IG2427GA Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle
IG2427GT Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle
V2426 Lamp Holder
Eliminates offsetting V2400
in connecting with surface
panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs with
1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to
center of bushing is 1" [25mm]
minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]
maximum. Has twistouts for
transition to Pancake 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway.
3-wire, 15A, 125V NEMA
5-15R. Provided with 10 1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors. Orange
receptacle with ivory trim
plate.
3-wire, 20A, 125V NEMA
5-20R. Provided with 10 1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors. Orange
receptacle with ivory trim
plate.
Medium base lamp holder
660W, 250V. Black, general
purpose phenolic.
2 1/2"
[63mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm]
5"
[127mm]
1 29/32"
[49mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)
267
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
Two-piece, single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication installations. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold
Series with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.
B G
F
L
I
J
A,K
NM2010A Plugmold
C
D
E
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
Plugmold NM2000 Series System Layout
Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a
prefix have an ivory finish unless otherwise specified.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
KEY
A. NM2010A Entrance End Fitting
B. NM2010B Blank End Fitting
C. NM2051H Horizontal Wall Box
Adapter
D. NM2006 Cover Clip
E. NM2017 Internal Elbow
F. NM2015 Tee Fitting
G. NM2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
H. NM2018 External Elbow
I. NM2048 Single-Gang Device Box
J. NM2011 Flat Elbow
K. NM2010A Entrance End Fitting
L. NM2051V Vertical Wall Box
Adapter Plugmold Plus
Multioutlet System
H
Plugmold
Plugmold
268
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold NM2000 Multioutlet Strips
CAT NO. WIRING
CONFIG
Duplex Outlets
(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R)
LENGTH CENTER DISTANCE
Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.
NM20GB412 GB 12 [305] 4
NM20GBA412 4 [1220] GBA 12 [305] 4
NM20IG412 IG 12 [305] 4
NM20GB512 GB 12 [305] 5
NM20GB515 GB 15 [381] 4
NM20GB530 5 [1525] GB 30 [762] 2
NM20GBA512 GBA 12 [305] 5
NM20IG512 IG 12 [305] 5
NM20GB609 GB 9 [229] 8
NM20GB612 GB 12 [305] 6
NM20GB618 GB 18 [457] 4
NM20GBA609 6 [1830] GBA 9 [229] 8
NM20GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6
NM20IG612 IG 12 [305] 6
Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. Approx. Dia.40%
FILLIn [mm]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 16
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 13
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 9
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 4
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 3
COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 7
Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 16
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 16
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 8
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
Plugmold NM2400 Multioutlet Strips
CAT NO.
LENGTH WIRING
CONFIG
DUPLEX OUTLETS
(20A 120V NEMA 5-20R)
CENTER DISTANCE
Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.
NM24GB412 GB 12 [305] 4
NM24GBA412 4 [1220] GBA 12 [305] 4
NM24GB512 GB 12 [305] 5
NM24GB530 5 [1525] GB 30 [762] 2
NM24GBA512 GBA 12 [305] 5
NM24GB612 GB 12 [305] 6
NM24GB618 6 [1830] GB 18 [457] 4
NM24GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6
NOTE: Fed. Spec. duplex receptacles are made from high impact nylon and colored
to match the raceway
Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire
Fill Capacities for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORSInches [mm]
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 45
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 31
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 15
Plugmold NM2000 with Snapicoil Harness
CAT NO.
LENGTH WIRING
CONFIG
DUPLEX OUTLETS
(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R) NM2000B & NM2000C
CENTER DISTANCE LENGTH
Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY. QTY. Feet [m]
NM20GB12 48 [14.6] GB 12 [305] 48 8 6 [1.830]
NM20GBA12 48 [14.6] GBA 12 [305] 48 8 6 [1.830]
Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
O.D.
GB SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1-circuit; has insulated grounding conductor.
GBA SERIES:
4-wire #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
2-circuits; outlets wired alternately; has insulated
grounding conductor.
IG SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1 circuit; has insulated-isolated grounding conductor,
orange receptacle.
REELS: Reels available as follows:
•Lengthsgreaterthan50'[15.2m]
•Multiplelengths
•Foroutletspacingof12"and18"[305mmand457mm],
the maximum length is 240' [73m] per reel.
•Foroutletspacingof30"[762mm],the
maximum length is 500' [152m] per reel.
Packaging includes the necessary lengths of NM2000B
Base, NM2000C Hole Cut Cover, NM2000WC Wire Clips,
and 2001 Couplings for complete installation. Price and
delivery information should be obtained prior to specifying
or ordering. To specify or order, add R to the Snapicoil
Harness number. Ex: NM20GB12. Other outlet spacings
available on custom order, contact your field sales
representative or Specialized Products at 1-800-621-0049.
Plugmold NM2000 Wiring Configuration
269
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
Ordering Information
NM2000BC Base and Cover
NM2000B Raceway Base
NM2000C Raceway Cover
W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
NM2000WC Wire Clip
NM2003 Supporting Clip
NM2006 Cover Clip
NM2010A Entrance End Fitting
NM2010B Blank End Fitting
NM2011 Flat Elbow
NM2000B and NM2000C packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each per
carton.
Single channel plastic base,
ivory finish. Packed ten 8' [2.4m]
lengths per carton.
Tapered snap-on cover.
Textured ivory finish. Packed
ten 8' [2.4m] lengths per carton.
W30 - For common connection
of two, three, or four No. 12 or
No.14 solid copper conductors.
W30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or
4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.
12 AWG. 300V maximum; 20A
105° C maximum.
Holds wire or cable in place or
for use when conductors bypass
receptacles.
Supports lengths of raceway
at any point desired. Mount
to surface with No. 8 flathead
screw.
Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base meet.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3 13/16"
[97mm]
3 3/8"
[86mm]
To end feed raceway or
Plugmold strip. Has 1/2" trade
size KO on end and bottom.
Closes off open end of NM2000
Series Raceway.
Right angle turns on same
surface.
1 15/16"
[49mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]
2 11/16"
[68mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)
270
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
NM2015 Tee NM2048 and NM2048-2
Sure-Snap® Deep Device Box
NM2051H Horizontal Wall Box Adapter
NM2051V Vertical Wall Box Adapter
NM2027-15 , NM2027-20
Replacement Receptacle
NM2017 Internal Elbow
NM2018 External Elbow
NM2044 , NM2044-2 Extra Deep Device Box
Branches NM2000 Series
Raceway at right angles. Cover snaps onto base – no
screws required. Cover
has twistouts on all sides.
Rectangular KO in base for
extension to wall box.
Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway
from an existing wall outlet
for horizontal applications.
Provides complete access to
wall box for connections.
Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway
from an existing wall outlet for
vertical applications. Provides
complete access to wall box for
connections.
15 and 20A replacement
devices. 6" [152mm] wire leads
each side.
Right angle turns at inside
corners.
Used for making 90° turns at
outside corners.
Mounts power/communications
devices when additional depth
is required. Has combination
twistouts for 2700, 2800, 2900,
and NM2000 Series Raceways.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
3 11/16"
[94mm] 1"
[25mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
2"
[51mm] 2"
[51mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
LD
W
CAT NO. L W D GANG
NM2044
4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 2 3/4" [70mm] 1
NM2044-2
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 2 3/4" [70mm] 2
CAT NO. L W D GANG
NM2048
4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 1
NM2048-2
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 2
D
L
W
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
4"
[102mm]
Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)
271
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
Installation Details
1. Lay out raceway path. Determine feed method and
location from figures A, B, and C below.
2. Measure and cut raceway base and cover. See common
fitting dimensions below.
Fig. A
Fig. B Fig. C
3. Install raceway and fitting bases using No.8 flathead
screws.
4. Wiring Method – Refer to Instructions A through E
according to your application
A FIELD WIRED RACEWAY
A1 Install wire in raceway A2 Snap on raceway and install
wire clips fitting covers.
as needed.
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1 5/8" [41mm] from
Edge of Wall
1" [25mm] from
Edge of Wall
1 1/16"
[27mm]
B WIRED COVER SECTIONS
B1 Connect receptacle B2 Snap cover/harness
harness to feed point, assembly onto base and
using approved methods. snap on fitting covers.
NM2010B
Blank End Fitting
NM2010A
Entrance
End Fitting
NM2051H
(Shown)
Wall Box
Adapter
NM2011
Flat Elbow
NM2017
Internal
Elbow
NM2018
External
Elbow
NM2048
Device Box
NM2015
Tee Fitting
NM2006
Cover Clip
Plugmold NM2000 Series Installation Details
Plugmold NM2000/NM2400 Series Installation Details
C SNAPICOIL HARNESS
C1 Lay out Snapicoil C2 Snap receptacles C3 Snap wired
Harness so that into NM2000 cover section
receptacles are not Cover. onto base.
located over feed
point or at corners.
Connect harness
to feed point.
272
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
C
A
B
D
E
F
KEY
A Supply conductors may be fed from 1/2"
[12.7mm] KO in base, or through AL2010A
Feed Fitting. This system is designed with
capacity for additional feed or circuitry
conductors.
B Attach base section to mounting surface
with AL2003 Spring Mounting Clips or by
drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base
and using #8 flathead screws.
C Connect circuit wires with connectors.
D Additional multiple outlet sections or
AL2000 Raceway sections may be attached
at ends with AL2001 Coupling.
E Close ends with blank end fitting
(AL2010B), or with feed fittings (AL2010A).
F Snap in cover section.
Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
Low profile multiple outlet system with an aesthetic finish. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Plugmold Strips:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
IMPORTANT:
All mounting methods
must result in a flush
interior surface. Special
outlet assemblies
manufactured to
specifications. Consult
factory.
NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.
NOTE:
To remove cover, insert
screwdriver into groove,
push down and twist.
Plugmold AL2000 Series System Layout
Plugmold® AL2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a prefix have
an satin anodized finish unless otherwise specified.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
273
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
Inches [mm]
WITHOUT
DEVICES
WITH PLUGMOLD
RECEPTACLE
14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 51 8
12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 38 6
10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 3
8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 12
6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 8
Plugmold AL2000 Series Multioutlet Strips
Length WIRING
CONFIG.
SINGLE OUTLETS
(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R)
CENTER DISTANCE
CAT. NO.* Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.
AL20GB306 3 [915] GB 6 [152] 6
AL20IG306 IG 6 [152] 6
AL20GB506 GB 6 [152] 10
AL20GB512 5 [1525] GB 12 [305] 5
AL20IG506 IG 6 [457] 10
AL20GB606 GB 6 [152] 12
AL20GB612 GB 12 [305] 6
AL20GB618 GB 18 [457] 4
AL20GBA606 6 [1830] GBA 6 [152] 12
AL20GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6
AL20GBA618 GBA 18 [457] 4
AL20IG606 IG 6 [152] 12
* AL2000 Series Plugmold has gray outlets. Each AL2000 Plugmold strip is supplied
with two AL2010B Blank End Fittings and one AL2001 Coupling.
Center
Distance
Length
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
Cover
Base
GB SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid, 1-circuit; has insulated
grounding conductor. Gray receptacles.
GBA SERIES:
4-wire #12 THHN solid, 2-circuit; outlets wired
alternately; has insulated grounding conductor.
Gray receptacles.
IG SERIES:
3-wire #12 THHN solid, 1 circuit; has insulated-isolated
grounding conductor. Orange receptacles.
AL20GB306
AL20GB612
AL20GB618
Plugmold AL2000 Series Wiring Configuration
O.D.
Plugmold AL2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
274
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
AL2000B-5, AL2000B-10 Raceway Base
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .060"
[1.5mm] nominal thickness.
Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
(AL2000B-5) or six 10' [3m]
lengths (AL2000B-10) per
carton.
1 7/16"
[37mm]
AL2000C-5 Raceway Cover
AL2003 Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)
AL2006 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
AL2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
AL2010A Feed Fitting
AL2010B Blank End Fitting
AL2011 Flat Elbow
W30, W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
AL2000WC Wire Retainer (Nonmetallic)
AL2001 Slide Coupling
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .060"
[1.5mm] nominal thickness.
Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton.
Supports lengths of AL2000
Series Raceway at any point
desired. Mount to surface with
No. 8 flathead screw.
Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base come together.
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional
ground to raceway.
End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]
hub adapter.
Closes off end of AL2000 Series
Raceway.
Right angle turn on same
surface. Comes with two
couplings.
W30 – For common connection
of two, three, or four No. 12 or
No.14 solid copper conductors.
W30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or
4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.
12 AWG. 300V maximum; 20A
105° C maximum.
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.
Connects adjoining sections of
AL2000 Series Raceway base.
1 7/16"
[37mm]
AL2000 Base and Cover shown
assembled. Cross sectional area 1in.2
[1037mm2].
1 1/8"
[29mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]
NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1"
[25mm]
Ground Stud
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information
275
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
AL2015 Tee
AL2043 In-Line Receptacle
AL2043IG In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle
AL2044, AL2044-2 Deep Device Box
AL2051H Box Adapter
AL2047, AL2047-2
Shallow Switch Receptacle Box
AL2017 Internal Elbow
AL2018 External Elbow
AL2038 Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)
AL2040A In-Line Single Pole Switch
Branch connection of two runs
of AL2000 Series Raceway.
Comes with three couplings.
Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory
wired receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.
Two 15A, 120V factory wired
isolated ground orange
receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.
For larger receptacles and deep
devices such as those of signal
and alarm systems. Base has
open back plate for mounting to
existing wall box and solid back
plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs to close opening.
Not for use on AL2400 Series
Raceway.
Used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box. Accepts
up to 5/8" trade size conduit.
Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening. Not for use on
AL2400 Series Raceway.
Makes 90° internal corners.Two
couplings furnished.
Makes 90° external corners.
Two couplings furnished.
Designed for use in hanging
fixtures. Cover takes any device
with mounting screw centers of
2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16" [70mm,
89mm and 103mm]. Base has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KOs. Not rated for fan use.
Single pole 120V Black switch.
Two couplings furnished.
4"
[102mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
WL
D
L
W
D
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
CAT NO. L W D GANG
AL2044
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1
AL2044-2
4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm] 2
CAT NO. L W D GANG
AL2047
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 1
AL2047-2
4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 2
Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)
276
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
2000 Series Plugmold is available in an Ivory, Gray, Black, or White baked enamel finish
or in durable stainless steel or satin anodized aluminum unless otherwise specified in
the part number description.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.
V20GB306TR
Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™
Plugmold® 2000TR Series™ Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems meet
the 2008 NEC requirement 406.11 for Tamper Resistant receptacles in
dwelling units.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Plugmold Strips:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
20GB306TR, 20GB506TR,
20GB606TR Tamper-Resistant Plugmold
Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"
[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant
receptacles. 3-wire, #12 THHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and
insulated ground conductor). .040" [1.0mm] steel housing.
Packed 2 per carton. Each unit supplied with one (1)
Coupling and two (2) Blank End Fittings. Available in
ivory (V20GB306TR, V20GB506TR), gray (G20GB306TR,
G20GB506TR), black (BK20GB306TR, BK20GB506TR,
BK20GB606TR,), white (WH20GB306TR, WH20GB506TR,
WH20GB606TR) and stainless steel (S20GB306TR,
S20GB506TR and S20GB606TR).
1 9/32"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Plugmold 2000TR Series Cross Section
Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information
V20GB306TRGFI
20GB306TRGFI Tamper-Resistant Plugmold
with GFCI
Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"
[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant
receptacles. 3-wire, #12 THHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and
insulated ground conductor). .040" [1.0mm] steel housing.
Packed 2 per carton. Each unit supplied with one (1)
Coupling and two (2) Blank End Fittings. Available in ivory
(V20GB306TRGFI, V20GB506TRGFI), gray (G20GB306TRGFI,
G20GB506TRGFI), black (BK20GB306TRGFI,
BK20GB506TRGFI), white (WH20GB306TRGFI,
WH20GB506TRGFI), stainless steel (S20GB306TRGFI,
(S20GB506TRGFI, S20GB606TRTRGFI) and aluminum
(AL20GB306TRGFI, AL20GB506TRTRGFI).
1 9/32"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Plugmold GFCI2000TR Series Cross Section
COLOR OPTIONS
Available: Q2 2013
277
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™
2009 Ground Clamp
2010B Blank End Fitting
V2051H Back Feed Fitting
2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
2040B Entrance End Fitting
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to Plugmold 2000TR
Series.
Closes off open end of sections
of Plugmold 2000TR Series.
Available in ivory (V2010B), gray
(G2010B), black (BK2010B), white
(WH2010B) and stainless steel
(S2010B).
Feeds Plugmold 2000TR Series
from an existing outlet box.
Equipped with 1/2" trade size
male bushing and lock nut
washer for grounding.
Connects Plugmold 2000TR
Series with 1/2" trade size
conduit and armored cable
connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs
on end, each side and bottom.
Includes ground screw.
Available in ivory (V2010A2), gray
(G2010A2), black (BK2010A2),
white (WH2010A2) and stainless
steel (S2010A2)
One-gang device box. Cover has
one twistout for 2000 Series
Plugmold on two sides and one
twistout for 500® and 700®
Series Raceway on the top and
bottom. Base includes knockout
to enable extension from existing
single-gang flush wall box and
1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts
industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication
devices. Available in ivory
(V2040B), gray (G2040B), black
(BK2040B), white (WH2040B), and
stainless steel (S2040B)
2001 Coupling
Joins lengths of Plugmold
2000TR Series together.
2"
[51mm]
1 13/64"
[30mm]
How 2009 is used.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 9/32"
[33mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm] 2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information (continued)
278
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Aluminum Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information
AL20GB306TR, AL0GB506TR
Tamper-Resistant Plugmold
AL2047 Shallow Switch and Receptacle Box
Available in 3' [914mm] and 5'
[1.5m] lengths with 6" [152mm]
receptacle spacing. 15A
tamper-resistant receptacles.
3-wire, #12 THHN (1 hot, 1
neutral, and insulated ground
conductor). .060" [1.5mm] 6063-
T5 extruded aluminum housing
with satin anodized finish.
Packed 2 per carton. Each unit
supplied with one (1) Coupling
and two (2) Blank End Fittings.
Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening. Not for use with
AL2400 Series Raceway.
Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™
1 7/16"
[37mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
Cover
Base
AL20GB306TR
AL2001 Coupling
AL2010A Feed Fitting
AL2010B Blank End Fitting
AL2051H Box Adapter
AL2009 Ground Clamp
Connects adjoining sections of
AL2000 Series Raceway base.
End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]
hub adapter.
Closes off open end of sections
of AL2000 Series Raceway.
Used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box. Accepts
up to 5/8" trade size conduit.
(Galvanized Steel) Connects
equipment grounding conductor
to provide additional ground to
raceway.
Ground
Stud
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
4 5/8""
[117mm]
1 3/8""
[35mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
279
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully customizable and modular
solution for eliminating kitchen clutter. It is compatible with any kitchen layout,
such as a galley, L-shaped, or U-shaped, as well as with any home wiring.
Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the Under-Cabinet System Planning and
Configuration Tool.
How to Specify the System
1. Planning Your System Layout
•First,determinewhereyouwanttoinstallthe
system. Then measure your cabinets to determine
the length of Modular Track required:
•Measureeachcabinetlengthatbackofcabinet.
•Forinstallationswithacorner,allow3"oneach
side for Corner Connector.
•WhentotalingupthelengthofrequiredModular
Track, be sure to include the length of the desired
Control Box or Direct Wire Connector. For a 1-gang
box, allow 5". For a 2-gang box, allow 5.25". For
Direct Wire Connector, allow 6". For more detail on
Control Box options, see page 58.
•IfyourselectionofModularTracksdoesnotmatch
the exact length of your cabinets, you can use a
Modular Track Extender to complete the track. This
piece can be cut down to 6". Standard 12", 18", and
27" Modular Tracks cannot be shortened.
12” Modular Track
18” Modular Track
18” Modular Track Extender
Modular Track Corner Connector
27” Modular Track
CODE REFERENCE
adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is
cETLus Listed
ETL Listed System:
100477147
280
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
How to Specify the System
Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is greater than
combined length of standard Modular Tracks
• One2-GangControlBoxisplaced
at one end of system for hardwired
power connection and lighting control
• Totallengthofcabinetscanbeexactly
matched with combination of standard
Modular Tracks
• Asneeded,ControlBoxescanbeplaced
anywhere in system
Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is equal to combined
length of standard Modular Tracks
2G 18 18 12
12 27
c
56”
33”
Sample Installation: Direct wire with system controls in a
remote location
2. Selecting the Control Box and Power Options
Next, select the type of lighting and power connection
you’d like to include. For a simple install, the Plug-
In Control Box provides the easiest solution. For a
hardwired installation, there are three options to
choose from which enable expanded lighting control
options such as dimming:
•ControlBoxwithPaddleDimmer
•ControlBoxwithPaddleDimmerandGFCIprotection
•DirectWireConnector
For hardwired installations, there must be three
separate circuits from the electrical panel:
•ReceptacleCircuit:20Amps;GFCI-protected;
280Use #12 wire
•LightingCircuit:15Amps;Use#12or#15wire
•AccessoryCircuit:15Amps;Use#12or#14wire
1-Gang Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer
2-Gang Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer
and 15A GFCI
Plug-In
Control Box
Direct Wire Connector
Hardwired Control Boxes
1. Planning Your System Layout (continued)
NOTE: Compatible with all adorne 2-module devices. The CFL/LED
Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) is recommended for use with the
adorne system.
• 1-GangControlBoxesareplacedat
both ends of the system for hardwired
power connection and lighting control
• ModularTrackExtenderiscustom-cut
to match exact length of cabinets
1G
1G
27 18 EX
EX 18
c
(cut to 6.75”)
(cut to 9.75”)
*
60”
36”
• DirectWireConnectorisplacedat
one end of system for hardwired
power connection
• Lightcontrollocatedinnearbywallbox
• GFCIcircuitbreakerlocatedin
electrical panel
27 27
DWC27
c
57”
36”
281
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
How to Specify the System
3. Selecting the LED Lights
The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is only
compatible with adorne LED lights. These are available in
Puck and Linear versions. Recommended placement for
lights is every 18” along Modular Track.
You can select any combination of Puck and Linear lights
to complete your system. In addition, if you are mounting
a light under the cabinet and wish to move it further
to the front of the counter, you can use the LED Light
Extender. This enables you to increase the length of any
light from the Modular Track from a standard 11” to up
to 22”. This is especially useful in corner installations.
4. Choosing Accessories to Complete the System
The final step is to select the accessories to perfectly
complement your system. adorne offers a range
of options, including USB charging ports, mobile
and tablet cradles, and a Digital Music Kit. Each of
these accessories provides flexibility in that it can be
added or removed at any time – simply swap it with
an existing outlet or blank module to increase your
system capabilities. For more detail on accessories,
see page 60.
LED Puck Light
LED Linear Light
Light Extender
Name Compliance Specifications Part Number
12” Modular Track Includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module. Can
support up to two LED lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A pass-
through.
Module openings are 6” on-center.
APMT12TM2
18” Modular Track Includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module. Can
support up to two LED lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A pass-
through.
Module openings are 9” on-center.
APMT18TM4
27” Modular Track Includes two Outlet Modules and one Blank Module. Can
support up to three LED lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A pass-
through.
Module openings are 9” on-center.
APMT27TM2
18” Modular Track Extender Enables a perfect fit for any kitchen. Simply cut to length
(minimum of 6”) and attach to end of Modular Track.
Does not include any module openings.
APME18TM2
Modular Track Corner Connector Use with installations that include a right-angle corner to
connect two Modular Tracks.
Allow 3” on each side for installations with Corner
Connectors.
APCCTM4
Modular Tracks
The adorne system is a flexible and modular solution
designed to eliminate kitchen clutter. Fully customizable,
you can select from several types of modules and modify
your system in minutes. Simply pop out an existing
module and replace it with a new module at any time.
The Modular Tracks listed below simply plug together
to create a full system custom-designed for any kitchen.
They form the base of the system, housing all of the wiring
that connects the modules.
Each system must include a Control Box or Direct Wire
Connector that is hardwired to existing wiring or plugged
into an outlet on the backsplash.
Visit www.adornemyhome.com for more information.
282
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Name Compliance Specifications Part Number
Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer
450W Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular Track, adding 5”
onto system length.
Includes adorne 450W CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer ( ADPD453LM2).
GFCI protection must be provided at the electrical panel
APCB1TM4
Control Box with
Paddle Dimmer
and 15A GFCI
450W
15A
Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular Track, adding
5.25” onto system length.
Includes adorne 450W CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) and 15A
Tamper-Resistant GFCI Outlet (AGFTR153M4).
APCB2TM2
Plug-In Control Box Snaps into any module opening on the track and plugs into an existing outlet
to provide system power. Cord length of 11” can easily be shortened to match
the distance from outlet to Modular Track.
APCB3TM4
Direct Wire
Connector
Enables direct wire feed of power from in-wall wiring, eliminating need for a
Control Box. Connector is 6” in length.
APDWCTM1
Control Boxes
Every Under-Cabinet Lighting System must include one of the below Control Boxes or
Direct Wire Connector. These boxes connect to existing in-wall wiring or plug into an
outlet on the backsplash to provide system power.
Control Boxes include system end caps, ensuring a clean finish on the left and right
edges of the installed system.
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
283
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
Name Compliance Specifications Part Number
LED Puck Light •8W
•240lumens
•correlatedcolortemperature:3000kelvincolorrenderingindex:95
ALPKLEDTM4
LED Linear Light •8W
•280lumens
•correlatedcolortemperature:3000kelvincolorrenderingindex:95
ALLNLEDTM4
Light Extender Enables adorne LED lights to be mounted up to 22” from backsplash
by extending cord length beyond default 11”. Ideal for corner cabinet
installations.
ALEXTLEDTM4
Lighting
adorne Puck and Linear LED Lights are designed for use with the adorne system only.
They can be paired with the adorne CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453L) to enable
dimming.
Lights easily plug into a connection port on any system module. Optimal positioning is
one light for every 18” of Modular Track. Lights can be added or removed as needed.
adorne LED lights are Energy Star certified.
System specifications:
•OSRAMOSLON® Color Champ LED
•Nominal3000KCorrelatedColorTemperature(CCT)
warm light output
•ColorRenderingIndex(CRI)of95
•Excellentrangeofcolordifferentiationandrendering
of the important red color (think red meat and
apples) and skin tones
•Abrightlumenlightoutput(Puck=240lumens/
Linear=280lumens)providesoptimizedlightingfor
the under-cabinet environment
•Efficientdriverdesignintegratedineachfixture
results in:
- Reliable and smooth dimming
- ENERGY STAR certification
- Rated for 40,000 hours of high performance
•LEDqualitycontrolusesa“finebinsystem”based
on a three-step MacAdams ellipse to ensure color
consistency
The adorne system is optimized to provide a premium under-cabinet lighting solution by
utilizing the latest innovations in lighting research and LED te283chnologies.
NOTE: adorne individual LEDs are specifically selected to ensure fixture output
CCT uniformity within a range of less than 100. This tight manufacturing
assurance process ensures that variations inherent in the LED chip
manufacturing process do not compromise reliable light quality.
.425
.415
.405
.395
.385
.375
ANSI Chromaticy
Color Bin for 3000K
Legrand adorne LED
Fixture Chromaticy Color
Bin for 3000K
.41 .415 .42 .425 .43 .435 .44 .445 .45 .455 .46
284
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
PLUGMOLD MULTIOUTLET SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
Name Compliance Specifications Part Number
15A Outlet Module 15A, 120V
Provides two power outlets by snapping into any module opening.
Tamper-resistant outlet is designed with a patented shutter system.
Included with 12”, 18”, and 27” Modular Tracks.
APTR15TM4
USB Outlet Module 2.1A, 5V Provides two USB charging ports for devices such as mobile phones and
tablets by snapping into any module opening.
Charging cable not included.
APUSB2TM4
Mobile Phone Cradle Attaches anywhere along track to hold a mobile phone. Perfect for use
with USB Outlet Module while charging devices.
AAPCTM4
Tablet Cradle Attaches anywhere along track to hold a tablet. Perfect for use with USB
Outlet Module while charging devices.
AATCTM4
Modules and Accessories
adorne system modules are designed to fit in any module opening, and can be easily
added or removed by using the included module tool. Simply fit the tool into either end
of the module and pop it out of the track.
Cradles do not occupy a module opening. Instead, they save space by resting on the
back edge of the track.
Digital Music Kit
The Digital Music Kit adds high performance sound to your adorne Under-Cabinet
Lighting System. It includes two speakers and a detachable dock for smart phones
or MP3 players. Simply fit the main speaker into one module opening and then place
the second speaker in any other module location. Speakers can be easily removed
and relocated at any time by simply pushing on the sides of the modules and popping
them out of the track.
The system features BLUETOOTH® wireless technology to enable streaming of music
from your devices. It also includes a 3.5mm cable to manually connect devices.
AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
Name Compliance Specifications Part Number
Digital Music Kit 2" (50mm) full range drivers
Digital signal processing for full, rich sound
BLUETOOTH wireless technology is A2DP compatible
Includes USB charging capability
AUDMTM1
NOTE: Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks (licensee name) is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
285
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
291
POKE-THRU DEVICES
With the introduction of our new Evolution™ Series of Poke-Thru Devices,
Wiremold® is again pushing the envelope by expanding the capacity,
capabilities, and aesthetics of Infloor power and communication delivery
systems for open spaces.
Wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices are TopGuard
protected to meet and exceed the UL scrub
water exclusion requirement.
AV3 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices
314
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
286
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Recessed Style Poke-Thru Devices
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Table of Contents
Evolution™ 6AT
Series
291
306
RC7 Series™
312
AMD8 Series™
310
RC9AMD
Series™
316
RC4 Series™
Evolution™ 8AT
Series
299
308
RC9 Series™
314
AV3 Series™
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
318
RC3 Series™
4FFATC
Series™
324
RC9AFFTC
Series™
322
RC7AFFTC
Series™
Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru
Devices
326
RC9AM2TC
Series™
328
FIT Series™
331
RC91GHBTC &
RC92GHBTC
Series™
Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices
320
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
287
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
Recessed Poke-Thru Devices
6" & 8" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES EVOLUTION
™
6ATC SERIES EVOLUTION
™
6AT SERIES EVOLUTION
™
6ATCFF SERIES EVOLUTION
™
8AT SERIES
HOLE SIZE – COVER FLOORS Minimum: 6" [152mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 6" [152mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 6" [152mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 8" [203mm]
Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]
HOLE SIZE –
BARE CONCRETE
&
TERRAZZO FLOORS
Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
Minimum: 8 1/16" [205mm]
Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™
CAPACITY
2 1/2 Gangs
3 Duplex Receptacles or
12 Communication Ports or
10 Extron® MAAP or
2 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above
2 1/2 Gangs
3 Duplex Receptacles or
12 Communication Ports or
10 Extron® MAAP or
2 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above
N/A 4 Gangs
5 Duplex Receptacles or
22 Communication Ports or
16 Extron® MAAP or
4 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above
MAXIMUM COPPER
CROSS SECTION*
OUTER CHANNELS
.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm
2
].0154 sq. in. [9.9mm
2
].0187 in
2
[12.1mm
2
]
Power: 0.0815 [52.6mm
2
]
.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm
2
]
CENTER
CHANNEL(S)
.0387 sq. in. [24.97mm
2
].0387 sq. in. [24.97mm
2
].0686 in
2
[44.3mm
2
].0775 sq. in. [16.60mm
2
]
POWER
OUTER CHANNELS
Three (3) #12 AWG Three (3) #12 AWG Fifteen (15) #12 AWG Three (3) #12 AWG
CENTER
CHANNEL(S)
Seven (7) #12 AWG Seven (7) #12 AWG N/A Fifteen (15) #12 AWG
COMMUNICATIONS
OUTER CHANNELS
Four (4) Cat 6A Four (4) Cat 6A Six (6) Cat 6A Four (4) Cat 6A
CENTER
CHANNEL(S)
Twelve (12) Cat 6A Twelve (12) Cat 6A Twenty Two (22) Cat 6A Twenty Four (24) Cat 6A
CONDUIT FEEDS
3/4" Conduit for Outer
Channel, Maximum
1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel
or 2" Conduit which takes up the
Center Channel and one Outer
Channel
3/4" Conduit for Outer
Channel, Maximum
1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel
or 2" Conduit which takes up the
Center Channel and one Outer
Channel
3/4" Conduit for Outer
Channel, Maximum
1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel
or 2" Conduit which takes up the
Center Channel and one Outer
Channel
3/4" Conduit for Outer
Channel, Maximum
1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel
or 2" Conduit which takes up the
Center Channel and one Outer
Channel
COVER SIZE
7 1/4” [184mm] 7 1/4” [184mm] 7 3/4” [197mm] 9 1/4” [235mm]
COVER COLORS
Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass
Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass
Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass
Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass
APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR
COVERINGS
Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood
Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood
Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood
Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS Minimum: 0" [0mm]
Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]
Minimum: 0" [0mm]
Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm
Minimum: 0" [0mm]
Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]
Minimum: 0" [0mm]
Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]
NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.
* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire
classification and are for each individual power and communication compartments. Do not
add values together for any one compartment.
NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices
speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
288
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES RC7 SERIES RC9 SERIES RC9AMD SERIES
HOLE SIZE Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
Minimum: 3" [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™
CAPACITY
2 Gangs
(1) 20A Duplex Receptacle,
(2) Ports of Communication
Devices
2 Gangs
(1) 15A Quad Receptacle,
(2) Openings for Communication
Pass-Through
1 Gang
(4) Ports of
Communication Devices
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER* (3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]
(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]
N/A
COMMUNICATIONS* (1) Cat 6/Channel
.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]
(1) Cat 6/Channel
.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]
(4) Cat 6/Channel
.01600 sq. in. [10.324 sq. mm]
FEED
CHANNELS
POWER 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size N/A
COMMUNICATIONS 1/2" Trade Size/Channel
(2) Channels per unit
1/2" Trade Size/Channel
(2) Channels per unit
2" Trade Size
COVER SIZE
7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm]
COVER COLORS
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR
COVERINGS
Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
RC7 Series
RC9AMD Series
AV3 Series
4" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
AV3 SERIES AMD8 SERIES RC4 SERIES RC3 SERIES
HOLE SIZE Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]
Minimum: 4 [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]
Minimum:4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]
Minimum:4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™
CAPACITY
2 Gangs (1) 20A Duplex
Receptacle, (3) Single Width
Extron MAAP Devices or
(4) Ports of Communications
1 Gang All Communications
(8) Ports for
Communication Devices
2 Gangs (2) 20A Duplex
Receptacles
(4) Ports for
Communication Devices
2 Gangs (1) Duplex Receptacle
(4) Ports for
Communication Devices
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER* (3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]
N/A (6) #12 AWG
.03072 sq. in. [19.82 sq. mm]
(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]
COMMUNICATIONS* (4) Cat 6
.01938 sq. in. [12.503 sq. mm]
(8) Cat 6
.03474 sq. in. [22.412 sq. mm]
(4) Cat 6/Channel
.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]
(4) Cat 6/Channel
.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]
FEED
CHANNELS
POWER 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size
COMMUNICATIONS 1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel 1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel 3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)
Oval Shaped Opening
3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)
Oval Shaped Opening
COVER SIZE
8 1/4" [210mm] 8 1/4" [210mm] 8 1/4" [210mm] 7 1/2" [191mm]
COVER COLORS
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory
APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR COVERINGS
Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power and
communication compartments. Do not add values together for any one compartment.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
289
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES RC7AFFTC SERIES RC7AM2TC SERIES RC9FFTC SERIES RC9AM2TC SERIES
HOLE SIZE Minimum: 3 1/16” [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]
Minimum: 3” [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]
Minimum: 3” [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]
Minimum: 3” [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™
CAPACITY
2 Gangs
Two (2) 1/2” & one (1) 3/4”
Trade Size Screw Plug Openings
1 Gang Two (2) 1/2” &
one (1) 3/4” Trade Size
Screw Plug Openings
2 Gangs Hexagonal Service
Head with one (1) 3/4” Trade
Size Conduit & five (5)
Communication Openings
1 Gang One (1) 1 1/4”/2"
Concentric Screw Plug
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER* (10) #12 AWG
.05214 sq. in. [33.64mm
2
]
(20) #12 AWG
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm
2
]
(3) #12 AWG
.05726 sq. in. [36.94mm
2
]
(20) #12 AWG
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm
2
]
COMMUNICATIONS* (7) Cat 6/Channel
.05000 sq. in. [32.26mm
2
]
(7) Cat 6/Channel
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm
2
]
(15) Cat 6/Channel
.06425 sq. in. [41.45mm
2
]
(32) Cat 6/Channel
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm
2
]
COVER SIZE
7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm]
COVER COLORS
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray
Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray
COVER CONSTRUCTION Die-Cast Die-Cast Die-Cast Die-Cast
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER One (1) 3/4” & two (2) 1/2”
Trade Size Conduit
One (1) 2”
Trade Size Conduit
One (1) 3/4” & one 1 1/4”
Trade Size Conduit
One (1) 2”
Trade Size Conduit
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices
RC9FF Series RC9AM2 Series RC7AFF Series
4FFATC Series
4" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
4FFATC SERIES
HOLE SIZE Minimum: 4" [76mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [78mm]
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™
CAPACITY
2 Gangs
One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4" Trade Size
Screw Plug Openings
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER* (16) #12 AWG or (10) #10 AWG
.08192 sq. in. [52.851mm2]
COMMUNICATIONS* (18) Cat 6/Channel
.072 sq. in. [46.45mm
2
]
COVER SIZE
7 1/2" [191mm]
COVER COLORS
Black, Brass, Aluminum, Gray
COVER CONSTRUCTION Die-Cast
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS
Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]
* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of
copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power
and communication compartments. Do not add values together for any
one compartment.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
290
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
2" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
FIT SERIES FIT SERIES
HOLE SIZE
Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]
Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]
Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]
Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]
CAPACITY
Single Width
200-H/BTC Service Head
Double Width
241-H/BTC Service Head
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs 1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER*
(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]
(7) #12 AWG
.03584 sq. in. [23.12 mm2]
COMMUNICATIONS*
(6) Cat 6/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]
(6) Cat 6A/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]
FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER
4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]
4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER
One 1"
Trade Size Conduit
One 1"
Trade Size Conduit
SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION
Aluminum Aluminum
COVER COLORS
Brushed Aluminum Brushed Aluminum
Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Quick Selection Guide
FIT Series
RC92GHBTC Series
3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
RC91GHBTC SERIES RC92GHBTC SERIES
HOLE SIZE
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
CAPACITY
Single Width
Service Head
Double Width
Service Head
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs 1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
TopGuard™TopGuard™
MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL
POWER*
(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]
(10) #12 AWG
.05120 sq. in. [33.03 mm2]
COMMUNICATIONS*
(15) Cat 6/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]
(31) Cat 6A/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]
FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER
4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]
4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER
One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit
One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit
SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION
Aluminum Aluminum
COVER COLORS
Brushed Aluminum Brushed Aluminum
NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
291
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices feature
loads of capacity and a flush to the floor
surface cover and flange configuration.
Cover Assemblies for
the 6AT Series Poke-
Thru Devices are
available in a variety of
service configurations
for installation in carpet
or tile floors.
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes
& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314
of NEC.
Evolution™ 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and
communication devices to be recessed 3 1/4” below floor level, and
provide 2 1/2-gang capacity for power, communication, or A/V devices.
COLOR OPTIONS
Evolution 6AT Series parts are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray,
“NK” nickel, “BS” brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 6" [152mm]
Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
292
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: UL Fire
Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.
NOTE: UL Fire
Classified for up
to 2 hour rated
floors.
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.
* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes: black
(6ATCPBK), gray (6ATCPGY), nickel
(6ATCPNK), brass (6ATCPBS), and
bronze (6ATCPBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•Two(2)proprietary20AMPDuplex
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•One(1)6ACT8AMountingPlate
•One(1)6TRACMountingPlate
•One(1)6SERMountingPlate
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing*
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4"Conduit
Housing Assembly**
6ATCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with Surface
Style Cover
For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6” [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are recessed
3 1/4” [83mm] below floor surface.
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly is
available in the following powder coated
finishes: black (6ATPBK), gray (6ATPGY),
nickel (6ATPNK), brass (6ATPBS), and
bronze (6ATPBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•Two(2)proprietary20AMPDuplex
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•One(1)6ACT8AMountingPlate
•One(1)6TRACMountingPlate
•One(1)6SERMountingPlate
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5BLH1/2-GangBlankHousing*
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4”Conduit
Housing Assembly**
6ATP Recessed Prewired Assembly with Flush Style
Cover
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use
in 6” [152mm] diameter opening.
Devices are recessed 3 1/4” [83mm]
below floor surface. Die-cast
aluminum cover is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6ATCBK), gray (6ATCGY),
nickel (6ATCNK), brass (6ATCBS), and
bronze (6ATCBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Center Compartment:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4”
Conduit Housing Assembly**
6ATC Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover
For tile, wood or laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6” [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are
recessed 3 1/4” [83mm] below floor
surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
is available in the following powder
coated finishes: black (6ATBK),
gray (6ATGY), nickel (6ATNK), brass
(6ATBS), and bronze (6ATBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Center Compartment:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4”
Conduit Housing Assembly**
6AT Recessed Assembly With Flush Style Cover
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
293
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
6ATPAV Recessed Prewired Audio/Video Assembly
with Flush Style Cover
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire
Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.
NOTE: UL Fire
Classified for up
to 2 hour rated
floors.
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and on
the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom Feed
Plates sections found later in this document.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes: black
(6ATCPAVBK), gray (6ATCPAVGY), nickel
(6ATCPAVNK), brass (6ATCPAVBS), and
bronze (6ATCPAVBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•One(1)Proprietary20AMPDuplex
Power Receptacle installed
•One(1)682ADevicePlate
•One(1)68MAAPDevicePlate
For Center Device Compartment:
•One(1)6DECMountingPlate
•One(1)6AAPMountingPlate
•One(1)6MAAPDevicePlate
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-GangPass-
Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4”Conduit
Housing Assembly**
6ATCPAV Recessed Prewired Audio/Video
Assembly with Surface Style Cover
For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6" [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are recessed
3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly
is available in the following powder
coated finishes: black (6ATPAVBK), gray
(6ATPAVGY), nickel (6ATPAVNK), brass
(6ATPAVBS), and bronze (6ATPAVBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•One(1)Proprietary20AMPDuplex
Power Receptacle installed
•One(1)682ADevicePlate
•One(1)68MAAPDevicePlate
For Center Device Compartment:
•One(1)6DECMountingPlate
•One(1)6AAPMountingPlate
•One(1)6MAAPDevicePlate
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4”
Conduit Housing Assembly**
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly provides one (1) 3/4" trade
size screw plug opening and one (1)
concentric 2"-1 1/4" trade size screw
plug opening and is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6ATCBK), gray (6ATCGY), nickel
(6ATCNK), brass (6ATCBS), and bronze
(6ATCBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Center Compartment:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)15FFHA11/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
6ATCFF Recessed Furniture Feed Assembly with
Surface Style Cover
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC, 6CT Series, and
6CFFTC Series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Center Compartment:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided.
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-GangPass-
Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4"Conduit
Housing Assembly**
6STC Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
294
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CTCBK), gray (6CTCGY),
nickel (6CTCNK), brass (6CTCBS),
and bronze (6CTCBZ). 6CTC Series
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
16 3/4"
[425 mm] 16 3/4"
[425 mm]
* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
6STCPAV Recessed Prewired Audio/Video
Assembly with Disposable Plate
6STCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Disposable Plate
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be
wired as a standard
or isolated ground
device.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be
wired as a standard
or isolated ground
device.
6PPS 6” Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve
Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to
structural decking and plywood
decking designs while maintaining
a 6"-6 1/8" diameter cast in hole.
Unit includes three (3) attachment
legs, two (2) end caps and three (3)
thumb screws.
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6CT* Flush Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CTBK), gray (6CTGY), nickel
(6CTNK), brass (6CTBS), and bronze
(6CTBZ). 6CT Series cover assemblies
designed for use with 6STCP, 6STC, and 6STCPAV Poke-Thru
Stem Assemblies. Includes one (1) 6TS Tile Shim.
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.
Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC and 6CT Series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•One(1)Proprietary20AMPDuplex
Power Receptacle installed
•One(1)682ADevicePlate
•One(1)68MAAPDevicePlate
For Center Compartment:
•One(1)6DECMountingPlate
•One(1)6AAPMountingPlate
•One(1)6MAAPDevicePlate
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4"Conduit
Housing Assembly**
Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC and 6CT Series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•Two(2)Proprietary20AMPDuplex
Power Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•One(1)6ACT8AMountingPlate
•One(1)6TRACMountingPlate
•One(1)6SERMountingPlate
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•One(1)5BLH1/2-GangBlank
Housing*
•One(1)1PTHA1-GangPass-Through
Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
cover assemblies designed for use with 6STCP, 6STC, and
6STCPAV Poke-Thru Stem Assemblies.
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)
Complete abandonment plug
assembly for 6" opening. Assembly
includes intumescent fire stop
material to maintain a 2 hour fire
rating of the floor
ABPLUG6 Abandonment Plug Assembly
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
295
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Device plate will accept two (2)
standard [45mm x 45mm] or one (1)
standard [45mm x 90mm] Mosaic style
device(s). Devices supplied by others.
6MOS Mosaic Device Plate6AAP Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
style plates. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied by
others.
6ACT8A Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to eight
(8) ports of communication devices.
For use in the center compartment
only. Devices supplied by others.
6B Device Plate
Device plate used to blank off center
compartment, when no devices are
used.
6DEC Device Plate
Device plates that will accept either
decorator, GFCI, 106 style devices for
power and audio/video applications.
6DP Device Plate
Device plate that will accept standard
20A duplex receptacle or duplex
Turnlok receptacle. For use in the
center compartment only. Devices
supplied by others.
6MOSBS Mosaic British Standard Device Plate
Device plate will accept two (2) Mosaic
British standard devices [45mm x
45mm]. Devices supplied by others.
6S1 Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].
For 6" poke-thru units only.
6S2 Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
For 6" poke-thru units only.
6SER Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
four (4) Ortronics® Series II dual
modular inserts. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied
by others.
Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
6TS Tile Shim
Used for floor coverings greater than
5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6TS will allow the
top surface of the cover to be flush
with the finished floor. Includes six (6)
1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. Up to a
total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6CFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
Surface style, die-cast aluminum
cover assembly, with one (1) 3/4"
trade size screw plug opening,
and one (1) concentric 2"-1 1/4"
trade size screw plug opening.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CFFTCBK), gray
(6CFFTCGY), nickel (6CFFTCNK), brass (6CFFTCBS), and
bronze (6CFFTCBZ). 6CFFTC Series Cover Assemblies
designed for use with 6STC Poke-Thru Stem Assembly.
Includes one (1) 3/4" and one (1) 2" trade size conduit
fittings and one (1) divider to separate devices
Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
296
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
6AT Side Mount
Device Plates
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this
section can be installed
in the shaded locations
indicated in this
illustration.
Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex
power receptacles with mounting
plates. Designed to fit in either of the
two side compartments in both the
6ATC and the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru
Devices. Receptacle can be wired as a
standard or isolated ground device.
68REC 20AMP Duplex Receptacles
68B Device Plate
Blank plate. Used to blank off either of
the side compartments when no devices
or cabling are to be used.
68MAAP Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP device plates. For use in either of
the two side compartments only. Not for
use in the center compartment. Extron®
Devices supplied by others.
68REC-25 20AMP Duplex Receptacles
Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex power
receptacles with mounting plates and
25’ leads. Designed to fit in either of the
two side compartments in both the 6ATC
and the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru Devices.
Receptacle can be wired as a standard
or isolated ground device.
Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) ports of communication devices.
For use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in the
center compart ment. Communication
devices supplied by others.
682A Device Plate
682A-PT Device Plate
Device plate that allows for
communica tion cabling to pass
through. Includes one (1) rectangular
adapter ring.
Evolution 6AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
6AT Center Mount
Device Plate
Mounting Location
Device Plates on this
page can be installed
in the shaded location
indicated in this
illustration.
6MAAP Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to six
(6) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates. For use in the
center compartment only. Devices
supplied by others.
6MAAP2A Device Plate
Combination device plate that will
accept up to three (3) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style plates,
and up to two (2) ports of communica-
tion devices. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied by
others.
6TRAC Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to eight
(8) Ortronics® TracJack devices. For
use in the center compartment only.
Devices supplied by others.
Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
297
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
6AT Bottom Feed Side
Mount Device Plate
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.
5PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables when
no conduit is required. For use on side
compartments only.
5BLH Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment when
no devices are used. Includes tunnel for
6AT and 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices.
For use on side compartments only.
152CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One and a half-gang 2" trade size conduit
housing assembly. Recommended for
use with furniture feed devices (6ATCFF).
Covers the center compartment and one of
the side compartments.
575CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached to
3/4" trade size conduit for electrical power
connections. For use on side compartments only.
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
175CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached
to 3/4” trade size conduit for electrical
power connections.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.
175CHA-LJB Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing
assembly. Junction box not included.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.
1125CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 1 1/4” conduit housing
assembly.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.
1PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables
when no conduit is required.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed
unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.
1BLH Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no devices are used.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed
unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.
15FFHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One and a half-gang pass through
conduit housing assembly. Used for
furniture feed applications on the
center compartment only. Only for use
with 6AT Series units.
Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
298
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
FLOOR TYPE HOLE SIZE (Min.) HOLE SIZE (Max.)
Covered Floors (Carpet,
Tile or Wood)
6" [152mm] 6 1/8" [156mm]
Bare Concrete or Terrazzo 6 1/16" [154mm] 6 1/8" [156mm]
6AT Hole Sizes
6ATCFF Copper Cross-Section –
Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Devices
NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate cross-sectional area of the copper conductors
shall not exceed the cross-sectional areas listed.
SIZE SOLID
#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.20645mm2]
#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.32258mm2]
#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.08386mm2]
#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.30321mm2]
#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.25805mm2]
#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.36127mm2]
Copper Cross Sectional Area of
Commonly Used Conductors
6AT Copper Cross-Section
OUTER CHANNELS CENTER CHANNEL
Max Copper X Section 0.0154 sq. in.
[9.9mm2]
0.0387 sq. in.
[24.97mm2]
Max # Conductors (3) 12 AWG
or (4) Cat 6A
(12) 14 AWG
or (12) Cat 6A
POWER
CHANNEL
DATA CHANNEL
CENTER
DATA CHANNEL
OUTSIDE
Max Copper
X Section
.0815 sq. in.
[52.6mm2]
0.0686 sq. in.
[44.3mm2]
0.0187
[12.1mm2]
Max #
Conductors
(10) 10 AWG (22) Cat 6a (6) Cat 6a
EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
6AT Bottom Feed
Center Mount Device
Plate Location
All Bottom Housing
Assemblies on this page can
be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.
1BHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang bottom housing assembly.
Designed to accept 175CHA, 175CHA-
LJB, 1125CHA, 1PTHA, and 1BLH
plates.
NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.
CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for direct field wiring. Contact manu facturer for
replacement. Field modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement receptacle is limited to
this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.
Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
299
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet
Boxes and Fittings Classified for Fire
Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314
of NEC.
Evolution™ 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and
communication devices to be recessed below floor level, and provide
4-gang capacity for power, communication, and A/V devices.
COLOR OPTIONS
Evolution 8AT Series parts are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK”
nickel, “BS” brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
Evolution Series 8CTC Cover Assembly Lids
open a full 180° to reduce the risk of damage
when plugging in devices.
Cover Assemblies for the 8AT
Series Poke-Thru Devices are
available in a variety of finishes
and service configurations for
carpet or tile floor installations.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 8" [203mm]
Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
300
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
16 3/4"
[425 mm]
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 8"
[203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATCPBK), gray (8ATCPGY),
nickel (8ATCPNK), brass (8ATCPBS),
and bronze (8ATCPBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
• Two(2)proprietary20AMP Duplex
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartments:
• NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
• One(1)5BLH1/2-GangBlank
Housing*
•Three(3)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
8ATCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Surface Style Cover
For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 8"
[203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATPBK), gray (8ATPGY), nickel
(8ATPNK), brass (8ATPBS), and bronze
(8ATPBZ). Includes one (1) 8TS Tile
Shim.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•Two(2)proprietary20AmpDuplex
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5BLH1/2-GangBlank
Housing*
•Three(3)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-Gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
•One(1)8TSTileShim
8ATP Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Flush Style Cover
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and on
the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom Feed
Plates sections found later in this document.
* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in
8" [203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATCBK), gray (8ATCGY), nickel
(8ATCNK), brass (8ATCBS), and bronze
(8ATCBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Center Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•Three(3)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
8ATC Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover
For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 8" [203mm]
diameter opening. Devices are
recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below floor
surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly is available in the following
powder coated finishes: black
(8ATBK), gray (8ATGY), nickel (8ATNK),
brass (8ATBS), and bronze (8ATBZ).
Includes one (1) 8TS Tile Shim.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Center Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly*
•Three(3)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
•One(1)8TSTileShim
8AT Recessed Assembly with Flush Style Cover
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
301
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.
* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
Includes 8" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No
cover assembly is included. For use
with the following cover assemblies
(purchased separately): 8CTC and
8CT Series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Center Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5PTHA1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•Three(3)1PTHA1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA1/2-gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
8STC Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate 8STCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with Disposable
Plate
16 3/4"
[425 mm] 16 3/4"
[425 mm]
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICE
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
8PPS 8" Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve
Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to
structural decking and plywood
decking designs while maintaining
a 8"-8 1/8" diameter cast in hole.
Unit includes three (3) attach ment
legs, two (2) end caps and three (3)
thumb screws.
Includes 8" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 8CTC and 8CT Series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•Two(2)proprietary20AmpDuplex
Receptacles installed
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Center Compartments:
•NoDevicePlatesareprovided
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•One(1)5BLH-1/2-GangBlank
Housing*
•Three(3)1PTHA-1-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•One(1)575CHA-1/2-gang3/4"
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•One(1)8DIV8"Divider
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)
ABPLUG8 Abandonment Plug
Complete abandonment plug
assembly for 8" diameter hole.
Assembly comes complete with
intumescent material to maintain a
2-hour fire classification of the floor.
NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series Poke-
Thru Devices speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
302
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.
9 1/4"
[235mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8CTCBK*), gray (8CTCGY*),
nickel (8CTCNK*), brass (8CTCBS*),
and bronze (8CTCBZ*). 8CTC Series
Cover Assemblies designed for use
with 8STC and 8STCP Poke-Thru
Stem Assemblies.
8CT* Flush Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8CTBK*), gray (8CTGY*),
nickel (8CTNK*), brass (8CTBS*),
and bronze (8CTBZ*). 8CTC Series
Cover Assemblies designed for use
with 8STC and 8STCP Poke-Thru
Stem Assemblies. Includes one (1)
8TS Tile Shim.
8TS Tile Shim
Used for floor coverings greater than
5/16" [7.9mm]. The 8TS will allow the
top surface of the cover to be flush
with the finished floor. Includes six (6)
1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. Up to a
total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
8B Device Plate
Single-gang device plate used to blank
off any one (1) of the three (3) gangs
in the center compartment, when no
devices are used.
8DP Device Plate
Single-gang device plate that accepts
standard 20A duplex receptacle or
duplex Turnlok receptacle. Fits in any
one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center compartment. Devices supplied
by others.
8DEC Device Plate
Device plates that will accept either
decorator, GFCI, 106 style devices for
power and audio/video applications.
Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
8ACT6A Device Plate
Single-gang device plate that will accept
up to six (6) ports of communication
devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.
8MOS Mosaic Device Plate
Device plate accepts three (3) standard
Mosaic devices [45mm x 22.5mm].
Devices supplied by others.
8CREST Crestron Double Gang Plate
Device plate accepts Crestron double-
gang decorator style devices.
8S1 Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm]. For
8" poke-thru units only.
8S2 Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm]. For
8" poke-thru units only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
303
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
8TRAC Device Plate
Single-gang device plate that will
accept up to six (6) Ortronics® TracJack
devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.
8SER Device Plate
Single-gang device plate that will
accept up to three (3) Ortronics® Series
II dual modular inserts. Fits in any one
(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center
compartment. Devices supplied by
others.
8MAAP Device Plate
Single-gang device plate that will
accept up to four (4) Legrand AVIP
or Extron® Electronics MAAP style
plates. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.
8AAP Device Plate
Two-gang device plate that will
accept up to four (4) Extron®
Electronics AAP style plates. 8AAP
takes up 2 of the 3 gangs in the
center compartment. Devices
supplied by others.
8AT Center Mount Device
Plate Mounting Locations
Device Plates on this page can
be installed in the shaded
location indicated in this
illustration.
8CREST3G Device Plate
Three-gang device plate that
will accept Crestron® or Extron®
Electronics triple-gang decorator
style devices. Takes up all 3 gangs
in the center compartment. Devices
supplied by others.
68REC 20AMP Duplex Receptacles
Two proprietary 20AMP duplex power
receptacles with mounting plates.
Designed to fit in either of the two side
compartments in both the 6ATC and
the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru Devices.
Receptacle can be wired as a standard
or isolated ground device.
68B Device Plate
Blank plate. Used to blank off either
of the side compartments when no
devices or cabling are to be used.
68MAAP Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP device plates. For
use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in
the center compartment. Extron
Devices supplied by others.
68REC-25 20AMP Duplex Receptacles
Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex
power receptacles with mounting
plates and 25' leads. Designed to fit in
either of the two side compartments
in both the 6ATC and the 8ATC Series
Poke-Thru Devices. Receptacle can be
wired as a standard or isolated ground
device.
Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
304
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
8AT Bottom Feed Side
Mount Device Plate
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.
8AT Side Mount
Device Plates
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the
shaded locations indicated
in this illustration.
682A Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) ports of communication devices.
For use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in the
center compartment. Communication
devices supplied by others.
682A-PT Device Plate
Device plate that allows for
communication cabling to pass through.
Includes one (1) rectangular adapter
ring.
5PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables
when no conduit is required. For use
on side compartments only.
5BLH Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no devices are used. Includes
tunnel for 6AT and 8AT Series
Poke-Thru Devices. For use on side
compartments only.
575CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached to
3/4" trade size conduit for electrical power
connections. For use on side compartments only.
Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (coninued)
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
305
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
8AT Bottom Feed Center Mount
Device Plate Locations
All Bottom Housing Assemblies
on this page can be installed in
the shaded locations indicated
in this illustration.
175CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit
housing assembly. Includes junction box
attached to 3/4" trade size conduit for
electrical power connec tions. For use on
any one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center compartment.
1BLHN Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no cable pass through is required.
For use on any one (1) of the three (3)
gangs in the center compartment.
1125CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 1 1/4" trade size conduit
housing assembly. For use on any one
(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center
compartment.
22CHA Bottom Housing Assembly
Two-gang 2" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Used on 8AT Series devices.
Covers two (2) of the three (3) gangs in
the center compartment. Only for use
with 8AT Series units.
175CHA-LJB Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Junction box not included.
1PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables when
no conduit is required. For use on any
one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center.
8DIV 8" [203mm] Divider
Divider allows for separation of services
when required.
FLOOR TYPE HOLE SIZE (MIN.) HOLE SIZE (MAX.)
Covered Floors
(Carpet, Tile or Wood)
8" [203mm] 8 1/8" [206mm]
Bare Concrete or Terrazzo 8 1/16" [205mm] 8 1/8" [266mm]
8AT Hole Sizes
8AT Copper Cross-Section
OUTER CHANNELS CENTER CHANNEL
Max Copper X-Section 0.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm2]0.0775 sq. in. [16.60mm2]
Max # Conductors (3) 12 AWG or (4) Cat 6A (24) 14 AWG or (24) Cat 6A
NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate
cross-sectional area of the copper conductors shall not exceed
the cross-sectional areas listed.
SIZE SOLID
#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.20645mm2]
#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.32258mm2]
#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.08386mm2]
#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.30321mm2]
#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.25805mm2]
#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.36127mm2]
Copper Cross Sectional Area of
Commonly Used Conductors
NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.
CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for
direct field wiring. Contact manu facturer for replacement. Field
modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement
receptacle is limited to this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.
Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
306
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC7 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC7 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20A
duplex power device and up to two (2) ports of communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC7 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, and
brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
RC7 Series Poke-Thru Device.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
307
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Prewired 20A duplex receptacle can
be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flanges available
painted in gray (RC7CTCGY), black
(RC7CTCBK), ivory (RC7CTCVY).
Flanges also available in plated
brushed brass (RC7CTCBS) and
brushed aluminum (RC7CTCAL).
Slide covers match the painted
flange colors, gray, black, ivory.
Aluminum and brass flanges shipped
with black slide cover. Brass flange
also available with nonmetallic brass
RC7 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3
1/16" [78mm] diameter hole. Not designed
to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
16 1/2"
[419mm]
RC7STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Used with RC7CTC Series Covers to
complete installation.
7"
[178mm]
RC7CTC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
5"
[127mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
7"
[178mm]
16 1/2"
[419mm]
RC7ATC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
Prewired 20A duplex receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flanges available
painted in gray (RC7ATCGY), black
(RC7ATCBK), ivory (RC7ATCVY).
Flanges also available in plated
brushed brass (RC7ATCBS) and
brushed aluminum (RC7ATCAL).
Slide covers match the painted flange
colors, gray, black, ivory. Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
black slide cover. Brass flange also
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slide holder (RC7ATCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with nonmetallic
aluminum color slide holder (RC7ATCAA). Includes
Wiremold Open System unloaded inserts.
5"
[127mm]
RC7SHTC Slide Holder Assembly
Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in black (RC7SHTCBK), gray
(RC7SHTCGY), ivory (RC7SHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC7SHTCBS), and
nonmetallic aluminum (RC7SHTCAA).
Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
RC7APTC Abandonment Plate
Abandonment available in
black (RC7APTCBK) or gray
(RC7APTCGY).
RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacle
Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle can be wired
as standard duplex or isolated ground. Available
only in black. See installation instructions with
replacement receptacle for complete installation
details. The RC37REC-25 is available with 25
foot leads and can be wired as standard duplex
or isolated ground.
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire-classification of
the floor, inte gral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling up
through the floor, and a black die-
cast aluminum cover.
COM50, COM75 Communication Adapter
For two 1/2" trade size conduit
connections (COM50). For two 3/4" trade
size conduit connections (COM75).No
additional capacity with COM75.
colored slide holder (RC7CTCAB). Aluminum flange also
available with nonmetallic aluminum color slide holder
(RC7CTCAA). Includes Wiremold Open System unloaded
inserts .
NOTE: Includes two Cat 6 TechChoice discrete keystone connectors, two
Ortronics TracJack adapters, and two Wiremold Open System adapters.
NOTE: To abandon the RC7 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,
duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed
in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in
the hole.
RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
308
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC9 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide a 15 Amp quad
power device and two (2) openings for communication pass-through.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC9 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, and a
brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
RC9 Series Poke-Thru Device
(RC9A15TCAL) installed in a tile floor.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
309
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
16 1/2"
[419mm]
7"
[178mm]
Prewired 15A quad receptacle can
be wired as standard quad
receptacle or isolated ground.
Flange available in painted gray
(RC9A15TCGY), black
(RC9A15TCBK), ivory
(RC9A15TCVY), and brushed
metal finishes in aluminum
(RC9A15TCAL) and brass
(RC9A15TCBS). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available
with brass colored cover assembly
(RC9A15TCAB). Aluminum flange also available with
aluminum colored cover assembly (RC9A15TCAA). Unit also
includes two openings for pass-through capability for one
4-pair Category 5e or Category 6 cable per opening.
RC9 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
7"
[178mm]
16 1/2"
[419mm]
6"
[152mm]
RC9STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Includes prewired 15A quad
receptacle. Use with RC9C Series
Covers to complete installation.
RC9CTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly
Flange available in painted
gray (RC9CTCGY), black
(RC9CTCBK), ivory (RC9CTCVY),
and brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (RC9CTCAL) and brass
(RC9CTCBS). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available with brass colored cover
assembly (RC9CTCAB). Aluminum flange also available
with aluminum colored cover assembly (RC9CTCAA). Cover
assembly also includes two openings for pass-through
capability for one 4-pair Category 5e or Category 6 cable
per opening.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
5"
[127mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
RC9A15TC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
5"
[127mm]
RC9SHTC Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly
Available in gray (RC9SHTCGY),
black (RC9SHTCBK), ivory
(RC9SHTCVY), nonmetallic brass
(RC9SHTCBS), and nonmetallic
aluminum (RC9SHTCAA).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water
gasket. For use on tile or
carpet floors.
RC9APTC Abandonment Plate
Abandonment available in black
(RC9APTCBK).
NOTE: To abandon the RC9 Series Poke-
Thru Device, the internal gasket
and quad receptacle must not be
removed in order to maintain UL
Classification. Also, the stem must
remain in the hole.
RC9REC, RC9REC-25
Replacement Receptacle
Prewired 15A quad receptacle can be wired
as standard receptacle or isolated ground.
Available only in black. See installation
instructions with replacement receptacle for
complete installation details. Receptacle also
available with 25' leads (RC9REC-25).
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly
includes intumescent fire-
stop material to maintain the
fire-classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through
the floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.
NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
310
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AMD Series Poke-Thru Device
(RC9AMDTCAL) installed in a
carpeted floor.
RC9AMD SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC9AMD Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide up to four
(4) ports of communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC9AMD Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”,
and a brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3" [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
311
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
All communication device
accepts up to four UTP
connectors. Flange available in
painted gray (RC9AMDTCGY),
black (RC9AMDTCBK), ivory
(RC9AMDTCVY), and brushed
metal finishes in aluminum
(RC9AMDTCAL) and brass
(RC9AMDTCBS). Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
black cover. Brass flange also
available with brass colored
cover assembly
(RC9AMDTCAB). Aluminum flange also available with
aluminum-colored cover assembly (RC9AMDTCAA). Unit
includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters, two (2)
Ortronics Series II adapters, and two (2) Wiremold Open
System inserts. Modular jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
5"
[127mm]
10"
[254mm]
6"
[152mm]
2" Trade
Size Conduit
Stem
RC9AMD SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC9AM2STC
Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Use with RC9CMD Series Covers
to complete installation.
RC9CMDTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly
Flange available in painted
gray (RC9CMDTCGY), black
(RC9CMDTCBK), ivory
(RC9CMDTCVY), and brushed
metal finishes in aluminum
(RC9CMDTCAL) and brass
(RC9CMDTCBS). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available
with brass colored cover assembly (RC9CMDTCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with aluminum-colored
cover assembly (RC9CMDTCAA). Includes two (2) Ortronics
TracJack adapters, two (2) Ortronics Series II adapters, and
two (2) Wiremold Open System adapters. Modular jacks
sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile
or carpet floors.
RC9AMDTC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
RC9SHMDTC Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly
Available in black
(RC9SHMDTCBK), gray
(RC9SHMDTCGY), Ivory
(RC9SHMDTCVY), nonmetallic
brass (RC9SHMDTCBS)
and nonmetallic aluminum
(RC9SHMDTCAA).
RC9APTC Abandonment Plate
Available in black (RC9APTCBK).
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly
includes intumescent fire-
stop material to maintain the
fire-classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through
the floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.
7"
[178mm]
5"
[127mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
10"
[254mm]
7"
[178mm]
2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
RC9AMD Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
312
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Device installed
in a carpeted floor.
AMD8 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
AMD8 Series™ All Communication Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
provide up to eight (8) ports of communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
AMD8 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, brass-
colored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
313
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
AMD8 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
AMD8STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Use with AMD8C Series Covers to
complete installation.
AMD8CTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder
Finish flange available
in gray (AMD8CTCGY),
black (AMD8CTCBK), ivory
(AMD8CTCVY), brushed aluminum
(AMD8CTCAL) and brass finish
(AMD8CTCBS). Aluminum and
brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange also available with an
aluminum colored nonmetallic cover (AMD8CTCAA). Brass
flange also available with a brass colored nonmetallic
cover (AMD8CTCAB). Includes adapters to accept eight (8)
Ortronics TracJack modular jacks, four (4) Ortronics Series
II modular jacks, or Wiremold Open System adapters.
Modular jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
AMD8ATC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
All communication device accepts
up to eight UTP, fiber optic, audio,
or video connectors. Finish flange
available in gray (AMD8ATCGY),
black (AMD8ATCBK), ivory
(AMD8ATCVY), brushed aluminum
(AMD8ATCAL) and brass finish
(AMD8ATCBS). Aluminum and
brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange
also available with an aluminum
colored nonmetallic cover
(AMD8ATCAA). Brass flange also
available with a brass colored
nonmetallic cover (AMD8ATCAB). Includes adapters to
accept eight (8) Ortronics TracJack modular jacks, four (4)
Ortronics Series II modular jacks, or Wiremold Open System
adapters. Modular jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
AMD8SHTC Slide Holder
Nonmetallic slide holder
assembly. Available in gray
(AMD8SHTCGY), black
(AMD8SHTCBK), ivory
(AMD8SHTCVY), aluminum
colored (AMD8SHTCAL) and brass
colored (AMD8SHTCBS).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
AMD8APTC Abandonment Plate
Available in black (AMD8APTCBK)
and gray (AMD8APTCGY).
ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer
ring to prevent the unit
from pulling up through
the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
9 7/16"
[240mm]
7"
[178mm]
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]
9 3/4"
[248mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
314
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
AV3 Series Poke-Thru Device installed
in a carpeted floor.
AV3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes
& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of
NEC.
AV3 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp
duplex power device and accepts up to three (3) Extron® Electronics
MAAP Series device plates.
COLOR OPTIONS
AV3 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, brass-
colored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
315
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer
ring to prevent the unit from pulling up through the floor,
and a black die-cast aluminum cover.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
16 5/8"
[422mm]
7"
[178mm]
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
AV3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
AV3STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Use with AV3CTC Series
Covers to complete
installation.
AV3CTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder
Incudes one prewired 20A duplex
receptacle which can be wired as
a standard receptacle or isolated
ground. Finish flange available in
gray (AV3CTCGY), black (AV3CTCBK),
ivory (AV3CTCVY), brushed
aluminum (AV3CTCAL) and brass
finish (AV3CTCBS). Aluminum
and brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange also
available with an aluminum colored
nonmetallic cover (AV3CTCAA).
Brass flange also available with
brass colored nonmetallic cover (AV3CTCAB). Includes one
adapter to accept Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP
mini architectural adapter plates, Wiremold Open System
adapters, and Ortronics TracJack and Series II mounting
adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
AV3ATC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
A/V device incudes one prewired
20A duplex receptacle which can
be wired as a standard receptacle
or isolated ground. Finish flange
available in gray (AV3ATCGY), black
(AV3ATCBK), ivory (AV3ATCVY),
brushed aluminum (AV3ATCAL) and
brass finish (AV3ATCBS). Aluminum
and brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange also
available with an aluminum colored
nonmetallic cover (AV3ATCAA).
Brass flange also available
with brass colored nonmetallic cover (AV3ATCAB). Includes
one adapter to accept Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP mini architectural adapter plates, Wiremold Open
System adapters, and Ortronics TracJack and Series II
mounting adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
AV3SHTC Slide Holder
Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (AV3SHTCGY), black
(AV3SHTCBK), ivory (AV3SHTCVY),
aluminum colored (AV3SHTCAL) and
brass colored (AV3SHTCBS).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.
AV3APTC Abandonment Plate
Available in black (AV3APTCBK) and
gray (AV3APTCGY).
RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacles
Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Available only in
black. See installation instructions
with replacement receptacle for
complete installation details. The
RC37REC-25 is available with 25 foot
[7.62m]
leads and can be wired as
standard duplex or isolated ground.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
17"
[432mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]
3/4" Tr ade
Size Conduit
Stem
1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit
Stem
ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly
AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
316
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC4 Series Poke-Thru Device
(RC4CTCBS).
RC4 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC4 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide two (2) 20 Amp
duplex power devices and four (4) ports of communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC4 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, brass-
colored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]
RC4STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Comes complete with four prewired
20A receptacles. Use RC4STC with
RC4C Series Covers.
NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach
orange IG label (supplied).
6"
[152mm]
16 3/8"
[416mm]
RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
RC4SHTC Slide Holder
Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (RC4SHTCGY), black
(RC4SHTCBK), ivory (RC4SHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC4SHTCBS), and
nonmetallic aluminum (RC4SHTCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use
on tile or carpet floors.
6 1/4"
[159mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
317
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC4 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC4APTC Abandonment Plate
Available in black (RC4APTCBK),
gray (RC4APTCGY), painted
brass (RC4APTCBS), and ivory
(RC4APTCVY).
NOTE: To abandon the RC4 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,
duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed
in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in
the core-drilled hole.
RC4KTCG Retrofit Kit
Used to upgrade existing installations
of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices on
carpet floors to meet scrub water
requirements. Includes two 20A duplex
receptacles that can be wired as a
standard duplex or isolated ground.
Also includes scrub water finish flange
and slide holder assembly. Flange
available in painted black (RC4KTCBK),
gray (RC4KTCGY), ivory (RC4KTCVY),
and brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (RC4KTCAL), and brass
(RC4KTCBS). See installation instructions with retrofit kit for
complete installation details.
NOTE: Existing installations of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices are not required to be
upgraded to meet carpet scrub water requirements, if manufactured
prior to June 2003.
RC4CTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly
Flange available in painted gray
(RC4CTCGY), black (RC4CTCBK),
ivory (RC4CTCVY) or brushed metal
finished in aluminum (RC4CTCAL),
and brass (RC4CTCBS). Slide
covers match the painted flange
colors: gray, black, and ivory.
Aluminum and brass flanges
shipped with black slide cover.
Brass flange also available with
nonmetallic brass colored slide
holder (RC4CTCAB). Aluminum
flange also available with
nonmetallic aluminum color slide holder (RC4CTCAA).
Includes Wiremold Open System unloaded adapters to
accept four discrete keystone connectors from most
manufacturers. Unit also includes Ortronics TracJack
Mounting adapters and Ortronics Series II Communication
Housing. Modular jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
COM75 Communication Adapter
Provides two 3/4" trade size threaded
openings to accommodate conduit
connections.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
RC4ATC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
Unit includes four prewired 20A
receptacles. Each duplex receptacle
is wired as a separate circuit. The
duplex can be wired as a standard
receptacle or isolated ground. Finish
flange available in gray (RC4ATCGY),
black (RC4ATCBK), ivory (RC4ATCVY),
or brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (RC4ATCAL), and brass
(RC4ATCBS). Aluminum and brass
flanges shipped with black slide
cover. Brass flange also available
with nonmetallic brass colored slide
holder (RC4ATCAB).Aluminum
flange also available with nonmetallic aluminum color
slide holder (RC4ATCAA). Includes Wiremold Open System
unloaded adapters to accept four discrete keystone
connectors from most manufacturers. Unit also includes
Ortronics TracJack Mounting adapters and Ortronics Series
II Communication Housing. Modular jacks sold separately.
8 1/4"
[210mm]
16 3/8"
[416mm]
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach orange IG label (supplied).
NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
RC4REC2, RC4REC2-25
Replacement Receptacles
Two prewired 20A duplex receptacles can
be wired as standard duplex or isolated
ground. Available only in black. See
installation instructions with replacement
receptacle for complete installation details.
RC4REC2-25 is available with 25 foot
[7.62m] leads.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the fire
classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling up
through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
318
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC3 Series Poke-Thru Device installed in
a carpeted floor.
RC3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC3 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp
power device and four (4) ports of communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC3 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, ivory “VY”, a brass-
colored finish “AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm] RC3APTC Abandonment Plate
Available in black (RC3APTCBK) and
gray (RC3APTCGY).
NOTE: To abandon the RC3 Series Poke-Thru
Device, the duplex receptacle must
be left installed in the unit in order to
maintain scrub water compliance. Also
the stem must remain in the hole.
16 11/16"
[424mm]
RC3STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
Use with RC3C Series Covers to
complete installation.
RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
319
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
Finish flange and slide holder.
Prewired 20A duplex receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flange available
in painted gray (RC3CTCGY), black
(RC3CTCBK), ivory (RC3CTCVY), or
brushed metal finishes in aluminum
(RC3CTCAL) and brass. Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
black slide cover. Brass flange also
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slide holder (RC3CTCAB).
Aluminum flange also available
with nonmetallic aluminum colored
slider holder (RC3CTCAA). Includes
Wiremold Open System unloaded
adapters to accept four (4) discrete keystone connectors
from most manufacturers. Unit also includes two (2)
Ortronics TracJack adapters and two (2) Ortronics Series II
adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
Assembled unit. Prewired 20A
duplex receptacle can be wired as
standard duplex or isolated ground.
Flange available in painted gray
(RC3ATCGY), black (RC3ATCBK),
ivory (RC3ATCVY), or brushed metal
finishes in aluminum (RC3ATCAL)
and brass. Slide covers match
the painted flange colors: gray,
black, and ivory. Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
slide cover. Brass flange also
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slider holder (RC3ATCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with
nonmetallic aluminum colored
slider holder (RC3ATCAA). Includes Wiremold Open System
unloaded adapters to accept four (4) discrete keystone
connectors from most manufacturers. Unit also includes
two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters and two (2) Ortronics
Series II adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
RC3SHTC Slide Holder
Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (RC3SHTCGY), black
(RC3SHTCBK), ivory (RC3SHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC3SHTCBS),
and nonmetallic aluminum
(RC3SHTCAA).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.
RC3CTC Finish Flange & Slide Holder
5"
[127mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
16"
[406mm]
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
RC3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC3ATC Assembled Poke-Thru Device
RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacles
Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Available only in
black. See installation instructions with
replacement receptacle for complete
installation details. The RC37REC-25
is available with 25 foot
[7.62m]
leads
and can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground.
NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.
NOTE: The 20A duplex receptacle supplied with the new scrub water version
RC3 Poke-Thru Device is proprietary and can only be replaced with the
RC37REC.
COM50, COM75 Communication Adapter
For two 1/2" trade size conduit
connections (COM50). For two 3/4" trade
size conduit connections (COM75). No
additional capacity with COM75.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
320
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
4FFATC Series Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Device (4FFATCBK).
4ffATC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
4FFATC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide
one (1) 3/4" trade size opening for power and one (1) 1 1/4" trade size
opening for communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
4FFATC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, and plated brass “BS”.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
321
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
7 1/2"
[191mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
3/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
NOTE: 4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
7 1/2"
[191mm] 16 15/16"
[430mm]
1 1/4"
Trade
Size
Conduit
Stem
3/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
AV3STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate
Use with 4FFCTC Series covers
to form a complete poke-thru
assembly.
4FFATC Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Assembly
Complete with one-piece finish
flange and conduit assembly.
Conduit assembly consists of
one 3/4" and one 1 1/4" trade
size conduit. Finish cover flange
provided with one 3/4" and one
1 1/4" trade size screw plug
opening. Colors available in
painted gray (4FFATCGY), painted
black (4FFATCBK), brushed
aluminum (4FFATCAL), and plated
brass (4FFATCBS).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet covered
concrete floors.
4FFCTC Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter Assembly
Complete with one 3/4" and one
1 1/4" trade size conduit adapters
and closure plugs. Colors available
in painted black (4FFCTCBK),
gray (4FFCTCGY), forged brushed
aluminum (4FFCTCAL), and plated
brass (4FFCTCBS). Use with the
AV3STC Insert to form a complete
poke-thru assembly.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring
to prevent the unit from
pulling up through the
floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.
4ffATC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
322
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC7AFFTC Series Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Device installed in a tiled floor.
RC7AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC7AFFTC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1)
3/4" trade size opening for power and two (2) 1/2" trade size openings for
communication.
COLOR OPTIONS
RC7AFFTC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, and brass “BS”.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
323
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm]
diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo.
Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC7STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate
Use with RC7CFF Series covers to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.
RC7AFFTC Flush Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Assembly
Complete with one-piece finish
flange and conduit assembly with one
3/4" and two 1/2" trade size conduit
adapters and closure plugs. Colors
available in painted aluminum, black
(RC7AFFTCBK), gray (RC7AFFTCGY),
brushed aluminum (RC7AFFTCAL), and
plated brass (RC7AFFTCBS).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.
RC7CFFTC Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter
Assembly
Complete with one 3/4" [19.1mm]
conduit and two 1/2" trade size
adapters and closure plugs.
Colors available in painted black
(RC7CFFTCBK), gray (RC7CFFTCGY),
brush aluminum (RC7CFFTCAL), and
plated brass (RC7CFFTCBS). Use
with the RC7STC Insert to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
COM50, COM75 Communication Adapter
For two 1/2" trade size conduit connections
(COM50). For two 3/4" trade size conduit
connections (COM75). No additional capacity
with COM75.
7" [178mm]
16 1/2"
[419mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
16 1/2"
[419mm]
RC7AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire classification of
the floor, integral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling up
through the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.
RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
324
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AFFTC Series Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Device (RC9AFFTCBK).
RC9AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC9AFFTC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide a
hexagonal housing to allow for multi-directional feeds.
RC9AFFTC Series flanges are available in gray “GY” or black “BK”
finishes.
COLOR OPTIONS
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
325
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or
terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC9FFS Insert Stem with Disposable Plate
Furniture feed insert with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit to feed power and
communication services. Use with
RC9CFFTC Series Covers to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.
FFD-P Drop-In Hub
3/4" trade size threaded drop-in hub.
Used to make conduit connections to
the service head.
RC9AFFTC Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Device
Complete with hexagonal service
head. Service head has one 3/4"
trade size threaded conduit hub
and five rubber grommets. The
service head includes scrub water
gasket. Unit is supplied with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit stem to feed power and
communication services. Service
head is not to be used as a junction
box. All power connections
must be made in a junction box
below (not supplied). Available
in gray (RC9AFFTCGY) and black
(RC9AFFTCBK).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
RCAPFFTC Abandonment Plate
Used to abandon fitting by removing
hexagonal housing and placing plate
inside the flange. Insert stem must
remain in the place. Available in
black (RCAPFFTCBK).
RC9AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
7"
[178mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
7"
[178mm]
14 7/16"
[367mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1/2"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1/2"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem
RC9CFFTC Finish Flange & Service Head Assembly
Complete with gray or black carpet
flange, gray hexagonal housing,
five black rubber grommets, and
one 3/4" trade size threaded drop-
in hub. The service head includes
scrub water gasket. Use with
RC9FFS Insert to form a complete
poke-thru assembly. Available
in gray (RC9CFFTCGY) or black
(RC9CFFTCBK)
TG-1 Communication Grommet
Drop-in rubber grommet for pass-
through cabling. Set of two grommets
(one grommet shown) black.
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire-classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through the
floor, and a black die-cast aluminum
cover.
RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
326
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AM2TC Series Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Device (RC9AM2STC).
RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC9AM2TC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide
one (1) 1 1/4" and 2" trade size concentric openings for single service
pass-through.
RC9AM2TC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed brass “BS”, and brushed aluminum “AL” finishes.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3" [76mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
327
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
7" [178mm]
RC7CFFTC Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device Cover
Assembly
Complete with one 3/4" trade
size conduit and two 1/2" trade
size adapters and closure
plugs. Colors available in
painted gray (RC7CFFTCGY),
black (RC7CFFTCBK), brushed
plated brass (RC7CFFTCBS),
and brushed aluminum
(RC7CFFTCAL). Use with
RC9AM2STC Insert Stem to form
a complete poke-thru assembly.
NOTE: RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Poke-Thru Devices require a
3" [76mm] diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete
or terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.
RC9AM2STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate
Use with RC9CM2TC Series cover
to complete installation.
RC9AM2TC
Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device
Complete with combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size threaded
conduit openings and closure
plugs. Must be used with a
conduit connector (not included)
at the adapter assembly plate to
maintain fire classification. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in gray (RC9AM2TCGY), black
(RC9AM2TCBK), and brushed
aluminum (RC9AM2TCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
RC9CM2TC Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device
Cover Assembly
Complete with combination
1 1/4" and 2" trade size threaded
conduit openings and closure
plugs. Must be used with a
conduit connector (not included)
at the adapter assembly plate to
maintain fire classification. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in gray (RC9CM2TCGY), black
(RC9CM2TCBK), and brushed
aluminum (RC9CM2TCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
RCAPFFTC Abandonment Plate
Used to abandon fitting by
removing hexagonal housing
and placing plate inside the
flange. Insert stem must remain
in the place. Available in black
(RCAPFFTCBK).
RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC7AM2TC Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Device
2" trade size conduit stem,
complete with one 3/4" trade size
conduit and two 1/2" trade size
adapters and closure plugs. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in painted gray (RC7AM2TCGY),
black (RC7AM2TCBK), brushed
plated brass (RC7AM2TCBS),
and brushed aluminum
(RC7AM2TCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material
to maintain the fire-classification
of the floor, integral retainer ring
to prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.
7"
[178mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
7"
[178mm]
10"
[254mm]
7"
[178mm]
2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem 10"
[254mm]
7"
[178mm]
2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
10 1/4"
[260mm]
7"
[178mm]
2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
328
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
FIT Series Pedestal Style Poke-Thru
Device with 241 Service Head.
fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
FIT Series™ Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices provide dual service
capability in either a single- or dual-width service head.
CORE HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]
Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
329
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a
minimum 2 1/32" [52mm],
2 1/8" [54mm] maximum diameter hole.
200-H/BTC Housing & Base
Single width. For 200 Series Service
Head. Barrier included (may not be
needed on single service applications).
Base has a 3/4" trade size knockout for
connection to FIT insert. Also includes
scrub water gasket.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.
FIT 2" [51mm] Poke-Thru Insert with Junction Box
Assembly
1" trade size barriered conduit. Also
includes BX/MC cable connector. Must
be activated with 200 Series or 241
Series Service Head and FIFP or FP
Series Faceplates (sold separately)
to maintain UL Listing and/or
Classification.
FIFP-1.390 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle opening.
fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
15 1/2"
[394mm]
4 5/8" [118mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
FIFP-1.562 Faceplate
Single-gang with one
1.562" [39.7mm] receptacle
opening.
FIFP-B Faceplate
Single-gang, blank.
FIFP-R Faceplate
Single-gang with one duplex
receptacle opening.
FIFP-SS Faceplate
Single-gang with one surge
suppression receptacle opening.
FIFP-T Faceplate
Single-gang faceplate with
one telephone opening.
Communication grommets
included.
FIFP50 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 1/2" trade
size knockout.
FIFP75 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 3/4" trade
size knockout.
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
9" [229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
TG-1 Communications Grommet
One set of two grommets.
241-H/BTC Assembly & Base
Double width housing for 241
Series Service Head. Barrier
included (may not be needed
for single service applications).
Base has a 3/4" trade size KO
for connection to FIT insert. See
faceplates on this page. Order
two plates to complete service
head assembly.
FP1.390-1.390 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle openings.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
330
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 2" [51mm] diameter hole.
FP1.562-1.562 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1.562" [39.7mm]
receptacle openings.
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
FPB-B Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate – blank.
FP2R Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
duplex receptacle openings.
FP2T Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
communications openings.
FP50-50 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1/2" trade size
knockouts.
FP75-50 Faceplate
Two-gang with one 3/4" and one
1/2" trade size knockout.
FP75-75 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 3/4" trade size
knockouts.
FPSS-SS Faceplate
Two-gang with two surge
suppression device openings.
FPACT-ACT Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
6A mini adapters openings.
Two adapters included. Accepts
Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
FPB-ACT Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with one
6A mini adapter opening. One
adapter included. Accepts
Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
FPB-RT Faceplate
Two-gang plate with one
Ortronics® TracJack adapter
included and one Ortronics®
Series II adapter included.
Flat connector only.
FPB-2RT Faceplate
Two-gang plate with two
Ortronics® TracJack adapters
included and two Ortronics®
Series II adapters included.
Flat connector only.
AP-FITTC Poke-Thru Abandonment Plate
2" [51mm]. Stem must remain in
cored hole.
FIT-EXT Assembled Extension
4 5/8" [118mm]. Includes 1"
trade size barriered conduit and
coupling. For use with slabs
greater than 8" [203mm].
221-21 Carpet Fire-Rated Plug
For carpet applications.
221-21 Tile Fire-Rated Plug
For tile applications.
FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
331
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC92GHBTC Series Poke-Thru Device.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC Series™ Pedestal Style Poke-Thru
Devices provide dual service capability in either a single- or dual-width
service head.
HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]
Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
332
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
NOTE: RC91GHBTC and RC92GHBTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a
minimum 31/16" [78mm] diameter hole.
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
Ordering Information
291-H/BTC Single Width Service Head
Includes housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. Use
with Insert Assembly RC9FFS.
RC91GHBTC Poke-thru Insert with Single Width
Service Head
Includes insert stem with
disposable plate and service
head with housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. Service
head and insert install together
to make a poke-thru assembly.
Combine with faceplates
(sold separately) to complete
service head assembly. Shown
assembled. Service head is
shipped unassembled with the
insert stem.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
RC92GHBTC Poke-thru Insert with Double Width
Service Head
Includes insert stem with
disposable plate and service
head with housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. Service
head and insert install together
to make a poke-thru assembly.
Combine with faceplates
(sold separately) to complete
service head assembly. Shown
assembled. Service head is
shipped unassembled with the
insert stem.
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
292-H/BTC Double Width Service Head
Includes housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. Use
with Insert Assembly RC9FFS.
RC9FFS Insert Stem With Disposable Plate
Furniture feed insert with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit to feed power and
communication services.
Use with either 291-H/BTC
or 292-H/BTC Service Head to
form complete unit.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
333
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
FPB-B Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate – blank.
FP2R Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
duplex receptacle openings.
FP2T Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
communications openings.
FP50-50 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1/2" trade
size knockouts.
4 5/8"
[118mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
FIFP-1.390 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle opening.
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
FIFP-1.562 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 1.562"
[39.7mm] receptacle opening.
FIFP-B Faceplate
Single-gang, blank.
FIFP-R Faceplate
Single-gang with one duplex
receptacle opening.
FIFP-SS Faceplate
Single-gang with one surge
suppression receptacle opening.
FIFP-T Faceplate
Single-gang faceplate with
one telephone opening.
Communication grommets
included.
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
Ordering Information
FIFP50 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 1/2" trade
size knockout.
FIFP75 Faceplate
Single-gang with one 3/4" trade
size knockout.
FP75-50 Faceplate
Two-gang with one 3/4" and one
1/2" trade size knockout.
FP75-75 Faceplate
Two-gang with two 3/4" trade
size knockouts.
FPSS-SS Faceplate
Two-gang with two surge
suppression device openings.
FPACT-ACT Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
6A mini adapter openings. Two
adapters included. Accepts
Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
334
WIREMOLD
POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
Ordering Information
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
7"
[178mm]
3 3/16"
[97mm]
7" [178mm]
FPB-ACT Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with one
6A mini adapter opening. One
adapter included. Accepts
Wiremold Open System
communication modules.
FPB-RT Faceplate
Two-gang plate with one
Ortronics® TracJack adapter
included and one Ortronics®
Series II adapter included.Flat
connector only.
FPB-2RT Faceplate
Two-gang plate with two
Ortronics® TracJack adapters
included and two Ortronics®
Series II adapters included. Flat
connector only.
ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly
Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
3" [76mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the fire
classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and
a black die-cast aluminum
cover.
TG-1 Communication Grommet
One set of two grommets (one
grommet shown) black.
RCAPFFTCBK Abandonment Plate
Used to abandon fitting by
removing hexagonal housing
and placing plate inside the
flange. Insert stem must
remain in the place. Available
in black (BK).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
335
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RATCHET-PRO SERIES
FLOOR BOX 380
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Wiremold® offers one of the most complete lines of both commercial and
residential floor box solutions in the industry. From small, single service
boxes to large multi-utility convention center versions, there is a Wiremold
floor box to meet any need.
RFB4E SERIES
FLOOR BOX 407
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes
360
Fire Classified Floor Boxes
380
Ratchet-Pro™ Series Floor Boxes
387
Modulink™ 880MP Series Floor Boxes
Table of Contents
XX
344
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
336
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
394
Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
432
880 Series™ Floor Boxes
436
800 Series™ Floor Boxes
438
800W Series™ Floor Boxes
446
861 Series™ Floor Boxes
449
862 Series™ Floor Boxes
OmniBox™ Series Floor Boxes
420
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
337
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
863 Series™ Floor Boxes
451
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
453
WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes
468
CRFB Series Raised Floor Boxes
477
CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes
456
AF Series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
FloorSource™ Raised Floor Boxes
AC Series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
463
473
CCFB Series Convention Center Products
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
338
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover & Flange
Part Nos. Notes
Ratchet-Pro
RPSFB-OG
Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2" Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RP9AM2CTC
Surface Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
RFB Series
RFB2-OG Rectangular Triple 2 Gangs Steel 3"
[76mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT Series
Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB4-C1-1 Rectangular Dual 4 Gangs Cast Iron 2"
[51mm]
1" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile,
Carpet
FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT Series
Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB4E-OG Rectangular Triple 4 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Evolution
Round
Poke-Thru
Cover
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo, Bare
Concrete
6CT Series Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB6-OG Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT Series
Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB6E-OG Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
Evolution™
Round
Poke-Thru
Cover
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo, Bare
Concrete
8CT Series Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB9-OG Rectangular Triple 9 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"
[64mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
RFB119CTC,
RFB119BTC
Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB11-OG Rectangular Triple 11 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"
[64mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
RFB119CTC,
RFB119BTC
Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
Evolution
Series
EFB6S-OG
Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"
[98mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Evolution
Rectangular
Die-Cast
Alumuinum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood, Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard Size
Device Plates
EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of
the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover & Flange
Part Nos. Notes
Ratchet-Pro
881
Round Single 1 Gang PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile, Carpet 895, 896 Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Ratchet-Pro
RPNFB
Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2" Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RP9AM2CTC
Surface Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Modulink
880MP2
Rectangular Single 1 Gang PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" – 2"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile, Carpet 817, 818, 828, 829,
830 Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Modulink
880MP2
Rectangular Single 2 or 3
Gangs
PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" – 2"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile, Carpet 827, 828, 829, 830,
837, 838 Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
PVC BOXES
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
339
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover & Flange
Part Nos. Notes
Evolution
Series
EFB8S-OG
Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Evolution
Rectangular
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard size
Device Plates
Evolution
Series
EFB10S-OG
Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
1" – 2"
Trade Size
Evolution
Rectangular
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior
800 Series
800CILCK Round Single 1 Gang Cast Iron N/A 1/2" – 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass Tile,
Carpet
825 Series Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880CS1,
880CM1
Rectangular Single 1 Gang Cast Iron 880CS1:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM1:
1 3/4" [44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
817, 818, 828,
829, 830 Series
Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880CS2,
880CM2
Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Cast Iron 880CS2:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM2:
1 3/4" [44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
827, 828, 829,
830 Series
Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880CS3,
880CM3
Rectangular Triple 3 Gangs Cast Iron 880CS3:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM3:
1 3/4" [44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
828, 829, 830,
837, 838 Series
Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
880 Series
887B/889B Round Single 1 Gang Cast Iron 887:
2" [51mm]
889:
3" [76mm]
887B:
1/2" – 3/4"
889B:
1" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
895, 896 Series Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
CCBB Series
CCBBS-OG
CCBBL-OG
Rectangular Triple 12 Gangs Steel CCBBS-OG:
3 3/4" [95mm]
CCBBl-OG:
Custom
CCBBS:
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
CCBBL: Field
Punched
Cast
Aluminum
Carpet CCBBSCTCAL,
CCBBLCTCAL
Recessed
Devices,
Adjustable
Pre-pour
CCFB Series Rectangular Multi Customs Steel Custom Field
Punched
Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Bare Concrete
CCFBCTC Power, A/V,
Comm.,
Water, Air
EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight,
Class 2-Concrete-tight.
Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” Suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover & Flange
Part Nos. Notes
Ratchet-Pro 881 Round Single (4) #12
AWG or
(6) Cat 6A
PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
895, 896
Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB Round Dual 2 Gang PVC 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RF4FFCTC, RPAV3CTC,
RP9AM2CTC, RP7CTC
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Modulink 880MPFC
Rectangular Single (4) #12
AWG or
(6) Cat 6A
PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
817, 818,
828, 829,
830 Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Modulink 880MP2 Rectangular Single (4) #12
AWG or
(6) Cat 6A
PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" – 2"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
817, 818,
828, 829,
830 Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
Modulink 880MP2 Rectangular Dual PVC 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" – 2"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
827, 828, 829,
830, 837,
838 Series
Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade
PVC BOXES
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
340
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class
2-Concrete-tight.
Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” Suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover &
Flange
Part Nos. Notes
800 Series 800LCK Round Single 1 Gang Steel N/A 1/2 – 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass Tile,
Carpet
825 Series Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable
880 Series
885B/886B Round Single 1 Gang Steel 885B:
2" [51mm]
886B:
2 1/4"
[57mm]
885B:
1/2" – 3/4"
886B:
1/2" – 1"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
895, 896
Series
Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880S1, 880M1 Rectangular Single 1 Gang
(4) #12 AWG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang
Steel 880S1:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M1:
1 3/4" [44mm]
880S1:
1/2" – 1"
880M1:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
817, 818,
827, 828,
829,
830 Series
Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880S2, 880M2 Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs
(4) #12 AWG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang
Steel 880S2:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M2:
1 3/4" [44mm]
880S2:
1/2" – 1"
880M2:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
827, 828,
829,
830 Series
Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable
OmniBox
880S3, 880M3 Rectangular Triple 1 Gang
(4) #12 AWG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang
Steel 880S3:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M3:
1 3/4" [44mm]
880S3:
1/2" – 1"
880M3:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade Size
Metal,
Polycarbonate
Tile,
Carpet
828, 829,
830, 837,
838
Series
Flush
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
RPSFB Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2" Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RPAM2CTC,
RP9AM2CTC
Surface
Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-
Grade
RFB Series RFB2 Rectangular Triple 1 Gang
(4) #12 AWG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang
Steel 3"
[76mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
Series
Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
RFB Series RFB4 Rectangular Triple 1 Gang
(4) #12 AWG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang
Steel 2"
[51mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
Series
Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
RFB Series RFB4E Rectangular Triple 4 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Evolution
Series
Poke-Thru
Covers
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Bare
Concrete
6CT &
6CTC
Series
Recessed
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB6 Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
Series
Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
RFB Series RFB6E Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
Evolution
Series
Poke-Thru
Covers
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Bare
Concrete
8CT Series Recessed
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable
RFB Series
RFB9 Rectangular Triple 9 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"
[64mm]
3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
RFB119TC Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
RFB Series RFB11 Rectangular Triple 11 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"
[64mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo
RFB119TC Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade
STEEL BOXES
Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
341
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model
Cover
Construction
Cover &
Flange
Part Nos. Notes
Evolution Series
EFB6S Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"
[98mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard size
Device Plates
Evolution Series
EFB8S Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard size
Device Plates
Evolution Series
EFB10S Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4" – 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior
CCBB Series
CCBBS
CCBBL
Rectangular Triple 12 Gangs Steel CCBBS:
3 3/4" [95mm]
CCBBl:
Custom
CCBBS: 3/4" –
2" Trade Size
CCBBL: Field
Punched
Cast
Aluminum
Carpet CCBBSCTCAL,
CCBBLCTCAL
Recessed
Devices,
Adjustable
Pre-pour
CCFB Series Rectangular Multi Custom Steel Custom Field
Punched
Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Bare
Concrete
CCFBCTC Power, A/V,
Comm.,
Water, Air
STEEL BOXES (continued)
Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class
2-Concrete-tight.
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes
Cover
Construction
Cover
Type
Cover & Flange
Part Nos.
861 Series Round Single 1 Gang Die-Cast
Aluminum
N/A 1/2" Trade Size Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum
Tile,
Carpet
895 Series &
Poke-Thru
Covers
863 Series Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2" Trade Size
Romex strain relief
pass-though opening
for communications.
Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum
Carpet Included
with Kits
880W Series,
880W1 Rectangular Single 1 Gang Steel 2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic
Tile,
Carpet
817, 818, 828, 829,
830 Series
880W Series,
880W2 Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Steel 2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic
Tile,
Carpet
827, 828, 829,
830 Series
880W Series,
880W3 Rectangular Triple 3 Gangs Steel 2 1/4"
[57mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic
Tile,
Carpet
828, 829, 830, 837,
838 Series
CRFB Series Round Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 1/4"
[57mm]
1/2, 3/4", 1",
1 1/4" & 2"
Trade Size
CRFB & Evolution
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile,
Carpet
CRFBCTC,
CRFBBTC,
8AT Series
COMMERCIAL BOXES
Floor Boxes for Wood Floor
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
342
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
862 Series Round Single 1 Gang PVC N/A 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass, Brushed
Aluminum
Tile,
Carpet
Included with Kit
or 895, 896 Series
WMFB Series,
WMFB1 Square Single 1 Gang PVC N/A 1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass, Brushed
Nickel
Tile,
Carpet
Included with Kit
WMFB Series,
WMFB2 Square Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Brass, Brushed
Nickel
Tile,
Carpet
Included with Kit
863
Series Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2"
Trade Size
Romex strain relief
pass-though opening
for communications
Brass, Brushed
Aluminum
Carpet Included with Kit
RESIDENTIAL BOXES
Floor Boxes for Wood Floor (continued)
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the
following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"
[38mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"
[41mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
CONCRETE FLOOR DEPTH: 4"
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AF Series
AF1 Square Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AF Series
AF3 Square Triple 8 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"
[38mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8850 Square Single 4 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"
[41mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8105 Square Triple 6 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC10105 Square Triple 8 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 5"
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes
Cover
Construction
Cover
Type
Cover & Flange
Part Nos.
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Pçolycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 2 1/2"
Raised Floor Boxes
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
343
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
Box Model Box Type
Service
Capability
Box
Capacity
Box
Construction
Depth Behind
Device Plates KO Sizes
Cover
Construction
Cover
Type
Cover & Flange
Part Nos. Notes
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AF Series
AF1 Square Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AF Series
AF3 Square Triple 8 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Polycarbonate Tile,
Carpet
Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"
[38mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8850 Square Single 4 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"
[41mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC8105 Square Triple 6 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
AC Series
AC10105 Square Triple 8 Gangs Steel 2"
[51mm]
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Zinc
Carpet Included
with Box
CRFB
Series Round Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast
Aluminum
2 1/4"
[57mm]
1/2", 3/4", 1",
1-1/4" & 2"
Trade Size
CRFB &
Evolution
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile,
Carpet
CRFBCTC,
CRFBBTC,
8AT Series
Evolution
Series
EFB6S
Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"
[98mm]
3/4"– 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard Size
Device Plates
Evolution
Series
EFB8S
Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"
[89mm]
3/4"– 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Standard Size
Device Plates
Evolution
Series
EFB10S
Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4"– 2"
Trade Size
Die-Cast
Aluminum
Tile, Carpet,
Wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete
EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT
Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior
ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 6"
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of
the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.
Raised Floor Boxes (continued)
Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the UL scrub water
exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
344
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
A
F
E
D
C
K
G
H
J
I
Each Removable Module consists of
the above components
B
Wiremold® Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes are the latest advancement in the
most complete and innovative line of floor solutions in the industry.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK” nickel, “BS”
brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more
information.
KEY
A. Mud Cap (temporary construction cover)
B. Removable Module
C. Toggle Clamp
D. Box
E. Cable Guide
F. Tunnel
G. Mounting Bracket
H. Divider (removable repositionable)
I. End Cap
J. Back Knockout Plate
K. Concrete Level Leg
L. “L” Bracket
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Components
L
B
All items shown above are included
with Evolution Series floor boxes.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
345
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Configurable with Removable Modules
In addition to having removable dividers and a
tunnel feature that allows all compartments
to be connected, the modules are removable
through the top or back of the floor box. This
allows for easier installations and facilitates
moves, adds and changes without having to
disconnect services, saving time and money.
Audio/Video Design
Evolution Series Floor Boxes have been
developed specifically with the A/V industry in
mind. With 3 1/2" – 3 7/8" [89mm x 98mm] of
wiring capacity behind each device plate, these
boxes will accept devices from leading A/V
manufacturers including Extron® Electronics
and Crestron®.
Durable 180° Articulating Hinge
Hinge design enables covers to open a full
180° and lie flat on the floor surface with the
durability to support a large cover. Provides easy
access to all interior modules and activations
while reducing tripping hazards.
Finished Interior
Fully finished interior removes the unfinished
industrial look while increasing visibility, making
it easier to see where to plug in devices.
EVOLUTION
FLOOR BOX MODEL EFB6S EFB6S-OG EFB6S-FC EFB8S EFB8S-OG EFB8S-FC EFB10S EFB10S-OG EFB10S-FC EFBFF EFBFF-OG
INSTALL FLOOR TYPE:
Concrete Floor
Raised Floor
Wood Floor
YES
YES
YES
YES YES YES
YES
YES
YES YES YES
YES
YES
YES YES YES
YES
YES
YES
BOX TYPE: Standard On-Grade Fire
Classified
Standard On-Grade Fire
Classified
Standard On-Grade Fire
Classified
Furniture
Feed
Furniture
Feed
BOX CAPACITY: 6-Gangs 6-Gangs 6-Gangs 8-Gangs 8-Gangs 8-Gangs 10-Gangs 10-Gangs 10-Gangs 2-Gangs 2-Gangs
DEPTH BEHIND
PLATES: 3 7/8"
[98mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
N/A N/A
REMOVABLE
MODULES: YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
DEVICE PLATE SIZE: Uses Standard Size Device Plates:
Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")
[70mm x 114mm]
Uses Standard Size Device Plates:
Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")
Double-Gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2")
Triple-Gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2")
Uses Non-Standard Size Device
Plates
(4.652" x 2.302")
[117mm x 58mm]
COVERS:
COLORS:
EFB610CTC Series, EFB610BTC Series, EFB610CT Series, EFB610BT Series
Black, Gray, Brass, Nickel, Bronze
FPFFTC Series
Black, Gray, Brass,
Nickel, Bronze,
Brushed Aluminum
FLOOR SURFACE: Carpet, Tile, Wood, Bare (Polished) Concrete & Terrazzo Carpet, Tile & Wood
KO SIZE RANGE:
(TRADE SIZE) 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 1/2" to 2" 1/2" to 2"
FIRE RATING:
(HOURS) Up to
2 Hours
Up to
2 Hours
Up to
2 Hours
NOTE: Covers open full 180°, slide cable egress doors, painted interior.
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Model Selection Guide
MODEL OUTER COMPARTMENTS
(EACH)
CENTER COMPARTMENTS
(EACH)
EFB6 SERIES 32 in.3 [524ml] 38.5 in.3 [630ml]
EFB8 SERIES 27.5 in.3 [450ml] 34 in.3 [557ml]
EFB10 SERIES 23.5 in.3 [385ml] 27.5 in.3 [450ml]
EFBFF SERIES 64.5 in.3 [1056ml] 64.5 in.3 [1056ml]
Evolution Series Floor Box Compartment Volumes
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
346
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applica tions.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices.
Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: Protective/
Disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood
floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete
applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size.
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communica-
tion jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with Wiremold®
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
EFB6S 6-Gang Floor Box
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs
Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs
Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
3.7/8" [99mm]
EFB6 Depth Behind Plates
3 7/8" [99mm]
EFB6-OG Depth Behind Plates
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
4 1/16"
[103mm]
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
4 1/16"
[103mm]
Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applica-
tions. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade
applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with
standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for
initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel
system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable
modules, two (2) cable manage ment guides, two (2) leveling support legs for con-
crete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4". Items
not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.
Note: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
EFB6S-OG Six-Gang Floor Box
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
347
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the
fire classification of the floor. This box is classified to be used in 2-hour fire rated
floors. Designed to accept standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit
feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box
and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and
device plates
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used.
(Sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as
instructed by the structural engineer.
EFB6S-FC Six-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
EFB6M Module
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
21 3/4"
[552mm]
17 1/4"
[438mm]
Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of
concrete around box at all times)
1 1/4" [35] Intumescent
Service Feed (Four (4) per box)
3 7/8" [98mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate
Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.
Bank of three (3) compartments
that accept power,
communications and audio/
video devices. Accepts standard
size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x
114mm]) device plates. Includes
device bracket, back plate, three
(3) knockout plates (3/4"/1 1/4"
concentric), two (2) end caps and
one (1) divider.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the
floor box.
EFB-AAP Device Plate
Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP devices. Device plate
dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[69mm x 114mm].
EFB6-MB Mounting Bracket
Holds up to three (3) devices of
power, communications or audio/
video devices. Bracket accepts
standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]) device plates
sold separately by others.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
348
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EFB-MAAP Device Plate
Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices. Device plate
dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x
114mm].
EFB-MOS Device Plate
European device plate accepts up
to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device.
Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4
1/2" [69mm x 114mm].
EFB-B Blank Device Plate
Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
41/2" [69mm x 114mm].
EFB6-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate
Has one (1) 1 1/4" concentric trade
size knockout opening.
EFB6-TUN Tunnel
6 gang tunnel allows for cables to be
wrapped around box from one module
to the other.
EFB6-DIV Relocatable Divider
Provides separation of services.
Includes one (1) divider plate.
EFBCLL Concrete Leveling Legs
Provide floor box adjustment up or
down to match the desired pour
height of the concrete. Included two
(2) leveling legs, threaded rod not
supplied.
EFBCMG Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and maintain
cable position when opening and
closing the cover.
EFB6S-2HUB 2" Conduit Hub
Hub allows 2" conduit to be fed into
the back of EFB6S and EFB6S-OG
Floor Boxes. Maximum of six (6) hubs
per box.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
349
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 1/2" [89mm]
EFB8-OG Depth Behind Plates
Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Eight (8) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
EFB8S-OG 8-Gang Floor Box
Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.
Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications
without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size
wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation.
Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the
two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) cable management
guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications, trade size knockouts
ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:
receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are
available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
3 1/2" [89mm]
EFB8 Depth Behind Plates
Each Side:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO Eight (8) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
2" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
3/4" Trade Size KO
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
6"
[152mm]
EFB8S 8-Gang Floor Box
Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to
work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed
for initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel
system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules,
two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management
guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications and trade size knockouts
ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:
receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible
with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon
request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
6"
[152mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
350
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
21 3/4"
[552mm]
17 1/4"
[438mm]
Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire
classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.
Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit
feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box and
sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device
plates.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used
(sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as
instructed by the structural engineer.
EFB8S-FC 8-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.
Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of
concrete around box at all times)
1 1/4" [35] Intumescent Service Feed
(Four (4) per box)
3 1/2" [89mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate
EFB8M Module
Bank of four (4) compartments that
accept power, communications and
audio/video devices. Accepts standard
size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2") [70mm x 114mm]
device plates. Includes one device
bracket, one back plate, two (2)
knockout plates, two (2) end caps and
one divider.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the floor
box.
EFB8S-22GMB Mounting Bracket
Equipped with two (2) 2-gang standard
size device openings for a standard
2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x
114mm]). Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices
such as Crestron® 2-gang digital
media devices. Device plates and
devices supplied by others.
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket
Holds up to four (4) devices for power,
communications or audio/video.
Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates
sold separately by others.
EFB8S-4GMB Mounting Bracket
Holds a standard 4 gange device
plate. Device plate dimensions: 81/8"
x 4 1/4" [206mm x 116mm].
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
351
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
50A Device
Tunnel
EFB-AAP Device Plate
Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].
EFB-MAAP Device Plate
Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics MAAP
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
41/2" [69mm x 114mm].
EFB-MOS Device Plate
EFB-B Blank Device Plate
European device plate accepts up to
[45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device. Device
plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x
114mm].
Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[69mm x 114mm].
EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate
Has two (2) 3/4" trade size
knockouts.
EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate
Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4"
concentric trade size knockout.
EFB810-2 Knockout Plate
Has one 2" trade size knockout.
EFB810-TUN Tunnel
For EFB8 Series and EFB10
Series boxes. Tunnel allows
cables to be wrapped around box
from one module to the other.
EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider
Provides separation of services.
Includes one (1) divider plate.
EFB-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs
Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow
floor box to be adjusted up or down to
match the desired pour height of the
concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs.
Threaded rod not supplied.
EFBCMG Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and
maintain cable position when
opening and closing the cover.
EFB-50A 50A Adapter
Allows for a 50A device to be
installed on the 8-gang and
10-gang series boxes.
NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor
box where the device is facing
the tunnel.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
352
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 1/2" [89mm]
EFB10 Depth Behind Plates
Each Side:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Ten (10) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
3/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
2" Trade Size KO
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/2" [89mm]
EFB10 Depth Behind Plates
Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Ten (10) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
6"
[152mm]
Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Box comes
complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included components
are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of
compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to
raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs
for concrete applications, trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not
included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and
A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular
Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
EFB10S 10-Gang Floor Box
Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.
Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications
without the need for additional vapor barriers. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two
(2) removable modules, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs
for concrete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4".
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
EFB10S-OG 10-Gang Floor Box
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
353
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm]
of concrete around box at
all times)
1 1/4" [35] Intumescent
Service Feed (Four (4) per box)
3 1/2" [89mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate
Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire
classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.
Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included
components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two
modules of compartments, fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1
1/4" trade size intumescent conduit feeds and two (2) cable management guides.
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as instructed by
the structural engineer.
EFB10S-FC 10 -Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m
2
] of floor area in each span.
11 3/16"
[284mm]
15 1/8"
[384mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]
21 3/4"
[552mm]
17 1/4"
[438mm]
EFB10M Module EFB10S-23GMB Mounting Bracket
EFB10S-5GMB Mounting Bracket
Bank of five (5) compartments that
accept power, communications and
audio/video devices. Accepts EFB10
Series device plates (2 1/32" x
4 5/8") [58mm x 117mm]. Includes
one mounting bracket, one back plate,
one divider, two (2) end caps and two
(2) knockout plates. Device plates
sold separately.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the
floor box.
Equipped with one (1) 2-gang
standard size device opening
and one (1) 3-gang standard size
device opening. Accepts a standard
2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x
114mm]) and a 3-gang (6 3/8" x 4
1/2" [162mm x 114mm]) device plate.
Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as
Crestron® 2-gang and 3-gang digital
media devices. Device plates and
devices supplied by others.
Holds a standard 5 gang device plate
Device plate dimensions: 10" x 4 1/2"
[254mm x 116mm].
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
EFB10-MB Mounting Bracket
Holds up to five (5) devices for power,
communications or audio/video.
Bracket accepts EFB10 Series device
plates (2 1/32" x 4 5/8") [58mm x
117mm] device plates sold separately.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
354
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EFB10-B Device Plate
Blank device plate. Device plate dimensions: 2.3"
x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].
EFB10-DP Device Plate
Duplex device plate. Device plate dimensions:
2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes
receptacle spacers.
EFB10 -DEC Decorator Style Device Plate
For use with decorator style receptacles, GFCI
receptacle, and decorator style audio/ video
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.
EFB10-S1 Knockout Plate
Single receptacle 1.39" [35mm]. diameter.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.
EFB10-S2 Knockout Plate
Single receptacle 1.59" [40mm] diameter. Device
plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].
Includes receptacle spacers.
EFB10-6AB Device Plate
Accepts up to three (3) dual Wiremold Open
System communication adapters. Adapters sold
separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm].
EFB10-3S2 Device Plate
Accepts up to three (3) Ortronics® Series II
devices. Ortronics® devices sold separately.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].
EFB10-2C Device Plate
Accepts one dual Wiremold Open System
adapter, or one Ortronics® Series II adapter, or
one Ortronics® TracJack adapter. Adapters sold
separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm].
EFB10-AAP Device Plate
Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].
EFB10-MAAP Device Plate
Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics MAAP devices.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
355
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate
Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4" concentric
trade size knockout.
EFB810-2 Knockout Plate
Has one 2" trade size knockout.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate
Has two 3/4" trade size knockout.
EFB10-MOS Device Plate
[45mm x 67.5mm] device plate. Device plate
dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].
5507D-WH Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
For covering duplex style devices. Accepts
106 frame.
5507R-WH Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate
For covering rectangular decorator style
devices.
5507B-WH Blank Faceplate
For covering unused compartments in the
device bracket.
5507S-WH Rectangular Spacer
For mounting commercial device plates.
Installs between the device bracket and a
device.
5507T1-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles – 1.59"
[40mm] in diameter.
5507T2-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles – 1.41"
[36mm] in diameter.
55074TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate
For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts four (4) TracJack devices.
55076TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate
For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts six (6) TracJack devices.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
356
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates & Accessories Ordering Information
16 3/8"
[416mm] 12 1/2"
[318mm]
EFB610CTC
Surface Style Cover with Carpet Insert
EFB610CTCBK, EFB610CTCGY,
EFB610CTCBS, EFB610CTCNK,
EFB610CTCBZ
Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be used
on top of the floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray brass. nickel and bronze.
For use on Evolution™ Series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).
NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is
1/4" [6.35mm].
16 3/8"
[416mm] 12 1/2"
[318mm]
EFB610CT
Flush Style Cover with Carpet Insert
EFB610CTBK, EFB610CTGY,
EFB610CTBS, EFB610CTNK,
EFB610CTBZ
Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be
used level (flush) with finish
floor covering. Available in
the following powder coated
finishes: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze. For use on
Evolution™ Series 6-, 8- and
10-gang floor boxes (EFB6,
EFB8 and EFB10).
NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is
1/4" [6.35mm].
50A Device
Tunnel
EFB-50A 50A Adapter
Allows for a 50A device to be
installed on the 8-gang and
10-gang series boxes.
NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor box
where the device is facing the tunnel.
EFB810-TUN Tunnel
For EFB8 Series and EFB10 Series boxes.
Tunnel allows cables to be wrapped
around box from one module to the other.
EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider
Provides separation of services. Includes
one (1) divider plate.
EFB-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs
Legs allow floor box to be adjusted
up or down to match the desired
pour height of the concrete. Includes
two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod
not supplied.
EFBCMG Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and maintain
cable position when opening and
closing the cover.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
357
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
16 3/8"
[416mm] 12 1/2"
[318mm]
EFB610BT
Flush Style Cover with Solid Lid
EFB610BTBK, EFB610BTGY,
EFB610BTBS, EFB610BTNK,
EFB610BTBZ
Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be
used on top of floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
For use on Evolution™ Series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).
16 3/8"
[416mm] 12 1/2"
[318mm]
EFB610BTC
Surface Style Cover with Solid Lid
EFB610BTCBK, EFB610BTCGY,
EFB610BTCBS, EFB610BTCNK,
EFB610BTCBZ
Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be used
on top of the floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray, brass, nickel and bronze
. For use on Evolution™ Series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).
16 3/8"
[416mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]
Nonmetallic ring for use with
bare concrete and terrazzo
floor applications.
NOTE: Ring must be attached to
the floor box before pouring
concrete or terrazzo.
EFB610CTR Bare Concrete/Terrazzo Trim Ring
Used for floor coverings
greater than 3/16" [4.7mm].
The EFB610-TS allows the
finished cover assembly to
be flush with the finished
floor. Includes one (1)
1/16" [1.6mm], one (1)
1/8" [3.2mm] and one 1/4"
[6.4mm] tile shims for
9/16" [14.3mm] of upward
adjustment.
EFB610-TS Tile Shim
Designed to help mark out
floor to insure a proper fit.
EFB-Template Floor Box Template
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates & Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are
available in powder coated finishes
of (L to R) gray, nickel, bronze, brass
and black.
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
EFB610BTC Series 1800
EFB610CTC Series 1800
EFB610BT Series 1800
EFB610CT Series 1800
NOTE: Load applied through a 3" [76mm] mandrel in center
of the cover. Loads above are static loads only and do
not pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series
Floor Box Cover Assemblies
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
358
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO
Each Side, Two KOs:
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
7 1/16"
[179mm]
6 5/8"
[168mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO
Each Side, Two KOs:
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
7 1/16"
[179mm]
6 5/8"
[168mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in concrete, raised and wood
floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover that allows
the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box is available
in a standard version for use in above grade concrete, raised, and wood floor
applications. Boxes are also compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular
Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.
EFBFF 2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly
For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in on-grade and above grade
concrete floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover
that allows the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box
is available with an epoxy coating for on-grade applications. Custom options are
available upon request.
EFBFF-OG 2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly
NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors.
Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.
NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow for
separation between power and communication
or A/V services.
NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo
floors. Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.
NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow
for separation between power and
communication or A/V services.
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
359
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
EFBFF-DIV Divider
Provides separation of services.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet or wood floor installa-
tions. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in powder
coat finishes of black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one
(1) 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication
type cabling and one (1)
combination 1 1/4" and 2"
trade size screw plug for
communication and A/V type
cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication
cabling.
NOTE: Flangeless FloorPort Series
(FPFFT) covers are not designed
to work with Evolution Series
Furniture Feed Floor Boxes.
Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.
NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before
pouring concrete or terrazzo.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or
down to match the desired pour height
of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling
legs. Threaded rod not supplied.
EFBFF-CLL Concrete Leveling legs
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
360
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Wiremold® Fire Classified Floor Boxes meet or exceed the UL Fire
Classification requirements for floor boxes eliminating the need for
additional spraying or fireproofing.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
Cover Plates and Flanges for Fire Classified OmniBox
Series™ Floor Boxes are available in the colors shown
as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
BACK VIEW
SIDE VIEW
SIDE VIEW
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 23/32"
[94mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
880S1FC
1-Gang Fire Classified Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum
to 5" [127mm] maximum. Use in normal weight concrete 4
1/2" [114mm] minimum pour over deck. One 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed opening. Box Capacity – 53 cubic inches.
4 13/16"
[122mm]
7 15/16"
[202mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
880S2FC
2-Gang Fire Classified Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum to
5" [127mm] maximum. Use in normal weight concrete 4 1/2"
[114mm] minimum pour over deck. Two 1 1/4" [32mm] conduit
feed openings. Box Capacity – 58.5 cubic inches per gang.
4 13/16"
[122mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
880S3FC
3-Gang Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum to
5" [127mm] maximum. Use in normal weight concrete 4 1/2"
[114mm] minimum pour over deck. Three 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Inside Gang Capacity – 67.5 cubic
inches. Outside Gang Capacity – 54 cubic inches each gang.
Shallow Depth Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in
a span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23
AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
361
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6)
Tele Data Conductors per gang.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 23/32"
[94mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
880M1FC
1-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum
to 4" [102mm] maximum. Use in light weight concrete 3
1/4" [83mm] minimum pour over deck. One 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed opening. Box Capacity – 37 cubic inches.
4 13/16"
[122mm]
7 15/16"
[202mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
880M2FC
2-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum
to 4" [102mm] maximum. Use in light weight concrete 3
1/4" [83mm] minimum pour over deck. Two 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Box Capacity – 40 cubic inches each
gang.
4 13/16"
[122mm]
12"
[305mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
1 1/4"
Trade Size KO
880M3FC
3-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum to
4" [102mm] maximum. Use in light weight concrete 3 1/4"
[83mm] minimum pour over deck. Three 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Inside Gang Capacity – 45 cubic
inches. Outside Gang Capacity – 36 cubic inches each gang.
Standard Depth Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
817C 1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1 Floor
Boxes.
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
827B
2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
817B
1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
837B
3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
362
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
827C 2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
837C 3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S3, 880M3,
880CS32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828COMTC Brass Communication Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box. The
828COM Cover Plate has removable
slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series
Boxes only.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking
device of 1.58" diameter, and
maximum male plug face of 2.25"
diameter.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Brass communications cover
plate, data slides. Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for flush mounted
communication adapter.
829STC Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK Brass Communications Cover Plate
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo and carpet floors, brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
363
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
Brass communications cover
plate, 2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates (sold
separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
818TCAL
1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
828TCAL
2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
9.045"
[229.7mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]
838TCAL
3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
13.170"
[334.5mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs. Not for use with threaded
conduit.
829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
364
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828COMTCAL
Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box.
The 828COMTCAL Cover Plate has
removable slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series
Boxes only.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828DPGFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.310"
[109.5mm]
3.290"
[83.6mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).
830CKTCAL-3/4
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1/2
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
365
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate & Flanges Ordering Information
817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
9.02"
[229mm]
837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
13.17 "
[335mm]
828R-TCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
828GFITCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-3/4
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates (sold
separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
366
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Floor Boxes
817PCC 1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
837PCC 3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
827PCC 2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC Series flanges.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. Wiremold
CM Series inserts included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFLRT Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3S2 Series II adapters
included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PSTC Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
367
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Note: For use in normal
weight concrete
floors with a
minimum pour
depth of 41/2"
[114mm] over the
crest of the deck.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span.
Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.
6 1/2"
[165mm]
13 1/8"
[333mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
NOTE: For use in light
weight concrete
floors with a
minimum pour
depth of 3 1/4"
[83mm] over the
crest of the deck.
6 1/2"
[165mm]
13 1/8"
[333mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
RFB2FC Fire Classified Two-Compartment Box
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.
RFB2-SSFC
Fire Classified Two-Compartment Box
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.
Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
RFB2DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Accepts standard 15A and
20A duplex receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2B Internal Blank Bracket
Plate used to close off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2-AAP Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series Devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2GFI
Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Fire Classified RFB2 Series Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Power or Data
50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml]
Each Side
Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Top View
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
368
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: For use in normal weight concrete floors with a minimum pour depth of 4 1/2"
[114mm] over the crest of the deck.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four
(4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
Conductors per gang.
NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.
Fire Classified RFB4 Series Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
10"
[254mm]
12 3/4"
[324mm]
23"
[584mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
23"
[584mm]
Power or Data
22.5 cu. in. [369 ml]
Power or Data
25.5 cu in. [418ml]
Power or Data
22.5 cu in. [369ml]
Power or Data
43.5 cu in. [713ml]
Conduit Feed
Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Conduit Feed
Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
RFB4-4DBFC Fire Classified Four-Compartment Floor Box
Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" L x 10" W x 3 7/16" D
[324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable. Tunneling from adjacent
or opposite compartments only, (not cross compartments). Tunneling
can be set to feed all four compartments from one conduit in a single-
service application.
Fire Classified RFB4 Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
RFB22AB Internal Communication Bracket
Includes two (2) adapters to accept
Wiremold Open System communication
inserts (Sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2RT Internal Communication Bracket
Includes two (2) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and two (2)
adapters to accept Ortronics Series II
devices (Sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2EXT Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP device
plates or (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP
Series devices (Sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
369
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Additional configurations available. Please consult your Wiremold Field Sales Representative for more information.
NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.
NOTE: For use in light weight concrete floors with a minimum pour depth of 3 1/4"
[83mm] over the crest of the deck.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four
(4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
Conductors per gang.
10"
[254mm]
13 5/8"
[346mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
23"
[584mm]
23"
[584mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
RFB-WTB Conversion Kit
Converts RFB4 Box to an RFB4-4DB
Box.
WTB-2-AB Communication Bracket
One 2A size Pass & Seymour® Activate
adapter included. Wiremold Open
System inserts sold separately.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
WTB-2-RT Communication Bracket
Ortronics AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2
Series II adapters included.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
RFB-GFI-4DB
Internal GFCI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
Style Receptacles, Communication or
Audio/Video Devices.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
RFB-DR-4DB Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Accepts 15 Amp and 20 Amp
duplex receptacles.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
WTB-AAP Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP Series devices (Sold
separately).
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
WTB-MAAP Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
devices (Sold separately).
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
RFB4-SSFC Fire Classified Four-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
13 5/8" L x 10" W x 2 7/16" D [346mm x 254mm x 62mm]. Fully
adjustable with tunnel compartment and two receptacle brackets.
Feed through tunneling to adjacent compartments only. Tunneling
can be set to feed all four compartments from one conduit in a
single-service application. Communication brackets not included. See
“Accessories”.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
370
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Power or Data
15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]
Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [513 ml]
Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [513 ml]
Power or Data
15.7 cu in. [257 ml]
Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Channel Dividers Located on
each corner of Floor Box.
Additional configurations available. Please consult your Wiremold Field Sales Representative for more information.
RFB-B-SS Internal Blank Bracket
Used to close off unused gangs.
RFB-2-SSRT Communication Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2
Series II adapters included.
Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
RFB-RB-SS Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Accepts standard 15 Amp and 20 Amp
duplex receptacles.
RFB-GFI-SS Internal GFI Receptacle Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
style receptacles, communications or
Audio/Video Devices.
RFB-2AB-SS Internal Bracket
Two Pass & Seymour® Activate adapters
included. Wiremold CM Series Open
System adapters (sold separately).
RFB-4TKO-SS Internal Bracket
Four RJ Keystone opening
knockouts. Use as blank plate or for
up to four RJ openings.
NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4"
[14.3mm x 19.1mm].
RFB4-SS-AAP Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP Series devices (Sold separately).
RFB4-SS-MAAP Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
devices (Sold separately).
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
371
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Fire Classified RFB Series Floor Boxes are available in
four options.
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for FloorPort
Cover Assemblies
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Brushed Aluminum = AL
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Nickel = NK
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
372
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC-NA Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Insert in lid
allows for carpet or tile cutouts to
match finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC-NA Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Lid area is flush
with the finished floor, no cutouts
provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel or
gray. Provided with one 1" trade
size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
RFB Series Floor Boxes
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for North American Made
FloorPort Cover Assemblies
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Origin:
North American Made NA
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Brass = BS
Black = BK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
373
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1" Trade Size
Maximum Conduit Size
7 1/8"
[181mm] 4 1/8"
[105mm]
6"
[152mm]
NOTE: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.
NOTE: 880MPFC is a single gang offering. Can not gang boxes together
and maintain Fire Classification.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center, no more than 1 per 65 s.f. span.
NOTE: Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG
Type THHN Power Conductor or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
conductors.
Activate Inserts Snap Here
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
880MP Series Floor Boxes
880MPFC
Fire Classified Nonmetallic Rectangular Box
Box comes complete with
reusable mudcap, insert
spacer, conduit plugs and
reducers. Reducers provided
for reduction to 1", 3/4", and
1/2" [25mm, 19.1mm, and
12.7mm] conduit. Minimum
concrete depth is 3 1/2"
[89mm] and maximum
concrete depth is 6" [152mm].
Minimum capacity is 50 cu. in.
[819ml] and maximum capacity
is 100 cu. in. [1639ml]. Box
dimensions are 4 1/8" W x
5 1/2" L x 6" [105mm x 140mm
x 152mm].
880MPA Nonmetallic Floor Box Adjusting Ring
Comes with fiber storage loop.
Also includes brass inserts
for flange connection and
green ground wire for ground
connection. Activate modular
inserts snap directly into the
adjusting ring without the need
for a adapter. Also includes
mounting screws to attach
flange to box body. Ortronics
connectivity inserts do not snap
directly into the adjusting ring.
For Ortronics inserts use the
828GFITC or 829PFLRT.
NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each
880MPFC used.
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
817B
1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold CM
Series inserts sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm] 5.060"
[128.5mm]
817C
1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1 Floor
Boxes.
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
374
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
880MP Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Screw plugs. Screw plugs are
11/2" [38mm] in diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication adapter.
829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.
829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.
829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).
818TCAL
1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed alumnum flanges come with
beveled edges.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
375
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
880MP Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
828DPGFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828DLRAL
Brushed Aluminum Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKTCAL
Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKTCAL-1
Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKTCAL-3/4
Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate
828R-TCAL
Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828GFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKTCAL-1/2
Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
376
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
817TCAL
1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges
are available in fice decorative
color: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
880MP Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates & Flanges Ordering Information
828R-TCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex
Cover
Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting a duplex
receptacle (Decorator or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.
828GFITCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKAL-3/4
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
817PCC 1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
377
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
880MP Series Floor Boxes
Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC Series flanges.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. Wiremold
CM Series inserts included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFLRT Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3S2 Series II adapters
included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PSTC Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
378
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro Series Floor Boxes
Used to attach wiring devices
and cover plates to PVC Box.
Locks into place without
using glue or mechanical
fasteners. Compensates for
up to 10˚ of tilt if box is not
level. Ground wire is factory
attached to the adjusting
ring.
NOTE: One ring required per box,
single-or dual-service.
Fire Classified Ratchet-Pro Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
6"
[152mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm] 4 1/4"
[108mm]
1" Trade Size
Maximum Conduit Size
NOTE: Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG
Type THHN Power Conductor or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
conductors.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in
a span.
4"
[102mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
Fire Classified Ratchet-Pro Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information
NOTE: 1. All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.
2. Polycarbonate cover plates cannot be used on the 881FC Fire Classified Floor Box.
CAUTION
Installation must comply with NEC and local code conductor
volume requirements. Not for use when concrete is the finished
floor. Use only for tile, carpet, or wood covered floors.
881FC
Fire Classified Nonmetallic Round PVC Floor Box
Supplied with reusable
concrete cap, conduit
reducers, and conduit hub
plugs. Available for single
service only. Graduated
cubic inch markings inside
the box indicate volume
capacity at any depth. Box
has parallel conduit hubs
eliminating the need for
90˚ sweeps in installation.
One-piece reduction
from 1" to 1/2" [25mm
to 12.7mm] conduit.
Reducers and plugs
located on a mounting bar
for easier selection. For
concrete pours of 2 1/4" to
6" [57mm to 152mm].
881ADP PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring
With flip lids. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet. Available in black, brass,
gray, nickel and bronze.
895, 895TCAL
Brass/Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
895TCAL Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
5 1/2" [140mm] diameter for carpet.
895GFI, 895GFICAL
Brass/Brushed Aluminum GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
Volume Capacities for Ratchet-Pro PVC Floor Box
BOX HEIGHT Single Service 895 Activation
WIRING VOLUME
In mm Cu. In ml
6 152.0 56.0 917.0
5 1/2 140.0 49.0 803.0
5 127.0 42.0 688.0
4 1/2 114.0 35.0 574.0
4 102.0 28.0 459.0
3 1/2 89.0 21.0 344.0
3 1/4 83.0 17.0 278.0
NOTE: To calculate total box volume, use the displacement of the
largest uncut section remaining.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
379
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
2" [51mm] Deck Installation
Wing Nut & Washer
Carriage Bolt
Intumescent Feed
1 1/4" Trade Size EMT
Bottom Pan
Flute Closure
1" [25mm] Fire Insulation Board
3" [76mm] Deck Installation
Wing Nut & Washer
Carriage Bolt
Intumescent Feed
1 1/4" Trade Size EMT
Bottom Pan
Flute Closure
1" [25mm] Fire Board Spacer
(For 3" [76mm] Deck)
1" [25mm] Fire Insulation Board
Nonmetallic Floor Box Deck Installation
Intumescent Material
Steel Deck
880MPFC Floor Box
1" (Maximum)
Trade Size PVC Elbow
Concrete:
3 1/4" [83mm] Light Weight
4 1/2" [114mm] Normal Weight
Fire Classified Floor Boxes Installation Cross Sections
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
380
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ratchet-Pro™ Series Floor Boxes provide dual-service capability in a single,
easy-to-install round floor box.
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
895 and 896 Series Cover Plates are compatible with Ratchet-
Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes and are available in all or some of the
following colors as in indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
5 1/2"
[140mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
6"
[152mm] 4"
[102mm]
1 1/8"
[28mm]
Supplied with reusable
concrete cap, adjusting
ring, conduit reducers and
conduit hub plugs. Available
for both single and dual
service ( 895DCC required
for dual service brass
activation). Graduated cubic
inch markings inside the box
indicate volume capacity at
any depth. Box has parallel
conduit hubs eliminating
need for 90° sweeps in
installation. One-piece
reduction from 1" to 1/2"
[25mm to12.7mm] conduit.
Reducers and plugs located
on a mounting bar for easier
selection. For concrete pours
of 2 1/4" to 6" [57mm to
152mm].
881 Round PVC Floor Box
Used to attach wiring devices
and cover plates to PVC box.
Locks into place without using
glue or mechanical fasteners.
Compensates for up to 10° of tilt
if box is not level.
NOTE: Ground wire is factory attached
to the adjusting ring. One ring
required per box, single- or dual-
service, ordered separately.
881-ADP PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring
5 1/2"
[140mm]
3 11/16"
[94mm] Used to isolate power and
communication compartments.
Graduated cubic inch markings are
marked clearly on the divider and
correspond directly to the cubic
inch markings on the interior of the
box. Cuts easily with a utility knife.
Supplied with a receptacle plate that
completes separation of power and
communication services. One divider
required for dual-service activation.
881-DIV PVC Floor Box Divider Plate
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
381
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information
NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
895DCC
Dual Service Brass Duplex Cover Plate
With flip lids. Supplied with 1/2"
[12.7mm] screw plug for accessing
communication cables. 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet applications only.
Used in conjunction with the 881DIV to
complete dual-service activation.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
With flip lids. Brass (895) or brushed
aluminum (895TCAL) duplex cover
plate with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.
895, 895TCAL Duplex Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] diameter
for tile.
895T, 895TAL Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids
5 1/2"
[140mm]
895SP, 895SPCAL Cover Plate
Brass (895SP) or brushed aluminum
(895SPAL) cover plate with two
screw plug openings, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass cover plate with two screw
plug openings, 4 1/4" [108mm]
diameter for tile.
NOTE: Screw plug openings are 1 1/2" [38mm]
tapped openings.
895TSP Cover Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass (895GFI) or brushed aluminum
(895GFICAL) GFI receptacle cover
plate, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.
895GFI, 895GFICAL GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
895TGFI, 895TGFIAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] diameter for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.
NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.
896 Communication or Power Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening, 4 1/4" [108mm]
diameter for tile.
NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.
896T Communication or Power Cover Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.
896CK Communication or Power Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for tile.
896TCK Communication or Power Cover Plate
896CK-1/2, 896CKAL-1/2 Cover Plate
Brass (896CK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896CKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
382
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"
[140mm] diameter for carpet.
896CK-3/4 Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"
[140mm] diameter for tile.
896TCK-3/4 Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass (896TCK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896TCKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for tile.
896TCK-1/2, 896TCKAL-1/2
Cover Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.
896CK-1 Cover Plate
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for tile.
896TCK-1 Cover Plate
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet. Available in
black, brass, gray, nickel and bronze.
895TCAL Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
895P-BLK, 895P-BRN,
895P-BRZ, 895P-AL
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet. Available in
black, brown, bronze and aluminum.
895P Polycarbonate Duplex Cover Plate
895PCK-BLK, 895PCK-BRN,
895PCK-BRZ, 895PCK-AL
5 1/2" [140mm] diameter. Available
in black, brown, bronze and
aluminum.
895PCK
Polycarbonate Communication or Power Cover Plate
North American Made Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
383
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ratchet-Pro RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a
nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between
4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and
outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as
the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HUB to allow 2"
conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep
concrete pour.
Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable
knockout plates to allow the 2HUB to be attached. 2HUB
sold separately.
RPSFB
Rectangular Dual Service Metal Concrete Floor Box
6 1/16"
[152mm]
7"
[178mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a
nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between
4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and
outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as
the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HUB to allow 2"
conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep
concrete pour.
Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable
knockout plates to allow the 2HUB to be attached. 2HUB
sold separately.
RPSFB-OG On-Grade Rectangular Dual Service
Metal Concrete Floor Box
6 1/16"
[152mm]
7"
[178mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
Ratchet-Pro RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Dimensions & Knockout Locations
5 15/16"
[151mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
2 SIDES
1" trade size KO inside
a removable plate
2 SIDES:
3/4" & 1 1/4" trade size
concentric KOs
BOTTOM:
1 1/2" trade
size KOs
7"
[178mm]
6 1/16"
[154mm] 2 13/16"
[71mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
384
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB
Dimensions & Knockout Locations
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Round dual service nonmetallic concrete floor box. Floor box
has two 1 1/4" trade size conduit hubs for power and two 2"
trade size conduit hubs for communications and audio/video
services.
Box Includes: (1) Reusable concrete cap, (1) Reducing ring
for the 2" hubs that can be reduced down to 1 1/2 Trade size,
and 1 1/4" trade size openings, (1) Reducing ring for the 1
1/4" hubs that allow to be reduced to 1" trade size opening
or 3/4" trade size opening.
RRPNFB
Round Dual Service Nonmetallic Concrete Floor Box
6 7/16"
[164mm]
6"
[152mm]
8 1/16"
204mm]
6"
[152mm]
2 SIDES:
2" trade size
Conduit Hub
2 SIDES:
1 1/4" trade size
Conduit Hub
8 1/16"
[204mm]
6 7/16"
[164mm] 2 3/4"
[69mm]
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information
RP7CTCGY, RP7CTCBK, RP7CTCAL,
RP7CTCBS, RP7CTCAA, RP7CTCAB
Kit comes complete with (1) prewired
20A duplex receptacle, (receptacle can be
wired as a standard receptacle, or isolated
ground), flange and slide holder, adapter
ring to secure into the boxes, divider
(RP-DIV), Wiremold CM series open system
adapters (unloaded), Ortronics® Series II,
and TracJack adapters. Modular jacks and
A/V connectors sold separately.
Flange Color Slide Holder Color
Gray Gray
Black Black
Aluminum Black
Brass Black
All Aluminum Aluminum
All Brass Brass
RP7CTC Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit
Caution: Floor box kits are not for use on concrete pours less than 4 1/2" [114mm] and are not for use when concrete is the finished floor. Use only for tile,
carpet, or wood covered floors.
RPAV3CTCGY, RPAV3CTCBK, RPAV3CTCAL,
RPAV3CTCBS, RPAV3CTCAA, RPAV3CTCAB
Kit comes complete with (1) prewired 20A
duplex receptacle, (receptacle can be wired
as standard receptacle, or isolated ground),
flange and slide holder, adapter ring to
secure into the boxes, divider (RP-DIV),
Wiremold CM series open system adapters
(unloaded), Ortronics® Series II, TracJack
adapters and adapter to accept AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP devices. Modular
jacks and A/V connectors sold separately.
Flange Color Slide Holder Color
Gray Gray
Black Black
Aluminum Black
Brass Black
All Aluminum Aluminum
All Brass Brass
RPAV3CTC Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
385
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RPAMD4CTCGY, RPAMD4CTCBK,
RPAMD4CTCAL, RPAMD4CTCBS,
RPAMD4CTCAA, RPAMD4CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, Wiremold CM
series open system adapters (unloaded),
Ortronics® Series II, and TracJack adapters.
Modular jacks and A/V connectors sold
separately.
Flange Color Slide Holder Color
Gray Gray
Black Black
Aluminum Black
Brass Black
All Aluminum Aluminum
All Brass Brass
RPAMD4CTC Single Service Floor Box Cover Kit
RPAMD8CTCGY, RPAMD8CTCBK,
RPAMD8CTCAL, RPAMD8CTCBS,
RPAMD8CTCAA, RPAMD8CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, Wiremold CM
series open system adapters (unloaded),
Ortronics® Series II, and TracJack adapters.
Modular jacks and A/V connectors sold
separately.
Flange Color Slide Holder Color
Gray Gray
Black Black
Aluminum Black
Brass Black
All Aluminum Aluminum
All Brass Brass
RPAMD8CTC Single Service Floor Box Cover Kit
RP4FFCTCGY, RP4FFCTCBK, RP4FFCTCAL,
RP4FFCTCBS, RP4FFCTCAA, RP4FFCTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring to
secure into the boxes, (1) 3/4" trade size
screw plug and conduit fitting for power,
1-1/4" trade size screw plug and conduit
fitting for low voltage (communications or
Audio/Video) services.
Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
RP4FFCTC
Multiple Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit
RP9AM2CTCGY, RP9AM2CTCBK,
RP9AM2CTCAL, RP9AM2CTCBS,
RP9AM2CTCAA, RP9AM2CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, (1) 1 1/4/2"
concentric screw plug closure plug. Conduit
fittings sold separately by others.
Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
RP9AM2CTC
Single Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit
Caution: Floor box kits are not for use on concrete pours less than 4 1/2" [114mm] and are not for use when concrete is the finished floor. Use only for tile,
carpet, or wood covered floors.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
386
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)
RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
2HUB 2" Conduit Transition Hub
Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit fitting
allows for 2" conduit to transition into
a shallow box design. Includes: die
cast fitting gasket. Accepts standard 2"
threaded conduit or trade size EMT and
PVC conduit fittings.
NOTE: For use with RPSFB & RFSFB-OG Series
floor boxes.
RP-DIV Divider
Used to isolate power and low voltage
(communications and audio/video)
compartments. Graduated markings
indicating location to cut divider to, in
order to match concrete pour.
125CRR Conduit Reducing Ring
Conduit reducing ring allows for 1 1/4"
conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to allow
for smaller conduit feeds where needed.
Ring includes: (2) blanking plug, (2) 3/4"
trade size plugs, and (2) 1" trade size
plugs.
2CRR Conduit Reducing Ring
Conduit reducing ring allows for 2"
conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to allow
for smaller conduit feeds where needed.
Ring includes: (2) blanking plug, (2)
11/2" trade size plugs, and (2) 11/4"
trade size plugs, and (2) blank plugs.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
387
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Modulink™ Nonmetallic Floor Boxes provide power and communication services
directly to the workstation or to any open space location.
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
817, 828, 829, 830, 837 & 838 Series Cover Plates are designed for
use with Modulink™ 880MP Series Floor Boxes and are available
in the colors at left as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
NOTE: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.
Box can be connected together to create a two- or three-gang option.
Box comes complete with reusable
mudcap, insert spacer, conduit plugs
and reducers. Reducers provided
for reduction to 1 1/2", 1 1/4", 1",
3/4", and 1/2" [25mm, 19.1mm, and
12.7mm] conduit. Minimum concrete
depth is 4" [102mm] and maximum
concrete depth is 6" [152mm].
Minimum capacity is 50 cu. in.
[819ml] and maximum capacity is 100
cu. in. [1693ml]. Box dimensions are
4 1/8" W x 5 1/2" L x 6" H [105mm W
x 140mm L x 152mm H].
880MP2 Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box
5 3/8"
[136mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]
NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each 880MP2 used. For example, a
three-gang box will require three 880MPA Adjusting Rings, ordered
separately.
Comes with fiber storage
loop. Also includes
brass inserts for flange
connection and green
ground wire for ground
connection. Wiremold
CM Series Open System
adapters that snap directly
into the adjusting ring
without the need for an
adapter. Also includes
mounting screws to attach
flange to box body.
880MPA
Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box Adjusting Ring
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Activate inserts snap here.
2" Trade Size
Conduit Hub
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
388
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters and
Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold
separately.
817B 1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters and
Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold
separately.
827B 2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
837B 3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with
maximum female locking device of
1.58" diameter, and maximum male
plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Brass communications cover
plate, data slides. Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for flush mounted
communication adapter.
829STC Brass Communications Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
389
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued0
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs. Not for use with threaded
conduit.
829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
Brass communications cover
plate, 2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
818TCAL
1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
838TCAL
3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
9.045"
[229.7mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]
828TCAL
2 -Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
13.170"
[334.5mm]
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
390
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828DPGFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.310"
[109.5mm]
3.290"
[83.6mm]
828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style device
plates (sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).
830CKTCAL-3/4
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
830CKTCAL-1/2
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
391
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Powder Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
9.02"
[229mm]
837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
13.17 "
[335mm]
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Powder Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
828R-TCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.
829CKAL-3/4
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style device
plates (sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
392
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Flanges Ordering Information
817PCC 1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
827PCC 2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
* Replacement flip lids can be ordered under Cat. No. PFL-BLK and PFL-BRN. Each Cat. No. comes with three flip lids. The above cover plates are listed for
tile and carpet applications.
837PCC 3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC Series flanges.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFL* Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. Wiremold
CM Series inserts included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFLRT*
Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3S2 Series II adapters
included.
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
829PSTC Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum
or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are
interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
393
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Mounting Options for Connectivity Insets
Flush installation with
Activate installed using the
Activate bezel, or Ortronics
installed using the Ortronics
bezels.
Recessed installation with
Activate installed directly
into the 880MPA Adjusting
Ring. Ortronics inserts
cannot be inserted directly
into 880MPA, see below for
Ortronics solution.
828GFITC
Cover
CM-MAB Bezel
(Sold Separately, Not
Included with 828GFITC)
MAB3S2 Bezel
(Ortronics Series II Bezel
Sold Separately)
MAB6TJ Bezel
(Ortronics TracJack
Bezel Sold Separately)
Activate Inserts Sold
Separately
Flush installation with
Ortronics installed using
829PFLRT Cover or
Activate installed using
829PFL Cover.
NOTE: Part is approved for
scrub water
applications only
with inserts in the
flush position.
829PFL or 829PFLRT
Cover
Scrub Water Gasket
Included
CM-MAB Activate Bezel
(Included with 829PFL
Cover)
MAB6TJ (Ortronics
TracJack Bezel Included
with 829PFLRT)
MAB3S2 Bezel
(Ortronics Series II Bezel
Included with 829PFLRT)
Fiber Optic Insert (sold separately)
Fiber Storage Loop
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
394
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes are a versatile solution that provides
power and/or communication services to open space areas.
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
6 1/2"
[165mm] 13 1/8"
[333mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
9/16"
[14mm]
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.
RFB2-SS Two-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Box
RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Top View
Power or Data
38.0 cu. in. [622.7 ml] Each Side
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
395
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB2 Series
Top View
Power or Data
50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml] Each Side
Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Side KO
1"
[25mm]
Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Side KO
1"
[25mm]
Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]
RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
6 1/2"
[165mm] 13 1/8"
[333mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates
sold separately.
RFB2 Two-Compartment Box
6 1/2"
[165mm] 13 1/8"
[333mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
For use On Grade. Fully adjustable with tunnel
compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex receptacle
mounting plate, and one (1) communication mounting plate
(RFB22AB). Other device plates sold separately.
RFB2-OG Two-Compartment Box
NOTE: RFB2-OG for on-grade applications is painted with a fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
396
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB2 Series
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only..
RFB2DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Plate used to close off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2B Internal Blank Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
Style Receptacles, Communication or
A/V Devices.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2GFI
Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket
Includes two (2) adapters to accept
Wiremold CM2 Series Open System
communication inserts (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB22AB Internal Communication Bracket
Includes two (2) adapters to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and two (2)
adapters to accept Ortronics® Series II
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2RT Internal Communication Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series devices
(sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2EXT Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB2-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. Supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,
RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS Floor
Boxes. Kits are sold separately.
RFBKIT Barrier Kit
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo
floor applications.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
NOTE: All device plates and accessories shown on this page are made in the United States of America.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
397
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB2 Series
FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCT Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBT Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 11/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFT Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Brushed Aluminum = AL
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Nickel = NK
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
398
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB2 Series
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC-NA Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC-NA Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.
Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
FPBT 750
FPCT 1000
FPFF 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Origin:
North American Made NA
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Brass = BS
Black = BK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
399
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
No feed through to opposite data compartment on RFB4.
Power or Data
32.3 cu in.
[529 ml]
Power or Data
(RFB4* Data Only)
16.4 cu in. [269 ml]
Power or Data
(RFB4* Data Only)
16.4 cu in. [269 ml]
Feed Through
Direction
Power or Data
50.0 cu in.
[820 ml]
Compartment Capacities
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Indicates Bottom KO.
Knockout Locations & Sizes
Resource RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Feed Through
Direction
10"
[254mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
12 3/4"
[254mm] 3 7/16"
[87mm]
12 3/4" x 10" x 3 7/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]
. Fully
adjustable with tunnel compartment and two receptacle
brackets. Tunneling from end power compartment to end
power compartment only. Communication brackets not
included.
All boxes and covers are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.
RFB4 Four-Compartment Combination Box
3 7/16"
[87mm]
12 3/4"
[324mm]
10"
[254mm]
Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" x 10" x
37/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable.
Tunneling from adjacent or opposite compart ments only,
(not cross compartments). Tunneling can be set to feed all
four compartments from one conduit in a single-service
application. All boxes and covers are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.
RFB4-4DB Four-Compartment Box
With Four Duplex Receptacle Brackets
RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
400
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Resource RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
RFB-DR Internal Duplex Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
Style receptacles, Communication or A/V
Devices.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
RFB-GFI Internal GFI Bracket
Activate™ low profile adapter included.
Wiremold CM Series Open System
inserts sold separately.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
RFB4-LPB Communication Bracket
Ortronics® Series II low profile adapter
included.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
RFB4-LPBS2 Communication Bracket
Two (2) 2A size adapters included.
Wiremold CM2 Series Open System
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-2AB Communication Bracket
Decorator style opening for decorator
style 106 adapter.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-DECORA Communication Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
Power compartments only. Used to
close off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
RFB-B Internal Blank Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2
Series II adapters included.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-2RT Communication Bracket
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
With one (1) IBM Type II opening and
one (1) keystone opening (devices not
included).
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-DT Communication Bracket
With duplex opening for use with 106
adapter (sold separately, devices not
included).
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-SD Communication Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP devices (sold
separately).
NOTE: For RFB4 only.
DTB-2-EXT Internal A/V Bracket
NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.
Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.
Use as blank plate or for up to four (4)
RJ openings.
NOTE: For RFB4 only. Opening dimension is 9/16"
x 3/4" [ 14.3mm x 19.1mm].
DTB-2-4TKO Communication Bracket
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
401
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
To convert RFB4 Box to an RFB4-4DB
Box.
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
RFB-WTB Conversion Kit
One (1) 2A adapter included. Wiremold
CM2 Series Open System inserts sold
separately.
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
WTB-2-AB Communication Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2
Series II adapters included.
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
WTB-2-RT Communication Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
WTB-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator style
receptacles, communications or A/V
devices.
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
RFB-GFI-4DB Internal GFCI Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series devices (sold
separately).
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.
WTB-MAAP Internal A/V Bracket
NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.
RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. Supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-
OG, RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS
Floor Boxes. Kits are sold separately.
RFBKIT Barrier Kit
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
402
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
11 7/8"
[302mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
14 1/2"
[368mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm] 3 7/16"
[87mm]
5/8"
[17mm]
11 7/8"
[302mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
14 1/2"
[368mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm] 3 7/16"
[87mm]
5/8"
[17mm]
RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Power or Data
36.0 cu in. [590 ml]
Power or Data
36.0 cu in. [590 ml]
Power or Data
27.0 cu in. [443 ml]
Power or Data
27.0 cu in. [443 ml]
Compartment Capacities Knockout Locations & Sizes
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Accepts standard 15 Amp and 20 Amp
Duplex Receptacles.
CIHT-D Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" W x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x
87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two
receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or
opposite compart ments only, (not cross compartments).
Communica tion brackets not included. All boxes and
activations are sold separately.
14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" W x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x
87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two
receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or
opposite compart ments only, (not cross compartments).
Communica tion brackets not included. All boxes and
activations are sold separately.
RFB4-CI-1
Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box
RFB4-CI-1 North American Made
Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box
Used to close off unused gangs.
CIH/LT-B Internal Blank Bracket
Communication bracket with two (2)
2A size Activate™ adapters included.
Accepts Wiremold CM2 Series Open
System communication modules (sold
separately).
CILT-2AB Communication Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
Style Receptacles, Communication or
A/V Devices.
CIHT-GFI Internal GFI Bracket
RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
NOTE: Only for use in
concrete floors. All
boxes and activations
are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in
concrete floors. All
boxes and activations
are sold separately.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
403
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RFB4-SS Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Compartment Capacities
Power or Data
15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]
Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [511 ml]
Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [511 ml]
Power or Data
15.7 cu in. [257 ml]
Knockout Locations & Sizes
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm] 1/2"
[12.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
Indicates
Bottom KO
10"
[254mm]
13 5/8"
[346mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
13 5/8" L x 10" W x 2 7/16" D [346mm x 254mm x 62mm].
Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two (2)
receptacle brackets. Feed through tunneling to adjacent
compartments only. Tunneling can be set to feed all
four compartments from one conduit in a single-service
application. Communication brackets not included. All boxes
and activations are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors. All boxes and activations are sold
separately.
RFB4-SS Four-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Combination Box
RF4B-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
Communication bracket with Ortronics®
AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2 Series II
adapters included. Accepts Ortronics®
workstation connectivity outlets and
modular inserts.
CILT-2-RT Communication Bracket
Communication bracket with four (4) RJ
opening knockouts. Use as blank plate or
for up to four RJ openings.
NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4" [14.3mm
x 19.1mm]
CILT-4TKO Communication Bracket
Barrier kit used with RFB4-CI floor
boxes. Kits are sold separately.
RFBCIKIT Barrier Kit
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
404
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB4-SS-MAAP Internal A/V Bracket
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
RFB-RB-SS Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Used to close off unused gangs.
RFB-B-SS Internal Blank Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI & Decorator
style receptacles, Communication or A/V
devices.
RFB-GFI-SS Internal GFI Bracket
Two Pass & Seymour® Activate™ adapters
included. Wiremold CM Series Open
System inserts (sold separately).
RFB-2AB-SS Internal Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2
Series II adapters included.
RFB-2-SSRT Communication Bracket
Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.
Use as blank plate or for up to four RJ
openings.
NOTE : Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4"
[14.3mm x 19.1mm]
RFB-4TKO-SS Internal Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.
RFB4-SS-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
RFB4-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. Supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,
RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS Floor
Boxes. Kits are sold separately.
RFBKIT Barrier Kit
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
405
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for carpet
or tile cutouts to match finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 11/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCT Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBT Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFT Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Brushed Aluminum = AL
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Nickel = NK
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
406
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC-NA Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC-NA Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.
Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
FPBT 750
FPCT 1000
FPFF 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Origin:
North American Made NA
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Brass = BS
Black = BK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
407
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Knockout Locations & SizesCompartment Capacities
Four Compartments: (A, B, C, D)
Each Compartment Capacity:
75.0in3 [1230ml]
13 1/8"
[334mm]
13 1/8"
[334mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
4 1/16"
[103mm]
13 1/8"
[334mm]
13 1/8"
[334mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]
4 1/16"
[103mm]
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
For use in concrete
floors. For use with
round Evolution
Series™ covers. Fully
adjustable with tunnel
compartments. Device
plates sold separately
RFB4E Four-Compartment Box
For use in concrete floors.
For use in on-grade
concrete floors. For use
with round Evolution
Series™ covers. Fully
adjustable with tunnel
compartments. Device
plates sold separately.
RFB4E-OG Four-Compartment On-Grade Box
RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Removable Plate with
1" trade Size KO
1 1/4" Trade Size
3/4" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size
2" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size 1 1/4" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
3/4" Trade Size
3/4" Trade Size
3/4" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size
2" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
Removable Plate with
1" trade Size KO
3/4" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size
1" Trade Size
AB
C
D
3/4" Trade Size
RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
408
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.
Used to separate power and communication
services in combination with a 6CFFTC
Furniture Feed Cover (sold separately)
RFB6DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
RFB4EKIT Barrier Kit
Closed off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.
RFB6B Internal Blank Bracket
Nonmetallic ring for use with bare
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.
NOTE: Only for use on RFB4E and RFB4E-OG Floor
Boxes. Designed to work with 6CT Series
Covers only.
RFB4E-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
Style receptacles, communication or
A/V devices.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.
RFB6GFI
Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.
RFB6S1 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.
RFB6S2 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Includes one (1) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one
(1) adapter to accept Ortronics Series II
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.
RFB6RT Internal Communication Bracket
RFB6EXT Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts three (3) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.
RFB62A Internal Communication Bracket
Included two (2) adapter to accept
Wiremold CM2 Series Open System
communication inserts (sold
separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.
RFB6-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP Series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.
2HUB 2" Conduit Transition Hub
Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit fitting
allows for 2" conduit to transition into a
shallow box design. Includes: die cast
fitting, gasket, and mounting screws.
RFB4E & RB6 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
409
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB4 Series
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly is
available in the following finishes:
painted black (6CTCBK), painted
gray (6CTCGY), nickel (6CTCNK),
brass (6CTCBS), and bronze
(6CTCBZ). 6CTC Series cover
assemblies designed for use with
6STCP, 6STC, and 6STCPAV Poke-
Thru Stem Assemblies.
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
7 1/4"
[184mm]
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (6CTBK),
painted gray (6CTGY), nickel
(6CTNK), brass (6CTBS), and
bronze (6CTBZ). 6CT Series cover
assemblies designed for use with
6STCP, 6STC, and 6STCPAV Poke-
Thru Stem Assemblies. Includes
one (1) 6TS Tile Shim.
6CT* Flush Style Cover Assembly
7 3/4"
[197mm]
Surface style, die-cast aluminum
cover assembly, with one (1) 3/4"
trade size screw plug opening,
and one (1) concentric 2"-1 1/4"
trade size screw plug opening.
Cover assembly is available in
the following powder coated
finishes: black (6CFFTCBK), gray
(6CFFTCGY), nickel (6CFFTCNK),
brass (6CFFTCBS), and bronze
(6CFFTCBZ). 6CFFTC Series
Cover Assemblies designed for
use with 6STC Poke-Thru Stem
Assembly. Includes one (1) 3/4"
and one (1) 1" trade size conduit
fittings and one (1) divider to
separate devices.
6CFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
Used for floor coverings greater
than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6TS will
allow the top surface of the cover
to be flush with the finished floor.
Includes: six (6) 1/16" [1.6mm]
thick shims. Up to a total of 3/8"
[9.5mm] of adjustment.
6TS Tile Shim
Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB4E & RFB4E-0G Floor Boxes Ordering Information
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
410
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB6 Series
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. Supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates, two (2) communication mounting plates
(RFB62A), and (2) blank mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.
RFB6 Six-Compartment Box
For use in concrete floors.
For use with round Evolution™
Series covers. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartments.
Supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.
RFB6E Six-Compartment Box
14"
[355mm] 14 5/8"
[371mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
14"
[355mm]
14 5/8"
[371mm] 4"
[102mm]
1 1/8"
[28mm]
14"
[355mm]
14 5/8"
[371mm] 4"
[102mm]
1 1/8"
[28mm]
A = Side KO 1 1/4" [32mm]
B = Side KO 1" [25mm]
C = Side KO 3/4" [19.1mm]
ABA B
A
C
C
A
ABA B
A
C
C
A
Feed through is accomplished through removable plugs.
Side Knockout Locations
KNOCKOUTS
RFB6 & RFB6E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Bottom Knockout Locations
Compartment Wire and Communication Compacities
A = Bottom KO 1 1/4" [32mm]
B = Bottom KO 3/4" [19.1mm]
KNOCKOUTS
C = Power or Data 52 in
3
[852ml]
D = Power or Data 23 in
3
[376ml]
COMPARTMENT CAPACITIES
ABA B
Compartment
C
B
Compartment
C
ABA B
Compartment
C
Compartment
D
B
Compartment
C
Compartment
D
14"
[355mm] 14 5/8"
[371mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable with
tunnel compartment. Supplied with two (2) duplex mounting
plates, two (2) communication mounting plates (RFB62A), and
(2) blank mounting plates. Other plates sold separately.
RFB6-OG Six-Compartment On-Grade Box For use in concrete floors.
For use with round Evolution™
Series covers. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartments.
Supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.
RFB6E-OG Six-Compartment On-Grade Box
RFB6 & RFB6E Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
411
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB6 Series
Accepts standard 15A and 20A
duplex receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6S2 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Closes off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6B Internal Blank Bracket
Nonmetallic ring for use with bare concrete
and terrazzo floor applications.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes. Designed to work with 8CTC and 8CT
Series Covers only.
RFB6E-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
Style receptacles, communication or
A/V devices.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6GFI
Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6S1 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Includes one (1) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one
(1) adapter to accept Ortronics Series II
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor Boxes.
RFB6RT Internal Communication Bracket
Accepts three (3) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series devices (sold
separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor Boxes.
RFB6EXT Internal A/V Bracket
Includes two (2) adapters to accept
Wiremold CM2 Series Open System
communication inserts (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB62A Internal Communication Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.
RFB6-AAP Internal A/V Bracket
RFB6 & RFB6E Series Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.
NOTE: For RFB6 Series Floor Boxes.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
412
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (8CTBK),
painted gray (8CTGY), nickel
(8CTNK), brass (8CTBS), and
bronze (8CTBZ). 8CTC Series
Cover Assemblies designed for use with 8STC and 8STCP
Poke-Thru Stem Assemblies. Includes one (1) 8TS Tile Shim.
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB6 Series
Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB6E & RFB6E-OG Floor Boxes Ordering Information
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (8CTCBK),
painted gray (8CTCGY), nickel
(8CTCNK), brass (8CTCBS), and
bronze (8CTCBZ). 8CTC Series
Cover Assemblies designed for use with 8STC and 8STCP
Poke-Thru Stem Assemblies.
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8CT* Flush Style Cover Assembly
Used for floor coverings greater
than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The
8TS will allow the top surface
of the cover to be flush with
the finished floor. Includes: two
(2) 1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims
and two (2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick
shims. Up to a total of 3/8"
[9.5mm] of adjustment.
8TS Tile Shim
Catalog Numbers Maximum Load in Pounds
6CT 1000
6CTC 1000
6CFFTC 1000
8CT 1000
8CTC 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 1" mandrel in the
center of cover assembly.
NOTE: Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series
Cover Assemblies
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
413
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB6 Series
FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match finished
floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCT Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBT Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 11/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFT Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Brushed Aluminum = AL
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Nickel = NK
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
414
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB6 Series
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC-NA Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC-NA Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.
Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
FPBT 750
FPCT 1000
FPFF 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Origin:
North American Made NA
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Brass = BS
Black = BK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
415
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB9/RFB11 Series
12 5/8"
[321mm]
14 3/4"
[356mm]
6 1/8"
[156mm]
Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO
Combination (2) 1 1/4"
& 2" concentric
trade size KO 3-gang
84 cu. in. [1377ml]
Combination
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO 1-gang
35 cu. in. [574ml]
Combination (5) 1 1/4" &
2" concentric
trade size KO
Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"
concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]
Combination (2) 3/4" &
1" concentric
trade size KO
Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO
Combination (2) 1 1/4"
& 2" concentric
trade size KO 3-gang
84 cu. in. [1377ml]
Combination
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO 1-gang
35 cu. in. [574ml]
Combination (5) 1 1/4" &
2" concentric
trade size KO
Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"
concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]
Combination (2) 3/4" &
1" concentric
trade size KO
NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to
prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and
device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,
terrazzo, carpet and wood covered floors.
NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
NOTE: RFB11-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.
RFB11-OG
Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang On-Grade Floor Box
Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to
prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and
device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,
terrazzo, carpe and wood covered floors.
NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.
RFB11 Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang Floor Box
12 5/8"
[321mm]
14 3/4"
[356mm] 6 1/8"
[156mm]
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
416
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
12 5/8"
[321mm]
14 3/4"
[356mm] 4 1/8"
[105mm]
NOTE: RFB9-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.
NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard
sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.
Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO
Combination 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric trade size KO
1-gang
43 cu. in. [705ml]
Combination 3/4" & 1"
concentric trade size KO
1-gang
43 cu. in. [705ml]
Combination (4)
1" & 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KO
Combination (3)
1" & 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]
Combination (2)
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO
Knockouts:
12 1/2"
[317mm]
10 11/16"
[272mm]
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Adjustable before concrete
pour. Provided with mudcap
to prevent entry of concrete
during pour. Cover assembly
and device plates sold
separately. For use on bare
concrete, tile, terrazzo, carpet
and wood covered floors.
RFB9 Four-Compartment Nine-Gang Floor Box
Four-compartment, 9-gang
floor box. Adjustable before
concrete pour. Provided with
mudcap to prevent entry of
concrete during pour. Cover
assembly and device plates
sold separately. For use on
tile, terrazzo, carpet and
wood covered floors.
12 5/8"
[321mm]
14 3/4"
[356mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
RFB9-OG
Four-Compartment Nine-Gang on-Grade Floor Box
RFB119CTCAL, RFB119CTCBK,
RFB119CTCGY
Cast aluminum cover assembly
available in brushed aluminum,
painted black, and gray. Provided
with carpet cut-out area. Maximum
load capacity 1,500 lbs. UL Listed to
U.S. and Canadian safety standards
to meet UL requirements under
UL514A for scrub water exclusion.
RFB119CTC Carpet Cover Assembly
RFB119BTCAL, RFB119BTCBK,
RFB119BTCGY
Flush with floor, cast aluminum
cover assembly available in
brushed aluminum, black, and
gray. Maximum load capacity
3,000 lbs. UL Listed to U.S.
and Canadian safety standards
to meet UL requirements
under UL514A for scrub water
exclusion.
RFB119BTC Flush Tile or Carpet Cover Assembly
12 1/2"
[317mm]
10 11/16"
[272mm]
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must
be installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater. RFB119-PAN must be used and ordered
separately.
NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
NOTE: For bare concrete or terrazzo applications. Cover must be used in conjunction with RB119-PAN. RFB119-PAN must be attached to the box prior to
concrete or terrazzo pour.
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB9/RFB11 Series
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
417
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB9/RFB11 Series
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
Used for floor coverings greater than
1/4" [6.35mm]. Use one spacer for
3/8" [9.53mm] thick tile. Use two
spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick tile.
The RFB119-TS will allow the top
surface of the cover assembly to be
flush with 3/8" [9.53mm] to 1/2" [12.70mm] floor coverings.
RFB119-TS Tile Spacer
When used on bare concrete and
terrazzo-covered floors with a
thickness of 1/4" [6.35mm] or
greater, this mudcap must be used.
The RFB119-PAN must be ordered
separately.
RFB119-PAN
Mudcap for Terrazzo Floor Applications
NOTE: Must be used with RFB119-TS (Tile Spacer, see below) for terrazzo
heights greater than 1/4" [6.35mm]. Use one spacer for 3/8"
[9.54mm] thick tile Use two spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick tile.
(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates
1 13/16" x 4 1/2"
[46mm x 114mm]
Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap on outside
sectional device plate
Existing opening when not
covered with Cat. No.
RFB119-SPACER
RFB119-SPACER
Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Sectional Device Plates Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Standard Device Plates
3-Gang Standard Plate
6 3/8" x 4 1/2"
[162mm x 114mm]
1-Gang Standard Plate
2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]
Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap between standard single
and multi-gang plates
Cat. No. RFB119-SB
Single-gang sectional blank plate
(Mounted off-center)
2-gang standard plate
4 9/16" x 4 1/2"
[116mm x 114mm]
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Installation Ordering Information
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information
RFB119-SB
RFB119-3SB
RFB119-2SB
One- and three-
gang blank
device plates in
sectional widths.
RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB,
RFB119-3SB Blank Device Plate
Single-gang sectional (SGFI) width device plate.
RFB119-SGFI GFI Receptacle Device Plate
Single-gang sectional (SD) width device plate.
RFB119SD Duplex Receptacle Device Plate
RFB119-SSR1 RFB119-SSR2
Single-gang device plates in
sectional widths. SSR1 has an
opening of 1.39" and SSR2 has an
opening of 1.59" [40.39mm].
RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2
Single Receptacle Device Plate
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
418
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB9/RFB11 Series
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
Available in sectional (SKO) width.
RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plate
RFB119-2SAB Communication Device Plate
Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with bezel to accept up to three
(3) dual Wiremold CM Series Open System
communication modules or Pass & Seymour®
Activate Connectivity System inserts. Modular
inserts sold separately.
RFB119-AAP Device Plate
Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three
(3) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.
RFB119-2SRT Communication Device Plate
Available in two-gang sectional width. Provided
with one opening to accept one Ortronics®
TracJack bezel and one Ortronics® Series II
bezel. Will accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack
devices or up to three dual Ortronics® Series II
modular inserts. Modules sold separately.
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
RFB119-B
RFB119-3B
RFB119-SB
One-, two- and
three-gang blank
device plates in
sectional (SB)
widths.
RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB
Blank Device Plate
RFB119-GFI RFB119-3GFI
One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(GFI) widths.
RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI
GFI Receptacle Device Plates
RFB119-D RFB119-3D
One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(D) widths.
RFB119-D, RFB119-3D
Duplex Receptacle Device Plates
RFB119-SR1 RFB119-SR2 RFB119-SR3
One-device plates in
standard (SR) widths.
SR1 has an opening of
1.39" [35.31mm]. SR2
has an opening of 1.59"
[40.39mm]. SR3 has a
2.14" [54.36mm] opening.
RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2,
RFB119-SR3 Single Receptacle Device Plates
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
419
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES
RFB9/RFB11 Series
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
RFB119-MAAP Device Plate
One-gang standard device plate. Holds four
(4) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices.
Available in standard (KO) widths.
RFB119-KO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plates
RFB119-AB Communication Device Plate
Available in standard width. Provided with
bezel to accept up to three (3) dual Wiremold
CM Series Open System communication
modules or Pass & Seymour® Activate
Connectivity System inserts. Modules and
inserts sold separately.
RFB119-RT Communication Device Plate
Available in standard width. Provided with one
opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack bezel
and one Ortronics® Series II bezel. Will accept
up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices or up to
three dual Ortronics® Series II modular inserts.
Modular inserts and devices sold separately.
Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]
1"
[25.4mm]
0.375"
[9.5mm]
0.750"
[19.1mm]
RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate
Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.
RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate
Used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device plates
leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are
included with the RFB11 and two (2) with
the RFB9.
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
420
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OmniBox Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent activation solution when
multiple services are required in open space areas to meet the workstation
needs of today’s applications.
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
OmniBox Series™ Flanges Cover Plates are available in the these
colors as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
421
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3 23/32"
[94mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
Knockouts:
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
880S1 1-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
CAT. NO.
CONDUIT
OPENINGS
COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY
ADJUSTMENT
BEFORE POUR
ADJUSTMENT
AFTER POUR
880S1 (3)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(5)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(2)-1" [25mm]
53 cu in.
[869ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880S2 (4)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(8)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(4)-1" [25mm]
117 cu in.
58 cu in.
59 cu in.
[1918ml3]
[951ml3]
[967ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880S3 (5)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(11)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(6)-1" [25mm]
180 cu in.
58 cu in.
68 cu in.
56 cu in.
[2950ml3]
[951ml3]
[1115ml3]
[918ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor BoxesTechnical Specifications
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
7 15/16"
[202mm]
Knockouts:
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 15/32"
[88mm]
12"
[305mm]
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size 1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
880S2 2-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
880S3 3-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
422
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 23/32"
[94mm]
2 15/32"
[63mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
2 15/32"
[63mm]
7 15/16"
[202mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
2 15/32"
[63mm]
12"
[305mm]
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size 3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
880M1 1-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size 3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
Knockouts:
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
CAT. NO.
CONDUIT
OPENINGS
COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY
ADJUSTMENT
BEFORE POUR
ADJUSTMENT
AFTER POUR
880M1 (5)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(5)-3/4" [19.1mm]
37 cu in.
[606ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880M2 (8)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(8)-3/4" [19.1mm]
80 cu in.
40 cu in.
40 cu in.
[1311ml3]
[656ml3]
[656ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880M3 (11)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(11)-3/4" [19.1mm]
126 cu in.
39 cu in.
48 cu in.
39 cu in.
[2065ml3]
[639ml3]
[787ml3]
[639ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor BoxesTechnical Specifications
880M2 2-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
880M3 3-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
423
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4 3/8"
[111mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CAT. NO.
CONDUIT
OPENINGS
COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY
ADJUSTMENT
BEFORE POUR
ADJUSTMENT
AFTER POUR
880CS11 (4)-1" [25mm] 48 cu in.
[787ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880CS21 (6)-1" [25mm] 94 cu in.
45 cu in.
49 cu in.
[1541ml3]
[738ml3]
[803ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880CS31 (8)-1" [25mm] 160 cu in.
53 cu in.
54 cu in.
53 cu in.
[2622ml3]
[869ml3]
[885ml3]
[869ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
880CS1-1 1-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
5 3/16"
[132mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
Back
Knockouts:
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
880CS2-1 2-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
880CS3-1 3-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
424
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
5 3/16"
[132mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]
4 3/8"
[111mm] Knockouts:
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
CAT. NO.
CONDUIT
OPENINGS
COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY
ADJUSTMENT
BEFORE POUR
ADJUSTMENT
AFTER POUR
880CM11 (4)-1" [25mm] 34 cu in.
[557ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880CM21 (6)-1" [25mm] 76 cu in.
36 cu in.
40 cu in.
[1246ml3]
[595ml3]
[656ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
880CM31 (8)-1" [25mm] 118 cu in.
39 cu in.
40 cu in.
39 cu in.
[1934ml3]
[639ml3]
[656ml3]
[639ml3]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
880CM1-1 1-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
Fully adjustable.
Knockouts:
880CM2-1 2-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
880CM3-1 3-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
5 3/16"
[132mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]
Knockouts:
Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
425
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Solid Brass Floor Boxes Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
817C 1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
827C 2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
837C 3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S3, 880M3,
880CS32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.
4.524"
[107mm]
3.48"
[88.4mm]
817T 1-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
4.524"
[114.9mm]
7.624"
[193.7mm]
827T 2-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
11 3/4"
[298mm]
837T 3-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S3, 880M3,
880CS3-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.
827B
2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
817B
1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
837B
3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
426
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box. The
828COM Cover Plates has removable
slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series Boxes
only.
828COMTC Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm] 4.182"
[106.2mm]
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Screw plugs. Screw plugs are
11/2" [38mm] in diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication adapter.
829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.
829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.
829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
427
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
818TCAL
1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
828TCAL
2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.
9.045"
[229.7mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]
838TCAL
3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
11 3/4"
[298mm]
838TAL-880S3, 838TAL-880M3,
838TAL-880CS3, 838TAL-880CM3 Kit
The 838TAL-880 Series
flanges provide additional
load support for 3-gang tile
flanges. Kit includes 838TAL
Flange and two support
dividers.
NOTE: Order kit for specific box
type: 880S3, 880M3, 880CS3,
or 880CM3
4.550"
[115.6mm]
3.530"
[88.7mm]
818TAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880M1-1
Floor Boxes.
4.550"
[115.6mm]
7.665"
[118.2mm]
828TAL 2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
13.170"
[334.5mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
428
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828COMTCAL
Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box.
The 828COMTCAL Cover Plate has
removable slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S & 880CS Series
Boxes only.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828DPGFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.310"
[109.5mm]
3.290"
[83.6mm]
828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).
830CKTCAL-3/4
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1/2
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
429
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
9.02"
[229mm]
837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
13.17 "
[335mm]
817TAL
1-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
817TAL-BK, 817TAL-GY, 817TAL-BS,
817TAL-NK, 817TAL-BZ
For use on 880S1, 880M1, 880CS1-1,
and 880M1-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
827TAL
2-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
827TAL-BK, 827TAL-GY, 827TAL-BS,
827TAL-NK, 827TAL-BZ
For use on 880S2, 880M2, 880CS2-1,
and 880M2-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
4.550"
[115.6mm]
3.530"
[88.7mm]
4.550"
[115.6mm]
7.665"
[118.2mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
430
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
5 3/4"
[146mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
817PCC 1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
827PCC 2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
829CKAL-3/4
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).
828GFITCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828R-TCAL
Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
431
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
13"
[330mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
837PCC 3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL Cover.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
and Wiremold CM Series inserts,
sold separately.
Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)
OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
May be used with Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in conjunction
with 817, 827 and 837PCC Series
flanges.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Wiremold CM Series inserts
included.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFLRT
Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
9829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
included.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PSTC NonmetallicCommunications Cover Plate
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
432
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880 Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low density
power or communication requirements in open space areas.
880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
880 Series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in these colors
as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
• CanbeusedwithallWiremold895/896SeriesCoverPlates:brassorplastic,carpet,ortileapplication.
• All880SeriesFloorBoxeshave10°angularadjustmentaftertheconcretepour.
• All880SeriesFloorBoxescanaccommodateaduplexreceptaclemountedflushwiththefloor.
CLASS CAT. NO.
DIMENSIONS ADJUSTMENT CAPACITY CUBIC IN.
[CM3]
KNOCKOUTS OR
CONDUIT OPENINGS* A B BEFORE THE POUR AFTER THE POUR
CONCRETETIGHT
STEEL
885B 4 13/16"
[122mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
29.5 in.3
[483.5cm3]
Four Sides –
Bottom –
(1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"
(2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"
886B
4 13/16"
[122mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
39 in.3
[639.2cm3]
Two Sides –
Two Sides –
Bottom –
(1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"
(1)-3/4", (1)-1"
(2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"
WATERTIGHT
CASTIRON
887B 4 13/16"
[122mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
2"
[51mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
24.7 in.3
[404.8cm3]
Two Sides –
Two Sides –
(1)-1/2"
(1)-3/4"
889B 4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
2"
[51mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
40 in.3
[655.6cm3]
Two Sides –
Two Sides –
(1)-1"
(1)-1 1/4"
*1/2" = [12.7mm], 3/4" = [19.1mm], 1" = [25mm], 1 1/4" = [32mm].
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
433
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Knockouts:
887B Cast-Iron Floor Box
Knockouts:
Side Side
Top
Front
1/2"
Conduit Thread
1/2"
Conduit Thread
3/4"
Conduit Thread
3/4"
Conduit Thread
Back
Knockouts:
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
885B Stamped Steel Floor Box
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
886B Stamped Steel Steel Floor Box
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Conduit Thread
1"
Conduit Thread
1 1/4"
Conduit Thread
1 1/4"
Conduit Thread
Back
889B Cast-Iron Floor Box
880 Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information
880 Series Cast-Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Stamped steel, shallow
single-service.
Cast0iron, shallow single-
service. Cast0ironv, deep single-
service.
Stamped steel, deep single-
service.
4 3/16"
[122mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
2 3/4"
[122mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
4 3/16"
[122mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
434
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass (895SP) or brushed
aluminum (895SPAL) cover plate
with two 1 1/2" [38mm] screw
plug openings, 5 1/2" [140mm] for
carpet.
895SP, 895SPCAL
Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings
4 1/4"
[108mm]
895TSP Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings
Brass cover plate with two 1 1/2"
[38mm] screw plug openings, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
895GFI, 895GFICAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
Brass (895GFI) or brushed alumi-
num (895GFICAL) GFI receptacle
cover plate, 5 1/2" [140mm] for
carpet.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
895TGFI, 895TGFIAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
896T Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening for tile. Sold
without abandon plug.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
896CK Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening for carpet.
880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with flip
lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.
895T, 895TAL Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass (895) or brushed aluminum
(895TCAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.
895, 895TCAL Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lid
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel and
bronze.
895TCAL Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel and
bronze.
895TCAL Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
895P-BLK, 895P-BRN, 895P-BRZ,
895P-AL
Polycarbonate duplex cover plate
with flip lids for carpet. Available
in black, brown, bronze and
aluminum.
895P Duplex Cover Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening for carpet. Sold
without abandon plug.
896 Communication or Power Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
435
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
4 1/4"
[108mm]
896TCK-3/4
Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
896CK-1 Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening for carpet.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
896TCK-1 Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening for tile.
880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
4 1/4"
[108mm]
896TCK Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
896CK-1/2, 896CKAL-1/2
Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass (896CK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896CKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening 5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.
4 1/4"
[108mm]
896TCK-1/2, 896TCKAL-1/2
Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass (896TCK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896TCKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
896CK-3/4 Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening
for carpet.
5 1/2"
[140mm]
896PCK-BLK, 896PCK-BRN,
896PCK-BRZ, 896PCK-AL
Polycarbonate communications or
power cover plate. Includes one
plug with 3/4" [19mm] opening,
one plug with 1" [25mm] opening,
and one plug with 2 5/8" [67mm]
opening. For pass-through only.
Available in black, brown, bronze
and aluminum .
896PCK Communications or Power Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
436
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
800 Series™ Semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes provide an economical solution for
low density power or communication services in open space areas.
800 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
800 Series™ Conversion Kits are
available in these colors.
COLOR OPTIONS
Adjustable before and after the
concrete pour. Sold less
conversion kit.
Adjustable before and after
the concrete pour. Sold less
conversion kit.
3 3/8"
[86mm]
4 3/16"
[106mm]
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Conduit Thread
3/4"
Conduit Thread
1/2"
Conduit Thread
1/2"
Conduit Thread
Knockouts:
CAT. NO.
ADJUSTMENT CAPACITY CUBIC IN.
[CM3]
KNOCKOUTS OR
CONDUIT OPENINGSBEFORE THE POUR AFTER THE POUR
800LCK 2 3/4" vertical
[70mm]
1/2" vertical
[12.7mm]
23.6 cu. in.
[357ml3]
Sides –
Bottom –
(2)-1/2" [12.7mm]; (2)-3/4" [19.1mm]
(2)-1/2" [12.7mm]; (2)-3/4" [19.1mm]
800CILCK 2 3/4" vertical
[70mm]
1/2" vertical
[12.7mm]
28.3 cu. in.
[463ml3]
Sides – (2)-1/2" [12.7mm] and
(2)-3/4" [19.1mm] threaded
800LCK Steel Floor Box 800CILCK Cast-Iron Floor Box
3"
[76mm]
4 3/16"
[106mm]
800 Series Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
Knockouts:
1/2"
Trade Size
800 Series Semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
437
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
4"
[102mm]
800 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A – 2 1/4" [57mm] diameter plug, one
825C, one 825L, and one 825N. For carpet or
tile installations.
825CK Conversion Kit
Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-1 – 1" [25mm] diameter plug, one
825C-1, one 825L, and one 825N.For carpet
or tile installations.
825CK-1 Conversion Kit
Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-3/4 – 3/4" [19.1mm] diameter plug,
one 825C-3/4, one 825L, and one 825N. For
carpet or tile installations.
825CK-3/4 Conversion Kit
Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-1/2 – 1/2" [12.7mm] diameter plug,
one 825C-1/2, one 825L, and one 825N. For
carpet or tile installations.
825CK-1/2 Conversion Kit
Includes the 825A. Total diameter is 2 5/8"
[67mm].
825CP Brass Carpet Plate Assembly
Conversion kit to fit 525 Series
service fitting on 800 Series
Boxes. Includes one 825C, one
825P-1, and one 1124L-1. For
carpet or tile installations.
825SFCK Conversion Kit
2 1/4" [57mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.
825A Abandon Plug
1/2" [12.7mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.
825A-1/2 Abandon Plug
3/4" [19.1mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.
825A-3/4 Abandon Plug
1" [25mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.
825A-1 Abandon Plug
800 Series Floor Box Conversion Kits Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
438
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for wood floor
applications when both power and communication services are required
in open space areas.
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
880W Series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in
these colors as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
Knockouts:
3 3/4"
[95mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
880W1 1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
7 7/8"
[200mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
880W2 2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Knockouts for three (3) 1/2"
[12.7mm], five (5) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 53 cu. in.
[869ml] of capacity.
Knockouts for six (6) 1/2"
[12.7mm], eight (8) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 58 cu. in.
[951ml] of capacity in
one compartment. 59 cu. in.
[967ml] of capacity in second
compartment. Barrier is
removable for greater capacity
if needed.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
439
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
Knockouts:
880W3 3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
12"
[305mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
Knockouts for nine (9) 1/2"
[12.7mm], eleven (11) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 56 cu. in.
[918ml] of capacity in each of
the outside compartments.
68 cu. in. [1115ml] of
capacity in center
compartment. Barrier is
removable for greater
capacity if needed.
4 15/16"
[125mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]
880W1 Floor Box with 817B brass
flange included. Flange can be
used for tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W1817B
1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W1 Floor Box with 818TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W1818TCAL
1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W2 Floor Box with 828TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W2828TCAL
2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W3 Floor Box with 837B
brass flange included. Flange
can be used for tile or carpet
applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W3837B
3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information
4 15/16"
[125mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]
4 15/16"
[125mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]
880W2 Floor Box with 827B brass
flange included. Flange can be
used for tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W2827B
2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W3 Floor Box with 838TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.
880W3838TCAL
3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
440
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
817B
1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
817C 1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
827C 2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
837C 3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880S3, 880M3,
880CS32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
827B
2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
837B
3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5.060"
[128.5mm]
4.524"
[107mm]
3.48"
[88.4mm]
817T 1-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
4.524"
[114.9mm]
7.624"
[193.7mm]
827T 2-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
4 1/2"
[114mm]
11 3/4"
[298mm]
837T 3-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880S3, 880M3,
880CS3-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
441
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking
device of 1.58" diameter, and
maximum male plug face of 2.25"
diameter.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Data slides. Feed through only,
not for use with a mounting plate
for flush mounted communication
adapter.
829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.
829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.
829CK-1 Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[83.60mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
442
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
818TCAL
1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
828TCAL
2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edge
9.045"
[229.7mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]
838TCAL
3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edge
5.940"
[150.9mm]
13.170"
[334.5mm]
880W Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
4.550"
[115.6mm]
3.530"
[88.7mm]
818TAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880S1, 880M1,
880CS1-1, and 880M1-1
Floor Boxes.
4.550"
[115.6mm]
7.665"
[118.2mm]
828TAL 2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880S2, 880M2,
880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828DPGFITCAL
Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
4.310"
[109.5mm]
3.290"
[83.6mm]
828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm] 3.290"
[83.6mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
443
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through p
ower cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).
830CKTCAL-3/4
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
830CKTCAL-1/2
Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
9.02"
[229mm]
837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.
6.080"
[154.4mm]
13.17 "
[335mm]
880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
817TAL
1-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
817TAL-BK, 817TAL-GY, 817TAL-BS,
817TAL-NK, 817TAL-BZ
For use on 880S1, 880M1, 880CS1-1,
and 880M1-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
4.550"
[115.6mm]
3.530"
[88.7mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
444
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
827TAL
2-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
827TAL-BK, 827TAL-GY, 827TAL-BS,
827TAL-NK, 827TAL-BZ
For use on 880S2, 880M2, 880CS2-1,
and 880M2-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
828R-TCAL
Powder Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter. Covers
are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
828GFITCAL
Powder Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting a duplex
receptacle (Decorator or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover. Covers
are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
829CKAL-3/4
Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
828MAAP AV Adapter Plate
Sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)
880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
4.550"
[115.6mm]
7.665"
[118.2mm]
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
445
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
5 3/4"
[146mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
817PCC 1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
827PCC 2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
13"
[330mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
837PCC 3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL Cover.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters and
Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold
separately.
880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
May be used with Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in conjunction
with 817, 827 and 837PCC Series
flanges.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Wiremold CM Series inserts
included.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
829PFLRT
Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
9829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
included.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
829PSTC NonmetallicCommunications Cover Plate
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
446
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
861 Series™ Single Service Wood Floor Boxes bring power or communication
service directly to the open space. Available with poke-thru style covers. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
861 Series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1/2"
Conduit Thread 1/2"
Conduit Thread
1/2"
Conduit Thread
Knockouts:
861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
447
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole. Comes complete with
a disposable cover, receptacle and
cover sold separately.
861 Wood Floor Box
Complete with 20A duplex
receptacle and brass cover plate.
Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole.
861DB Wood Floor Box Assembly
All communication floor boxes accept
up to four UTP connectors. Flush
poke-thru-style flanges available in
painted gray (861AMDTCGY), black
(861AMDTCBK), ivory (861AMDTCVY),
or brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (861AMDTCAL) and brass
(861AMDTCBS). Slide covers match
painted flange colors. Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black slide
cover. Brass flange also available with
nonmetallic brass-color (AB) slide
holder. Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" trade size knockouts:
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm] capacity.
Requires a 4" [102mm] diameter hole
and overall floor depth of 1" [25mm].
Includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack
inserts, two (2) Ortronics Series II
adapters and two Wiremold Open
System adapters. Assembled with
scrub water gasket. For use on tile,
wood, or carpet floors. Modular jacks
sold separately.
861AMDTC Wood Floor Box Assembly
Complete with prewired 15A quad
receptacle can be wired as standard
or isolated ground. Flush poke-thru-
style cover is available in painted
gray (861QTCGY), black (861QTCBK),
ivory (861QTCVY), or brushed metal
finishes in aluminum (861QTCAL) and
brass (861QTCBS). Slide covers match
painted flange colors. Aluminum and
brass covers shipped with black slide
covers. Brass flange also available
with nonmetallic brass-color (AB)
slide holder. Die-cast aluminum
construction with three 1/2" trade size
knockouts: two on the sides and one
on the bottom. 18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm]
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole and overall floor depth
of 1" [25mm]. Assembled with scrub
water gasket. For use on tile, wood, or
carpet floors.
861QTC Wood Floor Box Assembly
Cover has two 1/2" trade size conduits
and one 3/4" trade size threaded
conduit opening for feeding cables
and wires through floor. Flush flanges
available in painted gray (861FFTCGY),
black (861FFTCBK), ivory (861FFTCVY),
or brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (861FFTCAL) and brass
(861FFTCBS). Die-cast aluminum
construction with three 1/2" trade
size knockouts; two on the sides and
one on the bottom, 18 cu. in. [295 cu.
cm] capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole.
861FFTC
Furniture Feed Raised Floor Box Assembly
861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
448
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Brass (895TSP) or brushed
aluminum (895TSPAL) cover plate
with two screw plug openings,
4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.
895TSP, 895TSPAL
Cover Plate with Two Screw Plug Openings
4 1/4"
[108mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]
NOTE: All 895 Style Cover Plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. All carpet cover plates are 5 1/2" [140mm] in diameter. All tile cover plates
are 4 1/4" [108mm] in diameter.
861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Brass (895) or brushed aluminum
(895TCAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 5 1/2' [140mm] for carpet.
895, 895TCAL Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids
Brass (895SP) or brushed
Aluminum (895SPAL) cover plate
with two screw plug openings,
5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.
895SP, 895SPCAL
Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings
Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with flip
lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.
895T, 895TAL Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids
Brass (895GFI) or brushed
aluminum (895GFICAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"
[140mm] for carpet.
895GFI, 895GFICAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.
895TGFI, 895TGFIAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
895P-BLK, 895P-BRN, 895P-BRZ,
895P-AL
Polycarbonate duplex cover plate
with flip lids for carpet.
895P Duplex Cover Plate
861 Series Floor Box Cover Plate Ordering Information
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ
With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel
and bronze.
895TCAL Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
5 1/2"
[140mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
449
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
862 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
862 Series™ Residential Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low
density power or communication requirements for both concrete or wood
floor applications.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
862 Series™ Floor Box Kits are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Back
Side Side
Top
Front
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
Bottom
Knockouts:
862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
450
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
862 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown
duplex receptacle, and one 895T brass
duplex receptacle cover for tile. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.
862DB
PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors
Box only, for wood or concrete floors.
When using in concrete floor, order
862KIT with 862 Floor Box.
862 PVC Floor Box
When using any of the 862 Series
Floor Boxes in a concrete floor, the
862KIT will provide a mud cap for
the concrete pour, two 3/4" trade
size conduit hubs, and a scrub
water gasket. Not needed for wood
floor installations.
862KIT Concrete Floor Kit
Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown
duplex receptacle, and one 895
brass duplex receptacle cover for
carpet. Order 862KIT when using in
concrete floor.
862C
PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors
Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one
Decorator style 15A, 125V tamper-
resistant brown receptacle, and one
895GFI brass cover for carpet. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.
862GFI
PVC Floor Box Assembly For wood or Concrete floors
Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one
Decorator style 15A, 125V tamper-
resistant brown receptacle, and one
895TGFI brass cover for tile. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.
862TGFI
PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors
862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
451
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
863 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
863 Series™ Multi-Service Round Floor Box Assembly Kits for Wood
Floors for New and Retrofit Residential Applications. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
863 Series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Knockouts:
Side
1/2"
Trade Size
Bottom
Romex Strain
Relief
863 Series Floor Box Assembly Kits Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
452
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
3 1/2"
[89mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
863 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Includes round PVC floor box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex
receptacle, one coax F connector,
one RJ45 Category 5e connector,
and brass duplex opening cover
plate with two flip lids.
863DPCOM Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
Includes round PVC floor box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex
receptacle, one coax F connector,
one RJ45 Category 5e connector,
and brushed aluminum duplex
opening cover plate with two
flip lids.
863DPCOMAL Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
Includes round PVC floor box,
one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant
decorator style duplex receptacle,
one coax F connector, one RJ45
Category 5e connector, and brass
duplex opening cover plate with
single flip lid.
863DRGFICOM Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
Includes round PVC floor box,
one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant
decorator style duplex receptacle,
one coax F connector, one RJ45
Category 5e connector, and brushed
aluminum duplex opening cover
plate with single flip lid.
863DRGFICOMAL Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
863 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
453
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Multi-Service Floor Box Assembly Kits for Wood Floors for New and Retrofit
Residential Applications. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E143222 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.
WMFB Series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Knockouts: Back
Side Side
Top
Front
1/2"
Trade Size KO
1/2"
Trade Size KO
1/2"
Trade Size KO
WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
454
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Includes single-gang box, divider, one
15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for
communication device, and brass
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1SRKS1B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, divider, one
15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for
communication device, and nickel
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1SRKS1N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V
tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1DRB Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, one 15A
tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass
cover with one screw plug. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1SRB Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V
tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1DRN Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, one 15A
tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel
cover with one screw plug. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1SRN Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamper-
resistant duplex receptacles, and brass
cover with four screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2DR2B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamper-
resistant duplex receptacles, and nickel
cover with four screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2DR2N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
455
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Includes single-gang box, device plate
with two openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with one screw
plug. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1KS2B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, device plate
with two openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with one screw
plug. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1KS2N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with two screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1KS4B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamper-
resistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2DRKS4B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with two screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions,see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]
WMFB1KS4N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamper-
resistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2DRKS4N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter
with eight openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2KS8B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter
with eight openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]
WMFB2KS8N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly
WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
456
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
FloorSource AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use
activations for multiple power and communications devices while offering
greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes within a standard
and shallow raised floor application.
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.
AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in die-cast
aluminum with black, brown or gray covers and trim flanges
as indicated in the part number descriptions.
COLOR OPTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
457
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
SGT
SGT
DGT
Faceplate Locations Knockouts:
Side
1/2"
Trade Size KO
3/4"
Trade Size
Bottom
1/2"
Trade Size
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
The AF1 Raised Floor and Stage Floor Box provides three separate compartments that
accommodate a combination of power, communication and audio/video devices. This
combination is accomplished with the built-in service dividers. These dividers are arranged
in a single-double, single-gang configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added
strength and reliability. Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or
tile applications, as well as color choice of black, brown, or gray.
AF-1 Raised Floor Box
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
OVERALL TRIM RING 8 3/4" x 6 3/4" [222mm x 171mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]
PANEL OPENING 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 5" [191mm x 127mm]
ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 130 cu in. [2130ml]
USER VOLUME 78.6 cu in. [1288ml]
TOTAL VOLUME 208.6 cu in. [3418ml]
KNOCKOUT SIZES Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4" Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)
SERVICE Triple
MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)
Specifications
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION
AF1KC AF1 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
AF1KT AF1 with Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
AF1NC AF1 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
AF1NT AF1 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
AF1YC AF1 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
AF1YT AF1 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]
NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.
Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired
versions with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.
NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.
Ordering Data
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
458
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
The AF3 Raised Floor and Stage Floor Box provides four separate compartments that
accommodate up to eight gangs of communication, power and/or audio/ video devices.
The top panel has a unique built-in service divider that accommodates a combination power,
communication and audio/video devices. These dividers are arranged in a single-double,
single-gang configuration. The lower panel provides single-gang activation points in a single
service configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added strength and reliability.
Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or tile applications, as well
as a color choice of black, brown, or gray.
SGT
SGT
DGT
SGB
SGB
SGB
SGB
Faceplate Locations Knockouts: Side
1/2"
Trade Size
3/4"
Trade Size
Bottom 1/2"
Trade Size
AF-3 Raised Floor Box
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]
PANEL OPENING 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]
ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 220 cu in. [3604ml]
USER VOLUME 180 cu in. [2948ml]
TOTAL VOLUME 300 cu in. [4915ml]
KNOCKOUT SIZES Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4" Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)
SERVICE Triple
MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)
Specifications
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION
AF3KC AF3 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
AF3KT AF3 with Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
AF3NC AF3 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
AF3NT AF3 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
AF3YC AF3 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
AF3YT AF3 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.
Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired
versions with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.
NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.
Ordering Data
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
459
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Includes one (1) Wiremold Open System adapter.
Adapter accepts three (3) Wiremold CM Series
inserts or three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
modules. Use in center compartment only.
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Blank plate for field punching.
SGT-B Single-Gang Plate
One duplex opening.
SGT-DP Single-Gang Plate
For Heyco bushing opening or single receptacle
1.046" [35.7mm] diameter. Use in outer, side
compartments only.
SGT-H Single-Gang Plate
1" [25mm] knockout.
SGT-1KO Single-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Wiremold Open System inserts
or three (3) Wiremold CM Series Open System
modules.
SGT-ACT Single-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Series II inserts.
SGT-3S2 Single-Gang Plate
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP Series Devices (sold separately).
SGT-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate
Blank plate. Use in center compartment only.
DGT-B Double-Gang Plate
Two duplex openings. Use in center
compartment only.
DGT-2DP Double-Gang Plate
One duplex opening and blank. Use in center
compartment only.
DGT-DP/B Double-Gang Plate
DGT-ACT Double-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series Devices (sold separately).
DGT-AAP Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts five (5) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series Devices (sold
separately).
DGT-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate
AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
460
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Lower (Bottom) Panel Device Plates for AF3 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Includes one (1) Ortronics® Series II adapter
and one (1) TracJack adapter. Use in center
compartment only.
DGT-RT Double-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Ortronics® TracJack inserts.
SGT-3TJ Single-Gang Plate
Blank plate for field punching.
SGB-B Single-Gang Plate
One duplex opening.
SGB-DP Single-Gang Plate
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series Devices
(sold separately).
SGB-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts three (3) Wiremold Open System inserts
or three (3) CM2 Series Open System modules.
SGB-ACT Single-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Series II inserts.
SGB-3S2 Single-Gang Plate
Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Tracjack inserts.
SGB-3TJ Single-Gang Plate
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
461
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Knockouts:
Side
1/2"
Trade Size KO
Front
1/2"
Trade Size
Side
Back
Top
1/2"
Trade Size
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
The SAF Shallow Raised Floor Box has been designed to fit into 2 1/2" floor depths and
provides two compartments that accommodate a combination of power, communication
and audio/video devices. The SAF21/2 can accommodate two duplex receptacles on one
side and up to six communication devices on the other side. The power and communication
compartments can only be used for designated services. Four 1/2" trade size KOs are in the
sides of the box to feed the power devices. The hinged polycarbonate lid and trim flange for
carpet or tile are available in black, brown, or gray. Two duplex receptacle power plates are
supplied with each box. Receptacles not included. Three blank communication plates are
included with each box. Box includes a communication compartment cover plate for use in
air handling spaces. SAF21/2 Box will accept up to two SG2 Power Plates, and up to three
SGC2 Communication Plates. Consult factory for custom plates.
SAF Raised Floor Box
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 2 1/2" [64mm]
PANEL OPENING 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]
ACTIVATION VOLUME 18.5 cubic inches [303ml]
POWER VOLUME 29 cubic inches [475ml]
MAXIMUM FLOOR PANEL THICKNESS
WITH FLOOR COVERING
1 3/16" [30mm]
KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Three (3) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs
SERVICE Triple
MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 3/8" [35mm] (includes floor covering)
Specifications
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION
SAF21/2KC Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
SAF21/2KT Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
SAF21/2NC Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
SAF21/2NT Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
SAF21/2YC Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
SAF21/2YT Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
Ordering Data
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
462
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Single-gang duplex receptacle.
SG2-DP Power Plate
Single-gang blank plate.
SG2-B Power Plate
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
Devices (sold separately).
SGC2-MAAP Communication Plate
Single-gang blank.
SGC2-B Communication Plate
Single-gang adapter. Includes one (1)
Wiremold Open System adapter.
SGC2-ACT Communication Plate
Includes one (1) Ortronics® Series II
adapter and one (1) TracJack adapter.
SGC2-RT Communication Plate
SAF21/2 Raised Floor Box Device Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
463
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Side
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Back
Side
Top
Front
Knockouts:
aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
FloorSource AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use
activations for multiple power, communication and audio/video devices
while offering greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes
within the raised floor.
AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in die-
cast zinc construction with gray covers as indicated in
the part number descriptions.
COLOR OPTIONS
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.
AC8850 AC8105Knockouts:
Side
Back
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Side
Front
Top
NOTE: Back plate is removable for greater depth capacity.
The AC8850 and AC8105 are boxes with a 5" [127mm] depth design, with the AC8105 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width
for additional wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate four duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with
duplex knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept at least three communication adapters for up to
18 ports of activation. Lids rotate 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.
AC8850, AC8105 Raised Floor Box
AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
464
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Power Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied
with AC8850 Box.
* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot
be used in conjunction with communication plates.
P8850-4DP Power Plate
Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied
with AC8105 Box.
P8105-4DP Double-Gang Power Plate
Three (3) duplex KOs for 106
communication style adapter. Fits both
AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes.
C8005P-3DBP* Communication Plate
For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) (C8850P-
ACT) or two (2) (C8850P-2ACT) Wiremold
CM Series Open System adapter(s).
C8850P-ACT*, C8850P-2ACT*
Communication Plate
For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) or two
(2) Ortronics® Series II and one (1) or two
(2) TracJack adapter(s).
C8850P-RT*, C8850P-2RT*
Communication Plate
For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes
three (3) Ortronics® Series II and three (3)
TracJack adapters.
C8005P-3RT* Communication Plate
DESCRIPTION AC8850 DIMENSIONS AC8105 DIMENSIONS
BOX DIMENSIONS 8" x 8" x 5" [203mm x 203mm x 127mm] 8" x 10" x 5" [203mm x 254mm x 127mm]
OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm] 5" [127mm]
PANEL OPENING 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
COVER SIZE 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]
ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 97.22 cubic inches [1593ml] 111.08 cubic inches [1820ml]
USER VOLUME 102.22 cubic inches [1674ml] 151.97 cubic inches [2490ml]
TOTAL VOLUME 199.22 cubic inches [3264ml] 262.97 cubic inches [4309ml]
KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Cocentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2”-3/4” Trade Size Concentric KOs
SERVICE Single Triple
MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering) 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)
NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with
two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All
communication plates sold separately.
Specifications
AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
465
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in conjunction
with communication plates.
aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes
three (3) 6A Wiremold CM Series Open
System adapters.
C8005P-3ACT* Communication Plate
Accepts six (6) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP Series Devices
(Sold Separately) and one (1) CM
communication adapter.
NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.
C8005P-MAAP-6A* Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts six (6) Extron® Electronics AAP
Series Devices (Sold Separately) and one
(1) CM communication adapter.
NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.
C8005P-AAP-6A* Internal Audio/Video Plate
AC8104AC8840 Knockouts:
Side
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Back
Side
Top
Front
NOTE: Plate is removable for greater depth capacity.
The AC8840 and AC8104 are boxes with a 4" [102mm] depth design, with the AC8104 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width
for added wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate two duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with duplex
knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept two communication adapters for up to 12 ports of activation.
Lids can be rotated 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.
AC8840, AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes
DESCRIPTION AC8840 DIMENSIONS AC8104 DIMENSIONS
BOX DIMENSIONS 8" x 8" x 4” [203mm x 203mm x 102mm] 8" x 10" x 4” [203mm x 254mm x 102mm]
OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 4" [102mm] 4" [102mm]
PANEL OPENING 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
COVER SIZE 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]
ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 63.92 cubic inches [1047ml] 76.87 cubic inches [1260ml]
USER VOLUME 84.34 cubic inches [1382ml] 130.09 cubic inches [2131ml]
TOTAL VOLUME 152.34 cubic inches [2496ml] 201.09 cubic inches [3295ml]
KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs
SERVICE Single Dual
MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering) 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)
NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with
two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All
communication plates sold separately.
Specifications
Side
Back
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Side
Front
Top
Knockouts:
Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
466
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in
conjunction with communication plates.
Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied
with AC8840 Box.
P8840-2DP Power Plate
Power Plates for AC8840 & AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Two duplex KOs. For AC8840 and AC8104
Boxes.
C8004P-2DBP Communication Plate
Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied
with AC8104 Box.
P8104-2DP Power Plate
NOTE AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in
conjunction with communication plates.
For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes
two (2) Wiremold CM Series Open System
adapters.
C8004P-2ACT Communication Plate
For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes
two (2) Ortronics® Series II adapters and
two (2) TracJack adapters.
C8004P-2RT Communication Plate
Communication Plates for AC8840 & AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
467
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box
Communication Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information
Knockouts:
Side
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Back
Side
Top
Front
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
BOX DIMENSIONS 10" x 10" x 5"
[254mm x 254mm x 127mm]
OVERALL TRIM RING 11 1/2" x 11 1/2" [292mm x 292mm]
MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]
PANEL OPENING 10" x 10" [254mm x 254mm]
COVER SIZE 9 5/8" x 9 5/8" [245mm x 245mm]
ACTIVATION CHAMBER
VOLUME
115 cu in. [1884ml]
USER VOLUME 243 cu in. [3981ml]
TOTAL VOLUME 358 cu in. [5865ml]
KNOCKOUT SIZES Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2" Trade
Size Concentric KOs
SERVICE Triple
MAXIMUM FLOOR
THICKNESS
2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)
Specifications The AC10105-2 box with a 5" [127mm]
depth is a square profile box that
provides eight-gangs of power and/or
communication device capacity. Power
plate with duplex knockouts included
with box. The AC10105-2 also provides
increased plug-in volume which is ideal
for the additional space needed when
plugging in transformer type plugs. Lids
can be rotated 180° for easy orientation.
Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.
Power Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information
Four duplex KOs. One supplied with
AC10105-2 Box.
P10105-4DP Double-Gang Power Plate
Five duplex KOs for AC10105-2 Box.
P10105-5DP Double-Gang Power Plate
Blank. For AC10105 Box.
C10105P-B Communication Plate
For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)
Ortronics® Series II adapters and three (3)
TracJack adapters.
C10105P-3RT Communication Plate
For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)
Wiremold CM Series Open System adapters.
C10105P-3ACT Communication Plate
Accepts eight (8) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Series
Devices (Sold separately) and one
(1) CM Series communication
adapter.
C10105P-MAAP-6A Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts eight (8) Extron®
Electronics AAP Series Devices
(Sold separately) and one (1) CM
Series communication adapter.
C10105P-AAP-6A Internal Audio/Video Plate
AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
468
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
New egress design for CRFB Series Floor Box
Covers offers larger wire/cable egress with
locking feature.
CRFB Series Floor Boxes are round recessed floor boxes designed to meet the
functionality and flexibility requirements of the raised and wood floor markets. CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.
CRFB Series Floor Boxes Cover and Evolution™ Series
Poke-Thru Covers are available in black, brass, nickel,
bronze, and gray finishes.
COLOR OPTIONS
CRFB Series four-compartment configurable box.
Cables egress from a CRFB Series Floor Box
with Evolution Series Poke-Thru Cover.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
469
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Ø 8 1/4"
[210mm]
Ø 7.789"
[198mm]
6 5/8"
[168mm]
Combination 1/2" &
3/4" (3) concentric
trade size KOs
1 1/4" trade
size KO
2" Trade Size KO
Combination 3/4" & 1"
(3) concentric Trade
Size KOs
The housing is die-cast aluminum construction with stamped steel bottom plate.
COMPARTMENT DEPTH
23.5 in.3
[385ml]
17.5 in.3
[287ml]
32.8 in.3
[537ml]
23.5 in.3
[385ml]
COMPARTMENT VOLUMES
CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
Die-cast aluminum construction with
stamped steel bottom plate. Includes
3 duplex receptacle plates, 1 center
communication plate and 3 cable pass
through grommets for 1" trade size
tunnel.
NOTE: Floor thickness range (including floor
covering) 3/8" – 2" [9.5mm - 51mm].
CRFB4 CRFB Housing
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBK),
brass (CRFBCTCBS),
nickel (CRFBCTCNK),
bronze (CRFBCTCBZ) or
gray (CRFBCTCGY) finish.
Insert areas allow for
tile or carpet cutouts to
match finished floor.
CRFBCTC Surface Style Cover Assembly
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBK),
brass (CRFBBTCBS),
nickel (CRFBBTCNK),
bronze (CRFBBTCBZ) or
gray (CRFBBTCGY) finish.
No cutouts are provided
for floor coverings.
CRFBBTC Surface Style Cover Assembly
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBCTCBSTR),
nickel (CRFBCTCNKTR),
bronze (CRFBCTCBZTR) or
gray (CRFBCTCGYTR) finish.
Lid has built-in key locking feature for tamper resistance.
Insert areas allow for tile or carpet cutouts to match
finished floor.
CRFBCTC-TR
Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly
CRFB Series Floor Boxes Assembly Details
CRFB-Housing
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
470
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Tunnel allows the two outer
compartments to be utilized for
one service while the center two
compartments are utilized for
other services.
CRFB-TUN Tunnel
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBBTCBSTR),
nickel (CRFBBTCNKTR),
bronze (CRFBBTCBZTR)
or gray (CRFBBTCGYTR)
finish. No cutouts are
provided. Lid has built-in
key locking feature for
tamper resistance.
CRFBBTC-TR
Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: (8CTCBK)
black, (8CTCGY) gray,
(8CTCNK) nickel, (8CTCBS)
brass, or (8CTCBZ) bronze.
NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-
resistant cover assembly.
8CTC Surface Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: black
(8CTBK), gray (8CTGY),
nickel (8CTNK), brass
(8CTBS), or bronze (8CTBZ).
NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-
resistant cover assembly.
8CT Flush Style Cover Assembly
Device Plate
Location #1
NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 1
is 6 11/32" [161mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 1 Ordering Information
Used to close off unused gang.
CRFB-B-1 Blank Device Plate #1
Accepts standard 15A and 20A
duplex receptacles.
CRFB-D-1 Duplex Device Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.
CRFB-GFI-1 GFCI/Decorator Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]
CRFB-SR1-1 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes
one (1) Wiremold CM Series Open
System adapter and inserts.
CRFB-AB-1 Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes
one (1) Ortronics® Series II and one
(1) Tracjack adapter.
CRFB-RT-1 Communication Device Plate
CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
471
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Device Plate
Location #2
NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 2
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].
CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 2 Ordering Information
Used to close off unused gang.
CRFB-B-2 Blank Device Plate #2
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) Wiremold CM Series Open System
adapter and inserts.
CRFB-AB-2 Communication Device Plate
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
CRFB-D-2 Duplex Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) Ortronics® Series II and one (1)
Tracjack adapter.
CRFB-RT-2 Communication Device Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.
CRFB-GFI-2 GFCI/Decorator Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]
CRFB-SR1-2 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
Accepts single device 1.60" [41mm]
CRFB-SR2-2 1.60" [41mm] Device Plate
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information
Used to close off unused gang.
CRFB-B-3 Blank Device Plate #3
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
CRFB-D-3 Duplex Device Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.
CRFB-GFI-3 GFCI/Decora Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].
CRFB-SR1-3 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
472
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Device Plate
Location #3
NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 3
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 4 Ordering Information
Device Plate
Location #4
NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 4
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].
CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
Accepts two (2) ports of communication
devices. Includes one (1) Ortronics®
Series II and one (1) Tracjack adapter.
CRFB-RT-3 Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) Wiremold CM Series Open System
adapter and inserts.
CRFB-AB-3 Communication Device Plate
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information (continued)
Used to close off unused gang.
CRFB-B-4 Center Blank Plate
6A communications plate. Includes:
(1) 6A Wiremold Open System Adapter,
(1) Ortronics Series II Adapter, (1)
Ortronics TracJack Adapter. Modular
jacks sold separately.
CRFB-BEZ6A-4 Center 6A Comm Adapter
Accepts standard 15A and 20A Duplex
Receptacles.
CRFB-D-4 Center Duplex Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
Style Receptacles.
CRFB-GFI-4 Center Decorator Style Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].
CRFB-SR1-4 Center 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
Holds four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP device plates.
CRFB-MAAP-4 Extron® MAAP Plate
Communication plate with six (6)
RJ knockouts. Modular jacks sold
separately.
CRFB-6COM-4 Center Communication Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
473
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Water & Compressed
Air Utilities
Drain Compartment
Water services (W) available. If water services
are required, a main divider is automatically
added to isolate the electrical/communications
compartments from the water compartment.
Compressed air services are also available.
Circuit Breakers
(Prewired to Receptacles)
100A Watertight Pin
and Sleeve Device
CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
Convention Center Series™ Products are industry leading solutions for
providing multiple utilities services directly to the show room.
Available Prewired Electrical Sub-Assembly
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
474
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
Note: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order.
“-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number assigned by
Wiremold Project Services Team.
Note: Boxes and Covers are shipped separately.
Note: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a
1" x 16" rectangular bar.
Note: Service feed openings are field installed.
Power Capabilities
•One(1)100A120/208VPinandSleeveReceptacle
•One(1)100A277/480VPinandSleeveReceptacle
•20AReceptacles
•20APanelMountedCircuitBreakers
•350A600VTerminalBlocks
Maximum Electric Ratings
•140A,480V3Phase
•140A,120/208V3PhaseintoTerminalBlocks
•100A,277/480V3Phaseforindividuallywired
Devices
Other Utilities
•Water
•CompressedAir
16 1/2"
[419mm]
12.1/2"
[317mm]
19.1/8"
[486mm]
TYPE S BOX Cover Styles
CCFBC-NS-H-C1
CCFBC-NS-N-C1
CCFBC-CR-H-C1
CCFBC-CR-N-C1
CCFBC-BL-H-C1
CCFBC-BL-N-C1
Cover Styles
CCFBC-NS-H-C3
CCFBC-NS-N-C3
CCFBC-CR-H-C3
CCFBC-CR-N-C3
CCFBC-BL-H-C3
CCFBC-BL-N-C3
21"
[533mm]
24"
[610mm]
19.3/16"
[487mm]
TYPE SS BOX
25"
[635mm]
21 3/4"
[552mm]
19.3/16"
[487mm]
TYPE L BOX Cover Styles
CCFBC-NS-H-C2
CCFBC-NS-N-C2
CCFBC-CR-H-C2
CCFBC-CR-N-C2
CCFBC-BL-H-C2
CCFBC-BL-N-C2
Designed to accept power, communication and audio/video devices, water and compressed air. CCFB boxes are available in
four (4) different finishes: unpainted G90 galvanized steel (UGS), painted galvanized steel (PGS), stainless steel (USS) and
painted stainless steel (PSS). Cast aluminum cover assembly has a peened textured finish. Provided with a carpet cut-out
area and is designed to meet loads up to 64,000 lbs.
CCFB-XXXX Multi-Utility Recessed Floor Box
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E317375 Guide AUUZ, AUU27.
Meets Article 314 & 408 of NEC.
25"
[635mm]
33"
[838mm]
19.3/16"
[487mm]
TYPE LS BOX Cover Styles
CCFBC-NS-H-C4
CCFBC-NS-N-C4
CCFBC-CR-H-C4
CCFBC-CR-N-C4
CCFBC-BL-H-C4
CCFBC-BL-N-C4
25"
[635mm]
42"
[1067mm]
19.3/16"
[487mm]
TYPE LL BOX Cover Styles
CCFBC-NS-H-C5
CCFBC-NS-N-C5
CCFBC-CR-H-C5
CCFBC-CR-N-C5
CCFBC-BL-H-C5
CCFBC-BL-N-C5
CCFB Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
475
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
CCFB-QT-001
CCFB-QT-002
Replacement egress blocks with a diamond
plate checkered pattern. Includes two egress
blocks and hinges.
CCFB-EBCH Checked Egress Block
Replacement egress blocks with carpet.
Includes two egress blocks and hinges.
CCFB-EBCI Carpet Insert Egress Block
Replacement cover hinges. Includes a left and
right hinge.
CCFB-HB Hinge Block Assembly
NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order. “-XXXX” in title denotes
Project Number assigned by Wiremold Project Services Team.
NOTE: Boxes and Covers are shipped separately.
NOTE: Knockouts range from 1/2" to 2" trade size and are located per requirements.
ITTBOX Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Replacement egress hinges. Includes
two (2) hinges.
CCFB-PH Egress Hinge
Quarter turn latch assembly allows
cover to be secured down when cover is
in closed position.
CCFB-QT Quarter Turn Latch
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic
Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314 NEC.
Accepts power, communications and audio/video devices. Available for above grade
applications with G90 galvanized steel and epoxy coating for on-grade applications.
ITTBOX-XXXX 6-Gang Recessed Floor Box
CCFB Series Floor Boxes Replacement Parts Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
476
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
PPDU-620 Power Distribution Unit
CCWB Series Wall Boxes Ordering Information
CCFB Series PPDU Portable Power Distribution Units Ordering Information
Surface Mounted Wall Box
Recessed Wall Box
CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
Available in recessed and wall mount versions. Available with key locks for increased security and are designed for power,
communications and audio/video devices. Wall mount version available painted or in a paintable G60 material. Recessed
wall box is available in a G90 steel material and the recessed wall box covers are available in a paintable G60 material.
CCWB-XXXX Convention Center Wall Box
Power Capabilities
•One(1)100A120/208VPinandSleeveReceptacle
•One(1)100A277/480VPinandSleeveReceptacle
•20AReceptacles
•20APanelMountedCircuitBreakers
•350A600VTerminalBlocks
NOTE: Boxes and device plates are custom made to order.
“-XXXX” in part number denotes project number
assigned by Wiremold Project Services team.
Factory installed KOs per project requirements.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic
Outlet Boxes:
File E317375 Guide AUUZ,
AUU27.
Meets Article 314 &
408 of NEC.
Designed to supply power to an exhibition hall. Available in a painted steel enclosure with six (6) GFCI (20A/120V) duplex
receptacles, and six (6) single pole 20A, circuit breakers.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Portable
Power Units & Devices:
File E302114 Guide QPSH.
Meets Article(s) 518, 520,
525, 530 & 590 of NEC.
Electric Ratings
•Type1
•Input:30A,ThreePhase120/208V
•Output:20AperReceptacle,
Single Phase 120VAC
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
477
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBB Series™ Ballroom Floor Boxes are concrete floor boxes that have
been designed for above-grade and on-grade applications. CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Commercial Appliance &
Outlet Centers:
File E237584. Guide AUUZ, AUU27.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
CCFB Series Floor Box covers are cast aluminum and
available with a peened textured finish.
COLOR OPTIONS
CCBBS, CCBBS-OG 12-Gang Recessed Floor Box
Adjustable before concrete pour, provided with mudcap to prevent concrete entry during pour. Cover assembly and device
plates sold separately. Available in a standard model for above grade applications (CCBBS) or with a painted epoxy coating
for on grade applications (CCBBS-OG).
CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Depth Behind Plate
3 3/4" [95mm]
NOTE: Custom options are available. Consult factory for more
information.
NOTE: Not intended for use on bare concrete or terrazzo floors.
15 5/32"
[385mm]
16 19/32"
[421mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
11 1/2"
[292mm]
1 1/2"
Trade Size KOs
1 1/2"
Trade Size KOs
2"
Trade Size KOs
3/4"
Trade Size KOs
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
478
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
19"
[483mm]
13 1/8"
[333mm]
NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for
use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or
terrazzo applications.)
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBBSCTCAL Carpet Cover Assembly
Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a
carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 25,000 lbs.
NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order. “-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number
assigned by Wiremold Project Services Team.
NOTE: Not intended for use on bare concrete or terrazzo floors.
NOTE: Service feed openings are field installed.
17 7/8"
[454mm]
15 1/16"
[383mm]
Box Depth:
25" [635mm]
Depth varies
based on
services included.
CCBBL-XXXX Recessed Floor Box
Designed to accept power,
communication and A/V device.
Power Capabilities
•One(1)100A120/208VPinandSleeve
Receptacle
•One(1)100A277/480VPinandSleeve
Receptacle
•20AReceptacles
•20APanelMountedCircuitBreakers
•350A600VTerminalBlocks
Maximum Electric Ratings
•140A,480V3Phase
•140A,120/208V3PhaseintoTerminal
Blocks
•100A,277/480V3Phaseforindividually
wired Devices
CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for
use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or
terrazzo applications.)
21 1/2"
[546mm]
19"
[483mm]
CCBBLCTCAL Carpet Cover Assembly
Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a
carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 30,000 lbs.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
479
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
Ordering Information and Small Ballroom Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation information
CCBBS Small Ballroom Series Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation Information
(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates
1 13/16" x 4 1/2"
[46mm x 114mm]
Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap on outside sectional device plate
Existing opening when not
covered with Cat. No.
RFB119-SPACER
RFB119-SPACER
Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used
with Sectional Device Plates
Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used
with Standard Device Plates
3-Gang Standard Plate
6 3/8" x 4 1/2"
[162mm x 114mm]
1-Gang Standard Plate
2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]
Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap between standard
single and multi-gang plates
Cat. No. RFB119-SB
Single-gang sectional blank plate
(Mounted off-center)
2-gang standard plate
4 9/16" x 4 1/2"
[116mm x 114mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
480
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate
Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.
RFB119-2SAB
RFB119-2SRT
RFB119-SGFI GFI Receptacle Device Plate
Single-gang sectional (SGFI) width device plate.
One- and three-gang
blank device plates in
sectional widths
RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB,
RFB119-3SB Blank Device Plate
RFB119-SB RFB119-3SB
RFB119-2SB
Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]
1"
[25.4mm]
0.375"
[9.5mm]
0.750"
[19.1mm]
RFB119SD Duplex Receptacle Device Plate
Single-gang sectional (SD) width device plate.
RFB119-SSR1 RFB119-SSR2
RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2
Single Receptacle Device Plate
Single-gang device plates in
sectional widths. SSR1 has an
opening of 1.39" and SSR2 has an
opening of 1.59" [40.39mm].
RFB119-AAP Device Plate
Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three (3)
Extron® Electronics AAP devices.
RFB119-2SAB Communication Device Plate
Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with bezel to accept up to
three (3) dual Wiremold CM Series Open
System communication modules or Pass
& Seymour® Activate Connectivity System
inserts. Modular inserts sold separately.
RFB119-2SRT Communication Device Plate
Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with one opening to accept
one Ortronics® TracJack bezel and one
Ortronics® Series II bezel. Will accept up
to six Ortronics® TracJack devices or up
to three dual Ortronics® Series II modular
inserts. Modules sold separately.
CCBBS-DIV Relocatable Divider
Provides separation for services.
Includes Divider and two (2)
detentes size plates.
RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plate
Available in sectional (SKO) width.
CCBBS Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
481
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate
Used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device
plates leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer
plates are included with the RFB11 and
two (2) with the RFB9.
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-
gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16")
[46.02mm] center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard
sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
RFB119-GFI RFB119-3GFI
RFB119-SR1 RFB119-SR2 RFB119-SR3
RFB119-D RFB119-3D
RFB119-B RFB119-3BRFB119-SB
One-, two- and
three-gang blank
device plates in
sectional (SB)
widths
RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB
Blank Device Plate
One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(GFI) widths.
RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI
GFI Receptacle Device Plates
One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(D) widths.
RFB119-D, RFB119-3D
Duplex Receptacle Device Plates
One-device plates in
standard (SR) widths.
SR1 has an opening of
1.39" [35.31mm]. SR2
has an opening of 1.59"
[40.39mm]. SR3 has a
2.14" [54.36mm] opening.
RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2,
RFB119-SR3 Single Receptacle Device Plates
CCBBS-DIV Relocatable Divider
Provides separation for services.
Includes Divider and two (2)
different size plates.
RFB119-MAAP Device Plate
One-gang standard device plate. Holds
four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices.
Available in standard (KO) widths.
RFB119-KO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
knockout Device Plates
RFB119-AB Communication Device Plate
Available in standard width. Provided with
bezel to accept up to three (3) dual Wiremold
CM Series Open System communication
modules or Pass & Seymour® Activate
Connectivity System inserts. Modules and
inserts sold separately.
RFB119-RT Communication Device Plate
Available in standard width. Provided with one
opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack
bezel and oneOrtronics® Series II bezel. Will
accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices
or up to three dual Ortronics® Series II
modular inserts. Modular inserts and devices
sold separately.
CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
482
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]
1"
[25.4mm]
0.375"
[9.5mm]
0.750"
[19.1mm]
RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate
Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.
RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate
Used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device plates leave
open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are included with
the RFB11 and two (2) with the RFB9.
CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
483
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
Product
blurb
489
486
Floorport™ Series
Cover
Assemblies 498 503
525 Series™ Service Fittings
1200 Series™ Service Fittings
Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings
490
Wiremold® Service Fittings and Activation Accessories are designed to offer the highest
level of flexibility relating to point of use for both power and communications while
adapting to both new and retrofit construction.
Pro Series
Flanges
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
484
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
Table of Contents
525 & Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories
Source I® Service Fittings
486
494
498
501
Floorport™ Series Cover Assemblies
PSRC9 Series™ Service Fittings
®Walkerduct Pro Service Service
Fittings
503
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
485
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
PRODUCT FAMILY
CATALOG
NUMBER
SYSTEM
COMPATIBILITY
ACTIVATION
LOCATION
SERVICE
CAPACITY
SERVICE
COMPATIBILITY
MATERIAL/COLORS
WALKERDUCT
WALKERCELL
FLUSHDUCT
TRENCHDUCT
Flush
Recessed
Pedestal
Single Service
Dual Service
Triple Service
Power
Communication
Audio/Visual
Polycarbonate
Alumi num
Brass
Gray
Black
Nickel
Bronze
FloorPort
FPCTC Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
FPBTC Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
FPFFTC Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
FPCT Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
FPBT Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
FPFFT Series
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Pro
Series
Flanges
817B
• • • • • •
827B
• • • • • •
837B
• • • • • •
817PCC
• • • • • • •
827PCC
• • • • • • •
837PCC
• • • • • • •
818TCAL
• • • • • •
828TCAL
• • • • • •
838TCAL
• • • • • •
Source I
S165B
• • • • •
S165BLK/BRN
• • • • •
S166B
• • • • •
S166BLK/BRN
• • • • • •
S175BLK/BRN
• • • • • •
PSRC9
Series
PSRC9TC
• • • • • • • •
PSRC9AMDTC
• • • • • • • •
PSRC9FFTC
• • • • • • • •
1200
Series
1204BF • • • • • •
1204AL • • • • • •
1223BF • • • • • •
1223AL • • • • • •
Multiplex
MP4 • • • • • • • • •
MP8 • • • • • • • •
MP8-1 • • • • • • • • •
525
Series
525A • • • • • • • •
525B • • • • • • • •
525C • • • • • • • •
525D • • • • • • • •
525F • • • • • • •
525G • • • • • • •
525H • • • • • • •
525I • • • • • • •
525J • • • • • • • • •
525RT • • • • • • •
525ACT • • • • • • • •
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
Quick Selection Guide
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
486
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
1. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 Series Service
Fittings to underfloor duct or cellular raceway:
2" [51mm] IPS Preset or afterset inserts.
Housing
500DR Plate
Base Plate
Walker #4 Duct)
2" IPS Preset Insert
or 436-2 Afterset
1126A-1 1/4
or 1 Adapter
1124-11/4 or 1
Locking Nipple
500B Blank Plate
2. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 Series Service
Fittings to Flushduct (1 5/8" [41mm] opening).
Housing
500DR Plate
Base Plate
1124F-1
Locking Nipple
455F-1 Outlet Flange
12FST Flushduct
500B Blank Plate
525 Series Service Fittings Installation Details
525
SERIES
™ SERVICE FITTINGS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
525 Series Service Fittings deliver the flexibility of interchangeable
faceplates and the durability to withstand multiple adds, moves and
changes.
COLOR OPTIONS
All 525 Series Service Fittings are brushed aluminum finish unless
otherwise specified in the part number description.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
487
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.
Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.
525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
525
SERIES
™ SERVICE FITTINGS
Includes faceplate
with opening one side.
Ortronics® Series II
and TracJack adapters
included.
525RT Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
Duplex opening one
side. Receptacle not
included.
525F Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
6A opening with
communication
adapter on one side.
Accommodates
Wiremold Open
System communication
modules.
525ACT Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1" [25mm] I.D.
grommeted hole one
side. Blank plate other
side.
525A Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1" [25mm] I.D.
grommeted hole two
sides.
525B Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.
grommeted hole one
side. Blank plate other
side.
525C Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.
grommeted hole on
both sides.
525D Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
Duplex opening both
sides. Receptacles not
included.
525G Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
20A 125V duplex plate
one side. Blank plate
other side. 20A 125V
Receptacle included.
525H Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
20A 125V duplex plate
two sides. 20A 125V
Receptacles included.
525I Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
488
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4 1/2" [114mm]
525
SERIES
™ SERVICE FITTINGS
GFI device plate one
side. Blank plate other
side.
Housing and base plate for
all four-piece fittings.
Blank faceplate for all
four-piece fittings.
Accepts duplex receptacles.
1" [25mm] I.D. grommeted
opening.
Accepts GFI Decora style
receptacle.
Single opening. Ortronics®
Series II and TracJack adapters
included.
6A opening with mini adapter.
Will accommodate Wiremold CM2
Open System communication
modules.
Accepts four (4) Extron®
Electronics MAAP plates.
Single receptacle faceplate.
Suffix indicates hole diameter.
525J Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
525HB Service Fitting Housing
500B Blank Faceplate
500DR Duplex Faceplate
500T Communication Faceplate
500-GFI GFI Faceplate
500RT Communication Device Plate
500ACT Communication Device Plate
500-MAAP Extron® Device Plate
500SP-1/2 Single Receptacle Device Plate
525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
ORDERING INFORMATION
CAT. NO. METRIC DIAMETER
500SP-1.0625 [27mm]
500SP-1.39 [35mm]
500SP-1/2 [12.7mm]
500SP-7/8 [22.2mm]
500SP-1 7/8 [29mm]
500SP-1 7/16 [36mm]
500SP-1 1/2 [38mm]
500SP-1 9/16 [40mm]
500SP-1 5/8 [41mm]
500SP-2 [51mm]
* Other sizes custom sizes are available.
Consult factory for more information.
NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.
Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.
525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
489
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
3 1/2"
[89mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
2"-1 1/2" N.P.S.M.
[51mm – 1 1/2 N.P.S.M.]
Traditional pedestal style
fitting available for single
service applications.
1204BF/1204AL shown for
dimensional purposes.
1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
1200 SERIES™
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
1200 Series Service Fittings are bell-cap style pedestal fittings used to
provide power or communications to a work station.
1200 Series Service Fittings Assembly Details
Brass finish communication fitting furnished
with split bell cap and grommet. No device
plate is included.
1204BF Communication Service Fitting
Brass finish fitting includes housing, bell
cap, grommet, and single U-slot, three-wire
grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.
1223BF Power Service Fitting
COLOR OPTIONS
All 1200 Series Service Fittings are available in either an
aluminum or brass finish as specified in the part number
description.
Aluminum communication fitting furnished
with split bell cap and grommet. No device
plate is included.
1204AL Communication Service Fitting
Aluminum fitting includes housing, bell cap,
grommet, and single U-slot, three-wire
grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.
1223AL Power Service Fitting
Aluminum screw plug to abandon
service fitting. Screws into housing.
1230AL Screw Plug
Brass screw plug to abandon service
fitting. Screws into housing.
1230BF Screw Plug
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
490
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
3"
[76mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3"
[76mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
3"
[76mm]
6 3/4"
[171mm]
8 3/4"
[222mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
Multiplex Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
MulTIplEx™ SERIES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
Multiplex Series Service Fittings are designed to be installed on the
various types of infloor systems and can handle large capacity single and
dual service power and/or communication requirements needed at the
point-of-use.
Single-service fitting includes
housing, base, two mounting
frames, and mounting hardware.
For use on 2" [51mm] IPS or
PK Preset Systems. For PK
activation, use in conjunction
with FloorPort Partition Feed
and PK Kit. Has 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size conduit knockouts on
each end. 53.3 cu. in. [906cm3]
capacity.
MP4 Single-Service Multiplex Service Fitting
COLOR OPTIONS
Multiplex Series Service Fittings are available in a brushed
aluminum finish unless otherwise indicated in the part number
description.
Dual-service fitting includes
housing, base, two mounting
frames, divider, and mounting
hardware. For use on one No.
2 and one No. 4 Duct. Has 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size conduit
knockouts on each end. 104.3
cu. in. [1709cm3] capacity.
MP8 Dual-service Multiplex Service Fitting
Same as MP8 except mounts on
PK, or one No. 2 or one No. 4
Pro Series Duct.
MP8-1 Dual-Service Multiplex Service Fitting
Blank Faceplate.
LTF48-B Blank Faceplate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
491
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
Single opening with Ortronics®
MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2
Series II adapters.
LTF48-RT Faceplate
WAlKERDuCT® MulTIplEx™ SERIES
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
3"
[76mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
Faceplate with 6a mini adapter
for Wiremold Open System CM2
communication modules.
LTF48-ACT Communication Faceplate
Accepts four (4) Extron®
Electronics MAAP plates.
LTF48-MAAP Extron® Device Plate
1" [25mm] diameter bushed
opening.
LTF48-1 Faceplate
2" [51mm] diameter bushed
opening.
LTF48-2 Faceplate
Single duplex opening faceplate.
M-DR Faceplate
Double duplex opening
faceplate.
M-2DR Faceplate
Single GFI opening faceplate.
M-GFI Faceplate
Double GFI opening faceplate.
M-2GFI Faceplate
Duplex and GFI openings
faceplate.
M-DR/GFI Faceplate
1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
492
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2" [51mm] IPS
7/8" to 3"
[22.2mm to 76mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information
525 & MulTIplEx™ SERIES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
525 and Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories are designed to
complete the installation of the service fittings onto various types of
in floor systems offered by Wiremold as well as the various systems
sold by competitors.
COLOR OPTIONS
525 & Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories are available in
either a brass or stainless steel finish as indicated in the part
number description.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
436-2 7/8 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 7/8" [22.2mm] high.
436-2-1 1/2 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 1 1/2" [38mm] high
.
436-2-2 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 2" [51mm] high
.
436-2-3/8 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 2 3/8" [60mm] high.
436-2-3 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 3" [76mm] high.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
1126A-1/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 1/4" [6.4mm].
1126A-3/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 3/4" [19.1mm].
1126A-1 2" [51mm] IPS to 1" [25mm].
1126A-1 1/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 1 1/4" [32mm].
1126A-1 1/2 2" [51mm] IPS to 1 1/2" [38mm].
AFTERSET INSERTS
436-2-2
ADAPTERS FOR 2" [51mm] IPS PRESETS OR AFTERSET INSERTS
1126A-1 1/2
NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
493
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
1043
424
2 1/2"
[64mm]
2" [51mm] IPS
A
2 1/4"
[57mm]
B
9/16"
[14.3mm]
NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.
B = Brass, S = Stainless Steel.
1124-1
NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is not actual size.
525 & MulTIplEx™ SERIES
525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information
LOCKING NIPPLES
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
1124-1 1" [25mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.
1124L-1 1" [25mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.
1124-1 1/4 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.
1124L-1 1/4 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.
1124-2 2" [51mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.
112 4L-2 2" [51mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.
BLANKING PLATES
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
1043B, 1043S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 2" [51mm] IPS.
1043BPO, 1043SPO Brass or stainless steel blanking plate only. Includes 1/4-20 screw.
1044B, 1044S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 3/4" [19.1mm] IPS.
1045B, 1045S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1" [25mm] IPS.
1046B, 1046S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS.
2" [51mm] IPS EXTENSIONS FOR AFTERSET INSERTS
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
424-3/4 3/4" [19.1mm] 1 5/16" [33mm]
424-1 1" [25mm] 1 9/16" [40mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
494
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 25/32"
[147mm]
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
5/16" [7.9mm]
Flange Thickness
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
Source I® Series Flush Activations offer a wide variety of single and dual
service power and communications for infloor raceways in both new
construction and renovations.
COLOR OPTIONS
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
Source 1® Series Service Fittings are available in brass, brown
polycarbonate or black as indicated in the part number description.
Double duplex polycarbonate
assembly, 7/8" to 3 3/8" [22.2mm to
86mm] concrete topping. 15A, 125V
receptacles included. Available
in black (S175BLK) or brown
(S175BRN).
S175 Double Duplex Power Activation
Flush polycarbonate power – single
duplex black (S165BLK) or brown
(S165BRN). 15A, 125V receptacles
included.
S165 Complete Flush Activation
Flush polycarbonate carpet flange
only with mounting screws. Black
(S124BLK) or brown (S124BRN).
S124 Carpet Flange
Flush brass power – single duplex
flip lids. May be used with 106 type
adapters for data applications.
S165B Complete Flush Activation
Flush polycarbonate
communication slides black
(S166BLK) or brown (S166BRN).
S166 Complete Flush Activation
5/16" [7.9mm]
Flange Thickness
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
Flush brass communication
(slides). Used for data cable
pass-through.
S166B Complete Flush Activation
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
495
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 25/32"
[147mm]
Flush brass carpet flange only with
mounting screws.
S124B Carpet Flange
SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
Flush brass power cover plate
only (flip lid) with four mounting
screws.
S125B Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 3/4" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.
829CK-3/4 Cover Plate
3 9/64"
[80mm]
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
4 5/16"
[110mm]
3 19/64"
[84mm]
4 5/16"
[110mm]
3 19/64"
[84mm]
4 5/16"
[110mm]
3 19/64"
[84mm]
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
Nonmetallic double duplex
membrane cover plate. Available
in black (S125BLK) or brown
(S125BRN).
S125 Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 1" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.
829CK-1 Cover Plate
Nonmetallic double duplex
membrane cover plate. Available
in black (S130BLK) or brown
(S130BRN).
S130 Cover Plate
Flush polycarbonate
communication cover plate with
slides and four mounting screws.
Black (829PSTC-BLK) or brown
(829PSTC-BRN).
829PSTC Cover Plate
Flush brass communication
cover plate with slides and four
mounting screws.
829STC Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 1/2" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.
829CK-1/2 Cover Plate
Attaching Rings for Source I
(Preset or Afterset) zinc die-cast.
4" [102mm] O.D. Add suffix to Cat.
No. to indicate ring depth: 7/8", 1
1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", or 3 1/8".
437 Attaching Rings
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 2 1/4" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.
829CK Cover Plate
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
Flush brass communication cover
plate. 1 1/2" diameter trade size
screw plugs.
828SPTC Cover Plate
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
496
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
For Source I Attaching Ring with marker
screw. 4" [102mm] O.D. Use with 437
Attaching Rings only.
S1MC-MS Mudcap
Adjusting ring (with three adjusting
screws) for use with 437 Attaching
Rings – communication only (brass
and polycarbonate fittings) and power
for polycarbonate fitting only. 3 25/32"
[96mm] O.D.
898AR Adjusting Ring
For polycarbonate afterset use only. No
adjusting ring required. 4" [102mm] O.D.
Four #6-32 hold-down screws provided.
439 Attaching Ring
Adjusting ring (with three adjusting
screws) for use with 437 Attaching
Rings – power for brass fitting only.
3 25/32" [96mm] O.D.
897AR Adjusting Ring
Extension ring – mounts on top of 437
Attaching Ring. Includes extension ring
and three mounting screws. 4" [102mm]
O.D. Add suffix to indicate ring height:
7/8", 1 1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", 3 1/8".
We recommend using a shallow
Attaching Ring and deep extension ring
whenever possible.
S1ER Extension Ring
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
For Source I 437 Attaching Ring.
4" [102mm] O.D.
S1MC Mudcap
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
497
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
4" [102mm] Core
Drilled Hole
2 1/2" [64mm]
Dia. Hole
Duct
439 Attaching
Ring for use with
Polycarbonate
Fittings Only
and Only as an
Afterset.
Double Duplex
Plate with
Membrane
Carpet
Flange
1. Establish location for the fitting, then core drill a 4"
[102mm] diameter hole through the concrete to the top
of the duct.
2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm] diameter opening in the top of
the duct, making sure this opening is in the center of the
4" [102mm] hole.
3. Install the 439 Attaching Ring, using the two locking tabs
to secure it to the duct.
4. Connect the carpet flange to the attaching ring, using the
four screws (#6-32 flathead) provided.
5. For duplex cover plate: Install the wiring device onto the
carpet flange and secure the cover plate over it, making
sure the plug-through membrane is in place.
6. For communication cover plate: Reverse the
communication slides as necessary to allow cable egress,
and install the cover plate, taking care to avoid pinching
any cables.
NOTE: The receptacle mounting shelf can be broken out to create additional
cable space when the communication cover plate is used.
Polycarbonate — Using a 439 Afterset Attaching Ring 4" [102mm] Core Drilled Hole
Duct 2 1/2" [64mm] Dia. Hole
439 Attaching Ring for Use
with Polycarbonate Fittings
Only and Only as an Afterset
Carpet Flange
S124BLK/BRN
Duplex Plate with
Membrane S130BLK/BRN
1. Establish location for the
fitting, then core drill a 4"
[102mm] diameter hole
through the concrete to the
top of the duct.
2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm]
diameter opening in the top
of the duct, making sure this
opening is in the center of
the 4" [102mm] hole.
3. Install the 439 Attaching
Ring using the two locking
tabs to secure it to the duct.
4. Connect the carpet flange
to the attaching rings using
the four screws provided.
5. Install the two duplex
receptacles and the double
duplex plate to complete
the installation.
S175 Double Duplex Power Activation Activation Guidelines – Flush Using 437 Ring
Wiring Device
Power Cover
Plate S125B
Carpet Plate
S124B (Shown)
or
S124 BLK/BRN
Adjusting Ring
Assembly
Neoprene Gasket
Communication Cover Plate 829STC
(Shown) or 829PSTC-BLK/BRN
Adjusting Ring
897AR for Power
(Shown) 898AR
for Communication
Attaching Ring
SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Installation Details
1. Pull wires through the hole
in the bottom of the attaching
rings. The adjusting ring
should then be installed
at the desired height. Wire
device and attach to the
adjusting ring.
2. After the gasket is put in
place, attach the flange to
the adjusting ring.
For Power: The flip lid
cover plate can be attached
to the flange.
3. For Communication: Turn
self storing slides upside
down with thin edge to the
inside. Attach cover plate
to flange.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
498
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
New FloorPort™ Series
Cover Assemblies feature
a full 180° opening cover
with a new recessed handle
for easier opening and new
cable egress openings that
protect cabling while holding
them securely in place.
FlOORpORT™ SERIES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961, Guide QCIT
cULus Listed Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209, Guide CEYY
Meets Article 341.40, 314.41 & 374 of NEC
FloorPort Service Fittings for Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes,
Walkercell® Cellular Raceway, and Walkerdeck Systems provide flexibility
in recessed and furniture feed applications.
COLOR OPTIONS
FloorPort Series Service Fittings are available in aluminum, black,
brass, bronze, gray and nickel as indicated in the part number
description.
Wiremold products bearing the TopGuard
Protection logo meet or exceed the UL
scrub water exclusion requirement.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
499
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
FlOORpORT™ SERIES
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed alumi-
num. Insert in lid allows for carpet or
tile cutouts to match finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.
CATALOG
NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD
IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm]
mandrel in center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only
and do not pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for
FloorPort Cover Assemblies
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Informmation
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCT Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBT Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFT Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Brushed Aluminum = AL
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Nickel = NK
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
500
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
Aluminum top plate with steel support
plate and four (4) adjusting screws.
S3AXBP Blanking Plate
FlOORpORT™ SERIES
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPCTC-NA Cutout Cover Assembly
FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Insert in lid
allows for carpet or tile cutouts to
match finished floor.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPBTC-NA Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Lid area is flush
with the finished floor, no cutouts
provided.
7 3/4"
[197mm] 6 1/2"
[165mm]
FPFFTC Furniture Feed Cover Assembly
FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel or
gray. Provided with one 1" trade
size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.
CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS
FPCTC 1000
FPBTC 750
FPFFT 1000
NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.
Load Capacities for North American Made
FloorPort Cover Assemblies
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.
FP-CTR Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Informmation
Floorport Part Number Configurator
Origin:
North American Made NA
Cover Style:
Blank Top = B
Cutout Top = C
Furniture Feed = FF
FloorPort Series: Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Brass = BS
Black = BK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Top Style:
Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet = TC
(flanged)
F P
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
501
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
NOTE: When using as a preset, the duct presets need to be staggered.
7"
[178mm]
pSRC9 SERIES™
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC
PSRC9 Series Poke-Thru Style Service Fittings provide flush preset
or afterset activations for Walkerduct and Walkercell infloor systems.
COLOR OPTIONS
PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
Available in gray (PSRC9TCGY),
aluminum (PSRC9TCAL),
black (PSRC9TCBK) or brass
(PSRC9TCBS). Quad 15A
receptacle included for standard
or isolated ground wiring. Unit
complete with link straps,
adapter plate and receptacle
bracket to attach preset
or afterset.
PSRC9TC Quad Power Fitting
Available in gray
(PSRC9AMDTCGY), aluminum
(PSRC9AMDTCAL), black
(PSRC9AMDTCBK) or brass
(PSRC9AMDTCBS). Unit includes
link straps and adapter plate
to attach preset or afterset.
Includes two (2) Ortronics®
TracJack adapters, two (2)
Ortronics® Series II adapters
and Wiremold Open System
adapters. Modular jacks,
sold separately.
PSRC9AMDTC Quad Communication Fitting
Available in gray (PSRC9FF2TCGY),
aluminum (PSRC9FF2TCAL), or
black (PSRC9FF2TCBK). Unit
complete with link straps, adapter
plate and features concentric
screw plugs that allow for 1 1/4"
or 2" trade size conduit fitting
connection.
PSRC9FF2TC
2" [51mm] Flush Furniture Feed Fitting
Available in gray (PSRC9FFTCGY),
aluminum (PSRC9FFTCAL),
black (PSRC9FFTCBK) or brass
(PSRC9FFTCBS). Unit complete
with link straps, adapter plate and
conduit assembly featuring (1) 3/4"
trade size and (2) 1/2" trade size
conduit connectors and closure
plugs.
PSRC9FFTC Flush Furniture Feed Fitting
PSRC9 Series Service Fittings are available in gray, aluminum,
black, or brass as indicated in the part number description.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
502
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
Slide Cover
Gasket
Flange
Link Straps
(included)
Afterset
(2 1/2" or higher,
ordered separately)
Pro Series
Adapter Bracket
(included)
WAlKERDuCT® pSRC9 SERIES™
2 1/2" and 3" [64mm, and 76mm]
Aftersets. Installed either before or
after concrete pour to create activation
from duct (minimum concrete depth of
2 1/2" [64mm]). Requires 6 1/2"[165mm]
core drilled hole in concrete and 2 1/2"
[64mm] diameter hole in duct. Grout fill
required around afterset once installed
to fill voids and support fitting flange.
Attaches to duct using locking tabs.
Extensions can be attached to increase
height (see below). Aftersets include
alignment clip and mudcap.
4225, 4230 Aftersets
1/2" and 1" [12mm and 25mm] high
extensions. Used to increase height of
preset or afterset. Die cast construction.
Attach to preset or afterset with push
on metal sleeves (included). Cat. No.
426 can be stacked, Cat. No. 425 cannot
be stacked.
425, 426 Extensions
Steel replacement cap for preset.
Recessed to hold 3/8" [9.5mm]
concrete.
421 Mudcap
PSRC9 Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information
PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Installation Details
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
503
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961, Guide QCIT
Meets Articles 390 of NEC
Walkerduct® Pro Series Service Fittings offer a complete range
of service fittings to meet all power and communication requirements
while providing flush flanges with interchangeable covers offering an
aesthetic appearance.
COLOR OPTIONS
Walkerduct Pro Series Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges & Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
Walkerduct® Pro Series Service Fittings are available in brushed
aluminum, brass, black or brown as indicated in the part number
description.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
817B One-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
837B Three-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters and Wiremold CM Series
inserts, sold separately.
827B Two-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange
6.080"
[154.4 mm] 5.060"
[128.5 mm]
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Flip lids. Can also be used
with a 106 type frame for
communication adapter.
828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
May be used with Wiremold CM
Series inserts and Ortronics®
Connectivity Systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
Brass (828DPGFITC) or brushed
aluminum (828DPGFITCAL).
Allows for mounting of a duplex
style receptacle with a rectan-
gular style flip lid cover plate.
828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
504
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
Screw plugs. Screw plugs are 1
1/2" [38mm] in diameter.
828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate
3 1/8"
[79mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Data slides. Feed through only,
not for use with a mounting plate
for communication jacks.
829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate
4 11/6 4"
[106mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.
829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with
maximum female locking device of
1.58" diameter, and maximum male
plug face of 2.25" diameter
828DLR
Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
Walkerduct Pro Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.
829CK-1/2 Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
Sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device
plates, sold separately. For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates, sold separately.
For use with minimum 2 1/2"
[64mm] preset depths.
828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.
829CK-1 Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.
829CK-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate
3.156"
[80.2mm]
4.182"
[106.2mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
505
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
COLOR OPTIONS
Walkerduct® Pro Series Service Fittings are available in brushed
aluminum, brass, black or brown as indicated in the part number
description.
Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold
CM Series inserts, sold
separately.
838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
5.940"
[150.9mm]
13.170"
[334.5mm]
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold CM
Series inserts, sold separately.
818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
5.940"
[150.9mm]
4.920"
[125.0mm]
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold CM
Series inserts, sold separately.
828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
5.940"
[150.9mm]
9.045"
[229.7mm]
Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum
Duplex Cover Plate
Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with
maximum female locking device of
1.58" diameter, and maximum male
plug face of 2.25" diameter.
828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
3.290"
[83.6]
4.310"
[109.5]
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity Systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6]
4.310"
[109.5]
Allows for mounting of a
duplex style receptacle with a
rectangular style flip lid cover.
828DPGFITCAL Brushed Aluminum Rectangular
Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6]
4.310"
[109.5]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
506
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable
with aluminum flanges.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold CM
Series inserts, sold separately.
Flanges are available in five
decorative colors: black
(827TCAL-BK), gray (827TCAL-
GY), brass (827TCAL-BS),
nickel (827TCAL-NK) and
bronze (827TCAL-BZ).
827TCAL Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold CM
Series inserts, sold separately.
Flanges are available in five
decorative colors: black
(817TCAL-BK), gray (817TCAL-
GY), brass (817TCAL-BS),
nickel (817TCAL-NK) and
bronze (817TCAL-BZ).
817TCAL One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
Power or communication
plate with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"
[19.1mm] plugs.
830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
Power or communication
plate with 2" [51mm] and 1/2"
[12.7mm] plugs.
830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
Power or communication plate
with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]
plugs.
830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through
power cables.
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates, sold separately. For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates, sold separately. For use with
minimum of 2 1/2" [64mm] preset
depth.
828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm] 6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Walkerduct Pro Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)
Power or communication plate
with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4"
[32mm] plugs.
830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm] NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
507
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series
II adapters and Wiremold
CM Series inserts, sold
separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative
colors: black (837TCAL-
BK), gray (837TCAL-GY),
brass (837TCAL-BS), nickel
(837TCAL-NK) and bronze
(837TCAL-BZ).
837TCAL Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
6.080"
[154.4mm]
5.060"
[128.5mm]
Walkerduct Pro Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)
Power or communication plate
with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]
plugs. Covers are available in
five decorative colors: black
(829CKAL-BK), gray (829CKAL-
GY), brass (829CKAL-BS), nickel
(829CKAL-NK) and bronze
(829CKAL-BZ).
829CKAL-1 Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
Flip lids. Can also be
used with a 106 type
communication adapter.
Available in black
(828R-TCAL-BK), gray
(828R-TCAL-GY), brass
(828R-TCAL-BS), nickel
(828R-TCAL-NK) and bronze
(828R-TCAL-BZ).
828R-TCAL Powder-Coated Aluminum
Duplex Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6]
4.310"
[109.5]
Allows for mounting a duplex
receptacle (Decorator or
GFCI style) with a rectangular
flip cover. Available in black
(828GFITCAL-BK), gray
(828GFITCAL-GY), brass
(828GFITCAL-BS), nickel
(828GFITCAL-NK) and bronze
(828GFITCAL-BZ).
828GFITCAL Powder-Coated Aluminum
Rectangular Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6]
4.310"
[109.5]
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through
power cables.
Power or communication
plate with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"
[19.1mm] plugs. Covers are
available in five decorative
colors: black (829CKAL-3/4BK),
gray (829CKAL-3/4GY), brass
(829CKAL-3/4BS), nickel
(829CKAL-3/4NK) and bronze
(829CKAL-3/4BZ).
829CKAL-3/4 Powder-Coated Aluminum
Cover Plate
3.290"
[83.6mm] 4.310"
[109.5mm]
Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates, sold separately. For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates, sold separately. For use with
minimum 2 1/2" [64mm] preset depths.
828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through
power cables.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
508
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
Walkerduct Pro Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information
Available in black or brown.
For Ortronics® connectivity
use with 829PFLRT Cover. For
Wiremold CM Series inserts
use with 829PFL Cover. Accepts
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
and Wiremold CM Series inserts,
sold separately.
827PCC Two-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
Available in black (817PCC-
BLK) or brown (817PCC-BRN).
For Ortronics® connectivity
use with 829PFLRT Cover. For
Wiremold CM Series inserts
use with 829PFL Cover. Accepts
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
and Wiremold CM Series inserts,
sold separately.
817PCC One-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
5 3/4"
[146mm] 4 3/4"
[121mm]
5 3/4"
[146mm]
8 7/8"
[225mm]
NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges
are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum
flanges.
5 3/4"
[146mm]
13"
[330mm]
Available in black (837PCC-
BLK) or brown (837PCC-BRN).
For Ortronics® connectivity
use with 829PFLRT Cover. For
Wiremold CM Series inserts
use with 829PFL Cover. Accepts
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3S2 Series II adapters
and Wiremold CM Series inserts,
sold separately.
837PCC Three-Gang Nonmetallic Flange
3.290"
[83.6mm]
4.310"
[109.5mm]
Flip lids. Available in black
(828PR-BLK) or brown
(828PR-BRN). Can also be
used with a 106 type frame for
communications.
828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Available in black (828PRGFI-
BLK) or brown (828PRGFI-BRN).
May be used with Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817, 827, and
837PCC Series flanges.
828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI cover plate
Individual flip lids.* Available in
black (829PFL-BLK) or brown
(829PFL-BRN). Gasket included.
829PFL Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Individual flip lids.* Available
in black (829PFLRT-BLK) or
brown (829PFLRT-BRN). Gasket
included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II
adapters included.
829PFLRT Nonmetallic Communications
Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Breakouts. Available in black
(829PCK-BLK) or brown
(829PCK-BRN). Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for communication jacks.
829PCK Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
3 3/16"
[81mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
Data slides. Available in black
(829PSTC-BLK) or brown
(829PSTC-BRN). Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for communication jacks.
829PSTC Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
* Replacement flip lids can be ordered under Cat. No. PFL-BLK and PFL-BRN.
Each Cat. No. comes with three flip lids. The above cover plates are listed for
tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.
NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum
or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are
interchangeable with aluminum flanges
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
509
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
13 5/16"
[338mm]
6 1/16"
[154mm] Brass (432BR) or aluminum
(432AL) plate to cover three
Walkerduct Pro Series
Presets.
432 Triple Blanking Plate
5 1/16"
[129mm] 6 1/16"
[154mm]
Brass (430BR075) or
aluminum (430AL075) plate
with opening for 3/4" trade
size conduit or liquidtite
connection. Fits over single
Walkerduct Pro Series
Preset.
430075 Single Trim Plate
Walkerduct Pro Series Trim Plates and Accessories Ordering Information
9 3/16"
[233mm]
6 1/16"
[154mm] Brass (431BR) or aluminum
(431AL) plate to cover two
Walkerduct Pro Series Presets.
431 Double Blanking Plate
5 1/16"
[129mm] 6 1/16"
[154mm] Brass (430BR) or aluminum
(430AL) plate to cover single
Walkerduct Pro Series Presets.
430 Single Blanking Plate
9 3/16"
[233mm]
6 1/16"
[154mm] Brass (431BR075) or aluminum
(431AL075) plate with opening
for 3/4" trade size conduit or
liquidtite connection. Fits over
two Walkerduct Pro Series
Presets.
431075 Double Trim Plate
6 1/16"
[154mm] 5 1/16"
[129mm] Aluminum plate with opening
to attach 525 Series Service
Fitting Housing. Fits over single
Walkerduct Pro Series Preset.
430S505 Single 525 Trim Plate
6 1/16"
[154mm] 9 3/16"
[233mm]
Aluminum plate with openings
to attach two 525 Series Service
Fitting Housings. Fits over two
Walkerduct Pro Series Presets.
431D505 Double 525 Trim Plate
5/16"
[7.9mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]
1"
[25mm]
Nonmetallic clips snap into
tabs in preset base. Hold
up to one meter of cable.
Maintain 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius. Four clips
included in kit.
427 Fiber Loop Kit
4 3/4"
121mm] 4"
[102mm]
Steel mudcap for
Walkerduct Pro Series
Preset.
421 Mudcap
Trim Plates and Accessories Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
510
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES
WIREMOLD
WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
Walkerduct Pro Series Flush Carpet Plates Ordering Information
Brass Flange and Covers
Cat. Nos. 827B,
828R and 829STC
Brass or Aluminum
Conduit Trim Plate
Cat. No. 431AL075
Openings Fit
3/4" trade size
Conduit
Conduit and
Lock Washers
Not Included
525 Trim Plate
Cat. No. 430S505
525 Series Service
Fitting Less Base Plate
Flush Double
Duplex Carpet
Plate Cat.
No. 428DR2
Receptacle
Screws
Must
Be
Removed
Before
Installation
Flush Carpet Plate
Cat. No. 428BL Flush Carpet Plate
Cat. No. 428B075
Conduit
and Lock
Washer Not
Included
Important: Flush carpet plates are to be used only within a protected, enclosed environment such as under a retail counter with carpeted floors.
3 7/8"
[98mm] 4 5/8"
[117mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm] 4 5/8"
[117mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm] 5 3/8"
[137mm]
Important: A minimum 1 1/2" [38mm] preset or afterset is required on Pro
Series Underfloor Duct to support standard duplex receptacles
and communication devices when using flush activations. The 1"
[25mm] preset or afterset should be specified for pedestal style
fittings or when cabling will be pulled through the activation point.
3 7/8"
[98mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]
428DR, 428DR2 Flush Duplex Carpet Plate
Single or double
duplex opening. For
carpet floors only.
Steel plate mounts
inside preset and is
adjustable to floor
height.
3 7/8"
[98mm] 4 5/8"
[117mm]
428B075 Flush Conduit Carpet Plate
Opening fits 3/4" trade size
conduit or liquidtite. Includes
spacer for liquidtite connections.
For carpet floors only. Steel
plate mounts inside preset and is
adjustable to floor height.
428BL Blank Flush Carpet Plate
Blank carpet plate for custom
punched openings or for
abandoning preset. For carpet
floors when used for activations.
Steel plate mounts inside preset
and is adjustable to floor height.
428B525 Flush 525 Series Carpet Plate
Openings to attach 525 Series
Service Fitting on carpet plate.
For carpet floors only. Steel
plate mounts inside preset and is
adjustable to floor height.
433DR, 433DR2 Flush Duplex Carpet Trim Plate
Carpet plate and finishing plate
for single or double duplex
openings. Flush steel plate
mounts inside preset and is
adjustable to floor height.
Brushed aluminum finishing plate
covers carpet plate and mounts
over carpet.
Walkerduct Pro Series Service Fittings Installation Details
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
511
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Wiremold® Infloor Duct Systems are cost-effective and flexible solutions for
any wiring and communication needs throughout an open space environment
which will accommodate needs now and into the future.
Product
blurb
Walkerduct
Underfloor Duct
Systems 516
Walkercell Cellular
Raceway Systems
547
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
512
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Table of Contents
Wallduct Raceway Systems
Trenchduct Feeder Systems
Walkercell® Cellular Raceway Systems
536
543
547
Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems
531
Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems
Walkerduct® Carpet/Tile Holders
528
516
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
513
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
Walkerduct Layout with Junction Boxes Walkerduct Layout with Trenchduct
Walkerduct with Junction Boxes offers
capacity and flexibility for casinos, retail,
libraries, light industrial, and small-to-
medium office space.
Walkerduct with Trenchduct provides
a high capacity of wire and cable
management. Perfect for an open space
setting, power and communications can be
easily rewired through steel access plates.
Features:
 
 
Configurations
 
 
 
Openings
 
 
Service Fitting/Activation Options:
 ™ Flush Fittings
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
 ™ Flush Fittings
 
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
Walkerduct Underfloor Duct
Features:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service Fitting/Activation Options:
 ™ Recessed Fittings
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
Walkercell Layout with Junction Box Header Walkercell Layout with Trenchduct Walkercell Feed & Distribution Layout
Walkercell with Junction Box Header provides fast installation and high flexibility
along with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to
cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.
Walkercell with Trenchduct provides fast installation and high flexibility along
with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to
cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.
Walkercell Feed and Distribution also provides fast installation and high flexibility
along with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to
cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.
Walkercell Cellular Raceway
Features:
 
 
Flush with Finished Floor
 
Installed Screw Plugs
 
 

 
Service Fitting/Activation Options:
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
 ™ Pedestal Fittings
Walker Flushduct with Junction Boxes lay level with
the concrete on the floor. It provides easy access
through the duct and simple installation of wires and
cables. It also offers an aesthetically pleasing option
for any open space application.
FlushDuct Infloor Duct Systems
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
514
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
2-0 – No. 2 Duct without Presets?
Activation/Service Fitting – The device access point at
which wires and cables egress from the infloor system.

be recessed into the floor, flush with the floor or mounted
above the floor.
Afterset – A metal fitting installed between the infloor
raceway and the activation used to bring cables and wires
from the raceway to the activation. It is installed after core
drilling the concrete to reach the raceway buried in the
concrete.
Crossunder – A design option of intersecting infloor
raceways where one system drops down under the other
instead of intersecting on the same plane.
Distribution Raceway – Raceway that carries wires and
cables from the feeder system to the workstation area.
Typically has presets attached to the raceway, but can also
have aftersets.
Feeder System – Large capacity raceway used to carry
cables and wires from the communication and power

and No. 4 duct are commonly used as feeder systems.
Junction Box – A location in the raceway system that allows
transition of pathways and access to cables.
Mudcap – A recessed lid installed on the top of a preset
or afterset to prevent concrete from entering it. Mudcap is
removed when access to the wires and cables is needed.
The concrete above it is chipped out, and the mudcap is
removed with a screwdriver.
Preset – A metal fitting is mounted on the infloor raceway
that is buried in the concrete, designed to provide an access
point to the cable and wires in the raceway. The concrete

service fitting is mounted on it to provide cable and wire
egress from the raceway.
Slab Depth – Total depth of the concrete.
System Depth – Depth of Walker Infloor System from base
of duct/cell/trench to the top of the cover plates.
4-0 – No. 4 Duct without Presets?
Infloor Systems Terminology
Frequently Ordered Catalog Numbers
SPACING PRESETS  
 
  D21215 D22415
  
  D21225 D22425
  
No. 2 Walkerduct Pro Series with Presets
SPACING PRESETS  
  
 2-12 x 2 x 1 1/2 2-24 x 2 x 11/2
  2-12 x 2 x 2 2-24 x 2 x 2
 2-12 x 2 x 2 1/2 2-24 x 2 x 2 1/2
  2-12 x 2 x 3 2-24 x 2 x 3
No. 2 Walkerduct with 2" IPS Presets
SPACING PRESETS  
 
  D41215 D42415
  
  D41225 D42425
  
No. 4 Walkerduct Pro Series with Presets
SPACING PRESETS  
  
  4-12 x 2 x 1 1/2 4-24 x 2 x 1 1/2
  4-12 x 2 x 2 4-24 x 2 x 2
  4-12 x 2 x 2 1/2 4-24 x 2 x 2 1/2
  4-12 x 2 x 3 4-24 x 2 x 3
No. 4 Walkerduct with 2" IPS Presets
  
   142L
   142L
   
   
   
   
  
   

Duct
   
  
   
   

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
515
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Walkerduct Raceways provide wire management for open
space environments while maintaining aesthetics because they
are buried in the floor, out of sight, and safe from abuse. The

or Walker® Trenchduct to create an infloor wire management
system. Duct runs provide a range of capacities to suit any
situation and to future proof the wire management system.
Duct can be used individually or combined with other duct to
deliver power and communication services to workstations.



workstations. Flexibility is only limited by the grid pattern.
Designed to be used with power and communications service
fittings shown in Service Fittings section of this Product Guide.
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
10' [3m]
10' [3m]
24"
[610mm]
24"
[610mm]
24"
[610mm]
24"
[610mm]
12"
[305mm]
12"
[305mm]
10' [3m]
Walkerduct Pro Series Duct Systems
ACCESSORIES
SYSTEM
12 14 222 224 244 3222 3224 3244 3424 3444
 SC12- SC14- SC222- SC224- SC244- SC3222- SC3224- SC3244- SC3244-
        
Couplings    

  






Duct End Closures   

  






Conduit Adapters 312-
314-

322-
324-



312-
314-

322-
324-
312-
314-

322-
324-






312-
314-

322-
324-
312-

314-


322-

324-
312-
314-


322-

324-

312-
314-


322-

324-





Conduit Adapter
255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255-
 334UF  334UF 334UF

334UF 334UF

334UF 334UF 
332UF  332UF 332UF

 332UF 332UF

332UF

332UF





342UF



342UF


342UF




342UF


342UF



342UF



342UF



Crossunder Offsets 























    

  






Mudcaps 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421
Marker Caps 422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
422GR
422RD
  

 






 —



— 



— 







Sealant          





round
SFCS5-




round





round



FT15-
CT15-
round
SFCS14-




round



FT15-
FT15-
round
SFCS14-




round



FT21-
FT21-
round



FT21-
FT21-
round



FT25-
FT25-
round
SFCS24-


Conduct Adapters
212-
232-
 212-
232-
212-
232-

212
232
212
232

212
232

212
232



NOTE: Part numbers ending in a dash need to have the height adjustment size suffix included when ordering. Please see the individual support
product descriptions for this information.
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Quick Selection Guide
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
D
B
B
EA
GG
F
F
B
D
A
C
H
E
C
D
B
J
E
A
GF
C
H
I
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
KEY
A. Duct
B. Pro Series Preset
C. 
D. Coupling
E. Duct Support
F. Conduit Adapter
G. Elbow
H. 
Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems offer maximum capacity and
 CODE REFERENCE
ULus Listed Underfloor Raceway:

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway Fittings:


Walkerduct Pro Series
System Layout with
Junction Boxes
KEY
A. Trenchduct
B. 
C. 
D. Cross Under
E. Couplings
F. End Closure
G. Duct Support
H. 
I. 
J. 
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
Walkerduct 2" [51mm]
IPS Duct System Layout
with Trenchduct
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
PRODUCT FAMILY
CATALOG


LOCATION

CAPACITY


MATERIAL/COLORS
Flush
Pedestal
Single Service
Dual Service
Triple Service
Power
Communication

Polycarbonate
Alumi num

Gray

Pro
Series
Flanges

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 
Source I

 


 

 


   


  

Series

   

   

   

Series

 

 

 
1223AL
 
Multiplex
MP4
  

    

    
525
Series
525A
 

 
525C
 
525D
 
525F
 
25G
 

 
525I
 

  
525RT
 
525ACT
 
Walkerduct Underfloor Duct Systems Service Fitting Compatibility
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Walkerduct Duct Configuration Options


piece, continuously seam welded

length. Used primarily for afterset
applications or as a feeder run.
2-0 Blank No. 2 Duct


piece, continuously seam welded

length. Used primarily for afterset
applications or as a feeder run.
4-0 Blank No. 4 Duct
D21215, D21220, D21225, D21230
Factory-installed preset duct.


galvannealed construction with
continuous seam weld. Last two
digits of Catalog Number indicates
preset height.
D21210 Pro Series No. 2 Duct, 
Walkerduct Wire Size/Fill Chart
3 1/8"
[79mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
No. 2 Duct with 12"
[305mm] spacing
No. 2 Duct with 24"
[3610mm] spacing


DIAMETER AREA (In2 
Inches    NO. 2 NO. 4
14 AWG      
12 AWG      
      
      
      
4 AWG      42

DIAMETERApprox.AREAIn2
Inches    No. 2 No. 4

TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5    35 
      
 2-pair, 24 AWG    232
4-pair, 24 AWG     124
25-pair, 24 AWG .132   
   44 
    
     23 

TWISTED PAIR
TYPE 1  11 
TYPE 2 
TYPE 3      
 2 Strand   53 
4 Strand    124
      
   133 
D22415, D22420, D22425, D22430
Factory-installed preset duct.


galvannealed construction with
continuous seam weld. Last two
digits of Catalog Number indicates
preset height.
D22410 Pro Series No. 2 Duct, 
Walkerduct Cable Size/Fill Chart
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
D41210 Pro Series No. 4 Duct, 
D41215 , D41220, D41225, D41230
Factory-installed preset duct.


galvannealed construction with
continuous seam weld. Last two
digits of Catalog Number indicates
preset height.
D42410 Pro Series No. 4 Duct, 
D42415, D42420, D42425, D42430
Factory-installed preset duct.


galvannealed construction with
continuous seam weld. Last two
digits of Catalog Number indicates
preset height.
2-12x2x7/8
2" [51mm] IPS No. 2 Duct, 
2-12x2x11/2, 2-12x2x2,
2-12x2x21/2, 2-12x2x3
Factory installed round preset
duct with internal threads to


galvannealed steel construction
with continuous seam weld. Suffix
indicates preset insert height.

4-12x2x7/8
2" [51mm] IPS No. 4 Duct, 
No. 4 Duct with 12"
[305mm] spacing
No. 2 Duct with 12"
[305mm] spacing
No. 4 Duct with 24"
[610mm] spacing
NOTE: 1 1/2" preset is minimum height required for power.
Walkerduct Duct Configuration Options (continued)
4-12x2x11/2, 4-12x2x2,
4-12x2x21/2, 4-12x2x3
Factory installed round preset
duct with internal threads to


galvannealed steel construction
with continuous seam weld. Suffix
indicates preset insert height.


DUCT CONFIGURATION NOTES
 
spacings are available. Contact factory for detailed
information.
 
clip to connect presets. One alignment clip is included
with each piece of duct and prevents movement of
presets during concrete pour.
Alignment Clip
End View with
Alignment Clip
in Place
IMPORTANT: Triple-gang flush activations are not compatible with 3222 and
3444 System layouts. Use combination of single- and two-gang
activations to access all three ducts at one point.
IMPORTANT: A minimum 1 1/2" [38mm] preset or afterset is required on Pro
Series Underfloor Duct to support standard duplex receptacles
when using flush activations. Most communication devices
will need a minimum of 2" preset or afterset on Pro Series
Underfloor Duct when using flush activations.
No. 4 Duct with 12"
[305mm] spacing
No. 4 Duct with 24"
[610mm] spacing
2-24x2x7/8
2" [51mm] IPS No. 2 Duct, 
2-24x2x11/2, 2-24x2x2,
2-24x2x21/2, 2-24x2x3
Factory installed round preset
duct with internal threads to


galvannealed steel construction
with continuous seam weld. Suffix
indicates preset insert height.
Preset I.D. is threaded for

No. 2 Duct with 24"
[610mm] spacing
4-24x2x7/8
2" [51mm] IPS No. 4 Duct, 
4-24x2x11/2, 4-24x2x2,
4-24x2x21/2, 4-24x2x3
Factory installed round preset
duct with internal threads to


galvannealed steel construction
with continuous seam weld. Suffix
indicates preset insert height.
Preset I.D. is threaded for

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
SC14-*
SC222-*
SC3222-*
How to Determine Correct Support Heights
  
  
C Distance from bottom of duct to form or slab. This
dimension is the correct support height.
D Distance between finished concrete floor line and


A
Preset
Duct
B
C
D

 
   
-33   
   
Duct supports for deeper pours are available
through the factory.
SC12 Adjustable Duct Supports with Built-in Coupling
SC14, SC222, SC224, SC244, SC3222,
SC3224, SC3244, SC3424
To support, couple, and hold duct
in place before and during concrete
pour. Steel construction. Leveling

Different leg heights available.
Supports may be fastened to form
or to slab through holes in the feet.

spacing between ducts. Locate duct

intervals.
NOTE: Steel shims (Cat. # Duct Shims) should be placed under #2 Duct to
maintain proper preset height.
HS3224
1"
[25mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
HS14
3/4"
[19.1mm]
HS12 Hold-Down Straps
HS14, HS222, HS224, HS244,
HS3222, HS342, HS3244
To fasten ducts to the slab
in shallow concrete. Used in
place of duct supports. Straps

between ducts on multiple duct
runs and prevent duct from
floating during concrete pour.
Attaches to slab with stakes




of the #2 duct level with the #4 duct. Consult factory for
additional information.
421 Pro Series Mudcap
Steel replacement cap for preset


422GR, 422RD Pro Series Marker Cap
Replaces mudcap on preset to
indicate location of the last insert
in each run. Select color for each
service.
6"
[152mm]
3/4" Hub
12"
[305mm]
425, 426 Preset Extensions


replacement cap for preset or


D2075, D4075 Duct Conduit Hub




conduit. Used to provide feed
to isolated outlets; maintains

presets. Preset height is

higher preset needed.
404 2" [51mm] IPS Duct Mudcap



415B, 415N 2" [51mm] IPS Duct Marker Cap
Replaces mudcap on preset to
indicate location of run. NEC

preset in each run. Select color for


Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
521
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
12"
[305mm]
24"
[610mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]
1 1/8"
[54mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3" [76mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
3"
[76mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]
3"
[76mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
317-3/4*, H317-3/4*
2" [51mm] IPS Duct Conduit Hub


Section of Duct with IPS Preset


provide feed to isolated outlets;



*Specify preset height.
312-3/4 Female Conduit Adapter
312-1, 312-11/4,
312-11/2, 312-2
Fits on outside of No. 2

conduit. Suffix denotes

H312-3/4 Female Conduit Adapter
H312-1, H312-11/4,
H312-11/2, H312-2
Fits on outside of No. 4

conduit. Suffix denotes

314-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter
Fits into end of No. 2 Duct.


322-11/4, 322-11/2 Female Conduit Adapter
Fits on the outside of No. 2

conduits. Suffix denotes

H322-11/4, H322-11/2
Female Conduit Adapter
Fits on the outside of No. 4 Duct.


324-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter
Fits into the end of No. 2 Duct. For

conduits.
300-4 Adapter Coupling
Couples No. 2 Duct to No. 4 Duct.
304, H304 Duct End Plug


302, H302 Coupling


334UF Panel connector
Secures No. 2 Duct to cabinet.
Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
522
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
7 11/16"
[195mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
2 5/16"
Radius
[59mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
3" Radius
[76mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
21 7/8"
[556mm]
8 1/2" Radius
[216mm]
21 7/8"
[556mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
10 1/2"
[267mm]
10 1/2"
[267mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
10 1/2"
[267mm]
10 1/2"
[267mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
3" Radius
[76mm]
3" Radius
[76mm]
H338AU-1 90° Horizontal Elbow with Access Unit

turn in No. 4 Duct. Access
cover can be removed to
facilitate wire pulling.
H334 Panel Connector
Secures No. 4 Duct to cabinet.
332UF 90° Vertical Elbow

No. 2 Duct.
H332 90° Vertical Elbow

No. 4 Duct.
338UF 90° Horizontal Elbow

turn in No. 2 Duct.
H338 90° Horizontal Elbow

No. 4 Duct.
342UF Adjustable Horizontal Elbow
No. 2 Duct elbow angled for


cutting duct ends at different
angles.
H342 Adjustable Horizontal Elbow
No. 4 Duct elbow angled for


cutting duct ends at different
angles.
372, H372 Offset


Used to raise or lower


for crossunders.
Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
523
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
5/8"
[15.9mm]
Duct
10°
5/8"
[15.9mm]
375, H375 Variable Offset


Used to raise or lower
a run of duct from


duct based on chart
below.
FOR OFFSET
DUCT CUT
 FOR OFFSET
DUCT CUT

























































































382, H382 Expansion Sleeve Joints

Duct. Slip over two sections of duct.
Outside screws fasten and ground
sleeves of duct.
290C Waterproof Sealing Compound




Walkerduct Aftersets & Accessories Ordering Information
4 13/16"
[123mm] 4 1/8"
[105mm]
480 Electronic Insert Finder
Used to locate preset inserts which
are buried in concrete. Magnetic field
locates mudcap in concrete.
4215 Pro Series Afterset
4220, 4225, 4230
Installed either before or after
concrete pour to create activation



NOTE: Drill a 6 1/2" [165mm] hole in
concrete and a 2 1/2" [64mm] hole
in duct.
NOTE: Need minimum of 1 1/2" height
for power.
436-2-7/8 2" [51mm] IPS Duct Round Afterset
436-2-11/2 , 436-2-2, 436-2-23/8, 436-2-3
Installed either before or after concrete
pour to create activation from duct.




NOTE: Drill a 2 1/2" [64mm] hole in concrete and a
2 1/4" [57mm] hole in duct.
H14ABD Afterset Access Assembly
Provides access to pull large number of cables
out of duct at one activation. Neoprene boot to


H14-BA Afterset Access Assembly Neoprene Boot

of duct.
H14-AS Complete Access Activation
For access to large number of cables for


Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
524
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
H14BC Blanking Cap

6ER-11/2 Extension Ring
6ER-2, 6ER-2 1/2, 6ER-3, 6ER-3 1/2
Extension ring for 

concrete over duct.
Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information
One No. 2 Duct per
side. No interior
partitioning.




of round cover plate

7" [178mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
6 3/4"
[172mm] 2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 11 3/8"
[289mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
One No. 4 Duct per
side. No interior
partitioning.




round cover plate is

11 1/8"
[283mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
15 1/2"
[394mm]
10 7/8"
[276mm]
This chart provides the information needed to select the

listed in this section.
NOTE: Square Tile/Carpet Trims for heavy duty Junction Boxes – need to
increase depth of Pan by 1/8". Example: for 1/4" Carpet, use 3/8"
deep Carpet Holder.
NOTE: For all 3 Duct Boxes – Center compartment cannot be accessed
with Corner Conduit Adapter, part #255.

 
1   
1 1/2    
2   
2 1/2    
3   
3 1/2    
4   
4 1/2    
5   
5 1/2    
   
*Other junction box heights are available. Consult factory for availability.
Two No. 2 Ducts per

plate measures


Diameter of round


11 1/8"
[283mm] Duct
Step to Duct
Step
10 7/8"
[276mm] 2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 15 1/2"
[394mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
Walkerduct Aftersets Ordering Information
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

Round Access Plate


NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
525
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
One No. 2 Duct and
one No. 4 Duct per

plate measures


of round cover


15 1/4"
[387mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
15"
[381mm]
2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 19 5/8"
[499mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
Two No. 4 Ducts

cover plate



of round cover


18 3/8"
[473mm]
2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 25"
[584mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
18 5/8"
[473mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
Three No. 2
Ducts per side.

measures


of round cover


15 1/4"
[387mm] Duct
Step to Duct
Step
15"
[381mm]
2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 19 5/8"
[499mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
Two No. 2 Ducts
and one No. 4
Duct per side.




of round cover


18 5/8"
[473mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
18 3/8"
[467mm] 2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 23"
[543mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
Two No. 4 Ducts
and one No. 2
Duct per side.
No. 2 Duct is
centered between
the No. 4 Ducts.




of round cover


22"
[559mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
21 3/4"
[553mm] 2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]
26 5/8"
[670mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
One No. 2 Duct and
two No. 4 Ducts per

plate measures


Diameter of round
cover plate is

22" [559mm]
Duct Step to
Duct Step
21 3/4"
[553mm]
2 5/8"
[65mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm] 26 5/8"
[670mm]
15/16"
[23.8mm]
NOTE: For all 3 Duct Junction Boxes
– Center compartment cannot
be accessed with Corner
Conduit Adapter, part #255.
Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

 Round Access Plate

 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate
 
 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 
 Round Access Plate

 
NOTE: Suffix denotes height.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

No. 4 Duct to facilitate feeding
and splicing of wire and cable.




extension. For concrete pours over


Adaptable for either No. 2 Duct
or No. 4 Duct. No partitioning



plate is possible after pour.




additional height is needed. See

Walkerduct Junction Box Accessories Ordering Information
1 9/16"
[40mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
NOTE: Use Cat. No. H202 Blank Washer for
142L and 14H Junction Boxes.
8 1/2"
[216mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
4"
[102mm] 2 9/16"
[65mm]
8 7/16"
[214mm]
142L-1 Two Level Junction Box 14H-1 Hand Hole Access Unit

 
1 1/2    
2   
2 1/2    
3   
3 1/2    
222EXT-*, 3222EXT-*, 3224EXT-*,
3244EXT-*





boxes, and 
boxes.
12EXT-* Side Rail Extension
6RTT, RTT8, RTT13, RTT16, RTT20
F

box cover plate. Inner ring is filled with

innerring and allow the holder to be
removed after floor is ground and polished.



142L or RTT4 is for 
RTT13 is
for 
3244
or 
RTT4 Terrazzo Holder
For 142L-1, 

height range of concrete over duct. Select
hardware bag below to attach ring to box.
6AER-11/2-21/8, 6AER-23/8-3
Adjustable Extension Ring
AERHB-128, AERHB-144,
AERHB-152, AERHB-052

Suffix indicates depth concrete over
duct. Use chart below to determine


AERHB-120 Hardware Bag

CATALOG NO.

      
  
  
 
 
 

No. 2 Duct opening.
203UFD Blank Washer
Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
1 9/16"
[40mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
6 5/8"
[169mm]
275SL Pictured
2 1/4"
[57mm]
A
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
255-1, 255-1 1/4, 255-1 1/2, 255-2





No. 4 Duct opening.
H203 Blank Washer
255-3/4 Box Conduit Corner Adapter
To reduce a No. 4 Duct opening



275SL, 275SR Adapter


212-3/4 Adapter
3 1/8"
[79mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
6 1/2"
[165mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
4"
[102mm]


222-3/4 Adapter
For No. 2 Duct opening to one
conduit. Suffix indicates conduit

232-1, 232-11/4, 232-11/2 Male Adapter


H232-2 Male Adapter
For No. 2 Duct opening to two

242-11/4 Male Adapter
Walkerduct Junction Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: Use Cat. No. H202 Blank Washer
for 142L and 14H Junction Boxes.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Walkerduct Flanged Round Carpet/Tile Holders Ordering Information
Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel





Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel




Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel




NOTE: Prior to completing installation, proper floor covering should be
installed in pan.

accommodate high traffic and/or heavy loads.
Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel





NOTE: Square Tile/Carpet Trims for heavy duty Junction Boxes – need to
increase depth of Pan by 1/8". Example: for 1/4" Carpet, use 3/8"
deep Carpet Holder.
WALKERDUCT® CARpET/TILE HOLDERS
Walkerduct®

within a Walkerduct System.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
  
 
  
 
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
  
 
  
 
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
  
  
 
  
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 Stainless 
Stainless 
  
 
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® CARpET/TILE HOLDERS
Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel







CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 Stainless  
Stainless  
   
 
Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel




Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless
steel for 



Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel
for 



Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel
for 



Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel
for 



Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel
for 




to accommodate high traffic and/or heavy loads.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
Stainless 
SFCS5-1/4 Stainless 
 
 
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
Stainless 
Stainless 
 

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 Stainless 
SFCS14-1/4 Stainless 

 
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
Stainless 
Stainless 
 
 
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 Stainless 
Stainless 
 

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
 Stainless 
SFCS24-1/4 Stainless 

 
Walkerduct Flanged Round Carpet/Tile Holders Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERDUCT® CARpET/TILE HOLDERS



not include flange.
11/16"
[17.5mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]


depths for carpet or tile floors.
11/16"
[17.5mm]
1/8" [3.2mm]
Walkerduct Square Carpet/Tile Trim Ordering Information
NOTE: 1/8" or 1/4" is depth of tile or carpet when used with JS Boxes (1/4" thick cover plate). For
HS Boxes, depth will be reduced by 1/8" to accommodate the 3/8" thick cover plate.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION 
  
  
  
   
  
CT15-1/4   
  
  
  
CT21-1/4   
  
CT25-1/4   
NOTE: 1/8" or 1/4" is depth of tile or carpet when used with JS Boxes (1/4" thick cover plate). For
HS Boxes, depth will be reduced by 1/8" to accommodate the 3/8" thick cover plate.
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION 
  
  
  
   
  
FT15-1/4   
  
  
  
FT21-1/4   
  
FT25-1/4   
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
531
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
KEY
A.  
B .  
C.  
D. 255-1 Corner Conduit Connector
E.  
Elbow
F.  
G.  
H.  
threaded openings
I. 525 Series Service Fitting
HF
CE
B
A
D
G
I
Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems provide wire and cable management in open
space environments using 1, 2, or 3 #2 duct. It is ideal for renovations to existing
facilities where concrete depth is minimal.
CODE REFERENCE
ULus Listed Underfloor Raceway:

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings: 

Flushduct System Layout
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
532
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Flushduct Quick Selection Guide
FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
DUCT 1-DUCT SYSTEM 2-DUCT SYSTEM 3-DUCT SYSTEM
  
STAGGERED

12FST 222FST 3222FST
  

ACCESSORIES 1-DUCT SYSTEM 2-DUCT SYSTEM 3-DUCT SYSTEM
COUPLINGS 12FC 222FC 3222FC
COUPLINGS/SUPPORTS 12FCS

222FCS

3222FCS

12F-WS 222F-WS 3222F-WS
DUCT CONDUIT ADAPTERS 

324-


324-



   
DUCT END CLOSURE   
 332F

333F-2


334UF 334F-1-2 334F-1-3
 
342F

342F-2

342F-3
OFFSET   
CROSSUNDERS   
DUCT OUTLET FLANGE 455F-1 455F-1 455F-1
FERRULE   
CRIMPING TOOL   
DUCT OPENING PLUGS 

455FP-1



455FP-1



455FP-1

SEALANT   
TAPE   
PRODUCT FAMILY
CATALOG


LOCATION

CAPACITY


MATERIAL/
COLORS
Pedestal
Single Service
Dual Service
Power
Communication

Alumi num
Multiplex
MP4   
   
   
525
Series
525A  
  
525C  
525D  
525F  
525G  
  
525I  
   
525RT  
525ACT  
Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems Service Fitting Compatibility
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
533
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Radius
3 1/8"
[130mm]
4"
[102mm]
Radius
10"
[254mm]
1 1/8"
[29mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
To close off ends of duct.
304 Endcap
Used to feed single conduit into end of

312F-1, 312F-11/4, 312F-11/2
Conduit Adapter
CATALOG

A
DIMENSION

DIMENSION
312F-1  2 1/4 
312F-11/4   
312F-11/2  2 3/4 


314-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter
For extending Flushduct up a wall.

Single Duct and 332F-2 is for Double
Duct.
332F, 333F-2 Vertical 90° Elbow
For securing Flushduct to cabinet.
334UF is for Single Duct, 334F-1-2 is
for Double Duct, and 334F-1-3 is for
Triple Duct.
334UF, 334F-1-2, 334-1-3
Terminal Bushing
For extending Flushduct up a wall.



336F, 336F-2, 336F-3 Vertical 90° Elbow
Flushduct Accessories Ordering Information
Flushduct Duct Configuration Options
For feeder runs with precise
placement of openings. Double or
Triple Duct Systems are welded



Duct.
12F-0, 222F-0, 3222F-0 Blank Duct

diameter threaded openings and
removable plugs for service fitting
attachment. Openings are staggered


standard length. 12FST is Single
Duct, 222FST is Double Duct, and
3222FST is Triple Duct.
12FST, 222FST, 3222FST Staggered Ducts
Used to couple ends of duct
together. Set screws used to hold
duct in place. 12FC is Single Duct,
222FC is Double Duct, and 3222FC
is Triple Duct.
12FC, 222FC, 3222FC Couplings


couple ends of duct together.

intervals. 12FCS is Single Duct,
222FCS is Double Duct, and
3222FCS is Triple Duct.
12FCS, 222FCS Couplings/Supports
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
534
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
8 1/4"
[222mm]
Radius
21 7/8"
[555mm]
21 7/8"
[555mm]
FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS



Triple Duct.
338UF, 338UF-2, 338UF-3
Horizontal 90° Elbow
For turning corner with duct. 342F
is for Single Duct, 342F-2 is for
Double Duct, and 342F-3 is for
Triple Duct.
342F, 342F-2, 342F-3 Horizontal 45° Elbow




362F, 362F-2, 362F-3 Vertical Offset

change in system depth.
372F Vertical Offset

threaded openings in Flushduct.

Flushduct system.
400F Screw Plug

threaded openings in Flushduct.

Flushduct system.
7107F Screw Plug

threaded openings in Flushduct.
Used to designate service in each

7140F, 7141F Marker Screw Plug
For locking nipple or standpipe.

455F-3/4, 455F-1 Threaded Outlet Flange
Threads into 455F Threaded Outlet
Flange.
455FP-3/4, 455FP-1 Die-Cast Plug
Used to create access into duct at a






450F-1, 450F-11/4 Brass Ferrule
Threads into brass ferrule to close
deactivated opening.
450FP-1, 450FP-11/4 Brass Plug

470F-1, 470F-11/4 Crimping Tool



1124F-3/4, 1124F-1 Locking Nipple
Flushduct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
535
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
Used at duct intersections.
Provides access to system
for pulling and splicing of
wires. Constructed of cast
iron. Conduit openings at each
corner of box.
12FB Single Duct Junction Box
2 1/2"
[64mm]
9 9/16"
[243mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
16"
[406mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Flanged stainless steel or brass
holders recessed to hold carpet or





6LH*-, 7LH*-, 10LH*- Carpet or Tile Holder
Used at duct intersections.
Provides access to system for
pulling and splicing of wires.
Constructed of cast iron.
Interiors of two- and three-
duct boxes have partitions
isolating each duct and
forming a continuous raceway
through the box. Conduit
openings at each corner of box.
222FB Double Duct Junction Box
Used at duct intersections.
Provides access to system for
pulling and splicing of wires.
Constructed of cast iron.
Interiors of two- and three-
duct boxes have partitions
isolating each duct and
forming a continuous raceway
through the box. Conduit
opening s at each corner of
box.
3222FB Triple Duct Junction Box

box opening. 12F-WS is for Single
Duct, 222F-WS is for Double Duct,
and 3222F-WS is for Triple Duct.
12F-WS, 222F-WS, 3222F-WS
Blank Washer
For one conduit. Suffix denotes

255-3/4, 255-1, 255-11/4, 255-11/2,
255-2 Box Conduit Corner Adapter
Junction Boxes & Accessories Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Wallduct Raceway Systems are high capacity raceway for use in or on walls that
is ideal for distributing power and communication cables in healthcare facilities,
under raised floors or as a large capacity feeder system.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:

cULus Listed Fittings:


Wallduct Raceway System Layout
KEY
A.
 
B.
 
C.
 
D.
 
E.
 
F.
 
G.
 
H.
 
I.
 
J.
 
K.
 
L.
 

M.
 
N.
 

O.
 
P.
 
Q.
 
R.
 
S.
 
T.
 
U.
 
V.
 
W.
 
X.
 
Y.
 
Z.
 
AA.
 
BB.
 
CC.
 
DD.
 
EE.
 
FF.
 
GG.
 
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
NOTE: Wallduct can be installed in the wall exposing only the cover plate,
or it can be wall mounted exposing the entire surface. Wallduct may
also be installed overhead or under a raised floor (but not infloor)
to connect cables/wires between rooms. Trenchduct can be used
in combination with Wallduct as a feeder or for access points in the
floor to feed equipment.
Pull Box (by others)
BB
A
P
F
L
M
N
O
E
K
G
Z
H
PU
V
X
Q
S
J
I
Y
C
D
W
T
B
R
GG
41
FF
EE DD
CC
AA
Cabinet (by others)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Steel Wallduct Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

DIAMETERApprox.AREAIn2
Inches    No. 2 No. 4

TWISTED PAIR
      
      
 2-pair, 24 AWG    232
4-pair, 24 AWG   124
25-pair, 24 AWG   
   44 
    
     23 

TWISTED PAIR
TYPE 1  11 
TYPE 2  
TYPE 3     
 2 Strand  53 
4 Strand    124
    
   133 
Steel Wallduct Wire Fill Capacities for Power

AWG
DIAMETER AREA (In2 
Inches    No. 2 No. 4
14     41.24 
12     
      
     
    
4      2.43
3  4.11 
23.45 

  


“A”
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
3 1⁄2"
[89mm]
B
A – End View
(Flush Cover Shown)
60"
[1524mm]
A30"
[762mm]
30"
[762mm]
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the catalog number.
Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.
Wallduct Bodies & Covers Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Used to separate services.
Includes assembly screws for
field installation.
Used to connect two pieces of
Wallduct. Includes assembly
screws. Two coupling angles
included with every straight
body assembly.
Used to hold wires in place
during installation and to close
gap between cover plates if

in place prior to installing
cover plates. Two wire
retainers are included with
every straight body assembly.
WD350P60 Straight Partition
WD350-CA Coupling Angle
WD06-WR, WD10-WR, WD18-WR
Wire Retainer
60"
[1525mm] 3 1/4"
[83mm]
3 3⁄16"
[81mm]
2" [51mm] 1 1⁄2"
[38mm]
1 1⁄2"
[38mm]

elbow to form corner
partition. Assembly
screws included.
WD350-CP Corner partition
4"
[102mm]
9/16"
[14.3mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]
Used to close off
end of Wallduct run.
Includes assembly
screws.
Surface & Flush Enclosures
1"
[25mm]
A
B
3 1⁄2"
[89mm]
SURFACE END CLOSURES “A” 
   
  
   
 “A” 
   
   
    
Used to change direction

same plane. Includes one
pair of coupling angles,
one retainer, and assembly
screws. Complete unit

cover plate.
Horizontal Elbows
3 1⁄2"
[89mm] AA
B
B

  
 
 

 


 
  

 

  
 
 


  
  
 
 

 
Used to connect vertical

when cover plates are on
inside of run. Includes one
pair of coupling angles,
wire retainer, and assembly
screws. Complete unit

one cover plate.
Internal Elbow
B
A
6"
[152mm]
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the
catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for
more information.
Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Internal elbow used to

also allowing for a change
in coverplate orientation.
Shipped as complete unit.
Used to connect vertical

when cover plates are on
outside of run. Includes
attached coupling angles,
wire retainer, and assembly
screws. Complete unit

and two cover plates. Flush
and Surface Cover catalog
numbers include two covers.
Internal External Elbow
External Elbow

  
 
 


  
  
 
  
 
  
A
B

  
  
  


 

 
  
 
 
A
B
6"
[152mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
Used to connect a second

to first run. Includes one
pair of coupling angles, one
wire retainer, and assembly
screws. Complete unit

cover plate.
T-Unit
“A”
 



 
 

 
 
 
 
B
AA
3 1/2"
[89mm]

through compartment for
one service with crossover
for a second service.
Assembly screws included.
T-Unit Straight Tunnel
3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
3"
[76mm]
A
 “A”




straight partition to form

compartment with crossover
in T-Unit. Assembly screws
included.
Right Hand Tunnel
 “A”
 


3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
3"
[76mm]
A
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the
catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for
more information.
Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD

straight partition to form

compartment with crossover
in T-Unit. Assembly
screws included.

compartments for
separation of services in
T-Unit. Assembly screws
included. Purchase
Partition Catalog No.

installation. Not available

Wallduct. Not available

Wallduct.
Left Hand Tunnel
WD10W350-3TUN,
WD18W350-3TUN T-Unit Tunnel
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
 “A”



3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
3"
[76mm]
A
Partitions
Partitions
Bridge
Tunnel
Partitions


partition within the elbow.
WD350-PSE Internal Sweep Elbow Partition
X-Unit
WD10W350-3TUN,
WD18W350-3TUN X-Unit Tunnel
“A”
  
 
 

 

 
 
 

 
Used to connect two
intersecting runs of Wallduct

pair of coupling angles, one
wire retainer, and assembly
screws. Complete unit

cover plate.

compartments
for separation of

Assembly screws
included. Purchase
Partition, Catalog

separately
to complete

Complete X-Unit assembly requires two X-Unit Tunnel units.
BB
AA
3 1/2"
[89mm]
X-Unit Crossover
 “A”
 





Assembly screws included.
3"
[76mm]
3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
1"
[25mm]
A
Partition
Partition
Bridge
Partition
Tunnel
Partitions
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the
catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for
more information.
Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
541
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Sweep Elbow
Reducer Coupling
Cabinet Connector/Dropout
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS
CONNECTOR/DROP OUT “A”
  
  
  
 “A”
  
 

REDUCER COUPLING “A”
  
  
Used to connect vertical and


internal sweep radius.
Includes one pair of coupling
angles and assembly
screws. For partition, use

Series.
Used to reduce Wallduct



Wallduct to be reduced to




as needed. Assembly
screws included.
Used to connect ends of
Wallduct run to panel/
cabinet. Also used to
connect two runs of Wallduct

butts up to the bottom or
top of the other. Assembly
screws included.
A
14"
[356mm]
14"
[356mm] 3 1⁄2"
[89mm]
3 1⁄2"
[89mm]
A
A
A
3 1⁄4"
[82mm]
1"
25mm]
For use with GE medical





Wallduct. Not available
in aluminum.

between flush and surface

Includes assembly screws,
clips, one wire retainer, and
two coupling angles.
Two-piece cover with
grommeted hole in center.
Can be installed at any
location by match drilling
eight holes in duct body
flanges and attaching speed
nuts. Includes assembly
screws and grommet.
Sweep Cabinet Connector
Transition
Access Cover Plate
A
2 1⁄2"
[64mm]
10 1⁄2"
[266mm] 8"
[203mm]
SWEEP CONNECTOR “A”
  
  

“A”
 
  
  
 “A”
  

 
TRANSITION “A” 
    
  
   
A
1"
[25mm] BDuct Body
Surface
Cover Plate
Duct Body
Flush
6"
[152mm]
3"x 8" [76mm x 203mm] Hole
A
12"
[305mm]
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the
catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more
information.
Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
542
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

and vertical runs of

with sweep radius. Includes
one pair of coupling angles
and assembly screws. Not
available in flush cover
version.
Used to connect end of
Wallduct run to panel
cabinet. Assembly screws
included. Use .

assembly. Not available in
flush cover version or in
aluminum.
Used to drop cables and
wires from Wallduct
in ceiling to imaging



Sweep Tee
Flanged Cabinet Connector
Ceiling Drop Out
CEILING DROP OUT “A”
  to  
to  
SWEEP TEE “A”
  
 
 
FLANGED CONNECTOR “A”
 
 
 
  
  
 
A
10"
[254mm]
10"
[254mm]
A
6"
[152mm]
10"
[254mm]
A



Applied to edges of Wallduct and fittings where cables
egress to protect against damage to cable insulation.

1000883 Wallduct Replacement Hardware
1002412 Steel Wallduct Replacement Hardware
1002414 Aluminum Wallduct Replacement
Hardware
686039-100FT Wallduct Grommet
NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the
catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for
more information.
Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
543
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
TRENCHDUCT
Trenchduct is a large capacity feeder system used to distribute power and /or
communication services in an open space environment. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Cellular Metal Floor
Raceway & Fittings:


Trenchduct Feeder System Layout
Trenchduct Side Feed into
Walkerduct® Pro Series
Trenchduct Crossunder Feed
into Walkercell
Trenchduct Crossunder Feed into
Walkerduct Pro Series
Cable Size/Fill Chart

DIAMETERApprox.AREAIn2
Inches   

TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5  
    
 2-pair, 24 AWG   
4-pair, 24 AWG  
25-pair, 24 AWG 
   
  
    

TWISTED PAIR
TYPE 1  
TYPE 2  
TYPE 3    
 2 Strand   
4 Strand  
    
  
Trench Capacity Chart
 TOTAL CAPACITY
Inches  Inches   
2 1/2  11.1 
12  2 1/2  24.1 
  2 1/2  
24 2 1/2  
3 1/4   
12  3 1/4  32.5 
  3 1/4   
24 3 1/4   
Wire Size Chart

AWG
DIAMETER AREA
Inches   
14 AWG    
12 AWG    
    
   
    
4 AWG    
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
544
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Trenchduct Load Capacities (lbs)i


LOAD
TYPE


No
Supports

No
Supports

One Row
Supports

One Row
Supports

Two Row
Supports
 Concentrated     
 Rolling    
Concentrated     
Rolling    
VA12W250H-1, VA12W250H-2, VA12W250H-5,
VA12W250H-6, VA12W325H-1, VA12W325H-2,
VA12W325H-5, VA12W325H-6
Flush floor raceway with removable cover




not included. Length, width, and depth described in catalog number






catalog numbering system to select product. Consult Wiremold® sales

VA12W250H Body & Cover Assembly
Standard Selection Options:


 


 

NOTE: For other widths, substitute cover plate width in
above catalog numbers with 12, 18, or 24.
NOTE: Covers are not intended to be used without floor
covering.
VA 12W 250H - 1
Trenchduct Length
(Feet)
Cover Plate
Width (Inch) Depth
(Inch)
Catalog Number System
Used to provide strength to support



without partitions or when heavy
loads will be applied, such as in





up to bottom of cover plate of Trenchduct with welds or

Support Strips
   
   
  
  
Used to separate Trenchduct
and fittings into two or more



cover plate of Trenchduct with welds

length. Field modified for use in
T-Units, risers, and elbows.
Adjustable Partition
5'
[1.5m]
TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS
Trenchduct Body & Cover Assembly Ordering Information
Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information
   
   
  
  
 
  
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
545
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
VA06W250HEC, VA06W325HEC,
VA12W250HEC, VA12W325HEC,
VA18W250HEC, VA18W325HEC,
VA24W250HEC, VA24W325HEC
Used to close off end of Trenchduct.


dimension is Trenchduct width.
VA06W250HEC End Closure
A
TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS
VA250PEC-LH3, VA250PEC-RH3,
VA325PEC-LH3, VA325PEC-RH3,
VA250PEC-LH6, VA250PEC-RH6,
VA325PEC-LH6, VA325PEC-RH6
Used to reduce Trenchduct from
one piece to the next in a linear
direction. Order left or right side


VA250PEC Partial End Closure
VA06W250H-T, VA06W325H-T,
VA12W250H-T, VA12W325H-T,
VA18W250H-T, VA18W325H-T,
VA24W250H-T, VA24W325H-T
Used to connect intersecting

angles on three sides. Length,
width, and depth specified by
catalog number. Closed side is
length. Use partition or tunnel
to separate services (ordered

T-Unit
B
A
A





24









VAT12W250H3CT, VAT12W325H3CT,
VAT18W250H3CT, VAT18W325H3CT,
VAT24W250H3CT, VAT24W325H3CT
Used to separate three services
within T-Unit. Field attached with
screws or welds. See chart for
width of power compartment. Not

Trenchduct.
VAT12W250H3CT T-Unit Tunnel






24

POWER








VA06W250H-X, VA06W325H-X,
VA12W250H-X, VA12W325H-X,
VA18W250H-X, VA18W325H-X,
VA24W250H-X, VA24W325H-X
Used to connect intersecting runs

on all four sides. Length, width,
and depth specified by catalog
number. Use tunnel and partition
as needed to separate services
(ordered separately for standard

VA06W250H-X X-Unit
A





24

5





12 1/2

B
A
NOTE: Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.
Covers are not intended to be used without floor coverings.
Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
VAT12W250H3CX, VAT12W325H3CX,
VAT18W250H3CX, VAT18W325H3CX,
VAT24W250H3CX, VAT24W325H3CX
Used to separate three services

base of Trenchduct with screws or
welds. See chart for width of power


VAT12W250H3CX X-Unit Tunnel






24

POWER








WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
VA06W-VL, VA12W-VL10*,
VA18W-VL, VA24W-VL
Used to transition from
Trenchduct into perpendicular
run of Wallduct or into riser to
panel. Includes removable cover
plate.
Important! 12" [305mm] Wide Rises to
10" [254mm] Wide to Attach to Wallduct.
VA06W-VR, VA12W-VR10*,
VA18W-VR, VA24W-VR
Used to transition from
Trenchduct into perpendicular
run of Wallduct or into riser to
panel. Use partition to separate
services (ordered separately for

Important! 12" [305mm] Wide Rises to
10" [254mm] Wide to Attach to Wallduct.
VA06W-AH3, VA12W-AH3,
VA18W-AH3, VA24W-AH3
Service fitting can be mounted
on Trenchduct in place of the
cover plate. Removable back
plate allows access into the
Trenchduct body.
Used to assist in removing cover
plates from Trenchduct.
Applied to edges of Trenchduct and fittings where cables


VA06W Sweep Vertical Riser
VA06W Straight Vertical Riser
VA06W-AH3 Access Hood
485 Cover Plate Lifter
686052-100FT Trenchduct Grommet
Right Hand Elbow Catalog Nos.
VA06W250H-RL, VA06W325H-RL,
VA12W250H-RL, VA12W325H-RL,
VA18W250H-RL, VA18W325H-RL,
VA24W250H-RL, VA24W325H-RL
Left Hand Elbow Catalog Nos.
VA06W250H-LL, VA06W325H-LL,
VA12W250H-LL, VA12W325H-LL,
VA18W250H-LL, VA18W325H-LL,
VA24W250H-LL, VA24W325H-LL
Used to change direction of

or left. Length, width, and depth
specified by catalog number. Use
partition to separate services
(ordered separately for standard

VA06W250H Horizontal Elbow
AB
Right Hand Elbow
AB
Left Hand Elbow
A





24









VAT12W250H4CT, VAT12W325H4CT,
VAT18W250H4CT, VAT18W325H4CT,
VAT24W250H4CT, VAT24W325H4CT

compartments. Field attached with
screws or welds. Order one set


wide Trenchduct. Fittings sold
separately.
VAT12W250H4CT
Four Compartment Fitting Tunnel
VA06W250H-L45, VA06W325H-L45,
VA12W250H-L45, VA12W325H-L45,
VA18W250H-L45, VA18W325H-L45,
VA24W250H-L45, VA24W325H-L45
Used to change direction of

direction. Length, width, and depth
determined by the catalog number.
Use partition to separate services
(ordered separately for standard

VA06W250H 45° Mitred Horizontal Elbow
A





24

5





12 1/2

A
B
B
Trenchduct
Width
Trenchduct
(not included)
4"
[102mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
6"
[152mm]
Trenchduct
Width
Trenchduct
(not included)
4"
[102mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
Access
Hood
Trenchduct
(not Included)
NOTE: Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.
Covers are not intended to be used without floor coverings.
TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS
Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
NOTE: To continue separation/partition from trenchduct, use
Partition # WD350-PSE.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
KEY
A.  
B.  
C.  
D.  

E.  
F.  
G.  
H.  
I.  

Walkercell® Cellular Raceway Systems offer maximum capacity for distributing
power and communication services throughout any open space environment
while maintaining separation and security between services and provides point-
of-use services in a recessed activation.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Cellular Metal Floor
Raceway: 

CEC

WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
A
C
D
H
G
E
F
B
I
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Selection Guide

SYSTEM
SYSTEM

PRESET
CATALOG NO.

TOP OF SYSTEM




WCR11/2   22 AER-11/2-21/4
WCR11/2    
WCR11/2  
WCR2   22AER-11/2-21/4
WCR2    22 AER-11/2-21/4
WCR2  
WCR2   
WCR3   22AER-11/2-21/4
WCR3    22AER-11/2-21/4
WCR3  
WCR3    

Walkercell Cellular Raceway System Layout
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
PRODUCT FAMILY
CATALOG


LOCATION

CAPACITY


MATERIAL/COLORS
Flush
Recessed
Pedestal
Single Service
Dual Service
Triple Service
Power
Communication

Alumi num

Gray

Nickel

FloorPort
FPCTC Series
 

 
FPFFTC
Series
 
FPCT Series
 

 
FPFFT Series
 

Series

 

 

 
1223AL
 
Multiplex
MP4
     

   

   
525
Series
525A
    

    
525C
    
525D
    
525F
 
525G
 

 
525I
 

     
525RT
 
525ACT
 
Walkercell Service Fitting Compatibility
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Walkercell Cable Fill Capacities – Communications


DIAMETERApprox.AREAIn2WCR11/2 WCR2 WCR3
Inches   2 2 22

TWISTED PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5    115 
      153
 2-pair, 24 AWG      
4-pair, 24 AWG   155 
25-pair, 24 AWG  24 33 
   252
    
       

TWISTED PAIR
TYPE 1    
TYPE 2    44
TYPE 3       
 2 Strand    
4 Strand    155 
      
     
Walkercell Wire Fill Capacities – Power
DIAMETER


AWG
AREA (In2WCR11/2 WCR2 WCR3
Inches    4.22 in.224.3 in.22 22
14       351
12       
      
    45  
   33 34 
4      21 41
WCR11/2
*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]
2" [51mm]
1 1/2" [38mm]
Minimum System
Depth 3 1/2" [89mm] Preset PK150
Finished Floor
WCR2
1 1⁄2" [38mm]
2" [51mm]
*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]
Minimum System
Depth 3 1/2" [89mm] Preset PK150
Finished Floor
WCR3
1 1⁄2"
[38mm]
3"
[76mm]
*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]
Minimum System
Depth 4 1/2" [114mm] Preset PK150
Finished Floor
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Preset Selection Guide

SYSTEM

PRESET
CAT. NO.
FILL

    
    
    
    
    
    

SYSTEM

PRESET
CAT. NO.
FILL

    
    
    
    
    
    

SYSTEM

PRESET
CAT. NO.
FILL

    
    
    
    
    
    



NOTE: When using a Junction Box, calculate fill capacity according to the smallest compartment.
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD





from end.


from end.
WCR11/2-10B, WCR11/2-10/24 Walkercell Raceway
WCR3-10B, WCR3-10/24 Walkercell Raceway
WCR2-10B, WCR2-10/24 Walkercell Raceway
WCR11/2-10/24 Walkercell
Raceway Top View
15 7⁄8" [403mm]
17 5/8" [448mm]
4 1⁄4" [108mm]
1 1⁄2"
[38mm]
1 1⁄8"
[29mm]
5 7/8" [149mm]
8.2 sq. in.
[5264 sq. mm] 4.22 sq. in.
[2722 sq. mm]
8.2 sq. in.
[5264 sq. mm]
WCR2-10/B Walkercell
Raceway Top View
20" [508mm]
21 3/4" [552mm]
4 1⁄4" [108mm]
3 1/4" [83mm] 1 15/16"
[49mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]
7 7/8" [200mm]
11.0 sq. in.
[7097 sq. mm]
4.3 sq. in.
[2774 sq. mm]
11.0 sq. in.
[7097 sq. mm]
3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
20" [508mm]
22" [559mm]
4 1⁄4" [108mm]
3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
3 1⁄4"
[83mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]
7 7/8" [200mm]
18.8 sq. in.
[12130 sq. mm] 8.5 sq. in.
[5484 sq. mm]
18.8 sq. in.
[12130 sq. mm]
WCR3-10/24 Walkercell
Raceway Top View
NOTE: PK Presets ordered separately. Order one PK
Preset for each preset opening in the Walkercell.

a removable steel cap that is
recessed for concrete. Each preset
is capable of housing two duplex
power receptacles and up to eight
communication connectors. Each
preset has tapped openings for

and trim rings. The presets are


Preset extensions can be used to
add height to presets as needed.
Attaches to preset to add
height. Can be field installed.
PK150, PK200, PK250, PK300, PK325
Triple Service Preset
PKER-10, PKER-15, PKER-20,
PKER-25, PKER-30 PKER Extensions
9 5/16"
[237mm]
9 5/8"
[244mm]
Mudcap
Extension Ring
PK Preset
A


A

 
 

 
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
NOTE: Suffix indicates depth of concrete over WCR2 and WCR3. For WCR11/2, concrete
depth is 1/2" greater. (Example PK150 = 2" of concrete)
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Ordering information
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
551
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD

Preset.
Used to close off
ends of raceway. End
closures are held in
place during concrete
placement using blind
rivets or welds. REC
11/2 is for WCR11/2
and REC is for WCR2,
and WCR3.
Provide ability to feed conduit
from ends of raceway. Use with
312 Fittings below.
Fits on outside of No.2 duct. For


Replaces standard mudcap at
ends of runs and near feeder to
locate cellular runs after concrete
placement.

elevation during concrete
placement. Fasten
raceway to support using
four self-drilling screws
supplied. Supports are
used at raceway butt



selection guide below.
Suffix indicates distance
between Walkercell and
slab on grade.
PKCAP Mudcap
REC11/2, REC Blank End Closures
REC11/2-CA, REC2-CA, REC3-CA
End Closures for Duct Stubs
312-3/4, 312-1, 312-11/4,
312-11/2, 312-2 Female Conduit Adapter
PMS-415N Marker Cap
RSCB-18, RSCB-33, RSCB-48
Raceway Supports
2 7/16"
[62mm]
23 3/4" [603mm]
26 3/4" [679mm]
22 1/4" [565mm]
System Depth
1/2" Min. [12.7mm]
Depth Below Cell
CAT NO. 
 to  
 to  
  to 
Installed at raceway

Walkercell is placed
on a mud slab or
concrete sidewalks

continuity between Walkercell Raceways. Fasten raceway to


RGP Grounding Plate
24" Min. [610mm]
3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1"
[25mm]
16 1/2" [419mm]
REC11/2
2 29/32"
[74mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]
20" [508mm]
REC
3 1/2"
[89mm]
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
552
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD

plates to provide trim for flooring.
Recessed to hold carpet or tile.

Suffix indicates depth.





ring to box.
Side adapter to attach Walkercell Raceway to the box.


WCR11/2 and 
WCR2 or WCR3.
Allow access into one, two, or three cells simultaneously. Field cut oblong opening in raceway and rivet or weld riser to

Used to close off ends of raceway and provide conduit knockouts. End closures are held in place with blind rivets or welds.
22LHS-1/8, 22LHS-1/4 Carpet & Tile Holder
22AER-11/2-21/4,
22AER-23/8-31/8 Adjustable Extension Ring
1001757, 929046 Junction Box Adapters
CBR-HT, CBR-LT, CBR11/2-LHT, CBR-LHT Cell Boot Risers
REC11/2-C, REC2-C, REC3-C End closures
CBR-HT 
4 1/8"
[105mm]
30"
[762mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
CBR-LT (Access to Two

30"
[762mm]
12"
[305mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
CBR11/2-LHT (Access to
All Three Compartments

For WCR11/2
4 1/8"
[105mm]
30"
[762mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
CBR-LHT (Access to
All Three Compartments

For WCR2/WCR3
4 1/8"
[105mm]
30"
[762mm]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
16 1/2" [419mm]
1/2" [12.7mm] 1"
[25mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
1/2" [12.7mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] concentric KOs
20" [508mm] 1 1/16"
[27mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
20" [508mm] 1 1/16"
[27mm]
2 15/16"
[75mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]
22 5/8"
[575mm]
22 5/8"
[575mm] 7/8"
[22.2mm]
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
553
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
FloorPort Activation Accessories for Use with Walkercell and Walkerdeck Systems
Two duplex receptacle brackets, receptacle insulators,
power grommets, and bend radius control grommets. For
use with recessed activations. Communication brackets
ordered separately. See next page.
WPACR-1G Internal Bracket

brackets, receptacle insulators, power grommets, and bend
radius control grommets. For use with recessed activations.
Communication brackets ordered separately. See next page.
WPACR-2G Internal Bracket

brackets, receptacle insulators, power grommets, and bend
radius control grommets. For use with recessed activations.
Communication brackets ordered separately. See next page.
WPACR-2G Internal Bracket
PKGRBR PK Preset Grommet
Bend Radius Control Grommets



radius.
NOTE: Not for use with communication brackets DTB-2-2AB or DTB-2-2RT.
FloorPort Bracket Compatibility
Fittings intended for a cellular raceway system must have a

of the deck. A typical UL Fire Classified floor activation will
consist of the following components:


Cover
Assembly
Activation
Assembly

Assembly
Communication


FPCTC

FPCT
-
FPFFTC
FPFFT  
DTB-2-2A (Not Included)
Bend Radius Grommet
Bend Radius Grommet
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
554
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Provides ability to feed conduit from


to close access. 
WCR11/2, WCR2, and
WCR3.

Suffix indicates depth of con-

Use chart below to determine

11/2JBC-CA, 22JBC-CA,
33JBC-CA Junction Box Closure with Duct Stubs
11/2JBC, 22JBC, 33JBC
Junction Box Closure
AERHB-116, AERHB-132,
AERHB-148, AERHB-200,
AERHB-048 Hardware Bag


Cover Depth Over Walkercell
      

 
 


WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
FloorPort Activation Accessories for Use with Walkercell and Walkerdeck Systems
Used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. Supplied with base and three



sold separately.
PKKIT Barrier Kit
Two duplex receptacle brackets,
receptacle insulators, power
grommets, and bend radius control
grommets. Communication brackets
ordered separately.
WPACR-1G Internal Bracket
Plastic clips on back of bracket
provide cable storage loop. For
use with WPACR. Activate 2A

DTB-2-2A Communication Bracket

field. For use with WPACR. Wiremold
Open System inserts sold separately.
DTB-2-B Communication Bracket

For use with WPACR. Wiremold Open
System inserts sold separately.
DTB-2-4TKO Communication Bracket

or Ortronics®
Ortronics® and Activate adapters
included.
DTB-2-2AB, DTB-2-RT
Communication Bracket
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
555
INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Used as a feeder raceway for
Walkercell Systems. Standard



end to fasten coupling channels.
Used to connect ends of

together. Channels are furnished




with blind rivet or weld
Walkercell Headerduct
Coupling Channels
Headerduct End Closure
60" [1524mm]
B
A
Walkercell Headerduct
CATALOG NO. A
  
   
  
A
B
A
B
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Headerduct Ordering Information
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Headerduct Coupling Channel
CATALOG NO. A
  
  

Headerduct End Closure
CATALOG NO. A
  
  
   
Used at intersections of Walkercell Raceway. Partitions inside box maintain separation of




Junction Boxes
NOTE: The minimum depth of Junction Box is 1/2"
[12.7mm] higher than WCR2 and WCR3, and is 1"
[25mm] higher than WCR11/2.
* WCR2 feeds WCR11/2 distribution and WCR3
feeds WCR2 distribution.
CATALOG NO. SIDE OPENINGS 
   
   
 

 
   

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
Used as a large capacity feeder system for Walkercell. Cellular raceway attaches to side of



JBH Series Junction Box Header
NOTE: All capacities based on a minimum 80% allowance where cables may encounter a restriction point inside of
junction box. Consult factory for WCR3 capacities.
Junction Box Headers Used with WCR11/2
CATALOG





RING

SYSTEM

POWER
CAPACITY
POWER

COMMUNICATION
CAPACITY
 








2



2
 








2



2
 








2


31.25
2
Junction Box Headers Used with WCR2
CATALOG





RING

SYSTEM

POWER
CAPACITY
POWER

COMMUNICATION
CAPACITY









2



2









2



2









2



2
WALKERCELL® CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
Walkercell Cellular Raceway Headerduct Ordering Information (continued)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
557
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Modular Wiring SySteMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring Systems offer cost-effective wire management
capabilities for power distribution. This system can be utilized with a wide
variety of Wiremold® point-of-use products enabling maximum flexibility
relating to adds, moves and changes.
558
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring System
Table of Contents
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
558
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.
KEY
A typical workstation layout using
Walkerflex products to feed furniture
panel and AF Series Raised Floor
Box in a raised floor application.
AF Series
Raised Floor Box
NCBS
Cable Splitter
NCW
Cable Whip Homerun Cable
NDU
Distribution Unit
NCS
Cable Set
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Layout
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring Systems are designed to provide the highest level
of flexibility for power distribution as well as reducing the cost relating to future
adds, moves, and changes.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Manufactured Wiring
Systems:
File E51105 Guide QQVX
Meets Article 300.22(c), 314 & 604 of NEC.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
559
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Prewired Distribution Unit
Receptacle Distribution Unit
Furniture Feed Distribution Unit
Unwired Distribution Unit
Conversion point from
electrical closet to the
Walkerflex System.
Unit can be prewired to
buss bar system or be
prewired with home run
cable. Consult factory
for prewiring home run
cable.
Example: NDUP222WC6
Prewired receptacle
unit that is fed with the
flex system.
Example: RECDU111
Conversion point from rigid EMT, BX, or other listed
manufactured wiring systems to the Walkerflex Modular
Wiring System.
Example: NDU332FF
Conversion point from
electrical closet to the
Walkerflex System. Unit
is for field wiring.
Example: NDU222WC6
NOTE: All distribution units are wired
with #10 AWG wire and a #12
Equipment ground.
NDU P 2 2 2 WC 6
Identifies the
Distribution Unit
NDU=120V
LDU=277V
Identifies how
unit is wired: ( )
Unwired – No
identifier needed
(see unwired
example above
(P) Prewired)
Number of Circuits,
also number of Hot
Conductors per
Connector. Insert "1"
for single circuit, "2"
for two-circuit, "3" for
three-circuit, "4" for
four-circuit, or "6" for
six-circuit.
Identifies Number
of Neutral
Conductors per
Connector, Four
(4) Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number of Ground
Conductors per
Connector. Insert
"1" for one System
Ground or "2" for
one System Ground
and one Isolated
Ground.
"WC" stands for
Wire Connector.
Remains constant.
Identifies Number
of Power "OUT"
Wire Connectors.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
NDU 3 3 2 FF
Identifies the Furniture Feed
Distribution Unit.
NDU=120V
LDU=277V
Number of Circuits, also
number of Hot Conductors.
Insert “1” for single circuit,
“2” for two-circuit, “3” for
three-circuit, “4” for four-
circuit, or “6” for six-circuit.
Identifies number of Neutral
Conductors. Four (4)
Conductors maximum.
All Neutrals #10 AWG.
Number of Ground
Conductors. Insert “1” for
one System Ground or “2” for
one System Ground and one
Isolated Ground.
“FF” stands for Furniture
Feed. Remains constant.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
RECDU 1 1 1
Identifies the
Receptacle
Distribution Unit.
Remains
constant.
Number of
Circuits, also
number of Hot
Conductors.
Insert “1” for
single circuit, “2”
for two-circuit,
“3” for three-
circuit, “4” for
four-circuit, or
“6” for six-circuit.
Identifies number
of Neutral
Conductors.
Four (4)
Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals #10
AWG.
Number
of Ground
Conductors.
Insert “1” for
one System
Ground or “2”
for one System
Ground and
one Isolated
Ground.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations
Chart in this section.
NOTE: Not suitable for use in air handling spaces.
NOTE: Units need to be field wired.
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components
NOTE: All distribution units are wired
with #10 AWG wire and a #12
Equipment ground.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
560
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Cable Sets
Cable Whip
Carries Power from distribution unit to other components in flex system. Standard
lengths: 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, and 50 ft. [305mm, 1.52m, 3.05m, 4.57m, 7.62m,
9.14m, 12.19m, and 15.24m]. Consult factory for all other lengths.
Cable Whips have a modular connector on one end and pigtails on the other end.
Coded “M” (male) for power “OUT” or “F” (female) for power “IN”.
Example: NCW111AL10F
Carries power from distribution unit to other components in flex system. Standard
lengths: 1, 5, 10, 15, 25, 30, 40, and 50 ft. [305mm, 1.52m, 3.05m, 4.57m, 7.62m,
9.14m, 12.19m,15.24m]. Consult factory for all other lengths.
Cable set will have a plug on both ends. Coded “M” (Male) on one end (“Power
Out”) and coded “F” (Female) on the other end (“Power In”) which allows proper
connections.
Example: NCS111AL10
NCW 1 1 1 A L 10 F
Identifies the
Cable Whip.
NCW=120V
LCW=277V
Number of Circuits,
also number of Hot
Conductors, insert
“1” for single circuit,
“2” for two-circuit,
“3” for three-circuit,
“4” for four-circuit,
or “6” for six-circuit.
Identifies Number
of Neutral
Conductors, Four
(4) Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number
of Ground
Conductors,
insert “1” for one
System Ground,
or “2” for one
System Ground
and one Isolated
Ground.
Identifies
Gage of Hot
and Ground
Conductors.
(A) = #12 AWG
(B) = #10 AWG
“L” stands
for Length,
remains
constant.
Length of MC
Cable in feet.
Insert “M”
for Power
Out or “F”
for Power In.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
NCS 1 1 1 A L 10
Identifies the Cable
Whip.
NCW=120V
LCW=277V
Number of Circuits,
also number of Hot
Conductors, insert “1”
for single circuit, “2”
for two-circuit, “3” for
three-circuit, “4” for
four-circuit, or “6” for
six-circuit.
Identifies Number of
Neutral Conductors,
Four (4) Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number of Ground
Conductors, insert
“1” for one System
Ground, or “2” for
one System Ground
and one Isolated
Ground.
Identifies Gage of
Hot and Ground
Conductors.
(A) = #12 AWG
(B) = #10 AWG
“L” stands
for Length,
remains
constant.
Length of MC
Cable in feet.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
Female (In)
Male (Out)
F
emal
e (In) Male (Out)
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)
2 1/2"
[64mm] 3 1/2"
[89mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm] 5 11/16"
[145mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Female (In)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
561
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Modular Power Adapter
Power Adapters
All adapters are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that
is to be energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, convenience outlets
and various lighting fixtures. Power adapters are for 120V & 277V, 20A applications
with a standard 8' [2.4m] MC cable whip and 12" [305mm] leads on the end.
Not available in 8-10 wire.
Example: NPA222AL15
All adapters are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that
is to be energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, convenience outlets
and various lighting fixtures. Power adapters are for 120V & 277V, 20A applications
with a male "Power Out" head at one end and the power adapter at the other end.
NOTE: Only available in up to 6-wire configurations.
Example: NPA222AL10M
NPA 2 2 2 A L 15
Identifies the
Power Adapter
NPA=120V
LPA=277V
Number of Circuits,
Also Number of
Hot Conductors.
Insert “1” for single
circuit, “2” for
two-circuit.
Identifies Number of
Neutral Conductors,
Two (2) Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number of Ground
Conductors. Insert
“1” for one System
Ground, or “2” for
one System Ground
and one Isolated
Ground.
Identifies Gage of
Hot and Ground
Conductors.
(A) = #12 AWG
(B) = #10 AWG
“L” stands for
Length, remains
constant.
Length of MC
Cable in feet.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
NPA 2 2 2 A L 10 M
Identifies the
Power Adapter
NPA = 120V
LPA = 277V
No. of Circuits,
also No. of Hot
Conductors.
Insert “1” for
single circuit, “2”
for two-circuit,
“3” for three-
circuit.
Identifies No. of
Neutral Conductors,
Two (2) Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number
of Ground
Conductors.
Insert “1” for
one System
Ground, or “2”
for one System
Ground and one
Isolated Ground.
Identifies
Gage of Hot
and Ground
Conductors.
(A) = #12 AWG
(B) = #10 AWG
“L”
stands for
Length,
remains
constant.
Length of
MC Cable in
feet.
M = Male
Power Out
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
4 3/32"
[104mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
1 11/32"
[34mm]
NOTE: Only available in up to 6-wire configurations.
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
562
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Cable Splitter
Power Tap
All taps are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that is to be
energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, and lighting fixtures. Power Taps
are for 120V & 277V applications with standard 8" leads on the end. Not available in
8-10 wire configurations.
Example: NPT18B111
NPT 18 B 1 1 1
Identifies the
Power Tap
NPT = 120V Unit
LPT = 277V Unit
Identifies Size of Wires
18 = #18AWG
12 = #12AWG
Egress Options
B = Bottom Egress
S = Side Egress
Identifies Number of
Hot Conductors
1 = Single Circuit
2 = Two Circuits
3 = Three Circuits
Identifies Number of
Neutral Conductors
Two (2) Conductors
maximum.
Identifies Number
of Grounds.
1 = 1 System Ground
2 = 2 System Ground &
Isolated Ground
Used to split one or more circuits so that it can be
used in more than one direction from a given point.
Example: NCBS111
NCBS 1 1 1
Identifies the Cable
Splitter Unit.
NCBS=120V
LCBS=277V
Number of Hot Conductors. Insert
“1” for single circuit,
“2” for two-circuit, “3” for three-
circuit, “4” for four-circuit,
or “6” for six-circuit.
Identifies Number of Neutral Conductors,
Four (4) Conductors maximum.
All Neutrals #10 AWG.
Number of Ground Conductors.
Insert “1” for one System Ground,
or “2” for one System Ground and
one Isolated Ground.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
3 1/16"
[78mm]
4 3/32"
[104mm]
1 11/32"
[34mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
6 5/32"
[156mm]
1 19/32"
[40mm]
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
563
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Wire Connectors
NWC 2 2 2 A L 12 F S
Identifies
the Wire
Connector.
NWC=120V
LWC=277V
Number of
Circuits, also
number of Hot
Conductors. Insert
“1” for single
circuit, “2” for
two-circuit, “3” for
three-circuit, “4”
for four-circuit, or
“6” for six-circuit.
Identifies
number
of Neutral
Conductors.
Four (4),
Conductors
maximum.
All Neutrals
#10 AWG.
Number
of Ground
Conductors.
Insert “1” for
one System
Ground or “2”
for one System
Ground and
one Isolated
Ground.
Identifies
Gage of Hot
and Ground
Conductors.
(A) = #12 AWG
(B) = #10AWG
Identifies
Length.
“L”
remains
constant.
Identifies
Length of
Wires (in
inches)
protruding
out of back
side of the
Connector.
Identifies
Power
Direction “F”
(Female) for
Power “IN”,
“M” (Male)
for Power
“OUT”.
Identifies
method of
securing in
device. “L”
for Lock
Nut, “S” for
Snap Ring.
NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.
Connectors are used to transition between the distribution units, cable sets, and end devices (floor boxes, poles, or
raceway). Standard wire lengths are 8", 12" and 18" [203mm, 305mm, and 457mm].
NOTE: Locking Ring style is only available up to 6 wire configurations.
Example: NWC222AL12FS Example: NWC222AL12MS Example: NWC332AL12FS Example: NWC332AL12MS
SNAP RING STYLE
Example: NWC222AL12FL Example: NWC222AL12ML
LOCKING RING STYLE
36 WIRE CONFIGURATION
KEY
COLOR
WIRING
CONFIGURATION
WIRING
VOLTAGE H N G
BLACK 111 120V 1 1 1
211 120V 2 1 1
311 120V 3 1 1
ORANGE 112 120V/IG 1 1 2
212 120V/IG 2 1 2
222 120V/IG 2 2 2
NATURAL 221 120V/2N 2 2 1
YELLOW 111 277V 1 1 1
211 277V 2 1 1
311 277V 3 1 1
GREEN 112 277V/IG 1 1 2
212 277V/IG 2 1 2
222 277V/IG 2 2 2
BLUE 221 277V/2N 2 2 1
Walkerflex Wiring Configurations
810 WIRING CONFIGURATION
KEY
COLOR
WIRING
CONFIGURATION
WIRING
VOLTAGE H N G
BLACK 422 120V 4 2 2
ORANGE 442 120V/IG 4 4 2
NATURAL 332 120V 3 3 2
BLUE 631 120V 6 3 1
IVORY 622 120V 6 2 2
Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
564
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
AF Series
AF2 K C 2 111 PA
AF Series:
AF2 or AF4
Cover Color:
K = Black
Y = Gray
N = Brown
Cover Insert:
C =Carpet Insert
T =Tile (No Insert)
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
SAF K C 2 111 PA
SAF Series Cover Color:
K = Black
Y = Gray
N = Brown
Cover Insert:
C =Carpet Insert
T =Tile (No Insert)
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
AF2 and AF4 prewired raised floor/raised stage boxes have been designed to work
with power, communications and AV devices. The housings are made from die-cast
aluminum material with a polycarbonate cover and flange assembly. Comes with a
1
ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
AF2 & AF4 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes
SAF prewired shallow raised floor/raised stage boxes have been designed to work with power,
communications and AV devices in a minimum 2 1/2" deep floor. The housings are made from
formed galvanized steel with a polycarbonate cover
Prewired Raised Floor Boxes
DESCRIPTION
DIMENSIONS
AF2 AF4
Overall Trim Ring 8 3/4" x 6 3/4" [222mm x 171mm] 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]
Module Depth 5" [127mm] 5" [127mm]
Panel Opening 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
Cover Size 7 1/2" x 5" [191mm x 127mm] 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]
Activation Chamber 130 cu in. [2130ml] 220 cu in. [3604ml]
User Volume 78.6 cu in. [1288ml] 180 cu in. [2948ml]
Total Volume 208.6 cu in. [3418ml] 300 cu in. [4915ml]
Knockout Sizes Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4"
Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)
Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4"
Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)
Depth Behind Plate 2 3/4" [69.8mm] 2 3/4" [69.8mm]
Service Triple Triple
Capacity 4 Gangs 8 Gangs
Connectivity 6 Ports Unloaded 12 Ports Unloaded
Max. Floor Thickness 1 1/2" [38mm] (Floor covering included) 1 1/2" [38mm] (Floor covering included)
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
Overall Trim Ring 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]
Module Depth Overall 2.5" [64mm]
Panel Opening 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
Cover Size 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]
Activation Volume 18.5 cu in. [303ml]
Power Volume 29 cu in. [475ml]
Maximum Floor Panel Thickness with
Floor Covering
1 3/16" [30mm]
Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm]
Service Triple
Capacity 3 Gangs
Connectivity 6 Ports Unloaded
Mx. Floor Thickness 1 3/8" [35mm] (Floor covering included)
Standard Product
Offerings: AF2
AF2KC2111PA
AF2YC2111PA
AF2NC2111PA
AF2KT2111PA
AF2YT2111PA
AF2NT2111PA
AF2KC2222PA
AF2YC2222PA
AF2NC2222PA
AF2KT2222PA
AF2YT2222PA
AF2NT2222PA
AF2KC4222PA
AF2YC4222PA
AF2NC4222PA
AF2KT4222PA
AF2YT4222PA
AF2NT4222PA
Standard Product
Offerings: AF4
AF4KC2111PA
AF4YC2111PA
AF4NC2111PA
AF4KT2111PA
AF4YT2111PA
AF4NT2111PA
AF4KC2222PA
AF4YC2222PA
AF4NC2222PA
AF4KT2222PA
AF4YT2222PA
AF4NT2222PA
AF4KC4222PA
AF4YC4222PA
AF4NC4222PA
AF4KT4222PA
AF4YT4222PA
AF4NT4222PA
SAF Series
Standard Product Offerings: SAF
SAFKC2111PA
SAFYC2111PA
SAFNC2111PA
SAFKT2111PA
SAFYT2111PA
SAFNT2111PA
SAFKC2222PA
SAFYC2222PA
SAFNC2222PA
SAFKT2222PA
SAFYT2222PA
SAFNT2222PA
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
565
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
AC8X10 Series
AC8X8 Series
The AC Series Floor Box is an 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] single-service, prewired
raised floor/raised stage box designed to work with power devices in a minimum
4" [102mm] deep floor. The housings are made from formed galvanized steel with
a die-cast aluminum cover and flange assembly.
AC8840 & AC8850 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes
The AC810 Series Prewired Raised Floor/Raised Stage Boxes are designed to work
with power and communications devices in a minimum 4" [102mm] deep floor. The
housings are made from formed galvanized steel with a die-cast aluminum cover
and flange assembly. Comes with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
AC8104 & AC8105 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes
Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)
DESCRIPTION AC8840 DIMENSIONS AC8850 DIMENSIONS
Box Dimensions 8" x 8" x 4" [203mm x 203mm x 102mm] 8" x 8" x 5" [203mm x 203mm x 127mm]
Overall Trim Ring 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm]
Module Depth 4" [102mm] 5" [127mm]
Panel Opening 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
Cover Size 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm]
Activation Chamber 63.92 cu in. [1047ml] 97.22 cu in. [1593ml]
User Volume 84.34 cu in. [1382ml] 102.22 cu in. [1674ml]
Total Volume 152.34 cu in. [2496ml] 199.22 cu in. [3264ml]
Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"
Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4"
Trade Size Concentric KOs
Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"
Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"
Trade Size Concentric KOs
Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm] 2" [51mm]
Service Single Single
Capacity 4 Gangs 4 Gangs
Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (floor covering included) 2" [51mm] (floor covering included)
DESCRIPTION AC8104 DIMENSIONS AC8105W DIMENSIONS
Box Dimensions 8" x 10" x 4" [203mm x 254mm x 102mm] 8" x 10" x 5" [203mm x 254mm x 127mm]
Overall Trim Ring 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]
Module Depth 4" [102mm] 5" [127mm]
Panel Opening 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]
Cover Size 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]
Activation Chamber 76.87 cu in. [1593ml] 111.08 cu in. [1820ml]
User Volume 130.09 cu in. [2131ml] 151.97 cu in. [2490ml]
Total Volume 201.09 cu in. [3295ml] 262.97 cu in. [4309ml]
Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"
Trade Size Concentric KOs
Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade
Size Concentric KOs
Depth Behind Plate 1 3/4" [44mm] 2" [51mm]
Service Dual Triple
Capacity 6 Gangs 6 Gangs
Connectivity 12 Ports Unloaded 18 Ports Unloaded
Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (floor covering included) 2" [51mm] (floor covering included)
AC 88 50 Y C 2 111 PA
AC
Series
Cover Size:
88 = 8" x 8"
Box Depth:
40 = 4" Deep
50 = 5" Deep
Cover Color:
Y = Gray
Cover Insert:
C = Carpet
Insert
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
AC 810 5 Y C 2 111 PA
AC
Series
Cover Size:
810 = 8" x 10"
Box Depth:
4" = 4" Deep
5" = 5" Deep
Cover Color:
Y = Gray
Cover Insert:
C = Carpet
Insert
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
Standard Product
Offerings: AC8850
AC8850YC2111PA
AC8850YC2222PA
AC8850YC42222PA
Standard Product
Offerings: AC8105
AC8105YC2111PA
AC8105YC2222PA
AC8105YC42222PA
Standard Product
Offerings: AC8840
AC8840YC2111PA
AC8840YC2222PA
Standard Product
Offerings: AC8104
AC8104YC2111PA
AC8104YC2222PA
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
566
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
AC10105
CRFB
AC10105 prewired raised floor/raised stage boxes. The AC10105 is a 10" x 10"
[203mm x 254mm] box that has been designed to work with power, communica-
tions and audio visual devices in a minimum 5" [127mm] deep floor. The housings
are made from formed galvanized steel with a die-cast aluminum cover and flange
assembly. Comes with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Prewired round raised floor/wood floor stage boxes. Die-cast aluminum is
designed to work with power, communication, and A/V devices in a minimum 6 1/2"
[165mm] deep floor. Comes with a 1 foot modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
Box Dimensions 10" x 10" x 5" [254mm x 254mm x 127mm]
Overall Trim Ring 11 1/2" x 11 1/2" [292mm x 292mm]
Module Depth 5" [127mm]
Panel Opening 10" x 10" [254mm x 254mm]
Cover Size 9 5/8" x 9 5/8" [245mm x 245mm]
Activation Chamber 115 cu in. [1884ml]
User Volume 243 cu in. [3981ml]
Total Volume 358 cu in. [5865ml]
Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs
Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm]
Service Triple
Capacity 6 Gangs
Connectivity 18 Ports Unloaded
Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (Floor covering included)
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS
Box Dimensions 9 1/2" [241mm] Diameter x 6 5/8" [168mm] Tall
Overall Trim Ring 9 1/2" [241mm] Diameter
Module Depth 3 3/4" [95mm]
Panel Opening 9 1/2" [241mm]
Cover Size 9 1/4" [235mm] Diameter
Activation Chamber:
Chambers 1 and 2 23.5 cu in. [385ml]
Chamber 3 17.5 cu in. [287ml]
Chamber 4 32.8 cu in. [538ml]
User Volume 30 cu in. [762ml]
Total Volume 127.3 cu in. [3233ml]
Knockout Sizes Four (4) Concentric 1/2" - 3/4" Trade Size
Three (3) Concentric 3/4" - 1" Trade Size
One (1) 2" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plate 2 1/4" [57mm]
Service Triple
Capacity 4 Gangs
Communication Device 6 Ports Unloaded
Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (Floor covering included)
AC 1010 5 Y C 2 111 PA
AC
Series
Cover Size:
1010 =10" x 10"
Box Depth:
5 = 5" Deep
Cover Color:
Y = Gray
Cover Insert:
C = Carpet
Insert
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power
Adapter
CRFB4P 2 111 PA
Cover Size:
7 11/16" diameter
No. of Receptacles:
2 = 2 Receptacles
4 = 4 Receptacles
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
Standard Product
Offerings: AC10105
AC10105YC2111PA
AC10105YC2222PA
AC10105YC42222PA
Standard Product
Offerings: CRFB
CRFB4P2111PA
CRFB4P2222PA
CRFB4P4222PA
NOTE: Covers are sold separately.
For more information on cover
options, see the next page.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
567
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBK),
brass (CRFBCTCBS),
nickel (CRFBCTCNK),
bronze (CRFBCTCBZ) or
gray (CRFBCTCGY) finish.
Insert areas allow for tile
or carpet cutouts to match
finished floor.
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBBTCBSTR),
nickel (CRFBBTCNKTR),
bronze (CRFBBTCBZTR)
or gray (CRFBBTCGYTR)
finish. No cutouts are
provided. Lid has built-in
key locking feature for
tamper resistance.
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBK), brass
(CRFBBTCBS), nickel
(CRFBBTCNK), bronze
(CRFBBTCBZ) or gray
(CRFBBTCGY) finish. No
cutouts are provided for
floor coverings.
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: black
(8CTCBK), gray (8CTCGY),
nickel (8CTCNK), brass
(8CTCBS), or bronze
(8CTCBZ).
Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: black
(8CTCBK), gray (8CTCGY),
nickel (8CTCNK), brass
(8CTCBS), or bronze
(8CTCBZ).
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBCTCBSTR),
nickel (CRFBCTCNKTR),
bronze (CRFBCTCBZTR)
or gray (CRFBCTCGYTR)
finish. Lid has built-in key
locking feature for tamper
resistance. Insert areas
allow for tile or carpet
cutouts to match finished
floor.
Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)
CRFBCTC Surface Style Cover Assembly CRFBBTCTR
Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly
CRFBBTC Surface Style Cover Assembly 8CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
8CT* Flush Style Cover AssemblyCRFBCTCTR
Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 3/16"
[233mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant cover assembly.
Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single tamper-resistant screw.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
568
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices
6STCP
Recessed modular stem assembly – includes 6” [152mm] core hole poke-thru stem assembly
with a disposable plate and two proprietary 20A duplex receptacles. Devices are recessed 3 1/4”
[83mm] below the surface, no cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies
(Purchased separately): 6CTC and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Included: For Side Compartments: Two (2) proprietary 20 Amp duplex receptacles installed. For
Center Compartment: One (1) 6ACT8A Mounting Plate, One (1) 6TRAC Mounting Plate, and One (1)
6SER Mounting Plate. For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing, One
(1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through Housing Assembly, and One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4” Conduit
Housing Assembly.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be wired as a standard or isolated ground devices.
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness
range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
16 3/4"
[425mm]
6STCPAV
Recessed modular stem assembly – includes 6" [152mm] core hole poke-thru stem assembly
with a disposable plate and one proprietary 20A duplex receptacle. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below the surface, no cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies
(Purchased separately): 6CTC and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Included: For Side Compartments: One (1) proprietary 20 Amp duplex receptacle installed, 682A
Device Plate, and 68MAAP Device Plate. For Center Compartment: 6DEC Mounting Plate, 6AAP
Mounting Plate, and 6MAAP Mounting Plate. For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang
Pass-Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through Housing Assembly, and One
(1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4" Conduit Housing Assembly.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be wired as a standard or isolated ground devices.
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness
range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
6 S TC P 222 PA
Diameter of
Poke-Thru
Device:
6 = 6" [152mm]
S = Stem
Assembly
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Unit is prewired with 2
20A Duplex Receptacles
installed to a Walkeflex
connector
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power
Adapter
6 S TC PAV 111 PA
Diameter of
Poke-Thru
Device:
6 = 6" [152mm]
S = Stem
Assembly
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Unit is prewired with 1 20A
Duplex Receptacle installed
to a Walkerflex connector
AV = Audio/Visual
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit,
1 Neutral,
System Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power
Adapter
16 3/4"
[425mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
569
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
6ATCFF
8STCP
Recessed modular stem assembly with disposable plate – includes 6" [152mm] core hole poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below the surface, no
cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies (Purchased separately): 6CTC
and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.
Included For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly,
One (1) 15FFHA 1 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4" Conduit
Housing Assembly
NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness
range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
Recessed modular stem assembly with disposable plate – includes 8" core hole poke-thru stem
assembly with a disposable plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below the surface, no cover
assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies (Purchased separately): 8CTC and
8CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Included For Bottom Feed Compartments: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly,
One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit
Housing Assembly.
NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness
range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
6 A TC FF BK 422 CW
Diameter of
Poke-Thru
Device:
6 = 6" [152mm]
A = Assembled
Unit
Unit is
approved tile,
wood, and
carpet covered
floors
Furniture Feed
Style Poke-Thru
Device
Color of Cover Assembly =
BK = Black
GY = Gray
BS = Brass
NK = Nickel
BE = Bronze
Power Delivery System:
422 = 4 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,
Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
CW =Cable Whip
8 S TC P 222 PA
Diameter of Poke-
Thru Device:
8 = 8" [203mm]
S = Stem
Assembly
Unit is approved
tile, wood, and
carpet covered
floors
Unit is prewired with 2 20A
Duplex Receptacles installed to
a Walkerflex connector
Power Delivery System:
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,
Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA =Power Adapter
16 3/4"
[425mm]
Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices
Flush Poke-Thru Devices
16 3/4"
[425mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
570
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
RC9A15TC
RC4ATC
Surface style poke-thru assembly – Prewired 15A quad receptacle with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex
cable whip. Poke-thru unit fits into a 3" [76.2 mm] diameter core hole. Unit also includes two
openings for pass through capability for one (1) 4-pair category 5e or category 6 cable per opening.
Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.
Standard Offerings: RC9A15TCBK111CW, RC9A15TCGY111CW, RC9A15TCBS111CW,
RC9A15TCAA111CW, RC9A15TCAL111CW, RC9A15TCAB111CW
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range
1/8" to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
Surface style poke-thru assembly – Two (2) prewired 20A proprietary receptacles with a 1 ft. modular
Walkerflex connector. The duplex receptacle on the “A” side is wired to the system ground and the
duplex receptacle on the “B” side is wired to isolated ground. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [101.6
mm] diameter core hole. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.
Unit also includes:
• Openinsertsunloadedtoacceptdiscretekeystoneconnectorsfrommostmanufacturers
• OrtronicsTracjacksmountingbezel
• OrtronicsSeriesIIcommunicationhousing
Standard Offerings: RC4ATCBK222PA, RC4ATCGY222PA, RC4ATCBS222PA, RC4ATCAL222PA,
RC4ATCAA222PA, RC4ATCAB222PA
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"
to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors. Modular Jacks sold separately.
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
RC9A 15 TC BK 111 CW
Surface Style Poke-
Thru, Model: RC9A
15 = 15A Quad
Power Receptacle
Unit is approved tile, wood,
and carpet covered floors
Color of Cover Assembly:
BK = Black
GY = Gray
AL = Aluminum
BS = Brass
AA = All Aluminum
AB = All Brass
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,
System Ground
Style of Feed:
CW = Cable Whip
RC4 A TC BK 222 PA
Surface Style
Poke-Thru,
Model: RC4
A = Assembled
Unit
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Color of Cover Assembly:
BK = Black
GY = Gray
AL = Aluminum
BS = Brass
AA = All Aluminum
AB = All Brass
Power Delivery System:
222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,
Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
16 3/4"
[425mm]
16 3/4"
[425mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
571
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
AV3ATC
RC7ATC
Surface style AV poke-thru assembly – One (1) prewired 20A proprietary receptacle with a 1 ft.
modular Walkerflex power adapter. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [101.6mm] diameter core hole.
Unit also includes:
• One(1)ExtronadaptertoacceptExtronMAAPminiarchitecturaladapterplates.
(Extron devices sold separately, only through authorized Extron dealers).
• One(1)Wiremoldopensystemadapterandinsertsunloadedtoacceptdiscretekeystone
connectors from most manufacturers
• One(1)OrtronicsTracjacksadapter
• One(1)OrtronicsSeriesIIadapter
Standard Offerings: AVATCBK111PA, AV3ATCGY111PA, AV3ATCBS111PA, AV3ATCAL111PA,
AV3ATCAA111PA, AV3ATCAB111PA
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range
1/8" to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors. Modular Jacks sold separately.
Surface style poke-thru assembly – One (1) prewired 20A proprietary receptacle with a 1 ft. modular
Walkerflex cable whip. The Poke-thru unit fits into a 3" [76.2 mm] diameter core hole.
Unit also includes:
• One(1)Wiremoldopensystemadapterandinsertsunloadedtoacceptdiscretekeystone
connectors from most manufacturers
• Two(2)Cat.6TechChoicediscretekeystonemodularjacks
• One(1)OrtronicsTracJackadapter
Standard Offerings: RC7ATCBK111CW, RC7ATCGY111CW, RC7ATCBS111CW, RC7ATCAL111CW,
RC7ATCAA111CW, RC7ATCAB111CW
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"
to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
AV3 ATC BK 111 PA
Surface Style
Poke-Thru,
Model: AV3
A = Assembled
Unit
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Color of Cover Assembly:
BK = Black
GY = Gray
AL = Aluminum
BS = Brass
AA = All Aluminum
AB = All Brass
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,
System Ground
Style of Feed:
PA = Power Adapter
RC7 A TC BK 111 CW
Surface Style
Poke-Thru,
Model: RC7
A = Assembled
Unit
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Color of Cover Assembly:
BK = Black
GY = Gray
AL = Aluminum
BS = Brass
AA = All Aluminum
AB = All Brass
Power Delivery System:
111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,
System Ground
Style of Feed:
CW = Cable Whip
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
16 3/4"
[425mm]
16 3/4"
[425mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
572
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
4FFATC
Furniture feed style poke-thru assembly – Complete with one-piece finish flange and conduit
assembly. Finish covers flange provided with one (1) 3/4" trade size screw plug opening and one (1)
1 1/4" trade size screw plug opening. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [102 mm] diameter core hole.
Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.
Unit also includes:
• One(1)3/4"tradesizeconduitadapter.
• One(1)11/4"tradesizeconduitadapter.
Standard Offerings: 4FFATCBK422CW, 4FFATCGY422CW, 4FFATCBS422CW, 4FFATCAL422CW,
NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"
to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
4FF A TC BK 422 CW
4FF = Furniture
Feed Style Poke-
Thru Device
A = Assembled
Unit
Unit is approved tile,
wood, and carpet
covered floors
Color of Cover Assembly:
BK = Black
GY = Gray
AL = Aluminum
BS = Brass
Power Delivery System:
422 = 4 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,
Isolated Ground
Style of Feed:
CW = Cable Whip
Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices
16 3/4"
[425mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
573
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring SySteM
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices Specifications
The copper cross-sectional area determines the amount
of wire fill capacity in a poke-thru device. Unlike other
wire and cable management systems that utilize wire
fill capacity, a poke-thru device is UL tested under fire
conditions to determine the maximum amount of copper
conductors that will pass through a poke-thru device, while
maintaining the fire-rating of the floor assembly. All Walker
Flush Style Devices are UL Classified to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards (see complete marking on product) to
accommodate at a maximum rating as follows:
RC7 SERIES
Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:
RC7 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]
RC7 Each Communication Compartment Only = .0040 sq. in.
[2.58mm2]
NOTE: The RC7 Series requires a 3" [76mm] cored hole.
(American made core bit having an outside diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm].)
RC9 SERIES
Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:
RC9 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]
RC9 Each Communication Compartment Only = .0040 sq. in.
[2.58mm2]
NOTE: The RC9 Series requires a 3" [76mm] cored hole.
(American made core bit having an outside diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm].)
AV3 SERIES
Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:
AV3 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]
AV3 Communication Compartment Only = .01938 sq. in.
[12.503mm2]
NOTE: The AV3 Series requires a 4" [102mm] cored hole.
(American made core bit having an outside diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm].)
RC4 SERIES
Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:
RC4 Power Compartment Only = .03072 sq. in. [19.82mm2]
RC4 Each Communication Compartment Only = .008 sq. in.
[5.16mm2]
NOTE: The RC4 Series requires a 4" [102mm] cored hole.
(American made core bit having an outside diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm].)
Copper Cross Section
COM50 1/2" Trade
Size Conduit
Connections
(Sold Separately)
Intumescent
Material
3/4" Trade Size
EMT Conduit
Trim Flange for
Carpet or Tile Concrete Slab
Junction Box
24.5 cu in. [401ml]
Scrub Water
Gasket
Retaining Flange
IMPORTANT!
The above maximum copper cross sectional area values are for
each individual power and communication compartment.
DO NOT add values together for any one compartment.
CAUTION! Core bits vary in size from manufacturer to
manufacturer:
•Usea3"[76mm]Americanmadecorebithavinganoutside
diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm]. Minimum hole diameter: 3 1/16"
[78mm].
•Usea4"[102mm]Americanmadecorebithavinganoutside
diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm]. Minimum hole diameter: 4 1/16"
[103mm].
CAUTION! These devices are suitable for 1, 1 1/2, and 2 hour rated
floor assemblies as described in the UL Fire Resistance directory
for each service.
These devices meet all UL scrub water requirements, but are
notsuitableforwetordamplocations,orotherareassubject
to saturation with water or other liquids such as commercial
kitchens.
Concrete Thickness Min/Max:
1-Hour Rated Floor – 2 1/4" [57mm] min over top of deck (or 3"
[76mm] thick reinforced concrete slab) to a maximum of 7 1/2"
[191mm].
2-Hour Rated Floor – 3 1/4" [83mm] min over top of deck (or 4"
[102mm] thick reinforced concrete slab) to a maximum of 7 1/2"
[191mm].
Floor Coverings:
The poke-thru device is fire rated for carpet and wood covered
concrete floors, and tile floor coverings 1/8" to 3/4" [3.2mm to
19.1mm] thickness. For floor coverings not listed above, consult
factory.
Copper Cross Sectional Area
of Commonly Used Conductors
SIZE SOLID
#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.206mm2]
#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.322mm2]
#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.083mm2]
#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.303mm2]
#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.258mm2]
#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.361mm2]
NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
574
MODULAR WIRING SYSTEMS
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
575
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Tele-Power® Pole
Extender
601
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Wiremold® Vertical Solutions are innovative pathways for delivering power and
communication services to open office or retail environments.
Vista Point5™
Architectural
Columns
593
Tele-Power Poles provide a wide range of options
for distributing services from overhead systems to
open space office, commercial, and retail areas.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
576
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Vista™ Architectural Columns
Vista™ Point5 Architectural Columns
Vista™ CP Consolidation Point
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Table of Contents
593
586
Tele-Power® Poles
Custom Tele-Power® Poles
Vertical Drop Poles
599
607
610
579
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
577
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Quick Selection Guide
Round
3 25/32"
[96mm]
8 29/32"
[226mm]
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Large
Small
Square
3 25/32"
[96mm]
8 29/32"
[226mm]
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Large
Small
10'6"
[3.2m]
Ceiling Trim Piece
Frame
Structure
Floor Trim Piece
Front
Access
Plate
Knockouts
End Channel
Center
Panel
30TP-4V
3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm] 14 1/4"
[3.7m]
Power
Communications
1"
[25mm]
25DTP-4
COMMUNICATIONS
POWER
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 5/16"
[59mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]
15.875"
[403mm]
30TP-2V
COMMUNICATIONS
POWER
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 17/32"
[39mm]
1"
[25mm]
14 1/4"
[3.7m]
Steel Tele-Power™ PolesVista™ Architectural Column
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
578
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
AMDTP-4
POWER
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 5/16"
[59mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
COMMUNICATIONS
1"
[25mm]
15 7/8"
[4.03m]
5"
[127mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
NP800C-10-2B
ALTP SERIES
12"
[305mm]
2"
[51mm]
2CRTL1 SERIES
2 3/4"
[70mm]
2"
[51mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
23 13/16"
[604mm]
19 13/16"
[503mm]
15 13/16"
[401mm]
11 13/16"
[299mm]
7 13/16"
[198mm]
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Quick Selection Guide
Aluminum Tele-Power® Poles
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
579
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Vista™ Architectural Columns provide aesthetically pleasing configurable
solutions for power and communication services in open spaces.
Vista Architectural Column System layout
Ceiling Trim Piece
Frame Structure
Floor
Trim Piece
Front
Access Plate
End Channel
Center Panel
Knockouts
Overall Dimensions
Round
SQUARE
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Large
3 25/32"
[96mm]
8 29/32"
[226mm]
Small
3 25/32"
[96mm]
8 29/32"
[226mm]
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Large
Small
3/4" & 1"
Trade Size
Knockouts
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
580
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Vista Wire Fill Capacity for Power
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10 AWG 12 AWG 14 AWG
One End Channel
Round or Square 7 9 16 26 35
Center (Large) 28 36 64 104 140
Center (Small) 14 18 32 52 70
One Extension
Round or Square 4 6 10 16 22
Vista Wire Fill Capacity for Communication
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D.
ONE
SQUARE
END
CHANNEL
ONE
ROUND
END
CHANNEL
LARGE
CENTER
SMALL
CENTER
ONE
SQUARE
EXTENSION
ONE
ROUND
EXTENSION
Inches [mm]
Un-Shielded
Twisted
Pair
2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
0.140
0.150
0.190
0.410
0.220
0.250
[3.6]
[3.8]
[4.8]
[10.4]
[5.6]
[6.3]
190
165
103
22
77
59
150
131
81
17
61
47
80
68
44
8
32
24
40
34
22
4
16
12
131
114
71
15
53
41
94
82
51
11
38
29
Shielded
Twisted
Pair
Type 1, 22 AWG
Type 2, 22 AWG
Type 3, 22 AWG
0.390
0.465
0.245
[9.9]
[11.8]
[6.2]
24
17
62
19
13
49
8
4
24
4
2
12
16
11
42
12
8
30
Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG
RG58/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 18 AWG
0.195
0.242
0.242
0.270
[5.0]
[6.1]
[6.1}
[6.9]
98
63
63
51
77
50
50
40
40
24
24
20
20
12
12
10
67
43
43
25
48
31
31
25
Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 34 27 12 6 23 71
Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 103 81 44 22 71 51
NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.
(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)
VL662345 In-Stock Large Vista Column
VS662345 In-Stock Small Vista Column
Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information
Small profile frame, round end channels, anodized
aluminum finish. Accepts all adapters. Two 20A
duplex receptacles located 27" [686mm] above
floor. Includes one VSFF plate at bottom back side
of pole. Dimensions: 10'6" x 8 29/32" x 3 25/32"
[3200mm x 276mm x 96mm].
Large profile frame, round end channels, anodized
aluminum finish. Accepts all adapters. Three 20A
duplex receptacles located 27" [686mm] above floor.
Includes one VLFF plate at bottom back side of pole.
Dimensions: 10'6" x 13 3/8" x 3 25/32" [3200mm x
340mm x 96mm].
VS662345FF In-Stock Small Vista Column
Small profile frame, round end channels, anodized
aluminum finish. Furniture feed. Includes one VSFF
plate at bottom back side of pole. Dimensions: 10'6"
x 8 29/32" x 3 25/32" [3200mm x 226mm x 96mm].
VL662345FF In-Stock Large Vista Column
Large profile frame, round end channels, anodized
aluminum finish. Furniture feed. Includes one VLFF
plate at bottom back side of pole. Dimensions: 10'6"
x 13 3/8" x 3 25/32" [3200mm x 340mm x 96mm].
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
581
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Tempered aluminum with heavy gauge
steel cross supports with two (2) 3/4" and
1" trade size concentric KOs. Accepts 4
3/4" [121mm] wide center panel.
Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information
Small profile 24" [610mm] frame extension,
round end channels, anodized aluminum finish.
Large profile 24" [610mm] frame extension,
round end channels, anodized aluminum finish.
VES66234524 In-Stock Small Vista Column Ext.
Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information
VLV Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure
Vista solution for mounting wireless access
points. Large frame Vista with anodized round
end channels and center panels. Furniture
feed style access, 10'6" [3.2m] tall. Has
tempered glass panels to conceal access
point. Front panel is hinged and lockable.
Compartment measures 17 1/2" x 7 1/4" x 2
1/2" [445mm x 183mm x 64mm].
Front
View
Rear
View
Empered aluminum with heavy gauge steel
cross supports with two (2) 3/4" and 1"
trade size concentric KOs. Accepts 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide center panel.
VEL66234524 In-Stock Large Vista Column Ext.
3 13/16"
[97mm]
2"
[51mm] Tempered aluminum. Anodized
finish or painted. Channel snaps
onto frame.
Round End Channel
3 13/16"
[97mm]
2"
[51mm] Tempered aluminum. Anodized
finish or painted. Channel snaps
onto frame.
Square End Channel
Small Frame
Large Frame
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
582
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Furniture Feed = FF
Data Device Plates – Ortronics®
Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*
Open System Adapters = CM*
AV Device Plates
Extron® Electronics MAAP –
(Has openings for 8 Legrand AVIP or
Extron MAAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM
Extron® Electronics AAP –
(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA
Crestron® Quick Media –
(Has openings for 1 two gang
or 2 single gang wall plates.
1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR
Vista Architectural Column Frame Options Ordering Information
* RT and CM options include one each
electrical device plate with spec grade
duplex receptacle(s), single 120V circuit
and communications plate with
adapter(s) installed.
Duplex receptacles are located at 27"
[686mm] above the finish floor.
Communications modules are located
at 21" [533mm] above the finish floor.
Vista Architectural Column Panel Options Ordering Information
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
Aluminum:
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Woodgrain Laminate:
Amber Cherry = 4407
Mahogany = 4410
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
Maple Fusion = 4401
Shaker Cherry = 4408
Fonthill Pear = 4406
Congo Spruce = 4451
Copper Bubinga = 4456
Natural Pear = 4411
Biltmore Cherry = 4413
Asian Sun = 4467
Metal Laminate:
Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748
Ragged Copper = 1999
Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046
Light Hammer Copper = 2121
Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
Fabric:
Quartz = 3805
Lavender Natural = 4055
Blue Neutral = 4105
Wedgewood = 1505
Grey Mix = 2385
Lake = 0995
Malibu = 0375
Globe = 0245
Flax = 0615
Daylight Blue = 0305
Glass:
Heavy Frost = 8675
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in a color
chip as most colors can be matched.
Size:
Small = S
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VF
End Channel:
Round = 66
Square = 77
Plate & End
Channel Color: Adapter: Device/Adapter Color:
Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/Light Almond = IV
Black = BK
No Device/Adapters = ZZ
Panel:
Center Panel = P
Glass Panel = G
No Panel = X
VF
Panel Finish:
Size:
Small = S
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VP
VP
Panel Type:
Aluminum = A3
Wood Grain = N3
Metal Finish = M3
Glass Finish = G4
Fabric = F8
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
583
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VLRT* Device Cover
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Has three (3) mini adapters for
Wiremold CM Series Open System
communications devices.
VLCM* Device Cover
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Has three (3) duplex receptacle
cutouts
Has three (3) mini adapters for
Ortronics® Series II or TracJack
devices.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Vista Architectural Column Add-On Plates for Large Frame Vista Series Ordering Information
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Has two (2) concentric 1" and 3/4"
trade size knockouts, and two (2)
multiple twistout mouse holes. One
furniture feed plate is installed on
the assembly.
VLFF Furniture Feed Plate
VL3D Device Cover
Has openings for one (1) two-gang
or two (2) single-gang Crestron®
Quick Media wall plate(s) and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
VLCR** AV Device Cover
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLEA** AV Device Cover
Has openings for six (6) Extron®
Electronics AAP modules and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLEM** AV Device Cover
Has openings for eight (8)
Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP modules and
one mini adapter (included).
Standard color/material is
anodized
*Refer to the list of colors in chart above for the four-digit code number.
Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency
approved for sale in Canada.
**Products are ETL Listed.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
584
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
Vista Architectural Column Add-On Plates for Small Frame Vista Series Ordering Information
VSRT* Device Cover
VSFF* Furniture Feed Plate
VSCM* Device Cover
VSEA** AV Device Plate
VSCR** AV Device Plate
Has two (2) duplex receptacle
cutouts.
Has one mini adapter for
Ortronics® Series II or TracJack
devices.
Has one mini adapter for
Wiremold CM Series Open System
communication devices.
Has two concentric and 3/4" trade
size KOs, and one multiple twistout
mouse hole. One furniture feed
plate is installed on the assembly.
Has openings for four (4) Extron®
Electronics AAP modules.
Standard color/material is
anodized aluminum or black.
Has openings for one (1) two-gang or
two (2) single-gang Crestron® Quick
Media wall plate(s). Standard color/
material is anodized aluminum or
black.
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSEM** AV Device Plate
Has openings for four (4) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP
modules. Standard color/material is
anodized aluminum or black.
Accommodates commercially
available lights weighing up to 10
lbs. [4.5kg].
*Refer to the list of colors in chart above for the four-digit code number.
Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency
approved for sale in Canada.
**Products are ETL Listed.
VS2D* Device Cover
VSLB* Lighting Bracket
Plate Color:
Refer to color list
on the previous
page, enter
4-digit code
Base:
Enter Catalog
Number from
above choices
Adapter Color:
Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/Lt. Almond = IV
Black = BK
No Device Adapter = ZZ
Device Plate Part Number Configurator
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
585
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Woodgrain Laminate:
Amber Cherry = 4407
Mahogany = 4410
Maple Fusion = 4401
Shaker Cherry = 4408
Fonthill Pear = 4406
Congo Spruce = 4451
Copper Bubinga = 4456
Natural Pear = 4411
Biltmore Cherry = 4413
Asian Sun = 4467
Metal Laminate:
Vertical Corrugated Matte
Aluminum = 4748
Ragged Copper = 1999
Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046
Light Hammer Copper = 2121
Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171
Fabric:
Quartz = 3805
Lavender Neutral = 4055
Blue Neutral = 4105
Wedgewood = 1505
Grey Mix = 2385
Lake = 0245
Malibu = 0375
Globe = 0245
Flax = 0615
Daylight Blue = 0305
Extension Kit Options –
COLOR REFERENCE CODE
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Accommodates ceiling heights
between 10' [3m] and 15' [4.5m].
Includes hardware for attaching
to main section. Round or square
shapes available. Includes a
center panel.
For a full color view, bill of materials, or to request a quote for Vista Open-Space
Power and Communication Delivery, check out www.legrand.us.
Configuration Example
The product shown at the right is made of the
following components:
Frame
Large Frame with Square Anodized
Aluminum End Channels
Catalog number: VFL772345FFZZP
Center Panel
Large Wood Grain Laminate Panel
Catalog number: VPLA34410
Extension Kit (Optional)
Large Square Anodized End Channels
with Mahogany Wood Laminate Panels
and 24" [610mm] extension
Catalog number: VEL772345441024
All solutions include a furniture feed plate.
Vista Architectural Columns Part Configuration
Vista Architectural Column Extension Kit Ordering Information
Size:
Small = S
Large = L
Shape:
Round = 66
Square = 77
Height:
24" [610mm] = 24
60" [1.52m] = 60
End Channel
Finish:
Prefix:
Frame = VE
VE
Panel Finish:
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there
are other colors not incdicated here,
send in a color chip as most colors
can be matched.
Design your own
Vista Architectural Column
online at www.legrand.us/tools-
resources/
wiremold & click on vista configurator
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
586
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Ortronics 89D
Patch Panel –
12 Ports Max Per
Patch Panel
(not provided)
Door Pull
Front View
Duplex Outlets
Communication
Ports
126"
[3.2m]
60"
[1.52m]
6"
[152mm]
6"
[152mm] 24"
[610mm]
12"
[305mm]
Rear View
27"
[686mm]
Data Cable Exit Hole
For Up To
48 Cat 6 Cables
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Round
Large
3 25/32"
[96mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
Square
Large
Open and closed views of a Vista CP installation.
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet
Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Vista CP™ Consolidation Point provides configurable solutions for
zoned cabling in open spaces.
Vista CP Consolidation Point System Layout
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
587
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. ONE
SQUARE
END
CHANNEL
ONE
ROUND
END
CHANNEL
LARGE
CENTER
ONE
SQUARE
EXTENSION
ONE ROUND
EXTENSION
Inches [mm]
Unshielded
Twisted Pair 2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
0.140
0.150
0.190
0.410
0.220
0.250
[3.6]
[3.8]
[4.8]
[10.4]
[5.6]
[6.3]
190
165
103
22
77
59
150
131
81
17
61
47
80
68
44
8
32
24
131
114
71
15
53
41
94
82
51
11
38
29
Shielded
Twisted Pair Type 1, 22 AWG
Type 2, 22 AWG
Type 3, 22 AWG
0.390
0.465
0.245
[9.9]
[11.8]
[6.2]
24
17
62
19
13
49
8
4
24
16
11
42
12
8
30
Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG
RG58/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 18 AWG
0.195
0.242
0.242
0.270
[5.0]
[6.1]
[6.1}
[6.9]
98
63
63
51
77
50
50
40
40
24
24
20
67
43
43
25
48
31
31
25
Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 34 27 12 23 71
Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 103 81 44 71 51
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10
AWG
12
AWG
14
AWG
One End Channel
Round or Square 7 9 16 26 35
Center (Large) 28 36 64 104 140
One Extension
Round or Square 4 6 10 16 22
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
Vista CP Consolidation Point Wire Fill Capacity for Communication
NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.
(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)
The Vista Column Consolidation Point
accommodates the 89D style patch
panel, 12 ports maximum, and up to 4
panels per column.
Ortronics® Clarity5E TM or Clarity6 TM
Modular to 110 Mini Patch Panels are an
ideal solution.
Vista CP Consolidation Point Wire Fill Capacity for Power
Patch Panel Options
CAT. NO. DETAILS
VLCP662345 Large Anodized Aluminum Frame with round
channels, Ortronics TracJack and Series 2 adapters
in gray. Accommodates a 10' [3m] ceiling.
Anodized Aluminum Panel for the back of the Vista
Column.
Anodized Aluminum Door with a keyed lock and
flush, black door pull, 60" [5.2m] length.
VEL6623524 Extension for the column to accommodate up to 12'
[3.7m] ceilings.7
Vista CP Consolidation Point In-Stock Columns
Ordering Information
Vista Consolidation Point (CP)
Columns provide channels that conceal wires and cables behind a decorative
center panel and incorporate a user-installed patch panel with easy, secured
access through a lockable door. They can be placed anywhere in an open space,
providing maximum communication flexibility and unique design elements.
These modular columns are easily relocated to accommodate changing space
requirements.
VEL66234524
VLCP662345
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
588
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
3 13/16"
[97mm]
2"
[51mm]
Vista CP Consolidation Point Frame Options Ordering Information
Large Frame
Tempered aluminum with heavy
gauge steel cross supports with
four (4) 3/4” and 1” trade size
concentric KOs. Accepts 9 1/4"
[235mm] wide center panel.
Round End Channel
Tempered aluminum.
Anodized finish or painted.
Channel snaps onto frame.
3 13/16"
[97mm]
2"
[51mm]
For a full color view of the Vista CP Consolidation Point,
check out www.legrand.us.
Configuration Example
The product shown at the right is made of the
following components:
Frame
Large Frame with Round Anodized
Aluminum End Channels
Catalog Number: VFL662345FFZZD
Center Panel
Large Locked Door Panel
Catalog Number: VY602345L2Y
Rear Center Panel
Large Aluminum Panel
Catalog Number: VPLY2345
Extension Kit (Optional)
Large Round End Channels
Catalog Number: VEL662345234524
All solutions include a furniture feed plate.
Square End Channel
Tempered aluminum. Anodized
finish or painted. Channel snaps
onto frame.
Vista CP Consolidation Point Part Configuration
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
589
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
Vista CP Consolidation Point Center Panel Door Options Ordering Information
Aluminum:
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
VY
Height:
60" [1.25m] = 60
Prefix:
Door = VY
Handle:
Black Flush Door Pull = 1
Nickel-Plated Knob = 2
Color: Opening:
Left Hinged = L
Right Hinged = R
60
Keyed Lock:
Yes = Y
No = N
NOTE: Send in a color chip. Most colors can
be matched.
DOOR OPENING OPTIONS:
Left-Handed
Opening (L)
Right-Handed
Opening (R)
DOOR HANDLE OPTIONS:
Black Flush
Door Pull (1) –
Black plastic sits
flush to surface of
door.
Nickel-Plated
Knob (2) –
Nickel finish knob.
NOTE: The bottom of the door is located
24" [610mm] from the finish floor.
13 1/8"
[333mm]
13 1/8"
[333mm]
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Vista CP Consolidation Point Frame Options Ordering Information
* RT and CM options include one each electrical device
plate with spec grade duplex receptacle(s), single
120V circuit and communications plate with adapter(s)
installed.
Duplex receptacles are located at 27" [686mm] above the
finish floor.
Communications modules are located at 21" [533mm]
above the finish floor.
Furniture Feed = FF
Data Device Plates – Ortronics®
Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*
Open System Adapters = CM*
AV Device Plates
Extron® Electronics MAAP –
(Has openings for 8 Legrand AVIP or
Extron MAAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM
Extron® Electronics AAP –
(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA
Crestron® Quick Media –
(Has openings for 1 two gang or
2 single gang wall plates.
1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR
Size:
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VF
End Channel:
Round = 66
Square = 77
Plate & End
Channel Color:
Style: Device/Adapter Color:
Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/Light Almond = IV
Black = BK
No Device/Adapters = ZZ
Panel:
Door Panel = D
L
V F D
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
590
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
Vista CP Consolidation Point Rear Center Panel Options Ordering Information
Vista CP Consolidation Point Extension Kit Ordering Information
Size:
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VP
Panel:
Rear
Center = Y
Panel Finish:
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
Aluminum:
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Woodgrain Laminate:
Amber Cherry = 4407
Mahogany = 4410
Maple Fusion = 4401
Shaker Cherry = 4408
Fonthill Pear = 4406
Congo Spruce = 4451
Copper Bubinga = 4456
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
Natural Pear = 4411
Bitmore Cherry = 4413
Asian Sun = 4467
Metal Laminate:
Vertical Corrugated
Matte Aluminum = 4748
Ragged Copper = 1999
Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046
Light Hammer Copper = 2121
Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171
Fabric:
Quartz = 3805
Lavender Natural = 4055
Blue Neutral = 4105
Wedgewood = 1505
Grey Mix = 2385
Lake = 0995
Malibu = 0375
Globe = 0245
Flax = 0615
Daylight Blue = 0305
Panel Type:
Wood Grain = N3
Metal Finish = M3
Glass Finish = G4
Fabric = F8
V P L Y
WOODGRAIN LAMINATE:
Amber Cherry = 4407
Mahogany = 4410
Maple Fusion = 4401
Shaker Cherry = 4408
Fonthill Pear = 4406
Congo Spruce = 4451
Copper Bubinga = 4456
Natural Pear = 4411
Biltmore Cherry = 4413
Asian Sun = 4467
METAL LAMINATE:
Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748
Ragged Copper = 1999
Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046
Light Hammer Copper = 2121
Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171
FABRIC:
Quartz = 3805
Lavender Neutral = 4055
Blue Neutral = 4105
Wedgewood = 1505
Grey Mix = 2385
Lake = 0245
Malibu = 0375
Globe = 0245
Flax = 0615
Daylight Blue = 0305
COLOR REFERENCE CODE
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Size:
Large = L
L
Shape:
Round = 66
Square = 77
Height:
24" [610mm] = 24
60" [1.52m] = 60
End Channel
Finish:
Prefix:
Frame = VE
V E
Panel Finish:
Extension Kit Options –
Accommodates ceiling
heights greater than 10'
[3m] to 15' [4.5m]. Includes
hardware for attaching to
main section. Round or
square shapes available.
Includes a center panel.
For additional system options,
contact your local
Wiremold sales representative.
Design your own
Vista Architectural Column
online at
www.legrand.us/tools-resources/
wiremold & click on vista configurator
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in a
color chip as most colors can be matched.
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there
are other colors not incdicated here,
send in a color chip as most colors
can be matched.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
591
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
Vista CP Consolidation Point Extension Kit Ordering Information
COLOR REFERENCE
Woodgrain Laminate CODE
Amber Cherry 4407
Mahogany 4410
Maple Fusion 4401
Shaker Cherry 4408
Fonthill Pear 4406
Congo Spruce 4451
Copper Bubinga 4456
Natural Pear 4411
Biltmore Cherry 4413
Asian Sun 4467
COLOR REFERENCE
Fabric CODE
Quartz 3805
Lavendar Natural 4055
Blue Neutral 4105
Wedgewood 1505
Grey Mix 2385
Lake 0995
Malibu 0375
Globe 0245
Flax 0615
Daylight Blue 0305
For additional system options,
contact your local
Wiremold sales representative.
Design your own
Vista Architectural Column
online at www.legrand.us/tools-resources/
wiremold & click on vista configurator
Accommodates ceiling
heights between 10'
[3m] and 15' [4.5m].
Includes hardware
for attaching to
main section. Round
or square shapes
available. Includes a
center panel.
EXTENSION KIT OPTIONS
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Vista CP Consolidation Point Add-On Plates Ordering Information
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Has three (3) duplex receptacle
cutouts.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLRT* Device Cover
Has three mini jack adapters for
Ortronics® Series II or TracJack
devices.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLCR** AV Device Cover
Has openings for one (1) two-gang
or two (2) single-gang Crestron®
Quick Media wall plate(s) and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
VLEA** AV Device Cover
Has openings for six (6) Extron®
Electronics AAP modules and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
VL3D* Device Cover
*Refer to the list of colors in chart above for the four-digit code number.
Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency
approved for sale in Canada.
**Products are ETL Listed.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLEM** AV Device Cover
Has openings for eight (8)
Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP modules and
one mini adapter (included).
Standard color/material is
anodized aluminum or black.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLFF* Furniture Feed Plate
Has two concentric 1" and 3/4"
trade size KOs, and two multiple
twistout mouse holes. One
furniture feed plate installed on
the assembly.
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here,
send in a color chip as most colors can be matched.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
592
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA CP™ CONSOLIdATION POINT
Vista CP Consolidation Point Add-On Plates Ordering Information (continued)
DEVICE PLATE PART
NUMBER CONFIGURATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Base Enter 4-digit Catalog Number
Plate Color Enter 4-digit Color Code
Adapter Color Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/Light Almond = V
Black = BK
No Device Adapter = ZZ
*Refer to the list of colors in chart above for the four-digit code number.
Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency
approved for sale in Canada.
**Products are ETL Listed.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLCM* Furniture Feed Plate
Has three mini adapters for
Wiremold CM Series Open
System Communication Modules.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
Accommodates commercially
available lights weighing up to
lbs. [4.5kg].
VLLB* Lighting Brackets
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
593
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Top Cap
End Channel
Small
Floor Trim Piece
Center Panel
Baseplate
Divider
Frame
Structure
Cable Pass-Through
with Grommet
(Communications Side)
Large
Top Cap
End Channel
Floor Trim Piece
Center Panel
Baseplate
Divider
Frame
Structure
Cable Pass-Through
with Grommet
(Communications Side)
Small Vista Point5
8"
[203mm]
13 1/8" [333mm]
11 1/8" [283mm]
9 3/16" [233mm]
6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm
2 5/8"
[67mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
(4) Holes
3/4" & 1"
Trade Size
Knockouts (2)
Large Vista Point5
8"
[203mm]
17 5/8" [448mm]
13 11/16" [351mm]
11 1/8" [283mm]
6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm]
4 7/16"
[113mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
(4) Holes
3/4" & 1"
Trade Size
Knockouts (2)
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet
Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Vista Point5™ Architectural Columns provide configurable solutions
for power and communication services in open spaces.
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns System Layout
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
594
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.
(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Options for Fill Capacity
Vista Point5 Wire Fill Capacity for Communication
CABLE/WIRE SIZE
O.D. LARGE
CENTER
SMALL
1/2 CENTER
LARGE
1/2 CENTERInches [mm]
Unshielded
Twisted Pair
2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
0.140
0.150
0.190
0.410
0.220
0.250
[3.6]
[3.8]
[4.8]
[10.4]
[5.6]
[6.3]
80
68
44
8
32
24
131
114
71
15
53
41
94
82
51
11
38
29
Shielded
Twisted Pair
Type 1, 22 AWG
Type 2, 22 AWG
Type 3, 22 AWG
0.390
0.465
0.245
[9.9]
[11.8]
[6.2]
8
4
24
16
11
42
12
8
30
Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG
RG58/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 22 AWG
RG6/U, 18 AWG
0.195
0.242
0.242
0.270
[5.0]
[6.1]
[6.1}
[6.9]
40
24
24
20
67
43
43
25
48
31
31
25
Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 12 23 71
Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 44 71 51
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10 AWG 12 AWG 14 AWG
Small 1/2 Center 7 9 16 26 35
Large 1/2 Center 7 9 16 26 35
Vista Point5 Wire Fill Capacity for Power
880S2 or 880W2
Floor Box
(order separately)
Box Adapter VB880
(order separately)
Front View
(Large Vista
Point5 Shown)
Back View
(Large Vista
Point5 Shown)
Access Panel
End Channel
Height
(FF to top
of Cap)
3/4"
[19.1mm]
6" [152mm]
Typical
Device Plate
6" [152mm]
Typical
Device Plate
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Component Data
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
595
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Options for Fill Capacity
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information
VSP5662345 Small Points Column
Small, round, 36" [914mm]
high, anodized aluminum.
Has four adapter adapters
for Wiremold Open System
communication modules, or
Ortronics® Series II or TracJack
devices. Two 20A Duplex
receptacles located 32 1/4"
[819mm] above floor.
VLP5662345 Large Points Column
Large, round, 36" [914mm]
high, anodized aluminum.
Has two adapter adapters
for Wiremold Open System
communication modules, or
Ortronics® Series II or TracJack
devices. Four 20A Duplex
receptacles located 32 1/4"
[819mm] above floor.
A Vista Point5 installation provides unobtrusive
access to power and communication services in a
conference room.
COLOR  REFERENCE CODE
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Size:
Small = S
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VF
End
Channel:
Round = 66
End Channel
Color: Adapter:
6 6
Height:
24" [607m] from
finished Floor = 24
Up to 84" [2134mm]
from finished Floor = 84
V F
Device/Adapter
Color:
Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/ Lt. Almond = IV
Black = BK
No Device/Adapter = ZZ
* RT and CM options include one each electrical device plate
with spec grade duplex receptacle(s), single 120V circuit
and communications plate with adapter(s) installed.
Duplex receptacles are located at 27" [686mm] above the
finish floor.
Communications modules are located at 21" [533mm] above
the finish floor.
Furniture Feed = FF
Data Device Plates – Ortronics®
Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*
Open System Adapters = CM*
AV Device Plates
Extron® Electronics MAAP –
(Has openings for 8 Legrand AVIP or
Extron MAAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM
Extron® Electronics AAP –
(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.
1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA
Crestron® Quick Media –
(Has openings for 1 two gang or
2 single gang wall plates.
1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
596
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Center Panel Options Ordering Information
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Device Plate Part Number Configurator
Plate Color:
Refer to color
list on page 4,
enter 4-digit
code
Base:
Enter Catalog
Number from
above choices
Adapter Color:
Light Gray = GY
White = WH
Ivory/Lt. Almond = IV
Black = BK
No Device Adapter = ZZ
Orientation:
Left = L
Right = R
Panel Finish:
Size:
Small = S
Large = L
Prefix:
Frame = VP
V P
COLOR REFERENCE CODE
Aluminum:
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
COLOR REFERENCE CODE
Woodgrain Laminate:
Amber Cherry = 4407
Mahogany = 4410
Maple Fusion = 4401
Shaker Cherry = 4408
Fonthill Pear = 4406
Congo Spruce = 4451
Copper Bubinga = 4456
Natural Pear = 4411
Biltmore Cherry = 4413
Asian Sun = 4467
Metal Laminate:
Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748
Ragged Copper = 1999
COLOR REFERENCE CODE
Mirror Aluminum = 2021
Matte Footplate = 2046
Light Hammer Copper = 2121
Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171
Fabric:
Quartz = 3805
Lavender Natural = 4055
Blue Neutral = 4105
Wedgewood = 1505
Grey Mix = 2385
Lake = 0995
Malibu = 0375
Globe = 0245
Flax = 0615
Daylight Blue = 0305
Height:
24" [607m] from
finished Floor =
24
Up to 84" [2134mm]
from finished Floor =
84
Panel Type:
Wood Grain = W3
Metal Finish = M3
Glass Finish = G4
Fabric = F8
NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in a color chip as most colors can be matched.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
597
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Add-On Plates for Large Frame Vista Series Ordering Information
6 1/4"
[159mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
* Refer to the list of colors in the chart on the previous page for the four-digit
code number.
**Products are ETL Listed.
NOTE: VLCR, VLEA or VLEM Device Covers, are only for use for A/V
connectivity. No power outets are accessible or available with these
covers.
VL2A Device Cover
Has two cutouts for duplex
receptacles and one adapter
for Wiremold CM Series Open
Systems communication modules,
and Ortronics® Series II or
TracJack devices.
Right Shown
VLCR** AV Device Cover
Has openings for one (1) two-gang
or two (2) single-gang Crestron®
Quick Media wall plate(s) and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/ material is anodized
aluminum or black.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLEA** AV Device Cover
Has openings for six (6) Extron®
Electronics AAP modules and one
mini adapter (included). Standard
color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
VLEM** AV Device Cover
Has openings for eight (8) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP
modules and one mini adapter
(included). Standard color/material
is anodized aluminum or black.
VB880 Adapter Plate
Adapts Vista Point5 to 880 Series
Floor Boxes.
VLEAP5 AV Device Cover
Has two (2) duplex receptacle
cutouts and openings for three (3)
Extron® Electronics AAP modules.
Standard color/material is anodized
aluminum or black.
VLEMP5 AV Device Cover
Has two (2) duplex receptacle
cutouts and openings for four (4)
Legrand AVIP Extron® Electronics
MAAP modules. Standard color/
material is anodized aluminum or
black.
6"
[152mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
598
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VISTA POINT5™ ARChITECTURAL COLUmNS
* Refer to the list of colors in th chart on the previous page for the four-digit
code number.
**Products are ETL Listed.
NOTE: If selecting VSEA, VSCR or VSEM Device Covers, such covers will
allow for only A/V connectivity. No power outlets are accessible or available
with these covers.
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Add-On Plates for Small Frame Vista Series Ordering Information
VS1A Device Cover
Has one cutout for duplex
receptacle and two adapters
for Wiremold CM Series Open
Systems communication
modules, and Ortronics® Series
II or TracJack devices.
Right Shown
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSEA** AV Device Cover
Has openings for four (4)
Extron® Electronics AAP
modules. Standard color/
material is anodized aluminum
or black.
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSCR** AV Device Cover
Has openings for one (1)
two-gang or two (2) single-
gang Crestron® Quick Media
wall plate(s). Standard color/
material is anodized aluminum
or black.
6"
[152mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSEM** AV Device Cover
Has openings for four (4)
Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP modules.
Standard color/material is
anodized aluminum or black.
VB880 Adapter Plate
Adapts Vista Point5 to 880
Series Floor Boxes.
6 1/4"
[159mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSEAP5 AV Device Cover
Has one (1) duplex receptacle
cutout and openings for two
(2) Extron® Electronics AAP
modules. Standard color/
material is anodized aluminum
or black.
6 1/4"
[159mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
VSEMP5 AV Device Cover
Has one (1) duplex receptacle
cutout and openings for four
(4) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP modules.
Standard color/material is
anodized aluminum or black.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
599
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191, E178348 Guide PVGT
Raceway Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR
Accessories: File E53857 Guide RVUR
Meets Article 380 & 386 of NEC.
Tele-Power® Poles provides a cost-effective, configurable solution
for distributing power and communication services to open spaces.
Steel Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
COMMUNICATIONS
POWER
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 5/16"
[59mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
NOTE: Custom colors, other lengths
(20' [6.1m] max.) or additional
circuits are available on custom
order. Consult factory for more
information. Can be factory or field
wired with many commercially
available devices.
16"
[406mm]
1"
[25mm]
25DTP/DTC Series Tele-Power Poles are
now available in two colors: ivory and
designer gray.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.
COLOR OPTIONS
Tele-Power Poles provide a wide range of options
for distributing services from overhead systems to
open space office, commercial, and retail areas.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
600
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Steel Tele-Power Poles
25DTP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
25DTP-4, 25DTP-4-DG Tele-Power Pole
25DTP-412, 25DTP-412-DG, 25DTP-415, 25DTP 415-DG
Two-compartment pole (power and communications).
Nominal material thickness .030" [.8mm]. Ivory or gray boot
base. Factory wired with fed-spec general grade 20A 125V
duplex style receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front
of pole is removable for making power wiring connections.
KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/RJ45 and
modular furniture communication connectors. Mounting
hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling trim plates
furnished. Available in standard lengths of 10' 5" [3.2m]
(25DTP-4), 12' 5" [3.8m] (25DTP-412), and 15' 5" [4.7m]
(25DTP-415). Also increase the length of any 25 Series pole
with the 25DTC-E5 Tele-Power Pole Extender.
25DTP-4ACT, 25DTP-4ACT-DG
Tele-Power Pole
Identical to 25DTP-4 except with one communications
insert mounting adapter, one dual Cat 5e insert, two blank
inserts and labels.
25DTP-4D, 25DTP-4D-DG Tele-Power Pole
Identical to 25DTP-4 except has one 20A 125V dedicated/
isolated ground duplex receptacle and one 20A 125V
standard duplex receptacle.
Two sections of a two-compartment (power and communi-
cation) pole (5' 4" [1.626m] base + 5' [1.524m] extender)
assembles to form a 10' 4" [3.148m] pole. Nominal material
thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Ivory or gray boot base. Factory
wired with fed-spec general grade 20A 125V duplex style
receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front (power side)
of pole is removable for making power wiring connections.
KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/RJ45 and
modular furniture communication connectors. Mounting
hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling trim plates
furnished.
25DTP-E10, 25DTP-E10-DG
Tele-Power Pole
25DTP-412-C, 25DTP-412-DG-C,
25DTP-415-C, 25DTP-415-DG-C
Two-compartment pole (power and communications).
Nominal material thickness .030" [.8mm]. Ivory or gray boot
base. Factory wired with fed-spec general grade 15A 125V
duplex style receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front
of pole is removable for making power wiring connections.
KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/RJ45 and
modular furniture communication connectors Mounting
hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling trim plates
furnished. Available in standard lengths of
10' 5" [3.2m] (25DTP-4), 12' 5" [3.8m] (25DTP-412), and
15' 5" [4.7m] (25DTP-415). Comes with a 10' [3.0m] cord.
Also increase the length of any 25 Series pole with the
25DTC-E5 Tele-Power Pole Extender.
*20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.
**40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.
25DTP Series Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities
CATALOG
NUMBER
NO. & TYPE
OF POWER
OUTLETS
POLE HEIGHT
FINISH
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U
#10 #12
0.22"
20%*
[5.6mm]
0.25"
20%*
[6.3mm]
40%**
0.195"
20%*
[5.0mm]
40%**
0.242"
20%*
[6.1mm]
40%**
0.270
20%*
[6.9mm]
40%**Inches mm
25DTP-4
Two
Duplex
Receptacles
(20A, 125V)
10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTP-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTP-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTP-E10 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTP-4 D
10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
Two Duplex Receptacles (20A, 125V),
One Dedicated/ Isolated & One Standard Branch Circuit
25DTP-4ACT
10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
Two Duplex Receptacles (20A, 125V),
One Communications Insert Mounting Adapter, One Dual
Cat 5e Insert, Two Blank Inserts & Labeling Supplies
25DTP-4-C, 25DTP-4-DG-C
Tele-Power Pole (Canada Only)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
601
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Steel Tele-Power Poles
NOTE: No Tele-Power Pole can have more than three separate sections.
25DTP/C Series Poles cannot be combined with 25DTP/C-E10. The
25DTC-E5 can be used only to extend regular 25DTP/C poles.
Easier jobsite handling + easier and more reliable shipping options Wiremold
Tele-Power Express Pole and Tele-Power Pole Extender were introduced to make creating or altering
poles easy. The TP Express Pole allows you to create a single 10' pole using two sections, which are
easy to ship and easy to assemble on
the jobsite.
Configurability of the TPP Extenders allows for on site modifications to accommodate a variety of
ceiling heights. TP Express Poles and TPP Extenders can ship UPS or air freight. TPP Extenders have
been designed to be compatible with existing poles, so relocating is literally, a snap – quick, easy, and
done with in-stock components. Existing poles can also be retrofit/extended to be used in a location
with a higher ceiling using TPP Extenders.
When you need a reliable open space power and/or data solution in the shortest amount of time, no
matter the length needed, think Legrand/Wiremold TP Express Poles and TPP Extenders.
Side View
NOTE: When being used to modify or extend standard poles, the poles can
only be modified or extended in 5' [1.524m] increments.
Tele-Power Express Poles and Tele-Power Pole Extenders
TPP Extenders Ordering Information
25DTP-E10, 25DTP-E10-DG
Tele-Power Express Pole
Two sections of a two-compartment (power and
communication) pole (5' 4" [1.62m] base + 5' [1.52m]
extender) assembles to form a 10' 4" [3.14m] pole. Nominal
material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Ivory or gray boot
base. Factory wired with fed-spec general grade 20A 125V
duplex style receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front
(power side) of pole is removable for making power wiring
connections. KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/
RJ45 and modular furniture communication connectors.
Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling trim
plates furnished.
25DTC-E5, 25DTC-E5-DG
Blank Steel Tele-Power Pole Extender
Two-compartment extender mounts onto existing 25DTP
or 25DTC series pole. Nominal material thickness .040"
[1.0mm]. Furnished unwired without outlets. Use existing
pole mounting hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling
trim plate. Available in 5' [1.52m] length. Can be cut to
desired length.
25DTC-E10, 25DTC-E10-DG
Blank Steel Tele-Power Express Pole
Two sections of a two-compartment pole (5' 4" [1.62m]
base + 5' [1.52m] extender) assembles to form a 10' 4"
[3.14m] pole. Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm].
Ivory boot base. Furnished unwired without outlets.
Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trim
plate furnished. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front of pole is
removable for making power wiring connections.
25AM-AP Accessory Pack
Accessory pack for 25 Series and AM Series poles. Contains
ceiling trim plate, gripper pad, bracket, grommet, and end
plate.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
602
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Steel Tele-Power Poles
30TP-2V
POWER
COMMUNICATION
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 17/32"
[39mm]
NOTE: Custom colors, other
lengths (20' [6.1m] max.)
or additional circuits
are available on custom
order. Consult factory for
more information. 30TP-
2V and 30TP-4V can be
factory or field wired
with many commercially
available devices.
14.25"
[365mm]
1"
[25mm]
30TP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
30TP-2V Tele-Power Pole
Two-compartment pole (power and communications).
Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Length 10'5"
[3.2m]. Factory wired with two specification grade 20A,
125V duplex receptacles. Mounting hardware, entrance end
fitting, and ceiling trim plate furnished.
30TP-212V Tele-Power Pole
Identical to 30TP-2V except length is 12'5" [3.8m]. Maximum
ceiling height 12' [3.7m].
30TP-4V Tele-Power Pole
Two-compartment pole (one power; one communication
with cross over below power devices). Nominal material
thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Length 10'5" [3.2m]. Factory wired
with two specification grade 20A, 125V duplex receptacles.
Mounting hardware, entrance end fitting, and ceiling trim
plate furnished.
30TP-4V3S2 Tele-Power Pole
Two duplex receptacles (20A, 125V). One Ortronics Series
II adapter. One Ortronics Series II dual Cat 5e insert, two
blank inserts and labeling supplies. Maximum ceiling height
10'5" [3.2m].
30TP-412V Tele-Power Pole
Same as 30TP-4V except length is 12'5" [3.8m]. Maximum
ceiling height 12'5" [3.8m].
30TP-412V3S2 Tele-Power Pole
Two duplex receptacles (20A, 125V). One Ortronics Series
II adapter. One Ortronics Series II dual Cat. 5e insert, two
blank inserts and labeling supplies. Maximum ceiling height
12'5" [3.8m].
3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]
30TP-4V
Communication
Communication
14.25"
[365mm]
1"
[25mm]
NOTE: 30TP Series Tele-Power
Poles now compatible with A/V
devices.
30TP Series Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities
* 20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.
** 40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.
CATALOG
NUMBER
NO. & TYPE
OF POWER
OUTLETS
POLE HEIGHT
FINISH
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U
#10 #12
0.22"
20%*
[5.6mm]
40%**
0.25"
20%*
[6.3mm]
40%**
0.195"
20%*
[5.0mm]
40%**
0.242"
20%*
[6.1mm]
40%**
0.270
20%*
[6.9mm]
40%**Inches mm
30TP-2V Two Duplex
Receptacles
(20A, 125V)
10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 9 14 16 31 13 26 20 40 13 25 10 20
30TP-212V 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 9 14 16 31 13 26 20 40 13 25 10 20
30TP-4V
Two
Duplex
Receptacles
(20A, 125V)
10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24
30TP-412V 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24
30TP-4V3S2 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24
30TP-412V3S2 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
603
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Aluminum Tele-Power Poles
ALTP
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: There is no method
provided for mounting data
in this pole.
When looking to dress up a vertical solution,
Tele-Power Poles with a satin anodized
aluminum finish in either rectangular or round
styles can provide the answer. Light weight
aluminum construction makes these poles
easy to install and maneuver on the job site.
Available prewired with electrical devices
or blank to drop services feeding another
wire and cable management system, such as
electrified modular furniture. A full range of
accessories enables field configurability, or
have them delivered to your specifications.
Aluminum Tele-Power Poles
AMDTP-4
1 1/4"
[32mm] POWER
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 5/16"
[59mm]
1"
[25mm]
COMMUNICATIONS
AMDTP-4 Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
AMDTP-4 Tele-Power Pole
AMDTP-4, AMDTP-412, AMDTP-415
Two-compartment pole (power and communications).
Nominal material thickness .050" [1.8mm]. Length: 10'5"
[3.2m]. Factory wired with 20A 125V fed-spec general grade
duplex style receptacles. An opening for communication and
a 1/2" [12.7mm] hole for power is provided at top. The 8"
[203mm] cover at top front of pole is removable for making
power wiring connections. Communication KOs provided
for RJ11/RJ45 and modular furniture connectors. Mounting
hardware, entrance end fitting, and ceiling trim plates
furnished. Anodized aluminum finish. Available in standard
lengths of 10' 5" [3.2m] (AMDTP-4), 12' 5" [3.8m] (AMDTP-
412), and 15' 5" [4.7m] (AMDTP-415).
COMMUNICATIONS
POWER
2 1/4"
[57mm]
2 5/16"
[59mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
NOTE: Custom colors, other lengths
(20' [6.1m] max.) or additional
circuits are available on
custom order. Consult factory
for more information. Can be
factory or field wired with many
commercially available devices.
CATALOG
NUMBER
NO. & TYPE
OF POWER
OUTLETS
POLE HEIGHT
FINISH
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U
#10 #12
0.22"
20%*
[5.6mm]
40%**
0.25"
20%*
[6.3mm]
40%**
0.195"
20%*
[5.0mm]
40%**
0.242"
20%*
[6.1mm]
40%**
0.270
20%*
[6.9mm]
40%**Inches mm
AMDTP-4 Two
Duplex
Receptacles
(20A, 125V)
10' 5" [3.175m]
Satin
Anodized
Aluminum
10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13
AMDTP-412 12' 5" [3.780m] 10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13
AMDTP-415 15' 5" [4.700m] 10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13
AMDTP-4D
T
wo Duplex
Receptacles
(20A, 125V), One
Dedicated/Isolated
& One Standard
Branch Circuit
10' 5" [3.175m]
Satin
Anodized
Aluminum
10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13
ALTP-20W Four Single
Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m] Painted
Office
White
– – 2 5 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 3
ALTP-2P Four Single
Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m]
Polished
Anodized
Aluminum
– – 2 5 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 3
ALTP-2S Four Single
Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m]
Polished
Anodized
Aluminum
– – 2 5 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 3
Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities
* 20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.
** 40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
604
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Aluminum Tele-Power Poles
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: There is no method provided for
mounting data in this pole.
ALTP-20W Tele-Power Pole
Identical to ALTP-2S, with painted office white finish.
ALTP-2P Tele-Power Pole
Identical to ALTP-2S, with polished aluminum anodized
finish.
ALTP-2S Tele-Power Pole
Satin anodized extruded aluminum pole. Nominal wall
thickness .060" [1.5mm]. Length 10'5" [3.2m]. Two-
compartment (power and communication channels) Factory
wired with four 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R devices. Provided
with one 1/2" [12.7mm] trade size KO in cover at base for
communications. T-bar mounting hardware, ceiling trim kit,
and feed box furnished.
ALTP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
AMDTP-4D Tele-Power Pole
Identical to AMDTP-4 except factory wired with one 20A
125V dedicated/ isolated ground duplex receptacle and one
standard 20A 125V duplex receptacle.
Available in Canada Only. Two-compartment pole (power
and communications). Nominal material thickness .050"
[1.8mm]. Length: 10'5" [3.2m]. Factory wired with 15A
125V fed-spec general grade duplex style receptacles. An
opening for communication and a 1/2" [12.7mm] hole for
power is provided at top. The 8" [203mm] cover at top front
of pole is removable for making power wiring connections.
Communication KOs provided for RJ11/RJ45 and modular
furniture connectors. Mounting hardware, entrance end
fitting, and ceiling trim plates furnished. Anodized aluminum
finish. Maximum ceiling height 10' [3m]. Comes with a 10'
[3.0m] cord. Available in standard lengths of 10'5" [3.2m]
(AMDTP-4-C), 12'5" [3.8m] (AMDTP-412-C), and 15'5" [4.7m]
(AMDTP-415-C).
AMDTP-4-C, AMDTP-412-C,
AMDTP-415-C Tele-Power Pole
AMDTP-4 Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information (continued)
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
605
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Tele-Power Poles Device Plate Covers and Accessories Ordering Information
AMDTP-A, 25DTP-A Add-On Power Cover
Add power receptacles or devices to existing
modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle
mounting bracket. Face diameter of single
receptacle: 1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm].
AMDTP-B, 25DTP-B Add-On Power Cover
Add power receptacles or devices to existing
modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle
mounting bracket.
AMDTP-L, 25DTP-L Add-On Power Cover
Add power receptacles or devices to existing
modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle
mounting bracket.
30TP-A Single Receptacle Cover
Single receptacle cover for field installation of
receptacles with face diameters of 1.38"-1.40"
[35mm-36mm]. G3007C Device Bracket included.
Ivory finish.
30TP-B Duplex Receptacle Cover
For installations of 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles. G3007C Device Bracket
included. Ivory finish.
30TP-C Single Gang Cover
Accepts up to 30A shallow-style device
and flushplate. G3007C Device Bracket
included. Ivory finish. Used to mount industry
standard straight and angled communication
faceplates.
30TP-J Single Receptacle Cover
For field installation of single receptacles
with face diameters of 1.56" [40mm]. G3007C
Device Bracket included. Ivory finish.
30TP-L Rectangular Device Cover
Rectangular faceplate to accommodate
Sentrex surge receptacle, GFCI and other
decorator style devices. G3007C Device
Bracket included. Ivory finish.
COLOR DIMENSIONS
25DTP-A: Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"
[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]
AMDTP-A: Anodized Aluminum
(AMDTP-4)
COLOR DIMENSIONS
25DTP-B: Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"
[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]
AMDTP-B: Anodized Aluminum
(AMDTP-4)
COLOR DIMENSIONS
25DTP-L: Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"
[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]
AMDTP-L: Anodized Aluminum
(AMDTP-4)
30TP-AAP Add-on A/V Cover
Accepts three Extron® Electronics AAP plates
12" L x 2.75" W [305mm x 70mm]. Includes
three adapters to accommodate Ortronics®
or Wiremold Open System devices.
30TP-MAAP Add-on A/V Cover
Accepts five Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP plates 12" L x 2.75" W
[305mm x 70mm]. Includes three adapters to
accommodate Ortronics® or Wiremold Open
System devices.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
606
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
TELE-POwER® POLES
Tele-Power Poles Installation Details
1. Remove ceiling panel. If
necessary to avoid overhead
obstructions, shorten Tele-
Power Pole prior to installing.
(NOTE: Pole must extend above mounting
bracket, with the bottom of pole
resting on the floor.)
2. Align pole vertically (using a level) with
top of pole resting against ceiling T-bar.
After aligning pole, anchor gripper pad
to hard surface floor with sticky pad
(furnished) or two screws (not furnished).
3. Assemble pole mounting bracket
on T-bar at approximate location
as shown. Tighten bracket,
locking thumbscrew loosely so
bracket is free to slide on T-bar.
Pole
Mounting
Bracket
T-Bar
Thumbscrew
4. Place pole in mounting bracket
(again check vertical alignment
with level) and tighten T-bar, locking
thumbscrew, and pole locking
thumbscrew. If additional support
is desired, bracket may be secured
to true ceiling with 3/8" [9.5mm]
threaded rod (not furnished).
Pole Locking
Thumbscrew
5. Notch ceiling tile as shown and install plates (Fig. 1).
Tabs should be in a vertical position as trim plate is
aligned around pole (Fig. 2). Following alignment, tabs
should be bent to form a secure grip over ceiling tile
(Fig.3).
Figure 2
Pole
Away
From
T-Bar
Figure 3
Engage Two
Trim Plates
on Pole
Trim Plates
on Ceiling
Notch Panel
Pole
Beside
T-bar
T-Bar
Figure 1
Pole
Field Modifications for Tele-Power Poles
MODIFICATION
TELE-POWER POLE SERIES
30TP4V 30TC4V 30TP2V 30TC2V 25DTP4 25DTP4D 25DTC4 AMDTP4 AMDTP4D AMTC4
Can the receptacles in the standard
pole be rewired in order to have a two
circuit pole with standard duplexes?
Yes N/A Yes N/A No Yes N/A No Yes N/A
Can the receptacles in the standard
pole be replaced with other types?
(i.e. Hospital Grade, TVSS, GFCI, etc.)
Yes –
Using the
proper
device
cover
N/A Yes –
Using the
proper
device
cover
N/A Yes – with
2507C Bracket
& only with
NEMA duplex
receptacles
Yes – only
with NEMA
duplex
receptacles
N/A Yes – with
2507C Bracket
& only with
NEMA duplex
receptacles
Yes – only
with NEMA
duplex
receptacles
N/A
Can receptacles be added
to blank poles?
N/A Yes N/A Yes – Using
the proper
device cover
N/A N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes
Can blank poles be used for furniture
feed applications by field punching
KOs on poles for power and voltage?
N/A Yes N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes
Can more than one add-on device
cover be used?
N/A N/A N/A N/A Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes N/A
Can receptacles be installed in both
sides of the pole?
Yes –
Power only
on both
sides
Yes –
Power only
on both
sides
N/A N/A No No N/A No No N/A
Can poles be field cut for use in lower
ceiling applications?
Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes*
Can poles be mounted to hard or
open ceilings?
Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes*
* Review instruction sheet for instructions for cutting poles.
** Pole housing cannot be penetrated. Ceiling mounting hardware must provide firm support and must be supplied by installer.
NOTE: All receptacles, additions, rewiring and other electrical modifications must be made by a qualified electrician in accordance with the NEC or other
applicable local codes and adhering to the wire fill capacity charts for the respective pole.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
607
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VERTICAL dROP POLES
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191, E178348 Guide PVGT
Raceway Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR
Accessories: File E53857 Guide RVUR
Meets Article 380 & 386 of NEC.
Vertical Drop Poles distribute power and communication services
form overhead wiring systems to open spaces.
Vertical Drop Poles Wire Fill Capacities
CATALOG
NUMBER
POLE HEIGHT
FINISH
CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U
0.22"
COMP. [5.6mm]
LG. COMP.
0.25"
SM. COMP.
[6.3mm]
LG. COMP.
0.195"
SM. COMP.
[5.0mm]
LG. COMP.
0.242"
SM. COMP.
[6.1mm]
LG. COMP.
0.270
SM. COMP.
[6.9mm]
LG. COMP.
Inches mm
25DTC-4 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTC-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTC-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
25DTC-E10 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13
30TC-2V 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory N/A 33 N/A 30 N/A 47 N/A 30 N/A 24
30TC-2V212 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory N/A 34 N/A 31 N/A 48 N/A 31 N/A 25
30TC-4V 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24
30TC-4V412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24
30TC-3S2 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24
AMTC-4 10' 5" [3.175m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17
AMTC-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17
AMTC-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17
ALTP-20W 10' 4" [3.150m] White 10 8 13 8 6
ALTP-2P 10' 4" [3.150m] Aluminum 10 8 13 8 6
ALTP-2S 10' 4" [3.150m] Aluminum 10 8 13 8 6
NP800C-12-2B 10' 2" [3.098m] Aluminum
NP800C-12-8B 12' 8" [3.860m] Aluminum
NP800C-15-2B 15' 2" [4.620m] Aluminum
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
608
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
AMTC-412, AMTC-415
Two-compartment pole. Nominal material
thickness .050" [1.8mm]. Furnished unwired
without outlets. Two 8" [203mm] removable
covers with KOs for modular jacks and modular
furniture communication outlets. Mounting
hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trip
plates furnished.
Available lengths:
10'5" [3.2m] (AMTC-4)
12'5" [3.8m] (AMTC-412)
15'5" [4.7m] (AMTC-415)
Vertical Drop Steel Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
VERTICAL dROP POLES
25DTC-4 Blank Steel Pole
25DTC-4-DG, 25DTC-412, 25DTC-412-DG,
25DTC-415, 25DTC-415-DG
Two-compartment pole. Nominal material
thickness .040" [1.0mm] Ivory boot base.
Furnished unwired without outlets. Mounting
hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trip
plates furnished.
Available lengths:
10'5" [3.2m] (25DTC-4)
12'5" [3.8m] (25DTC-412)
15'5" [4.7m] (25DTC-415)
30TC-2V Blank Steel Pole
30TC-212V, 30TC-215V
Single-compartment pole. Furnished unwired
without outlets. Nominal wall thickness .040"
[1.0mm]. Mounting hardware, entrance end
fitting and ceiling trim plates furnished.
Available lengths:
10'5" [3.2m] (30TC-2V)
12'5" [3.8m] (30TC-212V)
15'5" [4.7m] (30TC-215V)
30TC-4V
NOTE: All poles have removable cover sections with KOs for modular jacks and
openings to accept modular furniture adapters for communication devices.
25DTC-E10 Blank Steel Tele-Power Express Pole
25DTC-E10, 25DTC-E10-DG
Two sections of a two-compartment pole (5'4" [1.63m]
base + 5' [1.52m] extender) assembles to form a 10'4"
[3.15m] pole. Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm].
Ivory boot base. Furnished unwired without outlets.
Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trip
plate furnished. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front of pole is
removable for making power wiring connections.
30TC-4V Blank Steel Pole
30TC-412V, 30TC-415V
Two-compartment pole.Nominal wall thickness
.040" [1.0mm]. Mounting hardware, entrance end
fitting and ceiling trim plates furnished.
Available lengths:
10'5" [3.2m] (30TC-4V)
12'5" [3.8m] (30TC-412V)
15'5" [4.7m] (30TC-415V)
25DTC-4 30TC-2V
Vertical Drop Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
5"
[127mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
12 sq. in.
[7742 sq. mm]
8 sq. in.
[5161 sq. mm]
AMTC-4 2 1/4"
[57mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]
Custom options: Features such as colors
or other lengths (20' [6.1m] maximum)
available on custom order.
AMTC-4 Blank Aluminum Pole
Other heights available – consult factory;
30" [762mm] communication cover with
industry standard knockouts.
NP800C-10-2B Blank Aluminum Pole
NP800C-12-2B, NP800C-15-2B
Two-compartment large capacity pole.
Furnished unwired without outlets. Box ended
with industry sized knockouts. Standard
heights:
10'2" [3.1m]
12'8" [3.9m]
15'2" [4.6m]
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
609
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
VERTICAL dROP POLES
2"
[51mm]
ALTC-2S Blank Round Aluminum Pole
ALTC-20W, ALTC-2P
Nominal wall thickness
.060" [1.5mm], length 10'3"
[3.1mm]. Provided with one
1/2" [12.7mm] trade size
KO at base. T-bar mounting
hardware, ceiling trim kit,
foot assembly, and grommet
included. Feed box not
furnished. ALTC-2S has satin
anodized finish, ALTC-20W
has painted white finish,
and ALTC-2P has a polished
aluminum finish.
Vertical Drop Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information (continued)
25DTP-4/
25DTC-4
AMDTP-4/
AMTC-4
30TC-2V/
30TC-4V
Vertical Drop Tele-Power Poles Accessories Ordering Information
Covers for Communication
Connectivity
Communication covers
for additional voice/data
connectors. Each cover
includes KOs for four RJ11/
RJ45 connectors (.760" x .576"
[19.3mm x 14.6mm]), mouse
hole for exiting communication
cables (grommet furnished).
4 1/16"
[103mm]
2"
[51mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]
TPB Gasketed Box
For 25DTP-4 and AMDTP-
4 Poles where local codes
require that electrical and
communications connections
be sealed when installed in
an air handling plenum.
G3010C Entrance End Fitting
Use as a communications
feed box for 30TP-4 Poles.
Accepts Wiremold Open System communications modules.
Communications Covers for Ortronics® Series II modular
connectivity solutions (adapter installed)
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
25DTC-CVR 8" [203mm] Cover for 25DTP-4 and
25DTC-4 Series.
30TC-CVR For 30TP-2V / 30TC-2V and 30TP-4V /
30TC-4V Series. 12" [305mm] long.
AMTC-CVR For AMDTP-4 and AMTC-4 Series
8" [203mm] long.
25DTC-ACT
AMTC-3S2
Add-on Plates for Power Poles
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
25DTC-ACT 25DTP Kit with 8" [203mm] hole cut
cover and mounting adapter
AMTC-ACT AMDTP Kit with 8" [203mm] hole cut
cover and mounting adapter
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
25DTC-3S2 For 25DTP/25DTC Series
30TC-3S2 For 30 Series
AMTC-3S2 For AMDTP/AMTC Series
CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION
25AM-AP Accessory Pack for 25DTP-4 and
AMDTP-4 Series
30TP-AP Accessory Pack for 30TP-2V and
30TP-4V Series
25AM-AP, 30TP-AP
Tele-Power Pole Accessory Packs
Accessory packs include two ceiling trim plates, hanger
clamp assembly, feed end fitting, and floor mounting
assembly. One Accessory Pack supplied with each Tele-
Power Pole at no extra charge. Boots are not offered in
accessory packs.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
610
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
CUSTOm TELE-POwER® POLES
Although Wiremold® has the most extensive selection of powerpole
products available, Wiremold offers Custom Tele-Power® Poles to
ensure proper distribution of power and communication services from
overhead wiring systems to open spaces as needed.
Custom Tele-Power Poles Fabrication Capabilities
•Modifythenumberandtypeofreceptacles.Virtuallyanytypeofapprovedreceptaclemaybeinstalledinthepole,
subject to size and voltage limitations. Receptacles may be standard specification, decorator style, isolated ground, or
surge. They may utilize straight-blade or locking type plugs.
•Devicespacingsmaybealteredforyourcustomerneeds.
•Sectionalpolesrangingfrom20'[6.1m]to30'[9.2m]high.
•CommunicationcablinginterfacewithyourchoiceofholecutsformodularRJjacks,RS,IBM,andcoaxconnectors
and modular furniture configurations.
•Epoxypowder-coatorenamelpaintcapabilitiestocomplementanyinteriordecor.
A. B.1.
Contact your Wiremold sales representative for custom quotes
and additional information.
Walkerflex Feed Options
A. For “daisy-chain” activation, the NPA connector provides the feed-
through capability to power a series of poles.
B. For direct feed options.
1. Walkerflex NCW cable sets directly fastened to end of pole (instead of
standard box or cordset).
2. NWC connector mounted along the length of the pole.
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
611
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
General Specifications:
Receptacles: Each pole compartment may be wired with
up to 12 receptacles, with the number of circuits limited
by the feed method.
Feed method: All poles are provided with a utility box
(4" x 4" x 2 1/8" [102mm x 102mm x 54mm]) for all poles
with a cord up to 10' [3m].
Accessories:
Ceiling trim plates, pole clamp, and non-adjustable foot
with carpet gripper/adhesive pad furnished.
5"
[127mm]
2 13/16"
[71mm]
1 15/16"
[49mm]
12 sq. in.
[7742 sq. mm]
8 sq. in.
[5161 sq. mm]
NOTEs: Wire fill capacities calculated for a pole with a 4" x 4" x 2 1/8"
[102mm x 102mm x 54mm] box. Larger boxes can be used if higher
capacity is needed.
All of the standard profiles can be easily modified. Contact the
factory or the field sales representative for specifics.
Custom Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information
NP800 Jumbo Aluminum Tele-Power Pole
Two separate compartments can accommodate up
to 60A devices (#6 AWG maximum). Snap-in divider
permits up to six channels of varying sizes.
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN 40% FILL CIRCUITS
POWERING
WIRING 10 AWG 12 4
12 AWG 13 4
NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
* Two Strand (Duplex) Multimode, 625/125m. Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway areas as stated in the Commercial Buildings Standard for
Telecommunication Pathways and Spaces, EIA/TIA 569-A.
NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE TYPE
Description
Nom.
O.D. Inches
UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR 24 AWG SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR COAXIAL CABLE TWINAX FIBER*
Cat 3 Cat3 Cat3 Cat 5 Cat 6 Cat 3 Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 RG58/U RG58/U RG6/U RG6/U 100 OHM
2 Pair 3 Pair 4 Pair 4 Pair 4 Pair 25 Pair 22 AWG 22 AWG 22 AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 22AWG 18 AWG
0.14 0.15 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.41 0.39 0.465 0.245 0.195 0.242 0.242 0.27 0.33 0.19
Capacity of
Cross-Section (IN2)
2.4 62 54 33 25 19 7 8 5 20 32 20 20 16 11 33
2.8 72 63 39 29 22 8 9 6 23 37 24 24 19 13 39
3.2 83 72 45 33 26 9 10 7 27 42 27 27 22 14 45
4.2 109 95 59 44 34 12 14 9 35 56 36 36 29 19 59
4.3 111 97 60 45 34 13 14 10 36 57 37 37 30 20 60
4.8 124 108 67 50 38 14 16 11 40 64 41 41 33 22 67
5.0 129 113 70 52 40 15 16 11 42 66 43 43 34 23 70
5.2 135 117 73 54 42 15 17 12 44 69 45 45 36 24 73
5.8 150 131 81 61 46 17 19 13 49 77 50 50 40 27 81
6.2 161 140 87 65 50 18 20 14 52 83 53 53 43 28 87
7.0 181 158 98 73 56 21 23 16 59 93 60 60 48 32 98
7.7 200 174 108 81 62 23 25 18 65 103 66 66 53 36 108
8.0 207 181 112 84 64 24 26 18 67 107 69 69 55 37 112
12.0 311 271 169 126 96 36 40 28 101 160 104 104 83 56 169
CUSTOm TELE-POwER® POLES
WIREMOLD
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
612
VERTICAL SOLUTIONS
4.3"
sq. in.
7.7"
sq.in.
1 5/8"
[41mm]
7"
sq. in.
6.2"
sq. in.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
5.8"
sq. in.
6.2"
sq.in.
2 3/16"
[56mm]
12"
sq. in.
5"
[127mm] 2 13/16"
[71mm]
2.8"
sq.
5.2"
sq.in.
1 5/8"
[41mm]
4.6"
sq. in.
3.2"
sq. in.
3 1/8"
[79mm]
3.8"
sq. in.
4.2"
sq.in.
2 3/16"
[56mm]
8"
sq. in.
5"
[127mm] 1 13/16"
[46mm]
NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)
CUSTOm TELE-POwER® POLES
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
613
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
Wiremold® Power Distribution & Surge Protective Devices are designed to
provide complete power/protection solutions for your power/IT network from the
service entrance to point-of-use.
Power Commander®
Series High Amperage
Units
622
POWEr DistributiOn & surgE PrOtEctivE DEvicEs
Medical Grade Plug-In
Outlet Centers
637
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
614
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
POWEr DistributiOn & surgE PrOtEctivE DEvicEs
Table of Contents
Power Distribution Units for Data Centers
Cabinet Power Solutions
Workstation Power Solutions
Hard-Wired Surge Protection
Rack Mounted Power Solutions
Power Commander®
IQ Series
616
Meter Reader™
Series Current-
Monitoring Devices
624
Surge Protected
CabinetMATE®
Series
625
Surge Protected
Products
628
Surge Protected
Plug-In Outlet
Center® Units
631
ZoneMaster®/
ZoneSentinel®
Series
638
ZoneDefender
Pro Series
640
PA/PB™ Series
641
Power Commander®
Plus Series
619
Power Commander®
Series High
Amperage Units
622
Power Only
CabinetMATE®
Series
627
Power Only Plug-In
Outlet Center® Units
633
Power Only
Products
629
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
615
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
POWEr DistributiOn & surgE PrOtEctivE DEvicEs
Quick Selection Guide
PA120T ZoneMaster
7011ULBC
PR609N
METL530
UL2062BC
J60B2B
M6S
Work Station Solutions
Rack-Mounted Power Solutions
Hard-Wired Surge Protection Cabinet Power Solutions
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
616
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
Power Commander® IQ Power Distribution Units offer remote current and
temperature monitoring of connected equipment and individual outlet control for
power recycling.
CODE REFERENCE
cTUVus Listed:
File 30783215.002 EN60950-1
POWEr cOmmanDEr® iQ sEriEs
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 15A
Output Receptacle 16 Pcs switched NEMA 5-15
(8 pieces each circuit)
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cable –
AWG Length &
Plug Type
2 power cables, 14/3 SJT Type,
5-15P straight blade, 4 1/2 ft. [1.4m]
Console Interface
Local Master Port
1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector.
Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.
Parity: None, Odd or Even.
Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.
Baud rate 2400 to 115200.
Temperature
Sensing Port
Digital Input Port – RJ11
Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.
Display 16 Power Outlet On/Off status LEDs,
2 Network LEDs. 2 digit LED display
(1.00" x 0.65") [25mm x 16.5mm] for AC
Current Draw Status.
Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS, POP3/
SMTP, SNMP, HTTPS/HTTP, and BootP
Weight 10 lbs. Shipping Weight
Operational
Temperature
Environment
32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)
Storage
Temperature
-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)
Humidity 10% – 90% RH
Sixteen (16) 15A simplex
outlets in two banks of 8.
Black housing.
Length: 19" [1.5m]
Width: 3 7/32" [82mm]
Depth: 6 1/4" [159mm]
SPDU16-2U
Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
617
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
POWEr cOmmanDEr® iQ sEriEs
Ordering Information
AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 15A
Output Receptacle 8 switched NEMA 5-15
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cable –
AWG Length &
Plug Type
14/3 SJT Type, 5-15P straight blade,
4 1/2 ft. [1.4m]
Console Interface
Local Master Port
1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector.
Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.
Parity: None, Odd or Even.
Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.
Baud rate 2400 to 115200.
Temperature
Sensing Port
Digital Input Port – RJ11
Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.
Display 8 Power Outlet On/Off status LEDs,
2 Network LEDs. 2 digit LED display
(1.00" x 0.65") [25mm x 16.5mm] for AC
Current Draw Status.
Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS, POP3/
SMTP, SNMP, HTTPS/HTTP, and BootP
Weight 7 lbs. Shipping Weight
Operational
Temperature
Environment
32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)
Storage
Temperature
-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)
Humidity 10% – 90% RH
Eight (8)15A simplex
outlets. Black housing.
Length: 19" [1.5m
Width: 1 5/8" [41mm]
Depth: 6 1/4" [159mm]
SPDU8-1U
Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
618
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
POWEr cOmmanDEr® iQ sEriEs
Ordering Information
AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 20A
Output Receptacle 20 switched NEMA 5-15
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cable
AWG Length &
Plug Type
12/3 SJT Type, L5-20P Locking plug,
91/2 ft. [2.9m]
Measurement of True RMS from all
CircuitsAC Current Draw
Monitoring
Console Interface
Local Master Port
1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector Type.
Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.
Parity: None, Odd or Even.
Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.
Baud rate 2400 to 115200.
Audio Buzzer 85 Decibel
Display 20 Power Outlet ON/OFF status LEDs,
1 Power On/Off LED. 2 Network LEDs.
2 digit LED display (1.00" x 0.65") [25mm
x 16.5mm] for AC Current Draw Status.
Temperature
Sensing Port
Digital Input Port – RJ11
Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.
Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS,
POP3/SMTP, SNMP, HTTP, and BootP
Weight 18 lbs. Shipping Weight
Operational
Temperature
Environment
32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)
Storage
Temperature
-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)
Humidity 10% – 90% RH
Twenty (20) 15A simplex
outlets. Black housing.
Length: 61" [1.5m]
Width: 1 3/4" [44mm]
Depth: 2 1/2" [60mm]
SPDU20-0U
SPDU20-0U
Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
619
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
Power Commander® Plus High Current Power Distribution Units offer the capacity
to meet the ever-increasing power demands of data centers. CODE REFERENCE
cTUVus Listed:
File 30783215.002 EN60950-1
POWEr cOmmanDEr® Plus sEriEs
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
A Hub assembly of a Power Commander Plus PDU
showing circuit breakers and LEDs.
C13 Receptacle
(Rated 15A) C19 Receptacle
(Rated 20A)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
620
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
AC Voltage Input 100 to 127V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 127V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 50 Amps, derated to 40 Amps: 1 – 20 Amp
Circuit derated to 16 Amps (Circuit 1) 2 – 15 Amp
Circuits derated to 12 Amps (Circuits 2 & 3)
Circuit Breaker 1 – 20 Amp (Circuit 1),
2 – 15 Amp (Circuits 2 & 3), UL489 Listed
Output Receptacles NEMA 5-20R (Circuit 1),
NEMA 5-15R (Circuits 2 & 3)
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cord 6/3 SOOW Type, CS6361 Plug, 10' [3.05m]
5B11N, 5W11N
6B21N, 6W21N
5-20R 5-15R 5-20R 5-15R
POWEr cOmmanDEr® Plus sEriEs
Ordering Information
Eight (8) 5-20R outlets (Circuit 1), eight (8) 5-15R
outlets each circuit (Circuits 2 & 3). Black (5B) or
White (5W) top cover.
Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,
67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.
Hub Length 10.12" [257mm]
Width 2.00" [50.8mm]
Depth 1.95"
3.20"
[49.5mm],
[81.3mm] with hub
Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center
Eight (8) 5-20R outlets per circuit, twenty-four (24)
total outlets. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.
Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,
67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.
Hub Length 10.12" [257mm]
Width 2.00" [50.8mm]
Depth 1.95"
3.20"
[49.5mm],
[81.3mm] with hub
Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center
5W11n
6W21N
Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 120V Output
5-20R 5-20R 5-20R
6B21N, 6W21N
AC Voltage Input 120/208V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 127V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:
3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps
(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)
Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed
Output Receptacles NEMA 5-20R, IEC C13 or IEC C19
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]
6W21N
Power Commander Plus Series 50 Amp PDU Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
621
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
6B21E, 6W21E
6B22E, 6W22E
POWEr cOmmanDEr® Plus sEriEs
Ordering Information
Two (2) C19 outlets per circuit, eight (8) C13 outlets
per circuit. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.
Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,
67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.
Hub Length 10.12" [257mm]
Width 2.00" [50.8mm]
Depth 1.95"
3.20"
[49.5mm],
[81.3mm] with hub
Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center
Two (2) C19 outlets per circuit, eight (8) C13 outlets
per circuit. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.
Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,
67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.
Hub Length 14.12" [359mm]
Width 2.00" [50.8mm]
Depth 1.95"
3.20"
[49.5mm],
[81.3mm] with hub
Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center
Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 120V Output
Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 208V Output
AC Voltage Input 120/208V
AC Voltage Output 100 to 127V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:
3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps
(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)
Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed
Output Receptacles NEMA 5-20R, IEC C13 or IEC C19
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]
AC Voltage Input 120/208V
AC Voltage Output 200 to 230V
Frequency 60 Hz
Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:
3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps
(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)
Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed
Output Receptacles IEC C13 or IEC C19
Product Warranty 2 years
Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]
C19 C13 C19 C13 C19 C13
6B21E, 6W21E
C19 C13 C19 C13 C19 C13
6W22E
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
622
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
Power Commander® Series High Amperage Units (PDUs) have multiple circuits
to provide increased capacity for today’s high density server racks. Embedded or
remote ammeters are available to monitor current draw.
POWEr cOmmanDEr® sEriEs
High Amperage Units
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed:
File 173292 Guide: NWGQ
Power Commander Series Mounting Information
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
Understanding that each cabinet, enclosure, rack and application is unique, Wiremold has designed four solutions for
mounting the 30 Amp Power Distribution Units using the universal T-slot built into the unit. The mounting kits listed below
are available for purchase as accessories.
STANDARD HARDWARE INSTALLATION
Attach the Spring Clips to the cabinet frame or cabinet wall making sure the top
clip is no more than 1 inch [25mm] from the top of the unit. Insert the 1/4 - 20
Phillips screw through the spring clip as shown, and then through the cabinet
frame or cabinet wall. On the other side of the mounting surface, put the 1/4
lock washer over the exposed Phillips screw and tighten into place with the 1/4
- 20 nut. Once the spring clips are secure, place unit in one side of the clips and
snap the other side into position.
30A-MK2 L Bracket
30A-MK1 Z Bracket
30A-MK3 Swivel Bracket
30A-MK4 Drop-In Clip
Allows mounting at a right angle. May be used for a side or
end mount.
Sturdy anodized aluminum bracket offsets the unit for front
access to the mounting. May be used for a side or end mount.
Allows unit to be mounted then rotated up to 270°
(dependent on mounting location) providing easy access to
unit’s face without losing space.
Clip is mounted directly on the unit and allows the strip to
install with a ‘drop and hold’ method that requires no
additional hardware.
NOTE: Accessory mounting kits are
not UL Listed.
1/4-20
Phillips
Clip
1/4 Lock
Washer
1/4-20
Nut
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
623
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
3A44B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
3A86B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
3B44B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
3B86B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
3B53B2-1-AM 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
3B43B2-1-RAM 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit
4B44B2-2 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit
4B86B2-2 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit
4B53B2-2-AM 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit
4B43B2-2-RAM 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit
Two 15A resettable circuit breakers. Twenty-four 20A
outlets with T-slots, gray housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length
48" [1.2m].
Two 15A resettable circuit breakers. Thirty-six 20A outlets
with T-slots, gray housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length 70"
[1.8m].
Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers.
Twenty-four 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12'
[3.6m] cord. Length 48" [1.2m].
Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers.
Thirty-six 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m]
cord. Length 70" [1.8m].
Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers and
two lighted LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A outlets
with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length 54"
[1.4m].
Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers and
two lighted remote LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A
outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length
48" [1.2m]. Includes two (2) 7' [1.2m] patch cables, two (2)
remote displays, and one (1) rack mountable faceplate.
Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers.
Twenty-four 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12'
[3.6m] cord. Length 48" [1.2m].
Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers.
Thirty-six 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m]
cord. Length 70" [1.8m].
Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers and
two lighted LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A outlets
with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length 54"
[1.4m].
Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers and
two lighted remote LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A
outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length
48" [1.2m]. Includes two (2) 7' [1.2m] patch cables, two (2)
remote displays, and one (1) rack mountable faceplate.
POWEr cOmmanDEr® sEriEs
High Amperage Units
Power Commander High Amperage Units Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
624
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
mEtEr rEaDEr™ sEriEs
Current Monitoring Devices
Meter Reader Series Current Monitoring Devices add current monitoring capability
to any 20A or 30A power distribution unit or power strip. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E250477
Guide PICQ
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
Meter Reader Series Mounting Instructions
RACK MOUNT DISPLAY PLATE  INSTALLATION
(Closed Slots
for Rigidity)
Designed in Accordance
with E. I. A. Standards
Remote Display Insert
Rack Mount
Faceplate
METL520
Retro Current Monitoring Device (120 Vac)
METL530
Retro Current Monitoring Device (120 Vac)
METL620
Retro Current Monitoring Device (240 Vac)
METL630
Retro Current Monitoring Device (240 Vac)
Retro current monitoring device
(120 Vac) with an L5-20 plug
and connector set. Unit will
support any 20 Amp power strip
with an L5-20 plug. Includes
7' [1.2m] patch cord and 19"
[482mm] mountable faceplate
and remote display.
Retro current monitoring device
(120 Vac) with an L5-30 plug
and connector set. Unit will
support any 30 Amp power strip
with an L5-30 plug. Includes
7' [1.2m] patch cord and 19"
[482mm] mountable faceplate
and remote display.
Retro current monitoring device
(240 Vac) with an L6-20 plug
and connector set. Unit will
support any 20 Amp power strip
with an L6-20 plug. Includes
7' [1.2m] patch cord and 19"
[482mm] mountable faceplate
and remote display.
Retro current monitoring device
(240 Vac) with an L6-30 plug
and connector set. Unit will
support any 30 Amp power strip
with an L6-30 plug. Includes
7' [1.2m] patch cord and 19"
[482mm] mountable faceplate
and remote display.
Meter Reader Series Current Monitoring Devices Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
625
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
8002 Spring Clip
cabinEtmatE™ sEriEs
Surge Protected Products
CabinetMate Series Plug-In Outlet Center Units offer a low profile aluminum
housing to save space.
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E66421
Guide XYBS, XUHT, VZCA
Surge Suppression Specifications
Surge Protection Circuitry Single Stage
Maximum Surge Current 36,000 Amps
(12,000 Amps L-N, 12,000 Amps L-G,
12,000 Amps N-G)
Noise Reduction +35dB
Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond
NOTE: See the Joule explanation later in this section.
MOUNTING TYPES
Each Cabinet Power Solution can be mounted via included
spring clip hardware. Complete mounting hardware and
installation instructions are included with every unit.
Mount unit in any position. Includes
two spring steel mounting clips
that snap onto the unit. Screws also
included. Used for all units with
1 1/2" [38mm] narrow aluminum
housing.
CabinetMate Series Mounting Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
626
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
4810BCS, 4810BDS Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7011BCS, 7011BDS Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7712BCS, 7712BDS Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
2008BCS20R, 2008BDS20R Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
4810BCS20R, 4810BDS20R Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7011BCS20R, 7011BDS20R Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7712BCS20R, 7712BDS20R Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
Ten outlets. 6' [1.8m] (4810BCS) or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS) cord. Length 48" [1.2m]. 15A
resettable circuit breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.
Eleven outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7011BCS) or 15' [4.6m] (7011BDS) cord. Length 70" [1.8m]. 15A
resettable circuit breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.
Twelve outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7712BCS) or 15' [4.6m] (7712BDS) cord. Length 77" [2m]. 15A
resettable circuit breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.
Eight 20A outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (2008BCS20R) or 15' [4.6m] (2008BDS20R) cord.
Length 20" [508mm]. Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.
Ten 20A outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (4810BCS20R) or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS20R) cord.
Length 48" [1.2m]. Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.
Eleven outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7011BCS20R) or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS20R) cord. Length
70" [1.8m]. Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.
Twelve outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7712BCS) or 15' [4.6m] (7712BDS) cord. Length 77"
[2m]. 20A resettable circuit breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.
All units feature gray aluminum
housing 1 1/2" x 1 3/16" [38mm
x30mm] with black receptacles
and black power cord with
straight blade plug.
cabinEtmatE™ sEriEs
Surge Protected Products
Why Don’t We Specify Joules?
The Joule rating does not provide an accurate indication of the robustness of a surge
suppressor. The Joule rating is energy over time and it is very easy to artificially inflate
the Joule rating by changing the time base. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers (IEEE) as well as the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) both
warn against using Joules to compare surge suppressors.
CabinetMate Series Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
627
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
cabinEtmatE™ sEriEs
Power Only Products
4810ULBC, 4810ULBD Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7011ULBC, 7011ULBD Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7712ULBC, 7712ULBD Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
2008ULBC20R, 2008ULBD20R, 2008ULBC20R-TL,
2008ULBD20R-TL Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
4810ULBC20R, 4810ULBD20R, 4810ULBC20R-TL,
4810ULBD20R-TL Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
7011ULBC20R, 7011ULBD20R, 7011ULBC20R-TL,
7011ULBD20R-TL Plug-In Outlet Center UNIT
7712ULBC20R, 7712ULBD20R, 7712ULBC20R-TL,
7712ULBD20R-TL Plug-In Outlet Center UNIT
Ten outlets, 6' [1.8m] (4810ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (4810ULBD) cord. Length 48" [1.2m].
Receptacle center-to-center 4" [101mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit breaker.
Eleven outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7011ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (7011ULBD) cord. Length 70" [1.8m].
Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit breaker.
Twelve outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7712ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (7712ULBD) cord. Length 77" [2m].
Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit breaker.
Eight 20A outlets with t-slots, 6' [1.8m](2008ULBC20R, 2008ULBC20R-TL) or 15'[4.6m]
(2008ULBD20R, 2008ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 20" [508mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/4" [32mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A resettable circuit breaker. Units available with straight
blade or Locking Plug (2008ULBC20R-TL, 2008ULBD20R-TL).
Ten 20A outlets with t-slots, 6' [1.8m](4810ULBC20R, 4810ULBC20R-TL) or 15'[4.6m]
(4810ULBD20R, 4810ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-center
4" [101mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A resettable circuit breaker. Units available with straight
blade or Locking Plug (4810ULBC20R-TL, 4810ULBD20R-TL).
Eleven 20A outlets with t-slots, 6' [1.8m](7011ULBC20R, 7011ULBC20R-TL) or 15'[4.6m]
(7011ULBD20R, 7011ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 70" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-to-center
6" [152mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A resettable circuit breaker. Units available with straight
blade or Locking Plug (7011ULBC20R-TL, 7011ULBD20R-TL).
Twelve 20A outlets with t-slots, 6' [1.8m](7712ULBC20R, 7712ULBC20R-TL) or 15'[4.6m]
(7712ULBD20R, 7712ULBD20R-TL) cord. Length 77" [2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 6"
[152mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A resettable circuit breaker. Units available with straight
blade or Locking Plug (7712ULBC20R-TL, 7712ULBD20R-TL).
Locking Plug
All units feature gray aluminum
housing 1 1/2" x 1 3/16" [38mm
x30mm] with black receptacles
and black power cord with
straight blade plug.
Units with “-TL” suffix have
twist lock plug
CabinetMate Series Power Only Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information
3609ULBC, 3609ULBD Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
Nine outlets, 6' [1.8m] (3609ULBC) or 15' [4.6m] (3609ULBD) cord. Length 36" [915mm].
Receptacle center-to-center 3" [76mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit breaker.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
628
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
rack mOuntED POWEr sOlutiOns
Rack Mounted Power Solutions are designed to fit a standard 19" rack. The
compact 1U design takes up a minimum amount of rack space
NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution
solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact
the factory for additional information.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E66421
Guide XBYS2, XUHT2, VZCA2
Sentrex® High Performance Surge Specifications
Surge Protection Circuitry
3 Element, 3-Stage Hybrid Circuit
Maximum Surge Current
56,000 Amps (32,000 Amps L-N,
12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)
Noise Reduction
+50dB
Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond
NOTE: See the Joule explanation on page 626.
Perma-Power® Computer Grade Surge Specifications
Surge Protection Circuitry
Single Stage
Maximum Surge Current
36,000 Amps (12,000 Amps L-N,
12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)
Noise Reduction
+35dB
Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond
MOUNTING TYPES
Each Rack Mounted Power Solution can be mounted to standard 19" [482mm] racks via the closed slots. Power Commander High
Amperage Unit can also be mounted in a 0U position as shown below. Complete mounting hardware and installation instructions
are included with every unit.
Rack Mounting
Fits standard 19" [482mm] rack.
Hardware not included.
Closed Slots
for Rigidity
Designed in accordance with
E.I.A. standards.
Mounting Information
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
629
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
rack mOuntED POWEr sOlutiOns
Surge Protected and Power Only Products
Surge Protected Products Ordering Information Power Only Products Ordering Information
R5S, R5S-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Unit J08B0B, J08B2B Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J06B0B, J06B2B Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J60B0B, J60B2B Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J24B0B, J24B2B Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J06B0BX, J06B2BX Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
R8BZ, R8BZ-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
R5BZ, R5BZ-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
R5BZX, R5BZX-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
R5BZ20, R5BZ20-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
R5BZ20X, R5BZ20X-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
Six rear outlets, lighted
switch, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (R5S)
or 15' [4.6m] (R5S-15) cord.
Sentrex® high performance
surge protection.
Eight rear outlets, lighted
switch, 15A, receptacles
rotated 90° and 4 outlets
spaced to accommodate
transformers. 6' (J08B0B) or
15' (J08B2B) [1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm] and 2"
[51mm].
Six rear outlets, lighted
switch, 15A, 6' (J06B0B) or
15' (J06B2B) [1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Six front outlets, lighted
switch, 15A, 6' (J60B0B) or
15' (J60B2B) [1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Two front, four rear outlets,
lighted switch, 15A, 6'
(J24B0B) or 15' (J24B2B)
[1.8m or 4.6m] cord.
Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/2" [38mm].
Six rear outlets, 15A, 6'
(J06B0BX) or 15' (J06B2BX)
[1.8m or 4.6m] cord.
Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/2" [38mm].
Eight rear outlets, lighted
switch, 15A. Receptacles
rotated 90° and 4 outlets
spaced to accommodate
transformers. 6' [1.8m]
(R8BZ) or 15' [4.6m] (R8BZ-
15) cord. Perma Power®
computer grade surge
protection.
Six rear outlets, lighted
switch, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (R5BZ)
or 15'[4.6m] (R5BZ-15) cord.
Perma Power® computer
grade, surge protection.
Six rear outlets, 15A. 6'
[1.8m] (R5BZ) or 15'[4.6m]
(R5BZ-15) cord. Perma
Power® computer grade,
surge protection.
Six 20A rear outlets, on/off
switch. 6' [1.8m] (R5BZ20) or
15' [4.6m] (R5BZ20-15) cord.
Perma Power® computer
grade surge protection.
Six 20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m]
(R5BZ20X) or 15' [4.6m]
(R5BZ20X-15) cord. Perma
Power® computer grade
surge protection.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
630
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
J60B0B-90, J60B2B-90
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J06B0B20, J06B2B20
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J06B0B20X, J06B2B20X
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J60B0B20, J60B2B20
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J60B0B20X, J60B2B20X
Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
J06B0B20X-AM Plug-In Outlet Center Unit
Six front outlets, 15A,
receptacles rotated 90° and
spaced to accommodate
transformers. 6' (J60B0B-90)
or 15' (J60B2B-90) [1.8m
or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle
center-to-center 1 1/2"
[38mm].
Six rear 20A outlets, on/off
switch, 6' (J06B0B20) or 15'
(J06B2B20) [1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Six rear 20A outlets,
6' (J06B0B20X) or 15'
(J06B2B20X)[1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Six front 20A outlets, on/off
switch, 6' (J60B0B20) or 15'
(J60B2B20) [1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Six front 20A outlets,
6' (J60B0B20X) or 15'
(J60B2B20X)[1.8m or 4.6m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
Digital ammeter with LCD
readout of current draw. Six
20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m]
cord. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm].
rack mOuntED POWEr sOlutiOn
Power Only Products
Power Only Products Ordering Information (continued)
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
631
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Work Station Power Solutions are point-of-use, plug-in outlet centers available
with and without surge suppression. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E66421
Guide XYBS, XUHT, VZCA
Sentrex® High Performance Surge Specifications
Surge Protection Circuitry
3 Element, 3-Stage Hybrid Circuit
Maximum Surge Current
56,000 Amps (32,000 Amps L-N,
12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)
Noise Reduction
+50dB
Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond
NOTE: See the Joule explanation located on the Cabinet Power Solutions
page 626.
Perma-Power® Computer Grade Surge Specifications
Surge Protection Circuitry
Single Stage
Maximum Surge Current
36,000 Amps (12,000 Amps L-N,
12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)
Noise Reduction
+35dB
Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond
MOUNTING TYPES
Each Plug-In Outlet Center unit has one of three different mounting types. Each mounting method has been designed to optimize
the performance of the product. Complete mounting hardware and installation instructions are included with every unit.
Mounting Information
COLOR OPTIONS
Workstation Power Solutions Plug-In Outlet Center Units Part
Number descriptions indicate available color options.
Surge Suppression Specifications
Snap-On/Slide-Off
Mount unit in any position. Catalog No.
8004 includes two aluminum mounting
clips that snap onto mounting rails
on the back of the unit. Screws also
included. Used for all units with 2"
[51mm] aluminum housing.
Keyhole Mounting
Mount unit in almost any position. Screws not
included. Available on all plastic units and
units with 3 1/2" [89mm] aluminum housing.
Spring Clip Mounting
Mount unit in any position. Catalog No. 8002
includes two spring steel mounting clips that
snap onto the unit. Screws also included.
Used for all units with 1 1/2" [38mm] narrow
aluminum housing.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
632
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
Work Station Power Solutions – Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information
M5S Plug-In Outlet Center Units M6BZNET, M6BZNET-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
M6BZR, M6BZR-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
M620BZLS, M620BZLS-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
M6S, M6S-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
M5BZ Plug-In Outlet Center Units
SR10N Plug-In Outlet Center Units M6BZ, M6BZ-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Sentrex® high performance
surge protection. Five outlets,
lighted switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing,
15A. Receptacles rotated 90°
and spaced to accommodate
transformers. Length 24"
[610mm]. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Six outlets, two spaced for
transformers. Lighted switch,
data line protector with RJ45
jacks. 6' [1.8m] (M6BZNET) or
15' [4.6m] (M6BZNET-15) power
cord with 45° right angle plug.
Length 18" [457mm].
Perma Power® computer grade
surge protection. Six outlets,
remote switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing, 15A,
6' [1.8m] (M6BZR) or 15' [4.6m]
(M6BZR-15) 14/3 SJT putty
white cord with NEMA5-15 plug.
Length 13 1/4" [337mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
Perma Power® computer grade
surge protection. Six outlets,
lighted switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing, 20A. 6'
[1.8m] (M620BZLS) or 15' [4.6m]
(M620BZLS-15) 12/3 SJT putty
white cord with NEMA5-20 plug.
Length 18" [457mm]. Snap-on,
slide-off mounting.
Sentrex® high performance
surge protection. Six outlets,
lighted switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing, 15A. 6'
[1.8m] (M6S) or 15' [4.6m] (M6S-
15) 14/3 SJT putty white cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 15
1/4" [387mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Perma Power® computer grade
surge protection. Five outlets,
lighted switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing,
15A. Receptacles rotated 90°
and spaced to accommodate
transformers. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 21" [533mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
Basic surge protection. Six
outlets, lighted switch, impact-
resistant putty white polymeric
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Maximum surge current
6500 Amps. 13 1/4" x 2 1/2" x 1
9/16" [337mm x 64mm x 40mm].
Keyhole mounting.
Perma Power® computer grade
surge protection. Six outlets,
lighted switch, durable putty
white aluminum housing, 15A. 6'
[1.8m] (M6BZ) or 15' (M6BZ-15)
[4.6m] 14/3 SJT putty white cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13
1/4" [337mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Right Angle Plug
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
633
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information
SRD10N Plug-In Outlet Center Units
PR610N Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL300BC, UL300BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL402BC, UL402BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL401BC, UL401BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
PR609N Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Basic surge protection. Six
outlets, lighted switch, impact-
resistant putty white polymeric
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Maximum surge
current 6500 Amps. Phone/fax
protection. 13 1/4" x 2 1/2" x 1
9/16" [337mm x 64mm x 40mm].
Keyhole mounting.
Basic surge protection. Six
outlets, lighted switch, impact-
resistant putty white polymeric
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Maximum surge current
6500 Amps. 11 3/4" x 2 1/4" x 1
1/2" [298mm x 57mm x 38mm].
Keyhole mounting.
Eight outlets, lighted switch,
rugged gray aluminum housing,
15A, 6' [1.8m](UL300BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL300BD) 14/3
SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 24" [609mm].
Receptacle center-to-center
2" [51mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Sixteen outlets, lighted switch,
rugged gray aluminum housing,
15A, 6' [1.8m](UL402BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL402BD) 14/3 SJT
black cord with NEMA5-15 plug.
Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle
center-to-center 2 1/2" [64mm].
Snap-on, slide-off mounting.
Eight outlets, lighted switch,
rugged gray aluminum housing,
15A, 6' [1.8m](UL401BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL401BD) 14/3
SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 48" [1.2m].
Receptacle center-to-center 5
1/4" [133mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting.
Perma Power® basic surge
protection. Six outlet wall
plug, impact-resistant putty
white polymeric housing, 15A.
Maximum surge current 6500
Amps. 5" x 3 3/8" x 1 3/4"
[127mm x 86mm x 44mm].
UL309BC, UL309BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Nine outlets, lighted switch,
rugged gray aluminum housing,
15A, 6' [1.8m](UL309BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL309BD) 14/3
SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 36" [915mm].
Receptacle center-to-center
3" [76mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
634
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
UL404BC, UL404BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units UL2065BC, UL2065BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
V20-C2, G20-C2 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
NM20-C3 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
NM20-C4 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL2062BC, UL2062BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL2063BC, UL2063BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL2064BC, UL2064BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Sixteen outlets, rugged gray
aluminum housing, 15A, 6'
[1.8m] (UL404BC) or 15' [4.6m]
(UL404BD) 14/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
Twenty-four outlets, rugged
gray aluminum housing,
15A, lighted switch, 6' [1.8m]
(UL2065BC) or 15' [4.6m]
(UL2065BD) 14/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Snap-
on, Slide-off mounting.
Six outlets, steel housing with
ivory (V20-C2) or gray finish
(G20-C2). 6' [1.8m] cord. Length
40" [1m]. Receptacle center-to-
center 6" [152mm].
Six (3 duplex) outlets,
nonmetallic housing with ivory
finish. 6' [1.8m] cord, Length
36" [915mm]. Receptacle
center-to-center 12" [305mm].
Eight (4 duplex) outlets,
nonmetallic housing with ivory
finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length
48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 12" [305mm].
Twelve outlets, rugged gray
aluminum housing, 15A, 6'
[1.8m] (UL2062BC) or 15' [4.6m]
(UL2062BD) 14/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 5 1/4" [133mm].
Twenty-four outlets, rugged
gray aluminum housing, 15A, 6'
[1.8m] (UL2063BC) or 15' [4.6m]
(UL2063BD) 14/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 2 1/2" [64mm].
Twelve outlets, rugged gray
aluminum housing, 15A, lighted
switch, 6' [1.8m] (UL2064BC)
or 15' [4.6m] (UL2064BD) 14/3
SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 72" [1.8m].
Receptacle center-to-center 5
1/4" [133mm]. Snap-on, Slide-
off mounting.
UL403BC, UL403BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Eight outlets, rugged gray
aluminum housing, 15A, 6'
[1.8m](UL403BC) or 15' [4.6m]
(UL403BD) 14/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 5 1/4" [133mm].
Snap-on, slide-off mounting.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
635
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
UL100BC, UL100BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL205BC, UL205BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL206BC, UL206BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL207BC, UL207BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL101BC, UL101BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL104BC, UL104BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL204BC, UL204BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Five outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL100BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL100BD) 14/3 SJT black
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
91/4" [235mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting.
Eight outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL205BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL205BD) 14/3 SJT black
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13"
[330mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Six outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL206BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL206BD) 14/3 SJT black
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 12
1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting.
Six outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(UL207BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL207BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 12 1/4" [311mm].
Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/4"
[32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off mounting.
Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A. 6' (UL101BC) or 15'
(UL101BD) [1.8m or 4.6m] 14/3 SJT
black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
91/4" [235mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting.
Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(UL104BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL104BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-
15 plug. Length 9 1/4" [235mm].
Receptacle center-to-center 11/4"
[32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off mounting.
Seven outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(UL204BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL204BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 13" [330mm]. Receptacle
center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
NM20-C5 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
NM20-C6 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Ten (5 duplex) outlets,
nonmetallic housing with ivory
finish. 6' [1.8m] cord, Length
60" [1.5m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 12" [305mm].
Twelve (6 duplex) outlets,
nonmetallic housing with ivory
finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length
72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-
to-center 12" [305mm].
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
636
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)
UL210BC, UL210BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL209BC, UL209BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL215BC, UL215BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
ULB420-6, ULB420-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
ULB620-6, ULB620-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
UL1090BC, UL1090BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
R610, R612 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
P6, P6-15 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Ten outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(UL210BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL210BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 13" [330mm], width 3 1/2"
[89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 15/16" [49mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Eight individually switched outlets,
lighted on/off switch, putty white finish
aluminum housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m]
(UL209BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL209BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 13" [330mm], width 3 1/2"
[89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 5/16" [33mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Four individually switched outlets,
lighted on/off switch, rugged gray
aluminum housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m]
(UL215BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL215BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 13" [330mm], width 2"
[51mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
2 1/8" [54mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Four 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt
outlets, lighted switch, putty white
aluminum housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB420-
6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB420-15) 12/3 SJT
black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
10 3/4" [273mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting.
Six 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt outlets,
lighted switch, putty white aluminum
housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB620-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULB620-15) 12/3 SJT black cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13 1/4"
[337mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, receptacles rotated
90° and spaced to accommodate
transformers. 6' [1.8m] (UL1090BC) or
15' [4.6m] (UL1090BD) 14/3 SJT black
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length
16" [406mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 3" [76mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting.
Six outlets, putty white aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(R610) or 15' [4.6m] (R612) 14/3 SJT
putty white cord with NEMA5-15 plug.
Length 12 1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle
center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
Six outlets, putty white impact-
resistant polymeric housing, 15A,
lighted switch, 6' [1.8m] (P6) or 15'
[4.6m] (P6-15) 14/3 SJT putty white
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 12"
[305mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/4" [32mm]. Keyhole mounting.
UL218BC, UL218BD
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Eight outlets, rugged gray aluminum
housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]
(UL218BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL218BD)
14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15
plug. Length 15" [381mm]. Receptacle
center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
637
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
WOrkstatiOn POWEr sOlutiOns
Ordering Information
Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)
ULB820-6, ULB820-15
Plug-In Outlet Center Units
IEC5 Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Eight 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt
outlets, lighted switch, putty white
aluminum housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB820-
6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB820-15) 12/3
SJT black cord with NEMA5-20 plug .
Length 17 1/4" [438mm]. Receptacle
center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-
on, slide-off mounting.
Five 250V, IEC 320 outlets, gray finish,
10A single pole circuit breaker, power
cord not included. Length 11" [279mm].
Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2"
[38mm]. Input is provided with a male
IEC320 Receptacle. Appropriate input
cord must be purchased separately.
Output receptacles are female IEC320.
Snap-on, slide-off mounting. Power
cord not included. cULus Listed, TUV
Nord Certified EN60950.
ULM4-6, ULM4-15
Medical Grade Plug-In Outlet Center Units
ULM6-6, ULM6-15
Medical Grade Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Four outlets. Rugged white aluminum
housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULMH4-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULMH4-15) 14/3 SJT white cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 10 3/4"
[237mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting. cTUVus Listed as Medical
Electrical Equipment. Suitable for use
where Article 517 of NEC requires
Hospital Grade Outlets.
Six outlets. Rugged white aluminum
housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULMH6-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULMH6-15) 14/3 SJT white cord
with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13 1/4"
[337mm]. Receptacle center-to-center
1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off
mounting. cTUVus Listed as Medical
Electrical Equipment. Suitable for use
where Article 517 of NEC requires
Hospital Grade Outlets.
Special Use/Medical Grade Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information
ULBH4-6, ULBH4-15
Special Use Plug-In Outlet Center Units
ULBH6-6, ULBH6-15
Special Use Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Four outlets. Rugged white aluminum
housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULBH4-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULBH4-15) 14/3 SJT white
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 10
3/4" [237mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting. Not for use in critical
care environments. Not for use where
Article 517 of NEC requires Hospital
Grade Outlets.
Six outlets. Rugged white aluminum
housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULBH6-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULBH6-15) 14/3 SJT white
cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13
1/4" [337mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-
off mounting. Not for use in critical
care environments. Not for use where
Article 517 of NEC requires Hospital
Grade Outlets.
ULM620-6, ULM620 -15
Medical Grade Plug-In Outlet Center Units
20A configuration. Four outlets, white
finish. 6' [1.8m] (ULM620-6) or 15'
[4.6m] (ULM620-15) cord. Length 10
3/4" [237mm]. Receptacle center-to-
center 1 1/2" [38mm]. cTUVus Listed as
Medical Electrical Equipment. Suitable
for use where Article 517 of the NEC
requires Hospital Grade Outlets.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
638
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
ELECTRICAL
SERVICE
ZONEMASTER
PRO 400
400KA
ZONEMASTER
400
400KA
ZONEMASTER
PRO 340
340KA
ZONEMASTER
340
340KA
ZONEMASTER
PRO 200
200KA
ZONEMASTER
200
200KA
ZONESENTINEL
100
100KA
20/240V, Single Ø ZEM120T ZE120T ZCM120T ZC120T ZBM120T ZB120T ZA120T
120/208V 3Ø, Wye ZEM120Y ZE120Y ZCM120Y ZC120Y ZBM120Y ZB120Y ZA120Y
277/480V, 3Ø, Wye ZEM277Y ZE277Y ZCM277Y ZC277Y ZBM277Y ZB277Y ZA277Y
Options & Features
A-Remote Alarm OOOOOOO
B-Filter O O O O O O O
C-Counter S N/A S N/A S N/A N/A
F-Fused Disconnect O N/A O N/A O N/A N/A
G-Flush Mount O N/A O N/A O N/A O
H-NEMA 4
Metal Enclosure
O N/A O N/A O N/A N/A
S = Standard Feature, O = Available Option, N/A = Not available on this Model
ZOnEmastEr® sEriEs
Hard Wired Surge Protection
ZoneMaster® Series Hard-Wired Surge Protection provides superior protection and
ease-of-installation for both main and sub-panel applications. Meets UL1449 Third
Edition requirements
All ZoneMaster® and ZoneSentinel® Units feature all-mode protection. ZoneMaster® Pro models come
standard in a NEMA 1 metal enclosure with surge counter, display diagnostics, and internal audible alarm.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E322765
Guide VZCA
PANEL PROTECTION
BEST BETTER GOOD
BEST BETTER GOOD
MAIN ENTRANCE PROTECTION
ZoneSentinel 100
ZoneMaster Pro 400ZoneMaster 340
Hard Wired Surge Protection Units
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
639
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
ZOnEmastEr® sEriEs
Hard Wired Surge Protection
ZoneMaster & ZoneSentinel Replacement Modules
UNIT
CAT. NO.
MODULE
CAT. NO.
MODULE
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
USED
MODE
USED
ZEM120T/ZE120T 81144A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-N 2 L-N
81145A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-G 2 L-G
81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
ZEM120Y/ZE120Y 81144A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-N 3 L-N
81145A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-G 3 L-G
81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
ZEM277Y/ZE277Y 81146A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 277V L-N 3 L-N
81147A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 277V L-G 3 L-G
81149A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 277V N-G 1 N-G
ZCM120T/ZC120T 81144A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-N 2 L-N
81145A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-G 2 L-G
81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
ZCM120Y/ZC120Y 81144A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-N 3 L-N
81145A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 120V L-G 3 L-G
81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
ZCM277Y/ZC277Y 81146A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 277V L-N 3 L-N
81147A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC Module 277V L-G 3 L-G
81149A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 277V N-G 1 N-G
ZBM120T/ZB120T 81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
81173A ZoneMaster ZB Module 120V L-N/L-G 2 L-N/L-G
ZBM120Y/ZB120Y 81148A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 120V N-G 1 N-G
81173A ZoneMaster ZB Module 120V L-N/L-G 3 L-N/L-G
ZBM277Y/ZB277Y 81149A ZoneMaster ZE/ZC/ZB Module 277V N-G 1 N-G
81174A ZoneMaster ZB Module 277V L-N/L-G 3 L-N/L-G
ZA120T 81170A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 120V L-N/L-G 1 L-N/L-G
81175A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 120V L-N/N-G 1 L-N/N-G
ZA120Y 81170A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 120V L-N/L-G 1 L-N/L-G
81173A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 120V L-N/N-G 1 L-N/N-G
ZA277Y 81171A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 277V L-N/L-G 1 L-N/L-G
81174A ZoneSentinel ZA Module 277V L-N/N-G 1 L-N/N-G
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
640
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
ZOnEDEfEnDEr PrO sEriEs
Hard Wired Surge Protection
ZoneDefender Pro Series Hard-Wired Surge Protection provide superior protection
plus built-in EMI filtering for sub-panel applications. Standard with NO/NC
Contacts for Remote Monitoring. Meets UL1449 Third Edition requirements.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed: File E322765
Guide VZCA
ZPA Series, ZPB Series
80kA Surge Protection, 160kA Surge Protection
For surge protection at the sub panel or near sensitive
equipment. Designed for commercial/industrial
applications.
Dimensions: 9 5/16" x 4 7/8" x 3 1/16"
[237mm x 124mm x 78mm].
CATALOG
NO. ELECTRICAL SERVICE
SURGE
PROTECTION
ZPA120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 80kA
ZPA120Y 120/208V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA
ZPA240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 80kA
ZPA277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA
ZPB120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 160kA
ZPB120Y 120/208V, Single 3Ø, 4-Wire &
Ground
160kA
ZPB240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 160kA
ZPB277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 160kA
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
641
WIREMOLD
POWER DIstRIbutIOn & suRgE PROtEctIvE DEvIcEs
Pa/Pb™ sEriEs
Hard Wired Surge Protection
PA/PB Series Hard-Wired Surge Protection provide superior protection and
ease-of-installation for sub-panel applications. Meets UL1449 Third Edition
requirements.
PA Series, PB Series
80kA Surge Protection, 160kA Surge Protection
PABFMC Flush Mount Cover
For installing PA/PB units on
sheetrock or firewall construction.
Cover hides the hole cut and gives
the unit a finished look.
CODE REFERENCE
cETLus Listed:
CATALOG
NO. ELECTRICAL SERVICE
SURGE
PROTECTION
PA120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 80kA
PA120Y 120/208V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA
PA240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 80kA
PA277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA
PB120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 160kA
PB120Y 120/208V, Single 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 160kA
PB240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 160kA
PB277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 160kA
NOTE: Add suffix “–A” to part number for NO/NC dry contact relay for
connecting remote monitoring device. Add suffix “–B” to part number
for EMI/RFI noise filter. Add “–AB” to part number for both options.
For surge protection at the
sub panel or near sensitive
equipment. Designed for
residential and light commercial/
industrial applications.
Dimensions: 6 5/16" x 4 3/4"
x 39/16" [160mm x 120mm x
90mm]. Ten year unconditional
product warranty.
9"
[229mm]
7"
[178mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
642
POWER DISTRIBUTION & SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
643
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
Wiremold® Meeting Room Solutions bring technology closer to the user’s work
area. The routing of power, communication and A/V connections is virtually
transparent and increasingly more accessible. Solutions offer flexibility in
meeting connectivity configurations and décor needs.
Under Table Cable
Management 646
Meeting Room
Transition
Channel
647
Work Surface
Modular Power
648
Under Table Cable Management (UTCM)
Work Surface Modular Power (WSMP)
648
647
Table of Contents
Meeting Room Transition Channel (MRTC)
646
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
644
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals
deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
Table of Contents
WIREMOLD
TableSource™ Work Surface Portals
Lab Bench Work Surface Portals
Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals
652
deQuorum™
Recessed Work
Surface Portals
655 658
660
663
666
deQuorum™
Flip-Up Work
Surface Portals
Desk Module Work Surface Portal
667
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
645
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
Work Surface
Portal Model Svc. Location
@ Table Cord
Length Field Wired
Whip length Cover Color/
Material Electrical
Outlets Communication
Openings AV
Openings
Evolution
6" Portals
Recessed
6" Diameter
12' 6' Nickel, Bronze,
Gray, Black,
Brass Powder
Coat
(2) 15A
Duplex
(2) Ortronics®
Cat 6
RJ45 jacks
(5) Legrand AVIP
Plates or Extron®
Electronics
MAAP modules
Evolution
8" Portals
Recessed
8" Diameter
12' 6' Nickel, Bronze,
Gray, Black,
Brass Powder
Coat
(2) 15A
Duplex
(6) Ortronics®
Cat 6
RJ45 jacks
(10) Legrand AVIP
Plates or Extron®
Electronics
MAAP modules
deQuorum
Recessed
Portals
Recessed 12' 6' Gray, Black (2) 20A
Duplexes
Gasketed
Adapters for
Ortronics®
Series II, TracJack
or Wiremold Open
System
Cable Cord Keeper
or Legrand AVIP
Plates or Extron®
Electronics
MAAP modules –
(6) single or
(3) double
deQuorum
Flip Up
Portals
Above 12' N/A Black,
Stainless
(1) 15A or
20A Duplex
Adapters for
Ortronics®
Series II or TracJack
and Wiremold Open
System
N/A
TableSource
Portals
(Standard)
Above 12' N/A Clear Anodized
Aluminum
(1) 15A
Duplex
2 Openings with
Adapters for
Ortronics®
Series II, TracJack
or Wiremold Open
System
N/A
TableSource
Portals
(Configurable)
Above 2'-12' Specify Clear Anodized
Aluminum
(1-4) 15A
Duplexes
Gasketed
1-4 Openings
with Adapters for
Ortronics®
Series II, TracJack
or Wiremold Open
System
N/A
Bench Top
Portals
(Configurable)
Above N/A N/A Clear Anodized
Aluminum
Fits (1-4)
15A Duplexes
or Decorator
Style Outlets
See product
pages for
device plate
selection
See product
pages for
device plate
selection
Desktop
Power
Center
Portal
Above 12' N/A Black with
Magnesium
Side Panels
(
3) 15A Outlets
with (2) USB
Charging
Outlets or
(4) 15A Outlets
N/A
Desk Module Flush 12' N/A Brushed Silver
with Black
Cover
(1) 15A
Duplex
RJ45
(Retractor
available)
USB Charging
(USB Retractor
available)
Work Surface
Cord Ended
Recessed 6'
N/A
Silver (2) 15A
Duplex
Egress N/A
Work Surface
Modular
Power
Recessed N/A
accommodates
5' & 6' tables
Silver (2) 20A
Duplex**
Egress N/A
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
Quick Selection Guide
* Extron® Electronics MAAP modules are sold separately.
** One (1) duplex is located on the bottom of unit for convenience power.
Work Surface Portals
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
646
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
UNDER TABLE CABLE MANAGEMENT
CODE REFERENCE
UTCM is not UL Listed and is
designed only for use in protecting
electrical cords, low voltage wiring
and cabling.
Wiremold® Under Table Cable Management (UTCM) is an integral
component to manage cabling below the work surface.
Consists of a 5' [1.524mm]
length of divided base,
5' [1.524mm] length of
mounting hinge rail and four
(4) latching clips. Black,
nonmetallic construction.
UTCM5 Under Table Cable management Kit
Base Hinge Rail Latching Clips
Base width without Rail & Clips: 5" [127mm]
Base width with Rail & Clips: 6 1/4" [159mm]
COLOR OPTIONS
Under Table Cable Management components
are available in a black finish.
5"
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
647
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
MEETING ROOM TRANSITION CHANNEL
CODE REFERENCE
UTCM is not UL Listed and is
designed only for use in protecting
electrical cords, low voltage wiring
and cabling.
Wiremold® Meeting Room Transition Channel (MRTC) is an integral
component in a “last meter” solution for bringing power and technology
closer to the user’s work area.
Consists of aluminum center spine with steel
mounting plate and four (4) screws, black aluminum
side channels, black nonmetallic bottom boot and
two (2) black nonmetallic transition covers.
MRTC Meeting Room Transition Channel Kit
Center Spine with
Mounting Plate
Side Channel
Bottom Boot
Transition Cover
26" – 30"
[660mm – 762mm]
7"
[178mm]
6.8"
[172mm]
4.7"
[119mm]
COLOR OPTIONS
Meeting Room Transition Channel components
are available in a black finish.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
648
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed :
Manufactured Wiring Systems
File E51105 Guide: QQVX
CSA Certified File 257563
Cord Ended Units are UL & cUL Listed
Furniture Feed Distribution Units
File: E349493 Guide: IYNC
Wiremold® Work Surface Modular Power Kits (WSMP) make rearranging
meeting rooms fast, easy, and safe by providing both under table power and
cable management in one package.
Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information
12"
[305mm]
2 5/32"
[55mm]
3 5/32"
[80mm]
10"
[254mm]
NOTE: Kits include portal(s), flange(s) cables and
mounting clips. Enhanced Portal Kit shown.
NOTE: Kit configurations assume there is 1/2" of cabling on each side of the table to make the table-to-table connections.
Shown with existing table
grommet (supplied by others).
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations
from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
Power:
Modular Power
Enhanced Portal = ME
Modular Power
Standard Unit = MP
Corder Power
Enhanced Unit = CE
Work Surface
Series = WS
Style:
Under Table
(No Flange) = UT
Through Table
(Contour
Flange) = TC
Table Size:
72" = 72
60" = 60
Data:
2 Keystone
Openings = D
Work Surface Modular Power Part Number Configurator
Portal Color:
Black = BK
Silver = SL
Kit Config.:
Single
Portal Kit = SL
Double
Portal Kit = DK
Wiring Config.:
Portals wired
for circuit 2 = 2
Portals wired
for circuit 1 =
Blank
WS ME D TC 72 SL SK -2
NOTE: Cable and Connectors are wired for two circuits. Portals are either Circuit 1 or Circuit 2. (They pass through the other circuit.)
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
649
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
Modular Power & Double Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit
contains three 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables; two 12" in length (one
M/F and one F/F) and one 17" (F/F), all with black cable covers and 8 cable
clamps for mounting. Also two work surface portals each with 2 power outlets
accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets accessible
from under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one silver
flange cover. Portals are wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order
the “-2” suffixed part number.
WSMEDTC60SLDK, WSMEDTC60SLDK-2 Through Table Access – Double Enhanced Portal Kits
Modular Power & Double Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit
contains three 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables; two 12" in length (one
M/F and one F/F) and one 29" (F/F), all with black cable covers and 8 cable
clamps for mounting. Also two work surface portals each with 2 power outlets
accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets accessible
from under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one silver
flange cover. Portals are wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order
the “-2” suffixed part number.
WSMEDTC72SLDK, WSMEDTC72SLDK-2 Through Table Access – Double Enhanced Portal Kits
NOTE: Kit configurations assume there is 1/2" of cabling on each side of the table to make the table-to-table connections.
10"
12" FM 29" FF 12" FF
10"
Table Length 72"
Table Length 60"
10"
12" FM 17" FF 12" FF
10"
WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER
Ordering Information
Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit contains two 4
wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 25.5" in length (one M/F and one F/F) with
black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting. Also one work surface portal
with 2 power outlets accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets
accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one
silver flange cover. Portal is wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order the
"-2" suffixed part number.
WSMEDTC60SLSK, WSMEDTC60SLSK-2 Through Table Access – Single Enhanced Portal Kits
10"
25.5" FM 25.5" FF
Table Length 60"
Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit contains two 4
wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 31.5" in length (one M/F and one F/F) with
black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting. Also one work surface portal
with 2 power outlets accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets
accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one
silver flange cover. Portal is wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order the
"-2" suffixed part number.
WSMEDTC72SLSK, WSMEDTC72SLSK-2 Through Table Access – Single Enhanced Portal Kits
10"
31.5" FM 31.5" FF
Table Length 72"
Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
650
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations –
Cord-ended silver flange and portal (SL) or black flange and portal (BK), with
2 power outlets accessible from table surface and 3 convenience power outlets
accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings, 4 cable clamps and 72"
power cord.
WSCEDTCSL, WSCEDTCBK
Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations*
Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations Ordering Information
Portal Dimensions:
Top with Mounting Flange: 12" L x 3 13/100" W
Base: 9 63/100" L x 2 17/100" D
Flange: 5 68/100" L x 3 39/100" W
* Cord-Ended Units are UL and cUL Listed.
Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit contains
two 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 27" in length (one M/F and one
F/F) with black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting, one black work
surface portal with 2 power and 2 keystone openings for communications.
Portal is wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order the “-2” suffixed
part number. Kits can be used with existing grommeted table openings or with
portals rotated and edge mounted.
WSMPDUT60BKSK, WSMPDUT60BKSK-2 Under Table Access (No Flange) – Portal Kits
Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit contains
two 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 33" in length (one M/F and one
F/F) with black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting, one black work
surface portal with 2 power and 2 keystone openings for communications.
Portal is wired for circuit 1. For circuit 2 wired portals, order the “-2” suffixed
part number. Kits can be used with existing grommeted table openings or with
portals rotated and edge mounted.
WSMPDUT72BKSK, WSMPDUT72BKSK-2 Under Table Access (No Flange) – Portal Kits
10"
27" FM 27" FF
Table Length 60"
10"
33" FM 33" FF
Table Length 72"
Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information (continued)
WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER
Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
651
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
Work Surface Modular Power Components Ordering Information
72", multi-circuit, black starter
cable with cover with 12"
leads on one end and a female
connector on the other.
WSMPHWSC72 Hardwire Starter Cable
Single connector with 18"
leads in decorator footprint for
wall or floor outlets with 72"
female/female interconnecting
cable and cable cover.
WSMPQDSFF Quick Disconnect Insert & Cable
12" MM connectorized cable to
accommodate “U” or cornered
runs.
WSMPCMM12 Connector Cable
Male connector in decorator
sized plate with 18" leads.
(Decorator faceplate not
included.)
WSMP-QD Quick Disconnect Connector
MFM connectors for starting
power runs from the center of
a table or auditorium seating
applications.
WSMP-T T Connector
WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER
Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
652
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
EVOLUTION™ SERIES WORK SURFACE PORTALS
CODE REFERENCE
cETLus Listed :
Furniture Power Distribution Unit
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
Evolution™ Work Surface Portals offer extra capacity and style with
seamless integration of power, voice, communication and A/V into
workstation activations.
Evolution Series Work
Surface Portals provide
recessed access to power,
A/V and communications
services.
COLOR OPTIONS
Evolution Work Surface Portal Covers are available in the
following powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray,
“NK” nickel, “BS” brass, and “BZ” bronze.
NOTE: Surface/Beveled and Flush cover styles can both be used on a variety of table surfaces and provide different aesthetic options.
There are differences in the installation of each style of cover. Please refer to the installation instructions for these products for
more detailed information. Evolution Work Surface Portals are not for use in floors.
Wiring:
Field-Wired = F
Cord-Ended = Blank
Work Surface Series
WS
Cover Style:
Surface/
Beveled = S
Flush = F
Cover Color:
Nickel = NK
Bronze = BZ
Gray = GY
Black = BK
Brass = BS
Size: (Diameter)
6" [152m] = 6
8" [203mm] = 8
Evolution Work Surface Portals Part Number Configurator
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations
from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
653
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
6 13/16"
[173mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8"
[203mm]
Portal has 7 1/4" [184mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and two (2)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units have 6' [1.8m] whip for
field-wiring and are available with die-cast aluminum cover with durable powder
coat finishes of nickel (WSF6FNK), bronze (WSF6FBZ), gray (WSF6FGY), black
(WSF6FBK), or brass (WSF6FBS).
EVOLUTION™ SERIES WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
Evolution™ Work Surface Portals Field-Wired Units Ordering Information
WSF6F Flush Field-Wired Work Surface Portal
WSF6S Surface/Beveled Field-Wired Work Surface Portal
Portal has 7 1/4 [189mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and two (2)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units have 6' [1.8m] whip for
field-wiring and are available with die-cast aluminum cover with durable powder
coat finishes of nickel (WSF6SNK), bronze (WSF6SBZ), gray (WSF6SGY), black
(WSF6SBK), or brass (WSF6SBS).
6 13/16"
[173mm]
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6"
[152mm]
WSF8F Flush Field-Wired Work Surface Portal
Portal has 9 1/4" [235mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and six (6)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to ten (10) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units have 6' [1.8m] whip for
field-wiring and are available with die-cast aluminum cover with durable powder
coat finishes of nickel (WSF8FNK), bronze (WSF8FBZ), gray (WSF8FGY), black
(WSF8FBK), or brass (WSF8FBS).
WSF8S Surface/Beveled Field-Wired Work Surface Portal
Portal has 9 1/4" [235mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and six (6)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to ten (10) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units have 6' [1.8m] whip for
field-wiring and are available with die-cast aluminum cover with durable powder
coat finishes of nickel (WSF8SNK), bronze (WSF8SBZ), gray (WSF8SGY),black
(WSF8SBK), or brass (WSF8SBS).
NOTE: Core hole size for 6" units is 6 1/4" [159mm]. Core hole size for 8" units is 8 1/4" [210mm]. Flanges for both the 6" and 8" units extend 3/4" [19.1mm]
from body of unit. Evolution Work Surface Portals are not for use in floors.
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6"
[152mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8"
[203mm]
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
654
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
EVOLUTION™ SERIES WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
Evolution™ Work Surface Portals Cord-Ended Units Ordering Information
WS6F Flush Cord-Ended
Portal has 7 1/4" [184mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and two (2)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP plates
or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units are prewired with 12' [3.7m]
cord with NEMA 5-15P plug and are available with die-cast aluminum cover
with durable powder coat finishes of nickel (WS6FNK), bronze (WS6FBZ), gray
(WS6FGY), black (WS6FBK), or brass (WS6FBS).
WS6S Surface/Beveled Cord-Ended Work Surface Portal
Portal has 7 1/4" [184mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and two (2)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to five (5) Legrand AVIP plates
or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units are prewired with 12' [3.7m]
cord with NEMA 5-15P plug and are available with die-cast aluminum cover
with durable powder coat finishes of nickel (WS6SNK), bronze (WS6SBZ), gray
(WS6SGY), black (WS6SBK), or brass (WS6SBS).
WS8F Flush Cord-Ended Work Surface Portal
Portal has 9 1/4" [235mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and six (6)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to ten (10) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units are prewired with 12'
[3.7m] cord with NEMA 5-15P plug and are available with die-cast aluminum cover
with durable powder coat finishes of nickel (WS8FNK), bronze (WS8FBZ), gray
(WS8FGY), black (WS8FBK), or brass (WS8FBS).
WS8S Surface/Beveled Cord-Ended Work Surface Portal
Portal has 9 1/4" [25mm] cover with two (2) duplex receptacles and six (6)
Ortronics® category 6 RJ45 jacks and can accept up to ten (10) Legrand AVIP
plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates. Units are prewired with 12'
[3.7m] cord with NEMA 5-15P plug and are available with die-cast aluminum cover
with durable powder coat finishes of nickel (WS8SNK), bronze (WS8SBZ), gray
(WS8SGY), black (WS8SBK), or brass (WS8SBS).
6 13/16"
[173mm]
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6"
[152mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8"
[203mm]
NOTE: Core hole size for 6" units is 6 1/4" [159mm]. Core hole size for 8" units is 8 1/4" [210mm]. Flanges for both the 6" and 8" units extend 3/4" [19.1mm]
from body of unit. Evolution Work Surface Portals are not for use in floors.
6 13/16"
[173mm]
7 1/4"
[184mm]
6"
[152mm]
6 13/16"
[173mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
8"
[203mm]
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
655
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
For information regarding communication inserts, go to:
www.legrand.us/wiremold
Cover Color:
Black = 0
Gray = 5
deQuorum Series:
KC = Cord Ended
KF = Field Installed
Cover Style:
Flush = 1
Contoured = 4
Top Style:
Recessed = 2
Blank = 8
Communication:
Ortronics = RT
Wiremold = CM Open System
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8 7/16"
[214mm]
Decorative Recess for
Table Laminate Insert
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8 7/16"
[214mm]
Decorative Recess for
Table Laminate Insert
Flush Covers - Available finishes: Black or Gray.
Shown with flange.
Contoured Covers - Available finishes: Black or Gray.
Shown with flange.
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8 7/16"
[214mm]
Blank Top
5 7/8"
[149mm]
8 7/16"
[214mm]
Blank Top
deQuorum™ Recessed Work Surface Portals provide flexibility in décor,
communication and A/V connectivity options, and installation to meet
specific functional and aesthetic needs.
deQUORUM™ RECESSED WORK SURFACE PORTALS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:
File E66421 Guide XBYS
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
COLOR OPTIONS
deQuorum Work Surface Portal Covers are available in
Black or Gray
deQuorum Recessed Work Surface Portals Part Number Configurator
deQuorum Recessed Work Surface Portals Cover Options
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations from
the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
656
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
deQUORUM™ RECESSED WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
deQuorum Recessed Work Surface Portals – In-Stock Configurations Ordering Information
3 3/8"
[86mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm] 5 1/8"
[130mm]
Cord-Ended Unit
3 3/8"
[86mm]
7 7/8"
[200mm] 5 1/8"
[130mm]
Field-Wired Unit
Cord-ended with black, flush cover with decorative recess.
Unit comes with two 20A gasketed prewired receptacles
with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3 SJT black cord. Includes adapter for
Wiremold CM Series Open System communications outlets.
Communication modules sold separately.
KC10CM2
Field-wired with black, flush cover. Unit comes with two
20A gasketed prewired receptacles with a 3/8" [9.5mm]
diameter 6' [1.83m] flexible whip. Includes adapter for
Wiremold CM Series Open System communications
outlets. Communication modules sold separately.
KF10CM8
Cord-ended with black, flush cover. Unit comes with two
20A gasketed prewired receptacles with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3
SJT black cord. Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series
II and TracJack inserts. Communication modules sold
separately.
KC10RT8
Field-wired with gray, flush cover with decorative recess.
Unit comes with two 20A gasketed prewired receptacles
with a 3/8" [9.5mm] diameter 6' [1.83m] flexible whip.
Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series II and TracJack
inserts. Communication modules sold separately.
KF15RT2
Cord-ended with gray, flush cover. Unit comes with two 20A
gasketed prewired receptacles with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3 SJT
black cord. Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series II and
TracJack inserts. Communication modules sold separately.
KC15RT8
Above unit shown with KA700, 20A Gasketed
Receptacle Plate and KA305, Legrand AVIP
Adapter Plate installed.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
657
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
deQUORUM™ RECESSED WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
deQuorum Recessed Work Surface Portals – Communication Plates Ordering Information
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
KA102RT
Replacement Ortronics Communications Plate
Installed adapters will
accommodate either Ortronics®
Series II front-loading module
system or the TracJack individual
jack system. Includes black plate
and three (3) Series II and three (3)
TracJack adapters.
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
KA104CM Replacement Wiremold Open System
Communications Plate
Installed adapters accept
Wiremold CM Series modules to
accommodate a wide range of
communications outlets. Includes
black plate and three (3) Wiremold
Open System CM2 adapters.
KA700 Replacement 20A Gasketed Receptacle Plate
Plate has factory-installed
receptacles ready to connect
with installed unit. Can be used
for field-installed or cord-ended
units.
KA302 Cable Cord keeper Plate
Holds cables captive for easy
access. Pull the cable out for
use. Keeper bars provide seven
adjustable openings for cables
ranging from .150" to .350"
[3.8mm to 8.9mm] in diameter.
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
3 1/16"
[78mm]
KA305 Legrand AVIP Adapter Plate
Accepts six (6) single size
Legrand AVIP plates or Extron®
Electronics MAAP or three (3)
double size MAAP modules, or any
combination. Includes necessary
hardware.
KA305-AAP Extron® AAP Adapter Plate
Accepts three (3) AAP plates.
Includes necessary hardware.
KA301 Single-Gang Opening Plate
Use this plate to install any
communication and/or multimedia
connectivity that requires a single-
gang wallplate. Includes necessary
mounting hardware.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
658
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
deQuorum™ Flip-Up Work Surface Portals provide flexibility in décor,
communication connectivity options, and installation to meet specific functional
and aesthetic needs.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:
File E66421 Guide XBYS
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
deQUORUM™ FLIPUP WORK SURFACE PORTALS
deQuorum Series:
KP = Flip Up Portal
Unit Color:
Black = 9999
Stainless = 2345
Receptacle:
20 Amp = 20
15 Amp = 15
Communications:
Ortronics = RT
Wiremold
Open System = CM
K P
deQuorum Flip-Up Work Surface Portals Part Number Configurator
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations
from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
659
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
COLOR OPTIONS
deQuorum Flip-Up Work Surface Portal Covers are available in
the following finishes: Black and Stainless.
4 3/4"
[120mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm] 4 3/4"
[120mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
9 1/4"
[235mm]
4 3/4"
[120mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]
Black cover. KP9999 includes
one 20A black gasketed duplex
receptacle. KP9999-15 includes
one 15A black gasketed duplex
receptacle. Both units come with
a 12' [3.66m] cord.
4 3/4"
[120mm] 4 7/8"
[124mm]
KP9999, KP9999-15 Single Flip-Up Unit KP2345, KP2345-15 Single Flip-Up Unit
KP2345RT, KP2345RT-15
Dual Flip-Up Unit
KP2345CM, KP2345CM-15
Dual Flip-Up Unit
KP9999RT, KP9999RT-15 Dual Flip-Up Unit
KP9999CM, KP9999CM-15
Dual Flip-Up Unit
Stainless finish cover. KP2345
includes one 20A black gasketed
duplex receptacle. KP2345-
15 includes one 15A gasketed
duplex receptacle. Both units
come with a 12' [3.66m] cord.
Stainless finish cover. KP2345RT
includes one 20A black gasketed
duplex receptacle and one 2A
adapter to accommodate either
Ortronics® Series II front-loading
modules or TracJack individual
jacks. KP2345RT-15 includes
one 15A black gasketed duplex
receptacle. Both units come with
a 12' [3.66m] cord.
Stainless finish cover. Wiremold
CM Series Open System
Communication 2A modules for
a wide range of communications
outlets. KP2345CM-15 includes
one 15A black gasketed duplex
receptacle. Both units come with
a 12' [3.66m] cord.
Black cover. KP9999RT includes
one 20A black gasketed duplex
receptacle and one (1) Ortronics®
Series II and one (1) Tracjack
adapter to accommodate either
Series II front-loading modules
or TracJack individual jack.
KP9999RT-15 includes one 15A
black gasketed duplex receptacle.
Both units come with a 12'
[3.66m] cord.
Black cover. Wiremold CM Series
Open System 2A modules for a
wide range of communications
outlets. KP9999CM-15 is the
same as KP9999CM except with
a 15A black gasketed duplex
receptacle. Both units come with
a 12' [3.66m] cord.
deQuorum™ Flip-Up Work Surface Portals Ordering Information
deQUORUM™ FLIPUP WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
660
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
TABLESOURCE™ WORK SURFACE PORTALS
TableSource™ Work Surface Portals provide flexibility in décor, datacom
connectivity options, and installation to meet specific functional and aesthetic
needs.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:
File E66421 Guide XBYS
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
TableSource Portals listed in this
chart are packaged with a mounting
clip that attaches to the work
surface.
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
1"
[25mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
TableSource Portals listed in this
chart are packaged to include the
backsplash mounting bracket.
2"
[51mm]
2"
[51mm]
Accommodates
Surface Thicknesses
from 0.7" to 1.9"
[18mm to 48mm]
CATALOG UNIT LENGTH 15A CORD LENGTH COMM. COMM.
NUMBER FINISH Inches [mm] DUPLEX Feet [mm] OPENINGS SYSTEM
TS2345AM1L1GYRT Clear 6 23/32" [170mm] 1 12' [3. 7m] 1 Ortronics TracJack
Anodized & Series II
TS2345AM1L1GYCM Clear 6 23/32" [170mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 1 Wiremold
Anodized Open System CM2
communications
outlets
TS2345AM1L2GYRT Clear 9 3/32" [231mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2 Ortronics TracJack
Anodized & Series II
TS2345AM1L2GYCM Clear 9 3/32" [231mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2 Wiremold
Anodized Open System CM2
communications
outlets
COLOR OPTIONS
TableSource Work Surface Portal Covers
are available in a clear anodized finish.
CATALOG UNIT LENGTH 15A CORD LENGTH COMM. COMM.
NUMBER FINISH Inches [mm] DUPLEX Feet [mm] OPENINGS SYSTEM
TS2345AX1L1GYRT Clear 6 23/32" [170mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 1 Ortronics TracJack
Anodized & Series II
TS2345AX1L1GYCM Clear 6 23/32" [170mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 1 Wiremold
Anodized Open System CM2
communications
outlets
TS2345AX1L2GYRT Clear 9 3/32" [231mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2 Ortronics TracJack
Anodized & Series II
TS2345AX1L2GYCM Clear 9 3/32" [231mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2 Wiremold
Anodized Open System CM2
communications
outlets
TableSource Work Surface Portals Ordering Information
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
661
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
IMPORTANT
The portal length is determined
by the number of power and
communications devices specified.
Use the following considerations
for your design:
To determine approximate length:
(No. of duplexes x 4.4" [111.8mm])
+ (no. of communications adapters
x 2.25" [57.1mm]) + .75" [19.1mm]
= overall length of unit in inches
[mm]
For more than 2 duplexes – add 2"
[51mm] for circuit breaker.
2. Select face for
mounting device.
Input letter.
8. Communication
brand. Input two
letters.
RT = Ortronics Series
II and TracJack
Solutions
CM = Wiremold Open
System 2A
communications
modules
3. Do you want optional
mounting bracket
for backsplash
application?
1. Choose color
from the list
below. Input
the four-digit
number. 4. Number of
duplexes
(from 1-4).
Input number.
6. Choose
number of
communication
adapters (from
1-4). Input
number.
7. Choose color
of duplex and
communication
adapters. Input
two-letter
color code.
Color – Reference Code
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Note: Send in a color chip. Most colors
can be matched.
A Face
B Face
Mounting
Clip
X
Backsplash
Bracket
M
Length Code
Feet [metric] Letter
2 [0.6m] B
3 [0.9m] C
4 [1.2m] D
5 [1.5m] E
6 [1.8m] F
7 [2.1m] G
8 [2.4m] H
9 [2.7m] I
10 [3.0m] J
11 [3.4m] K
12 [3.7m] L
NOTE: Cord color is
black.
Product
Group
L L
Comm.
Brand
Adapter
RT, CM
L L
Duplex &
Adapter
Color
Black = BK
Gray = GY
L L
Face
of
Unit
A,B
L
Mounting
Bracket
M, X
L
No. of
Duplexes
1-4
#
Power
Cord
Length
L
No. of
Comm.
Adapters
1-4
#
#
Color of Unit
###
Design a Cord-Ended TableSource Solution Sample Part: TS6137BX2D2BKCM
5. Choose a length and
input the corresponding
letter for that length.
Data Cables egress out the back
(the side opposite the devices)
T S
TABLESOURCE™ WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
TableSource Work Surface Portals Configurator
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations
from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
662
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
IMPORTANT
The portal length is determined
by the number of power and
communications devices specified.
Use the following considerations
for your design:
To determine approximate length:
(No. of duplexes x 4.4" [111.8mm])
+ (no. of communications adapters
x 2.25" [57.1mm]) + .75" [19.1mm]
= overall length of unit in inches
[mm]. 2. Select face for
mounting device.
Input letter.
8. Communication
brand. Input two
letters.
RT = Ortronics Series
II and TracJack
Solutions
CM = Wiremold Open
System 2A
communications
modules
1. Choose color
from the list
below. Input
the four-digit
number. 4. Number of
duplexes
(from 1-4).
Input number.
6. Choose
number of
communication
adapters (from
1-4). Input
number.
7. Choose color
of duplex and
communication
adapters. Input
two-letter
color code.
Color – Reference Code
White = 3333
Black = 9999
Ivory = 5555
No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345
Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136
Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169
Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486
Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895
Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137
Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142
Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988
Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884
Note: Send in a color chip. Most colors
can be matched.
A Face
B Face
Product
Group
L L
Comm.
Brand
Adapter
RT, CM
L L
Duplex &
Adapter
Color
Black = BK
Gray = GY
L L
Face
of
Unit
A, B
L
Mounting
Syle
T, P
L
No. of
Duplexes
1-4
#
Whip
Exit
Y, Z
L
No. of
Comm.
Adapters
1-4
#
#
Color of Unit
###
Design a Hard-Wired TableSource Solution Sample Part: TS5911BT3Z2BKCM
5. Choose face for 6'
[1.8m], three-wire
whip to exit.
Data Cables egress out the back
(the side opposite the devices)
3. Mounting styles
T  MOUNTING EARS
P – MOUNTING STUD
A Face B Face
Y STYLE
Z STYLE
T S
TABLESOURCE™ WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
TableSource Work Surface Portals Configurator
NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations
from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
663
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
LAB BENCH WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Lab Bench Work Surface Portals provide access to multiple services in a variety of
configurations to meet the demanding needs of laboratory activity. CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Outlet Box:
File E2961 Guide QCIT
Listed to US and Canadian
Safety Standards
AL241S-HB Lab Bench Work Surface Portals
9 1/4"
[235mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Aluminum housing and base 9 1/4" x 4 1/2" x 2 1/2" [235mm
x 114mm x 64mm] are provided with four (4) 1" trade size
knockouts in base for hardwiring unit and two dividers which
allow units to be divided on either the "X" or "Y" axis/plane.
Accommodates a variety of power (NEMA or decorator), and
supports Ortronics® and Wiremold Open Systems connectivity.
Portals are field configurable by ordering the corresponding
faceplates.
COLOR OPTIONS
Lab Bench Work Surface Portal Covers are available with a clear
anodized aluminum finish.
Lab Bench Work Surface Portals Ordering Information
AL241S-HB exploded view
showing dividers
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
664
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
LAB BENCH WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
AL241FPB-B Blank Blank
AL241FPD-D Duplex Duplex
AL241FPDEC-DEC Decorator Decorator
AL241FPDEC-B Decorator Blank
AL241FP6A-D Ortronics® or Wiremold Open Duplex
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
AL241FPD-6A Duplex Ortronics® or Wiremold Open
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
AL241FP6A-6A Ortronics® or Wiremold Open Ortronics® or Wiremold Open
System Communication 6A System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included. Module. Adapters included.
AL241FPB-6A Blank Ortronics® or Wiremold Open
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
PART NUMBER
Faceplates for Lab Bench Work Surface Portals Ordering Information
LEFT OPENING RIGHT OPENING
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
665
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
LAB BENCH WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Ordering Information
AL241FP6A-B Ortronics® or Wiremold Open Blank
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
AL241FPB-D Blank Duplex
AL241FPD-B Duplex Blank
AL241FP6A-DEC Ortronics® or Wiremold Open Decorator
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
AL241FPDEC-6A Decorator Ortronics® or Wiremold Open
System Communication 6A
Module. Adapters included.
PART NUMBER
Faceplates for Lab Bench Work Surface Portals Ordering Information (continued)
LEFT OPENING RIGHT OPENING
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
666
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
WSC400-S Work Surface Portal
WSC320-S Work Surface Portal
Has four (4) surge-protected 15Amp power outlets and a 12'
[3.66m] cord. Units come with accessories for mounting into
round cutouts in desk or edge mounting on desks or other
work surfaces.
Has three (3) surge-protected 15Amp power outlets, two
USB charging outlets and a 12' [3.66m] cord. Units come
with accessories for mounting into round cutouts in desk or
edge mounting on desks or other work surfaces.
NOTE: USB circuit is designed to the USB 2.0 standard and can provide
1.4 amps shared accross the two USB ports.
DESKTOP POWER CENTER WORK SURFACE PORTALS
Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals bring surge-protected power and
USB charging outlets up to the work surface by utilizing existing cord drop
openings in office desks and table tops or by mounting onto the edge of a desk or
table top.
CODE REFERENCE
cETLus Listed
Furniture Power Distribution Unit:
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
WSC400-S Desktop Power Center
Portal with mounting components
COLOR OPTIONS
Desktop Power Center Portals are available in black with
magnesium side panels.
Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals Ordering Information
Mounting Options:
Installs through an existing cord drop opening.
Back View
6 11/16"
[170mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]
2"
[52mm]
Front View
Installs on the edge of a work surface.
Front View Back View
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
667
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
DESK MODULE
CODE REFERENCE
cETLus Listed :
Furniture Power Distribution Unit
Listed to US and Canadian Safety
Standards
Wiremold® Desk Module upgrades workstations to well connected spaces
so users can focus on the business at hand.
COLOR OPTIONS
Desk Modules are available in a black finish
with silver trim elements
Desk Module Ordering Information
WSDM210BK Desk Module
Desk module, black/silver,
with two (2) 15A outlets and
12' cord.
WSDM211BK Desk Module
Desk module, black/silver,
with two (2) 15A outlets,
one UB charging outlet and
12' cord.
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
668
MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS
WIREMOLD
Desk Module Ordering Information
DESK MODULE
Ordering Information
WSDM210BKR Desk Module
Desk module, black/silver,
with two (2) 15A outlets
and 12' cord. Includes
RJ45 retractor cassette.
WSDM211BKR Desk Module
Desk module, black/silver,
with two (2) 15A outlets,
one USB charging outlet
and 12' cord. Includes RJ45
retractor cassette.
WSDMDC RJ45 Retractor Cassette WSDMUC USB Retractor Cassette
Retractor with Category
6 cable extending to 4.4'
[1.35m]
Retractor with USB
charging cable extending
to 4.4' [1.35m]
669
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
FIRE sTOP sOLuTIONs
FIRE STOP SOLUTIONS
Wiremold® FlameStopper™ Series Thru-Wall/Thru-Floor Fittings are
designed to provide a firestopping solution in a unique integral fitting
that can be used for both new and retrofit construction.
671
FlameStopper™ Series
Thru-Wall & Thru-Floor Fittings
Table of Contents
670
FIRE STOP SOLUTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
FIRE STOP SOLUTIONS
FlameStopper FS2R & FS4R Series Through-Wall UL Ratings
Flame: The F Rating (F and FH in Canada) is expressed in hours. This number indicates the specific length of time that
a barrier can withstand fire before being consumed or before permitting the passage of flame through
the opening.
Temperature: The T Rating (FT and FTH in Canada) is expressed in hours. This number indicates the length of time that
the temperature on the non-fire side of the penetration does not exceed 325 degrees F above the ambient
temperature.
Air Leakage: The L Rating is expressed in CFM. This number indicates the amount of air (or cold smoke) that can leak
through a penetration.
Through-Wall Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series
(UL Ratings for FS2R and FS4R Series when used alone for new construction or when used with heat shield for retrofit applications.)
NOTE: Minimum 4 1/2" [114mm] thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf) [1600-2400 kg/m3] concrete floor.
Maximum diameter of opening is 4 1/2" [114mm].
UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING
F Rating with & without cables 4 Hours
T Rating with coax cable 4 Hours
T Rating with fiber optic cable 4 Hours
T Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic rcwy. with fiber optic fill 4 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 3 Hours
T Rating with Max. 4 conductor (2AWG & smaller) 1 Hour
T Rating with Max. 100-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 1 Hour
T Rating with Max. 400-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 45 Minutes
T Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga & smaller) 15 Minutes
L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm
L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm
L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm
L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING
F & FH Rating with & without cables 4 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with coax cable 4 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with fiber optic cable 4 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with
fiber optic fill
4 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 3 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4 conductor (2AWG & smaller) 1 Hour
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 100-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 1 Hour
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 400-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 45 Minutes
FT & FTH Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga &
smaller)
15 Minutes
L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm
L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm
L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm
L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
Through-Wall Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series
(When used with wall plate for retrofit applications.)
UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING
FRating with & without cables 2 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 1.25 Hours
T Rating with coax cable 1 Hour
T Rating with fiber optic cable 1.25 Hours
T Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with fiber optic
fill
1.25 Hours
T Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga & smaller) 15 Minutes
L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 1.7 cfm
L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.8 cfm
L Rating at ambient with cables 3.3 cfm
L Rating at 400°F with cables 2.0 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING
F & FH Rating with & without cables 2 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 1.25 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with coax cable 1 Hour
FT & FTH Rating with fiber optic cable 1.25 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with
fiber optic fill
1.25 Hours
FT & FTH Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga &
smaller)
15 Minutes
L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm
L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm
L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm
L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING
FRating with & without cables 3 Hours
TRating without cables 3 Hours
TRating with coax cable 3 Hour
TRating with fiber optic cable 3 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-pair cables (22 ga. or smaller) 3 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-conductor (2 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes
TRating with Max. 100-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 1 Hour
TRating with Max. 400-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes
TRating with MC cable (8 wire Max. 12 ga. or smaller) 15 Minutes
LRating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm
LRating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm
LRating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm
LRating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
Through-Floor Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series
(When used alone.)
UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING
FRating with & without cables 3 Hours
TRating without cables 3 Hours
TRating with coax cable 3 Hour
TRating with fiber optic cable 3 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-pair cables (22 ga. or smaller) 3 Hours
TRating with Max. 4-conductor (2 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes
TRating with Max. 100-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 1 Hour
TRating with Max. 400-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes
TRating with MC cable (8 wire Max. 12 ga. or smaller) 15 Minutes
LRating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm
LRating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm
LRating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm
LRating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm
Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes
671
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
wIREMOLD
FIRE sTOP sOLuTIONs
CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified
Fire Stop Devices:
File R21765.
FLamESTOPPER™ SERIES
FlameStopper™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings
FlameStopper™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings provide superior
fire protection and ease-of-installation.
CABLE TYPE
O.D. APPROX. DIA. FS2
MAXIMUM
FILL
FS4
MAXIMUM
FILLINCHES [MM]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED
PAIR
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 71 312
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 58 255
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 41 180
TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.6] 130 574
25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 15 67
50-pair, 24 AWG 0.580 [14.7] 7 33
100-pair, 24 AWG 0.700 [17.8] 5 22
400-pair, 24 AWG 1.470 [37.3] 1 5
COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [5.0] 197 296
RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 43 192
RG62/U 0.242 [6.1] 43 192
RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 32 140
FIBER OPTIC 2 Count 0.180 [4.6] 79 347
4 Count 0.210 [5.3] 58 255
24 Count 0.400 [10.2] 16 70
48 Count 0.450 [11.4] 12 55
96 Count 0.560 [14.2] 8 35
FlameStopper Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE TYPE
O.D. APPROX. DIA. FS2
MAXIMUM
FILL
FS4
MAXIMUM
FILLINCHES [MM]
MAXIMUM 4 COND.
NO. 2 AWG
(OR SMALLER)
COPPER
CONDUCTOR
CABLE WITH
XLPE/PVX
INSULATION
AND PVC JACKET
0.375 [9.5] 18 80
0.500 [12.7] 10 45
0.625 [15.9] 6 28
0.750 [19.1] 4 20
0.875 [22.2] 3 14
1.000 [25.4] 12 11
1.125 [28.6] 2 8
MAXIMUM 8 COND.
NO. 12 AWG MC
(METAL CLAD)
CABLE
0.375 [9.5] 18 80
0.500 [12.7] 10 45
0.625 [15.9] 6 28
0.655 [16.9] 5 26
FlameStopper Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
COLOR OPTIONS
FlameStopper Series™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings are
available in either red or a paintable A60 galvaneal finish.
672
FIRE STOP SOLUTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
FLamESTOPPER™ SERIES
Ordering Information
3 3/4"
[95mm]
3 5/8"
[92mm] 1 3/4"
[44mm]
7 5/8"
[194mm]
7 5/8"
[194mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm] 5/8"
[15.9mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
For transitioning cable through
fire rated walls/floors for both
new and retrofit applications.
Available in red (FS2R-RED), or
a paintable A60 galvaneal finish
(FS2R-GA). UL System W-L-3264
and W-J-3137.
Precut to 7 5/8" [194mm] to fit
standard gypsum fire walls
with a two-hour fire rating
(6" [152mm] wall thickness).
FSPCC4758 Precut Conduit 4" Trade Size EMT
Precut to 7 5/8" [194mm] to fit
standard gypsum fire walls
with a two-hour fire rating
(6" [152mm] wall thickness).
FSPCC2758 Precut Conduit 2" Trade Size EMT
For use with SpecMate™ or
Cablofil® brand cable trays
to provide ground continuity.
Electroplated aluminum. Dual
rated for copper and aluminum
conductors, No. 2 to 14 gage
cable.
SPMGL Grounding Lug
6 3/8"
[162mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]
6 3/8"
[162mm]
6 1/8"
[155mm]
10"
[254mm]
12"
[305mm] 12"
[305mm]
10"
[254mm]
8"
[203mm] 8"
[203mm]
6 1/4"
[159mm]
6"
[153mm] 1 3/4"
[44mm]
For transitioning cable through
fire rated walls/floors for both
new and retrofit applications.
Available in red (FS4R-RED),
or a paintable A60 galvaneal
finish (FS4R-GA). UL System
W-L-3264 and W-J-3137.
1 3/8"
[35mm] For use with Cablofil® brand wire
basket trays to provide ground
continuity. Electroplated aluminum.
Dual rated for copper and aluminum
conductors, No. 2 to 8 gage cable.
FS4R Firestop 4" Trade Size EMT Conduit Fitting WBSBC Split Bolt Connector
Used only when an existing installed
conduit extends 1" [25mm] to 6"
[152mm] beyond the wall surface.
FS2R Firestop 2" Trade Size EMT Conduit Fitting FS4RHS Heat Shield 4" Trade Size Conduit
Used only when an existing installed
conduit extends 1" [25mm] to 6"
[152mm] beyond the wall surface.
FS2RHS Heat Shield 2" Trade Size Conduit
Kit includes 4" trade size split conduit
sleeve to enclose existing cables, and
12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm] ceramic
heat protected wall plate to cover
irregular hole cuts. For use with
FS4R Series Firestop.
FS4RWP12 Retrofit Kit for Existing Installations
Kit includes 2" trade size split conduit
sleeve to enclose existing cables, and
8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] ceramic
heat protected wall plate to cover
irregular hole cuts. For use with
FS2R Series Firestop.
FS2RWP8 Retrofit Kit for Existing Installations
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLutIONS
WAPE Series Wireless
Access Point Ceiling
Enclosures
676
Wiremold® Wireless & Zone Cabling Enclosures provide a range of
alternatives to meet a variety of wireless connectivity strategies.
NME1250AP Nonmetallic
Wireless Access Point
Enclosure
679
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
673
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
678
WAPENCL Series
Wireless Access
Point Ceiling
Enclosures
676
WAPE Series
Wireless Access
Point Ceiling
Enclosures
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLutIONS
Table of Contents
VLWAP Vista™
Wireless Access
Point Enclosure
675
679
NME1250AP
Wall-Mounted
Nonmetallic
Wireless Access
Point Enclosure
680
WAPBRKT Wireless
Access Point
Mounting Bracket
for Overhead
Applications
Wireless Enclosures
Zone Cabling Enclosures
681
CZE Series Zone
Cabling Enclosures
682
RFE Series Zone
Cabling Enclosures
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
674
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
VLWAP VIStA™ WIRELESS ACCESS POINt ENCLOSuRE
VLWAP Vista™ Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure provides an ideal
solution for integrating access points necessary for wireless connectivity into a
building’s communication infrastructure.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT
Meets Article 380 of NEC.
Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure (VLWAP) Ordering Information
126"
[3200mm]
72"
[18.29mm]
18"
[457mm]
The Vista Wireless Enclosure (VLWAP) offers
an aesthetically-pleasing solution that can be
customized for any office environment as well as
providing an optimal location for wireless signals.
VLWAP Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure
Vista solution for mounting wireless access points. Large frame Vista with
anodized round end channels and center panels. Furniture feed style access,
10'6" [3.2m] tall. Has tempered glass panels to conceal access point. Front panel
is hinged and lockable. Compartment measures 17 1/2" x 7 1/4" x 2 1/2"
[445mm x 183mm x 64mm].
NOTE: For information on configuring a VLWAP within a Vista Architectural Column, visit the Open Space
Section of this catalog and review the Vista Architectural Column configuration options.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
675
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
WAPE SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINt CEILING ENCLOSuRES
Wiremold® WAPE Series Ceiling Enclosures provide a secure enclosure to house
a wide selection of wireless access points. These ceiling enclosures are plenum
rated by UL and may be used in environmental air spaces.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication
Circuit Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
WAPE5-BLKIT
WAPE10-BLKIT
10 1/8"
[257mm]
Securing Tab
6 7/8"
[174mm]
COVER
WAPE5-1200KIT
WAPE10-1200KIT
8 1/2"
[216mm]
3/4 x 3 3/4"
[19mm x 95mmm]
10 1/2"
[267mm]
Adjustable
1" – 3"
[25mm – 76mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
Slot
2" x 1"
[51mm x 25mm]
7 1/2"
[190mm]
COVER
WAPE Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information
WAPE5-BLKIT, WAPE10-BLKIT
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
5" ( WAPE5-BLKIT) or 10"
(WAPE10-BLKIT) deep enclosure
for 2' x 2' drop ceiling tile with
blank mounting cover, 12"W x 14"L
[305mm x 356mm].
WAPE5-1200KIT, WAPE10-1200KIT
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
5" (WAPE5-1200KIT) or 10"
(WAPE10-1200KIT) deep
enclosure for 2'x 2' drop ceiling
tile with faceplate for mounting
CISCO Aironet 1200, 12"W x 14"L
[305mm x 356mm].
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
676
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
WAPE SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINt CEILING ENCLOSuRES
Ordering Information
WAPE5-1250KITD
WAPE Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information (continued)
5" deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop
ceiling tile with faceplate for
mounting Cisco® Aironet 1250 and
3500 Series using dipole antennas
(WAPE5-1250KITD) or remote
antennas (WAPE5-1250KITR),
13"W x 14"L [330mm x 356mm].
WAPE10-1232KIT
WAPE5-1232KIT
WAPE10-UNIKIT
WAPE5-UNIKIT
14" Diameter
[355mm]
6 1/2" Deep
[165mm]
5" (WAPE5-1232KIT) or 10"
(WAPE10-1232KIT) deep enclosure
for 2'x 2' drop ceiling tile with
faceplate for mounting CISCO®
Aironet 1232, 12"W x 14"L [305mm
x 356mm].
WAPE10-1242KIT
WAPE5-1242KIT
WAPE5-1242KIT, WAPE10-1242KIT
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
5" (WAPE5-1242KIT) or 10"
(WAPE10-1242KIT) deep enclosure
for 2'x 2' drop ceiling tile with
faceplate for mounting CISCO®
Aironet 1242, 12"W x 14"L [305mm
x 356mm].
5" (WAPE5-UNIKIT) or 10" (WAPE10-
UNIKIT) deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop
ceiling tile with universal faceplate,
12"W x 14"L [305mm x 356mm].
WAPE5-1250KITD, WAPE5-1250KITR
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
WAPE5-UNIKIT, WAPE10-UNIKIT
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
WAPE5-1232KIT, WAPE10-1232KIT
Wireless Access Point Enclosure
WAPE10-DOME
Wireless Access Point Enclosure – with Dome Cover
3" deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop
ceiling tile. 14" diameter by 6 1/2"
deep transmission dome.
Adjustable
1" – 3"
[25mm – 76mm]
7 1/2"
[190mm]
5 3/8"
[136mm]
10 3/4"
[273mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
COVER
10 3/8"
[263mm]
Between
Securing Tabs
6 3/4"
[171mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
Securing
Tab
Adjustable
1" – 3"
[25mm – 76mm]
COVER
COVER
Adjustable
1" – 3"
[25mm – 76mm]
Antenna Opening
3/4" x 3 3/4"
[19mm x 95mm]
7 1/2"
[190mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
8 1/2"
[216mm]
Securing
Tab
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
677
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
WAPENCL SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINt CEILING ENCLOSuRES
Wiremold® WAPENCL Series Ceiling Enclosures provide a secure enclosure to
house a wide selection of wireless access points including the Cisco® Aironet 1250
and 3500 Series. These ceiling enclosures are plenum rated by UL and may be
used in environmental air spaces.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication Circuit
Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
WAPENCL Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information
WAPENCL Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosure for Drop Ceilings
Provides a permanent and secure location for mounting wireless access points
into a grid ceiling system.
NOTE: Internal dimensions shown.
11 7/8"
[302mm]
12"
[305mm]
3 7/8"
[99mm]
13 3/8"
[340mm]
12"
[305mm]
Front Exterior Dimensions
13 1/2"
[343mm]
4"
[102mm]
12 1/8"
[308mm]
25 1/4"
[641mm]
Side Exterior Dimensions
4 1/2"
[114mm]
23 29/32"
[760mm]
23 29/32"
[760mm]
23 29/32"
[760mm]
22 1/2"
[572mm]
Side Exterior Dimensions WAPENCL’s innovative
device mounting system is
designed to securely retain
most wireless devices.
WAPENCL-24-24-4 Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosure for Drop Ceilings
Provides a permanent and secure location for mounting wireless access points
into a grid ceiling system.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
678
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
NmE1250AP WALL-mOuNtEd NONmEtALLIC
WIRELESS ACCESS POINt ENCLOSuRE
Nonmetallic Wireless Access
Point Mounting Enclosure
(NME1250AP), loaded with
a wireless access point, for
vertical applications.
7 6/16"
[192mm]
13 3/4"
[349mm]
5 1/8"
[131mm]
Inside:
4 5/8"
[117mm]
10 7/16"
[265mm]
15 3/4"
[400mm]
Wiremold® NME1250AP Wireless Access Point Enclosure conceals wireless
access points in a durable ETL/cETL listed enclosure. CODE REFERENCE
cETLus Listed Communication Circuit
Accessories:
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
NME1250AP Nonmetallic Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure Ordering Information
NME1250AP Nonmetallic Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure
Wall-mounted access point enclosure constructed of durable ETL/cETL
thermoplastic. Supports a wide variety of access point configurations for most
leading manufacturers of access point products including the Cisco® Aironet 1250 and
3500 Series.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
679
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
Provides secure support for
mounting wireless access
points in overhead applications.
WAPBRkt WIRELESS ACCESS POINt
mOuNtING BRACkEt fOR OVERhEAd APPLICAtIONS
Wiremold® WAPBRKT Wireless Access Point Mounting Bracket
provides a secure support for mounting wireless access points
in overhead applications.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication Circuit
Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
WAPBRKET Overhead Wireless Access Point Mounting Bracket Ordering Information
WAPBRKT
Overhead System Wireless Access Point Bracket
The WAPBRKT is designed to work with most tray
and basket overhead systems.
11 3/16"
[284mm]
12 3/4"
[324mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
680
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
CZE SERIES ZONE CABLING ENCLOSuRES
Wiremold® CZE Series Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosures create an intermediate or
remote consolidation point that may be tested and secured prior to adding drops
for voice and data outlets.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication Circuit
Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
CZE Series Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosures Ordering Information
CZE-242412A
Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure for Active Equipment
12" deep telecommunications
enclosure for 2' x 2' drop
ceiling tile. One removable
7 RMU bracket for 19" patch
panels and equipment.
Includes junction box and fan.
21 1/2"
[546mm]
21 1/2"
[546mm]
12"
[305mm]
21 1/2"
[546mm]
21 1/2"
[546mm]
12"
[305mm]
21 1/2"
[546mm]
21 1/2"
[546mm]
12"
[305mm]
CZE-242412WB
Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure with Wiring Blocks
12" deep termination block
enclosure for 2' x 2' drop
ceiling tile. One removable
mounting plate for two 300
pair 1100 style termination
blocks (without legs).
CZE-242412PP Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure
for Mounting Patch Panels
12' deep patch panel
enclosure for 2' x 2' drop
ceiling tile. One bracket for
19" patch panels. Bracket
supports 5 RMU.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
681
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication
Circuit Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR
Meets Article 800 of NEC.
Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.
RfE SERIES ZONE CABLING ENCLOSuRES
Wiremold® RFE Series Raised Floor Zone Cabling Enclosures create an
intermediate or remote consolidation point that may be tested and secured prior
to adding drops for voice and data outlets.
RFE Series Raised Floor Zone Cabling Enclosures Ordering Information
RFE-25256
Raised Floor Enclosure for Zone Cabling
Enclosure for 6" deep
floor. Two pairs of
pivoting mounting
rails for 19" patch
panels. Rails support
2 RMU each.
RFE-242412
Raised Floor Enclosure for Zone Cabling
Enclosure for 14"
deep floor. A single
mounting rail for 19"
patch panels. Rail
supports 11 RMU.
21"
[533mm]
21"
[533mm]
6"
[152mm]
RFE-25257RB
Raised Floor Enclosure for Zone Cabling
Enclosure for 8" deep
floor. Two pairs of
pivoting mounting
rails for 19" patch
panels. Rails support
4 RMU each.
21"
[533mm]
21"
[533mm]
7"
[178mm]
21"
[533mm] 21"
[533mm]
12"
[305mm]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
682
WIREMOLD
WIRELESS & ZONE CABLING SOLUTIONS
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
683
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Table of Contents
Raceway Cross Sectional Areas/Wire and Cable
Cross-Sectional Areas
Raceway Wire and Cable Dimensions
Device Box Cubic Inch Capacities
Calculating Wire and Cable Capacities
Master Format 2004 Design Checklist
Conductor Derating (Lighting and Power Circuits)
National Electrical Code Articles
Mounting Methods for Wiremold Raceways
Electrical Symbols in Accordance
with ANSI Y32.9 – 1972
Steel Raceway Color Specifications
692
691
690
689
688
687
686
685
684
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
684
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Raceway Cross - Sectional Area
* Without Devices.
METAL RACEWAY  CROSSSECTIONAL AREA
RACEWAY
SERIES
CROSSSECTIONAL AREA
sq. in. mm2
500 0.19 [122.6]
700 0.26 [167.7]
1500 0.22 [141.9]
2000 0.80 [516.1]
2400 1.39 [896.8]
2400D 1/3 Compartment
2/3 Compartment
0.37
0.86
[238.7]
[554.8]
2600 0.72 [464.5]
3000 3.70 [2387.1]
4000 Undivided
Each Compartment
7.20
3.50
[4645.2]
[2258.1]
6000 Undivided
Each Compartment
16.00
7.20
[10322.6]
[4645.2]
DS4000 Each Compartment
with Down Crossover, Power
with Down Crossover, Comm*
5.02
1.13
2.04
[3235.5]
[729.0]
[1316.0]
AL2000 1.10 [709.7]
AL2400 Divided 1/3 Compartment 1.70 [1096.8]
AL3300 Single Compartment 4.40 [2838.7]
ALA3800/
ALA4800
Each Compartment 6.10 [3935.5]
AL5200 Undivided
Center Divided
Offset Divided
Offset Divided
8.50
3.90
3.78
4.85
[5483.9]
[2516.1]
[2438.7]
[3129.0]
ALDS4000 Each Compartment 4.85 [3129.0]
NOTE: Cross-Sectional Area for use in low voltage cable capacity
calculations only, not for use in power cable capacity calculations.
NONMETALLIC RACEWAY  CROSSSECTIONAL AREA
RACEWAY
SERIES
CROSSSECTIONAL AREA
sq. in. mm2
400 0.13 [83.9]
800 0.27 [174.2]
2300 Undivided 0.85 [548.4]
2300D Each Compartment 0.425 [274.2]
NM2000 1.14 [735.5]
PN03 0.22 [141.9]
PN05 0.44 [283.9]
PN10 0.99 [638.7]
2700 0.16 [103.2]
2800 0.35 [219.4]
2900 0.87 [561.3]
5000 Power Compartment
Data Compartment
1.94
1.40
[1251.6]
[903.2]
5400 Divided 1/2 Compartment
Undivided
3.72
7.44
[2400.0]
[4800.0]
5500 Divided 1/3 Compartment
Undivided
2.64
8.14
[1703.2]
[5251.6]
40N2 Single Compartment
(no Communications Box)
Single Compartment
(with Communications Box)
3.22
1.71
[2077.4]
[1103.2]
60N2 Single Compartment
(no Communications Box)
Single Compartment
(with Communications Box)
4.31
1.71
[2780.6]
[1103.2]
2300D Each Compartment 0.425 [274.2]
OFR Each Compartment 0.216 [5.5]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
685
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet –
max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
DIMENSIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE CABLES & SIGNAL WIRE*
CABLE/WIRE SIZE APPROX. DIA APPROX. AREA
Inches [mm] sq. in. [mm2]
UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
(UTP) 24 AWG
2-Pair 24 AWG 0.150 3.8 0.0177 11.419
3-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.160 4.1 0.0201 12.986
4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 4.8 0.0284 18.323
4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.210 5.3 0.0346 22.323
4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 5.3 0.0346 22.323
4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 6.3 0.0490 31.613
4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 9.0 0.0980 63.226
25-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.360 9.1 0.1018 65.677
25-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.337 8.6 0.0892 57.548
50-Pair 24 AWG 0.500 12.7 0.1963 126.645
75-Pair 24 AWG 0.600 15.2 0.2827 182.387
100-Pair 24 AWG 0.680 17.3 0.3632 234.322
SHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
(STP) 22 AWG
TYPE 1 0.390 9.9 0.1195 77.097
TYPE 2 0.465 11.8 0.1698 109.548
TYPE 3 0.275 7.0 0.0573 36.968
COAXIAL
RG58/U 0.195 5.0 0.0299 19.290
RG59/U 0.242 6.1 0.0460 29.677
RG62/U 0.242 6.1 0.0460 29.677
RG6/U 0.270 6.9 0.0573 36.968
TWINAXIAL 100 Ohm 0.240 6.1 0.0452 29.161
SIGNAL WIRE
24 AWG 0.044 1.1 0.0015 0.968
22 AWG 0.050 1.3 0.0020 1.290
20 AWG 0.057 1.4 0.0026 1.677
18 AWG 0.066 1.7 0.0034 2.194
FIBER
2 Strand (ZipCord) 0.118 x 0.236 3 x 6 0.0278 18.0
Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 4.8 0.0275 18.1
Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 6.5 0.0514 32.2
Raceway Wire & Cable Dimensions
DIMENSIONS OF RUBBERCOVERED & THERMOPLASTIC CONDUCTORS
2005 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
SIZE
AWG
TYPES: THHM, THWN
APPROX. APPROX.
dia. in. [mm] sq. in. [mm2]
14 0.111 [2.8] 0.0097 [6.258]
12 0.130 [3.3] 0.0133 [8.581]
10 0.164 [4.2] 0.0211 [13.613]
8 0.216 [5.5] 0.0366 [23.613]
6 0.254 [6.5] 0.0507 [32.710]
4 0.324 [8.2] 0.0824 [53.162]
3 0.352 [8.9] 0.0973 [62.775]
2 0.384 [9.8] 0.1158 [74.711]
1 0.446 [11.3] 0.1562 [100.776]
1/0 0.486 [12.3] 0.1855 [119.679]
2/0 0.532 [13.5] 0.2223 [143.421]
3/0 0.584 [14.8] 0.2679 [172.841]
4/0 0.642 [17.3] 0.3237 [208.842]
250 0.711 [18.1] 0.3970 [256.132]
300 0.766 [19.5] 0.4608 [297.294]
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
686
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTE: When planning a layout, it is important to remember that it is permissible to make splices and taps in surface raceway equipped with
a removable cover. Refer to article 386-56 of the National Electrical Code.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Wiremold Device Boxes – Cubic Inch Capacities
CUBIC INCH CAPACITY OF WIREMOLD BOXES
CAT. NO.
AVAILABLE
INSIDE VOLUME
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
cu. in. [cm3]NO. 14 NO. 12 NO. 10 NO. 8
1542D 5.7 [93.0] 2 2 2 1
1546A 15.6 [255.0] 7 6 6 5
1546B 15.6 [255.0] 7 6 6 5
2337A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7
2338 15.9 [260.0] 7 7 6 5
2344 32.5 [532.0] 16 14 13 10
2344-2 53.1 [870.0] 26 23 21 17
2347 16.1 [264.0] 8 7 6 5
2347-2 26.4 [432.0] 13 11 10 8
2348 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6
2348-2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11
2348-3 49.8 [816.8] 24 22 19 16
2348S/51 10.0 [164.0] 5 4 4 3
2642D 11.8 [194.0] 5 5 4 4
AL2044 28.3 [464.0] 14 12 11 9
AL2044-2 51.6 [846.0] 25 23 20 17
AL2044-3 82.3 [1348.0] 41 36 32 27
AL2047 17.3 [283.0] 8 7 6 5
AL2047-2 27.9 [458.0] 14 12 11 9
G2048 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7
G2048-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12
G3028 71.8 [1177.0] 35 31 28 23
G3044-2 107.4 [1760.0] 53 47 43 35
NM2044 32.5 [532.0] 16 14 13 10
NM2044-2 53.1 [870.0] 26 23 21 17
NM2048 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6
NM2048-2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11
PSB1 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6
PSB2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11
PSB3 49.8 [816.8] 24 22 19 16
R5752 29.7 [486.0] 14 13 11 9
R5753 59.9 [982.0] 30 26 24 20
V2048 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7
V2048-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12
V2448 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7
V2448-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12
V5719 10.3 [168.0] 5 4 4 3
V57240 10.2 [166.7] 5 4 4 3
CUBIC INCH CAPACITY OF WIREMOLD BOXES
CAT. NO.
AVAILABLE
INSIDE VOLUME
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
cu. in. [cm3]NO. 14 NO.12 NO. 10 NO. 8
V57242 10.2 [167.1] 5 4 4 3
V57243G 10.2 [167.1] 5 4 4 3
V5733 5.7 [94.0] 2 2 2 1
V5734 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5
V5734A 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5
V5735 29.5 [484.0] 14 13 11 9
V5737 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5
V5737A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7
V5738 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5
V5738A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7
V5738AF 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7
V5739 29.8 [488.0] 14 13 11 9
V5739A 29.8 [488.0] 14 13 11 9
V5741 17.7 [290.0] 8 7 7 5
V5744 34.4 [564.0] 17 15 13 11
V5744-2 58.9 [966.0] 29 26 23 19
V5744-3 80.3 [1316.0] 40 35 32 26
V5744S 28.8 [472.0] 14 12 11 9
V5744S-2 48.3 [792.0] 24 21 19 16
V5744S-3 66.9 [1096.0] 33 29 26 22
V5745 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7
V5747 17.9 [294.0] 9 7 7 5
V5747-2 30.0 [491.0] 15 13 12 10
V5747-3 40.9 [670.0] 20 18 16 13
V5748 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7
V5748-2 37.5 [614.0] 18 16 15 12
V5748-3 52.2 [856.0] 26 23 20 17
V5748-4 67.4 [1104.0] 33 29 27 22
V5748-5 80.9 [1324.9] 40 35 32 27
V5748-6 95.3 [1561.8] 47 42 38 31
V5748S 11.9 [195.0] 6 5 4 4
V5751 11.9 [195.0] 6 5 4 4
V5751-2 18.3 [300.0] 9 8 7 6
V5751-3 28.0 [458.8] 14 12 11 9
V5752 29.7 [486.0] 14 13 11 9
V5753 59.9 [982.0] 30 26 24 20
V5760 11.9 [195.0] 6 5 4 4
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
687
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
How to Determine Wire Capacities (Power) Formula*
To find the maximum Number of Conductors when devices
are utilized, use the following formula:
40% (cross-sectional area of Raceway
– cross-sectional area of Device)**
cross-sectional area of Conductor
NOTE: Use fill capacities as stated on ordering data pages of this catalog only.
* This formula cannot be used with nonmetallic raceways with a material
thickness of .025" [.6mm] or less (i.e., 2000 Raceway).
**Obtain cross-sectional area of devices from device manufacturer.
General:
• WireFillChartsareroundeddowntothenearestwholenumber.
• AllcrosssectionalareashavebeencalculatedusingCADmodels.
Power:
• WireFillcapacitiesarecalculatedusingstrandedwirediametersperNECChapter9,Table5.
• Wirecapacitiesareactualmaximumfillsinnonmetallicraceways.Thisisbasedonheatrisetestingasrequired
by Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL5A for Nonmetallic Raceways.
• Wirecapacitiesinmetalracewaysarecalculatedat40%ofcross-sectionalareapertheNECandverifiedtofitas
requiredbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesStandardUL5forMetalRaceways.
Data/Communications:
• Cablediametersusedareapproximateandrepresentatypicalcableforeachcategory.Checkwithcable
manufacturer for more accurate dimensions.
• Cablefillsasstatedinchartsaretheoreticalandshouldbeachievableinstraightracewaysectionswithout
devices or when using radiused full capacity fittings. Unless noted in each section, raceway fittings will offer full
wire fill capacity.
• ThewirefillspecificationscitedinthisBuyer’sGuidearebasedoncalculatedtheoreticalwirefillsofeach
raceway. Actual real world testing done by Wiremold/Legrand has shown that a raceway considered completely
“full” is typically using only 60% of its available theoretical area. For this reason a 60% maximum fill should be
only used to determine the absolute maximum number of cables a raceway is capable of containing. Therefore,
the practical capacity for telecommunications cabling in perimeter raceway systems ranges from 20% – 40%
wire fill. Wiremold/Legrand recommends following EIA/TIA guidelines that specify a 40% wire fill be used as a
maximum in planning and specifying the raceway. This fill will accommodate adds, moves, and changes, and
the combination in certain raceway fittings, may restrict the usable cross section of the raceway in that location.
Designers utilizing raceway systems should use this information along with the expected life of the raceway, to
properly select the appropriate system to fit their needs.
Calculating Wire & Cable Capacities
How to Determine Wire Capacities (Low-Voltage) Formula
Number of Conductors =
20-40% cross-sectional area of Raceway
cross-sectional area of Cable
This allows room for bending radii and future expansion.
The raceways may be filled to their maximum physical
capacity providing the cables may be readily installed or
removed without damage to the insulation or conductors.
Important Notes for Understanding Wire Fill Capacities & Calculations
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
688
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
DIVISION 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection:
07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping
07 84 13.16 Penetration Firestopping Devices
Master Format 2004 – Design Checklist
Division 25 Integrated Automation:
25 05 28 Pathways for Integrated Automation
25 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Integrated
Automation
25 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for Integrated
Automation
25 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Integrated Automation
25 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Integrated Automation
25 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Integrated Automation
DIVISION 26 Electrical:
26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems
26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems
26 05 39 Underfloor Raceways for Electrical Systems
26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical
Systems
26 06 20.23 Electrical Circuit Schedule
26 06 20.26 Wiring Device Schedule
26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices
26 09 26 Lighting Control Panelboards
26 09 33.13 Multichannel Remote-Controlled Dimmers
26 09 33.16 Remote-Controlled Dimming Stations
26 09 36 Modular Dimming Controls
26 09 36.13 Manual Modular Dimming Controls
26 09 36.16 Integrated Multipreset Modular Dimming
Controls
26 09 43 Network Lighting Controls
26 09 43.13 Digital-Network Lighting Controls
26 09 43.16 Addressable Fixture Lighting Control
26 09 61 Theatrical Lighting Controls
26 18 19 Medium-Voltage Lightning Arresters
26 18 23 Medium-Voltage Surge Arresters
26 27 16 Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures
26 27 19 Multi-Outlet Assemblies
DIVISION 27 Communications:
27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems
27 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Communications
Systems
27 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for
Communications Systems
27 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Communications Systems
27 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Communications
Systems
27 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Communications Systems
27 11 16 Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames
and Enclosures
27 11 19 Communications Termination Blocks and
Patch Panels
27 11 23 Communications Cable Management and
Ladder Rack
27 11 26 Communications Rack Mounted Power
Protection and Power Strips
DIVISION 28 Electronic Safety and Security:
28 05 28 Pathways for Electronic Safety and Security
28 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Electronic Safety
and Security
28 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic
Safety and Security
28 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Electronic Safety and
Security
28 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Electronic Safety and
Security
28 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Electronic Safety and Security
DIVISION 26 Electrical:
26 27 23 Indoor Service Poles
26 27 26 Wiring Devices
26 35 23 Electromagnetic-Interference Filters
263546 Radio-Frequency-InterferenceFilters
26 41 23 Lightning Protection Surge Arresters and
Suppressors
26 43 13 Transient-Voltage Suppression for Low-
Voltage
DIVISION 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection:
DIVISION 25 Integrated Automation:
DIVISION 26 Electrical:
DIVISION 26 Electrical: (continued)
DIVISION 27 Communications:
DIVISION 28 Electronic Safety and Security:
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
689
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
National Electrical Code Articles
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
ARTICLE 90 - Introduction
90-4: Enforcement
ARTICLE 100 - Definitions
Accessible
Branch Circuit
Concealed
Device
Exposed Outlet
Feeder
Fitting
Ground
Grounded
Grounding
ARTICLE 310 - Conductors for General Wiring
310-4: Conductors in Parallel
310-13: Conductor Application Table
310-15 – Ampacities for Conductors
Rated 0-2000 Volts
ARTICLE 386 - Surface Metal Raceways
ARTICLE 388 - Surface Nonmetallic Raceways
ARTICLE 380 - Multioutlet Assembly
ARTICLE 390 - Underfloor Raceways
ARTICLE 374 - Cellular Metal Floor Raceway
ARTICLE 376 - Metal Wireways and Nonmetallic Wireways
ARTICLE 363 - Flat Cable Assemblies, Type FC
Entire Section
ARTICLE 370 - Boxes and Fittings Table 370-16(b)
ARTICLE 517 - Health Care Facilities
517-13(b): Methods for Grounding Receptacles and
FixedElectricEquipment.
ARTICLE 518 - Places of Assembly
518-4: Wiring Methods
ARTICLE 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installation
110-12: Mechanical Execution of Work
110-13:MountingofEquipment
ARTICLE 200 - Use and Identification of Grounded
Conductors
ARTICLE 210 - Branch Circuits
210-20: Overcurrent Protection
210-21: Outlet Devices
210-22: Maximum Loads
210-23: Permissible Loads
210-24:BranchCircuitRequirements–Summary
210-50:ReceptacleOutletsRequired
ARTICLE 250 - Grounding
250-2: Effective Grounding Path
250-118(14):TypesofEquipment
Grounding Conductors
250-120:EquipmentGroundingConductor
250-8:AttachmenttoConductorsandEquipment
ARTICLE 300 - Wiring Methods
300-10: Electrical Continuity of Metal
Raceways and Enclosures
300-11: Secured in Place
300-12: Mechanical Continuity –
Raceways and Cables
300-22(c): Hollow Spaces Used as Ducts or
Plenums for Environmental Air
300-15(a): Boxes of Fittings –
WhereRequired.ExceptionNo.1
300-17: Number and Size of Conductors
in Raceway
300-18: Inserting Conductors in Raceway
ARTICLE 220 - Branch Circuit, Feeder and
Service Calculations
220-3(c): Exception No. 1. Computation of Branch
Circuits using Multioutlet Systems.
ARTICLE 645 - Information Technology Equipment
645-5: Data Processing Supply Circuits
and Interconnecting Cables.
ARTICLE 700 - Emergency Systems
700-1: Scope
700-9: Wiring
ARTICLE 701 - Legally Required Standby Systems
701-1: Scope
701-10: Wiring
ARTICLE 702 - Optional Standby Systems
702-1: Scope
702-9: Wiring
ARTICLE 725 - Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3
Remote Control, Signaling and
Power-Limiting Circuits
725-26: Conductors of Different Circuits in Same
Enclosure, Cable or Raceway
725-28: Number of Conductors in Raceways and
Cables, and Derating.
725-54(a): Separation from Light, Power, and
Class Conductors in Enclosures,
Raceways and Cables.
Conductor
Grounding Conductor,
Equipment
Locations:
Damp, Dry, Wet
Multioutlet Assembly
Raceway
Receptacle
Receptacle Outlet
ARTICLE 770 - Optical Fiber Cables and Raceways
ARTICLE 780 - Closed Loop and Programmed
Power Distribution
ARTICLE 800 - Communication Circuits
800-52(a)1: Installation of Conductors in Raceways
and Boxes.
CHAPTER 9 – Tables and Examples
The excerpts contained in this catalog from the National
Electrical Code have been reprinted with the specific
approval of the copyright owner, the National Fire Protection
Association. Copies of the entire edition of the National
Electrical Code are available from the Association of
Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
725-54(b): Conductors of Different Class 2
and Class 3 Circuits in Same Cables,
Enclosure or Raceway.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
690
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Legrand/Wiremold Raceways can be mounted to any type of surface in an interior dry location through the use of the
fastening means shown below. Although a two-piece raceway is illustrated, the same means can be used – with the
couplings, clips, or straps – for fastening one-piece raceways to these surfaces.
CAUTION: Make sure that the correct size of screw or nail is used (noted in installation details).
Use plastic anchor
with flathead sheet
metal screw.
Use flathead
wood screw.
Use common nail. Use masonry
nail.
Use plastic shield
with flathead sheet
metal screw.
Use plastic shield
with flathead sheet
metal screw.
Use toggle bolt.
Use drive pin fastener.
* American National Standards Institute, Inc.
** For ungrounded receptacle outlets use UNG subscript next to symbol. Example:
*** Use number or letter either within the symbol or as a subscript alongside the symbol keyed to
explanation in the drawing list of symbols to indicate the type of receptacle or usage.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Wiremold Raceways – Mounting Methods
Wood
Tile
Dry Wall
Plaster Reinforced Concrete
Brick/Concrete/Cinder Block
Electrical Symbols – In accordance with ANSI* Standard Y32.9 – 1972
Single Receptacle Outlet
Duplex Receptacle Outlet
Triplex Receptacle Outlet
Quadruplex Receptacle Outlet
Duplex Receptacle Outlet – Split Wired
Triplex Receptacle Outlet – Split Wired
Single Special-Purpose Receptacle Outlet***
Duplex Special-Purpose Receptacle Outlet***
Range Outlet (Typical)
Special-Purpose Connection or Provision for Connection
Multioutlet Assembly
(Extend arrows to limit of installation. Use appropriate
symbol to indicate type of outlet. Also indicate spacing of
outlets as x inches.)
Clock Hanger Receptacle
Fan Hanger Receptacle
Floor Single Receptacle Outlet
Floor Duplex Receptacle Outlet
Floor Special-Purpose Outlet
Receptacle Outlets, Grounded**
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
691
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Symbols – In accordance with ANSI* Standard Y32.9 – 1972 (continued)
Lighting Outlets
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
S
urface or Pendant Incandescent,
Mercury-Vapor, or Similar Lamp Fixture
Recessed Incandescent,
Mercury-Vapor, or Similar Lamp Fixture
Surface or Pendant Individual
Fluorescent Fixture
Recessed Individual Fluorescent Fixture
Surface or Pendant Continuous-Row
Fluorescent Fixture
Ceiling
Recessed Continuous-
Row Fluorescent Fixture
Bare-Lamp Fluorescent Strip
Surface or Pendant Exit Light
Recessed Exit Light
Blanked Outlet
Junction Box
Outlet Controlled by Low Voltage
Switching when Relay is Installed
in Outlet Box
Wall Ceiling Wall
Switch Outlets
Single-Pole Switch:
Double-Pole Switch:
Three-Way Switch:
Four-Way Switch:
Key-Operated Switch:
Switch and Pilot Lamp:
Switch for Low Voltage Switching System:
Master Switch for Low Voltage Switching System:
Switch and Single Receptacle:
Switch and Double Receptacle:
Door Switch:
Time Switch:
Circuit Breaker Switch:
Momentary Contact Switch or Push Button
for Other than Signaling System:
Ceiling Pull Switch:
S
S2
S3
S4
SK
SP
SL
SLM
S
S
SD
ST
SCB
SMC
Miscellaneous
Surface Mounted Panel Board and Cabinet: **
Push Button:
Buzzer:
Bell:
Combination Bell-Buzzer:
Chime:
Annunciator:
Electric Door Opener:
Maid’s Signal Plug:
Interconnection Box:
Bell-Ringing Transformer:
Miscellaneous
TV
R
s
Outside Telephone:
Interconnecting Telephone:
Radio Outlet:
Television Outlet:
Circuiting
2 1
Wiring Concealed in Ceiling or Wall:
Wiring Concealed in Floor:
Wiring Exposed:
---------
NOTE: Use heavy-weight line to identify service and feeders. Indicate empty
conduit by notation CO (conduit only).
Branch circuit home run to panel board. Number of arrows
indicates number of circuits. (A number at each arrow may be used
to identify circuit number.)
NOTE: Any circuit without further identification indicates two-wire circuit.
For a greater number of wires, indicate with cross lines, e.g.:
3 Wires 4 Wires, etc.
Unless indicated otherwise, the wire size of the circuit is the
minimum size required by the specification. Identify different
functions or wiring system, e.g. signalling system, by notation or
other means.
Wiring Turned Up:
Wiring Turned Down:
* American National Standards Institute, Inc.
** For ungrounded receptacle outlets use UNG subscript next to symbol.
Example:
*** Use number or letter either within the symbol or as a subscript alongside
the symbol keyed to explanation in the drawing list of symbols to indicate
the type of receptacle or usage.
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
692
WIREMOLD
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTE: Munsell Standards were generated with gloss 30 ± 5 on 60 degree meter. See document “Spectraflash SF600X
Calibration Setup” for spectrometer calibration readings.
Wiremold/Legrand assumes no liability for color accuracy and provides this information as a baseline to assist
customers in making initial color decisions. Wiremold/Legrand recommends that customers request samples to
review for color accuracy in circumstances where color matching is critical.
NOTE: The color swatches
shown throughout this
catalog are as close to the
product colors as is possible
through the printing
process. They should not
be used by customers
to make color decisions.
Legrand/Wiremold always
recommends that customers
request color samples
to review for accuracy in
circumstances where color
matching is critical.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Steel Raceway Color Specifications
COLOR MUNSELL
NOTATION
TOLERANCE L TOLERANCE A TOLERANCE B TOLERANCE E
Ivory 6.7Y8.98/1.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
White N9 Matte ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
International
White 61/9.24/0.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
Black 3.2PB1.99/0.2 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
Gray 8.3G6.10/0.54 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
Light Gray 8.0Y7.09/0.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
Fog White
L = 89.13
A = -0.02
B = 6.88
±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
693
INDEX
INDEX
1
1000883 ........................ 542
1001757 ........................ 552
1002412 ........................ 542
1002414 ........................ 542
1 1/2 JB2510 ................. 529
10-20R .......................... 200
10-30R .......................... 200
10-50R .......................... 200
1043B ............................ 493
1043BPO ....................... 493
1043s ............................ 493
1043sPO ....................... 493
1044B ............................ 493
1044s ............................ 493
1045B ............................ 493
1045s ............................ 493
1046B ............................ 493
1046s ............................ 493
10LH ............................. 535
10LHB-1/4 .................... 528
10LHB-1/8 .................... 528
10LHs-1/4 .................... 528
10LHs-1/8 .................... 528
11/2JB2510 ................... 555
11/2JBC ........................ 554
11/2JBC-CA .................. 554
11/2JBH242510-60 ....... 547
11/2JBH24251060 ........ 556
11/2JBH30251560 ........ 556
11/2JBH36251560 ........ 556
1124-1 ........................... 493
1124-1 1/4 ..................... 493
1124-2 ........................... 493
1124F-1......................... 534
1124F-3/4 ..................... 534
1124L-1 ......................... 493
1124L-1 1/4 .................. 493
1124L-2 ......................... 493
1125CHA ........ 297, 298, 305
1126A-1 ........................ 492
1126A-1 1/2 .................. 492
1126A-1 1/4 .................. 492
1126A-1/4 ..................... 492
1126A-3/4 ..................... 492
11JB2510 ...................... 529
1204AL ...........489, 517, 548
1204BF...........489, 517, 548
1223AL ...........489, 517, 548
1223BF...........489, 517, 548
1230AL .......................... 489
1230BF.......................... 489
125CRR ......................... 386
12EXT ............................ 526
12F-0 .....................532, 533
12F-ws ..................532, 535
12FB ......................532, 535
12FC .......................532, 533
12FCs ....................532, 533
12FCsA ......................... 532
12FsT ..................... 532, 533
12HR ......................514, 524
12Hs ......................514, 524
12JR ...............514, 524, 526
12Js ............... 514, 524, 530
14-20R .......................... 200
142L .......................514, 526
142L-1 .......................... 526
14H ............................... 526
14H-1 ............................ 526
14HR ......................514, 524
14Hs ......................514, 524
14JR ....... 514, 524, 526, 529
14Js ............... 514, 524, 530
14LHB-1/4 .................... 528
14LHB-1/8 .................... 528
14LHs-1/4 .................... 528
14LHs-1/8 .................... 528
15-20R .......................... 200
1500-10 ........................... 99
1500 .................98, 102, 684
1500wC ....................99, 100
1502 ................................ 99
1504 ................................ 99
1511 .......................... 98, 99
1517 .......................... 98, 99
1517B .............................. 28
1518 .......................... 98, 99
1528 .........................98, 100
152CHA ......................... 297
1542D .....................100, 686
1543GL ...........100, 102, 104
1546A .............. 98, 100, 102,
..........................104, 686
1546B ....... 98, 100, 104, 686
1546T .....................100, 104
1585 .........................98, 100
15FFHA ..................297, 569
175CHA ..........297, 298, 305
175CHA-LJB ..297, 298, 305
18-20R .......................... 200
1BHA ............................. 298
1BLH ......................297, 298
1BLHN .......................... 305
1PTHA ...........297, 298, 305,
..........................568, 569
2
2-0................................. 518
2-11/2JB2510 ........547, 555
2-12X2X11/2 ................. 519
2-12X2X2 ....................... 519
2-12X2X21/2 ................. 519
2-12X2X3 ....................... 519
2-12X2X7/8 ................... 519
2-24X2X11/2 ................. 519
2-24X2X2 ....................... 519
2-24X2X21/2 ................. 519
2-24X2X3 ....................... 519
2-24X2X7/8 ................... 519
200-H/BTC .................... 329
2000 .............................. 684
2000B-10 ...................... 258
2000B-5 ........................ 258
2000BC ......................... 258
2000C ............................ 258
2000wC ....................35, 258
2001 .................35, 258, 277
2003 .........................35, 258
2006 .........................34, 258
2008BCs20R ................. 626
2008BDs20R ................. 626
2008uLBC20R .............. 627
2008uLBC20R-TL ........ 627
2008uLBD20R .............. 627
2008uLBD20R-TL ........ 627
2009 .................36, 259, 277
2010A2 ............. 34, 259, 277
2010A3 ...............34, 36, 259
2010B ...............34, 259, 277
2011 .........................34, 259
2015 .........................34, 259
2017TC ....... 34, 36, 256, 259
2018C .......................34, 259
203 ................................ 515
203uFD ......................... 526
2040B ............................ 277
2048 .........................34, 259
2048-2 ......................34, 260
2051H .......................34, 260
2089A .............................. 34
2089E ........................ 24, 34
20GB12 ......................... 257
20GB18 ......................... 257
20GB206 ....................... 257
20GB30 ......................... 257
20GB306 ....................... 257
20GB306TR ................... 276
20GB306TRGFI ............. 276
20GB506 ..................34, 257
20GB506TR ................... 276
20GB512 ....................... 257
20GB606 ....................... 257
20GB606TR ................... 276
20GB609 ....................... 257
20GB612 ....................... 257
20GB618 ....................... 257
20GBA12 ....................... 257
20GBA512 ..................... 257
20GBA609 ..................... 257
20GBA612 ..................... 257
20GBA618 ..................... 257
20IG306 ......................... 257
20IG512 ......................... 257
20IG606 ......................... 257
212 ................................ 515
212-3/4 ......................... 527
2135 ................................ 29
221-21 ........................... 330
222-3/4 ......................... 527
222EXT .......................... 526
222F-0 ...................532, 533
222F-ws ................532, 535
222FB ....................532, 535
222FC .....................532, 533
222FCs ..................532, 533
222FCsA ....................... 532
222FsT ................... 532, 533
222HR ....................514, 524
222Hs ....................514, 524
222JR ..... 514, 524, 526, 529
222Js ............. 514, 524, 530
224HR ....................514, 525
224Hs ....................514, 525
224JR ..... 514, 525, 526, 529
224Js ............. 514, 525, 530
22AER-11/2-21/4 .......... 552
22AER-23/8-31/8 .......... 552
22CHA ........................... 305
22JB2510 ...................... 529
22JBC ........................... 554
22JBC-CA ..................... 554
22LHB-1/4 .................... 529
22LHB-1/8 .................... 529
22LHs-1/4 .............529, 552
22LHs-1/8 .............529, 552
2300 .............................. 684
2300BAC ........ 128, 132, 152
2300BAC-wH ................ 128
2300BACD......128, 132, 154
2300BACD-wH ............. 128
2300D ............................ 684
2300wC ......................... 128
2306 ...............124, 128, 132
2306-wH ....................... 128
2310A ............. 124, 128, 131
2310B ............................ 128
2310B-wH .................... 128
2310DFO ................124, 129
2310DFO-wH ................ 129
2311 .......................124, 128
2315 .......................124, 128
2317 .......................124, 128
2318 .......................124, 128
2311-wH ....................... 128
2311DFO ................124, 129
2311DFO-wH ................ 129
23120A-wH ................... 128
2315-wH ....................... 128
2317-wH ....................... 128
2317DFO ................124, 129
2317DFO-wH ................ 129
2318-wH ....................... 128
2318DFO ................124, 129
2318DFO-wH ................ 129
232-1 ............................. 527
232-11/2 ....................... 527
232-11/4 ....................... 527
2336 .............................. 129
2336-wH ....................... 129
2337A ..... 124, 129, 131, 686
2337A-wH..................... 129
2338 .............................. 686
2338A .....................124, 129
2338A-wH..................... 129
2344 ...............124, 129, 686
2344-2 ....................129, 686
2344-2-wH ................... 129
2344-wH ....................... 129
2344D ............................ 130
2344D-wH .................... 130
2344sD-2A .........16, 19, 130
2344sD-2A-wH ............ 130
2347 ...............124, 130, 686
2347-2 ....................130, 686
2347-2-wH ................... 130
2347-wH ....................... 130
2348 ...............124, 130, 686
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
INDEX
1 — 2
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
694
INDEX
2 — 3
2348-2 ....................130, 686
2348-2-wH ................... 130
2348-3 ....................130, 686
2348-3-wH ................... 130
2348-wH ....................... 130
2348AMP....................... 130
2348AMP-wH ............... 130
2348D ............................ 130
2348s/51 ................130, 131
2348s/51 ....................... 686
2348s/51-wH ............... 130
2389 .......................128, 131
2389-wH ....................... 128
2389A .....................129, 131
2389A-wH..................... 129
2400 .................98, 102, 684
2400B ............................ 265
2400B-10Fw ................... 39
2400B-Fw ....................... 39
2400BC ........................... 38
2400BC-Fw .................... 39
2400BD ......................... 265
2400BD-Fw .................... 45
2400C-Fw ................. 39, 45
2400D .......................94, 684
2400wC ..............39, 45, 264
2401 .........................39, 264
2401D .............................. 45
2406-Fw ................... 39, 46
2407-2CMFw .................. 43
2407-2TJFw .................... 43
2407-3TJFw .................... 43
2409 .........................39, 264
241-H/BTC .................... 329
2410A-Fw ....................... 39
2410B-Fw ....................... 40
2410BD-Fw .................... 46
2410C .............................. 38
2410C-Fw ....................... 40
2410D-Fw ....................... 46
2410DFO ......................... 44
2410DFO-Fw ............ 40, 46
2410FC-Fw ..................... 40
2411D-Fw ....................... 46
2411DFO ......................... 44
2411DFO-Fw .................. 46
2411FO ............................ 38
2411FO-Fw ..................... 40
2411M ............................. 38
2411M-Fw ...................... 40
2415DFO ......................... 44
2415DFO-Fw .................. 46
2415FO ............................ 38
2415FO-Fw ..................... 40
2415H .............................. 38
2415M ............................. 38
2415M-Fw ...................... 40
2417D-Fw ....................... 46
2417DFO ......................... 44
2417DFO-Fw .................. 46
2417FO ............................ 38
2417M ............................. 38
2417M-Fw ...................... 40
2418DFO ......................... 44
2418DFO-Fw .................. 46
2418FO ............................ 38
2418FO-Fw ..................... 41
2418M ............................. 38
2418M-Fw ...................... 41
242-11/4 ....................... 527
2426 ................................ 38
2426-Fw ......................... 41
2427GA-Fw ..................... 43
2427GT-Fw ..................... 43
2444 ................................ 44
2444-2Fw ....................... 42
2444-2LsFw ................... 42
2444-Fw ......................... 41
2444D .............................. 44
2444D-2A ........................ 16
2444D-2AFw................... 47
2444D-2NFw .................. 47
2444D-Fw ................. 41, 47
2448 ................................ 38
2448-2 ............................. 38
2448-2Fw ....................... 42
2448-Fw ......................... 42
244HR ....................514, 525
244Hs ....................514, 525
244JR ..... 514, 525, 526, 529
244Js ............. 514, 525, 530
2450-Fw ......................... 47
2451H .............................. 38
2451H-Fw ....................... 42
2475D .............................. 38
2475D-Fw ................. 42, 48
2489 ................................ 38
24DwND ................... 38, 44
24DwND-Fw ............ 41, 47
24DwNR ................... 38, 44
24DwNR-Fw ............ 41, 47
24DwNs-Fw .................. 11
24DwNs-Fw ............ 41, 47
24DwNu-Fw .................. 11
24DwNu-Fw ............ 41, 47
24s3612GBA99IV .......... 263
24s3612GBX99IV .......... 263
24s6012GBA99IV .......... 263
24s6012GBX99IV .......... 263
24s6012IGX99IV ............ 263
24s7212GBA99IV .......... 263
24s7212GBX99IV .......... 263
24s7212IGX99IV ............ 263
24s7218GBA99IV .......... 263
24s7218GBX99IV ............ 38
24s7218GBX99IV ...262, 263
24s7218IGX99IV ............ 263
24s7224GBA99IV .......... 263
24s7224GBX99IV .......... 263
24s7224IGX99IV ............ 263
255 .........................515, 532
255-1 ..............527, 531, 535
255-1 1/2....................... 527
255-1 1/4....................... 527
255-11/2 ....................... 535
255-11/4 ....................... 535
255-2 ......................527, 535
255-3/4 ..................527, 535
25AM-AP ...............601, 609
25DTC-3s2 .................... 609
25DTC-4 .........606, 607, 608
25DTC-4-DG ................. 608
25DTC-412 .............607, 608
25DTC-412-DG ............. 608
25DTC-415 .............607, 608
25DTC-415-DG ............. 608
25DTC-ACT ................... 609
25DTC-CVR ................... 609
25DTC-E10............600, 601,
..........................607, 608
25DTC-E10-DG ......601, 608
25DTC-E5 ..................... 601
25DTC-E5-DG ............... 601
25DTP-4 ................577, 600,
..........................606, 609
25DTP-4 D .................... 600
25DTP-4-C .................... 600
25DTP-4-DG ................. 600
25DTP-4-DG-C ............. 600
25DTP-412 .................... 600
25DTP-412-C ................ 600
25DTP-412-DG-C ......... 600
25DTP-415 .................... 600
25DTP-415-C ................ 600
25DTP-415-DG-C ......... 600
25DTP-4ACT ................. 600
25DTP-4ACT-DG .......... 600
25DTP-4D ..............600, 606
25DTP-4D-DG ............... 600
25DTP-A ....................... 605
25DTP-B ....................... 605
25DTP-E10.............600, 601
25DTP-E10-DG ......600, 601
25DTP-L ....................... 605
25G ................................ 517
2600 .................98, 102, 684
2602 .............................. 103
2611 .......................102, 103
2600-10 ......................... 103
2600wC ......................... 103
2642D ....... 98, 102, 103, 686
2686FO ...................... 38, 42
2686FO .............98, 102, 103
2686FO .......................... 266
2700 .......................112, 684
2706 ...............111, 112, 117
2711 .......................111, 117
2715 ...............111, 112, 117
2717 ...............111, 112, 117
2718 ...............111, 112, 117
2786 ....... 111, 112, 116, 117
2700-wH ....................... 112
2700L8 .......................... 112
2700L8-wH ................... 112
2700wC ..................136, 138
2706-wH ....................... 112
2710B .............111, 112, 117
2710B-wH .................... 112
2711-wH ....................... 112
2715-wH ....................... 112
2717-wH ....................... 112
2718-wH ....................... 112
275sL ..................... 515, 527
275sR ....................515, 527
2786-wH ....................... 112
2800 .......................113, 684
2806 ...............111, 113, 117
2811 ...............111, 113, 117
2815 ...............111, 113, 117
2817 ...............111, 113, 117
2818 ...............111, 114, 117
2886 ...............111, 114, 117
2889 .......................114, 116
2800-wH ....................... 113
2800L8 .......................... 113
2800L8-wH ................... 113
2800wC ..................136, 138
2806-wH ....................... 113
2810B .............111, 113, 117
2810B-wH .................... 113
2811-wH ....................... 113
2811FO ...................113, 117
2811FO-wH .................. 113
2815-wH ....................... 113
2815FO ...................113, 117
2815FO-wH .................. 113
2817-wH ....................... 113
2817FO ...................113, 117
2817FO-wH .................. 113
2818-wH ....................... 114
2818FO ...................114, 117
2818FO-wH .................. 114
2886-wH ....................... 114
2886C ............................ 116
2889-wH ....................... 114
2900 .......................114, 684
2900-wH ....................... 114
2900L8 .......................... 114
2900L8-wH ................... 114
2900wC ..................136, 138
2906 ...............111, 114, 117
2906-wH ....................... 114
290C .............................. 523
290G .......................515, 532
2911 ...............111, 114, 117
2915 ...............111, 115, 117
2917 ...............111, 115, 117
2918 ...............111, 115, 117
291-H/BTC .................... 332
2910B .............111, 114, 117
2910B-wH .................... 114
2911-wH ....................... 114
2911FO ...................115, 117
2911FO-wH .................. 115
2915-wH ....................... 115
2915FO ...................115, 117
2915FO-wH .................. 115
2917-wH ....................... 115
2917FO ...................115, 117
2917FO-wH .................. 115
2918-wH ....................... 115
2918FO ...................115, 117
2918FO-wH .................. 115
292-H/BTC .................... 332
2986 ....... 111, 115, 116, 117
2986-wH ....................... 115
2989 .......................115, 116
2989-wH ....................... 115
2989A .....................115, 116
2989A-wH..................... 115
2CRR ............................. 386
2HuB .....................386, 408
2JBH242510-60 ............ 556
2JBH302515-60 ............ 556
2JBH362515-60 ............ 556
3
300 ................................ 157
302 .........................515, 521
304 ......... 515, 521, 532, 533
300-4 ............................. 521
306 ................................ 157
30A-MK1 ....................... 622
30A-MK2 ....................... 622
30A-MK3 ....................... 622
30A-MK4 ....................... 622
30TC-212V .................... 608
30TC-215V .................... 608
30TC-2V .........606, 607, 608
30TC-2V212 .................. 607
30TC-3s2 ...............607, 609
30TC-412V .................... 608
30TC-415V .................... 608
30TC-4V .........606, 607, 608
30TC-4V412 .................. 607
30TC-CVR ..................... 609
30TP-212V .................... 602
30TP-2V .........577, 602, 606
30TP-412V .................... 602
30TP-412V3s2 .............. 602
30TP-4V .........577, 602, 606
30TP-4V3s2 .................. 602
30TP-A .......................... 605
30TP-AAP ................14, 605
30TP-AP ....................... 609
30TP-B .......................... 605
30TP-C .......................... 605
30TP-J .......................... 605
30TP-L .....................14, 605
30TP-MAAP .............14, 605
3000 .............................. 684
3010B .............................. 50
3011E .............................. 50
3015E .............................. 50
3017TCE .......................... 50
3018AE ............................ 50
3027AE ...................... 50, 51
3033JE ...................... 50, 51
3036HE ..................... 50, 51
3040CE ............................ 51
3043 ................................ 51
3043GE............................ 50
3044-2 ............................. 50
3046 ................................ 51
3046KD ........................... 50
3048R .............................. 51
3082 ................................ 50
3051LE ............................ 51
311 ................................ 157
312 ................................ 515
312-1 ......................521, 551
312-11/2 ................521, 551
312-11/4 ................521, 551
312-2 ......................521, 551
312-3/4 ..................521, 551
312F .............................. 532
312F-1 .......................... 533
312F-11/2 ..................... 533
312F-11/4 ..................... 533
314 ................................ 515
314-3/4 ..................521, 533
314F .............................. 532
317 .........................157, 515
317-3/4 ......................... 521
318 ................................ 157
322 ................................ 515
322-11/2 ....................... 521
322-11/4 ....................... 521
3222EXT ........................ 526
3222F-0..................532, 533
3222F-0 10 ................... 531
3222F-ws ..............532, 535
3222FB...........531, 532, 535
3222FBCC ..................... 532
3222FC ...................532, 533
3222FCs........................ 532
3222FCsA ..................... 532
3222FCsA-28 ................ 531
3222FsT .........531, 532, 533
3222HR ..................514, 525
3222Hs ..................514, 525
3222JR ... 514, 525, 526, 529
3222Js ...........514, 525, 530
3224EXT ........................ 526
3224HR ..................514, 525
3224Hs ..................514, 525
3224JR ... 514, 525, 526, 529
3224Js ...........514, 525, 530
324 .........................515, 532
324-3/4 ......................... 521
3244 .............................. 526
3244EXT ........................ 526
3244HR ..................514, 525
3244Hs ..................514, 525
3244JR ........... 514, 525, 529
3244Js ...........514, 525, 530
32JB3510 ...............529, 555
332F .......................532, 533
332uF ....................515, 522
333F-2 ...................532, 533
334-1-3 ......................... 533
334F-1-2 ................532, 533
334F-1-3 ................531, 532
334uF .... 515, 521, 532, 533
336F .......................532, 533
336F-2 ...................532, 533
336F-3 ...........531, 532, 533
338F-2 .......................... 532
338F-3 ...................531, 532
338uF .... 515, 522, 532, 534
338uF-2 ........................ 534
338uF-3 ........................ 534
33JB3510 ...............529, 555
33JBC ........................... 554
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
695
INDEX
INDEX
3 — 5
33JBC-CA ..................... 554
3424HR ..................514, 525
3424Hs ..................514, 525
3424JR ... 514, 525, 526, 529
3424Js ...........514, 525, 530
342F .......................532, 534
342F-2 ...................532, 534
342F-3 ...................532, 534
342uF ....................515, 522
3444HR ......................... 514
3444Hs ......................... 514
3444JR ...................514, 529
3444Js ...................514, 530
3609uLBC ..................... 627
3609uLBD .................... 627
362F .......................532, 534
362F-2 ...................532, 534
362F-3 ...................532, 534
372 .........................515, 522
372F .......................532, 534
375 .........................515, 523
382 .........................515, 523
3A44B2-1 ...................... 623
3A86B2-1 ...................... 623
3B43B2-1-RAM ............ 623
3B44B2-1 ...................... 623
3B53B2-1-AM ............... 623
3B86B2-1 ...................... 623
4
4-0................................. 518
4-12X2X11/2 ................. 519
4-12X2X2 ....................... 519
4-12X2X21/2 ................. 519
4-12X2X3 ....................... 519
4-12X2X7/8 ................... 519
4-24X2X11/2 ................. 519
4-24X2X2 ....................... 519
4-24X2X21/2 ................. 519
4-24X2X3 ....................... 519
4-24X2X7/8 ................... 519
400 ................................ 684
4000 .........................94, 684
4000C .............................. 63
4001A .............................. 63
4001DA ................64, 74, 78
400BAC .. 125, 132, 152, 154
400BAC-wH .................. 125
400F .............................. 534
400wC ........................... 125
4010B ........................ 61, 71
4010DFC ......................... 71
4010DFO ................... 61, 71
4011 ................................ 61
4011/15RI........................ 65
4011DRI .......................... 66
4014A .............................. 71
4015 ................................ 71
4015D ........................ 61, 71
4015DRI .......................... 66
4015FO ............................ 71
4017 ................................ 61
4017/18RI........................ 66
4017FO ............................ 61
4018 ................................ 61
4018FO ............................ 61
404 ................................ 520
4047BX ............................ 61
4047JX ............................ 61
4047RF ............................ 61
4047RH ........................... 61
4050 ....................16, 19, 61,
....................79, 152, 155
406 .................124, 125, 132
406-wH ......................... 125
4064H-2 .......................... 71
4074A .............................. 50
4075DA ........................... 61
4089 .......................... 38, 44
40N2 ........................16, 684
40N2B08 ................139, 140
40N2B08V ..................... 140
40N2B08wH ................. 140
40N2C08 ................139, 140
40N2C08V ..................... 140
40N2C08wH ................. 140
40N2F05 ................139, 140
40N2F05V ..................... 140
40N2F05wH.................. 140
40N2F06 ................139, 140
40N2F06V ..................... 140
40N2F06wH.................. 140
40N2F11 ................139, 141
40N2F11V ..................... 141
40N2F11wH.................. 141
40N2F15 ................139, 141
40N2F15V ..................... 141
40N2F15wH.................. 141
40N2F17 ................139, 141
40N2F17V ..................... 141
40N2F17wH.................. 141
40N2F19 ................139, 141
40N2F19V ..................... 141
40N2F19wH.................. 141
40N2F20 ................139, 141
40N2F20V ..................... 141
40N2F20wH.................. 141
40N2F21 ................139, 141
40N2F21V ..................... 141
40N2F21wH.................. 141
40N2F31 139, 141, 152, 155
40N2F31V ..................... 141
40N2F31wH.................. 141
40N2F55 ....................... 141
40N2F74 ................139, 141
40N2F74V ..................... 141
40N2F74wH.................. 141
40N2FwC ...................... 140
410B .............................. 125
410B-wH ...................... 125
411 .........................124, 125
411-wH ......................... 125
415 .........................124, 125
415-wH ......................... 125
415B .............................. 520
415N ............................. 520
417 .........................124, 125
417-wH ......................... 125
418 .........................124, 126
418-wH ......................... 126
421 ......... 502, 509, 515, 520
4215 .............................. 523
4220 .............................. 523
42222HR ....................... 514
42222Hs ....................... 514
42222JR ........................ 514
42222Js ........................ 514
422GR ....................515, 520
422RD ....................515, 520
4225 .......................502, 523
4230 .......................502, 523
424-1 ............................. 493
424-3/4 ......................... 493
425 .........................502, 520
426 .........................502, 520
427 ................................ 509
430075 .......................... 509
430s505 ........................ 509
431075 ......................... 509
431D505 ........................ 509
432 ................................ 509
436-2 7/8....................... 492
436-2-1 1/2 ............492, 523
436-2-2 ..................492, 523
436-2-23/8 .................... 523
436-2-3 ..................492, 523
436-2-3/8 ...............492, 523
437 ................................ 495
439 ................................ 496
450F-1 ...................532, 534
450F-11/4 ..................... 534
450FP-1 .................532, 534
450FP-11/4 ................... 534
455F-1 ...................532, 534
455F-3/4 ....................... 534
455FP-1 .................532, 534
455FP-3/4 ..................... 534
470F-1 ...................532, 534
470F-11/4 ..................... 534
480 ................................ 523
4810BCs ....................... 626
4810BCs20R ................. 626
4810BDs ....................... 626
4810BDs20R ................. 626
4810uLBC ..................... 627
4810uLBC20R .............. 627
4810uLBC20R-TL ........ 627
4810uLBD .................... 627
4810uLBD20R .............. 627
4810uLBD20R-TL ........ 627
485 ................................ 546
4B43B2-2-RAM ............ 623
4B44B2-2 ...................... 623
4B53B2-2-AM ............... 623
4B86B2-2 ...................... 623
4FFATC ......................... 321
4FFATC ......................... 572
4FFATCAL ..................... 321
4FFATCAL422Cw .......... 572
4FFATCBK .................... 321
4FFATCBK422Cw ......... 572
4FFATCBs ..................... 321
4FFATCBs422Cw ......... 572
4FFATCGY ..................... 321
4FFATCGY422Cw .......... 572
4FFCTC ......................... 321
4FFCTCAL ..................... 321
4FFCTCBK .................... 321
4FFCTCBs .................... 321
4FFCTCGY ..................... 321
5
5-15R .....................195, 200
5-20R ...............43, 195, 200
5-30R .....................195, 200
5-50R ............................ 200
500 ........... 61, 102, 262, 684
500-GFI ......................... 488
500-MAAP ................14, 488
5000 .......................154, 684
5000B .............134, 137, 138
5000C ............. 134, 137, 138
5000CBK ....................... 134
5000CGY ....................... 134
5000COA ....................... 134
5000Cw ......................... 134
5000CwH ...................... 134
5000T .............134, 137, 138
5000TBK ....................... 134
5000TGY ........................ 134
5000TOA........................ 134
5000Tw ......................... 134
5000TwH ...................... 134
5001 .......................134, 137
5004 .......................136, 138
5004BK ......................... 136
5004GY .......................... 136
5004OA.......................... 136
5004w ........................... 136
5004wH ........................ 136
5005 .......................136, 138
5005BK ......................... 136
5005GY .......................... 136
5005wH ........................ 136
5006 .......................134, 137
5006A .....................134, 137
5006BK ......................... 134
5006GY .......................... 134
5006wH ........................ 134
5007C .....................136, 138
5007C-1A ....... 133, 135, 138
5007C-1ABK ................. 135
5007C-1AGY .................. 135
5007C-1AwH ................ 135
5007C-2AB.....133, 135, 138
5007C-2ABBK ............... 135
5007C-2ABGY ............... 135
5007C-2ABwH .............. 135
5007C-2RT .....133, 136, 138
5007C-2RTBK ............... 136
5007C-2RTGY................ 136
5007C-2RTwH .............. 136
500ACT.......................... 488
500B .............................. 488
500DR ........................... 488
500RT .......................14, 488
500sP-1/2 ..................... 488
500T .............................. 488
5010A ............. 133, 134, 138
5010ABK ....................... 134
5010AGY ........................ 134
5010AwH ...................... 134
5010L ............. 133, 135, 137
5010LBK ....................... 135
5010LGY ........................ 135
5010LwH ...................... 135
5010R .....................133, 134
5010RBK ....................... 134
5010RGY ....................... 134
5010RwH ...................... 134
5017B .............133, 135, 137
5017C ............. 133, 135, 137
5017CBK ....................... 135
5017CGY ....................... 135
5017CwH ...................... 135
5017wG ..................135, 138
5018B .............133, 135, 137
5018C ............. 133, 135, 137
5018CBK ....................... 135
5018CGY ....................... 135
5018CwH ...................... 135
5018wG ..................135, 137
502 .................................. 25
504 .................................. 24
506 .................................. 24
511 .................................. 24
517 .................................. 24
518 ............................ 24, 34
522222HR ..................... 514
522222Hs...................... 514
522222JR ...................... 514
522222Js ...................... 514
525 ................................ 531
525A ....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525ACT... 487, 517, 532, 548
525B ....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525C ....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525D ....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525F ....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525G ...............487, 532, 548
525H....... 487, 517, 532, 548
525HB ........................... 488
525I ........ 487, 517, 532, 548
525J ....... 488, 517, 532, 548
525RT ..... 487, 517, 532, 548
5400 .............................. 230
5400 .............................. 684
5400C ............. 142, 143, 147
5400C-wH .................... 143
5400HR824 ................... 230
5400TB ..........142, 143, 144,
..................147, 152, 154
5400TB-wH .................. 143
5400TC ........... 142, 143, 147
5400TC-wH .................. 143
5400TD8 ........................ 230
5400TwC ........142, 143, 147
5406A ............. 142, 143, 147
5406A-wH) ................... 143
5406T .............142, 143, 147
5406T-wH ..................... 143
5406TB ................... 144, 147
5406TB-wH .................. 144
5407A3 .......................... 147
5408L ............. 144, 146, 148
5408L-wH ..................... 144
5408R .............144, 146, 148
5408R-wH .................... 144
5410 ....... 142, 144, 147, 148
5410-wH ....................... 144
5410DFO ........142, 144, 148
5410DFO-wH ................ 144
5411FO ...........142, 144, 147
5411FO-wH .................. 144
5415 ...............142, 144, 148
5415-wH ....................... 144
5415FO .......................... 144
5415FO-wH .................. 144
5417FO ...................142, 144
5417FO-wH .................. 144
5418 ...............142, 144, 148
5418FO ...........142, 145, 148
5418FO-wH .................. 145
5450 .......... 16, 19, 142, 145,
..................147, 152, 155
5450-ORAP ................... 145
5450-wH ....................... 145
5450A3 ........... 142, 145, 147
5450A3-wH ................... 145
5450T ............142, 145, 147,
..........................152, 155
5450T-wH ..................... 145
5474 ...............142, 145, 148
5474-wH ....................... 145
5500 .............................. 684
5500BD3 ...............150, 152,
..........................153, 154
5500BD3-wH ................ 150
5500C .....................150, 153
5500C-wH .................... 150
5500wCA .......149, 150, 153
5506 ...............149, 150, 153
5506-wH ....................... 150
5506B ............................ 151
5506B-wH .................... 151
5507-4TJ ..................49, 155
5507-4TJ-Fw ................ 155
5507-4TJ-G ................... 155
5507-4TJ-wH ................ 155
5507-4TJFw .................... 49
5507-6TJ ..................49, 155
5507-6TJ-Fw ................ 155
5507-6TJ-G ................... 155
5507-6TJ-wH ................ 155
5507-6TJFw .................... 49
55074TJ-wH ................. 355
55076TJ-wH ................. 355
5507AAP ...... 12, 13, 49, 155
5507AAP-BK ............13, 155
5507AAP-Fw ...........13, 155
5507AAP-G ........12, 13, 155
5507AAP-GY ............13, 155
5507AAP-wH ...........13, 155
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
696
INDEX
5 — 8
5507AD ....................48, 154
5507AD-Fw .............48, 154
5507AD-G ..................... 154
5507AD-wH .................. 154
5507AVIP......................... 49
5507B .......................48, 154
5507B-Fw ................48, 154
5507B-G ........................ 154
5507B-GY ...................... 154
5507B-wH .............154, 355
5507D ................... 48, 61, 79
5507D .....................138, 154
5507D-BK ..................... 154
5507D-Fw ................48, 154
5507D-G ........................ 154
5507D-GY ...................... 154
5507D-wH .............154, 355
5507FRJ ...................49, 154
5507FRJ-Fw ............49, 154
5507FRJ-G .................... 154
5507FRJ-GY .................. 154
5507FRJ-wH ................ 154
5507MAAP ...12, 13, 49, 155
5507MAAP-BK .........13, 155
5507MAAP-Fw ........13, 155
5507MAAP-G .....12, 13, 155
5507MAAP-GY .........13, 155
5507MAAP-wH ........13, 155
5507R .................. 12, 13, 48,
..........................138, 155
5507R-BK ....................... 13
5507R-Fw .......... 13, 48, 155
5507R-G ............. 12, 13, 155
5507R-GY ........................ 13
5507R-wH .......13, 155, 355
5507RJ ...............49, 61, 155
5507RJ-Fw ..............49, 155
5507RJ-G ...................... 155
5507RJ-GY .................... 155
5507RJ-wH ................... 155
5507s ............................ 155
5507s-BK ..................... 155
5507s-Fw ..................... 155
5507s-G ........................ 155
5507s-GY ...................... 155
5507s-wH .............. 155, 355
5507sw .............. 48, 79, 155
5507sw-Fw .............48, 155
5507sw-G ..................... 155
5507sw-wH ................. 155
5507T1 .....................48, 155
5507T1-Fw ..............48, 155
5507T1-G ...................... 155
5507T1-wH ............ 155, 355
5507T2 .....................49, 155
5507T2-Fw ..................... 49
5507T2-G ...................... 155
5507T2-wH ............ 155, 355
5510 ....... 149, 151, 152, 153
5510-wH ....................... 151
5510D ..... 149, 151, 152, 153
5510D-wH .................... 151
5511FO ...........149, 151, 153
5514A ..... 149, 151, 152, 153
5514A-wH..................... 151
5515 ...............149, 151, 153
5518 ...............149, 151, 153
5550 .......................... 16, 19
5550 ....... 149, 152, 153, 155
5574 ....... 149, 151, 152, 153
5701 ................................ 27
5703 ................................ 24
5709 ................................ 27
5715 ................................ 24
5515-wH ....................... 151
5517FO ...........149, 151, 153
5517FO-wH .................. 151
5518-wH ....................... 151
5518FO ...........149, 151, 153
5518FO-wH .................. 151
5550-wH ....................... 152
5550A4 ........... 149, 152, 153
5550A4-wH ................... 152
5574-wH ....................... 151
5574A .....................149, 152
5574A-wH..................... 152
5700CG ........................... 25
5700LL ............................ 25
5703wH .......................... 27
5709GC ........................... 27
5711LHA ......................... 27
5711LHAwH ................... 27
5711RHA ......................... 27
5711RHAwH ................... 27
5715wH .......................... 27
5719 ................................ 24
5719wH .......................... 27
57243G ............................ 24
5724O .............................. 24
5734A .............................. 24
5735 ................................ 29
5736wH .......................... 29
5737 .......................... 29, 30
5737A .............................. 29
5737AwH ........................ 30
5737wH .......................... 30
5738 .....................24, 29, 30
5738A .............................. 30
5738AF ............................ 29
5738AFwH ...................... 30
5738AwH ........................ 30
5738wH .......................... 30
5739 .......................... 29, 30
5739A .............................. 29
5739wH .......................... 30
5741wH .......................... 30
5744 .....................24, 30, 38
5744-2 ............................. 30
5744-2wH ....................... 30
5744-3 ............................. 30
5744-wH ......................... 30
5744s .............................. 31
5744s-2........................... 31
5744s-2wH ..................... 31
5744s-3........................... 31
5744swH ........................ 31
5745wH .......................... 31
5747 .....................24, 31, 38
5747-2 ............................. 31
5747-2wH ....................... 31
5747-3 ............................. 31
5747wH .......................... 31
5748 .....................24, 31, 34
5748-2 ............................. 31
5748-3 ............................. 31
5748-4 ............................. 31
5748-5 ............................. 31
5748-6 ............................. 31
5748s .............................. 24
5748swH ........................ 31
5751 ................................ 31
5751-2 ............................. 31
5751-2wH ....................... 31
5751-3 ............................. 31
5751AwH ........................ 32
5751wH .......................... 31
575CHA .................. 297, 304
575CHA .................. 568, 569
5781A .............................. 28
5752 ................................ 24
5753 ................................ 24
5780 ................................ 28
5781 .......................... 24, 28
5782 .......................... 24, 28
5782A .............................. 28
5785 .......................... 24, 61
5785wH .......................... 29
5791 .......................... 28, 29
5786wH .......................... 29
5790B ........................ 28, 29
57242 .............................. 24
5B11N ........................... 620
5BLH ......................297, 304
5BLH ............................. 568
5PTHA ....................297, 304
5PTHA ....................568, 569
5w11N .......................... 620
6
6-15R .....................195, 200
6-20R .....................195, 200
6-30R .....................195, 200
6-50R ............................ 200
600B ................................ 32
6000 .........................63, 684
6000B .............................. 63
6001A .............................. 81
6007C-1 .......................... 79
6007C-2 .......................... 79
6010B .............................. 79
6011TX ............................ 79
6014A .............................. 79
6017TX ............................ 79
6046KD ........................... 79
605 .................................. 25
605K ................................ 25
6074A .............................. 71
607 .................................. 26
607K ................................ 26
60N2 ............................. 684
615 .................................. 32
616 .................................. 32
620 .................................. 35
620 ................................ 258
620BCK ........................... 35
620BCK ......................... 258
624 .....................39, 45, 265
624BCK ..................... 39, 45
624BCK ......................... 265
630B ................................ 51
630BDK ........................... 51
630C ................................ 52
630CDK ........................... 52
640B ................................ 63
640BDK ........................... 63
640C .......................... 63, 81
640CDK ..................... 63, 81
640Ds ............................. 60
640DsBDK ...................... 60
650RT .............................. 60
656 ...........................99, 103
660B ................................ 80
660BDK ........................... 81
682A .......................296, 304
682A ............... 296, 304, 568
682A-PT .................296, 304
686039-100FT ............... 542
686052-100FT ............... 546
68B .........................296, 303
68MAAP ...................... 9, 10
68MAAP .................296, 303
68MAAP ........................ 568
68REC ....................296, 303
68REC-25...................... 303
6AAP ................................. 9
6AAP ............................. 295
6AAP ............................. 568
6ACT8A ......................... 295
6ACT8A ......................... 568
6AER-11/2-21/8 ............ 526
6AER-23/8-3 ................. 526
6AT ................................ 292
6ATBK ........................... 292
6ATBs ........................... 292
6ATBZ ........................... 292
6ATC .............................. 292
6ATCBK ..................292, 293
6ATCBs ..................292, 293
6ATCBZ ..................292, 293
6ATCFF ..................293, 569
6ATCGY ..................292, 293
6ATCNK .................292, 293
6ATCP ........................... 292
6ATCPAV ....................... 293
6ATCPAVBK .................. 293
6ATCPAVBs .................. 293
6ATCPAVBZ................... 293
6ATCPAVGY ................... 293
6ATCPAVNK .................. 293
6ATCPBK ...................... 292
6ATCPBs ...................... 292
6ATCPBZ ....................... 292
6ATCPGY ....................... 292
6ATCPNK ...................... 292
6ATGY ............................ 292
6ATNK ........................... 292
6ATP.............................. 292
6ATPAV ......................... 293
6ATPAVBK..................... 293
6ATPAVBs ..................... 293
6ATPAVBZ ..................... 293
6ATPAVGY ..................... 293
6ATPAVNK .................... 293
6ATPBK ......................... 292
6ATPBs ......................... 292
6ATPBZ ......................... 292
6ATPGY ......................... 292
6ATPNK ........................ 292
6B21E ........................... 621
6B21N ........................... 620
6B22E ........................... 621
6CFFTC ......................... 295
6CFFTC ......................... 409
6CFFTCBK .................... 295
6CFFTCBs .................... 295
6CFFTCBZ .................... 295
6CFFTCGY..................... 295
6CFFTCNK .................... 295
6CT .........................294, 409
6CTBK ........................... 294
6CTBs ........................... 294
6CTBZ ........................... 294
6CTC ......................294, 409
6CTCBK ........................ 294
6CTCBs ......................... 294
6CTCBZ ......................... 294
6CTCGY ......................... 294
6CTCNK ........................ 294
6CTGY ........................... 294
6CTNK .......................... 294
6DEC .................. 9, 295, 568
6DP ............................... 295
6ER-11/2 ....................... 524
6ER-2 ............................ 524
6ER-2 1/2 ...................... 524
6ER-3 ............................ 524
6ER-3 1/2 ...................... 524
6LH ............................... 535
6LHB-1/4 ...................... 528
6LHB-1/8 ...................... 528
6LHs-1/4 ...................... 528
6LHs-1/8 ...................... 528
6MAAP ...............9, 296, 568
6MAAP-2A ........................ 9
6MAAP2A ...................... 296
6MOs ............................ 295
6MOsBs ........................ 295
6PPs ............................. 294
6RTT ............................. 526
6s1 ................................ 295
6s2 ................................ 295
6sER ..................9, 295, 568
6sTC ......................293, 294
6sTCP ....................294, 568
6sTCPAV ................294, 568
6TRAC ....................296, 568
6Ts .........................295, 409
6w21E ........................... 621
6w21N .......................... 620
6w22E ........................... 621
7
7-30R ............................ 200
7-50R ............................ 200
700 ................................ 684
700wH ............................ 26
7011BCs ....................... 626
7011BCs20R ................. 626
7011BDs ....................... 626
7011BDs20R ................. 626
7011uLBC ..............615, 627
7011uLBC20R .............. 627
7011uLBC20R-TL ........ 627
7011uLBD .................... 627
7011uLBD20R .............. 627
7011uLBD20R-TL ........ 627
702 .................................. 26
704wH ............................ 26
706wH ............................ 26
7107F ............................ 534
711wH ............................ 27
712wH ............................ 27
7140F .....................532, 534
7141F .....................532, 534
717wH ............................ 27
718wH ............................ 27
7712BCs ....................... 626
7712BCs20R ................. 626
7712BDs ....................... 626
7712BDs20R ................. 626
7712uLBC ..................... 627
7712uLBC20R .............. 627
7712uLBC20R-TL ........ 627
7712uLBD .................... 627
7712uLBD20R .............. 627
7712uLBD20R-TL ........ 627
7LH ............................... 535
7LHB-1/4 ...................... 528
7LHB-1/8 ...................... 528
7LHs-1/4 ...................... 528
7LHs-1/8 ...................... 528
8
800 ................................ 684
800BAC .......... 126, 132, 152
800BAC-wH .................. 126
800CILCK ...................... 436
800LCK ......................... 436
800wC ........................... 126
806 .................124, 126, 132
806-wH ......................... 126
810A2 ............. 124, 126, 131
810A2-wH..................... 126
810B .............................. 126
810B-wH ...................... 126
811 .........................124, 127
811-wH ......................... 127
815 .........................124, 127
815-wH ......................... 127
817 .........................124, 127
817-wH ......................... 127
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
697
INDEX
INDEX
8 — A
817B ..............361, 373, 388,
.......... 425, 440, 503, 517
817C ....... 361, 373, 425, 440
817PCC ......... 366, 376, 392,
..........................430, 445
817PCC ......................... 508
817PCC ......................... 517
817T .......................425, 440
817TAL ................... 429, 443
817TCAL .......365, 376, 390,
..........................429, 443
817TCAL ....................... 506
818 .........................124, 127
818-wH ......................... 127
818TAL ................... 427, 442
818TCAL .......363, 374, 389,
.......... 427, 442, 505, 517
825A .............................. 437
825A-1 .......................... 437
825A-1/2 ....................... 437
825A-3/4 ....................... 437
825CK ........................... 437
825CK-1 ........................ 437
825CK-1/2 ..................... 437
825CK-3/4 ..................... 437
825CP ........................... 437
825sFCK ....................... 437
827B ..............361, 388, 425,
..................440, 503, 517
827C ...............362, 425, 440
827PCC ......... 366, 392, 430,
..................445, 508, 517
827T .......................425, 440
827TAL ................... 429, 444
827TCAL .......365, 391, 429,
..........................443, 506
828-MAAP ......................... 7
828COMTC .............362, 426
828COMTCAL ........364, 428
828DLR ......... 362, 374, 388,
..................426, 441, 504
828DLRAL.....364, 375, 390,
..................428, 442, 505
828DPGFITC .........362, 374,
.......... 388, 426, 441, 503
828DPGFITCAL .....364, 375,
.......... 390, 428, 442, 505
828GFITC ...... 362, 373, 388,
..................425, 440, 503
828GFITCAL ..........364, 365,
......... 375, 376, 390, 391,
......... 428, 430, 442, 444,
..........................505, 507
828MAAP ......363, 364, 365,
......... 374, 375, 376, 389,
......... 390, 391, 426, 428,
......... 430, 441, 443, 444,
..................504, 506, 507
828PR ...........366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 508
828PRGFI ......366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 508
828R ..............362, 373, 388,
..................425, 440, 503
828R-TCAL ...........364, 365,
......... 375, 376, 390, 391,
......... 428, 430, 442, 444,
..........................505, 507
828sPTC .......362, 374, 388,
.......... 426, 441, 495, 504
828TAL ................... 427, 442
828TCAL .......363, 389, 427,
................. 442, 505, 517
829CK ...........362, 374, 389,
.......... 426, 441, 495, 504
829CK-1 ........363, 374, 389,
..................426, 441, 495
829CK-1/2 .....363, 374, 389,
.......... 426, 441, 495, 504
829CK-3/4 .....363, 374, 389,
.......... 426, 441, 495, 504
829CK1 ......................... 504
829CKAL-1 ...........365, 376,
.......... 391, 430, 444, 507
829CKAL-3/4 ........365, 376,
..................391, 430, 444
829CKTCAL................... 375
829CKTCAL-1 ............... 375
829CKTCAL-1/2 ............ 375
829CKTCAL-3/4 ............ 375
829PCK ......... 366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 508
829PFL ......... 366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 508
829PFLRT ..... 366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 508
829PsTC .......366, 377, 392,
..................431, 445, 495
829sTC ..........362, 374, 388,
.................426, 441, 495,
..........................504, 508
830CKTCAL...........364, 390,
..................428, 443, 506
830CKTCAL-1 .......364, 390,
..................428, 443, 506
830CKTCAL-1/2 ........... 364,
.......... 390, 428, 443, 506
830CKTCAL-3/4 ........... 364,
.......... 390, 428, 443, 506
837B ..............361, 388, 425,
..................440, 503, 517
837C ...............362, 425, 440
837PCC ......... 366, 392, 431,
..................445, 508, 517
837T .......................425, 440
837TCAL .......365, 391, 429,
..........................443, 507
838TAL-880CM3 ........... 427
838TAL-880Cs3 ............ 427
838TAL-880M3 ............. 427
838TAL-880s3 .............. 427
838TCAL .......363, 389, 427,
..................442, 505, 517
861 ................................ 447
861AMDTC .................... 447
861DB ........................... 447
861FFTC ....................... 447
861QTC ......................... 447
862 ................................ 450
862C .............................. 450
862DB ........................... 450
862GFI .......................... 450
862KIT ........................... 450
862TGFI ........................ 450
863DPCOM ................... 452
863DPCOMAL ............... 452
863DRGFICOM .............. 452
863DRGFICOMAL ......... 452
880CM1-1 ..................... 424
880CM2-1 ..................... 424
880CM3-1 ..................... 424
880Cs1-1 ...................... 423
880Cs2-1 ...................... 423
880Cs3-1 ...................... 423
880M1 ........................... 422
880M1FC ....................... 361
880M2 ........................... 422
880M2FC ....................... 361
880M3 ........................... 422
880M3FC ....................... 361
880MP2 ......................... 387
880MPA ..................373, 387
880MPFC ...................... 373
880s1 ............................ 421
880s1FC........................ 360
880s2 ............................ 421
880s2FC........................ 360
880s3 ............................ 421
880s3FC........................ 360
880w1 ........................... 438
880w1817B ................... 439
880w1818TCAL ............ 439
880w2 ........................... 438
880w2827B ................... 439
880w2828TCAL ............ 439
880w3 ........................... 439
880w3837B ................... 439
880w3838TCAL ............ 439
881 ................................ 380
881-ADP ....................... 380
881-DIV ......................... 380
881ADP ......................... 378
881AMD8CTCAL ............... 8
881AMD8CTCBK ............... 8
881AMD8CTCBs ............... 8
881AMD8CTCGY ............... 8
881AV3CTCAL ................... 8
881AV3CTCBK .................. 8
881AV3CTCBs ................... 8
881AV3CTCGY ................... 8
881FC ............................ 378
885B .............................. 433
886B .............................. 433
887B .............................. 433
889A .......................127, 131
889A-wH ...................... 127
889B .............................. 433
895 ......... 378, 381, 434, 448
895DCC ......................... 381
895GFI ... 378, 381, 434, 448
895GFICAL .....378, 381, 448
895P ...............382, 434, 448
895PCK ......................... 382
895sP .............381, 434, 448
895sPCAL ......381, 434, 448
895T ...............381, 434, 448
895TAL ........... 381, 434, 448
895TCAL .......378, 381, 382,
..........................434, 448
895TGFI .........381, 434, 448
895TGFIAL ..... 381, 434, 448
895TsP...........381, 434, 448
895TsPAL ..................... 448
896 .........................381, 434
896CK ....................381, 434
896CK-1 ................. 382, 435
896CK-1/2 .............. 381, 435
896CK-3/4 .............. 382, 435
896CKAL-1/2 .........381, 435
896PCK ......................... 435
896T .......................381, 434
896TCK ..................381, 435
896TCK-1 ...............382, 435
896TCK-1/2 ............382, 435
896TCK-3/4 ............382, 435
896TCKAL-1/2 .......382, 435
897AR ........................... 496
898AR ........................... 496
8002 .............................. 625
8DEC ............................. 302
8AAP ........................10, 303
8ACT6A ......................... 302
8AT ................................ 300
8ATBK ........................... 300
8ATBs ........................... 300
8ATBZ ........................... 300
8ATC .............................. 300
8ATCBK ......................... 300
8ATCBs ......................... 300
8ATCBZ ......................... 300
8ATCGY ......................... 300
8ATCNK ........................ 300
8ATCP ........................... 300
8ATCPBK ...................... 300
8ATCPBs ...................... 300
8ATCPBZ ....................... 300
8ATCPGY ....................... 300
8ATCPNK ...................... 300
8ATGY ............................ 300
8ATNK ........................... 300
8ATP.............................. 300
8ATPBK ......................... 300
8ATPBs ......................... 300
8ATPBZ ......................... 300
8ATPGY ......................... 300
8ATPNK ........................ 300
8B ................................. 302
8CREsT ....................10, 302
8CREsT3G ...............10, 303
8CT ......... 302, 412, 470, 567
8CTBK ........................... 302
8CTBs ........................... 302
8CTBZ ........................... 302
8CTC ...... 302, 412, 470, 567
8CTCBK .................302, 567
8CTCBs ..................302, 567
8CTCBZ .................. 302, 567
8CTCGY ..................302, 567
8CTCNK .................302, 567
8CTGY ........................... 302
8CTNK .......................... 302
8DEC ............................... 10
8DIV .............................. 305
8DP ............................... 302
8MAAP .....................10, 303
8MOs ............................ 302
8PPs ............................. 301
8s1 ................................ 302
8s2 ................................ 302
8sER ........................10, 303
8sTC ............................. 301
8sTCP ....................301, 569
8TRAC ........................... 303
8Ts .........................302, 412
9
929046 .......................... 552
a
AAPCTM4 ...................... 284
AATCTM4 ...................... 284
AB2TJ .............................. 19
AB2TJ-BK ....................... 19
AB2TJ-G.......................... 19
AB2TJ-GY ........................ 19
AB2TJ-wH ...................... 19
ABPLuG3 ......307, 309, 311,
..................323, 325, 327
ABPLuG4 ......313, 315, 317,
..........................319, 321
ABPLuG6 ...................... 294
ABPLuG8 ...................... 301
ABs2 ............................... 19
ABs2-BK ........................ 19
ABs2-G ........................... 19
ABs2-GY ......................... 19
AC10105 ........................ 566
AC10105YC2111PA ....... 566
AC10105YC2222PA ....... 566
AC10105YC42222PA ..... 566
AC8104 .......................... 465
AC8104YC2111PA ......... 565
AC8104YC2222PA ......... 565
AC8105 .......................... 463
AC8105YC2111PA ......... 565
AC8105YC2222PA ......... 565
AC8105YC42222PA ....... 565
AC8840 .......................... 465
AC8840YC2111PA ......... 565
AC8840YC2222PA ......... 565
AC8850 .......................... 463
AC8850YC2111PA ......... 565
AC8850YC2222PA ......... 565
AC8850YC42222PA ....... 565
ADPD453LM2 ........280, 282
AERHB-048 .................. 554
AERHB-052 .................. 526
AERHB-116 .................. 554
AERHB-120 .................. 526
AERHB-128 .................. 526
AERHB-132 .................. 554
AERHB-144 .................. 526
AERHB-148 .................. 554
AERHB-152 .................. 526
AERHB-200 .................. 554
AF-1 .............................. 457
AF-3 .............................. 458
AF2KC2111PA............... 564
AF2KC2222PA............... 564
AF2KC4222PA............... 564
AF2KT2111PA ............... 564
AF2KT2222PA ............... 564
AF2KT4222PA ............... 564
AF2NC2111PA .............. 564
AF2NC2222PA .............. 564
AF2NC4222PA .............. 564
AF2NT2111PA............... 564
AF2NT2222PA............... 564
AF2NT4222PA............... 564
AF2YC2111PA ............... 564
AF2YC2222PA ............... 564
AF2YC4222PA ............... 564
AF2YT2111PA ............... 564
AF2YT2222PA ............... 564
AF2YT4222PA ............... 564
AF4KC2111PA............... 564
AF4KC2222PA............... 564
AF4KC4222PA............... 564
AF4KT2111PA ............... 564
AF4KT2222PA ............... 564
AF4KT4222PA ............... 564
AF4NC2111PA .............. 564
AF4NC2222PA .............. 564
AF4NC4222PA .............. 564
AF4NT2111PA............... 564
AF4NT2222PA............... 564
AF4NT4222PA............... 564
AF4YC2111PA ............... 564
AF4YC2222PA ............... 564
AF4YC4222PA ............... 564
AF4YT2111PA ............... 564
AF4YT2222PA ............... 564
AF4YT4222PA ............... 564
AGFTR153M4 ................ 282
AL0GB506TR ................ 278
AL2000 ...........162, 278, 684
AL2000B ....................... 160
AL2000B-10 ........... 163, 274
AL2000B-5 ............. 163, 274
AL2000C ....................... 160
AL2000C-5 .............163, 274
AL2000wC .............163, 274
AL2001 .................. 162, 163,
..........................274, 278
AL2003 .................. 162, 163,
..........................272, 274
AL2006 ...................163, 274
AL2009 ...........164, 274, 278
AL2010A ....... 162, 164, 272,
..........................274, 278
AL2010B ....... 162, 164, 272,
..........................274, 278
AL2011 ...................164, 274
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
698
INDEX
A
AL2015 ...................164, 275
AL2017 ...................164, 275
AL2018 ...................164, 275
AL2038 ...................164, 275
AL2040A ................164, 275
AL2043 ...........162, 164, 275
AL2043IG ...............164, 275
AL2044 ...........165, 275, 686
AL2044-2 .......165, 275, 686
AL2044-3 ...................... 686
AL2047 .................. 165, 275,
..........................278, 686
AL2047-2 .......165, 275, 686
AL2051H ........165, 275, 278
AL20GB306 ................... 273
AL20GB306TR .............. 278
AL20GB306TRGFI ......... 276
AL20GB506 ................... 273
AL20GB506TRTRGFI .... 276
AL20GB512 ................... 273
AL20GB606 ................... 273
AL20GB612 ................... 273
AL20GB618 ................... 273
AL20GBA606 ................. 273
AL20GBA612 ................. 273
AL20GBA618 ................. 273
AL20IG306 .................... 273
AL20IG506 .................... 273
AL20IG606 .................... 273
AL2400 .......................... 684
AL2400B ....................... 160
AL2400B-10 .................. 167
AL2400B-5 .................... 167
AL2400C ................160, 167
AL2400wC .................... 167
AL2401 .......................... 167
AL2406 .......................... 167
AL2409 .......................... 167
AL2410B ....................... 167
AL2410B2 ..................... 167
AL2411 .......................... 167
AL2415 .......................... 167
AL2416 .......................... 167
AL2417 .......................... 167
AL2418 .......................... 168
AL241FP6A-6A ............. 664
AL241FP6A-B ............... 665
AL241FP6A-D ............... 664
AL241FP6A-DEC .......... 665
AL241FPB-6A ............... 664
AL241FPB-B................. 664
AL241FPB-D................. 665
AL241FPD-6A ............... 664
AL241FPD-B................. 665
AL241FPD-D................. 664
AL241FPDEC-6A .......... 665
AL241FPDEC-B ............ 664
AL241FPDEC-DEC ....... 664
AL241s-HB ................... 663
AL2446P-D ................... 168
AL2451H ....................... 168
AL3000 .......................... 200
AL3000C ................197, 198
AL3001 .......................... 202
AL3010B ....................... 202
AL3010B1 ..................... 202
AL3011 .......................... 202
AL3012A ....................... 202
AL3012B ....................... 202
AL3015 .......................... 202
AL3017 .......................... 202
AL3018 .......................... 202
AL3300 ...................197, 200
AL3300 .......................... 684
AL3300B ....................... 160
AL3300B10 ................... 170
AL3300C ................160, 197
AL3300C5 ..................... 170
AL3300D5 ..............170, 205
AL3300wC .............170, 205
AL3301 ...................170, 205
AL3301D ................170, 205
AL3309 ...................170, 205
AL3310B ................171, 205
AL3310B1 ..............171, 205
AL3311 ...................171, 206
AL3315 ...................171, 206
AL3316 ...................171, 206
AL3317 ...................171, 206
AL3318 ...................171, 206
AL3320 .......................... 197
AL3346D ....................... 171
AL3346DO ..................... 171
AL3346E........................ 171
AL3346G ....................... 171
AL3346GO ..................... 172
AL3356-ACTLPB........... 172
AL3356-LPB3s2 ........... 172
AL33562A...................... 172
AL3356ABRT ................ 172
AL3356R ....................... 172
AL3356Z ........................ 172
AL4000 ...................197, 200
AL4000C ................197, 198
AL4001 .......................... 207
AL4010B ....................... 207
AL4010B2 ..................... 207
AL4011 .......................... 207
AL4012A ................207, 209
AL4012B ....................... 207
AL4015 .......................... 208
AL4017 .......................... 208
AL4018 .......................... 208
AL4301 .......................... 213
AL4310B ....................... 213
AL4310B2 ..................... 213
AL4311 .......................... 213
AL4312A ....................... 213
AL4312B ....................... 214
AL4315 .......................... 214
AL4317 .......................... 214
AL4318 .......................... 214
AL4320 ...................200, 213
AL4400 ...................197, 200
AL4401 .......................... 209
AL4410B ....................... 209
AL4410B2 ..................... 209
AL4411 .......................... 209
AL4412B ....................... 210
AL4415 .......................... 210
AL4417 .......................... 210
AL4418 .......................... 210
AL4501 .......................... 215
AL4510B ....................... 215
AL4510B2 ..................... 215
AL4511 .......................... 215
AL4512A ....................... 215
AL4512B ....................... 216
AL4515 .......................... 216
AL4517 .......................... 216
AL4518 .......................... 216
AL4520 ...................197, 200
AL4701 ...................211, 212
AL4710B ....................... 211
AL4710B2 ..................... 211
AL4711 .......................... 211
AL4712A ....................... 211
AL4712B ....................... 212
AL4715 .......................... 212
AL4717 .......................... 212
AL4718 .......................... 212
AL4750 ...................197, 200
AL4750C ....................... 197
AL5200 .......................... 684
AL5200B ....................... 161
AL5200B-10 .................. 187
AL5200B-5 .................... 187
AL5200C ....................... 161
AL5200C-10 .................. 187
AL5200C-5 .................... 187
AL5200D-10 .................. 187
AL5200D-5 .................... 187
AL5200wC .............185, 187
AL5200wC2 .................. 187
AL5200wC3 .................. 187
AL5201 ...................185, 187
AL5206 .......................... 187
AL5209 .......................... 187
AL5210B ....................... 187
AL5210B1 ..................... 188
AL5210B2 ..............185, 188
AL5210B3 ..................... 188
AL5211 .......................... 188
AL5214 .......................... 188
AL5215 .......................... 188
AL5216 .......................... 188
AL5217 .......................... 188
AL5217A ....................... 188
AL5217N ....................... 188
AL5218 .......................... 188
AL5246-B ...................... 188
AL5246-D ...................... 188
AL5246-DD ................... 188
AL5246-F ...................... 189
AL5246-G ...................... 189
AL5256-2A .................... 190
AL5256-2LPB3s2 ......... 190
AL5256-ABRT ............... 189
AL5256-ACT2LP ........... 189
AL5256-ACTLPB........... 189
AL5256-ACTMAB .......... 189
AL5256-D2A ................. 189
AL5256-DABRT ............ 190
AL5256-DACT ............... 189
AL5256-DMABRT ......... 190
AL5256-DZ .................... 189
AL5256-G2A.................. 190
AL5256-GABRT ............ 190
AL5256-GACT ............... 189
AL5256-GMABRT ......... 190
AL5256-GZ .................... 190
AL5256-LPB3s2 ........... 190
AL5256-MABRT ............ 190
AL5256-Z ...................... 190
AL5260 .......................... 190
AL7301 .......................... 221
AL7310B ....................... 221
AL7310B3 ..................... 221
AL7311 .......................... 221
AL7312A ....................... 221
AL7312B ....................... 222
AL7315 .......................... 222
AL7317 .......................... 222
AL7318 .......................... 222
AL7320 ...........198, 200, 221
AL7401 .......................... 223
AL7410B ....................... 223
AL7410B3 ..................... 223
AL7411 .......................... 223
AL7412A ....................... 223
AL7412B ....................... 224
AL7415 .......................... 224
AL7417 .......................... 224
AL7418 .......................... 224
AL7450 ...........198, 200, 224
ALA-2A ..................180, 184
ALA-ABRT .................... 183
ALA-BL ......................... 183
ALA-C ........................... 197
ALA-DR ..................179, 183
ALA-E ....................179, 183
ALA-F ....................179, 183
ALA-G ....................179, 183
ALA-J .....................179, 183
ALA-LPB ................179, 184
ALA-LPB3s2..........179, 184
ALA-MAB ...............179, 184
ALA-MABRT ..........179, 184
ALA-N ....................179, 183
ALA-sG ..................180, 184
ALA-Z.....................180, 184
ALA01 ...........178, 182, 203,
..........................204, 217
ALA09 ............182, 203, 217
ALA11R ......................... 218
ALA11R1 ................184, 204
ALA17/18R .................... 218
ALA17/18R1 ........... 184, 204
ALA17A ......................... 182
ALA17A ..................203, 217
ALA3000 ....................... 197
ALA3800 ........197, 200, 684
ALA3800B ..................... 160
ALA3800B-10................ 178
ALA3800C ..................... 160
ALA3806 ................178, 203
ALA3810B ..............178, 203
ALA3810B1 ............178, 204
ALA3811 ................178, 204
ALA3815 ................178, 204
ALA3817 ................178, 204
ALA3817N .............. 178, 204
ALA3818 ........178, 204, 218
ALA4800 ....... 197, 200, 218,
..........................229, 230
ALA4800B ..................... 160
ALA4800B-10................ 182
ALA4800C ..................... 160
ALA4806 ................182, 217
ALA4810B ..............182, 217
ALA4810B2 ............182, 218
ALA4811 ................182, 218
ALA4812A ..................... 218
ALA4812B ..................... 218
ALA4815 ................182, 218
ALA4817 ................182, 218
ALA4817N .............. 183, 218
ALA4818 ................183, 218
ALA48HR1024CM ......... 230
ALA48HR1024RT .......... 230
ALA48TD8CM ............... 229
ALA48TD8RT ................ 229
ALAC-5 ..................178, 182
ALAwC ..................178, 182,
..........................203, 217
ALDs4000 ...... 197, 200, 684
ALDs4000B....161, 175, 219
ALDs4000C ...........161, 175,
..........................197, 219
ALDs4006 ..............175, 219
ALDs4010A ....173, 175, 219
ALDs4010B....173, 175, 219
ALDs4011 ...... 173, 175, 219
ALDs4015 ...... 173, 175, 220
ALDs4017 ...... 173, 175, 220
ALDs4018 ...... 173, 175, 220
ALDs4047 ..................... 173
ALDs4047-2A ........173, 176
ALDs4047C ............173, 176
ALDs4047D ...........173, 176
ALDs4047E ............173, 176
ALDs4047F ............173, 176
ALDs4047MAB ......173, 176
ALDs4047R ............173, 176
ALEXTLEDTM4 ............. 283
ALLNLEDTM4 ............... 283
ALPKLEDTM4 ............... 283
ALTC-20w ..................... 609
ALTC-2P........................ 609
ALTC-2s ........................ 609
ALTP ............................. 603
ALTP-20w ......603, 604, 607
ALTP-2P ........603, 604, 607
ALTP-2s .........603, 604, 607
AMD8APTC ................... 313
AMD8APTCBK .............. 313
AMD8APTCGY ............... 313
AMD8ATC ...................... 313
AMD8ATCAA ............10, 313
AMD8ATCAB ............10, 313
AMD8ATCAL ............10, 313
AMD8ATCBK ............10, 313
AMD8ATCBs ............10, 313
AMD8ATCGY ............10, 313
AMD8ATCVY .............10, 313
AMD8CTC ..................... 313
AMD8CTCAA ................. 313
AMD8CTCAB ................. 313
AMD8CTCAL ................. 313
AMD8CTCBK ................ 313
AMD8CTCBs ................. 313
AMD8CTCGY ................. 313
AMD8CTCVY ................. 313
AMD8sHTC ................... 313
AMD8sHTCAL............... 313
AMD8sHTCBK .............. 313
AMD8sHTCBs .............. 313
AMD8sHTCGY ............... 313
AMD8sHTCVY ............... 313
AMD8sTC...................... 313
AMDTP-4 ..............578, 603,
..........................606, 609
AMDTP-4-C .................. 604
AMDTP-412 .................. 603
AMDTP-415 .................. 603
AMDTP-4D .....603, 604, 606
AMDTP-A ...................... 605
AMDTP-B ...................... 605
AMDTP-L ...................... 605
AMTC-3s2 ..................... 609
AMTC-4 ..........606, 607, 608
AMTC-412 ..............607, 608
AMTC-415 ..............607, 608
AMTC-ACT .................... 609
AMTC-CVR .................... 609
AP-FITTC ...................... 330
APCB1TM4 ................... 282
APCB2TM2 ................... 282
APCB3TM4 ................... 282
APCB4TM1 ................... 282
APCB5TM1 ................... 282
APCCTM4...................... 281
APDwCTM1 .................. 282
APME18TM2 ................. 281
APMT12TM2 ................. 281
APMT18TM4 ................. 281
APMT27TM2 ................. 281
APTR15TM4 .................. 284
APusB2TM4 ................. 284
ARA-s2 ............20, 152, 155
ARA-s2-BK ..............20, 155
ARA-s2-Fw .................. 155
ARA-s2-G ................20, 155
ARA-s2-GY ..............20, 155
ARA-s2-IV .................... 155
ARA-s2-wH .............20, 155
AuDMTM1 .................... 284
AV1000BK ......................... 2
AV1002BK ......................... 2
AV2002BK ......................... 3
AV2003BK ......................... 3
AV2004BK ......................... 5
AV3000BK ......................... 3
AV3APTC ....................... 315
AV3APTCBK .................. 315
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
699
INDEX
INDEX
A — C
AV3APTCGY .................. 315
AV3ATC ..................315, 571
AV3ATCAA ................10, 315
AV3ATCAA111PA .......... 571
AV3ATCAB ................10, 315
AV3ATCAB111PA .......... 571
AV3ATCAL ................10, 315
AV3ATCAL111PA ........... 571
AV3ATCBK ...............10, 315
AV3ATCBs ................10, 315
AV3ATCBs111PA .......... 571
AV3ATCGY ................10, 315
AV3ATCGY111PA ........... 571
AV3ATCVY ................10, 315
AV3CTC ......................... 315
AV3CTCAA................10, 315
AV3CTCAB ...............10, 315
AV3CTCAL ................10, 315
AV3CTCBK ...............10, 315
AV3CTCBs ...............10, 315
AV3CTCGY ................10, 315
AV3CTCVY ................10, 315
AV3sHTC ....................... 315
AV3sHTCAL .................. 315
AV3sHTCBK .................. 315
AV3sHTCBs .................. 315
AV3sHTCGY .................. 315
AV3sHTCVY ................... 315
AV3sTC ..................315, 321
AV4000BK ......................... 2
AV4005BK ......................... 2
AV5000BK ......................... 3
AV5001BK ......................... 3
AV5002BK ......................... 3
AV5004BK ......................... 3
AV5005BK ......................... 5
AV6001BK ......................... 4
AV7000BK ......................... 4
AV7004BK ......................... 4
AV7005BK ......................... 4
AV8008BK ......................... 4
AV8009BK ......................... 4
AV8010BK ......................... 4
AV9003BK ......................... 5
AV9004BK ......................... 5
AV9008BK ......................... 5
AV9010BK ......................... 3
AV9012BK ......................... 5
AV9014BK ......................... 5
AV9015BK ......................... 5
AV9016BK ......................... 4
AVATCBK111PA ............ 571
B
BE1200-10 .................... 105
BE1200-5 ...................... 105
BE1200-50 .................... 105
BE1200-5R ................... 105
BE1400-10 .................... 106
BE1400-5 ...................... 106
BE1400-50 .................... 106
BE1600-10 .................... 106
BE1600-25 .................... 106
BE1600-5 ...................... 106
BK1200-10 .................... 105
BK1200-5 ...................... 105
BK1200-50 .................... 105
BK1400-10 .................... 106
BK1400-5 ...................... 106
BK1400-50 .................... 106
BK1600-10 .................... 106
BK1600-25 .................... 106
BK1600-5 ...................... 106
BK2000B-10 ................. 258
BK2000B-5 ................... 258
BK2000BC .................... 258
BK2000C ....................... 258
BK2006 ......................... 258
BK2010A2 ..............259, 277
BK2010A3 ..................... 259
BK2010B ....................... 277
BK2011 ......................... 259
BK2015 ......................... 259
BK2018C ....................... 259
BK2040B ....................... 277
BK2048 ......................... 259
BK2048-2 ...................... 260
BK2051H ....................... 260
BK20GB306TR .............. 276
BK20GB306TRGFI ........ 276
BK20GB506TR .............. 276
BK20GB506TRGFI ........ 276
BK20GB606TR .............. 276
BKwE-P .......................... 60
BKwE-s .......................... 60
BR1200-10 .................... 105
BR1200-5 ...................... 105
BR1200-50 .................... 105
BR1200-5R ................... 105
BR1400-10 .................... 106
BR1400-5 ...................... 106
BR1400-50 .................... 106
BR1600-10 .................... 106
BR1600-25 .................... 106
BR1600-5 ...................... 106
C
C10105P-3ACT ............. 467
C10105P-3RT ........... 9, 467
C10105P-AAP-6A ..... 9, 467
C10105P-B ................... 467
C10105P-MAAP-6A .. 9, 467
C110-40 ........................ 240
C110-41 ........................ 240
C110-42 ........................ 240
C110-45 ........................ 240
C110-4BH ..................... 242
C110-4C ........................ 241
C110-4E ........................ 240
C110-4E45 .................... 240
C110-4E45VI ................. 241
C110-4E45VO ................ 241
C110-4EB ..................... 241
C110-4EVI ..................... 241
C110-4EVO.................... 241
C110-4F ........................ 242
C110-4H ........................ 243
C110-4T ........................ 242
C110-4TH ...............242, 243
C110-4X ........................ 242
C112-60 ........................ 240
C112-61 ........................ 240
C112-62 ........................ 240
C112-65 ........................ 240
C112-6BH ..................... 242
C112-6C ........................ 241
C112-6E ........................ 240
C112-6E45 .................... 240
C112-6E45VI ................. 241
C112-6E45VO ................ 241
C112-6EB ..................... 241
C112-6EVI ..................... 241
C112-6EVO.................... 241
C112-6F ........................ 242
C112-6H ........................ 243
C112-6R6 ...................... 242
C112-6T ........................ 242
C112-6TH ...............242, 243
C112-6X ........................ 242
C11200 .......................... 240
C11201 .......................... 240
C11202 .......................... 240
C11205 .......................... 240
C112BH ......................... 242
C112C ........................... 241
C112E............................ 240
C112E45 ........................ 240
C112E45VI..................... 241
C112E45VO ................... 241
C112EB ......................... 241
C112EVI ........................ 241
C112EVO ....................... 241
C112F ............................ 242
C112FB ......................... 243
C112H ........................... 243
C112R8 ......................... 242
C112T ............................ 242
C112TH ......................... 242
C112X ............................ 242
C118-61 ........................ 240
C118-62 ........................ 240
C118-65 ........................ 240
C118-6BH ..................... 242
C118-6C ........................ 241
C118-6E ........................ 240
C118-6E45 .................... 240
C118-6E45VI ................. 241
C118-6E45VO ................ 241
C118-6EB ..............241, 242
C118-6EVI ..................... 241
C118-6EVO.................... 241
C118-6F ........................ 242
C118-6R12-6 ................ 242
C118-6T .................242, 243
C118-6TH ...............242, 243
C118-6X ........................ 242
C124-61 ........................ 240
C124-62 ........................ 240
C124-65 ........................ 240
C124-6BH ..................... 242
C124-6C ........................ 241
C124-6E ........................ 240
C124-6E45 .................... 240
C124-6E45VI ................. 241
C124-6E45VO ................ 241
C124-6EB ..............241, 242
C124-6EVI ..................... 241
C124-6EVO.................... 241
C124-6F ........................ 242
C124-6R18-6 ................ 242
C124-6T .................242, 243
C124-6TH ...............242, 243
C124-6X ........................ 242
C1250 ............................ 240
C1251 ............................ 240
C1252 ............................ 240
C1255 ............................ 240
C125BH ......................... 242
C125C ........................... 241
C125E............................ 240
C125E45 ........................ 240
C125E45VI..................... 241
C125E45VO ................... 241
C125EB ......................... 241
C125EVI ........................ 241
C125EVO ....................... 241
C125F ............................ 242
C125FB ......................... 243
C125H ........................... 243
C125T ............................ 242
C125TH ......................... 242
C125X ............................ 242
C1400 ............................ 240
C1401 ............................ 240
C1402 ............................ 240
C1405 ............................ 240
C14BH ....................233, 242
C14C ............................. 241
C14E ......................233, 240
C14E45 .......................... 240
C14E45VI ...............233, 241
C14E45VO ..............233, 241
C14EB ....................233, 241
C14EVI ...................233, 241
C14EVO ......................... 241
C14F.............................. 242
C14FB ........................... 243
C14H ......................233, 243
C14R25 ..................233, 242
C14T .......................233, 242
C14TH ........................... 242
C14X .......................233, 242
C1600 ............................ 240
C1601 ............................ 240
C1602 ............................ 240
C1605 ............................ 240
C16BH ........................... 242
C16C ............................. 241
C16E ............................. 240
C16E45 .......................... 240
C16E45VI ...................... 241
C16E45VO ..................... 241
C16EB ........................... 241
C16EVI .......................... 241
C16EVO ......................... 241
C16F.............................. 242
C16FB ........................... 243
C16H ............................. 243
C16R4 ........................... 242
C16T .............................. 242
C16TH ........................... 242
C16X .............................. 242
C1800 ............................ 240
C1801 ............................ 240
C1802 ............................ 240
C1805 ............................ 240
C18BH ........................... 242
C18C ............................. 241
C18E ............................. 240
C18E45 .......................... 240
C18E45VI ...................... 241
C18E45VO ..................... 241
C18EB ........................... 241
C18EVI .......................... 241
C18EVO ......................... 241
C18F.............................. 242
C18FB ........................... 243
C18H ............................. 243
C18R6 ........................... 242
C18T .............................. 242
C18TH ........................... 242
C18X .............................. 242
C8004P-2ACT ............... 466
C8004P-2DBP............... 466
C8004P-2RT ..................... 9
C8004P-2RT ................. 466
C8005P-2RT ..................... 9
C8005P-3ACT ............... 465
C8005P-3DBP............... 464
C8005P-3RT ..................... 9
C8005P-3RT ................. 464
C8005P-AAP-6A ............... 9
C8005P-AAP-6A ........... 465
C8005P-MAAP-6A ............ 9
C8005P-MAAP-6A ........ 465
C8005P-RT ....................... 9
C8850P-2ACT ............... 464
C8850P-2RT ................. 464
C8850P-ACT ................. 464
C8850P-RT ................... 464
CABs2-wH ..................... 19
CBR-HT ........................ 552
CBR-LHT ...............547, 552
CBR-LT ......................... 552
CBR11/2-LHT ............... 552
CCBBLCTCAL ............... 478
CCBBs .......................... 477
CCBBs-DIV ............480, 481
CCBBs-OG ................... 477
CCBBsCTCAL ............... 478
CCFB-EBCH ................. 475
CCFB-EBCI ................... 475
CCFB-HB ...................... 475
CCFB-PH ...................... 475
CCFB-QT ...................... 475
CCFBC-BL-H-C1 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-H-C2 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-H-C3 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-H-C4 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-H-C5 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-N-C1 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-N-C2 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-N-C3 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-N-C4 .......... 474
CCFBC-BL-N-C5 .......... 474
CCFBC-CR-H-C1.......... 474
CCFBC-CR-H-C2.......... 474
CCFBC-CR-H-C3.......... 474
CCFBC-CR-H-C4.......... 474
CCFBC-CR-H-C5.......... 474
CCFBC-CR-N-C1 ......... 474
CCFBC-CR-N-C2 ......... 474
CCFBC-CR-N-C3 ......... 474
CCFBC-CR-N-C4 ......... 474
CCFBC-CR-N-C5 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-H-C1 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-H-C2 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-H-C3 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-H-C4 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-H-C5 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-N-C1 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-N-C2 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-N-C3 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-N-C4 ......... 474
CCFBC-Ns-N-C5 ......... 474
CCM-DFP-BK ................. 20
CCM2-u2TJ-BK .............. 18
CCwB ........................... 476
CIH/LT-B....................... 402
CIHT-D .......................... 402
CIHT-GFI....................... 402
CILT-2-RT ..................... 403
CILT-2AB ...................... 402
CILT-4TKO .................... 403
CM-2AB .......................... 19
CM-2AB-BK .................... 19
CM-2AB-G ...................... 19
CM-2AB-GY .................... 19
CM-2AB-wH ................... 19
CM-ARA ........... 19, 152, 156
CM-ARA-BK ................... 19
CM-ARA-Fw ................. 156
CM-ARA-G ...............19, 156
CM-ARA-GY .............19, 156
CM-ARA-wH ...........19, 156
CM-DAP .......................... 20
CM-DAP-BK ................... 20
CM-DAP-G ...................... 20
CM-DAP-GY .................... 20
CM-DAP-wH .................. 20
CM-DFP .......................... 20
CM-DFP-G ...................... 20
CM-DFP-GY .................... 20
CM-DFP-wH .................. 20
CM-EPLA .......... 19, 49, 156,
................................. 252
CM-EPLA-Fw ....19, 49, 156
CM-EPLA-G ................... 19,
................................. 156
CM-EPLA-wH .........19, 156
CM-MAB ......................... 19
CM-MAB-BK................... 19
CM-MAB-Fw .................. 19
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
700
INDEX
C — E
CM-MAB-GY ................... 19
CM-MMB-231 ............... 131
CM-MMB-231-wH........ 131
CM-MMB-232 ............... 131
CM-MMB-232-wH........ 131
CM-MMB-233 ............... 131
CM-MMB-233-wH........ 131
CM-MMB-291 ............... 116
CM-MMB-291-wH........ 116
CM-MMB-292 ............... 116
CM-MMB-292-wH........ 116
CM-MMB-293 ........111, 116
CM-MMB-293-wH........ 116
CM-MMB-571 ................. 32
CM-sAP .......................... 20
CM-sAP-BK.................... 20
CM-sAP-G ...................... 20
CM-sAP-GY .................... 20
CM-sAP-wH ................... 20
CM-sFP .......................... 20
CM-sFP-BK .................... 20
CM-sFP-G ...................... 20
CM-sFP-GY .................... 20
CM-sFP-wH ................... 20
CM2 ............................... 133
CM2-BL .......................... 18
CM2-BL-BK .................... 18
CM2-BL-G ...................... 18
CM2-BL-GY .................... 18
CM2-BL-wH ................... 18
CM2-u1ATT .................... 17
CM2-u1ATT-BK .............. 17
CM2-u1ATT-G ................ 17
CM2-u1ATT-GY .............. 17
CM2-u1ATT-wH ............. 17
CM2-u1KEYA .................. 17
CM2-u1KEYA-BK ........... 17
CM2-u1KEYA-G .............. 17
CM2-u1KEYA-GY ............ 17
CM2-u1KEYA-wH .......... 17
CM2-u1NOR ................... 18
CM2-u1NOR-BK ............ 18
CM2-u1NOR-G ............... 18
CM2-u1NOR-GY ............. 18
CM2-u1NOR-wH ........... 18
CM2-u2AMP ................... 18
CM2-u2AMP-BK ............ 18
CM2-u2AMP-G ............... 18
CM2-u2AMP-GY ............. 18
CM2-u2AMP-wH ........... 18
CM2-u2ATT .................... 17
CM2-u2ATT-BK .............. 17
CM2-u2ATT-G ................ 17
CM2-u2ATT-GY .............. 17
CM2-u2ATT-wH ............. 17
CM2-u2KEYA .................. 17
CM2-u2KEYA-BK ........... 17
CM2-u2KEYA-G .............. 17
CM2-u2KEYA-GY ............ 17
CM2-u2KEYA-wH .......... 17
CM2-u2NOR ................... 18
CM2-u2NOR-BK ............ 18
CM2-u2NOR-G ............... 18
CM2-u2NOR-GY ............. 18
CM2-u2NOR-wH ........... 18
CM2-u2sC ...................... 18
CM2-u2sC-BK ............... 18
CM2-u2sC-G .................. 18
CM2-u2sC-GY ................ 18
CM2-u2sC-wH .............. 18
CM2-u2sT ...................... 18
CM2-u2sT-BK ................ 18
CM2-u2sT-G .................. 18
CM2-u2sT-GY ................ 18
CM2-u2sT-wH ............... 18
CM2-u2sVGA .................. 18
CM2-u2sVGA-G.............. 18
CM2-u2sVGA-GY ............ 18
CM2-u2sVGA-wH .......... 18
CM2-u2TJ ....................... 18
CM2-u2TJ-G ................... 18
CM2-u2TJ-GY ................. 18
CM2-u2TJ-wH ............... 18
CM2, sERIEs II ............. 111
COM50 ...........307, 319, 323
COM75 ..........307, 317, 319,
................................. 323
CP06-F30 ...................... 537
CP06-HLF ..................... 538
CP06-HLs ..................... 538
CP06-ILF ...................... 538
CP06-ILs ...................... 538
CP06-s30 ...................... 537
CP06-TF........................ 539
CP06-Ts ....................... 539
CP06-XF ....................... 540
CP06-Xs ....................... 540
CP06w350-ELF ............ 539
CP06w350-ELs ............ 539
CP06w350-IELF ........... 539
CP06w350-IELs ........... 539
CP10-F30 ............... 536, 537
CP10-HLF ..............536, 538
CP10-HLs ..................... 538
CP10-ILF ...............536, 538
CP10-ILs ...................... 538
CP10-s30 ...................... 537
CP10-TF.................536, 539
CP10-Ts ....................... 539
CP10-XF ................536, 540
CP10-Xs ....................... 540
CP10w350-ELF ............ 539
CP10w350-ELs ............ 539
CP10w350-IELF ........... 539
CP10w350-IELs ........... 539
CP18-F30 ...................... 537
CP18-HLF ..................... 538
CP18-HLs ..................... 538
CP18-ILF ...................... 538
CP18-ILs ...................... 538
CP18-s30 ...................... 537
CP18-TF........................ 539
CP18-Ts ....................... 539
CP18-XF ....................... 540
CP18-Xs ....................... 540
CP18w350-ELF ............ 539
CP18w350-ELs ............ 539
CP18w350-IELF ........... 539
CP18w350-IELs ........... 539
CRFB ............................ 566
CRFB-6COM-4 ............. 472
CRFB-AB-1................... 470
CRFB-AB-2................... 471
CRFB-AB-3................... 472
CRFB-B-1 ..................... 470
CRFB-B-2 ..................... 471
CRFB-B-3 ..................... 471
CRFB-B-4 ..................... 472
CRFB-BEZ-6A-4 ....... 9, 472
CRFB-CGFI-4 ................... 9
CRFB-D-1 ..................... 470
CRFB-D-2 ..................... 471
CRFB-D-3 ..................... 471
CRFB-D-4 ..................... 472
CRFB-GFI-1 ...................... 9
CRFB-GFI-1 .................. 470
CRFB-GFI-2 .............. 9, 471
CRFB-GFI-3 .............. 9, 471
CRFB-GFI-4 .................. 472
CRFB-HOusING ........... 469
CRFB-MAAP-4 ......... 9, 472
CRFB-RT-1 ................... 470
CRFB-RT-2 ................... 471
CRFB-RT-3 ................... 472
CRFB-sR1-1 ................. 470
CRFB-sR1-2 ................. 471
CRFB-sR1-3 ................. 471
CRFB-sR1-4 ................. 472
CRFB-sR2-2 ................. 471
CRFB-TuN ................... 470
CRFB4 .......................... 469
CRFB4P2111PA ............ 566
CRFB4P2222PA ............ 566
CRFB4P4222PA ............ 566
CRFBBTC...............469, 567
CRFBBTC-TR ............... 470
CRFBBTCBK................. 567
CRFBBTCBKTR ............ 567
CRFBBTCBs ................. 567
CRFBBTCBsTR ............ 567
CRFBBTCBZ ................. 567
CRFBBTCBZTR ............ 567
CRFBBTCGY ................. 567
CRFBBTCGYTR ............. 567
CRFBBTCNK ................ 567
CRFBBTCNKTR ............ 567
CRFBBTCTR ................. 567
CRFBCTC ...............469, 567
CRFBCTC-TR ................ 469
CRFBCTCBK ................. 567
CRFBCTCBKTR ............ 567
CRFBCTCBs ................. 567
CRFBCTCBsTR ............ 567
CRFBCTCBZ ................. 567
CRFBCTCBZTR ............. 567
CRFBCTCGY ................. 567
CRFBCTCGYTR ............. 567
CRFBCTCNK................. 567
CRFBCTCNKTR ............ 567
CRFBCTCTR ................. 567
CT10 .............................. 515
CT10-1/4 ....................... 530
CT10-1/8 ....................... 530
CT15 .............................. 515
CT15-1/4 ....................... 530
CT15-1/8 ....................... 530
CT18 .............................. 515
CT18-1/4 ....................... 530
CT18-1/8 ....................... 530
CT21-1/4 ....................... 530
CT21-1/8 ....................... 530
CT25-1/4 ....................... 530
CT25-1/8 ....................... 530
CT6 ................................ 515
CT6-1/4 ......................... 530
CT6-1/8 ......................... 530
CZE-242412A ................ 681
CZE-242412PP ............. 681
CZE-242412wB ............ 681
D
D2075 ............................ 520
D21210 ...................514, 518
D21215 ...................514, 518
D21220 ...................514, 518
D21225 ...................514, 518
D21230 ...................514, 518
D22410 ...................514, 518
D22415 ...................514, 518
D22420 ...................514, 518
D22425 ...................514, 518
D22430 ...................514, 518
D4075 ............................ 520
D41210 ...................514, 519
D41215 ...................514, 519
D41220 ...................514, 519
D41225 ...................514, 519
D41230 ...................514, 519
D42410 ...................514, 519
D42415 ...................514, 519
D42420 ...................514, 519
D42425 ...................514, 519
D42430 ...................514, 519
DGT-2DP ....................... 459
DGT-AAP .................. 8, 459
DGT-ACT ....................... 459
DGT-B ........................... 459
DGT-DP/B ..................... 459
DGT-MAAP ............... 8, 459
DGT-RT ............................. 8
DGT-RT ......................... 460
DGwE-s .......................... 60
DR20A-G ......................... 55
DR20A-V ......................... 55
DRP20A-V ....................... 55
Ds4000 ....................93, 684
Ds4000B ................... 58, 60
Ds4000C ......................... 58
Ds4000C-BK ................... 58
Ds4000C-DG................... 58
Ds4000C-DV ................... 58
Ds4000wC ....... 58, 175, 219
Ds4001 ............58, 175, 219
Ds4006 ........................... 58
Ds4006-BK ..................... 58
Ds4006-DG ..................... 58
Ds4006-DV ..................... 58
Ds4006B ......................... 58
Ds4006B-BK .................. 58
Ds4006B-DG .................. 58
Ds4006B-DV ................... 58
Ds4010A ................... 56, 58
Ds4010A-BK ................... 58
Ds4010A-DG ................... 58
Ds4010A-DV ................... 58
Ds4010B ................... 56, 58
Ds4010B-BK .................. 58
Ds4010B-DG .................. 58
Ds4010B-DV ................... 58
Ds4011 ..................... 56, 58
Ds4011-DG ..................... 58
Ds4011-DV ..................... 58
Ds4014A ..........58, 175, 220
Ds4015 ..................... 56, 58
Ds4015-BK ..................... 58
Ds4015-DG ..................... 58
Ds4015-DV ..................... 58
Ds4017 ..................... 56, 59
Ds4017-BK ..................... 59
Ds4017-DG ..................... 59
Ds4017-DV) .................... 59
Ds4018 ..................... 56, 59
Ds4018-BK ..................... 59
Ds4018-DG ..................... 59
Ds4018-DV ..................... 59
Ds4047-BK ..................... 59
Ds4047-DG ..................... 59
Ds4047-DV ..................... 59
Ds4047C ................... 56, 59
Ds4047C-BK ................... 59
Ds4047C-DG................... 59
Ds4047C-DV ................... 59
Ds4047D ................... 56, 59
Ds4047DQ....................... 59
Ds4047DQ-BK ................ 59
Ds4047DQ-DG ................ 59
Ds4047DQ-DV ................ 59
Ds4047MAB .............. 56, 59
Ds4047MAB-BK ............. 59
Ds4047MAB-DG ............. 59
Ds4047MAB-DV ............. 59
Ds4047R ................... 56, 59
Ds4047R-BK .................. 59
Ds4047R-DG .................. 59
Ds4047R-DV ................... 59
Ds4075 ..................... 56, 60
Ds4075-BK ..................... 60
Ds4075-DG ..................... 60
Ds4075-DV ..................... 60
Ds4075A ................... 56, 60
Ds4075A-BK ................... 60
Ds4075A-DG ................... 60
Ds4075A-DV ................... 60
Ds4089 ..................... 60, 71
Ds4089-BK ..................... 60
Ds4089-DG ..................... 60
Ds4089-DV ..................... 60
DsDwND ........................ 59
DsDwND-BK .................. 59
DsDwND-DG .................. 59
DsDwND-DV .................. 59
DsDwNDQ ...................... 59
DsDwNDQ-BK ............... 59
DsDwNDQ-DG ............... 59
DsDwNDQ-DV ................ 59
DsDwNR ........................ 59
DsDwNR-BK ............ 12, 59
DsDwNR-BZ .................. 12
DsDwNR-DG ............ 12, 59
DsDwNR-DV ............ 12, 59
DsDwNs ......................... 60
DsDwNs-BK ............ 12, 60
DsDwNs-BZ .................. 12
DsDwNs-DG ............ 12, 60
DsDwNs-DV ............ 12, 60
DsDwNu ........................ 60
DsDwNu-BK ............ 12, 60
DsDwNu-BZ .................. 12
DsDwNu-DG .................. 12
DsDwNu-DV ............ 12, 60
DsDwNX ......................... 60
DsTRK ............................ 60
DTB-2-2A ...................... 554
DTB-2-2AB ............400, 554
DTB-2-2RT ................... 400
DTB-2-4TKO ..........400, 554
DTB-2-AAP ................... 400
DTB-2-B ....................... 554
DTB-2-DECORA ........... 400
DTB-2-DT ..................... 400
DTB-2-EXT ................... 400
DTB-2-RT ..................... 554
DTB-2-sD ..................... 400
DVwE-P ......... 43, 45, 48, 60
DVwE-s .........43, 45, 48, 60
e
ED799 ........................... 229
EFB-50A ................351, 356
EFB-AAP ...........6, 347, 351
EFB-B ....................348, 351
EFB-CLL ................351, 356
EFB-MAAP ....................... 6
EFB-MAAP ............348, 351
EFB-MOs ...............348, 351
EFB-TEMPLATE ........... 357
EFB10 -DEC ................. 354
EFB10-2C ..................... 354
EFB10-3s2 ................... 354
EFB10-6AB ................... 354
EFB10-AAP ............... 6, 354
EFB10-B ....................... 354
EFB10-DEC ...................... 6
EFB10-DP ..................... 354
EFB10-MAAP............ 6, 354
EFB10-MB .................... 353
EFB10-MOs .................. 355
EFB10-s1 ..................... 354
EFB10-s2 ..................... 354
EFB10M ........................ 353
EFB10s ......................... 352
EFB10s-23GMB ........... 353
EFB10s-5GMB ............. 353
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
701
INDEX
INDEX
E — L
EFB10s-FC ................... 353
EFB10s-OG .................. 352
EFB6-3/4-11/4 .............. 348
EFB6-DIV ...................... 348
EFB6-MB ...................... 347
EFB6-TuN .................... 348
EFB610-Ts ................... 357
EFB610BT ..................... 357
EFB610BTC .................. 357
EFB610CT ..................... 356
EFB610CTC .................. 356
EFB610CTR .................. 357
EFB6M .......................... 347
EFB6s ........................... 346
EFB6s-2HuB ................ 348
EFB6s-FC ..................... 347
EFB6s-OG .................... 346
EFB8-MB ...................... 350
EFB810-2 ............... 351, 355
EFB810-3/4-11/4 ... 351, 355
EFB810-3/4-3/4 ..... 351, 355
EFB810-DIV ...........351, 356
EFB810-TuN .........351, 356
EFB8M .......................... 350
EFB8s ........................... 349
EFB8s-22GMB ............. 350
EFB8s-4GMB ............... 350
EFB8s-FC ..................... 350
EFB8s-OG .................... 349
EFBCLL ........................ 348
EFBCMG ........348, 351, 356
EFBFF ........................... 358
EFBFF-CLL .................. 359
EFBFF-DIV ................... 359
EFBFF-OG .................... 358
F
FBTCAL ........................ 547
FFD-P ........................... 325
FIFP-1.390 ............. 329, 333
FIFP-1.562 .................... 329
FIFP-B .......................... 329
FIFP-R .......................... 329
FIFP-ss ........................ 329
FIFP-T .......................... 329
FIFP50 .......................... 329
FIFP75 .......................... 329
FIT ................................. 329
FIT-EXT ......................... 330
FP-CTR ......... 359, 396, 401,
..................403, 404, 411
FP1.390-1.390 .............. 329
FP1.562-1.562 .............. 330
FP2R ............................. 330
FP2T ............................. 330
FP50-50 ........................ 330
FP75-50 ........................ 330
FP75-75 ........................ 330
FPACT-ACT ................... 330
FPB-2RT ....................... 330
FPB-ACT ....................... 330
FPB-B ........................... 330
FPB-RT ......................... 330
FPBT .............. 397, 405, 413
FPBT .............. 499, 548, 553
FPBTC........... 371, 397, 405,
..................413, 548, 553
FPBTC-NA ............372, 398,
..........................406, 414
FPCT .............397, 405, 413,
..................499, 548, 553
FPCTC ...........371, 397, 405,
..................413, 548, 553
FPCTC-NA ............372, 398,
..........................406, 414
FPFFT ........... 397, 405, 413,
..................499, 548, 553
FPFFTC .........359, 371, 372,
......... 397, 398, 405, 406,
.......... 413, 414, 548, 553
FPss-ss ....................... 330
Fs2R ............................. 672
Fs2R-GA ....................... 672
Fs2R-RED .................... 672
Fs2RHs ........................ 672
Fs2RwP8 ...................... 672
Fs4R ............................. 672
Fs4R-GA ....................... 672
Fs4R-RED .................... 672
Fs4RHs ........................ 672
Fs4RwP12 .................... 672
FsPCC2758 ................... 672
FsPCC4758 ................... 672
Fss-18 .......................... 252
FT10 .............................. 515
FT10-1/4 ....................... 530
FT10-1/8 ....................... 530
FT15 .............................. 515
FT15-1/4 ....................... 530
FT15-1/8 ....................... 530
FT18 .............................. 515
FT18-1/4 ....................... 530
FT18-1/8 ....................... 530
FT21 .............................. 515
FT21-1/4 ....................... 530
FT21-1/8 ....................... 530
FT25 .............................. 515
FT25-1/4 ....................... 530
FT25-1/8 ....................... 530
FT6 ................................ 515
FT6-1/4 ......................... 530
FT6-1/8 ......................... 530
g
G20-C2 .......................... 634
G2000B-10 ...............35, 258
G2000B-5 .................35, 258
G2000BC ..................35, 258
G2000C ......................... 258
G2006 .......................36, 258
G2010A2 ...........36, 259, 277
G2010A3 ...................36, 259
G2010B ............36, 259, 277
G2011 .......................36, 259
G2015 .......................36, 259
G2018C ....................36, 259
G2040B ......................... 277
G2048 ............... 37, 259, 686
G2048-2 ...................37, 686
G2051H ....................37, 260
G20GB306TR ................ 276
G20GB306TRGFI ........... 276
G20GB506TR ................ 276
G20GB506TRGFI ........... 276
G3000B ........................... 51
G3000C075 ...................... 51
G3000C195 ...................... 51
G3000CE ......................... 51
G3000wC ........................ 52
G3001 .............................. 52
G3001A ........................... 52
G3003 .............................. 52
G3006E............................ 52
G3007C ..................... 52, 53
G3008C ........................... 52
G3010AE ......................... 52
G3010B ........................... 52
G3010C ....................52, 609
G3011E............................ 53
G3014C ........................... 53
G3015E............................ 53
G3017TCE ....................... 53
G3018AE ......................... 53
G3027AE ......................... 53
G3028 .......................53, 686
G3033JE .......................... 53
G3036HE ......................... 53
G3040CE ......................... 54
G3043BE ......................... 54
G3043GE ......................... 54
G3044-2 ...................54, 686
G3046BE ......................... 54
G3046H-2 ........................ 54
G3046KD ......................... 54
G3046KTsQ ..................... 54
G3046QOu ...................... 54
G3046s ...................... 11, 55
G3046u ..................... 11, 55
G3046V ...................... 11, 55
G3048R ........................... 54
G3051LE ......................... 54
G3082 .............................. 55
G4000B-10 ...................... 63
G4000C ........................... 63
G4000C075 ...................... 63
G4000C135 ...................... 63
G4000C195 ...................... 63
G4000C315 ...................... 63
G4000D ..................... 63, 74
G4000wC ........................ 63
G4006 .............................. 64
G4010B ........................... 64
G4010DFO ....................... 64
G4011 .............................. 64
G4011FO ......................... 64
G4012TX .......................... 64
G4014A ........................... 64
G4015 .............................. 64
G4015D ........................... 64
G4015DFO ....................... 65
G4015FO ......................... 65
G4017 .............................. 65
G4017FO ......................... 65
G4017N ........................... 65
G4017TC ......................... 72
G4017TCA ................. 65, 75
G4018 .............................. 65
G4018FO ......................... 65
G4046H-2 .................. 67, 83
G4046VX .......................... 12
G4047-2BBBB ................ 69
G4047-2BBFF ................. 70
G4047-2BBMM ............... 70
G4047-2BBss ................. 70
G4047-2BBTT ................. 70
G4047-2BBXX ................. 70
G4047-2RRXX ................. 70
G4047-2wwFF................ 70
G4047-2wwMM .............. 70
G4047-2wwss................ 70
G4047-2wwTT ................ 71
G4047-2wwXX ................ 71
G4047AX ......................... 67
G4047BB ......................... 67
G4047BF ......................... 68
G4047BM ........................ 68
G4047Bs ......................... 68
G4047BT ......................... 68
G4047BX ......................... 67
G4047C-1 ........................ 68
G4047C-2 ........................ 68
G4047JX .......................... 68
G4047RF ......................... 69
G4047RX ......................... 68
G4047uX ..............12, 71, 82
G4047VX ...............12, 71, 82
G4047wF ........................ 69
G4047wM........................ 69
G4047ws ........................ 69
G4047wT......................... 69
G4047wX......................... 69
G4050 ................... 67, 82, 88
G4074A ..................... 66, 71
G4075D ........................... 66
G4075DA ......................... 66
G4086A ........................... 66
G6000B-10 ...................... 80
G6000C ........................... 80
G6000DA ................... 80, 81
G6000wC ........................ 81
G6001DA ......................... 81
G6001TX .................... 81, 82
G6006 .............................. 81
G6007C-1 ........................ 81
G6007C-2 ........................ 81
G6008A ........................... 81
G6010B ........................... 81
G6011TX .......................... 81
G6012TX .......................... 82
G6014A ..................... 82, 83
G6017TX .......................... 82
G6046KD ......................... 82
G6074 ........................ 82, 83
G6074A ........................... 83
G6086 .............................. 83
GR1200-10 .................... 105
GR1200-5 ...................... 105
GR1200-50 .................... 105
GR1200-5R ................... 105
GR1400-10 .................... 106
GR1400-5 ...................... 106
GR1400-50 .................... 106
GR1600-10 .................... 106
GR1600-25 .................... 106
GR1600-5 ...................... 106
GwE-P .................53, 67, 82
GwE-s ...........37, 53, 67, 82
H
H14-As ..........523, 524, 526
H14-BA ......................... 523
H14ABD .................523, 524
H14BC ........................... 524
H203.......................515, 527
H232.............................. 515
H232-2 .......................... 527
H296.............................. 532
H302.......................515, 521
H304.......................515, 521
H312.............................. 515
H312-1 .......................... 521
H312-11/2 ..................... 521
H312-11/4 ..................... 521
H312-2 .......................... 521
H312-3/4 ....................... 521
H317.............................. 515
H317-3/4 ....................... 521
H322.............................. 515
H322-11/2 ..................... 521
H322-11/4 ..................... 521
H324.............................. 515
H332.......................515, 522
H334.......................515, 522
H338.......................515, 522
H338Au-1 ..............522, 526
H342.......................515, 522
H372.......................515, 522
H375.......................515, 523
H382.......................515, 523
Hs12 ............................. 520
Hs14 ............................. 520
Hs222 ........................... 520
Hs224 ........................... 520
Hs3222 ......................... 520
Hs3244 ......................... 520
Hs342 ........................... 520
I
IEC5 .............................. 637
IG2427GA .................43, 266
IG2427GA-Fw ................. 43
IG2427GT .................43, 266
IG2427GT-Fw ................. 43
ITTBOX .......................... 475
IwE-P ...........32, 37, 43, 45,
..................48, 53, 67, 82
IwE-s ............32, 37, 43, 45,
..................48, 53, 67, 82
J
J06B0B ......................... 629
J06B0B20 ..................... 630
J06B0B20X ................... 630
J06B0B20X-AM ............ 630
J06B0BX ....................... 629
J06B2B ......................... 629
J06B2B20 ..................... 630
J06B2B20X ................... 630
J06B2BX ....................... 629
J08B0B ......................... 629
J08B2B ......................... 629
J24B0B ......................... 629
J24B2B ......................... 629
J60B0B ......................... 629
J60B0B-90 .................... 630
J60B0B20 ..................... 630
J60B0B20X ................... 630
J60B2B ..................615, 629
J60B2B-90 .................... 630
J60B2B20 ..................... 630
J60B2B20X ................... 630
JBHCC24 ...............547, 555
JBHCC30 ...................... 555
JBHCC36 ...................... 555
JBHEC2425 ................... 555
JBHEC3025 ................... 555
JBHEC3625 ................... 555
K
KA102RT ....................... 657
KA104CM ...................... 657
KA301 ........................... 657
KA302 ......................11, 657
KA305 ......................11, 657
KA305-AAP ..............11, 657
KA700 ........................... 657
KC10CM2 ...................... 656
KC10RT8 ....................... 656
KC15RT8 ....................... 656
KF10CM8 ...................... 656
KF15RT2 ....................... 656
KP2345 ......................... 659
KP2345-15 .................... 659
KP2345CM .................... 659
KP2345CM-15............... 659
KP2345RT ..................... 659
KP2345RT-15 ............... 659
KP9999 ......................... 659
KP9999-15 .................... 659
KP9999CM .................... 659
KP9999CM-15............... 659
KP9999RT ..................... 659
KP9999RT-15 ............... 659
L
L5-15R ...................195, 200
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
702
INDEX
L — P
L5-20R .......................... 195
L5-30R .......................... 195
L6-15R ...................195, 200
L6-20R .......................... 195
L6-30R .......................... 195
L7-15R .......................... 200
LPB ............................... 201
LPB3s2 ......................... 201
LTF48-1 ........................ 491
LTF48-2 ........................ 491
LTF48-ACT .................... 491
LTF48-B ........................ 490
LTF48-MAAP ...........14, 491
LTF48-RT ...................... 491
M
M-2DR .......................... 491
M-2GFI .......................... 491
M-DR ............................ 491
M-DR/GFI ..................... 491
M-GFI ............................ 491
M5BZ ............................ 632
M5s ............................... 632
M620BZLs .................... 632
M620BZLs-15 ............... 632
M6BZ ............................ 632
M6BZ-15 ....................... 632
M6BZNET ..................... 632
M6BZNET-15 ................ 632
M6BZR .......................... 632
M6BZR-15 .................... 632
M6s ........................615, 632
M6s-15 ......................... 632
MAB3s2 .......................... 19
MAB3s2-BK ................... 19
MAB3s2-G ...................... 19
MAB3s2-GY .................... 19
MAB6TJ .......................... 19
MAB6TJ-BK .................... 19
MAB6TJ-G ...................... 19
MAB6TJ-GY ..................... 19
MAB6TJ-wH ................... 19
METL520 ....................... 624
METL530 ................615, 624
METL620 ....................... 624
METL630 ....................... 624
MP4 ........ 490, 517, 532, 548
MP8 ........ 490, 517, 532, 548
MP8-1 .... 490, 517, 532, 548
MRTC ............................ 647
MXN2A08 ...............146, 148
MXN2A08-wH ............... 146
MXN2F21 ...................... 146
MXN2F21-wH ............... 146
MXN2FwC .................... 146
N
NCBs111 ...................... 562
NCs111AL10 ................ 560
NCw111AL10F ............. 560
NDu222wC6 ................. 559
NDu332FF .................... 559
NDuP222wC6 .............. 559
NE1000GC ...................... 85
NE1000TB ....................... 85
NE1000wC ...................... 85
NE1001 ........................... 85
NE1008A ......................... 86
NE1008Aw ...................... 86
NE1010B ......................... 86
NE1010BK ...................... 86
NE1010D ......................... 86
NE1010DFO .................... 86
NE1010DFOT .................. 86
NE1010DT ....................... 86
NE1011 ........................... 86
NE1011FO ....................... 86
NE1011FOT ..................... 86
NE1011RFO .................... 86
NE1011RFOT .................. 86
NE1011T ......................... 86
NE1014 ........................... 86
NE1014T ......................... 86
NE1015 ........................... 86
NE1015FO ....................... 86
NE1015FOT ..................... 86
NE1015L ......................... 87
NE1015LFO..................... 87
NE1015LFOT................... 87
NE1015LT ....................... 87
NE1015T ......................... 86
NE1017 ........................... 87
NE1017FO ....................... 87
NE1017FOT ..................... 87
NE1017P ......................... 87
NE1017PT ....................... 87
NE1017T ......................... 87
NE1018 ........................... 87
NE1018FO ....................... 87
NE1018FOT ..................... 87
NE1018T ......................... 87
NE1046 ........................... 88
NE1046-2 ........................ 88
NE1046-2T ...................... 88
NE1046AP ....................... 88
NE1046APN .................... 88
NE1046H ......................... 87
NE1046HT....................... 87
NE1046T ......................... 88
NE1047 ........................... 87
NE1047T ......................... 87
NE1047wC ...................... 87
NE1047wCT .................... 87
NE1086A ......................... 88
NE1407 ........................... 87
NE1407T ......................... 87
NE1C ............................... 84
NE1CT ............................. 84
NE1CTw ......................... 84
NE1Cw ........................... 84
NE610 ............................. 88
NE610C ........................... 88
NEMA 5-15R ................... 30
NEMA 5-20R ................... 30
NM20-C3 ...................... 634
NM20-C4 ...................... 634
NM20-C5 ...................... 635
NM20-C6 ...................... 635
NM2000 .........269, 270, 684
NM2000B ...................... 269
NM2000BC.................... 269
NM2000C ...............268, 269
NM2000wC ............268, 269
NM2003 ........................ 269
NM2006 .........267, 269, 271
NM2010A ....... 267, 269, 271
NM2010B ....... 267, 269, 271
NM2011 .........267, 269, 271
NM2015 .........267, 270, 271
NM2017 .........267, 270, 271
NM2018 .........267, 270, 271
NM2027-15 ................... 270
NM2027-20 ................... 270
NM2044 .........116, 270, 686
NM2044-2 ...... 116, 270, 686
NM2044-2wH ............... 116
NM2044-wH ................. 116
NM2048 ........111, 116, 118,
.......... 267, 270, 271, 686
NM2048-2 .............116, 267,
..........................270, 686
NM2048-2wH ............... 116
NM2048-wH ................. 116
NM2051H .......267, 270, 271
NM2051V ...............267, 270
NM20GB12 ................... 268
NM20GB412.................. 268
NM20GB512.................. 268
NM20GB515.................. 268
NM20GB530.................. 268
NM20GB609.................. 268
NM20GB612.................. 268
NM20GB618.................. 268
NM20GBA12 ................. 268
NM20GBA412 ............... 268
NM20GBA512 ............... 268
NM20GBA609 ............... 268
NM20GBA612 ............... 268
NM20IG412 ................... 268
NM20IG512 ................... 268
NM20IG612 ................... 268
NM24GB412.................. 268
NM24GB512.................. 268
NM24GB530.................. 268
NM24GB612.................. 268
NM24GB618.................. 268
NM24GBA412 ............... 268
NM24GBA512 ............... 268
NM24GBA612 ............... 268
NME1250AP ................. 679
NP800 ........................... 611
NP800C-10-2B ......578, 608
NP800C-12-2B ............. 607
NP800C-12-8B ......607, 608
NP800C-15-2B ......607, 608
NPA222AL10M.............. 561
NPA222AL15 ................. 561
NPT18B111 ................... 562
NwC222AL12FL ........... 563
NwC222AL12Fs ........... 563
NwC222AL12ML .......... 563
NwC222AL12Ms .......... 563
NwC332AL12Fs ........... 563
NwC332AL12Ms .......... 563
o
OFR1 ............................... 97
OFR10A ........................... 96
OFR10w .......................... 96
OFR11 ....................... 94, 97
OFR47-2A ....................... 97
OFR47-B ......................... 97
OFR47-D ......................... 97
OFR47-R ................... 12, 97
OFR47-u ................... 12, 97
OFR47-u2A ............... 12, 97
OFR47-V ................... 12, 97
OFR48-2 ................... 94, 96
OFR48-4 ..............93, 94, 96
OFR48-4GX ..................... 96
OFR6 ............................... 95
OFR89 ....................... 93, 94
OFR89-2400 .............. 94, 96
OFR89-4000 .................... 96
OFR89-Ds4000 ............... 96
OFR89-VFL ..................... 97
OFR89-VIs ...................... 96
OFR9 ............................... 97
OFRB-8 ..................... 93, 95
OFRBC-8 .................. 94, 95
OFRC-8 ..................... 93, 95
OFRwC ........................... 96
P
P10105-4DP.................. 467
P10105-5DP.................. 467
P6 ................................. 636
P6-15 ............................ 636
P8104-2DP ................... 466
P8105-4DP ................... 464
P8840-2DP ................... 466
P8850-4DP ................... 464
PA120T ...................615, 641
PA120Y .......................... 641
PA240DCT ..................... 641
PA277Y .......................... 641
PABFMC ....................... 641
PB120T ......................... 641
PB120Y ......................... 641
PB240DCT .................... 641
PB277Y ......................... 641
PBB2s2 .................119, 123
PBB2s2-Fw.................. 123
PBB2s2-V ..................... 123
PBB2s2-wH ................. 123
PBB4TJ ..................119, 123
PBB4TJ-Fw .................. 123
PBB4TJ-V ..................... 123
PBB4TJ-wH .................. 123
PDB1CM ................119, 122
PDB1CM-Fw ................ 122
PDB1CM-V.................... 122
PDB1CM-wH ................ 122
PDB1s2 .................119, 122
PDB1s2-Fw.................. 122
PDB1s2-V ..................... 122
PDB1s2-wH ................. 122
PDB2CM ................119, 122
PDB2CM-Fw ................ 122
PDB2CM-V.................... 122
PDB2CM-wH ................ 122
PDB2s2 .................119, 122
PDB2s2-Fw.................. 122
PDB2s2-V ..................... 122
PDB2s2-wH ................. 122
PDB2TJ ......................... 122
PDB2TJ-Fw .................. 122
PDB2TJ-V ..................... 122
PDB2TJ-wH .................. 122
PDB4TJ ..................119, 123
PDB4TJ-Fw .................. 123
PDB4TJ-V ..................... 123
PDB4TJ-wH .................. 123
PIP36 ............................ 260
PIP36BK ....................... 260
PIP36V .......................... 260
PIP36wH ...................... 260
PK150 ........................... 550
PK200 ....................547, 550
PK250 ........................... 550
PK300 ........................... 550
PK325 ........................... 550
PKCAP .......................... 551
PKER-10 ....................... 550
PKER-15 ....................... 550
PKER-20 ....................... 550
PKER-25 ....................... 550
PKER-30 ....................... 550
PKGRBR ....................... 553
PKKIT ............................ 554
PM48T ........................... 264
PMs-415N .................... 551
PN03 ......................152, 684
PN03F06 ................119, 120
PN03F06-Fw ................ 120
PN03F06-V ................... 120
PN03F06-wH................ 120
PN03F11 ................119, 120
PN03F11Fw.................. 120
PN03F15 ................119, 121
PN03F15-Fw ................ 121
PN03F17 ................119, 121
PN03F17-Fw ................ 121
PN03F17-V ................... 121
PN03F17-wH................ 121
PN03F18 ................119, 121
PN03F18-Fw ................ 121
PN03F18-V ................... 121
PN03F18-wH................ 121
PN03F19 ................119, 121
PN03F19-F ................... 121
PN03F20 ................119, 121
PN03F20-Fw ................ 121
PN03F20-V ................... 121
PN03F20-wH................ 121
PN03L08 ................119, 120
PN03L08-Fw ................ 120
PN03L10 ................119, 120
PN03L10-Fw ................ 120
PN05 ......................152, 684
PN05F06 ................119, 120
PN05F06-Fw ................ 120
PN05F06-V ................... 120
PN05F06-wH................ 120
PN05F11 ................119, 120
PN05F11Fw.................. 120
PN05F15 ................119, 121
PN05F15-Fw ................ 121
PN05F17 ................119, 121
PN05F17-Fw ................ 121
PN05F17-V ................... 121
PN05F17-wH................ 121
PN05F18 ................119, 121
PN05F18-Fw ................ 121
PN05F18-V ................... 121
PN05F18-wH................ 121
PN05F19 ................119, 121
PN05F19-Fw ................ 121
PN05F20 ................119, 121
PN05F20-Fw ................ 121
PN05F20-V ................... 121
PN05F20-wH................ 121
PN05F86 ................119, 121
PN05F86-Fw ................ 121
PN05L08 ................119, 120
PN05L08-Fw ................ 120
PN05L10 ................119, 120
PN05L10-Fw ................ 120
PN10 ......................152, 684
PN10F06 ................119, 120
PN10F06-Fw ................ 120
PN10F06-V ................... 120
PN10F06-wH................ 120
PN10F11 ................119, 120
PN10F11Fw.................. 120
PN10F15 ................119, 121
PN10F15-Fw ................ 121
PN10F17 ................119, 121
PN10F17-Fw ................ 121
PN10F17-V ................... 121
PN10F17-wH................ 121
PN10F18 ................119, 121
PN10F18-Fw ................ 121
PN10F18-V ................... 121
PN10F18-wH................ 121
PN10F19 ................119, 121
PN10F19-Fw ................ 121
PN10F20 ................119, 121
PN10F20-Fw ................ 121
PN10F20-V ................... 121
PN10F20-wH................ 121
PN10F21 ................119, 121
PN10F21-Fw ................ 121
PN10F21-V ................... 121
PN10F21-wH................ 121
PN10F86 ................119, 121
PN10F86-Fw ................ 121
PN10L08 ................119, 120
PN10L08-Fw ................ 120
PN10L10 ................119, 120
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
703
INDEX
INDEX
P — s
PN10L10-Fw ................ 120
PN153R .................. 119, 121
PN153R-Fw .................. 121
PN153R-V ..................... 121
PN153R-wH ................. 121
PPDu-620 ..................... 476
PR609N .................. 615, 633
PR610N ......................... 633
PsB1 ...... 119, 122, 139, 686
PsB1-Fw ...................... 122
PsB1-V ......................... 122
PsB1-wH...................... 122
PsB2 .............. 119, 122, 686
PsB2-Fw ...................... 122
PsB2-V ......................... 122
PsB2-wH...................... 122
PsB3 .............. 119, 122, 686
PsB3-Fw ...................... 122
PsB3-V ......................... 122
PsB3-wH...................... 122
PsRC9AMDTC .............. 517
PsRC9AMDTCG ............ 501
PsRC9FF2TC ................ 501
PsRC9FFTC ...........501, 517
PsRC9TC ...............501, 517
PVC-1 ............112, 113, 114,
.......... 125, 126, 128, 157
R
R5752 .......................32, 686
R5753 .......................32, 686
R5BZ ............................. 629
R5BZ-15........................ 629
R5BZ20 ......................... 629
R5BZ20-15 .................... 629
R5BZ20X ....................... 629
R5BZ20X-15 .................. 629
R5BZX ........................... 629
R5BZX-15 ..................... 629
R5s ............................... 629
R5s-15 .......................... 629
R610 .............................. 636
R612 .............................. 636
R8BZ ............................. 629
R8BZ-15........................ 629
RC37REC .......307, 315, 319
RC37REC-25 .........307, 315,
................................. 319
RC3APTC ...................... 318
RC3APTCBK ................. 318
RC3APTCGY .................. 318
RC3ATC ......................... 319
RC3ATCAA .................... 319
RC3ATCAB .................... 319
RC3ATCAL .................... 319
RC3ATCBK .................... 319
RC3ATCGY .................... 319
RC3ATCVY ..................... 319
RC3CTC ........................ 319
RC3CTCAA .................... 319
RC3CTCAB .................... 319
RC3CTCAL .................... 319
RC3CTCBK.................... 319
RC3CTCGY .................... 319
RC3CTCVY .................... 319
RC3sHTC ...................... 319
RC3sHTCAA ................. 319
RC3sHTCBK ................. 319
RC3sHTCBs ................. 319
RC3sHTCGY .................. 319
RC3sHTCVY .................. 319
RC3sTC ......................... 318
RC4APTC ...................... 317
RC4APTCBK ................. 317
RC4APTCBs ................. 317
RC4APTCGY .................. 317
RC4APTCVY .................. 317
RC4ATC ..................317, 570
RC4ATCAA .................... 317
RC4ATCAA222PA .......... 570
RC4ATCAB .................... 317
RC4ATCAB222PA .......... 570
RC4ATCAL .................... 317
RC4ATCAL222PA .......... 570
RC4ATCBK .................... 317
RC4ATCBK222PA ......... 570
RC4ATCBs .................... 317
RC4ATCBs222PA .......... 570
RC4ATCGY .................... 317
RC4ATCGY222PA .......... 570
RC4ATCVY ..................... 317
RC4C ............................. 316
RC4CTC ........................ 317
RC4CTCAA .................... 317
RC4CTCAB .................... 317
RC4CTCAL .................... 317
RC4CTCBK.................... 317
RC4CTCBs .................... 317
RC4CTCGY .................... 317
RC4CTCVY .................... 317
RC4KTCAL .................... 317
RC4KTCBK ................... 317
RC4KTCBs .................... 317
RC4KTCG ...................... 317
RC4KTCGY .................... 317
RC4KTCVY .................... 317
RC4REC2 ...................... 317
RC4REC2-25 ................. 317
RC4sHTC ...................... 316
RC4sHTCAL.................. 316
RC4sHTCBK ................. 316
RC4sHTCBs ................. 316
RC4sHTCGY .................. 316
RC4sTC ......................... 316
RC7AFFTC .................... 323
RC7AFFTCAL ................ 323
RC7AFFTCBK ............... 323
RC7AFFTCBs ............... 323
RC7AFFTCGY ................ 323
RC7AM2TC ................... 327
RC7AM2TCAL ............... 327
RC7AM2TCBK............... 327
RC7AM2TCBs ............... 327
RC7AM2TCGY ............... 327
RC7APTC ...................... 307
RC7APTCBK ................. 307
RC7APTCGY .................. 307
RC7ATC ..................307, 571
RC7ATCAA .................... 307
RC7ATCAA111Cw ......... 571
RC7ATCAB .................... 307
RC7ATCAB111Cw ......... 571
RC7ATCAL .................... 307
RC7ATCAL111Cw ......... 571
RC7ATCBK .................... 307
RC7ATCBK111Cw ........ 571
RC7ATCBs .................... 307
RC7ATCBs111Cw ......... 571
RC7ATCGY .................... 307
RC7ATCGY111Cw ......... 571
RC7ATCVY ..................... 307
RC7CFFTC .............323, 327
RC7CFFTCAL .........323, 327
RC7CFFTCBK ........323, 327
RC7CFFTCBs ........323, 327
RC7CFFTCGY .........323, 327
RC7CTC ........................ 307
RC7CTCAA .................... 307
RC7CTCAB .................... 307
RC7CTCAL .................... 307
RC7CTCBK.................... 307
RC7CTCBs .................... 307
RC7CTCGY .................... 307
RC7CTCVY .................... 307
RC7sHTC ...................... 307
RC7sHTCAA ................. 307
RC7sHTCBK ................. 307
RC7sHTCBs ................. 307
RC7sHTCGY .................. 307
RC7sHTCVY .................. 307
RC7sTC ..................307, 323
RC91GHBTC ................. 332
RC92GHBTC ................. 332
RC9A ............................. 570
RC9A15TC ..............309, 570
RC9A15TCAA ................ 309
RC9A15TCAA111Cw ..... 570
RC9A15TCAB ................ 309
RC9A15TCAB111Cw .... 570
RC9A15TCAL ................ 309
RC9A15TCAL111Cw ..... 570
RC9A15TCBK ................ 309
RC9A15TCBK111Cw .... 570
RC9A15TCBs ................ 309
RC9A15TCBs111Cw..... 570
RC9A15TCGY ................ 309
RC9A15TCGY111Cw ..... 570
RC9A15TCVY ................. 309
RC9AFFTC .................... 325
RC9AFFTCBK ............... 325
RC9AFFTCGY ................ 325
RC9AM2sTC ..........311, 327
RC9AM2TC ................... 327
RC9AM2TCAL ............... 327
RC9AM2TCBK............... 327
RC9AM2TCGY ............... 327
RC9AMDTC ................... 311
RC9AMDTCAA .........10, 311
RC9AMDTCAB .............. 311
RC9AMDTCAL..........10, 311
RC9AMDTCBK .........10, 311
RC9AMDTCBs .........10, 311
RC9AMDTCGY ..........10, 311
RC9AMDTCVY ..........10, 311
RC9APTC ...............309, 311
RC9APTCBK ..........309, 311
RC9CFFTC .................... 325
RC9CFFTCBK ............... 325
RC9CFFTCGY ................ 325
RC9CM2TC ................... 327
RC9CM2TCAL ............... 327
RC9CM2TCBK .............. 327
RC9CM2TCGY ............... 327
RC9CMD ....................... 311
RC9CMDTC ................... 311
RC9CMDTCAA .............. 311
RC9CMDTCAB .............. 311
RC9CMDTCAL .............. 311
RC9CMDTCBK .............. 311
RC9CMDTCBs .............. 311
RC9CMDTCGY............... 311
RC9CMDTCVY ............... 311
RC9CTC ........................ 309
RC9CTCAA .................... 309
RC9CTCAB .................... 309
RC9CTCAL .................... 309
RC9CTCBK.................... 309
RC9CTCGY .................... 309
RC9CTCVY .................... 309
RC9FFs ..................325, 332
RC9REC ........................ 309
RC9REC-25 ................... 309
RC9sHMDTC ................ 311
RC9sHMDTCAA ............ 311
RC9sHMDTCBK ........... 311
RC9sHMDTCBs ............ 311
RC9sHMDTCGY ............ 311
RC9sHMDTCVY ............ 311
RC9sHTC ...................... 309
RC9sHTCAA ................. 309
RC9sHTCBK ................. 309
RC9sHTCBs ................. 309
RC9sHTCGY .................. 309
RC9sHTCVY .................. 309
RC9sTC ......................... 309
RCAPFFTC .............325, 327
RCAPFFTCBK ........325, 327
REC ............................... 551
REC11/2 ........................ 551
REC11/2-C .................... 552
REC11/2-CA ................. 551
REC2-C ......................... 552
REC2-CA ....................... 551
REC3-C ......................... 552
REC3-CA ....................... 551
RECDu111 .................... 559
RFB-2-ssRT ..........370, 404
RFB-2AB-ss..........370, 404
RFB-4TKO-ss .......370, 404
RFB-B ........................... 400
RFB-B-ss ..............370, 404
RFB-DR ........................ 400
RFB-DR-4DB ................ 369
RFB-GFI........................ 400
RFB-GFI-4DB ........369, 401
RFB-GFI-ss .......6, 370, 404
RFB-RB-ss ...........370, 404
RFB-wTB ..............369, 401
RFB11 ........................... 415
RFB11-OG .................... 415
RFB119-2sAB .......418, 480
RFB119-2sB ..........417, 480
RFB119-2sRT ........ 418, 480
RFB119-3B ................... 481
RFB119-3D ............418, 481
RFB119-3GFI ..... 7, 418, 481
RFB119-3sB ................. 480
RFB119-AAP .........418, 480
RFB119-AB ............419, 481
RFB119-B ..............418, 481
RFB119-D ..............418, 481
RFB119-GFI .......7, 418, 481
RFB119-KO ............419, 481
RFB119-MAAP ......419, 481
RFB119-PAN ................ 417
RFB119-RT ............419, 481
RFB119-sB ....417, 480, 481
RFB119-sGFI ....7, 417, 480
RFB119-sKO ................ 418
RFB119-sPACER ......... 419,
..........................481, 482
RFB119-sR1 ..........418, 481
RFB119-sR2 ..........418, 481
RFB119-sR3 ..........418, 481
RFB119-ssR1 ........417, 480
RFB119-ssR2 ........417, 480
RFB119-sXLR................... 7
RFB119-Ts ................... 417
RFB119-XLR ..................... 7
RFB119-XLR ......... 419, 480,
................................ 482
RFB119BTC .................. 416
RFB119CTC .................. 416
RFB119sD .............417, 480
RFB2 ............................. 395
RFB2-AAP .........6, 367, 396
RFB2-OG ...................... 395
RFB2-ss ....................... 394
RFB2-ssFC .................. 367
RFB22AB ...............368, 396
RFB2B ...................367, 396
RFB2DP .................367, 396
RFB2EXT ...........6, 368, 396
RFB2FC ........................ 367
RFB2GFI ............6, 367, 396
RFB2RT .............6, 368, 396
RFB4 ............................. 399
RFB4-4DB .................... 399
RFB4-4DBFC ................ 368
RFB4-CI-1 .................... 402
RFB4-GFI-4DB ................. 6
RFB4-LPB .................... 400
RFB4-LPBs2 ................ 400
RFB4-ss ....................... 403
RFB4-ss-AAP ...6, 370, 404
RFB4-ss-MAAP .......6, 370,
................................. 404
RFB4-ssFC .................. 369
RFB4E ........................... 407
RFB4E-CTR .................. 408
RFB4EKIT ..................... 408
RFB6 ............................. 410
RFB6-AAP .........7, 408, 411
RFB6-OG ...................... 410
RFB62A ..................408, 411
RFB6B ...................408, 411
RFB6DP .................408, 411
RFB6E ........................... 410
RFB6E-CTR .................. 411
RFB6E-OG .................... 410
RFB6EXT ...........7, 408, 411
RFB6GFI ............7, 408, 411
RFB6RT .............7, 408, 411
RFB6s1 ..................408, 411
RFB6s2 ..................408, 411
RFB9 ............................. 416
RFB9-OG ...................... 416
RFBCIKI ........................ 403
RFBKIT ..........396, 401, 404
RFE-242412 .................. 682
RFE-25256 .................... 682
RFE-25257RB ............... 682
RGP ............................... 551
RJ11 .............................. 138
RJ45 .............................. 138
RP-DIV .......................... 386
RP4FFCTC .................... 385
RP7CTC ........................ 384
RPAMD4CTC ................. 385
RPAMD8CTC ................. 385
RPAV3CTC .................... 384
RPsFB .......................... 383
RPsFB-OG .................... 383
RRPNFB ....................... 384
RsCB-18 ....................... 551
RsCB-28 ....................... 547
RsCB-33 ....................... 551
RsCB-48 ....................... 551
RTT13 ........................... 526
RTT16 ........................... 526
RTT20 ........................... 526
RTT4 ............................. 526
RTT8 ............................. 526
S
s124B ........................... 495
s124BLK ....................... 494
s125 .............................. 495
s125B ........................... 495
s130 .............................. 495
s165 .............................. 494
s165B ....................494, 517
s165BLK/BRN .............. 517
s166 .............................. 494
s166B ....................494, 517
s166BLK/BRN .............. 517
s175 .............................. 494
s175BLK/BRN .............. 517
s1ER ............................. 496
s1MC ............................ 496
s1MC-Ms...................... 496
s2-EPL ........................... 49
s2-EPL ..................156, 252
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
704
INDEX
s — V
s2-EPL-Fw .............49, 156
s2-EPL-G ..................... 156
s2-EPL-wH .................. 156
s2000B-10 .................... 258
s2000B-5 ...................... 258
s2000BC ....................... 258
s2000C .......................... 258
s2010A2 .................259, 277
s2010B...................259, 277
s2011 ............................ 259
s2018C .......................... 259
s2040B.......................... 277
s2048 ............................ 259
s2048-2......................... 260
s204822 ........................ 260
s2051H ......................... 260
s20GB306TR ................. 276
s20GB306TRGFI ........... 276
s20GB506TR ................. 276
s20GB506TRGFI ........... 276
s20GB606TR ................. 276
s20GB606TRTRGFI ...... 276
s3AXBP ......................... 500
s4000B............................ 73
s4000C-5 ........................ 73
s4000C075 ...................... 73
s4000C090 ...................... 73
s4000C135 ...................... 73
s4000C150 ...................... 74
s4000C195 ...................... 74
s4000C270 ...................... 74
s4000C315 ...................... 74
s4000C390 ...................... 74
s4000C435 ...................... 74
s4007C ............................ 72
s4007C-1 ........................ 75
s4007C-1R ...................... 76
s4007C-2 ........................ 76
s4010B0 .......................... 74
s4010B1 .................... 74, 78
s4010B2 ...............72, 74, 78
s4010BO ......................... 78
s4010D ................72, 75, 78
s4011 ........................ 72, 75
s4014A ...................... 75, 78
s4015 .............................. 75
s4015D ..................... 72, 75
s4017 ........................ 72, 75
s4018 ........................ 72, 75
s4046 .............................. 77
s4046ARJ ....................... 76
s4046DRJ ....................... 76
s4046DRJ-2 .................... 76
s4046JRJ ........................ 76
s4046RRJ ....................... 76
s4048 .............................. 77
s4048B...................... 72, 76
s4048BF ......................... 77
s4048J ...................... 72, 76
s4048R............................ 77
s4048RF ................... 72, 77
s4086A ............................ 77
s6008A ............................ 74
sAF ............................... 461
sAF21/2-KC .................. 461
sAF21/2-KT .................. 461
sAF21/2-NC ................. 461
sAF21/2-NT .................. 461
sAF21/2-YC .................. 461
sAF21/2-YT ................... 461
sAFKC2111PA .............. 564
sAFKC2222PA .............. 564
sAFKT2111PA............... 564
sAFKT2222PA............... 564
sAFNC2111PA .............. 564
sAFNC2222PA .............. 564
sAFNT2111PA .............. 564
sAFNT2222PA .............. 564
sAFYC2111PA ............... 564
sAFYC2222PA ............... 564
sAFYT2111PA ............... 564
sAFYT2222PA ............... 564
sC12 ......................515, 520
sC14 ......................515, 520
sC222 .....................515, 520
sC224 .....................515, 520
sC244 .....................515, 520
sC3222 ...................515, 520
sC3224 ...................515, 520
sC3244 ...................515, 520
sC3424 .......................... 520
sFCB14 ......................... 515
sFCB14-1/4 .................. 529
sFCB14-1/8 .................. 529
sFCB17 ......................... 515
sFCB17-1/8 .................. 529
sFCB20 ......................... 515
sFCB20-1/4 .................. 529
sFCB20-1/8 .................. 529
sFCB24 ......................... 515
sFCB24-1/4 .................. 529
sFCB24-1/8 .................. 529
sFCB5 ........................... 515
sFCB5-1/4 .................... 529
sFCB5-1/8* .................. 529
sFCB9 ........................... 515
sFCB9-1/4 .................... 529
sFCB9-1/8 .................... 529
sFCs14 ......................... 515
sFCs14-1/4 .................. 529
sFCs14-1/8 .................. 529
sFCs17 ......................... 515
sFCs17-1/4 .................. 529
sFCs17-1/8 .................. 529
sFCs20 ......................... 515
sFCs20-1/4 .................. 529
sFCs20-1/8 .................. 529
sFCs24 ......................... 515
sFCs24-1/4 .................. 529
sFCs24-1/8 .................. 529
sFCs5 ........................... 515
sFCs5-1/4 .................... 529
sFCs5-1/8 .................... 529
sFCs9 ........................... 515
sFCs9-1/4 .................... 529
sFCs9-1/8 .................... 529
sG2-B ........................... 462
sG2-DP ......................... 462
sGB-3s2 ................... 8, 460
sGB-3TJ ........................ 460
sGB-ACT ....................... 460
sGB-B ........................... 460
sGB-DP ........................ 460
sGB-MAAP ............... 8, 460
sGC2-ACT ..................... 462
sGC2-B ......................... 462
sGC2-MAAP ............. 8, 462
sGC2-RT ................... 8, 462
sGT-1KO ....................... 459
sGT-3s2 .................... 8, 459
sGT-3TJ ........................ 460
sGT-ACT ....................... 459
sGT-B ........................... 459
sGT-DP ......................... 459
sGT-H ........................... 459
sGT-MAAP ................ 8, 459
sOu ................................. 54
sOw ................................ 54
sPDu16-2u .................. 616
sPDu20-0u .................. 618
sPDu8-1u .................... 617
sPMGL .......................... 672
sPMJ-10-10-4 .............. 248
sPMJ-10-10-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-12-12-4 .............. 248
sPMJ-12-12-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-12-4 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-12-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-12-8 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-18-4 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-18-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-18-18-8 .............. 248
sPMJ-24-18-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-24-18-8 .............. 248
sPMJ-24-24-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-30-24-6 .............. 248
sPMJ-30-24-8 .............. 248
sPMJ-36-24-12 ............ 248
sPMJ-36-24-8 .............. 248
sPMJ-6-4-4 .................. 248
sPMJ-6-6-4 .................. 248
sPMJ-8-6-4 .................. 248
sPMJ-8-6-6 .................. 248
sPMJ-8-8-4 .................. 248
sPMJ-8-8-6 ...........233, 248
sPMJF-10-10-4 ............ 249
sPMJF-10-10-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-12-12-4 ............ 249
sPMJF-12-12-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-18-12-4 ............ 249
sPMJF-18-12-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-18-18-4 ............ 249
sPMJF-18-18-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-24-18-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-24-24-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-30-24-6 ............ 249
sPMJF-6-6-4 ................ 249
sPMJF-8-6-4 ................ 249
sPMJF-8-6-6 ................ 249
sPMJF-8-8-4 ................ 249
sPMJF-8-8-6 ................ 249
sPMJL-12-12-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-18-12-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-18-18-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-20-20-10 .......... 245
sPMJL-24-12-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-24-18-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-24-24-6 ............ 245
sPMJL-30-30-10 .......... 245
sPMJL-36-24-10 .......... 245
sPMJP-10-10-4 ............ 246
sPMJP-10-10-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-12-12-4 ............ 246
sPMJP-12-12-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-18-12-4 ............ 246
sPMJP-18-12-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-18-12-8 ............ 246
sPMJP-18-18-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-18-18-8 ............ 246
sPMJP-24-18-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-24-18-8 ............ 246
sPMJP-24-24-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-30-24-6 ............ 246
sPMJP-30-24-8 ............ 246
sPMJP-36-24-12 .......... 246
sPMJP-36-24-8 ............ 246
sPMJP-6-4-4................ 246
sPMJP-6-6-4................ 246
sPMJP-8-6-4................ 246
sPMJP-8-6-6................ 246
sPMJP-8-8-4................ 246
sPMJP-8-8-6.........233, 246
sPMJw-12-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-12-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-18-8-8 ............. 247
sPMJw-24-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-24-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-24-8-8 ............. 247
sPMJw-36-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-36-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-36-8-8 ............. 247
sPMJw-48-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-48-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-48-8-8 ............. 247
sPMJw-60-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-60-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-60-8-8 ............. 247
sPMJw-72-4-4 ............. 247
sPMJw-72-6-6 ............. 247
sPMJw-72-8-8 ............. 247
sR10N ........................... 632
sRD10N ........................ 633
sRu ................................. 54
sRw ................................ 54
ssu ................................. 54
t
T250HZP-5.............536, 544
T325HZP-5.................... 544
TG-1 .......................325, 329
Ts2345AM1L1GYCM ..... 660
Ts2345AM1L1GYRT ...... 660
Ts2345AM1L2GYCM ..... 660
Ts2345AM1L2GYRT ...... 660
Ts2345AX1L1GYCM ...... 660
Ts2345AX1L1GYRT ....... 660
Ts2345AX1L2GYCM ...... 660
Ts2345AX1L2GYRT ....... 660
U
u4000 ........................ 38, 44
uL100BC....................... 635
uL100BD ...................... 635
uL101BC....................... 635
uL101BD ...................... 635
uL104BC....................... 635
uL104BD ...................... 635
uL1090BC ..................... 636
uL1090BD .................... 636
uL204BC....................... 635
uL204BD ...................... 635
uL205BC....................... 635
uL205BD ...................... 635
uL2062BC ..............615, 634
uL2062BD .................... 634
uL2063BC ..................... 634
uL2063BD .................... 634
uL2064BC ..................... 634
uL2064BD .................... 634
uL2065BC ..................... 634
uL2065BD .................... 634
uL206BC....................... 635
uL206BD ...................... 635
uL207BC....................... 635
uL207BD ...................... 635
uL209BC....................... 636
uL209BD ...................... 636
uL210BC....................... 636
uL210BD ...................... 636
uL215BC....................... 636
uL215BD ...................... 636
uL218BC....................... 636
uL218BD ...................... 636
uL300BC....................... 633
uL300BD ...................... 633
uL309BC....................... 633
uL309BD ...................... 633
uL401BC....................... 633
uL401BD ...................... 633
uL402BC....................... 633
uL402BD ...................... 633
uL403BC....................... 634
uL403BD ...................... 634
uL404BC....................... 634
uL404BD ...................... 634
uLB420-15 ................... 636
uLB420-6 ..................... 636
uLB620-15 ................... 636
uLB620-6 ..................... 636
uLB820-15 ................... 637
uLB820-6 ..................... 637
uLBH4-15 ..................... 637
uLBH4-6 ....................... 637
uLBH6-15 ..................... 637
uLBH6-6 ....................... 637
uLM4-15 ....................... 637
uLM4-6 ......................... 637
uLM6-15 ....................... 637
uLM6-6 ......................... 637
uLM620 -15 .................. 637
uLM620-6 ..................... 637
uTCM5 .......................... 646
V
V1517B ...............98, 99, 102
V20-C2 .......................... 634
V2000B-10 ...................... 35
V2000B-10 .................... 258
V2000B-5 .................35, 258
V2000BC ..................35, 258
V2000C .......................... 258
V2003 .............................. 35
V2006 .......................36, 256
V2010A2 .......... 36, 256, 259,
..........................260, 277
V2010A3 .......... 36, 256, 259,
................................. 260
V2010B ..... 36, 256, 259, 277
V2011 .......................36, 256
V20111 .......................... 259
V2015 ...............36, 256, 259
V2018C ............. 36, 256, 259
V2040B .......................... 277
V2048 ................36, 37, 256,
..................259, 260, 686
V2048-2 ...... 36, 37, 260, 686
V2051H ..............36, 37, 256,
..........................260, 277
V2089 ..................28, 36, 37,
..........................256, 260
V2089E ................ 28, 36, 37,
..........................256, 260
V20GB306TR ................. 276
V20GB306TRGFI ........... 276
V20GB506 ..................... 256
V20GB506TR ................. 276
V20GB506TRGFI ........... 276
V2400B .....................39, 264
V2400B-10 ...................... 39
V2400BC ..................39, 264
V2400BD ......................... 45
V2400C ............... 39, 45, 264
V2406 .................39, 46, 264
V2407-2CM ..................... 43
V2407-2TJ ....................... 43
V2407-3TJ ....................... 43
V2410A ............. 39, 262, 264
V2410B .............40, 262, 264
V2410BD ......................... 46
V2410C .....................40, 264
V2410D ............................ 46
V2410DFO ................. 40, 46
V2410FC .......................... 40
V2411 ............................ 262
V2411D ............................ 46
V2411DFO ....................... 46
V2411FO .......................... 40
V2411M ....................40, 265
V2415DFO ....................... 46
V2415FO .......................... 40
V2415M ........................... 40
V2417 ............................ 262
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
705
INDEX
INDEX
V — w
V2417D ............................ 46
V2417DFO ....................... 46
V2417M ....................40, 265
V2418 ............................ 262
V2418DFO ....................... 46
V2418FO .......................... 41
V2418M ....................41, 265
V2426 .......................41, 266
V2427GA ..................43, 265
V2427GT ...................43, 266
V2444 .......................41, 265
V2444-2 ....................42, 265
V2444-2Ls ...................... 42
V2444D ...................... 41, 47
V2444D-2A ................ 19, 47
V2444D-2N ..................... 47
V2448 ....... 42, 262, 265, 686
V2448-2 .... 42, 262, 265, 686
V2450 .............................. 47
V2451H .....................42, 265
V2475D ...................... 42, 48
V2489 ...............42, 262, 265
V2489TB .......................... 42
V24DwND ................. 41, 47
V24DwNR ................. 41, 47
V24DwNs ............11, 41, 47
V24DwNu ............11, 41, 47
V24GB306 ..................... 263
V24GB506 ..................... 263
V24GB512 ..................... 263
V24GB606 ..................... 263
V24GB612 ..................... 263
V24GB618 ..................... 263
V24GBA512 ................... 263
V24GBA612 ................... 263
V24GBA618 ................... 263
V3000B ............................ 51
V3000C075 ...................... 51
V3000C195 ...................... 51
V3000CE.......................... 51
V3003 .............................. 52
V3006E ............................ 52
V3010AE .......................... 52
V3010B ............................ 52
V3010C ............................ 52
V3011E ............................ 53
V3014C ............................ 53
V3015E ............................ 53
V3017TCE........................ 53
V3018AE .......................... 53
V3027AE .......................... 53
V3028 .............................. 53
V3033JE .......................... 53
V3036HE ......................... 53
V3040CE.......................... 54
V3043BE ......................... 54
V3043GE ......................... 54
V3044-2 ........................... 54
V3046BE ......................... 54
V3046H-2 ........................ 54
V3046KD ......................... 54
V3046KTsQ ..................... 54
V3046QOu ....................... 54
V3046s ...................... 11, 55
V3046u ...................... 11, 55
V3046V ...................... 11, 55
V3048R ............................ 54
V3051LE .......................... 54
V4000 .....................229, 230
V4000B-10 ...................... 63
V4000C ............................ 63
V4000C075 ...................... 63
V4000C135 ...................... 63
V4000C195 ...................... 63
V4000C315 ...................... 63
V4000HR1024 ............... 230
V4000TD8 ...................... 229
V4006 .............................. 64
V4010B ............................ 64
V4010DFO ....................... 64
V4011 .............................. 64
V4011FO .......................... 64
V4012TX .......................... 64
V4014A ............................ 64
V4015 .............................. 64
V4015D ............................ 64
V4015DFO ....................... 65
V4015FO .......................... 65
V4017 .............................. 65
V4017FO .......................... 65
V4017N ........................... 65
V4018 .............................. 65
V4018FO .......................... 65
V4046H-2 ........................ 67
V4047-2BBBB ................. 69
V4047-2BBFF ................. 70
V4047-2BBMM................ 70
V4047-2BBss ................. 70
V4047-2BBTT.................. 70
V4047-2BBXX ................. 70
V4047-2RRXX .................. 70
V4047-2wwFF ................ 70
V4047-2wwMM .............. 70
V4047-2wwss ................ 70
V4047-2wwTT ................ 71
V4047-2wwXX ................ 71
V4047AX .......................... 67
V4047BB ......................... 67
V4047BF ......................... 68
V4047BM ......................... 68
V4047Bs ......................... 68
V4047BT .......................... 68
V4047BX .......................... 67
V4047C-1 ........................ 68
V4047C-2 ........................ 68
V4047JX .......................... 68
V4047RF.......................... 69
V4047RX .......................... 68
V4047uX...............12, 71, 82
V4047VX ...............12, 71, 82
V4047wF ......................... 69
V4047wM ........................ 69
V4047ws ......................... 69
V4047wT ......................... 69
V4047wX ......................... 69
V4050 .............67, 72, 82, 88
V4074A ............................ 66
V4075D ............................ 66
V4075DA ......................... 66
V4086A ............................ 66
V4089 ...................43, 48, 66
V500 ...................25, 98, 256
V500-5 ............................. 25
V504 ................................ 25
V506 ................................ 25
V511 ................................ 25
V512 ................................ 25
V517 ................................ 25
V518 .........................25, 256
V5400 ............................ 230
V5700F ............................ 27
V5703 .............................. 27
V5715 .............................. 27
V5719 .......................27, 686
V57240 .....................30, 686
V57242 .....................30, 686
V57243G ...................30, 686
V5731 .............................. 29
V5733 ............................ 686
V5734 ............................ 686
V5734A .......................... 686
V5735 .................28, 29, 686
V5736 .............................. 29
V5737 .................28, 30, 686
V5737A ............... 28, 30, 686
V5738 .......................30, 686
V5738A .......................... 686
V5738AF ...................30, 686
V5739 .................24, 28, 686
V5739A .....................30, 686
V5741 .......................30, 686
V5744 ............................ 686
V5744-2 ....................28, 686
V5744-3 ......................... 686
V5744s .....................31, 686
V5744s-2 ...........28, 31, 686
V5744s-3 .................31, 686
V5745 .......................31, 686
V5747 ...............31, 262, 686
V5747-2 ..............28, 31, 686
V5747-3 ....................31, 686
V5748 ...............31, 256, 686
V5748-2 ..............28, 31, 686
V5748-2wH ..................... 31
V5748-3 ....................31, 686
V5748-3wH ..................... 31
V5748-4 ....................31, 686
V5748-5 ....................31, 686
V5748-6 ....................31, 686
V5748s .....................31, 686
V5748wH ........................ 31
V5751 .................28, 31, 686
V5751-2 ....................686, 31
V5751-3 ....................31, 686
V5751A ............................ 32
V5752 .......................32, 686
V5753 .......................32, 686
V5760 .......................28, 686
V5783 .............................. 28
V5784 .............................. 28
V5785 ...................28, 29, 71
V5786 ...................24, 28, 29
V6000B-10 ...................... 80
V6000C ............................ 80
V6006 .............................. 81
V6007C-1 ........................ 81
V6007C-2 ........................ 81
V6010B ............................ 81
V6011TX .......................... 81
V6012TX .......................... 82
V6014A ............................ 82
V6017TX .......................... 82
V6046KD ......................... 82
V6074 .............................. 82
V6074A ............................ 83
V6086 .............................. 83
V700 ................................ 26
V704 ................................ 26
V706 ................................ 26
V711 ................................ 27
V712 ................................ 27
V717 ................................ 27
V718 ................................ 27
VA06sss250-5 .............. 544
VA06sss325-5 .............. 544
VA06w ........................... 546
VA06w-AH3 .................. 546
VA06w-VL ..................... 546
VA06w-VR ..................... 546
VA06w250H .................. 546
VA06w250H-L45 ........... 546
VA06w250H-LL ............ 546
VA06w250H-RL ............ 546
VA06w250H-T ............... 545
VA06w250H-X ............... 545
VA06w250HEC .............. 545
VA06w325H-L45 ........... 546
VA06w325H-LL ............ 546
VA06w325H-RL ............ 546
VA06w325H-T ............... 545
VA06w325H-X ............... 545
VA06w325HEC .............. 545
VA12sss250-5 .............. 544
VA12sss325-5 .............. 544
VA12w-AH3 .................. 546
VA12w-VL10 ..........536, 546
VA12w-VR10 .......... 536, 546
VA12w250H .................. 544
VA12w250H-1 ............... 544
VA12w250H-2 ............... 544
VA12w250H-5 ........536, 544
VA12w250H-6 ............... 544
VA12w250H-EC ............ 536
VA12w250H-L45 ........... 546
VA12w250H-LL .....536, 546
VA12w250H-RL ............ 546
VA12w250H-T ............... 545
VA12w250H-X ............... 545
VA12w250HEC .............. 545
VA12w325H-1 ............... 544
VA12w325H-2 ............... 544
VA12w325H-5 ............... 544
VA12w325H-6 ............... 544
VA12w325H-L45 ........... 546
VA12w325H-LL ............ 546
VA12w325H-RL ............ 546
VA12w325H-T ............... 545
VA12w325H-X ............... 545
VA12w325HEC .............. 545
VA18w-AH3 .................. 546
VA18w-VL ..................... 546
VA18w-VR ..................... 546
VA18w250H-L45 ........... 546
VA18w250H-LL ............ 546
VA18w250H-RL ............ 546
VA18w250H-T ............... 545
VA18w250H-X ............... 545
VA18w250HEC .............. 545
VA18w325H-L45 ........... 546
VA18w325H-LL ............ 546
VA18w325H-RL ............ 546
VA18w325H-T ............... 545
VA18w325H-X ............... 545
VA18w325HEC .............. 545
VA24w-AH3 .................. 546
VA24w-VR ..................... 546
VA24w250H-L45 ........... 546
VA24w250H-LL ............ 546
VA24w250H-RL ............ 546
VA24w250H-T ............... 545
VA24w250H-X ............... 545
VA24w250HEC .............. 545
VA24w325H-L45 ........... 546
VA24w325H-LL ............ 546
VA24w325H-RL ............ 546
VA24w325H-T ............... 545
VA24w325H-X ............... 545
VA24w325HEC .............. 545
VA250PEC ..................... 545
VA250PEC-LH3 ............. 545
VA250PEC-LH6 ............. 545
VA250PEC-RH3 ............ 545
VA250PEC-RH6 ............ 545
VA325PEC-LH3 ............. 545
VA325PEC-LH6 ............. 545
VA325PEC-RH3 ............ 545
VA325PEC-RH6 ............ 545
VAT12w250H3CT .......... 545
VAT12w250H3CX .......... 545
VAT12w250H4CT .......... 546
VAT12w325H3CT .......... 545
VAT12w325H3CX .......... 545
VAT12w325H4CT .......... 546
VAT18w250H3CT .......... 545
VAT18w250H3CX .......... 545
VAT18w250H4CT .......... 546
VAT18w325H3CT .......... 545
VAT18w325H3CX .......... 545
VAT18w325H4CT .......... 546
VAT24w250H3CT .......... 545
VAT24w250H3CX .......... 545
VAT24w250H4CT .......... 546
VAT24w325H3CT .......... 545
VAT24w325H3CX .......... 545
VAT24w325H4CT .......... 546
VB880 .....................597, 598
VEL662345234524 ........ 588
VEL66234524 .........581, 587
VEL6623524 .................. 587
VEL772345441024 ........ 585
VEs66234524 ................ 581
VFL662345FFZZD ......... 588
VFL772345FFZZP ......... 585
VL2A.........................14, 597
VL3D ......................583, 591
VL662345 ...................... 580
VL662345FF .................. 580
VLCM .....................583, 592
VLCP662345.................. 587
VLCR .................13, 14, 583,
..........................591, 597
VLEA .................13, 14, 583,
..........................591, 597
VLEAP5 ....................14, 597
VLEM ................13, 14, 583,
..........................591, 597
VLEMP5 ...................14, 597
VLFF ......................583, 591
VLLB ............................. 592
VLP5662345 .................. 595
VLRT ................13, 583, 591
VLV ................................ 581
VLwAP .......................... 675
VPLA34410 ................... 585
VPLY2345 ...................... 588
Vs1A ............................. 598
Vs2D ............................. 584
Vs662345 ...................... 580
Vs662345FF .................. 580
VsCM ............................ 584
VsCR .......... 13, 14, 584, 598
VsEA .......... 13, 14, 584, 598
VsEAP5 ....................14, 598
VsEM ......... 13, 14, 584, 598
VsEMP5 ...................14, 598
VsFF ............................. 584
VsLB ............................. 584
VsP5662345 .................. 595
VsRT ........................13, 584
VY602345L2Y ................ 588
W
w30 ................ 261, 269, 274
w30/w30G .......35, 163, 258
w30G ....... 35, 261, 269, 274
wAPBRKT ..................... 680
wAPE10-1200KIT ......... 676
wAPE10-1232KIT ......... 677
wAPE10-1242KIT ......... 677
wAPE10-BLKIT ............ 676
wAPE10-DOME ............ 677
wAPE10-uNIKIT .......... 677
wAPE5-1200KIT ........... 676
wAPE5-1232KIT ........... 677
wAPE5-1242KIT ........... 677
wAPE5-1250KITD......... 677
wAPE5-1250KITR ......... 677
wAPE5-BLKIT .............. 676
wAPE5-uNIKIT ............ 677
wAPENCL ..................... 678
wAPENCL-24-24-4 ...... 678
wBsBC ......................... 672
wCHD2425.................... 555
wCHD3025.................... 555
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WIREMOLD
www.LEGRAND.us/wIREMOLD
INDEX
706
INDEX
w — Z
wCHD3625.................... 555
wCR11/2 ........547, 552, 554
wCR11/2-10/24 ............ 550
wCR11/2-10B ............... 550
wCR2 ............. 547, 552, 554
wCR2-10/24 ................. 550
wCR2-10/B ................... 547
wCR2-10B .................... 550
wCR3 ............. 547, 552, 554
wCR3-10/24 ................. 550
wCR3-10B .................... 550
wD-10CDO ............536, 542
wD-10CDOD ................. 542
wD06-ACPF .................. 541
wD06-ACPs.................. 541
wD06-wR ..................... 538
wD06w350-60 .............. 537
wD06w350-CC/DO ....... 541
wD06w350-ECF ........... 538
wD06w350-ECs ........... 538
wD06w350-EL ............. 539
wD06w350-FCCF ......... 542
wD06w350-FCCs ......... 542
wD06w350-FsT ........... 541
wD06w350-HL ............. 538
wD06w350-IEL ............ 539
wD06w350-IL............... 538
wD06w350-LTuN......... 540
wD06w350-RTuN ........ 539
wD06w350-sEs ........... 541
wD06w350-swCCs ..... 541
wD06w350-swTs ........ 542
wD06w350-T ................ 539
wD06w350-TuN .......... 539
wD06w350-X ................ 540
wD06w350-XTuN ........ 540
wD10-ACPF ...........536, 541
wD10-ACPs.................. 541
wD10-wR ..................... 538
wD10w350-3TuN ........ 540
wD10w350-60 .......536, 537
wD10w350-CC/DO ...... 536,
................................. 541
wD10w350-ECF ....536, 538
wD10w350-ECs ........... 538
wD10w350-EL ......536, 539
wD10w350-FCCF ..536, 542
wD10w350-FCCs ......... 542
wD10w350-FsT ....536, 541
wD10w350-HL ......536, 538
wD10w350-IEL ............ 539
wD10w350-IL........536, 538
wD10w350-LTuN..536, 540
wD10w350-RTuN ........ 539
wD10w350-sEs ....536, 541
wD10w350-swCCs ..... 541
wD10w350-swTs ....... 536,
................................. 542
wD10w350-T ......... 536, 539
wD10w350-TuN ...536, 539
wD10w350-X ......... 536, 540
wD10w350-XTuN ....... 536,
................................. 540
wD18-ACPF .................. 541
wD18-ACPs.................. 541
wD18-wR ..................... 538
wD18w350-3TuN ........ 540
wD18w350-60 .............. 537
wD18w350-CC/DO ....... 541
wD18w350-ECF ........... 538
wD18w350-ECs ........... 538
wD18w350-EL ............. 539
wD18w350-FCCF ......... 542
wD18w350-FsT ........... 541
wD18w350-HL ............. 538
wD18w350-IEL ............ 539
wD18w350-IL............... 538
wD18w350-LTuN......... 540
wD18w350-RTuN ........ 539
wD18w350-sEs ........... 541
wD18w350-swCCs .... 536,
................................. 541
wD18w350-swTs ........ 542
wD18w350-T ................ 539
wD18w350-TuN .......... 539
wD18w350-X ................ 540
wD18w350-XTuN ........ 540
wD350-CA .................... 538
wD350-CP .............536, 538
wD350-P60 ................... 536
wD350-PsE .................. 540
wD350-R04................... 536
wD350-RO2 .................. 541
wD350-RO4 .................. 541
wD350P60 .................... 538
wH2000B-10 ................ 258
wH2000B-5 .................. 258
wH2000BC.................... 258
wH2000C ...................... 258
wH2006 ........................ 258
wH2010A2 .............259, 277
wH2010A3 .................... 259
wH2010B ...................... 259
wH2011 ........................ 259
wH2015 ........................ 259
wH2018C ...................... 259
wH2040B ...................... 277
wH2048 ........................ 259
wH2048-2 ..................... 260
wH2051H ...................... 260
wH20GB306TR ............. 276
wH20GB306TRGFI ....... 276
wH20GB506TR ............. 276
wH20GB506TRGFI ....... 276
wH20GB606TR ............. 276
wMFB1DRB .................. 454
wMFB1DRN ................. 454
wMFB1Ks2B ................ 455
wMFB1Ks2N ................ 455
wMFB1Ks4B ................ 455
wMFB1Ks4N ................ 455
wMFB1sRB .................. 454
wMFB1sRKs1B ........... 454
wMFB1sRKs1N ........... 454
wMFB1sRN .................. 454
wMFB2DR2B ................ 454
wMFB2DR2N ............... 454
wMFB2DRKs4B ........... 455
wMFB2DRKs4N ........... 455
wMFB2Ks8B ................ 455
wMFB2Ks8N ................ 455
wPACR ......................... 554
wPACR-1G ............553, 554
wPACR-2G ................... 553
ws6F ............................ 654
ws6FBK ......................... 11
ws6FBs .......................... 11
ws6FBZ .......................... 11
ws6FGY .......................... 11
ws6FNK ......................... 11
ws6s ............................ 654
ws6sBK ......................... 11
ws6sBs .......................... 11
ws6sBZ .......................... 11
ws6sGY .......................... 11
ws6sNK ......................... 11
ws8F ............................ 654
ws8FBK ......................... 11
ws8FBs .......................... 11
ws8FBZ .......................... 11
ws8FGY .......................... 11
ws8FNK ......................... 11
ws8s ............................ 654
ws8sBK ......................... 11
ws8sBs .......................... 11
ws8sBZ .......................... 11
ws8sGY .......................... 11
ws8sNK ......................... 11
wsA00-4 ....................... 252
wsA00-4BK .................. 252
wsA00-4GY................... 252
wsA00-4wH ................. 252
wsA07-4A ....................... 19
wsA07-4A ..................... 251
wsA07-4ABK ................ 251
wsA07-4AG .................. 251
wsA07-4AGY ................ 251
wsA07-4AwH ............... 251
wsA07A .......................... 16
wsA42-4 ....................... 251
wsA42-6 ....................... 252
wsA86 .......................... 252
wsB07-2A .................... 252
wsB07-2ABK ............... 252
wsB07-2AG .................. 252
wsB07-2AGY ................ 252
wsB07-2AwH ............... 252
wsB42-2 ....................... 251
wsC07-6A .................... 251
wsC07-6AG .................. 251
wsC07-6AGY ................ 251
wsC07-6AwH ............... 251
wsC320-s ..................... 666
wsC400-s ..................... 666
wsC42-6 ....................... 252
wsCEDTCBK ................ 650
wsCEDTCsL ................. 650
wsDM210BK ................ 668
wsDM210BKR .............. 668
wsDM211BK ................ 668
wsDM211BKR .............. 668
wsDMDC ...................... 668
wsDMuC ...................... 668
wsF6F .......................... 653
wsF6FBK ....................... 11
wsF6FBs........................ 11
wsF6FBZ ........................ 11
wsF6FGY ........................ 11
wsF6FNK ....................... 11
wsF6s .......................... 653
wsF6sBK ....................... 11
wsF6sBs ....................... 11
wsF6sBZ ........................ 11
wsF6sGY ........................ 11
wsF6sNK ....................... 11
wsF8F .......................... 653
wsF8FBK ....................... 11
wsF8FBs........................ 11
wsF8FBZ ........................ 11
wsF8FGY ........................ 11
wsF8FNK ....................... 11
wsF8s .......................... 653
wsF8sBK ....................... 11
wsF8sBs ....................... 11
wsF8sBZ ........................ 11
wsF8sGY ........................ 11
wsF8sNK ....................... 11
wsMEDTC60sLDK ....... 649
wsMEDTC60sLDK-2 .... 649
wsMEDTC60sLsK ....... 649
wsMEDTC60sLsK-2 .... 649
wsMEDTC72sLDK ....... 649
wsMEDTC72sLDK-2 .... 649
wsMEDTC72sLsK ....... 649
wsMEDTC72sLsK-2 .... 649
wsMP-QD ..................... 651
wsMP-T ....................... 651
wsMPCMM12 ............... 651
wsMPDuT60BKsK ...... 650
wsMPDuT60BKsK-2 ... 650
wsMPDuT72BKsK ...... 650
wsMPDuT72BKsK-2 ... 650
wsMPHwsC72 ............. 651
wsMPQDsFF ................ 651
wTB-2-AB .............369, 401
wTB-2-RT ..............369, 401
wTB-AAP ........... 6, 369, 401
wTB-MAAP ........6, 369, 401
Y
YL1200-50 ..................... 105
YL1400-50 ..................... 106
YL1600-25 ..................... 106
Z
ZA120T ................... 638, 639
ZA120Y ................... 638, 639
ZA277Y ................... 638, 639
ZB120T ..................638, 639
ZB120Y ................... 638, 639
ZB277Y ................... 638, 639
ZBM120T ...............638, 639
ZBM120Y ................638, 639
ZBM277Y ................638, 639
ZC120T ................... 638, 639
ZC120Y ................... 638, 639
ZC277Y ................... 638, 639
ZCM120T................638, 639
ZCM120Y ................ 638, 639
ZCM277Y ................ 638, 639
ZE120T ................... 638, 639
ZE120Y ...................638, 639
ZE277Y ...................638, 639
ZEM120T ................ 638, 639
ZEM120Y ................ 638, 639
ZEM277Y ................ 638, 639
ZPA120T........................ 640
ZPA120Y ........................ 640
ZPA240DCT ................... 640
ZPA277Y ........................ 640
ZPB120T ....................... 640
ZPB120Y ....................... 640
ZPB240DCT .................. 640
ZPB277Y ....................... 640
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD
WIREMOLD
Warranty & trademark InformatIon
Wiremold® Trademarks
Wiremold® Raceways and Fittings are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the Canadian Standards Association. Registered
Trademarks of Wiremold and its subsidiaries include: 500, 700, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 4000 Designer Series, Access, CabinetMATE,
CableSmart, Centerex, Chan-L-Wire, CordMate, CordMate II, Corduct, DS4000, EZ-Pole, FiberReady, Flushduct, HideAcord, Isoduct,
On-Wall, Pancake, Perma Power, Plug-In Outlet Center, Plugmold, Plugmold Plus, Plugmold Tough, Power Commander, Resource RFB,
Sentrex, Snapicoil, Source II, Sure-Snap, Synergy, Tele-Power, Uniduct, V500, V700, Walker, Walkercell, Walkerdeck, Walkerduct,
Walkerduct Pro, Walkerflex, Walkerflex AWS, Wiremold, and Wiring Projects Made Easy.
Trademarks of Wiremold include 300 Series, 400 Series, 525 Series, 800 Series, 800W Series, 861 Series, 862 Series, 863 Series,
880 Series, 882C Series, 884C Series, 1200 Series, 1400 Series, 1500 Series, 1600 Series, 2300 Series, 2300D Series, 2400 Series,
2400D Series, 2600 Series, 4047 Series, 4FFATC Series, 5400 Series, 5500 Series, 5507 Series, AC Series, AF Series, AL2000 Series,
AL2400 Series, AL3000 Series, AL3300 Series, AL4000 Series, AL4320 Series, AL4400 Series, AL4520 Series, AL4750 Series, AL5200 Series,
AL7320 Series, AL7450 Series, ALA3800 Series, ALA4800 Series, ALDS4000 Series, AMD8 Series, AnySize, AV3 Series, CableMate,
CornerMate, CM Series, CRFB Series, CZE Series, Data-Fense, deQuorum, Eclipse, Evolution, FieldMate, FIT Series, FlameStopper,
FloorPort, FloorSource, Isoduct, MeterReader, Modulink, Multiplex, NM2000 Series, OFR Series, Omnibox, PA/PB Series, PSRC9 Series,
Prewired Select, RC3 Series, RC4 Series, RC7 Sereis, RC7AFFTC Series, RC700XR Series, RC9 Series, RC9AFFTC Series,
RC9AM2TC Series, RC9AMD Series, RC91GHBTC Series, RC92GHBTC Series, RFE Series, ScuffCoat, TableSource, TopGuard,
Vista Architectural, WallSource and WMFB Series.
Wiremold Prewired XPress is a Service Mark of Wiremold.
All brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders.
All Wiremold products, unless specifically noted, are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to Federal Specifications
W-C-582 and the National Electrical Code. Products designed for use in telephone or communications wiring normally do not require
UL listing. Most products in this catalog are also certified by the Canadian Standards Association. Special ordering information for
products to be installed in Canada is available upon request.
Wiremold® Limited Warranty & Liability Statement
Wiremold warrants, to the original purchaser or owner only, that any product manufactured and sold by Wiremold will be substantially
free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service, for a period of one year from the date of original installation
or two years from the date of purchase, whichever is sooner. This limited warranty applies only to products, which have been installed
properly in accordance with Installation Instructions supplied by Wiremold and any applicable codes and standards.
This limited warranty is void and Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages or held responsible for the quality, performance or safety
of products that have been repaired, altered or tampered with outside of Wiremold facilities or which have been intermixed (used within a
system) with products or materials not approved by Wiremold or have been subjected to accident, negligence, misuse or abuse.
Wiremold’s sole obligation (and the sole and exclusive remedy of the purchaser or owner of the product) with respect to any products
which are proven to be defective, shall be the repair or replacement of the defective products, at the sole option of Wiremold. Returned
products will not be accepted unless Wiremold is notified and authorizes the return, prior to shipment.
Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages in excess of the purchase price of the defective products, and under no circumstances shall
Wiremold be liable for incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages.
Certain products of Wiremold may have a specific limited warranty or limitation of liability which is included with such products and which
differs from that set forth in this Statement. The terms of any such specific limited warranty or limitation of liability will supersede that
set forth in this Statement.
Except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND WIREMOLD MAKES NO OTHER
WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT OF ITS PRODUCTS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
© Copyright 2013 Legrand All Rights Reserved
Wiremold Catalog on the Web!
The latest version of the Wiremold Catalog is also available in online.
You can access it through our website: www.legrand.us/wiremold,
then click on the link for the online catalog. The online version is fully
searchable, has lots of special features and makes locating and
accessing product information fast and easy. Give it a try!
Legrand, North America
60 Woodlawn Street
West Hartford, CT 06110
1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295.3472)
www.legrand.us
570 Applewood Crescent
Vaughan, Ontario L4K 4B4
905.738.9195
www.legrand.ca
Wiremold®
60 Woodlawn Street
West Hartford, CT 06110
800.621.0049
©2013 Legrand All Rights Reserved ED1560R5 0413

Navigation menu